27 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 analysis value engineering fly ash optimum for mass concrete agus komarudin1, helmy darjanto2*, rooslan edy santosa3 civil engineering narotama surabaya university komar46321@gmail.com1, helmy.darjanto@narotama.ac.id2*, rooslan.edy@gmail.com3 abstract: as the background of the research is a project which has a big budget for mass concrete raft foundation volume 24,603 m3, fc35 mpa, wctitious ratio 0,4, fly ash 15%, fresh concrete 320c, concrete using ice water. thus, the purpose of this study, to find alternative concrete, by analyzing the value engineering analysis of the optimum fly ash, it is expected that the cost of concrete is more economical, with quality still achieved. the research was carried out with the research concept of comparing the above concrete with an alternative concrete optimum fly ash, with stage on stages of information, stages of functional analysis, stages of creative, evaluation stage, recommendation stage, implementation stage, the research alternative began on concrete designs, conducting experiments, analyzing fresh concrete, analyzing peak temperatures, analyzing strength and analyzing costs. the results of fly ash concrete 35%, compressive strength achieved fc 35 mpa, the cost was more efficient 12.69% than the initial cost of rp. 24,233,955,000.00 concrete fly ash 35% could be used as alternative. regarding the application of value engineering, it is influenced by knowledge of value engineering and practices of it from decision holders and the absence of conflicts, of interest, of certain parties in the indonesian construction industry. keywords: big budget mass concrete, fresh concrete, peak temperature. introduction today, many construction service providers are using various methods in order to provide the best service to project owners, there needs to be a serious treatment to solve any existing problems, so that the desired results can be quickly achieved, with cost-efficient it is necessary to do improvement called value engineering, which is an engineering effort to find a way out of a problem, which is creative and structured, to achieve the same or better quality of a product with a short time, in order to achieve cost savings or more economical. in the current era of green concrete, using fly ash are produced through the combustion process of powdered coal which is widely used in pltu (choi, et al., 2015). in the bappenas report, indonesia has fly ash from burning coal in the abundant power plant, in the period 2016 to 2019, coal demand in 2016 was 86.7 million tons, in 2017 amounted to 88.4 million tons, in 2018 it increased to 107.2 million tons and in 2019 it will be 166 million tons. and also based on previous research, concrete composition of 100% cement compared to the composition of 80% cement + 20% fly ash, the peak temperature of concrete using 100% cement is 65,760 c, while using fly ash, the peak temperature of concrete is 52,440 c (tang, et al., 2018). guidelines for quality acceptance used are the indonesian concrete regulation (1971) and sni 2847 (2013). cost concrete on mass concrete raft foundation super block project as rp. 24,233,955,000.00, fc35 mpa, wctitious ratio 0.4, workability 14-18 cm, fly ash 15%, max. fresh concrete 320c, concrete using ice water, value engineering analysis research on the optimum composition fly ash for concrete on mass concrete raft foundation, it is expected that there is a positive value in the concrete budget cost more efficiently. literature review value engineering is getting products with more efficient costs, and the quality of products produced in creative and structured stages so as to produce products with the same or better quality, mailto:komar46321@gmail.com mailto:helmy.darjanto@narotama.ac.id 28 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 these products are produced through a professional team approach in its application, function oriented and systematic used to analyze and improve the value of a product, design of facilities, systems, or services, a methodology that is good for solving problems and / or reducing costs while maintaining the specified performance or quality requirements by finding the optimum balance between time, cost, and quality , so an increase in value for money can be done (rahman, 2014). from the study of application of value engineering to geotechnical design for a factory structures on soft alluvial flood plain in indonesia (liew, 2002), the purpose of value engineering is to eliminate the unnecessary costs that do not contribute to functions of the product. there are six stages, where each stage is carried out in a structured sequence, including: stages of information, stages of functional analysis, stages of creative, evaluation stage, recommendation stage, implementation stage. value engineering study process from the madi study, jandsem heo, (2018), the variation of the composition of 28 days age fly ash at 0% was 57.21 mpa, 30% was 58.77 mpa, 35% was 61.97 mpa, 40% was 63, 75 mpa, and 45% at 62.38 mpa, 50% at 57.89 mpa. for the use of fly ash with certain levels, the better workability, reduce the coefficient of permeability, increase durability and can reduce production costs (agustin and kristiawan, 2014). where as the concrete added to the superplastisizer (sikament-nn) was 0%, 0.3%, 0.8%, 1.3%, 1.8% and 2.3% at 28 days compressive strength test, shows a graph of compressive strength increase with the addition of a percentage of 1.3% and 1.8% (megasari, 2017). concrete price per m3 has been set on rp. 950,000.00 and rp. 35,000.00 for ice. this study refers to the 1971 concrete regulation-pbi '71 and sni 2847: 2013 concerning acceptance of concrete quality. research methods the research alternative are on concrete designs, conducting experiments, analyzing fresh concrete, analyzing peak temperatures, analyzing strength and analyzing costs. began by alternative concrete design compaire with main concrete design, fc35 mpa, water cement ratio of 0.4, fly ash 15%, fresh concrete 320 c, using ice water. start problem formulation: big budget for mass concrete raft foundation volume 24,603 m3 stage information: previous literature and research studies compiling a concrete proposal: 1. alternative concrete is more efficient and uses local materials 2. the quality, fatigue, peak temperature of the concrete are the same 3. follow concrete rules 4. refer to studies from recognized journals stage of creative: research on mass concrete 15% fly ash (main concrete) and 35% fly ash (alternative concrete), stage functional analyisis not ok ok 29 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 1. reseach flowchart there are some pitfalls to be bear in mind during value engineering as follows: • maintain an objective approach to prevent value engineering from degrading to design review, • avoid habitual solution reestablished within value engineering (mind set effect), • avoid target percentage saving (potentially degrading design quality), • improve sale technique for value engineering solution, • optimisation based on value and function, • incentive to all parties to achieve ultimate objective of value engineering (win-win situation) the benefits of value engineering in design management are as follows: • organised design approach, • understand project function/requirements, • avoid habitual solution & promote thorough and focused thought on design, • focus on high cost areas result the primary requirements of the contractor’s value engineering are as follows: innovative concrete engineering design optimized for cost efficiency of concrete, use of locally available natural materials & reduce transported construction materials from outside, unuse ice water, but peak concrete not more than peak main concrete use ice water and savings for construction cost 1. mix design table 1. mix design material main concrete fa 15% altervative concrete fa 35% water 100 180 chruser ice 100 0 cement 425 314 fly ash 75 169 fine agregate 822 849 coarse aggregate 856 883 add, tipe d 1,69 0,96 add, tipe f 0,00 2,66 wctts 0,40 0,37 % fly ash 15% 35% the alternative concrete fa 35% more efficient than main concrete fa 15%. cost concrete on mass pouring volume 24,603 m3, alternative concrete fa 35% is rp. 21,158,574,840, and main concrete fa15% is rp. 24,233,955,000. 2. workability table 2. workability concrete workability 1. main concrete fa 15%: 18 cm 2. alternative concrete fa 35%: 18 cm conclutions & sugestions: evalution stage, recommendation stage, implementation stage alternative concrete can be use on mass concrete raft foundaition done 30 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 3. fresh concrete temperature table 3. fresh concrete temperature concrete workability / slump test results 1. main concrete fa 15%: 30.80 c 2. alternative concrete fa 35%: 35,60 c calculation use formula from the literature evaluation of temperature prediction methods for mass concrete, (2006) from the american concrete institute [14] table 4. calculation peak temperature concrete peak temperature 1. main concrete fa 15%: 86,30 c 2. alternative concrete fa 35%: 83,40 c figure 2. main concrete fa15% workability 18 cm, temperature fresh concrete 30,80c and alternative concrete fa35% workability 18 cm, temperature fresh concrete 35,60c 4. compresive strength figure 3. graph of compressive strength, alternative concrete fa35% and fa15% 36.00 38.00 40.00 42.00 1 11 21 31 41 51 mpa 36.00 38.00 40.00 42.00 1 11 21 31 41 51 mpaalternative concrete fa 35% main concrete fa15% 31 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 4.2. histogram alternative concrete compressive strength composition of fly ash 35% and fly ash 15% conclusion the following conclusions can be drawn: 1) the alternative concrete fc35 mpa, fa 35%, its quality is achieved. 2) workability alternative concrete fa 35% is same as with main concrete fa 15%. 3) peak temperature alternative concrete fa 35% is lower than main concrete fa 15%. 4) alternative concrete fa35% more efficient 12.69% for mass pouring volume 24,603 m3 than main concrete fa15%. 5) application of value engineering in this case history has could fulfilled the requirements by the project client. references badan standartisasi nasional-ics 91.080.40, (2013), persyaratan beton struktural untuk bangunansni no. 2847-2013. departemen pekerjaan umumdirjen cipta karya, (1979), peraturan beton bertulang indonesia tahun 1971. direktorat sumber daya energi, mineral dan pertambangan bappenas, (2016), kajian ketercapaian target dmo batubara sebesar 60% produksi nasional pada tahun 2019 herawati zetha rahman, (2014), analisa penerapan metode value engineering pada industri konstruksi di indonesia. k.a. riding, j.l. poole, a.k. schindler, m.c.g. juenger, k.j. follia rd, (2006), “evaluation of temperature prediction methods for massconcrete members (pca)”, aci material journal no.103-m40 madi, jandsem heo, (2018), “optimasi penggunaan fly ash dengan kadar semen minimum pada betonmututinggi”. rima sri agustin dan stefanus adi kristiawan, (2014), optimalisasi penggantian bahan ikat smart concrete (self healing concrete) untuk daerah rawan gempa. shanti wahyuni megasari, (2017), analisis pengaruh penambahan sikament-nn terhadap karakter beton, jurnal teknik sipil siklus, vol. 3, no. 2 shaw-shong liew, (2002), value engineering application of value engineering to geotechnical design for a factory structures on soft alluvial flood plain in indonesia. fly ash 35% fly ash 15% 32 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 van lam tang, trong chuc nguyen, xuan hung ngo, van phi dang, boris bulgakov and sophia bazhenova, (2018), effect of natural pozzolan on strength and temperature distribution of heavyweight concrete at early ages, matec web of conferences 193, 03024. yun wang choi, man-seok park, byung-keol choi, and sung-rok oh, (2015), a study on the evaluation of field application of high-fluidity concrete containing high volume fly ash , volume 2015, article id 507018, 7 pages .yuwen ju and honggang lei, (2019), actual temperature evolution of thick raft concrete foundations and cracking risk analysis, volume 2019, article id 7029671, 11 pages © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 73 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 phytochemical screening of sorghum (sorghum sp) with thin layer chromatography method endang noerhartati1, muhammad farid rizal1, elika joeniarti1 1universitas wijaya kusuma surabaya endang_noer@uwks.ac.id abstract: sorghum is a food plant rich in benefits and has the advantage of being free gluten; it contains antioxidants and has a low glycemic index. the purpose of this research is to determine the content of compounds in sorghum. in the research, the variety of kd 4 sorghum has been used, which was macerated by absolute methanol. results screening using thin-layer chromatography showed that methanol extract of sorghum contained flavonoid, phenol, triterpenoid, tannin, and saponin compounds, and finally, these compounds will be useful for pharmaceutical products. keywords: sorghum, phytochemical screening, thin layer chromatography, pharmaceutical products. introduction sorghum is a functional plant that has many benefits for humans, starting from meeting the nutritional needs rich in antioxidants. sorghum can be used from grains to roots, both in the form of food, cosmetics, or animal feed. sorghum ranks fifth in the world as a widely cultivated food crop (noerhartati, karyati, soepriyono, & yunarko, 2019). the ability of sorghum to adapt to marginal land and requires relatively little water during drought, sorghum is more tolerant than other food crops, making sorghum the top choice for agriculture during the dry season (musara, musemwa, mutenje, mushunje, & pfukwa, 2019). sorghum seeds have nutritional quality comparable to corn and rice, even with higher protein content and lower fat content (awika, rooney, wu, prior, & cisneros-zevallos, 2003). during this time, sorghum was also used to add to food and traditional medicine empirically. this makes sorghum has potential as a plant that can be used as a health product ranging from cosmetic ingredients to herbs (abdu, 2020). differences in the place where sorghum grows, such as soil conditions, temperature, light, and climate, can affect the composition of each plant's phytochemical compounds. keyongan village, babat district, lamongan regency is a place where the cultivation of sorghum kd4 variety. phytochemical screening aims to find out the compounds contained in kd4 variety sorghum extract from desa keyongan. phytochemical screening using thin-layer chromatography is a simple, fast, and highly selective method that can be used to identify groups of compounds and determine the presence of active compounds contained in plant tissue (kikowska, kruszka, derda, hadaś, & thiem, 2020; oladeji, odelade, & oloke, 2020). method the method or workflow of this research is as follows: plant identification was carried out to determine the varieties of sorghum plants cultivated in keyongan village, babat district, lamongan regency. the sample used was 0,5 kg of sorghum grains from keyongan village, babat district, and lamongan regency. mailto:endang_noer@uwks.ac.id 74 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 the samples obtained are then ground and then soaked using 3 liters of absolute methanol and then macerated for three days. then filtered and the macerate got was evaporated with a rotary evaporator to obtain a thick extract. the method used is thin layer chromatography, phytochemical compound testing methods as follows: flavonoids: extracts seen in stationary cellulose thin-layer chromatography (tlc) and 15% mobile phase acetic acid. detection was carried out with ammonia vapor. saponin: extract is sprayed on silica gel f254 plate with ethyl acetate's cellular phase: methanol: water (100: 13.5: 10) v / v with liebermann burchard reagents. tannin: the extract is sprayed on a at a distance of 1 cm from the bottom edge of the plate with a capillary tube then dried and eluted in various mobile phase ratios, namely ethyl acetate: chloroform: acetic acid (15: 5: 2), n-butanol: acetic acid: water (4: 1: 5), and n-hexane: ethyl acetate (6: 4). stains formed were examined with uv-vis lamps at wavelengths of 254 nm and 66 nm. terpenoids: this extract is sprayed on silica gel f254 t25 plates, chloroform: methanol (1: 3) mobile phase, then viewed under 366 nm uv light and sprayed with 10% h2so4 reagent. alkaloids: spray extract on silica gel plate f254, n-butanol cellular phase: acetic acid: water (4: 1: 5) v / v with dragendof spray reagents. (hasibuan, syahfitri, ilyas, & hutahaean, 2020; widyaningsih w., pramono s., 2016). results phytochemical screening results of methanol sorghum extract can be seen in the following table 1. sorghum is a food substitute for rice that has a comparative advantage over corn, wheat and rice. sorghum is rich in 73% carbohydrates, 3.5% fat, and 10% protein, depending on the variety and location of planting (li, jeong, lee, & chung, 2020). table 1. phytochemicals screening of sorghum kd 4 variety. secondary metabolites color spots on thin layer chromatography plates result flavonoid blue light (+) triterpenoid violet (+) tannin black (+) saponin tawny (+) fenol blue (+) description: positive (+) negative (-) the development of sorghum as a food crop through product diversification makes the potential of sorghum as an herbal medicinal plant that has pharmacological effects. to be used as raw material for herbal medicines, standardization needs to be done. one of the parameters for standardization of traditional medicinal ingredients is information about secondary metabolites and the profile of this plant extract using thin layer chromatography (tlc) (raj, 2020). 75 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 phytochemical screening is conducted to determine secondary metabolites found in sorghum, as the initial stage of processing pharmaceutical products. extraction is done by maceration method to attract substances in tissues to sorghum cells, the advantage of this method is that it only requires fat solvents for example, ethanol or methanol to soak and produce good extract products, besides this technique does not damage the active compounds caused by warming (makuasa & ningsih, 2020). the results of phytochemical screening can be seen in table 1. the sorghum methanol extract in the tlc test proved the presence of compounds, phenols, triterpenoids, flavonoids, tannins, and saponins. flavonoid test results on sorghum methanol extract showed positive results with bright blue spots on tlc plates. flavonoids are secondary metabolites that are most often found in plant structures. some research results show that there is a negative correlation between flavonoid intake and risk of coronary heart disease. the cardioprotective effect of flavonoids as a food source in addition to the cardioprotective properties of flavonoids which have antiproliferation properties against cancer cells (ayza, balasubramanian, & berhe, 2020; ferenczyova, kalocayova, & bartekova, 2020) and have antioxidant, antiparasitic and anti-bacterial roles. because of its antioxidant properties, flavonoids are often added in cosmetics because of their antibacterial properties (herlina, rudiana, julaeha, & parubak, 2019; mead & mcnair, 2006). triterpenoid test results with tlc showed positive results by marking a purple dot on the tlc plate. triterpenoids in the health world are used as antioxidants, besides that triterpenoids have immunomodulating and anti-tumor activity (giuberti, marti, gallo, grassi, & spigno, 2019). triterpenoids have inflammatory, antidepressant, protective properties on brain cells. several structural groups of triterpenoids have shown specificity in transcription factors which can be promising candidates for treating inflammation, cancer, and immune disease (sadaq, seetharamaiah, pamar, & mehar, 2013). tannin test results with tlc showed positive results in the presence of black stains on the tlc plates. tannin is a compound found in most plants, tannin has a function as a chelating protein, chelator properties make tannin can be used as a chelator to heavy metals in the microbiology world, tannins have the activity of inhibiting protein synthesis in bacterial cells so tannins are often used as astrigence and have high antioxidant ability as free antiradical (ashok & upadhyaya, 2012). saponin test results with tlc showed positive results in the presence of brownish stains on the tlc plates. the presence of saponins in plants is often characterized by the presence of foam in plants. saponin is often used as an antiseptic such as soap because of its very strong antibacterial properties (ngajowa et al 2013). saponins are also often used as anticancer because of their cytotoxic activity against cancer cells (aboutalebi & monfared, 2016; podolak, galanty, & sobolewska, 2010). the phenol test results showed a light blue color on the tlc plates which indicated that sorghum extract contained phenolic groups. phenols are compounds that have high antioxidant activity and function to reduce reactive oxygen species. phenol can be used as a prevention or treatment for diseases caused by oxidative stress. besides that, phenol also has a strong antibacterial function, especially against gram-positive bacteria (fu et al., 2010; ravanfar, karimi, mehrabanjoubani, & ebrahimi, 2020). 76 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 tlc results of kd 4 sorghum seed varieties contain phytochemicals which have been instrumental in the treatment of various diseases, in this case sorghum seeds have potential as medicinal plants which can be developed into various pharmaceutical products. conclusions based on the results of this study it can be concluded that extracts from kd 4 sorghum seeds contain phytochemical contents as follows: flavonoids, tannins, triterpenoids, saponins, and phenols. sorghum methanol extract has potential as a pharmaceutical product. the results obtained from the research have to be supported by sufficient data. the research results and the discovery must be the answers, or the research hypothesis stated previously in the introduction part. references abdu, h. h. (2020). phytochemical screening and antibacterial activities of sorghum bicolor leaves derived from in vitro culture. gsc biological and pharmaceutical sciences, 10(1), 65–72. aboutalebi, r., & monfared, a. (2016). saponin terpenoids; a brief review of mechanisms of actions and anti-cancerous effects. chemical science international journal, 1–8. ashok, p. k., & upadhyaya, k. (2012). tannins are astringent. journal of pharmacognosy and phytochemistry, 1(3), 45–50. awika, j. m., rooney, l. w., wu, x., prior, r. l., & cisneros-zevallos, l. (2003). screening methods to measure antioxidant activity of sorghum (sorghum bicolor) and sorghum products. journal of agricultural and food chemistry, 51(23), 6657–6662. ayza, m. a., balasubramanian, r., & berhe, a. h. (2020). cardioprotective effect of croton macrostachyus stem bark extract and solvent fractions on cyclophosphamide-induced cardiotoxicity in rats. evidence-based complementary and alternative medicine, 2020. ferenczyova, k., kalocayova, b., & bartekova, m. (2020). potential implications of quercetin and its derivatives in cardioprotection. international journal of molecular sciences, 21(5), 1585. fu, l., xu, b.-t., xu, x.-r., qin, x.-s., gan, r.-y., & li, h.-b. (2010). antioxidant capacities and total phenolic contents of 56 wild fruits from south china. molecules, 15(12), 8602–8617. giuberti, g., marti, a., gallo, a., grassi, s., & spigno, g. (2019). resistant starch from isolated white sorghum starch: functional and physicochemical properties and resistant starch retention after cooking. a comparative study. starch‐stärke, 71(7–8), 1800194. hasibuan, f. e., syahfitri, w., ilyas, s., & hutahaean, s. (2020). phytochemical screening, antioxidant activity and thin-layer chromatography test of methanol extract and simplicia leaves of loquat (eriobotrya japonica lindl). in iop conference series: materials science and engineering (vol. 725, p. 12069). iop publishing. herlina, t., rudiana, t., julaeha, e., & parubak, a. s. (2019). flavonoids from stem bark of akway (drymis beccariana gibs) and theirs antimalarial properties. in journal of physics: conference series (vol. 1280, p. 22010). iop publishing. kikowska, m., kruszka, d., derda, m., hadaś, e., & thiem, b. (2020). phytochemical screening and acanthamoebic activity of shoots from in vitro cultures and in vivo plants of eryngium alpinum l.—the endangered and protected species. molecules, 25(6), 1416. li, c., jeong, d., lee, j. h., & chung, h.-j. (2020). influence of germination on physicochemical properties of flours from brown rice, oat, sorghum, and millet. food science and biotechnology. makuasa, d. a. a., & ningsih, p. (2020). the analysis of total flavonoid levels in young leaves and old soursop leaves (annona muricata l.) using uv-vis sepctrofotometry methods. journal of applied science, engineering, technology, and education, 2(1), 11–17. mead, j. r., & mcnair, n. (2006). antiparasitic activity of flavonoids and isoflavones against cryptosporidium parvum and encephalitozoon intestinalis. fems microbiology letters, 259(1), 153–157. musara, j. p., musemwa, l., mutenje, m., mushunje, a., & pfukwa, c. (2019). determinants of sorghum adoption and land allocation intensity in the smallholder sector of semi-arid zimbabwe. spanish journal of 77 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 agricultural research, 17(1), 105. noerhartati, e., karyati, p. d., soepriyono, s., & yunarko, b. (2019). entrepreneurship sorghum towards industry 4.0. in international conference on innovation in research (iciir 2018)–section: economics and management science. atlantis press. oladeji, o. s., odelade, k. a., & oloke, j. k. (2020). phytochemical screening and antimicrobial investigation of moringa oleifera leaf extracts. african journal of science, technology, innovation and development, 12(1), 79–84. podolak, i., galanty, a., & sobolewska, d. (2010). saponins as cytotoxic agents: a review. phytochemistry reviews, 9(3), 425–474. raj, d. (2020). thin-layer chromatography with eutectic mobile phases–preliminary results. journal of chromatography a, 461044. ravanfar, s. a., karimi, e., mehrabanjoubani, p., & ebrahimi, m. (2020). enhancement of phenolic and flavonoids compounds, antioxidant and cytotoxic effects in regenerated red cabbage by application of zeatin. natural product research, 34(6), 898–902. sadaq, s. i., seetharamaiah, n., pamar, j. d., & mehar, a. (2013). characterization and mechanical behavior of composite material using fea. international journal of engineering research, 2(2), 125–131. widyaningsih w., pramono s., w. and s. (2016). phytochemical screening of ethanolic extract from ulva lactuca l. with thin layer chromatography. pharmaceutical media, 13(2). © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). introduction 74 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 evaluation of radar reflector design for traditional fishermen in banyuwangi dian asa utari1*, m. basuki rahmat2, i putu arta wibawa3, arie indartono4, eko setijadi5, sri wiwoho mudjanarko6 1,3,dept. shipbuilding engineering politeknik perkapalan negeri surabaya surabaya, indonesia 2,5,dept. marine electrical engineering politeknik perkapalan negeri surabaya surabaya, indonesia 4dept. of marine engineering politeknik perkapalan negeri surabaya surabaya, indonesia 6dept. civil engineering narotama university surabaya, indonesia dian.asa.utari@ppns.ac.id1*, mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id2, artha@ppns.ac.id3, arie.indartono@ppns.ac.id4, ekoset@ee.its.ac.id5, sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id6 abstract: every fishing boat owned by fishermen in the muncar harbor area of banyuwangi is always decorated. in addition to beautifying the ship, they also provide enthusiasm for work. various decorations used include the shape of the dome of the mosque and the shape of a butterfly. although technically all ornaments do not support their safety at sea. accidents, namely the collision of traditional fishing vessels by large commercial vessels often occur. because the area of operation of traditional fishermen is the trajectory of large commercial ships. many accidents occur because the presence of fishing boats is not detected by commercial vessels. because most traditional fishing boats are made of materials that do not reflect the radar signals of large vessels. for this reason, it is very necessary to install a reflector radar, which is a passive radar that serves to increase the object’s radar cross section value. this radar can be mounted on fishing vessels so that the reflected energy from this radar reflector can be recognized by large ships. this article describes designs that are in demand by traditional fishermen in the muncar area of banyuwangi. keywords: fisherman, radar cross section, radar, radar reflector, ornament introduction data from kiara (koalisi rakyat untuk fisheries justicepeople’s coalition for fisheries justice) shows that the number of fatal accidents that cause death is very high in the national fisheries sector. based on kiara data, the number of victims who died from 2012, 2013 to 2014 were 186,225 and 210 people, respectively. the main problem in the capture fisheries sector in indonesia is about k3 (occupational health and safety) on ships. there are even some people who think that safety is not important, the important thing is that the catch is quite a lot. this assumption is the background for holding marine safety socialization activities to fishermen, to provide understanding to traditional fishermen to care about safety at sea ( k n o t t, e t a l ., 1 9 8 5 ) . the forms of work accidents that quite often occur in the national fisheries sector are fishing boats being hit by a much larger steel ship, such as barges or cargo as happened in 2019, when a fishing boat was hit by container ship in the waters of masalembu, madura. twelve (12) fishermen crews were rescued by the tug boat which was passing through the waters around the scene. the main cause of collision of traditional fishing boats with large ships is because the radar of large ships is not able to detect the presence of traditional fishing boats. traditional fishing boats are made of materials that are mailto:dian.asa.utari@ppns.ac.id1 mailto:mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id2 mailto:artha@ppns.ac.id3 mailto:arie.indartono@ppns.ac.id4 mailto:ekoset@ee.its.ac.id5 mailto:sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id6 75 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 not good at reflecting the radar signals emitted by large ships. especially if the conditions at night. the lack of navigation lights on traditional fishing vessels is also another cause of collisions between fishing vessels and commercial vessels. where the safety requirements of sailing fishing vessels are not met, including the use of lights and navigational equipment. lamp navigation is one of the navigation safety tools and this equipment is rarely found in traditional fishing boats in the brondong and muncar areas, two big communities of fishermen in east java who generally operate in the northern sea of the island of java and in the bali strait (wibawa, et al, 2020). these waters are often traversed by merchant ships, ferries and ships barges carrying coal which are at risk of accidents with ships; traditional fishing boat. the use of navigation lights on fishing vessels is absolutely necessary to signaling to large ships of the presence of fishing vessels, and the type of fishing gear used in fao recommendations, namely on safety recommendations for fishing vessels with a deck length of less than 12 meters and fishing boat without deck, navigation equipment that must also be installed on fishing vessels is a radar reflector. the radar reflector is used to reflect returns radar waves from large ships. fishing boats are mostly made of non-metallic materials such as wooden boats and fiberglass reinforced plastic (frp). this is what causes the presence of small ships to go undetected. the installation of radar reflectors is expected to cause fishing boats to be detected by large ships. the installation of radar reflector can be seen in figure 1. figure 1. placement of the radar reflector on the mast international maritime organization (imo) in annex 28, resolution msc.164(78) on “revised performance standards for radar reflectors” determined as follows: 1) all ships must be equipped with radar reflectors, so that they can be detected by ships navigating with radar in the 9 ghz and 3 ghz bands 2) mounting arrangements shall be provided on board so that the reflector can mounted either on a rigid stand or on a rope system ship installation. 3) for small ships, the maximum weight of the radar reflector to be installed in 4 m high is 5 kg. the reflector is designed to be mounted on the greater height must have a calculated weight equal to, or less than 4 m/5 kg. 4) the physical size of the radar reflector should be minimized and should not exceed 0.05 m3. 76 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 radar reflector design a. radar cross section when the radar signal is reflected from irregular objects such as buoys, sailboats, fish boats etc., the signal will return in all directions and only a small part of it is likely to reach the target. the term radar cross section is the part of the area that bounces back to the target (yim and kim, 2003). in general, maritime radar is divided into 2 bands, namely x-band and s-band. in accordance with the rules that large ships must have at least an x-band radar and even some types of ships are required to have both. x-band radar operates in the 9.4 ghz frequency with a wavelength of about 3.2 cm. while the s-band radar operates at a frequency of 3.0 ghz with a wavelength of 10.0 cm. x band has more resolution and better detection than s-band radar. although the s-band radar is not good at detecting smaller objects, the s-band radar is less susceptible to interference with rain and ocean disturbances. s-band radar has a longer range than x-band radar figure 2. indicate rcs b. analysis rcs radar reflectors are an effective device for avoiding collisions between traditional fishing vessels and commercial vessels. the shape of the radar reflector is very simple, namely a triangle, circle, and rectangle. figure 3 shows the standard and simple shape of a common radar reflector. figure 3. radar reflector type (yim and kim, 2003) from the two equations, namely the maximum rcs value (sigma max) and the maximum distance that can be detected by radar, it can be summarized for the three equations as summarized in table 1. table 1. the value of σmax and rmax no configuration rcs max, σmax range radar max 1 triangular tri-hederal 1.0 1.0 2 circular tri-hederal 3.7 1.4 77 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 3 rectangular tri-hederal 8.9 1.7 table 1. shows that rcs value increases significantly from the triangular-type to the circular-type and rectangular-type. however, in term of range, the increases are small. the local wisdom design type radar reflector the results of the focus of discussion group (fgd) with fishing communities in the muncar area, also show that fishing boats in the muncar area are not yet equipped with equipment. adequate safety on board the ship, including the use of reflector radar. this is more due to the ignorance of local fishermen about the functions and benefits of radar reflector for shipping safety (wibawa, 2018). presentation on radar reflectors along with some examples of radar prototypes reflector to fishermen, providing sufficient understanding to fishermen. results the discussion shows that muncar fishermen are very interested in using a radar reflector (rr) on their fishing boats. all fgd participants stated interest in using radar reflectors on their fishing boats, especially because the waters of the bali strait include shipping lanes that are relatively busy with large ships passing by. observations on local fishing boats in muncar and discussions with fishermen of the local area also shows that aesthetic factors are an integral part of inseparable from the practice of capture fisheries in the muncar area, banyuwangi. beside associated with personal and group pride of fishermen, decoration on fishing boats related to the picking laut tradition which is a way for local fishermen to express gratitude for the seafood they have obtained for one year. with these considerations, muncar fishermen pay very close attention to the ornaments they wear that will be installed on their fishing boats. this can also be seen from the choice of fgd participants to alternative designs of radar reflectors that are suitable for their ships. as can be seen in the pie chart in figure 4. fishermen tend to choose shapes that are based on the ornaments that are often found on local fishing boats, namely the design butterfly-shaped and dome-shaped design that is commonly found on fishing boats in muncar area. figure 4. rr local wisdom type in addition to the design of an alternative radar reflector that is tailored to the design ornaments that are often found on local traditional fishing boats, the technical aspects of the radar reflector designed for the muncar fishing boat has also been adapted to recommendation from the maritime safety committee in annex 28, resolution msc.164(78). especially regarding the mounting height on the ship, volume and weight from the radar reflector. the average mast height for fishing boats in muncar is a minimum of 5 meters, so that the installation height of the radar reflector is in accordance with high standards minimum. while the maximum allowable weight is 5kg with a volume maximum is 0.05 m3. 78 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 weight and volume design results on alternative radar the reflector proposed to muncar fishermen can be seen in table 2. table 2. volume and heavy radar reflector type no radar reflector design volume heavy fao recommendation 1. 2. 3. fao standard butterfly type mosque cube 0.027 0.045 0.032 1.512 2.520 2.451 macth macth macth result and discussion the object rcs values of the various types of existing radar reflectors are calculated using the existing standard formulas. for the radar reflector butterfly type using the triangular formula. for dometype radar reflectors, use the circular formula. the size made is adjusted to the dimensions generally used by fishermen in decorating fishing boats, which is about 20 cm. theoretically the rcs value for each type is calculated using the following formula: table 3 shows the results of calculating the rcs value as a function of frequency. it is known that the rcs value will increase along with the increase in frequency. table 3. calculated rcs as function of frequency no frequency (ghz) rcs(m) for butterfly rcs(m) for dome 1 3 8.38 31.23 2 9 75.42 280.98 3 10 93.11 346.89 4 11 112.66 419.74 5 12 134.08 499.52 this means that fishing vessels will increasingly be detected by large commercial vessels if they use the x-band radar frequency. based on the calculations in table 3, it is also known that the rcs value of the dome-shaped radar reflector is better than the butterflyshaped reflector radar. conclusion in the msc resolution 164(78) document on the performance standard for radar reflectors it is stated that the radar reflector should have a ’stated performance level’ measured in square meters radar cross section (m2 rcs) of at least 7.5 m2 in x-band and 0.5 m2 in s-band mounted at minimum height of 4 m above water level. from table 3, the results of the rcs calculation for each type of radar reflector show that the butterfly-shaped s-band radar frequency has an rcs value of 8.38m. the x-band radar frequency has an rcs value of 75.42 m 134.68 m. while for the s-band radar frequency the shape of 79 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 the mosque dome has an rcs value of 31.23 m. the x-band radar frequency has an rcs value of 280.98 m 499.52 m. meaning that both the shape of the butterfly and the shape of the dome have met the specified performance requirements. references birmingham, r.w., wibawa, p.a. (2018). the role of aesthetics in engineering design – insights gained from cross-cultural research into traditional fishing vessels in indonesia. marine design xiii, volume 1: proceedings of the 13th international marine design conference (imdc 2018), june 10-14, finland. currie, n. c. radar reflectivity measurement, technics applications. artech house, inc. 1989. i putu arta wibawa,moh. basuki rahmat,dian asa utari, (2020), penggunaan radar reflector berbasis budaya lokal pada kapal ikan tradisional, seminar nasional terapan riset inovatif (sentrinov) ke-6 isas publishing,series: engineering and science vol. 6 no. 1, e-issn: 26219794, p-issn: 2477-2097 jeong-bin yim, woo-suk kim, (2003), design of passive-type reflector, international journal of navigation and port research, vol.27,no.3 pp.267272, (issn-1598-5725) knott, e. f.; schaeffer, j. f.; tuley, m. t., radar cross section; artech house, inc, new jersey, 1985 © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ dian asa utari1*, m. basuki rahmat2, i putu arta wibawa3, arie indartono4, eko setijadi5, sri wiwoho mudjanarko6 1 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 recepting gender thought in mamaos cianjur (cda against ceurik rahwana and tangis anjani) barkah indonesian university of education barkahprapta1976@gmail.com abstract: ceurik rahwana and tangis anjani are part of mamaos cianjuran (a kind of opening poem), which is the oral tradition of song in west java. ceurik rahwana and tangis anjani were chosen as study objects because of their unique gender. the study method uses critical discourse analysis. the results of the study were in the form of gender values from the local wisdom of ceurik rahwana and tangis anjani. the sympathies of this study concerning gender equality and gender balance (equilibrium), in essence, gender equality is not the same as a whole, but share the role of each other to glorify each other. keywords: gender thoughts, mamaos cianjuran, oral tradition introduction reference to become a good human being in this life, one of which comes from the value of religious beliefs or beliefs held. another source of goodness comes from moral teachings, norms, and social ethics. traditional communities with their natural lives uphold the values of local wisdom as a reference or source of goodness. one of the values of local wisdom is thinking about gender. gender conception is understood as the balance of roles between men and women who support and need each other. ceurik rahwana and tangis anjani are two opening songs of cianjuran mamaos which are gender-based based on local wisdom. the song arrays are interesting to be used as material for thought, appointment, reception as an alternative to deep reflection on the concept of gender. sibarani (2012) emphasized that proper gender management is one of the supports for the wisdom of the core culture (welfare). this means that when this conception of gender is addressed and managed properly, it will indirectly create prosperity. we must understand gender as a balance in the distribution of roles fairly, but not equality of roles because by nature it cannot be equated. the division of roles of women and men who enter into a marriage agreement (mitsaqon gholido) in the qur'an is likened to clothing that functions as a cover of genitalia. both do not position one of them to be a dominant subordinate other. for this reason, there needs to be an alignment in understanding the public that gender is a fair division of roles between women and men so that there is no domination or subordination between the two. gender understanding like this is classified in the theory of balance (equlibrium). mamaos cianjuran with the title ceurik rahwana and tangis anjani, is a concrete example of gender awareness, from the local wisdom of sundanese cultural wealth. rahwana, an alengka king who initially dominated and subordinated his wife, attained gender awareness even though it was too late. however, we can make this a mirror as a material for deep reflection to accept gender from our local cultural wisdom. local genuins in the cianjuran mamaos cross the ages and carry a universal message. the selection of the object of study of ceurik rahwana and tangis anjani is based on several reasons, including: 1) taking visionary and universal thoughts from the purity of local wisdom mailto:barkahprapta1976@gmail.com 2 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 contained in the two songs, 2) raising the meaning and usefulness of the cianjuran mamaos, and 3) the application of gender theory to the genre of sundanese culture. method the method used in studying mamaos ceurik rahwana and tangis anjani is a qualitative research method with a critical discourse analysis approach. as the steps for the study of gender ideology according to darma (2009) as follows: (a) creative-critical reading of data sources; (b) identification of data, in this case coded data; (c) presentation of data that has identified a gender ideology which includes: gender profile and gender identity; (d) interpretation of meaning; (e) summarizing the meaning, and (f) the results of gender profile and gender identity, gender roles and gender relations, and types of gender ideology and gender injustice. mosse (2002), giving gender limits as a set of roles such as costumes and masks on stage in the theater, tells others that someone is feminine or masculine. furthermore, (budianta, 1998) states that the basic principles of gender in literature and gender ideology, there are three basic principles of gender, namely: (a) biological antideterminism, which removes the notion that biological differences (sex) can determine differences in attitudes, traits, and behavior, (b) perspectives that reject the essentialistic way of thinking that appears in the use of the terms nature and destiny that are often used in normative discourse to provide justifications that are considered sacred for differences that are actually constructed socioculturally, and (c) masculine ideas and feminine does not just appear, but a cultural product that has a long history. results ceurik rahwana and tangis anjani are lulugu songs (opening) in the cianjuran mamaos which are local sundanese urang genuins, taken from the ramayana epic in the deceased ravana part. ceurik rahwana was hummed by male mamaos interpreters and tangis anjani was hummed by female mamaos interpreters intermittently with intermittent pyrex, pyrex, elaborate and distilled glasses with madenda or sorog. silence and solitude are characteristics of this song. the flute of the harp playing in harmony in the nyorog position, the lines also means sad. gender ideology that can be captured by the writer in the following lines sobirin (2003). bait i banondari anu lucu bojo akang anu geulis ... geuning...... kadieu sakeudeung heula akang rék méré pépéling the funny banondari my beautiful wife come here just a little i want to give advice bait ii aduh enung anu ayu nu geulis pupujan ati ... geuning. aduh geulis ...akang pinasti arék ménta dihampura lahir tumeka ing batin ouch, beautiful and charming the beautiful idol of the heart ouch beautiful .... you need to want to apologize birth to mind the verses i and ii above contain the praise of a husband (rahwana) when calling his wife (banondari) as funny (funny), geulis (beautiful), pupujan ati (idol of the heart), ayu (beautiful), enung (dear), as it praises and glorifies the wife. in the next two lines there is the dominance of rahwana's patriarchy over his wife banondari, indicated by the sentences: kadieu sakeudeng heula (come here 3 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 for a while) and akang rék méré pépéling (i want to give advice). in the next array there are expressions of consciousness, honesty, and guilt from rahwana to banondari such as: ... akang pinasti (akang to death) and arék ménta dihampura lahir tumekaning batin (want to apologize born to the mind). bait iii kaduhung akang kaduhung kataji nu lain lain ... geuning kaiwat goda rancana kagémbang ku sintawati ...aduh geuning kieu balukarna malindes balik ka diri sorry for regret tempted others interested in the temptation of stratagem lured by sintawati it ends like this befall yourself the third stanza contains rahwana's remorse for the fate that befell him. his lust made rahwana exposed to disaster and ended perish. when read in the epic ramayana actually sintawati did not do hegemony of love towards ravana, but rahwana who really loved sintawati. rahwana perished in the hands of sri rama (sintawati's husband) does not mean that sri rama's desire to kill rahwana, but rahwana's death occurred because sri rama wanted to free sintawati. the author interprets rahwana's death as a result of rahwana being hegemonyed (controlled) by his own desires, dominating all nature, arrogance accompanied by arrogance, as if controlling the universe and entitled to all women he wants. bait iv banondari akang ampun rumasa geus nganyenyeri ... geuning ... salawasna dikakaya nyandung geus puluhan kali … aduh ... maneh nu sabar tawekal doraka akang kabadi banondari forgive you admitting that it hurt you forever hurt polygamy dozens of times you be patient kanda ungodly affected by doom bait v ayeuna tepung panungtung jeung akang mo panggih deui ... akang menta dihampura kaawak maneh nu geulis... aduh poma ulah rek gagabah mun boga salaki deui at present the last meeting with kanda will not meet again i am sorry to your beautiful self ... ouch don't be careless when you get married again verses iv and v above show the release of rahwana's hegemony over his wife (banondari). there is rahwana's confession before death that during his marriage to banondari he did hegemony and subordination. anjani's tears were banondari's answer to ravana. this song is sung by a woman. we can also interpret this as the equality of roles between the juru mamaos pameget (male singer) and the juru mamaos istri (female singer), there is no dominance between the two. below are the tangis anjani poems: bait i duh engkang rumruman kalbu pupujan lahir jeung batin, gusti…2x aya naon pangeresa o dear heart idol the one born and mind what is the king? 4 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 tara-tara tisasari, gusti…2x nyauran ragrag cisoca abdi mah saredih teuing not like usual call in tears i feel very sad tangis anjani's first stanza contains lines that express the obedience, obedience, respect and loyalty of a banondari to ravana. obedience, obedience, loyalty, and sincere affection (sincere) towards the husband shown by banondari is a good mother figure (ideal) husband's dream. in the theory of darma (2009) it can be said as an ideology of familialism. bait ii pisanggem abdi kapungkur lilisan kalenggah gusti, engkang…2x ka salira engkang pisan ngaturanan temah wadi, engkang…2x mung engkang kalalanjoan ngajur napsu teu dihiding i said first i say to you king dear you brother set up it's just too much indulgence in lust is not restricted bait iii duh engkang rumruman kalbu teu kiat abdi wawarti,engkang…2x asa tungkeb bumi alam kantun sumerahnya diri,engkang…2x kahiang murba wisesa takdir tumiba ka diri oh dear heart idol i can't say it like this natural collapse stay surrender to god almighty destiny happens to self the second and third stanzas in tangis anjani above, show the gender balance (equilibrium) played by a wife. banondari did that solely to love ravana as her husband. being imposed on banondari glorifies her husband by calling gusti, does not mean equating with the essence of god. there are some banondari sorrows that are very profound when rahwana wills, namely: 1) sad and regretting that rahwana ignored his advice, rahwana only realized when it was too late, 2) sad because banondari would part with his beloved husband. separation is always sad and painful, whatever the cause of the separation. a. gender profile and gender identity there are several gender profiles and gender identity that can be found in the song ceurik rahwana (cr) and tangis anjani (ta), namely: 1) rahwana greatly praises and glorifies his wife; 2) there is rahwana's domination of banondari, domination in this section is patriarchal ideology; 3) rahwana's death due to ravana's hegemony (controlled) by his own lust; 4) there is the dominance of ravana over the universe and all the women he wants; 5) near death, rahwana admitted that during his marriage to banondari, he carried out hegemony and subordination; 6) familialism gender ideology (obedience, obedience, loyalty, and sincere affection (sincere) towards the husband shown by banondari is a good mother figure (ideal) husband's dream); 5 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 7) shows the gender balance (equilibrium) played by a wife in this case banondari. banondari did that solely to love ravana as her husband. bertapa banondari glorifies her husband by calling gusti, does not mean to equate with the essence of god, but because of love and glorify ravana as a husband and as a king. banondari glorifies her husband by calling gusti, does not mean to equate with the essence of god, but because of love and glorify ravana as a husband and as a king. b. the role of gender and gender relations the role of rahwana in cr and ta as the king and husband of banondari. judging from the role of king rahwana as a very powerful and tyrannical king in another genre story that the writer understands rahwana kidnapped sinta his wife sri rama. from rahwana's role as banondari's husband is a husband who is highly praised, said language that contains seduction, although often hegemony banondari in terms of rahwana's desire to polygamy. banondari as the wife and consort of rahwana is a woman who is good, obedient, obedient, loyal, and sincere affection (husband) towards her husband who is shown banondari is a good mother figure (ideal) husband's dream. banondari did that simply loving rahwana as a husband. banondari glorifies her husband by calling gusti, does not mean to equate with the essence of god, but because of love and glorify her husband and king. c. types of gender ideology and gender injustice in cr and ta are as follows: (1) patriarchal ideology; (2) general ideology, there is the dominance of ravana over the universe and all the women he wants; (3) ideology of gender familialism (obedience, obedience, loyalty, and sincere affection (sincerity) towards the husband shown by banondari is a good mother figure (ideal) husband's dream). conclusions the gender phenomena above, contain meanings that can be interpreted and concluded. first, in certain cases rahwana and banondari are a married couple who admire and glorify each other. this is an ideal condition in building a household ark. there is gender equality and gender balance (equilibrium) from the conditions they build. second, hegemony and domination can be divided into ravana's hegemony and domination over banondari (his wife), also hegemony in the normal category as patriarchal ideology, as well as hegemony and domination of rahwana's lust towards ravana. hegemony and domination of a person against others begins with a self that has been hegemony or dominated, even shackled by lust (lust and power) itself. third, the ideology of gender familialism (obedience, loyalty, and sincere affection (sincere) towards the husband shown by banondari is a good mother figure (ideal) the husband's dream). honestly seeing it from a man's point of view, it elevates the image and glory of a woman, maybe men in general crave women who are obedient, loyal, and sincere affection. women who have such a character also need to think harder in choosing a comparable partner. actions (behaviors) carried out on the basis and intentions of sincere worship, it is impossible to get lost. fourth, gender balance (equilibrium) which is played by a wife in terms of mutual reminding, we should remind each other especially tied to marriage or blood ties. in the sundanese tradition philosophy kudu akur jeung batur sakasur, sadapur, sasumur, salembur (must be good with a wife and the neighbor), salawasna silih asah, silih asih, and silih asuh (forever educate each other, love each other, care for each other). 6 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 references budianta, m. (1998). sastra dan ideologi gender. horison tahun xxxii (4), 6-13. darma, y. a. (2009). analisis wacana kritis. bandung: yrama widya, 212. mosse, j. c. (2002). gender dan pembangunan (diterjemahkan oleh hartian silawati). yogyakarta: kerja sama rifka annisa women’s crisis centre dengan penerbit pustaka pelajar, 3. sibarani, r. (2012). kearifan lokal: hakikat, peran, dan metode tradisi lisan. jakarta: asosiasi tradisi lisan, 170. sobirin, m. (2003). rumpaka tembang sunda: mamaos. bandung. © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 50 the effect of addition of limestone powder and fly – ash on land classification agata iwan candra, yosef cahyo sp. zendy bima mahardana civil engineering department, kadiri university, iwan_candra@unik-kediri.ac.id, yosef_cs@unik-kediri.ac.id, zendymahardana@gmail.com abstract the land is one of the absolute functions in every continuity of the activities of all living things on earth. the issue of the low soil resilience type of montmorillonite activity indeed remains a problem in construction activities titled construction. limestone and fly-ash is a formulation to change the classification value of montmorillonite soil activity in the following paper compilation research. soil classification is an effort of the land grouping which is intended to separate the use of land carrying capacity which is more complex for each use of soil structure. the value of the basic soil activity used is 1.3, obtained from the plastic index calculation of 32.56 %divided by the sieve gradation value is smaller than the sieve number 200 by 25.7 %. thus it shows that the soil structure used for testing is a type of montmorillonite activity. with the addition of limestone powder additive materials and fly-ash showed activity value const soil structure to be late. in a combination of 5% additive soil activity type which was previously 1.3 (montmorillonite classification) to 0.8 (lilite classification), 10% additive to 0.7 (lilite classification), 15% and 20% additive to 0.5 or kaolinite classification. keywords: consistency, gradation, land activities. received revised published april 11 th 2019 june 14 th 2019 september 30 th 2019 introduction the land is one of the absolute functions in every continuity of the activities of all living things on earth. the function of land in the field of civil engineering has a very broad function embracing a variety of uses in the facilities and infrastructure to support the activities of all citizens of the earth. these facilities are none other than residential facilities, transportation, economic places, social places and much more. reporting from previous journals, “land is the most important component in infrastructure development, because the function of the land itself is as the core foothold of a building”, (candra, 2018) the issue of the low soil resilience type montmorillonite activity is indeed still a scourge in construction activities titled construction. the following is due to the physical properties of expansive soils or montmorillonite which have a low consistency value. “expansive soils are problematic soils that have low strength and high shrinkage potential due to changes in soil water content”, (a ’la, setiawan, & djarwanti, 2017). “expansive or swelling soil is a highly plastic soil that normally contains montmorillonite and other active clay minerals”, (faezehossadat & jeff, 2016). “plastic clays termed as expansive soils or active soils exhibit volume change when subjected to moisture variations”, (thesis, 2008). with the following problems, it is necessary to make efforts to change the physical according to the classification of the land to stabilize the carrying capacity of the land which is more complex to each development need. 51 limestone and fly-ash is a formulation to change the classification value of montmorillonite soil in the following paper compilation research. where, “lime (limestone) is a sedimentary rock which is mainly composed of calcium carbonate (caco3)”, (zaenuri, 2018). and flyash itself is, “general terminology for mild fly ash arising from a combustion process of a material which normally produces ash”, (siswanto, 2019). the following limestone powder will be used as a media to bind the soil structure layer according to its function to be added fly-ash grains as a stabilizing media of soil mechanical properties on the effect of the classification value , so that it can be used as a reference in the desirability of soil classification in each addition of the material . with the point of the problem and there is still widespread soil stabilization material, it encourages the author to conduct an experiment that will be compiled into a paper entitled the effect of addition of limestone powder and fly ash on land classification literature revie 2.1 montmorillonite land montmorillonite soil is a material mechanical property of a soil structure that has a special characteristic value following the classification established by e. bowless guidelines. according to related research, “montmorillonite, also called smectite, is a mineral formed by two silica sheets and one aluminum sheet (gibbsite)”,(abdurrozak et al., 2017). with mechanical properties, “soil containing montmorillonite is very easy to expand by adding water content, which furthermore the development pressure can damage light structures”, (widhiarto, andriawan, matulessy, teknik, & psikologi, 2015). by thus be concluded that the soil particles montmorillonite has a low consistency value and need the holding of a plan for stabilization. reference from the previous testing states that, “the physical and mechanical properties of expansive soils get better with the addition of white soil with a maximum amount of 2.5% of the dry weight of the soil”, (wardani, muhrozi, setiaji, & riwu, 2018). the conclusion from the following understanding is a step to improve soil classification value can be done by combining or mixing some organic additives, which in the following studies use a combination of limestone and fly-ash. 2.2 limestone powder the important role of limestone in the planning of soil stability according to (tjokrodimuljo,1992), “as a non-brittle material, easy and fast hardening, good workability and good binding capacity”, (study, sipil, teknik, & kadiri, n.d.). because of its chemical basis, “limestone contains 98.9% calcium carbonate (caco3) and 0.95% magnesium carbonate (mgco3)”, (zaenuri, 2018). “compacted soils have reduced available water capacity”, (ogbeche, 2018). 52 2.3 fly-ash fly ash or commonly called rock ash or matos is an additive material in the following soil stabilization plan research. according to the expert, “matos is a fine powder consisting of the mineral composition of the additive inorganic serves to strengthen and stabilize the soil physical and chemical”, (kuat, dan, & tanah, 2018). with the following understanding, the use of fly-ash in improving soil stabilization is necessary. 2.4 water the definition of water is, “chemical substances with the formula h2o chemical elements”, (beton mengunakan, lumajang, penambahan, ridwan, & chandra, 2018). and basically, “this chemical is a solvent”, (utami, 2018). the water in the following research is used as a solvent media for test specimens and taken from clean water channels at the kadiri university civil engineering laboratory. 2.5 land classification soil classification is an effort of the land grouping which is intended to separate the use of land carrying capacity which is more complex for each use of soil structure. “soil classification is a system of regulating several different types of soil but has similar characteristics into groups and subgroups based on their use”, (susanto, 2009). table 2.1 classification of soil source: “bradja m. das, land composition page 18”, (das braja m, 1988). in application of an sorting to the classification of the soil , carried out research on the basic effect of any variation of specimens in the following research using a combination of powder material limestone and fly-ash with a percentage of 0% (testing native land), 5%, 10% , 15% and 20%, using a soil grading and consistency test (plastic index) . the formulation that will be used is the following formula : find the classification of soil minerals = mineral activity values montmorillonite 0 7 lilite 0,5 1 kaolinite 0,5 hallosite 0,5 attapulgite 0,5 1,2 ailophane 0,5 1,2 53 2.5.1 soil gradation test the purpose of the soil grading test is to find out the constituent particles of the soil structure which will be grouped by each soil structure particle to be classified based on the soil consistency test value. 2.5. 2 soil consistency test soil consistency testing is carried out to determine the water content of soil in a liquid boundary state and the maximum plastic level. the soil consistency test grouping is liquid limit and plastic limit test so finding the plastic index value, regarding the calculation : plastic index ( ip ) = liquid limit ( ll ) plastic limit ( pl ), (das braja m, 1988). methods 3.1 soil classification test 3.1.1 soil gradation test “first the soil sample is encircled, then all the lumps are broken up into smaller particles and then sieved in laboratory experiments. after enough time to sift by vibration, the mass of the soil held at each sieve is weighed. to analyze cohesive soils”, (das braja m, 1988). make gra tie sieving the ground a number of 1 000 g using gr adasi sieve with a diameter of> 256.64, 4, 2, 1, 0.5, 0:25, 0.125, 0.0625, 0.0 0 2, < 0 0 0 2 mm and specify the percentage value to sieve gradation reading. 3.1.2 soil consistency test this test is a combination of the liquid limit calculation value with the plastic limit to get the plastic index value which is known to test as follows : a. liquid limit montmorillonite type soil pastes with variations in the combination of lime powder and fly-ash amounting to 0%, 5%, 10%, 15% and 20% of the total weight of the test specimens were placed in a brass bowl. “scratch right in the middle by using standard scrapers. by running the rotator, the bowl is then raised from the height of 0.3937 in (10 mm). water content, expressed in terms of ponds, from the soil needed to cover a scratch that is 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) uninteresting basis soil samples in da lam bowl are already 25 punches definition like liquid limit (liquid limit)”, (das braja m, 1988). b. plastic limit find the plasticity level value of each montmorillonite soil test object with variations in the combination of limestone and fly ash totaling 0%, 5%, 10%, 15% and 20% of the total weight of the test specimen. the stages are by grinding the specimens on flat and smooth glass plates until they reach a diameter of 3 mm. 54 results and discussion 4.1 tree gradation test from the sieve gradation test from 1000 gr the soil test object type montmorillonite activity found the following results: table 4.1 gradation analysis of original soil structure no gradation (mm) value (gr) (%) 1 > 256 0 0 2 64 256 3 4 6 4 2 4 5 1 2 3 0,3 6 0,5 1 29 2,9 7 0,25 0,5 40 4 8 0,125 0,25 51 5,1 9 0,0625 0,125 74 7,4 10 0,002 0,0624 546 54,6 11 < 0,002 (micro) 257 25,7 total 1000 100 source : testing gradation of original soil structure 4.2 consistency test the results of testing the soil consistency value to find the plastic index value after a combination of materials found the following results : table 4.2 limit consistency of soil combination value with limestone and fly-ash powder limestone powder and fly ash (%) liquid limit (%) plastic limit (%) index plastic (%) 0 257 25,7 32,56 5 257 25,7 21,78 10 257 25,7 19,25 15 257 25,7 12,08 20 257 25,7 11,36 55 p e r s e n t a s e source : test border consistency of soil combination value with limestone and fly powder ash source : limits of consistency of soil combination test value with limestone and fly – ash powder figure 4.1 graphics of consistency test results on test objects 4.3 classification calculation results from the results of the original soil gradation test and also the soil consistency test, the results can be summarized in the following table 4.3 : table 4.3 classification of soil after the combination of limestone and fly-ash powder materials percentage limestone powder and fly-ash (%) materialis gradation > 0,02 (micro) ip activity classification (gr) (%) 0 257 25,7 32,56 1,3 montmorillonite 5 257 25,7 21,78 0,8 lilite 10 257 25,7 19,25 0,7 lilite 15 257 25,7 12,08 0,5 kaolinite 20 257 25,7 11,36 0,5 kaolinite with the addition of additive powder limestone and fly-ash as a media changer combination of soil, classification showed a significant change. thus it can be concluded that in this study limestone powder and flysh are very influential on soil classification which is indicated by a change in the value of soil activity. 57 51 49 42 43 24.44 29.22 29.75 29.92 31.64 32.56 21.78 19.25 12.08 11.36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 5 10 15 20 25 limestone powder addition levels and fly-ash (%) boundary consistency powder combination with ground limestone and fly-ash liquid limit plastic limit index plastic 56 conclusion on the results of the test specimens from the preparation of the following paper entitled the effect of addition of limestone powder and fly ash towards classification of soil, there are conclusions as follows : 1. the value of the basic soil activity used is 1.3 obtained from the calculation of the plastic index of 32.56 divided by a sieve gradation value is smaller than the sieve number 200 of 25. 7. thus it shows that the original soil used has a type of montmorillonite activity value. 2. on the addition of 5% additive type of soil activity previously 1.3 (montmorillonite) becomes 0. 8 (lilite), 10% additive to 0.7 (lilite), 15% and 20% additive to 0.5 or classified kaolinite . with the addition of limestone powder additive materials and fly-ash show changes in the value of the activity of soil structure to be constant. acknowledgments thank you the amount of the authors say to the university of kadiri, especially to the chancellor of the university of kadiri ir. djoko rahardjo, mp. who has provided full support in the form of grant funds used as research material in the preparation of the following paper. references a ’la, h., setiawan, b., & djarwanti, n. (2017). penambahan limbah plastik pada tanah ekspansif, (36), 1170–1178. abdurrozak, m. r., mufti, d. n., studi, p., sipil, t., islam, u., studi, p., … islam, u. (2017). stabilisasi tanah lempung dengan bahan tambah abu sekam, xxii(2), 416–424. beton mengunakan, j., lumajang, p., penambahan, d., ridwan, a., & chandra, a. (2018). additive masterpozzolith ® 402r, 3(2), 192–197. candra, a. i. (2018). studi kasus stabilitas struktur tanah lempung pada jalan totok kerot kediri menggunakan limbah kertas. ukarst, 2(2), 11. https://doi.org/10.30737/ukarst.v2i2.255 das braja m. (1988). mekanika tanah (prinsip-prinsip rekayasa geoteknis) jilid 1 (vol. 1). erlangga. retrieved from https://kupdf.net/download/mekanika-tanah-jilid-2-braja-mdas_59b0f4cfdc0d607660568edb_pdf faezehossadat, k., & jeff, b. (2016). expansive soil: causes and treatments. i-manager’s journal on civil engineering, 6(3), 1. https://doi.org/10.26634/jce.6.3.8083 kuat, t., dan, g., & tanah, k. (2018). pengaruh stabilisasi tanah menggunakan kapur dan matos terhadap kuat geser dan konsolidasi tanah gambut aris prabowo 1 , miftahul fauziah, s.t., m.t., ph.d. 1. ogbeche, s. (2018). overview of engineering problems of soil compaction and their effects on 57 growth and yields of crops overview of engineering problems of soil compaction and their effects on growth and yields of crops. european journal of advances in enineering and technology, 5(9), 701–709. siswanto, e. (2019). penambahan fly ash dan serat serabut kelapa sebagai bahan pembuatan beton. ukarst, 3(1), 48. https://doi.org/10.30737/ukarst.v3i1.352 study, p., sipil, t., teknik, f., & kadiri, u. (n.d.). stabilisasi struktur tanah lempung dengan menggunakan bahan tambahan abu sekam padi dan kapur pada subgrade perkerasan jalan sudjati, 1–9. susanto, a. (2009). pengaruh stabilisasi tanah lempung dengan aspal emulsi klasifikasi tanah, 3(konteks 3), 6–7. thesis, d. (2008). geotechnical aspects of buildings on expansive soils in kibaha , tanzania. buildings. retrieved from http://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:10579/fulltext01.pdf utami, s. (2018). ketersediaan air bersih untuk kesehatan. optimalisasi peran sains dan teknologi untuk mewujudkan smart city, (june). retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/profile/sri_utami29/publication/326057942 wardani, s. p. r., muhrozi, m., setiaji, a. r. a., & riwu, d. r. (2018). stabilisasi tanah ekspansive dengan menggunakan tanah putih untuk tanah dasar di daerah godong kabupaten grobogan jawa tengah. media komunikasi teknik sipil, 24(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.14710/mkts.v24i1.16275 widhiarto, h., andriawan, a. h., matulessy, a., teknik, f., & psikologi, f. (2015). stabilisasi tanah lempung ekspansif dengan menggunakan campuran abu-sekam dan kapur, 01(02), 135–140. zaenuri, m. (2018). penelitian penggunaan batu gamping sebagai agregat kasar dan filler pada aspal campuran. ukarst, 2(1). https://doi.org/10.30737/ukarst.v2i1.357. 7 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 analysis of passenger commuter train services surabaya – sidoarjo dwiatmoko, h., 1, mudjanarko, s. w.,2,*, setiawan, m. i.,2, nabila1 1university of mercu buana jakarta, 2university of narotama surabaya hermanto.dwiatmoko@mercubuana.ac.id, sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id abstract: this study aims to determine the service level of the surabaya sidoarjo commuter train which is part of the transportation service in the gerbang kertasusila area. surabaya is the second-largest city in indonesia as the center of regional government for east java and is the center of activity for all sectors in the region. the high population density and the high value of land in surabaya have resulted in people choosing to live in gerbang kertasusila areas, namely gresik, bangkalan, kertosono, surabaya, sidoarjo, and lamongan (gerbang kertasusila). this resulted in the high movement of commuters from the buffer area for activities in downtown surabaya. in this study, the analysis was carried out regarding the minister of transportation regulation number 63 the year 2019 concerning minimum service standards for passenger train transportation. the research methodology used is importance performance analysis by distributing questionnaires to commuter train users across surabaya sidoarjo to find out people's opinions about train transportation services operated by pt. kereta api indonesia. the results of the study can identify the level of service at the station and on the train, both those that are a priority to be improved and those that must be maintained. keywords: commuter train, gerbang kertasusila, importance performance analysis, standard of minimum services introduction transportation in indonesia plays a very important role in the joints of people's lives. along with the times, transportation technology has progressed quite rapidly. this is beneficial for the community to obtain an efficient mode of mass transportation. surabaya is the second largest city in indonesia as the center of regional government for east java and is the center of activity for all sectors in the region. the high population density and the high value of land in surabaya have resulted in people choosing to live in gerbang kertasusila areas, namely gresik, bangkalan, kertosono, surabaya, sidoarjo and lamongan (gerbang kertasusila). this resulted in the high movement of commuters from the buffer area for activities in downtown surabaya. pt. kereta api indonesia (pesereo) provides the surabaya sidoarjo commute.train to accommodate commuter movements to and from the buffer cities of surabaya. the surabaya sidoarjo commuter train has been operating since 2004. the commuter train crosses the surabaya kota surabaya gubeng wonokromo gedangan sidoarjo tanggulangin porong bangil station. this mass transportation is in great demand by commuters because of its advantages, namely that it can carry passengers in large capacities, has its own lane so that it is avoided from congestion, and has a fast travel time. along with the rate of population growth in the surabaya city buffer area, the movement of the surabaya sidoarjo commuter train users have increased. the increase in movement was not accompanied by an increase in train facilities in operation, which resulted in complaints for commuters using train. some of the factors that influence commuters' complaints are insufficient train capacity and mailto:hermanto.dwiatmoko@mercubuana.ac.id mailto:sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id 8 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 train departures that are often not on schedule. to make the commuter train the main transportation, the service factor must get attention. service is a top priority that is used as a benchmark in competitiveness and facilities excellence and is a factor that affects the services provided by the company. pt. kereta api indonesia is required to continue to improve in an effort to improve its services to the community and improve its operational system in order to produce maximum satisfaction for service users or customers. therefore, this research is important to do to measure the level of satisfaction and expectations of service users with the surabaya sidoarjo commuter train service. fig 1. gubeng train station surabaya literature review transportation is the activity of moving goods (cargo) and passengers from one place to another. in transportation, there are two most important elements, namely moving/moving and physically changing the place of goods and passengers to other places. transportation is said to be good if the travel time is fast enough and there are no accidents, the frequency of service is sufficient, and the safety is free from the possibility of accidents and comfortable service conditions. the factors that become a component of transportation to achieve ideal conditions are the conditions of infrastructure and network systems and conditions of facilities. the mode of transportation is very influential in supporting fast, safe, and integrated traffic movements. transportation means are flexible, that is, develop according to the times and are adapted to the needs of consumers, however the determination of the type of transportation mode chosen must be appropriate to prevent traffic jams, waste of energy and space, and air pollution. therefore, appropriate policies and handling are needed to minimize these undesirable factors. the rail transportation mode has advantages over the road transportation, including a larger transport capacity, energy-efficient use, and low air pollution. rail-based urban transportation can provide benefits to a city, for example, a large carrying capacity so that it can move passengers from road transport to rail. in the end, it will reduce congestion, road accidents, road damage, and reduce air pollution in cities. in providing services to commuter transport service users, a minimum service standard has been established through the regulation of the minister of transportation. minimum service standards (spm) are the minimum service measures that must be met by service providers in providing services to service users which is a reference for railway infrastructure operators operating train stations in providing services to service users, which must be equipped with benchmarks used as service delivery guidelines and service quality assessment references as obligations and promises of service providers to the public in the framework of quality, fast, easy, affordable and scalable services. there are two types of minimum service standards, namely the minimum service standards at stations and the service standards on the train. a. minimum service standards at stations in general, services at stations include clear and easy-to-read information regarding the appearance of the station and audio heard by service users; passenger service facilities; counter; the waiting room; boarding room; worship place; nursing room for mothers; toilet; easy 9 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 passenger boarding / disembarking facilities; persons with disabilities; health and safety and security facilities. b. minimum service standards on the train in general, services on the train include the availability of doors; window; a seat with a fixed construction that has a back; in-train lighting; air circulation regulator; luggage rack; standing passenger grip facilities; station information to be stopped/skipped sequentially; special facilities and conveniences for persons with disabilities; pregnant women, the sick, and the elderly; medical facility; facilities and security; information on safety and evacuation instructions in an emergency; train name and train serial number; information on train travel disruptions and the accuracy of train schedules. importance performance analysis importance performance analysis (ipa) is an analysis technique introduced by john a. martilla and john c. james in 1977, which is used to identify what important performance factors an organization must show in meeting the satisfaction of their service users (consumers). in this method it is necessary to measure the suitability level to find out how much the customer is satisfied with the company's performance, and how much the service provider understands what the customer wants for the service they provide. this analysis is intended to get user importance to service attributes. in principle, ipa combines dimensional measurements to the expectations and importance two grids, then both dimensions were plotted into it. importance value is plotted as the vertical axis while the expected value as a diagonal axis by using the mean value contained in importance and expectation dimension as the center line cutting. the diagram consists of fourquadrant that shows level of importance to service attributes. ipa is used to get the importance of customer to service attributes. the level of importance is described in the importance diagram that is divided into four quadrants (figure 1) with description as follows, a. quadrant a, the area that contains the attributes are considered important by customers but not as expected (levels of customer satisfaction are still very low). in this area the management institution performs improvements continuously in order to increase performance in this quadrant. b. quadrant b, the area that contains the attributes is considered important by customers and the attributes are assumed in accordance with the perceived so the level of satisfaction is high. c. quadrant c, the area that is contains attributes are considered less important by the customer and in fact have less special performance. d. quadrant d, the area that contains the attributes are considered less important by the customer and assumed excessively. fig 2. importance classification diagram research methodology this research methodology uses quantitative research. the data used in this study is a combination of qualitative and quantitative data obtained through a survey using a questionnaire. meanwhile, the instrument used in this questionnaire refers to the results of research conducted by 10 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 parasuraman et.al (1988), namely by using the servqual method. research location in order for the research to be carried out evenly, several points were determined to represent the whole. the observation points are determined based on areas deemed appropriate but still on the route of the gerbang kertasusila commuter train. the research location was carried out at two stations, namely sidoarjo and surabaya gubeng stations. at the station, primary data was collected with the help of a questionnaire. the questionnaire was distributed to commuter train users on the sidoarjo surabaya gubeng route and through online questionnaires. data collection technique in this study, the data collection technique used a quota sampling method where the respondents were users of the gerbang kertasusila commuter train. the quota sampling method is a data collection technique by taking samples freely from a population that has certain characteristics to the desired quota. the data used is in the form of primary data which is a questionnaire distributed to respondents. population and sample the method used to determine the number of respondents in this study is to use the method roscoe (1975) in uma sekaran (1992: 252) provides guidelines for determining the number of samples. in this study, the sample size was 100 respondents. validity testing validity is intended to state the extent to which the data contained in a questionnaire will measure what you want to measure. the validity test was carried out by using the pearson method or the product moment correlation method, namely by correlating the item scores on the questionnaire with the total score. a questionnaire is said to be valid if the questions on a questionnaire are able to measure what is and should be measured. reliability testing reliability is the extent to which a meter is error free or reliable and trustworthy. reliable instruments can be used safely in different times and conditions or remain consistent when used in two or more measurements to measure the same symptoms, while temporary and situational factors have no effect (cooper & emory; 1996). results respondent data based on the results of the analysis of respondent data, it can be concluded that the commuter train gerbang kertasusila has uniform data, namely that it is more attractive to women, aged between 20-30 years, with jobs as private employees and the frequency of using train is between 10-14 times one week. data analysis analysis of the data used in this study is the descriptive statistical analysis available in the spss program. descriptive statistics are concerned with the collection and ranking of data. descriptive statistics describe the sample characters used in this study. as a follow-up to the questionnaire data processing, to find out the condition of the gerbang kertasusila commuter train service, the results of data analysis were grouped into 4 quadrants according to the cartesian important performance analysis diagram. 11 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 1. passenger service in the station fig. 3. cartesian diagram of passenger services in the station service attributes found in quadrant i mean that services that must be improved are toilet cleanliness, services that must be maintained include visible and affordable station safety facilities, availability of cctv, availability of security officers, sufficient lighting, availability of ticket sales counters, operating schedules, train arrival schedule, clean and comfortable waiting area. 2. passenger service on the train fig. 4. cartesian diagram of passenger services on the train the service attribute contained in quadrant i means that services that must be improved are the availability of information on train travel disruptions for services that must be maintained including the availability of information and safety facilities on the train, security officers, train travel information, the availability of comfortable seats; availability of air conditioning and cleanliness of the train conclusion from the results of the research that has been done, it can be concluded that: a. surabaya gubeng station and sidoarjo station which are used to serve the gerbang kertasusila commuter transportation, especially for the sidoarjo surabaya gubeng route, have equipped facilities for commuter passenger services, including facilities, safety, security, comfort, reliability and equality, however, the results of the research it can be identified several services that need to be improved, namely the cleanliness of the toilet, while the services that must be maintained include: 1) easy to reach safety facilities; 2) availability of cctv; 3) availability of security officers and cleaners; 4) availability of lighting lamps; 5) availability of ticket sales counters; 6) availability of operating schedules and network maps; 7) the reception area is clean and comfortable. 12 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 b. services on commuter trains have been undertaken by train operators, namely pt. kereta api indonesia (kai), however the diesel rail train currently operated is old even though it is still reliable, but there are several things that need to be improved, namely: 1) availability of information and safety facilities; 2) officers in uniform that are easily visible; 3) travel information on the train; 4) availability of seat on the train; 5) availability of air regulator (ac); 6) cleanliness in the train. acknowledgments: the author of this paper would like to thank the dean of the engineering faculty at university of mercu buana and the rector of narotama university for the opportunity given to carry out this study. references a. parasuraman, valarie a. zeithaml, and leonard l. berry. (1988). "servqual: a multiple-item scale for measuring consumer perceptions of service quality". journal of retailing volume 64 number 1 spring 1988 afif ahmad afiyat, bietrix rosalina, m. zainul arifin, dan achmad wicaksono. (2015). kajian kinerja pelayanan dan tarif kereta api eksekutif jurusan malang – jakarta (studi kasus kereta api eksekutif bima). malang : universitas brawijaya. dwiatmoko, hermanto. 2018. perencanaan pembangunan transportasi kereta api. jakarta : prenada media. elfarischa deasy pramyastiwi, imam hardjanto, dan abdullah said. 2012. perkembangan kualitas pelayanan perkeretaapian sebagai angkutan publik dalam rangka mewujudkan transportasi berkelanjutan (studi pada pt. kereta api indonesia daerah operasi 8 surabaya). malang : universitas brawijaya. hidayati nurul. (2012). pelayanan terhadap kepuasan penumpang ka lokal rute cikampek – pasarsenen pada pt. kereta api indonesia (persero). jakarta : universitas mercubuana. john a. martilla and john c. james. (1977) “importance-performance analysis”. journal of marketing, january, 1977 kamelya rizka. (2017). analisis kepuasan pelanggan terhadap kualitas pelayanan kereta rel listrik (krl) commuter line rute kota – tanjung priok dalam upaya meningkatkan kinerja transportasi berbasis kereta api. jakarta : universitas mercubuana. mohd zalina ali, dkk. 2009. importance performance analysis and customer statisfaction index for express bus service. selangor : universitas selangor. pelani afrianto. (2015). analisis kualitas layanan pt. kai terhadap kepuasan pengguna jasa kereta commuterline jabodetabek di stasiun manggarai jakarta. bogor : institut pertanian bogor. republik indonesia. 2007. perkeretaapian. undang – undang no. 23 tahun 2007. lembaran negara republik indonesia tahun 2007, nomor 65. sekretariat kabinet ri. jakarta. syawaludin rizqi ahmad. (2016). analisa kepuasan penumpang terhadap pelayanan kereta rel listrik (krl) commuter line rute duri –tangerang. jakarta : universitas mercubuana. yusnia utari putri. (2018). analisis tingkat kinerja pelayanan angkutan umum kereta rel listrik ditinjau dari sudut operasional dan kepuasan penumpang (studi kasus commuter line rute jakarta kota – cikarang). jakarta : universitas mercubuana. zeithaml, a., valarie, a., parasuraman, leonard, l.b. 2000. delivering quality service: balancing customer perceptions and expectations. new york: the free press, division of macmillan inc. © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). introduction literature review research methodology references 66 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 the effect of hedonic motivation and consumer attitudes towards purchase decision on k-pop cd albums (study on kpopsurabaya community) devita anggraini lestari1, monika tiarawati2 state university of surabaya devitalestari1@mhs.unesa.ac.id, monikatiarawati@unesa.ac.id abstract: the rapid enthusiasm of korean pop music or k-pop is very high among the millennial generation. the mushrooming of online music streaming like joox, spotify, apple music has made the cd album sales threatened. however, k-pop fans apparently are still enthusiastic about buying a cd album even though the price is quite expensive. this study discusses the hedomic motivations and consumers attitudes towards purchasing decisions. this type of research used in this study is a combination of purposive sampling techniques. data collection is done by using an online questionnaire using google forms. the statistical analysis used in this study uses spss and data analysis techniques in this study use the classic assumption test, multiple linear regression analysis, and hypothesis testing. it can be explained that the results of the analysis show that hedonic motivations and consumer attitudes has significant influential on purchasing decisions. keywords: consumer attitudes, hedonic motivation, purchase decision introduction the mushrooming of boyband’s or girlband’s concert tours in indonesia shows that how much korean music is more interested in this country compared to other countries' musicians marked by a super junior concert titled super show 4 on april 2012 in indonesia that makes indonesian music fans love them. indonesia became a stop on their concert tour, such as bigbang, 2ne1, 2pm, to bts. according to franki raden (2014) in (zaini, 2017), the development of k-pop due to the availability of infrastructure and mechanisms, korea has succeeded in instilling awareness of the importance of music in people's daily lives. as a result, music consumption in korea is very high, both for traditional music, pop, rock, jazz and classical music. in a purchase decision there is a price to pay to get a cd album. the price of a cd album is quite expensive at around hundreds of thousands of rupiah, following a table of k-pop cd album price ranges: mailto:devitalestari1@mhs.unesa.ac.id mailto:monikatiarawati@unesa.ac.id 67 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 table 1. price range of k-pop cd albums no group name album title and year price 1 bts love yourself (2018) rp. 295.000 map of the soul: persona (2019) rp. 210.000 2 exo dmumt (2018) rp. 300.000 obsession (2019) rp. 150.000 3 twice bdz (2018) rp. 200.000 &twice (2019) rp. 400.000 source: processed data source based on table 1 above it can be concluded that bts sells cd albums with a price range from 210 thousand to 295 thousand rupiah with love yourself (2018) and map of the soul: persona (2019). next, exo sells the album from range 150 thousand to 300 thousand rupiah on dmumt (2018) and obsession (2019) albums and twice selling album with the range of the price of 200 thousand up to 400 thousand rupiah on bdz (2018) to &twice (2019) albums. here the sales of cd albums ranging from 2016 until 2019 according to (gaon chart, 2019) as follows: table 2. cd album sales data for 201 6 2019 no group name 2016 2017 2018 2019 1 bts 1,119,670 2,261,845 4,047,345 6,218,254 2 exo 1,506,599 1,921,158 1,951,879 1,970,306 3 twice 350,852 1,048,746 870,592 1,191,537 source: researchers processed data (chart, 2019) based on table 2, it can be concluded that cd album sales have increased every year, but in each individual group sales there has been an increase and decline. shown on the table that an increase in bts and exo sales, but twice rise and decline in album sales. k-pop lovers are motivated to buy their idol cd, vcd or dvd albums because they feel it is a natural thing and even a necessity to show their love. although the money must be spent quite a lot. (zaini, 2017) a purchase is based on a purchase decision. purchasing decision is a process where consumers recognize the problem, find information about a particular product or brand and evaluate how well each alternative can solve the problem, which then leads to a purchasing decision (tjiptono, 2008). factors that influence purchasing decisions are cultural, social and personal factors. personal factors are age and family life cycle, work and economic environment, lifestyle, personality, psychological. psychologically there are four factors namely motivation, perception, learning, beliefs and attitudes (kotler, 2003). 68 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 in all business industries, motivation plays an important role in the consumer purchasing process. motives come from individual needs where there is strong pressure to fulfill satisfaction and pleasure (kotler and armstrong, 2011:147). consumer motivation is divided into two types namely utilitarian motivation and hedonic motivation. utilitarian motivation is motivation for shopping because the needs or products purchased have benefits (utami, 2010:59). hedonic motivation is motivation that arises because of psychological needs such as satisfaction, prestige, emotions and other subjective feelings. where these needs arise in order to meet social and aesthetic demands and can be referred to as emotional motivation (sumarwan, 2011:25). there are six factors that can influence hedonic motivation namely adventure, gratification, role, value, social, and idea shopping. attitudes according to mowen and minor (2002) state that attitudes are the core of likes and dislikes for people, groups, situations, objects, and certain intangible ideas. every element in this definition is very important to understand why and how attitudes are related in consumer behavior. aldaning et al (2018), kusuma et al (2013) suggest that hedonic motivation has a significant effect on purchasing decisions. the results of the research by adilang et al (2014) have a simultaneous and partial influence on attitudes and hedonic motivation on purchasing decisions. then research yuldinawati and ayuningsari (2016) states that the adventure of shopping, shopping gratification, role and value shopping influence on consumer purchasing decisions. while social shopping and shopping ideas do not significantly influence purchasing decisions. results of research on attitudinal variables in the study miauw (2016), dasuki (2015), yi et al (2013), which has a positive effect attitude on purchasing decision. however, kapantouw and mandey (2015) research shows that attitude has no significant and positive influence on purchasing decisions and wattimena et al (2012) show cognitive and affective variables, conative of consumer attitudes has no positive and significant effect on purchasing decisions. in this study the researchers chose kpopsurabaya community with 143 followers. this community was chosen because it includes various kinds of fans, it could be a boyband and also a girlband. this community only on social media called line. method the approach in this study uses a descriptive approach. the data in this study were analyzed quantitatively. in this research, the population has a finite which means the number of the population in question has been known. in this study, the population is the kpopsurabaya community with total 143 followers. the sample technique of this study used a non probability sampling technique. then for sampling using a purposive sampling method. results in this study, analyzing the effect of hedonic motivation and consumer attitudes on purchasing decisions for k-pop cd albums on the kpopsurabaya community by spreading online questionnaires to 30 respondents whose validity and reliability were tested. characteristics of respondents in this study were described in sex, occupation, age and expense. 69 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 in the hedonic motivation variable, the highest average respondent's answer is 4.32 included in the strongly disagree category which is highly valued by the hedonic motivation. then the lowest average respondent's answer is 3.94 included in the agreed category which indicates that the hedonic motivation towards the k-pop cd album is very high. on the consumer attitude variable, the highest average respondent's answer was 4, 56 included in the category is strongly agree. then the lowest average respondents answer is 4.21 included in the category of strongly agree. in the purchase decision variable, the highest average answer of respondents is 4.48 included in the category of strongly agree with the high value of the purchase decision. then the lowest average respondent's answer is 3.73 included in the agreed category, this means the decision to purchase a k-pop cd album is very high. multiple linear regression analysis the results of multiple linear regression analysis can be seen in table 1. table 1. result of multiple linier regression analysis model unstandardized coefficient t. sig. b a constant 17.939 3.281 .001 hedonic motivation 0.402 5.288 0.000 consumer attitude 0.314 2.446 0.016 source: spss output 18 table 1 shows that the constant value (α) is 17.939 meaning, that if the hedonic motivation and consumer attitudes are absent or the value is 0 (zero), then the decision to purchase cd kpop album still occurs at 17.939. the decision to purchase a k-pop cd album still occurs because there are other variables outside of this study that affect purchasing decisions. the regression coefficient value of the consumptive behavior variable is positive (0.402). the positive coefficient indicates the relationship between hedonic motivation and purchasing decisions is a direct relationship. this means, if the hedonic motivation for the decision to purchase a k-pop cd album has increased by one unit, then the decision to purchase a k-pop cd album will increase too. the regression coefficient value of the consumer attitude variable is positive (0.314). the positive coefficient shows that there is a relationship between consumer attitudes and purchasing decisions is a direct relationship. that is, if the positive attitude of consumers on the k-pop cd album increasingly, then the decision to purchase the k-pop album cd will increase. determination coefficient test results the results of the coefficient of determination test can be seen in table 2. 70 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 table 2. test results coefficient of determination (r 2 ) model r r square adjusted r square 1 0.506 a 0.256 0246 source: spss output v.18 it can be seen in table 2. that the adjusted r square value is 0.256 or 25.6%. this value means that hedonic motivation and consumer attitudes influence the decision to purchase k-pop cd albums by 25.6%. and the rest (100% 25.6% = 74.4%) is influenced by other variables outside the variables used in this study. hypothesis testing with t test based on the test results in table 1. that the use values of t x1 amounted to 5.288 > ttable 1.97693 is supported with sig. in the amount of 0.000 <0.05. so, h0 is rejected so that it can be interpreted that the variable motivation hedonic (x1) a significant effect on purchasing decisions (y). based on the test results in table 1. that the use values of t x2 of 2.446 > t-table 1.9 7963 is supported with sig. of 0.0 16 <0.05. so, h 0 in decline, so it can be interpreted that the variable consumer attitudes (x2) significantly affects the purchase decision (y). effect of hedonist motivation on purchasing decisions this study shows the results of a significant influence between hedonic motivation on purchasing decisions. there is a positive relationship between hedonic motivation and purchasing decisions that show a direct relationship. this explains that the k-pop cd album can influence the purchasing decisions of kpopsurabaya community members. one of the influences that led to their buying decisions was their satisfaction because they had a collection of albums from their idol group and a sense of pride when possessing these items, and they had a high artistic spirit towards k-pop music. this means that this research is also in accordance with what was stated by sumarwan (2011:25), motivation arises because of psychological needs such as satisfaction, pride, emotions and other subjective feelings. thus, a match between hedonic motivation and the k-pop cd album will greatly strengthen purchasing decisions. this study is also in accordance with research conducted by aldaning et l (2018) states that hedonic motivation influences purchasing decisions, and supports other studies by kusuma et al (2013) emphasizing that emotional values such as pleasure to improve mood, get discounts, enjoy being with friends and or family, and following trends has a positive influence on purchasing decisions. effect of consumer attitudes on purchasing decisions this study shows the results of a significant influence between consumer attitudes towards purchasing decisions. there is a positive relationship between consumer attitudes and 71 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 purchasing decisions that show a direct relationship. this shows that positive attitudes given by consumers lead to positive actions in the form of purchasing decisions. where the k-pop idol has provided music that makes k-pop fans happy with the provision of his cd album. that way fans will give a good rating in the form of a positive attitude which then fans will decide on the purchase of the k-pop cd album, also these results indicate that the second hypothesis of "there is an influence of attitude towards the decision to purchase the k-pop cd album" has been proven. this is consistent with what was stated by mowen and minor (2002) state that attitudes are the core of likes and dislikes for people, groups, situations, objects, and certain intangible ideas. every element in this definition is very important to understand why and how attitudes are related in consumer behavior the results of this study support the research conducted by adilang et al (2014), miauw (2016) and yi et al (2013) states that consumer attitudes influence purchasing decisions. consumer attitude is an important factor in making decisions when shopping. conclusions the result in this research have significant influence of hedonic motivation to purchasing decision k-pop cd album and also a significant difference between the attitudes of consumers towards the purchase decision of a cd album of k-pop. acknowledgments: further researchers are recommended to be able to examine other variables outside of this research variable by 74.4%, such as the reference group, lifestyle, consumptive behavior, and so forth. then there is the online research questionnaire data collection process, researchers can’t find out if respondents who fill in more than once. it is hoped that for further research the researcher can include the identity column such as name and email address owned by the questionnaire filler. and if this happens you should do the recording manually so it is easy to identify anyone who has filled out the questionnaire. references adilang, a., oroh, s. g. and moniharapon, s. (2014) ‘persepsi, sikap, dan motivasi hedonis terhadap keputusan pembelian produk fashion secara online’, jurnal riset ekonomi, manajemen, bisnis dan akuntansi, 2(1), pp. 561–570. aldaning, a. p., achmad, f. and wilopo (2018) ‘the effect of ewom and hedonic motivation toward buying interest and decision’. doi: 10.18551/econeurasia.2018-06. chart, g. (2019) album chart. available at: http://gaonchart.co.kr/main/section/chart/album.gaon?nationgbn=t&servicegbn=&targettime=12&hi tyear=2019&termgbn=month (accessed: 25 february 2019). dasuki, u. (2015) ‘pengaruh sikap dan motivasi konsumen terhadap keputusan pembelian t-shirt airplane pada distro airplane system bandung’. kapantouw, c. and mandey, s. (2015) ‘pengaruh sikap, norma subyektif, dan gaya hidup terhadap keputusan pembelian handphone asus di gamezone computer mega mall manado’, jurnal riset ekonomi, manajemen, bisnis dan akuntansi, 3(2), pp. 706–718. kotler, p. (2003) marketing management. 11th edn. new jersey: prentice hall inc. kotler, p. and armstrong, g. (2011) marketing an introduction. 10th edn. indonesia: perason. kusuma, g. w., idrus, s. and djazuli, a. (2013) ‘the influence of hedonic shopping motivations on buying decision with gender as dummy variable : ( a study on consumers at the hardy ’ s mall singaraja , buleleng regency , indonesia )’, 5(31), pp. 241–247. miauw, k. y. h. (2016) ‘motivasi konsumen dan sikap konsumen terhadap keputusan pembelian di wild’, jurnal manajemen dan start-up bisnis, 1(5), pp. 567–575. mowen, j. c. and minor, m. (2002) perilaku konsumen. jakarta: erlangga. schiffman and kanuk (2008) perilaku konsumen. 7th edn. jakarta: indeks. 72 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 sumarwan, u. (2011) perilaku konsumen. 2nd edn. bogor: ghalia indonesia. utami, c. w. (2010) manajemen ritel: strategi dan implementasi ritel modern. 3rd edn. jakarta: salemba empat. wattimena, y. o., lestari, r. b. and widagdo, h. (2012) ‘analisis pengaruh sikap konsumen terhadap keputusan pembelian jasa asuransi kesehatan xyz di palembang’, asian journal of business management, 4(2), pp. 105–110. yi, j., yuan, m. f. and kumah, s. (2013) ‘the attitude, motivation influence people’s buying luxury goods: a survey of chinese in china’, iosr journal of business and management, 15(3), pp. 15–24. doi: 10.9790/487x-1531524. yuldinawati, l. and ayuningsari, a. (2016) ‘hedonic shopping motive as a routinization habit on the consumer purchase decisions at starbucks coffee’, (isclo), pp. 1–5. doi: 10.2991/isclo-15.2016.1. zaini (2017) dinamika perkembangan musik k-pop dalam perspektif industri budaya. © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). the effect of hedonic motivation and consumer attitudes towards purchase decision on k-pop cd albums (study on kpopsurabaya community) introduction method the approach in this study uses a descriptive approach. the data in this study were analyzed quantitatively. in this research, the population has a finite which means the number of the population in question has been known. in this study, the populati... results multiple linear regression analysis conclusions the result in this research have significant influence of hedonic motivation to purchasing decision k-pop cd album and also a significant difference between the attitudes of consumers towards the purchase decision of a cd album of k-pop. references pengaruh lifting strakes terhadap performance dan ekonomis pada kapal cepat (planning hull) 40 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 tourist boat electrification hendro agus widodo1, joesianto eko poetro2, m. basuki rahmat3, purwidi asri5, edy prasetya h6, catur rahmat h7, marine electrical engineering, shipbuilding institute of polytechnic surabaya, indonesia mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id3* abstract; as a city crossed by rivers, surabaya has the potential for attractive water tourism. kalimas is one of them. kalimas is a river that divides surabaya. kali mas is a tributary of the brantas river. this main river flows from mojokerto as its headwaters, then flows to the northeast, empties into surabaya, and ends in the madura strait. muara kali mas has been surabaya's traditional port for centuries. this port became the gateway to the capital of the majapahit kingdom (in trowulan), and became part of the surabaya people's battle against the allies before november 10, 1945. in various countries, river tourism has developed. not only for city residents, but has become part of the state's tourism. one example is in italy, namely tracing the river canals in venice in italy. everything is described so well that everyone who comes wants to try it. experiences and interesting photo documentation make river tourism an opportunity to develop. river tourism can be a potential alternative for surabaya residents. become a means of recreation or further developed into a tourist vehicle of national and even international standards. an important means of water tourism is a boat. tour boats were developed to support the success of this tour. this article discusses the electrical installation for tourist boats that will be used on the kali mas river. its power source is taken from diesel engines and also from solar panels that are capable of generating electricity. keywords: tourist boat, electricity, river introduction surabaya as a city of heroes has many historical locations. some of them are related or located in water areas (city’s rivers area). one of the most historical and importance river in surabaya is kali mas, which is a part of the brantas river. the river is also a borderline between surabaya city and sidoarjo regency and gresik regency. in the past and even centuries ago, kali mas as the wheel of economic and trade cycles even in historical records at that time became the gateway to the capital of the majapahit kingdom in trowulan mojokerto, as well as witnessing the history of the heroic battle between raden wijaya, the founder of the majapahit empire and the troops. tartars during the mongol rule in the 13th century. during the dutch colonial period, kali mas became one of the most vital means of water transportation, several modes of water transportation, both canoes, boats transporting commodities and fish caught by fishermen from the port of tanjung perak to the interior of the city, from kembang jepun to the chinatown area to other areas. kayun once operated a suspension bridge that could be lifted when a commodity ship passed into this area. kalimas river is the main priority that is planned to develop river transportation, tourism transportation and goods logistics. this is considering the characteristics of the kali mas river with a length of about 18 km, a width of between 20-35 meters and a depth of about 50 centimeters to six meters. one of the tourist boat models used can be seen in figure 1. this tourist boat is very simple. driven by a diesel outboard engine. tour boats are operated during the day. standard requirements for safety and operational feasibility have not been met. therefore, it is very necessary to make tourist boats operated at night with the eligibility requirements and passenger safety a priority. mailto:mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id 41 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 1. the existing tourist boat (https://surabaya.liputan6.com/read/4097038/pemkot-surabaya-identifikasi-4-sungai-untuktransportasi-air) methodology research activities begin with the preliminary stages, namely literature study, data collection of load and electricity demand and analysis of demand data. a literature study a literature study was conducted to study the latest developments related to solar panel technology, battery technology and the utilization of solar power generation systems used as ship propulsion. data collection on electricity demand at this stage, both qualitative and quantitative data were obtained from a survey conducted with the surabaya state shipping polytechnic tourism ship design team. the qualitative data obtained include: • the ship will be operated on the river in surabaya (kalimas river) • the ship is only operated during the day • should the ship use the main source of solar panels as a source of energy • passenger capacity 10 people from this data, it is known that the load includes outboard machines, lighting lamps, decorative lights, remote lights, and sound systems. calculation and analysis at this stage, calculations and analysis are carried out to get a complete picture of the ship's electrical needs, for tourist ships that you want to design and build in the future. https://surabaya.liputan6.com/read/4097038/pemkot-surabaya-identifikasi-4-sungai-untuk-transportasi-air https://surabaya.liputan6.com/read/4097038/pemkot-surabaya-identifikasi-4-sungai-untuk-transportasi-air 42 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 results and discussion tourist boat specifications the designed tourist ship has the following specifications: • loa : 8.00 m • b : 3.00 m • h : 1.50 m • t : 0.6 m • cb : 0.46 • roaming duration: 2 hours (temporary) • maximum speed: 5 knots (~9 km/h) • cruising speed: 4 knots (~8 km/h) figure 2 is the roof design that the plan is to use. the roof of the ship will be given 41 solar panels which will be channeled to the battery to be stored and used properly. figure 2. solar roof the design of the roof of the ship is made as if there are additional areas such as two fins on the right and left. this area can be tucked under the roof if not needed. the roof is given solar panels as much as 2 x 6 cells can be added to increase input. figure 2, is the specification of flexible solar panel used in this study. the solar panel used is a flexible jskye model st44m 140-flp; each panel has dimensions of 1,435 mm x 540 mm x 15 mm, maximum power voltage (vmp) 24.2 v, maximum power current (imp) 5.8 a, with maximum output power (wpmax) 140 w. the picture 3, shows the general arrangement. for a schematic diagram of the electrical system shown in figure 4. 43 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 3. general arrangement for placement of batteries and fresh water figure 4. electrical schematic diagram electrical equipment needs the need for electrical equipment is very necessary for the convenience of passengers. for this reason, it is necessary to regulate the electrical loads, in such a way that they meet the technical requirements of the ship, including those related to heavy loads (in kg). the need for electrical equipment is shown in table 1 below. table 1. electrical equipment no part weight (kg) note 1 hull 1560 2 superstructure 800 3 outboard engine 180 2 unit 4 batteries 480 8 unit; 20.6x9.4x8.8 in 5 passenger & crews 750 10 person 6 solar panel 200wp 1.5 40 unit 44 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 from the analysis carried out, the following data were obtained. with parameter lcg = 3.6 m; tcg = 0 m; and kg = 0.55m. the outboard machine includes: • lighting • decorative lights • remote light • sound system (communication tools, navigation lights, ac power balance). to calculate the load, the following equation is provided. pt = p x t ………………………………………………………………..…………………………….(1) pt = v x c ………………………………………………………………………… ………………..(2) in the equation, pt is the electrical load in a certain time (wh), p is the wattage of the tool (w), t is the operating time (h), v is the rated voltage of the tool (v), and c is the capacity (ah). the 15% correction factor is also important to include in the calculations. estimated load for each equipment on board identified in table 2. table 2. electric load no komponen daya (watt) tegangan (v) quantity (unit) total beban (watt) 1 lampu penerangan 10 12 4 40 2 lampu hias 10 12 10 100 3 lampu jauh 30 220 2 60 4 sound system 50 12 1 50 5 motor listrik penggerak 5000 48 2 10000 total 10250 electrical load balance (power balance) is a balance between the load and the power plant. because not all the equipment on the ship is fully operational. the boat's electrical load is very important under certain conditions, such as when the ship is docked, sailing, and in maximum conditions. based on the results of table 5.2, the maximum load conditions are: 10.25 kw x 2 hours of cruising x 1.15 (correction factor) = 23.5 kwh. batteries are used to store electricity generated by photovoltaic panels. serves to supply ship equipment. the battery system consists of several batteries connected in series and/or parallel. the total voltage of the battery packs connected in series will be the sum of each battery pack voltage. while the total capacity of parallel connected batteries (ah) provided will be the sum of the respective battery pack capacities. batteries can be combined with multiple battery connections to achieve the required voltage or capacity, like 2s2p meaning that 2 batteries are connected in parallel then connected to another 2 batteries connected in parallel through a series connection. the battery type is shown in the table 3. based on the calculation of the electrical load, a maximum energy of 23.5 kwh is required for the remaining cruising time (2 hours). to achieve the required power, it is necessary to consider the efficiency and depth of discharge (about 80%) of the battery system. the required voltage is 48 v, according to the voltage of the dc motor and bilge pump. table 4, shows the calculations that determine the battery system, which consists of 4 battery banks (parallel) with each bank consisting of 4 series of connected battery packs, to achieve load requirements of 48 v and 31 kwh. 45 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 table 3. the battery type kapasitas normal 200 ah nominal tegangan 12,8 v. bobot 26 kg dimensi 500 x 235 x 225 mm pelepasan standar (vco, id) 8 v, 50 a biaya standar (vc) 14.6 v. resistensi internal dc 50 mω table 4. battery system calculation properti nilai satuan muatan maksimum 23.5 kwh daya (efisiensi 10%) 25.8 kwh total daya (dod) 31 kwh voltase yang dibutuhkan 48 volt n seri 4 pcs n paralel 4 pcs kapasitas baterai 800 ah 38.400 wh kapasitas total 38,4 kwh baterai dibutuhkan 16 unit 416 kg berat sistem 00.04 ton photovoltaic power generation system to measure the potential of photovoltaic power plants, information on the available space for the arrangement of solar arrays on the ship's roof is needed. the flexible solar module used is skye model st44m 140-flp, which has dimensions of 1,435 mm x 540 mm x 15 mm, maximum power voltage (vmp) 24.2 v, maximum power current (imp) 5.8 a, with maximum output power (wpmax) 140 w. based on the design of the ship and the available space, the solar modules that are possible to be installed on the roof are 40 units, with a series configuration. the energy output of the photovoltaic array can be estimated at standard radiation using the following equation: wn = wpmax x np ………………………………………………………………………………...(3) 46 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 wpmax is the maximum peak wattage the panel produces and np is the number of panels installed. to produce 40x140=5.6 kwpmax. the average annual electrical energy of the photovoltaic array can be estimated by the following equation (saputra, et al., 2019). pdc = qm x wn x k1 x k2 x k3 x k4 where: • pdc is photovoltaic energy (kwh/year) • wn is the photovoltaic array energy output at standard radiation (kwpmax) • qm is the average annual flux of solar radiation; in this paper we consider a global horizontal irradiation of 1500 kwh/m2/year. • k1 is the coefficient for temperature effect compensation. the operating temperature increases when the solar panel array is placed under the sun. when the operating temperature rises, the power output drops (due to the characteristics of the panel material). our estimate is k1 0.9. • k2 is the coefficient for the stain and wear compensation coefficient in the circuit. our estimate is k2 0.9. • k3 is the coefficient of energy loss in the dc circuit. solar panel systems generally have several wires to connect to each module, and that number of connections creates some constraints in the flow of electricity, which reduces the total power output of the system. our estimate of k3 0.95. • k4 is the energy loss coefficient in the dc-dc converter, this tool is used to convert the solar panel voltage to a battery that will be used by ship equipment. our estimate is k4 0.95. the table 5 shows the required photovoltaic system. table 5. photovoltaic system. properti nilai satuan total panel surya 40 unit output daya tahunan 6.14 mwh output daya harian 16.8 kwh based on the calculations in table 3, the skye st 44 m 140-flp solar array will be able to produce electricity of 6.14 mwh per year, and around 16.8 kwh per day. conclusion 1. the need for machinery and electrical equipment on a tour boat with a capacity of 10 people that can meet the needs on the ship is 10.5 kw. 2. it takes more than 40 units of solar panels to meet the power balance requirements of the ship's daily maximum power requirements. 3. the number of batteries required is 16 units. to meet maximum power requirements for 2 hours of roaming time 47 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 references iradiratu d.p.k, yan dewantara b., (2020). perhitungan kebutuhan daya listrik untuk penggerak perahu nelayan bertenaga surya. jurnal cyclotron volume 3 nomor 1.pp.18-21 k. j. lee, d. s. shin, j. p. lee, d. w. yoo, h. k. choi and h. j. kim, "hybrid photovoltaic/diesel green ship operating in standalone and grid-connected mode in south korea experimental investigation," in ieee vehicle power and propulsion conference, seoul, 2012. saputra, i wayan. dkk. (2019). desain konsep solar energy assisted water bus sebagai sarana transportasi rute marunda-muara baru, jakarta, jurnal teknik mesin its, vol 8 no1.ppe80e85 shi, j., lee, w.-j., liu, y., yang, y., & wang, p. (2012). forecasting power output of photovoltaic systems based on weather classification and support vector machines. ieee transactions on industry applications, 48(3), 1064–1069 sudiyono, s. and antoko, b., (2008). perancangan dan pembuatan kapal wisata dengan motor generator listrik tenaga surya sebagai energi alternatif penggerak propeler. jurnal teknik mesin, 10(1), pp.52-62. https://surabaya.liputan6.com/read/4097038/pemkot-surabaya-identifikasi-4-sungai-untuktransportasi-air https://surabayastory.com/2018/11/13/menata-konsep-wisata-sungai-di-kota-surabaya/ © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. https://surabaya.liputan6.com/read/4097038/pemkot-surabaya-identifikasi-4-sungai-untuk-transportasi-air https://surabaya.liputan6.com/read/4097038/pemkot-surabaya-identifikasi-4-sungai-untuk-transportasi-air https://surabayastory.com/2018/11/13/menata-konsep-wisata-sungai-di-kota-surabaya/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ introduction 33 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 workshop and motivation for improving student skills through the information and communications technology febri liantoni1, yusfia hafid aristyagama2, nurcahya pradana taufik prakisya3, puspanda hatta4, cucuk wawan budiyanto5 1,2,3,4,5pendidikan teknik informatika dan komputer, universitas sebelas maret febri.liantoni@staff.uns.ac.id1*, yusfia.hafid@staff.uns.ac.id2, nurcahya.ptp@staff.uns.ac.id3, hatta.puspanda@staff.uns.ac.id4, cbudiyanto@staff.uns.ac.id5 abstract: in the digital age, the role of information technology is needed to face competition in the community. information and communication technology is an important element in contributing to changes that are fundamental to the structure of operations and management of organizations, education, transportation, health, and research. the internet is like two sides of a coin, the content offered is positive and negative, both are very dependent on the behavior of its users. the ease of access to the internet is increasingly being felt by the public with increasingly cheap hardware such as tablets and laptops as well as wider connection support. various efforts to stem negative information continue to be pursued by various elements of society, but it is not effective if the user behavior is not changed. teenagers are among the most vulnerable in the misuse of advances in internet technology, so it needs serious efforts to provide the right knowledge and skills in utilizing these advancements. by conducting workshops and motivation to improve the abilities and skills of girimarto 1 high school students, it is hoped that school students can face the development of the digital era more readily. the results of this training gained a high level of satisfaction with the material that had been carried out. keywords: digital, education, internet, workshops introduction advances in information and communication technology with the various facilities and services available have become the needs of most people. the ease of information obtained makes information and communication technology especially internet services a source of information. one of the most visited services is the search engine. up-to-date engines provide ease of information needed in seconds. the internet also offers a variety of academic information to the public, so that without being limited by space and time, at any time you can learn and study various knowledge and information. e-learning, open journal system, virtual campus, and various other educational sites, offer a variety of knowledge and skills that anyone can learn as long as there is an internet connection (wiwin hartanto, 2016). in addition to the positive content offered by the internet, internet advancements are also like two sides of a coin. the amount of negative content is very much and almost every time it increases. pornographic sites, provocative content, hate speech, online gambling, even online games if not restricted will cause addiction for its users. the utilization of technological advances depends on the community, users are free to choose because the internet is open. even though there is an effort from the government to block negative content, but it is difficult and will not be destroyed. as the saying goes, one lost grows a thousand. the use of technology in teaching and learning activities has changed the system of learning media from conventional patterns to more modern patterns. one form of change is computer media which produces electronic learning (bakri et al., 2018). the ability of lecturers in interpersonal mailto:febri.liantoni@staff.uns.ac.id mailto:yusfia.hafid@staff.uns.ac.id mailto:nurcahya.ptp@staff.uns.ac.id mailto:hatta.puspanda@staff.uns.ac.id mailto:cbudiyanto@staff.uns.ac.id 34 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 communication also increases with classroom collaboration. through training can make changes in cognitive abilities, motor skills, values of affection, emotional values, and spiritual values (liantoni et al., 2019). the first step is to create your own web application to support your own online activities. the second option is to use the open-source software that is already available. open-source software for creating websites generally uses a content management system (cms) so that ordinary users more easily enter the content they want through the administrator page. through this cms, users can explore the designs and concepts of systems created. each cms has advantages and disadvantages of each. cms for making online websites at this time there is no one that is specialized. therefore, we need a cms that can support teaching and learning activities owned by teachers and schools according to the characteristics of teachers and schools in indonesia today. the results of a survey conducted by the indonesian internet service providers association (apjii) recorded 91% of internet users were young people in the age range of 15-19 and 88.5% aged 20-24 years. 88.3% access social media accounts when using the internet such as facebook, instagram, and youtube. in addition, an indication of the dominance of young age can be seen from the activity of watching movies online, playing games, and playing music online as the primary choice of internet users as a source of entertainment (apjii, 2018). a researcher from setara institut, aminuddin syarif explained the results of research conducted by setara institut regarding adolescent activities in internet usage. the survey, conducted at the high school (sma) students in jakarta and bandung, notes that 41 percent of teenagers spend five hours a day on the internet, while 16 percent of teens use the internet for four hours and 15 percent use the internet for two hours per day. the results of this study also noted 90.8 percent of teenagers who use the internet to play on social media, such as facebook, twitter, and others. researchers also added, these teenagers often use the internet to access entertainment. however, there are also some teenagers who access the internet for technological needs (syarif, 2016). content management system (cms) is a system used to manage and facilitate the process of creating, updating, and publishing content together (patel et al., 2012). what is meant by content in cms is modifying the type of information in textual form, graphics, images, and in other formats. the term content management system (cms) itself is actually very much, including among other software applications, database systems, data archives, workflows, and other capable processing tools that are part of the global information communication mechanism (bianco & michelino, 2010; khaerunnisa et al., 2019). cms can also be defined as a combination of three different concepts, namely: content, process, and technology in this case software. content is text, graphics, animation, audio, video, and all other media that form the basis of the system. a process is defined as a collection of activities that take one or more inputs and take actions to produce outputs. a process refers to a way that is integrated into the system so that users can carry out learning tasks. technology or software is needed to carry out the process of controlling learning content via the internet (altun et al., 2008). method the training method used is the problem-based learning approach, which is by approaching the participants as people who are directly related to the problem. in order for the material to be understood properly, an appropriate delivery method must be chosen, for this reason, learning methods are used with case solving and question and answer. this method will stimulate participants to be interested in and actively participate in this training activity. based on the problems faced by these students, the solutions offered are as follows: training in understanding and skills regarding the use of information and communication technology properly. improving the ability of the students with training in the use of cms as a learning media. 35 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 the implementation of community service activities took place in the hall v campus fkip uns pabelan surakarta. this activity was attended by students of sman 1 girimarto, wonogiri. the community service activity that was held as a form of collaboration between the informatics and computer engineering education study program, fkip sebelas maret university, and sma negeri 1 girimarto with an mou that had been signed by both parties since 2017. community service is carried out with workshops and motivational activities through the website aimed at providing hardskill and soft skill skills to students of sman 1 girimarto so they have additional capabilities in terms of information and communication technology and are useful when graduating later. the implementation method uses the following approach: 1) the preliminary survey approach explores the initial information on the problems of sman 1 girimarto, wonogiri, which resulted in an mou from both parties. 2) approach counseling through lecture forms. 3) an interactive dialogue approach that intends to find a way out of problems and obstacles that occur so that they have soft skills in resolving their experiences. 4) the cms training approach as a learning media results the results community service activities in the form of motivation and training in the use of cms were carried out at hall of campus v fkip uns pabelan surakarta. the participants of the training were students of sman 1 girimarto wonogiri. the training method is implemented to facilitate the achievement of objectives in accordance with the training material presented. in this training, the method used is the simulation / practice method. in the first stage, counseling is given in the form of motivation regarding understanding and skills regarding the use of information and communication technology properly. next, several problems were experienced, such as: 1) how to respond to the increase in internet technology that allows students to obtain various kinds of information. 2) how to utilize technology to support educational needs in schools. 3) how to deal with competition in tertiary institutions. figure 1. lecture on the benefits of information and communication technology 36 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 1 lecturer giving material about the benefits of information and communication technology. the material provided in the form of ways to use the internet properly so that students do not access gambling content, pornography, violence and other criminal acts. next about the benefits that can be obtained from technological developments such as the use of blogs as learning media for students. in addition, motivational material is also given guidance in the face of competition in the world of higher education. this material is given so that students know the problems that will be faced when they have graduated from high school. in the second stage, training on the use of cms as a learning medium is carried out. the material chosen is using cms-wordpress. the instructional training model used in community service is the dick and carey instructional development model (dick, w lou, c, carey, 2005). utilization of wordpress cms technology that will be realized to students includes the presentation layer, business layer, and database layer. database layer functions to store all data and information needed. whereas the business layer provides the functions of the cms and the presentation layer provides functions for the user interface for system users. here are the steps to use cms-wordpress and how to optimize cms-wordpress: 1) the first step is to prepare a wordpress file or can be downloaded directly on the official website of wordpress.org. 2) open windows explorer, then type c:\xampp\htdocs in the address folder. 3) if the wordpress file is in zip form, then extract it first. the default extracted folder is usually called "wordpress". in this case we replace the folder with the name "my blog". 4) now open your favorite browser. to run this offline wordpress, we can access it with the address http://localhost/folder_name. type in the address bar. then click on create a configuration file. 5) fill in the database name, user name, and password that will be created. in the database host section, enter only the localhost. click submit. 6) then fill in the data in the form of site title, username, password, and email. after that click install wordpress. 7) enter the username and password that was created in the previous step to be able to login to the wordpress dashboard. another method can be to type the address directly in the browser http://localhost/folder_name/wp-admin. 8) the next step is the display wordpress dashboard post, where the admin user can make new posts both in the form of text, audio, visual, and video content. 9) then the dashboard display adds a new page on the website that will be created. admin users can add new pages and can add text, audio, visual, polling, location, etc. after that, some wordpress settings can be done such as changing the display theme, changing the web identity profile, and changing the favicon. the students conduct the training guided by the lecturer. the material in the form of training in the use of cms as learning media. http://localhost/folder_name/wp-admin. 37 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 2. submission of cms-wordpress training. figure 3. editing favicon cms wordpress 38 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 4. cms wordpress training results the results of community service activities are to provide knowledge about internet technology that makes it easy for students to obtain various kinds of information. in addition, it provides additional insights and provisions on the use of cms-based online websites as learning media. this shows that the training activities are as expected and right on target. with this activity, hopefully in the future students can make the most use of cms-based online websites and make it easier for students to learn in school. conclusion the conclusions that can be drawn from the implementation of this activity are as follows: 1) in the current digital era, there has been a paradigm shift in the world of education, there are challenges that require a change of view of the way of learning itself and the advancement of information and communication technology that provides many conveniences in the learning process. 2) an increase in understanding of students of sman 1 girimarto in dealing with the development of the digital age and can understand the benefits of information and communication technology to support learning activities in schools. 3) improving students' abilities in using cms wordpress as learning media. references altun, a., gulbahar, y., & madran, o. (2008). use of a content management system for blended learning: perceptions of pre-service teachers. turkish online journal of distance education, 9(4), 138–153. apjii. (2018). penetrasi pengguna internet indonesia tahun 2018. buletin asosiasi penyelenggara jasa internet indonesia (apjii). bakri, f., fajriani, f., & muliyati, d. (2018). media e-learning berbasis cms joomla: pelengkap pembelajaran fisika sma. jurnal teknodik, 21(2), 99. https://doi.org/10.32550/teknodik.v21i2.346 bianco, f., & michelino, f. (2010). the role of content management systems in publishing firms. international journal of information management, 30(2), 117–124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2009.11.001 dick, w lou, c, carey, o. (2005). the systematic design of instruction. educational technology research and development. 39 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 khaerunnisa, e., rafianti, i., pamungkas, a. s., pujiastuti, h., & setiani, y. (2019). development of a content management system (cms) for mathematics learning tools of mathematics pre service teachers. formatif: jurnal ilmiah pendidikan mipa, 9(2). https://doi.org/10.30998/formatif.v9i2.2978 liantoni, f., arief, r., & rozi, n. f. (2019). improving learning processes with online teaching. the spirit of society journal, 2(2), 101–106. https://doi.org/10.29138/scj.v2i2.665 patel, s., b.prajapati, & ravi, j. (2012). seo and content management system. international journal of electronics and computer science engineering, 1, 953–959. syarif, a. (2016). aktivitas remaja dalam penggunaan internet. setara institut. jakarta. wiwin hartanto. (2016). penggunaan e-learning sebagai media pembelajaran. jurnal pendidikan ekonomi, 10(1). © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). workshop and motivation for improving student skills through the information and communications technology introduction method results conclusion references 110 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. traffic management of air transportation on noise control in the area around juanda airport try cahyo adi pamungkas, sri wiwoho mudjanarko* department of civil engineering, faculty of engineering, university of narotama adisaplex@gmail.com, *sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id abstract: this study aims to determine (1) the level of noise in the area around juanda airport, (2) the perception of the community in the area around juanda airport about the comfort of life with noise, and (3) public perception of the discourse on implementing environmental management in the area around juanda airport. the locations in this study are on jalan raya sedati gede (a1) and jalan h. abdul rahman sedati gede (a2). the data collection technique used is the measurement technique with the help of a sound level meter for noise data collection, while the public perception data collection uses a questionnaire technique. the analysis technique used for public perception data is to use descriptive statistical tests. the results showed that (1) the measurement results in residential areas were in accordance with the noise level quality standard decree of the minister of environment, kep 48 / menlh / 11/1996. november 25, 1996, for the locations of jalan raya sedati gede (a1) 77.48 dba, and jalan h. abdul rahman sedati gede (a2) 67.43 dba above the noise quality standard threshold for settlements of 55 dba. (2) the majority of the people around juanda airport agree that flight activities at juanda airport cause noise that cause discomfort, rest, and cause stress. (3) the community in the area around juanda airport agreed to the need for environmental management as an effort to control noise. keywords: noise level, public perception, environmental management introduction airplanes are a type of transportation that is increasingly needed. tens or even hundreds of commercial airplanes fly from hundreds of airports around the world every day and create a serious problem, namely increased noise emission. yet, noise does not kill humans, but it can make human life uncomfortable. if this happens continuously this can have an impact on the health of people around the airport. the noise that occurs will certainly give discomfort to the people who live around the airport. juanda airport is one of the airports with high flight activity. this is due to the status of juanda airport as an international airport where all flight activities in eastern indonesia are focused on juanda airport, both local and international flights. the existence of a pandemic in 2020 is not an excuse for juanda airport not to become congested. indah preastuty as pts general manager of juanda airport said that the number of passengers at juanda airport continued to increase. in the third quarter, the increase in passengers was very significant, namely, by 175 percent from the second quarter. the total number of passengers until the end of september at juanda airport reached 5.1 million passengers. this increase was due to the relaxation of flying rules for passengers during the pandemic period (jawa pos in october 2020). mailto:adisaplex@gmail.com 111 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. in more detail, the average aircraft movement in the third quarter was 146 movements per day or grew 92.1 percent compared to the second quarter with 76 movements per day. as for cargo, it was recorded as much as 179,430 kg per day in the third quarter, up 60.6 percent compared to the second quarter of 111,758 kg per day (sidoardjo news in october 2020). in connection with the problems mentioned above, namely the high level of noise, the immediate steps to be taken are environmental management. environmental management measures that can be taken are installing barriers, installing sound absorbers in functional institutions, planting trees, planting shade plants in the buffer zone bordering community settlements (purwanto, 2015). from a regulatory perspective, there are already regulations regarding noise control issues. the regulation is the ministry of transportation no. km. 4 of 2004. in the regulation, article 3 paragraph a, b, and c, states that the noise area around the airport consists of: (a) noise area level 1 has a noise level value greater than or equal to 70 wecpnl up to smaller 75 wecpnl; (b) the noise level level 2 has a noise level value greater than or equal to 75 wecpnl up to less than 80 wecpnl; (c) the noise level level 3 has a noise value greater than or equal to 80. referring to this regulation, it can be understood that the noise level generated by flight activities at juanda is not allowed to be higher than the noise limit stipulated in the regulation. if it exceeds, then noise control efforts must be made inevitably. based on the results of the pre-research, some people in the research location still feel disturbed by the noise caused by flight activities at juanda airport. even though several efforts to control noise have been made, the people who are active and live are still uncomfortable. referring to the results of the pre-research, the researcher considers that the noise level generated from flight activities at juanda airport has exceeded the noise limit as regulated in the regulation. this is the problem point why this research needs to be done, which is to prove directly about the noise level that occurs in the area around the airport. the objectives of this study are (1) the level of noise in the area around juanda airport, (2) the perception of the community in the area around juanda airport about the comfort of life with noise, and (3) the public perception of the discourse on implementing environmental management in the area around juanda airport. research methods the locations in this study are on jalan raya sedati gede (a1) and jalan h. abdul rahman sedati gede (a2). the data collection technique used is the measurement technique with the help of a sound level meter for noise data collection, while the public perception data collection uses a questionnaire technique. the analysis technique used for public perception data is to use descriptive statistical tests. research results and discussion a. noise level in the area around juanda airport based on the noise identification carried out in the area around juanda international airport in surabaya, including jalan raya sedati gede (a1), and jalan h. abdul rahman sedati gede (a2). so it can be seen the average noise level, momentary noise and respondents from the surrounding community and workers due to noise generated from aircraft engines. 1) momentary noise level the results of noise measurements after being calculated to find the instantaneous noise level for each location can be shown in the table. 112 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. table 1 momentary noise no research sites date time leq (dba) momentary noise level (dba) 1. jalan raya sedati gede january 16, 2021 pagi 79,03 89,03 siang 76,1 86,1 sore 77,47 87,47 january 17, 2021 pagi 78,37 88,37 siang 79,87 89,87 sore 74,07 84,07 2. jalan h. abd. rahman sedati gede january 16, 2021 pagi 70,97 80,97 siang 64,23 74,23 sore 72 82 january 17, 2021 pagi 68,53 78,53 siang 66,4 76,4 sore 62,47 72,47 the table 1 above shows that the highest result of instantaneous noise is 89.87 dba, and the lowest value of instantaneous noise is 72.47 dba. the fluctuating noise level is influenced by the weather conditions during the study, the temperature during the study, the air pressure, the wind speed, and the density of the flight schedule. if the weather is bad, the flight density decreases, so that airport activity is relatively quiet. 2) average noise level from the results of the noise level measurement, the average noise level or leq data is obtained. with 6 measurements at each point of the measurement location, as in the table 2: table 2 average noise calculation results noise measurement results no location lmax lmin leq quality standards 1. jalan raya sedati gede 94,88 59,43 77,48 55 2. jalan h. abd. rahman sedati gede 91,92 44,04 67,43 55 information: lmax : maximum noise level when measuring. lmin : minimal noise level when measuring. leq : variable noise level value which is equivalent to the noise level of a constant noise for 10 minutes **) : noise level quality standards decree of the minister of manpower no. kep.51 / men / 1999. april 16, 1999. *) : noise level quality standards decree of the state minister for the environment kep 48 / menlh / 11/1996. november 25, 1996. based on the results of measurements in residential areas in accordance with the provisions of the noise level quality standard decree of the state minister for the 113 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. environment kep 48 / menlh / 11/1996 november 25, 1996, for the locations of jalan raya sedati gede (a1) 77.48 dba, and jalan h. abd rahman sedati gede (a2) 67.43 dba, where the noise level exceeds the quality standard provisions as regulated in the ministerial decree concerned. the measurement results obtained in the field are strongly influenced by weather, wind, and natural and technical conditions that occurred during the research period. the better the weather and conditions that occur, the more supportive the research results will be obtained because the continuity of the research runs smoothly. b. community perceptions around juanda airport on noise levels caused by aviation activities and public perceptions of environmental management measures as efforts to control noise in determining the number of class intervals in calculating the following formula is used: k = 1 +3,322 log n information: k = number of interval classes n = the amount of observation data or respondents log = logarithm from the calculation it is known that n = 20 so that the number of classes 1 + 3.322 log 20 = 5.321 is rounded to 5. r = maximum value – minimum value r = 100 – 20 r = 80  80 : 5 (class intervals) = 16. the purpose of using frequency tables is to classify the assessment criteria for each variable in the question item. table 3 research variable, questionnaire frequency table no frequency information 1 20-36 strongly disagree 2 37-52 disagree 3 53-68 neutral 4 69-84 agree 5 85-100 strongly agree 1) public perception of noise levels caused by aviation activities table 4 public perception of noise no statement count information 1. flight activity at juanda airport is very dense 73 agree 2. the high flight activity at juanda airport results in high noise levels. 73 agree 3. high noise really disturbs your comfort while on the move. 67 neutral 4. high noise really disturbs your comfort while resting. 76 agree 5. high noise causes stress for you 72 agree 114 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the table 4 shows that the result of scores for answers / responses of respondents to the statements "flight activity at juanda airport is very dense", and "high flight activity at juanda airport results in high noise levels" is the same, which is 73. this shows that the respondents agreed that flight activities at juanda airport were very dense and resulted in high levels of noise. moreover, the number of scores for answers / responses of respondents to the statement "high noise really disturbs your comfort while on the move" is 67. this shows that the respondents stated neutral that high noise really disturbs your comfort while on the move. then, for the statement "high noise really disturbs your comfort while resting", the responses show value of 76. this firmly shows that the respondents agreed that high noise really disturbs their comfort file resting. lastly, the table 4 shows that the number of scores of responses / responses of respondents to the statement "high noise causes stress for you", is 72. this shows that the respondents agreed that high noise causes stress. based on the results of this study, it can be concluded that the people who both live and have activities in the area around juanda airport, the majority agree that flight activity at juanda airport is very high and the result of these flight activities causes noise which causes discomfort in activities, resting, and tends to lead to stress. 2) public perception around juanda airport on environmental management measures as efforts to control noise table 5 community perceptions of environmental management measures no statement count information 1. it is necessary to plant trees around the road body where you do your activities / live. 74 agree 2. it is necessary to plant shady plants in the buffer zone bordering the settlement. 72 agree 3. it is necessary to install a barrier to reduce noise and gas emissions from the aircraft. 72 agree 4. it is necessary to install sound insulation / silencers in office buildings, schools, and other functional institutions in your location of activities / living. 76 agree the table 5 shows that the number of scores of respondents' answers / responses to the statement "it is necessary to plant trees around the road body where you do your activities / live", is 74. this shows that the respondents agreed that it is necessary to plant trees around the body. road at the location for activities / living. moreover, the number of scores of answers / responses of respondents to the statement "it is necessary to plant shady plants in a buffer zone that borders the settlement", is 72. this shows that the respondents agreed that it is necessary to plant shady plants in the buffer zone bordering settlement. the research finds that the number of scores of respondents' answers / responses to the statement "it is necessary to install a barrier to reduce noise and gas emissions from the aircraft", is 72. this shows that the respondents agree that it is necessary to install a barrier to reduce noise and exhaust gas from the plane. and finally, the number of scores of answers / responses of respondents to the statement "it is necessary to install sound insulation / silencers in office buildings, schools, and other functional institutions in the location where you live / live", is 76. this shows that the 115 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. respondents stated that agree that it is necessary to install sound insulation / silencers in office buildings, schools, and other functional institutions in locations where people have activities / live. based on the results of this study, it can be concluded that the majority of people who live and do activities in the area around juanda airport agree to the need for environmental management as an effort to control noise. conclusion based on the research results above, it can be concluded that the following are: a. the results of measurements in residential areas are in accordance with the provisions of the noise level quality standard decree of the state minister for the environment kep 48 / menlh / 11/1996. november 25, 1996, for the locations of jalan raya sedati gede (a1) 77.48 dba, and jalan h. abdul rahman sedati gede (a2) 67.43 dba above the noise quality standard threshold for settlements of 55 dba. b. the majority of people who live and do activities in the area around juanda airport agree that flight activity at juanda airport is very high and the result of this flight activity creates noise which causes discomfort in activities, resting, and tends to cause stress. c. people who both live and do activities in the area around juanda airport have agreed to the need for environmental management as an effort to control noise. references cahyadi, h. (2018). noise due to flight activities at the airport. word journal, 8 (2), 20. daniel sondakh (2014). analysis of noise pollution on airport environment (case study of international airport of sam ratulangi manado, indonesia) keywords: airport environment noise pollution, level of noise equivalent, noise level treshold, noise restraint at the source; noise restraint on the transmission path; and noise restraint on humans. international journal of engineering and management sciences. ismiyati, d. p. (2014). environmental management of transportation as the impact of uncontrolled urban development (semarang city case study). journal of the department of civil engineering, faculty of engineering, diponegoro university. jatimtribunnew. (2018). retrievedfrom https://jatim.tribunnews.com/2019/01/10/selama-tahun2018-bandara-juanda-layani-209-juta-penumpang-jumlah-naik-41-persen-dibanding2017. jawa pos. (2020). jumlah penumpang di bandara juanada meningkat hingga 16 persen. https://www.jawapos.com/surabaya/28/10/2020/jumlah-penumpang-di-bandara-juandameningkat-hingga-16-persen general, d., & air, p. (2014). source: directorate general of civil aviation (2014). 1–7. decree of the state minister for the environment number kep48 / menlh / 11/1996 concerning noise level standards. klobor, ignasius maksimilian. (2019). noise level analysis at el tari kupang international airport, east nusa tenggara province. liputan6.com. (2019). retrievedfrom https://surabaya.liputan6.com/read/4037840/kapasitasbandara-juanda-bakal-naik-jadi-136-juta-penumpang, diakses pada oktober 2020. https://www.researchgate.net/journal/2498-700x_international_journal_of_engineering_and_management_sciences https://jatim.tribunnews.com/2019/01/10/selama-tahun-2018-bandara-juanda-layani-209-juta-penumpang-jumlah-naik-41-persen-dibanding-2017 https://jatim.tribunnews.com/2019/01/10/selama-tahun-2018-bandara-juanda-layani-209-juta-penumpang-jumlah-naik-41-persen-dibanding-2017 https://jatim.tribunnews.com/2019/01/10/selama-tahun-2018-bandara-juanda-layani-209-juta-penumpang-jumlah-naik-41-persen-dibanding-2017 https://www.jawapos.com/surabaya/28/10/2020/jumlah-penumpang-di-bandara-juanda-meningkat-hingga-16-persen https://www.jawapos.com/surabaya/28/10/2020/jumlah-penumpang-di-bandara-juanda-meningkat-hingga-16-persen 116 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. miftahul anam. (2016). analysis of the level of noise and comfort of the community in the area around lombok international airport. 14–15. muliasari, ataline. (2010). determination of the noise area of yogyakarta adi sucipto airport. ninda, r., & rudy, l. (2012). the influence of noise from the activities of juanda international airport, surabaya. envirotek: scientific journal of environmental engineering, 4 (1), 19–26. permenkes number 718 / menkes / per / xi / 1987 concerning understanding and categories of noise. purwanto. (2015). environmental management of transportation as the impact of uncontrolled urban development (semarang city case study). civil engineering communication media, 20 (1), 93–101. https://doi.org/10.14710/mkts.v20i1.9250 rachman, i., & pristianto, h. (2018). analysis of air traffic noise around deo airport, sorong city. july. https://doi.org/10.31227/osf.io/yd8km ririn warnidasari. (2017). airport planning. 1–26. suma'mur. (2014). company hygiene and work safety. jakarta: cv sagung seto. sidoardjo news. (2020). still in the middle of a pandemic, the number of aircraft passengers at juanda airport increases. https://sidoarjonews.id/masih-di-tengah-pandemi-jumpenumpang-pesawat-di-bandara-juanda-men increase/, accessed on november 2020. syaiful and mudjanarko. (2019). noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city. international journal of society development and engagement. ugm, m. (2015). air traffic management. 1–15. © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 58 accurate training assistance for accounting vocational high school teachers to improve the capability of computer accounting program titis puspitaningrum d.k, riski aprilianita stie perbanas surabaya titis_puspita@perbanas.ac.id abstract partner problems faced in accounting vocational high school teachers in surabaya also become a problem for other schools. learning about accurate is still being a discourse so far and it requires teachers to improve their abilities and knowledge. this makes all high school especially accounting vocational high school teachers need to be trained about accurate learning. the purpose of this training is to develop their knowledge related to computers and fulfill the needs of companies who need to use the accurate program. as a result, this program will bring benefit for graduated students so they will easily find a job in the future. to solve this problems, the writer did the assistance on the subject teacher organization (mgmp) accounting group in surabaya by providing accurate training. the average results of pre and posttest increases 18.25 points. the result obtained from pre and posttest is very satisfying which 87.5% of teachers received higher point after doing the training. only one teacher whose point did not change and two teachers whose point decreased and only one teacher whose point decreased into 3 keywords: ability improvement, accurate training, vocational high school teachers received revised published april 11 th 2019 june 14 th 2019 september 30 th 2019 introduction indonesia's open unemployment rate (tpt) in february 2017 has decreased to 5.33% from last year. there are 131.55 million people who enter as the labor force, 124.54 million people who work and the rest 7.01 million people are confirmed unemployed. the number of unemployed people who came from the vocational high school (smk) ranks at the top of 9.27%. the contribution of smk graduates to the number of unemployed people in indonesia is partly due to the low specialized skills or soft skills of smk graduates (except those whose competencies have been tested), quoted in http://detikfinance.com. this is reinforced by the findings of djashan (2017) which states that changes in scope of work demand is faster than changes in school curricula. the ability to recognize accounting software earlier will help students adapt more easily to the working environment. the development of information technology (it) which is increasingly rapid in the current era of globalization has an impact on the world of education, especially the existence of the industrial revolution 4.0. this requires the teacher to adjust the development of it to improve the quality of learning. these qualities can be improved by innovating the development of attractive and communicative teaching materials. this indicates that the teacher needs to do the right strategies in delivering material at school. the development of the industrial revolution has actually been applied to schools, especially vocational high schools by providing subjects using computer application programs. for 59 example, at al' fatah kalitidu bojonegoro vocational high school, the teachers have taught the accounting computer program myob v 18 trial program. along with the addition of a new accounting program, the teachers also need to learn and practice so that when there is a change in the computer accounting program, the teachers are not preoccupied with seeking for more training. the problems experienced by accounting teachers give us a discourse to provide assistance in the form of accounting faced training for teachers, one of which is accurate training. accurate accounting software was created by putra / putri bangsa indonesia, which is under the auspices of pt. cipta piranti sejahtera, known as cpssoft, located in jakarta. accurate accounting software is the first software developed by cpssoft. in developing software, cpssoft always uses the basic principles of 3m, namely murah (cheap), massal (mass), and manfaat (advantageous). accurate accounting is a software that is used to simplify the management of financial data with a high degree of accuracy so that it produces financial reports and balance sheets more quickly. the advantages of this accurate program besides being very easy to use, it has been equipped with tax features that are suitable with indonesian taxation. most programs still do not have this feature but accurate accounting has. in addition to have used the accounting standards applied in indonesia, this accurate accounting program is able to calculate transaction values up to 15 digits, meaning transaction that can be calculated is around 920 trillion. after analyzing the situation, most companies have started to use this computer accounting programs besides myob. it makes the graduated students of high school / vocational high school become less valuable, so the chairwoman of mgmp east java delivered a discourse about the change in material that will be taught to students. one of the discourses is the change of learning material for accounting practices from the myob program to the accurate program. the discourse makes teachers need training that is not learned just once because accurate pr literature revie improving the good quality of human resources is a challenge faced by teachers, because the success of an education is determined by the way the professionalism of educators teach. according to bloom's taxonomy, knowledge is defined as cognitive aspects which include: 1. knowing: recognizing general and specific things, re-recognizing methods and processes, re-recognizing structures and devices, and understanding, can be defined as comprehending 2. applying: the ability to use abstract in concrete situations 3. analyzing: describe something into the elements of parts or simple components or hierarchies expressed in a communication 4. synthesizing: is the ability to unite the elements or parts in such a way as to form a communication 5. evaluating: the ability to determine the value or price of communication methods for certain purposes. the components of the learning strategy include: 1. material selection, includes instructional objective criteria, relevant to needs, material arranged in scope and systematic sequence, 60 2. method of delivering material, including demonstration, command style, training style, reciprocal style, game tactics approach 3. communication in learning strategies include oral, auditory, visual, classroom management "accurate" accounting program – there are many accounting software that offers various applications depending on the needs of users. common problems that occur are: 1. difficult to track items going in and out and difficult to monitor stock 2. difficult to monitor vendor/customer’s debt, difficult to monitor the age of debt 3. expect to monitor earnings quickly and require to have ready-made financial reports 4. miscalculated of debt payment and non-deposited payments from customers there are many problems faced by financial report users and they can be solved when our choice in selecting the tools (in this case is accounting computer applications) are suitable with what is needed by users. all modern businesses have accounting software as a tool to facilitate and speed up administrative tasks that require accuracy and high security. accurate accounting software is one software that offers several advantages that make it easier for users in making financial reports. one of them is that this software helps to complete financial reports even though the users do not really understand the basics of accounting. transactions in this software include sales, purchases, inventory, service sales, make a cost notes up to the preparation of financial reports in a few steps precisely and accurately. methods this community service program used teaching methods, discussion training, and feedback to the teachers. the assistance was focused on the training by using computer program. the method of this community service program could be presented in the figure as followed: figure 1.1 activity implementation framework the method of implementing community service activities began by coordinating with mrs. setyo budi as a deputy chairwoman of the accounting subject teacher organization coordinate with surabaya mgmp representatives training accurate software for accounting teachers coordinate with vocational high school teacher related to the problems faced coordinate with the new accounting program outcome: able to teach what the accurate program is accurate software training assistance (test) preparing draft for publication publication of the national seminar on community service report on community service activities 61 (mgmp) who is also a teacher staff at smkn 1 surabaya. in this coordination, it was conveyed that knowledge of computer accounting was still limited to the subjects presented. the subject matter was presented in the form of accounting practices using myob. based on the phenomenon, the head of subject teacher organization (mgmp) east java began to inform accounting teachers to learn using the accurate computer program because the myob program would be replaced with the accurate program. the coordination was very much accepted by the deputy chairwoman of mgmp surabaya so that the implementation of this activity would fully coordinate with mrs. setyo budi. the results of the coordination found that the training plan was started for the teachers of state vocational high schools in advance where on average their schools had an accurate program. in addition, state vocational schools would more quickly implement accurate programs on their students even though this program was still not being a compulsory subject. this activity was planned for 20 vocational high school teachers in surabaya who would be informed via the surabaya accounting mgmp group. this community service was held in stages for two to four days where the activity starts with an explanation of theory, practice and test. it was intended that vocational high school teachers are able to understand and practice the program accurately. this activity was carried out from the last june at stie perbanas surabaya. the main stage of the activity was determining the participant who would be involved in this activity, namely: 1. schools / education offices that identified the needs of the organization in preparing future challenges 2. principals who were the ones who are most responsible for the success of a job and who know best what type of training needs are needed 3. the teachers who were given the opportunity to take part in a particular training program, where the teacher is certainly intellectually mature and explores his potential to need a learning effort. the training activity is a budget that is provided by the school itself. so that every training must be carefully analyzed needs that provide benefits for teachers and schools. so, those who attend the training must be competent and have benefits for the teachers, the school and for students. training in this service activity was expected to be practiced for students through training for students. based on the needs analysis, then set various targets to be achieved from a training activity, both technical and behavioral in nature. for organizers, the determination of these objectives has important meanings as: (1) later benchmarks to determine the success or failure of the training program; (2) materials in an effort to determine the next steps, such as determining the contents of the program and the appropriate training methods. as for the participants, the goal setting is useful in preparation and effort what they should do in order to get the maximum benefit from the training activities that they participate in. this activity will produce output in the form of accurate easy learning modules and publication of national seminars that will be carried out by the indonesian management forum in 2019. the overall planned activities above can run smoothly with the support and participation of the training participants. active participation provided includes: 1. willingness to discuss issues related to the needs of teachers and students both high school and vocational high school. 2. willingness to attend training until they are proficient in using accurate programs 62 results and discussion these training activity partners are teachers who are members of the mgmp group in the surabaya and surrounding areas. after coordinating with mrs. setyo as mgmp accounting deputy chairwoman, the activity is followed by choosing the school representative to participate in this activity. of course the basis for the election is to prioritize state schools because their infrastructure is already supporting by having a computer laboratory. this does not discourage private schools because we also choose a private school that is competent with computer programs. in addition to the priority of the state, the accurate program which is still a discourse replaces the myob program, will later be applied to public schools for the first time. that is why we prioritize state schools to take part in this training. the names of schools participating in this activity are from: 1. smkn 1 surabaya 4 teachers 2. smkn 10 surabaya 2 teachers 3. smkn 10 surabaya 2 teachers 4. smkn 6 surabaya 2 teachers 5. smkn 1 bangkalan 2 teachers 6. smkn iii bangkalan 1 teachers 7. smkn 1 sampang 1 teachers 8. smk al fatah bojonegoro 3 teachers from 8 schools, 17 teachers were obtained from surabaya, madura and bojonegoro. training activities for teachers are basically an integral part of management in the field of personnel in schools and are efforts to develop teacher knowledge and skills so that in turn teachers are expected to gain competitive advantage and can provide the best possible service or in other words they can work more productively and be able to improve the quality of performance. the implementation of accurate training activities is carried out for 4 meetings with details of 2 times face to face and 2 independent assignments. this activity was attended by 18 teachers from surabaya and surrounding and 80% of whom came from state vocational hig schools. pre-test and post-test are used to see the extent of improving the ability of teachers in this training activity. table 1.1 the result of pre test and post test of accurate training no name pre-test post-test result 1 setyo budiwati 50 77 improve 27 points 2 anik gunawanti 50 74 improve 24 points 3 nurod osianto 57 70 improve 13 points 4 hadi sasongko 64 90 improve 26 points 5 sumiatun 54 54 no improvement 6 prestiwati 44 64 improve 24 points 63 7 endah woelandari 50 60 improve 10 points 8 hariyanto 50 47 decrease 3 points 9 khoirul mutholibin 50 67 improve 16 points 10 arin yuni 74 84 improve 10 points 11 titik budiarsih 24 44 improve 20 points 12 ema sulifiana 60 97 improve 37 points 13 muharromah 50 70 improve 20 points 14 listut handayani 44 60 improve 24 points 15 linda handayani 54 74 improve 20 points 16 gusti ratmawati 50 74 improve 24 points the average results of the increase in the pre and posttest values of 18.25 points. the results obtained from the pre and posttest are very satisfying where 87.5% of teachers received higher grades after the training was held, and only one teacher whose value did not change and two teachers whose grades dropped and one teacher whose grades decreased by 3 points only. the outputs of the implementation of the activities obtained by the participants after participating in this activity are: 1. teachers as educators become more confident using their abilities and are able to explore the potential that exists to improve the quality of education, especially in the field of computers. 2. educators are able to develop creativity and are able to integrate it with current technological developments which is in the field of accounting computers. 3. this activity is able to provide benefits and create a cooperation that can be beneficial for both parties (teachers and students) with attractive learning methods. 4. form of an inspirational teacher learning forum that will facilitate further activities to increase the competence and creativity of teachers at the surabaya city level. the learning methodologies provided are as followed : 1. lecture method 2. question and answer method 3. discussion method 4. methods of assigning tasks 5. discovery-inquiry method 6. panel method the methods are summarized in 4 days of the implementation from this activity. the importance of teaching methodology is mastered by educators, which of course must be adapted to the type of learning. in this learning activity, the participants are teachers who 64 have gotten accurate material both from training / seminars or who have been taught in class. conclusion the benefit of this community service program is to provide teachers with provisions to teach students so that they are more updated with the computer accounting program used by the company, so it will make graduated students easier to get jobs in the industrial revolution era. the method of implementing community service activities began by coordinating with mrs. setyo budi as a deputy chairwoman of the accounting subject teachers' organization (mgmp akuntansi) who is also a teaching staff at smk 1 surabaya. these training activity partners are teachers who are members of mgmp group in the surabaya and surrounded areas. the implementation of accurate training activities is carried out for 4 meetings with details of 2 times face to face and 2 independent assignments. this activity was attended by 18 participants from surabaya’s teachers and 80% came from state vocational high schools. this training was held at stie perbanas surabaya july 13-14 2019 in the laboratory room. the results of the implementation of this community service program are first, teachers can improve their knowledge and skills in computer accounting. second, the ability of teachers’ knowledge and skills in accurate programs increases with the proven results of pre and posttests. finally, the teacher can teach vocational high school students majoring in accounting for a new accounting program (accurate) so that the graduates produced have competency / expertise in accounting computers that are widely used by companies. references a ’la, h., setiawan, b., & djarwanti, n. (2017). penambahan limbah plastik pada tanah ekspansif, (36), 1170–1178. abdurrozak, m. r., mufti, d. n., studi, p., sipil, t., islam, u., studi, p., … islam, u. (2017). stabilisasi tanah lempung dengan bahan tambah abu sekam, xxii(2), 416–424. beton mengunakan, j., lumajang, p., penambahan, d., ridwan, a., & chandra, a. (2018). additive masterpozzolith ® 402r, 3(2), 192–197. candra, a. i. (2018). studi kasus stabilitas struktur tanah lempung pada jalan totok kerot kediri menggunakan limbah kertas. ukarst, 2(2), 11. https://doi.org/10.30737/ukarst.v2i2.255 das braja m. (1988). mekanika tanah (prinsip-prinsip rekayasa geoteknis) jilid 1 (vol. 1). erlangga. retrieved from https://kupdf.net/download/mekanika-tanah-jilid-2-braja-mdas_59b0f4cfdc0d607660568edb_pdf faezehossadat, k., & jeff, b. (2016). expansive soil: causes and treatments. i-manager’s journal on civil engineering, 6(3), 1. https://doi.org/10.26634/jce.6.3.8083 kuat, t., dan, g., & tanah, k. (2018). pengaruh stabilisasi tanah menggunakan kapur dan matos terhadap kuat geser dan konsolidasi tanah gambut aris prabowo 1 , miftahul fauziah, s.t., m.t., ph.d. 1. ogbeche, s. (2018). overview of engineering problems of soil compaction and their effects on 65 growth and yields of crops overview of engineering problems of soil compaction and their effects on growth and yields of crops. european journal of advances in enineering and technology, 5(9), 701–709. siswanto, e. (2019). penambahan fly ash dan serat serabut kelapa sebagai bahan pembuatan beton. ukarst, 3(1), 48. https://doi.org/10.30737/ukarst.v3i1.352 study, p., sipil, t., teknik, f., & kadiri, u. (n.d.). stabilisasi struktur tanah lempung dengan menggunakan bahan tambahan abu sekam padi dan kapur pada subgrade perkerasan jalan sudjati, 1–9. susanto, a. (2009). pengaruh stabilisasi tanah lempung dengan aspal emulsi klasifikasi tanah, 3(konteks 3), 6–7. thesis, d. (2008). geotechnical aspects of buildings on expansive soils in kibaha , tanzania. buildings. retrieved from http://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:10579/fulltext01.pdf utami, s. (2018). ketersediaan air bersih untuk kesehatan. optimalisasi peran sains dan teknologi untuk mewujudkan smart city, (june). retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/profile/sri_utami29/publication/326057942 wardani, s. p. r., muhrozi, m., setiaji, a. r. a., & riwu, d. r. (2018). stabilisasi tanah ekspansive dengan menggunakan tanah putih untuk tanah dasar di daerah godong kabupaten grobogan jawa tengah. media komunikasi teknik sipil, 24(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.14710/mkts.v24i1.16275 widhiarto, h., andriawan, a. h., matulessy, a., teknik, f., & psikologi, f. (2015). stabilisasi tanah lempung ekspansif dengan menggunakan campuran abu-sekam dan kapur, 01(02), 135–140. zaenuri, m. (2018). penelitian penggunaan batu gamping sebagai agregat kasar dan filler pada aspal campuran. ukarst, 2(1). https://doi.org/10.30737/ukarst.v2i1.357. 101 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 study of selection of bus mode and rail train surabaya malang haris muhammadun1, sindiah bagus mahendra tama1, wateno oetomo2, sri wiwoho mudjanarko3*, 17 agustus 1945 university1, narotama university2 hardun.wtu@gmail.com. 1 profwateno.wiro@gmail.com 2 sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id 3* abstract: the need for transportation facilities and infrastructure that is quite large in the city of surabaya to the city of malang is the impact of population growth and increased activity in the city. to support economic, social, trade and education activities between the two cities, public transportation facilities are needed that can meet the needs of the community in terms of comfort and safety. fulfillment of comfort factors in the use of public transportation such as cheap travel costs, speed of travel time, and accuracy of operational schedules, is expected to increase the interest of travelers to use public vehicles more often than private vehicles. the analysis method used, among others, descriptive analysis aims to identify the characteristics of users of the surabayamalang and bus modes, then the logistic regression analysis and binomial logit difference analysis aim to obtain a model of selection of bus and train modes in the surabaya-malang route, then proceed sensitivity analysis which aims to determine the sensitivity of the model of the response of the traveler in determining the choice if there is a change in each attribute of the trip. the results of logistic regression analysis and binomial logit difference, it can be concluded that, attribute / variable x2 (travel time) is the attribute / variable that most influences the mode selection. the sensitivity analysis results can be concluded as follows: sensitivity to travel costs, the possibility of respondents prefer to use the train mode is greater than the bus. sensitivity to time, the possibility of respondents prefer to use the train mode is greater than the bus. sensitivity to the departure schedule (headway), the possibility of respondents choosing to use the train mode will be greater than the bus, if the difference in the headway is between 90165 minutes. however, if the difference in headway is above 165 minutes, then the respondent will switch to choosing the bus mode. keywords: modal choice, travel cost, travel time, departure schedule introduction transportation is the transfer of people or goods from one place to another by using a vehicle that is driven by humans or machines. transportation is useful to make it easier for humans to carry out daily activities. in general, transportation has the function to smooth the flow of goods and people and support development. the problems of land transportation in east java include the lack of fulfillment of transportation service facilities and infrastructure, the need for roadworthiness that does not meet standards and the imbalance of vehicle growth rates by increasing road capacity and not yet optimal interregional mass transportation (rpjmd of east java province, 2019-2024). the need for transportation facilities and infrastructure that is quite large in the city of surabaya to the city of mailto:hardun.wtu@gmail.com mailto:profwateno.wiro@gmail.com mailto:sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id 102 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 malang is the impact of population growth and increased activity in the city. to support economic, social, trade and education activities between the two cities, transportation facilities that can meet the needs of the community are needed in terms of comfort and safety. based on the 2012-2032 east java tatrawil document, the surabaya-malang movement is the dominant movement with the largest number of movements of 10-20 million movements in a year. that is because surabaya and malang are the two largest cities in east java, which causes high movements between the two. the high movement of the surabaya-malang route is dominated by private vehicles due to the low interest in using public vehicles such as trains and buses. growth in the number of motor vehicles in east java ranges between 5-10% per year. for two-wheeled vehicles and four-wheeled vehicles in the city of surabaya, which on average experienced an increase of 7.03% per year, then malang, which is the second city and district after the city of surabaya, which has the most vehicles with an average increase of 5.65% per year (priyambodo. 2018). travel agents prefer to use private vehicles compared to using public transportation due to the lack of public transportation facilities in fulfilling the desires of the traveler (rangkuti & sugiri, 2014). fulfillment of comfort factors in the use of public transportation such as cheap travel costs, speed of travel time, and accuracy of operational schedules, is expected to increase the interest of travelers to use public vehicles more often than private vehicles. based on these problems, it is important to make efforts to further improve the improvement of bus and rail services in the surabaya-malang route. this study aims to determine the factors that influence the traveler in choosing the surabaya-malang route mode, which is expected to be able to provide input for the development of train and bus service performance in the future. literature review 1. the role of transportation transportation has an important role and strategy in national development considering that transportation is a means to accelerate the wheels of the economy, strengthen unity and integrity and influence almost all aspects of life. the importance of transportation as the pulse of economic life, social economy, politics, and defense and security has two dual functions, namely as a supporting element and as a driving element. as a supporting element, transportation functions to provide effective transportation services to meet the needs of various sectors and drive national development. as a driving force, transportation functions to provide effective transportation services to open isolated areas, serve remote areas, stimulate the growth of disadvantaged and underdeveloped areas (tamin, 2000). 2. transportation modeling the model is a tool or media that can be used to reflect and simplify a reality (the actual world) in a measurable or simplified reality to get certain goals, namely explanation and deeper understanding and for forecasting purposes. the more similar a model is to reality, the more difficult it is to make that model. so, modeling is a quantitative approach that is carried out to get 103 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 clearer and measurable explanations or pictures about the transportation system. transportation modeling consists of several types (tamin, 2000), including: a. physical model, which is a model that shows and explains the same object with a smaller scale so that a clearer and more detailed and measurable picture of the object's behavior is built on the actual scale. for example: architect models (houses, housing, malls, etc.) and engineering models (regional, city, regional development models, etc.) b. map and diagram models, namely models that use lines (straight and curved), images, colors, and shapes as a medium for delivering information that shows the reality of the object. for example, contour elevation, slope of land, location of rivers and bridges, mountains, government administrative boundaries, and others. c. statistical and mathematical models, namely models that describe existing conditions in the form of equations and mathematical functions as media in an effort to reflect reality. for example, explaining the physical aspects, socio-economic, and transportation models. the advantage of using mathematical models in transportation planning is that when making formulations, calibrations and their use, planners can learn a lot through experiments, about the behavior and internal mechanisms of the system being analyzed. d. descriptive and normative models, where descriptive models are models that try to explain the behavior of existing systems, while normative models are models that try to explain the ideal system behavior according to the wishes of the model maker. 3. the concept of transportation planning according to tamin (2000) there are a number of transportation planning concepts that have developed to date and the most popular is the four step transportation planning model (four step models). the four models include: a. trip generation models, namely transportation modeling that functions to estimate and predict the number (number) of trips originating (leaving) from a zone / area / plot of land and the number (number) of trips coming / being attracted (headed) to a zone / area / plot of land in the future (plan year) per unit time. b. trip distribution models, namely modeling showing the number (number) of trips / originating from a zone of origin that spreads to many destination zones or vice versa the number (number of trips) / coming to collect to a destination zone that was originally from a number of origin zones. c. model of choice of transportation modes (mode choice models), namely the modeling or stages of the transportation planning process that serves to determine the burden of travel or find out the number (in the sense of proportion) of people and goods that will use or choose various modes of transportation available to serve a particular point of origin, for the sake of some specific travel purposes as well. d. route assignment models, which are models that show and predict the trip actors who choose various routes and traffic that connect the transportation network. 104 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 conceptually, the four-stage transportation planning can be described as figure 1 below: figure 1. the concept of transportation planning source: tamin, 2000 4. factors that influence mode selection the modal choice model aims to find out the proportion of people who will use each mode. this process is carried out with the intention to calibrate the mode selection model in the base year by knowing the change in attributes that influence the mode selection. after the calibration process is carried out, the model can be used to predict modal selection by using attribute value values for the future (tamin, 2000). one factor that is considered strong influence on travel behavior or prospective users (trip maker behavior). transportation system characteristics factor all variables that influence the behavior of the traveler relate to the performance of the transportation system services such as variables: a. the relative time (length) of travel (relative travel time) starts from the length of time the vehicle waits at the stop (terminal), the time to walk to the terminal (walk to terminal time), and the time on the vehicle. b. relative travel costs (relative travel costs), ie all costs arising from traveling from origin to destination for all competing modes such as ticket prices, fuel, and others. c. relative service level (relative level of service), which is a variable that is quite varied and difficult to measure, for example, is a variable of comfort and pleasure, which makes it easy for people to change modes of transportation. d. the level of access / connecting index / ease of achieving the destination. e. the level of reliability of public transport in terms of time (on time / reliability), the availability of parking spaces and tariffs. research methods in this research, the survey method used is stated preferences through online interviews with public bus and train users who have traveled from surabaya to malang. in this survey online 105 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 interviews are conducted, which will later be included in the results of the questionnaire that was designed. from the survey results of the preferences of bus and train users, some information will be obtained, like: a. information about the characteristics of public transport users, b. travel behavior carried out by public transport users, c. public transport user preferences for predetermined attributes. the following are the stages carried out in conducting surveys via the internet: a. formulation of the problem and its purpose b. making a questionnaire to retrieve data c. selection of prospective respondents d. submission of questionnaires to respondents e. determination of the location of the respondent's answer data storage. the method developed by isaac and michael (1981) is a way to determine the number of samples that meet the requirements (1) the population is known; (2) at the level of error (significance level) of 1%, 5% and 10%; and (3) specifically used for samples that are normally distributed. based on data from the department of transportation of east java province, an estimate of the total population of the study was obtained, resulting from the sum between the estimated number of bus passengers and the estimated number of railway passengers of the surabaya malang route in a day amounting to 5,882 people. to make it easier to determine the research sample, a sample determination table from isaac and michael is used as a reference in determining the sample sought. if referring to the table with a significance of 5% of the total population of 5882 people (through the estimated number of train and bus passengers in a day), a sample of 330 respondents can be generated. the form of questions contained in the questionnaire form that will be surveyed includes two things, namely: a. questions will be focused on finding out the actual conditions and general characteristics of modal users about the socio-economic conditions of the modal users and information on the travel of modal users. b. the question is focused on the respondents' preferences if there are several service attributes offered in the bus and train mode plan that are utility based on the conditions in reality. variables used to measure utility, namely:  travel costs (cost), costs that must be incurred for payment of transportation costs in units of rupiah per person, which is the cost of the terminal / station departing to the terminal / station of destination.  travel time (time), travel time of vehicles in hours, which is the travel time from the terminal / departure station to the terminal / destination station.  headway, bus / train departure time between one fleet and the next. sensitivity analysis of attributes (travel cost, travel time, and headway) of one of the changes is done by assuming that this change does not affect other attributes. the sensitivity analysis procedure is carried out as follows: 1. sort the value of the dependent variable according to the change group. 106 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 2. set the value of other independent variables using the average value. 3. determine the value of the utility and probability in accordance with the changes made. 4. draw a graph of the relationship between probability and the value of the dependent variable according to the group of changes made. analysis & discussion the observed modes are economy bus and train route surabaya malang. the type of bus mode chosen to be observed is economy bus, while the selected trains to be observed are the upgrading train and tumapel train. these modes were chosen because they have ticket rates that the difference is not much different, so that the later comparison can be as expected. the economy bus departure route from purabaya terminal to arjosari terminal has 4 fleets which take turns departing to deliver passengers to malang city, the fleet includes: po. restu, po. tentrem, po. malinda, and po. akas green. similarly, the train route for the departure of surabaya malang has a special fleet of 2 types of trains, the fleet includes: train. upgrading and ka. tumapel. more details can be seen in the following table. table 1. number of bus and train fleets bus train po. restu ka. penataran po. tentrem po. malinda ka. tumapel po. akas green source: transportation agency prov. east java & surabaya city transportation agency, 2019 1. bus and rail mode users characteristics the grouping of data was taken based on the results of an interview survey through a questionnaire conducted on 330 people who had used the mode of bus and rail mode route surabaya malang. table 2. characteristics of users of bus and rail mode no. variable analysis results (%) 1. gender  60% women  40% male 2. age  31% are 18 25 years old  51% are 26 35 years old  14% are 36 – 45 years old  4% are >46 years old 3. last education  30% high school  13% d3  57% s1/s2/s3 4. profession  9% government employees  43% private employees  5% entrepreneur  13% student  30% etc. 5. income  10% ern <rp.500.000 107 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020  5% ern rp.500.000 – rp.1.000.000  10% ern rp.1.000.000 – rp.2.500.000  41% ern rp.2.500.000 – rp.5.000.000  33% ern >rp.5.000.000 6. purpose of the trip  19% for business / work  12% for education  52% for vacation / recreation  12% for personal / return home  5% etc. 7. intensity of use  53% more often use the bus  47% more often use trains 8. reasons to use modes  15% time considerations / speed  21% safety considerations  23% comfort considerations  35% ease of consideration  6% cost considerations source: survey results, 2020 2. difference logit model the mode selection model between the railroad and bus modes on the way from surabaya malang, can be explained in the difference binomial logit model with the difference utility function as follows: ukereta ubus = -1,77618 0,00016x1 + 0,00983x2 + 0,00077x3 where : x1 = difference in cost x2 = difference in travel time x3 = difference in scheduled departures then after the utility difference function is obtained, this equation is used as a probability function. from this modeling it can be concluded that the attribute / variable x2 (travel time) is the attribute / variable that most influences the mode selection. 3. model sensitivity figure 3. graph of sensitivity to travel time figure 2. graph of sensitivity to travel costs 108 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 from the graph above it can be concluded as follows: a. sensitivity to travel costs, the possibility of respondents prefer to use the train mode is greater than the bus. b. sensitivity to travel time, the possibility of respondents prefer to use the mode of train is greater than bus. c. sensitivity to the departure schedule (headway), the possibility of respondents choosing to use the train mode will be greater than the bus, if the difference in the headway is between 90-165 minutes. however, if the difference in headway is above 165 minutes, the respondent will switch to choosing bus mode. conclusion from the results of an analysis of 330 respondents bus and train users can be concluded as follows: 1. the characteristics of users of the surabaya-malang bus and train routes are mostly female (60%), the majority are 26-35 years old (51%), the majority of the last education is s1 / s2 / s3 (57%), the majority of jobs are in the private sector (43%), the majority of income is between rp.2,500,000 rp.5,000,000 (41%), the majority has the intention of traveling for vacation / recreation (52%), the intensity of use is more frequent using bus (53%) than train, the reason for using majority mode is because of convenience considerations (35%). 2. logistic regression and binomial logit difference analysis results, it can be concluded that, attribute / variable x2 (travel time) is the attribute / variable that most influences the mode selection. 3. results of sensitivity analysis can be concluded as follows: a. sensitivity to travel costs, the possibility of respondents prefer to use the train mode is greater than the bus. b. sensitivity to time, the possibility of respondents prefer to use the mode of train is greater than bus. c. sensitivity to the departure schedule (headway), the possibility of respondents choosing to use the train mode will be greater than the bus, if the difference in the headway is between 90-165 minutes. however, if the difference in headway is above 165 minutes, the respondent will switch to choosing bus mode. figure 4. graph of sensitivity to scheduled departure 109 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 references tamin,o.z.2000. perencanaan dan pemodelan transportasi edisi kedua. bandung: itb. harries s., 1976, state-of-the-art review of urban transportation concepts and public attitudes, us department of transportation, washington. tamin,o.z.2000. perencanaan dan pemodelan transportasi edisi kedua. bandung: itb. harries s., 1976, state-of-the-art review of urban transportation concepts and public attitudes, us department of transportation, washington. miro, fidel., (2005). perencanaan transportasi. erlangga, jakarta. morlok, edwar k., (1995). pengantar teknik dan perencanaan transportasi. pt. gelora aksara pratama, jakarta. dinas perhubungan provinsi jawa timur. 2012-2032. tataran transportasi wilayah provinsi jawa timur. surabaya. priyambodo. 2018. analisis korelasi jumlah kendaraan dan pengaruhnya terhadap pdrb di provinsi jawa timur. surabaya: warta penelitian perhubungan 30 (59-65). rangkuti, m. s., & sugiri, a. 2014. kajian karakteristik preferensi penggunaan moda transportasi pribadi dan publik kasus: perjalanan harian ke undip tembalang. jurnal teknik pwk iii (4):1-15. salim, h.a. abbas. 2000. manajemen transportasi. jakarta: pt raja grafindo persada. nasution, a. 1996. menajemen transportasi. jakarta: ghalia indonesia. miro, f. 2005. perencanaan transportasi untuk mahasiswa perencana dan praktisi. jakarta: erlangga. kamaludin, rustian. 2003. ekonomi transportasi (karakteristik, teori, dan kebijakan). ghalia indonesia. jakarta. sukarto, haryono. 2006. transportasi perkotaan dan lingkungan. jurusan teknik sipil-universitas pelita harapan. banten. ortuzar, j. d. and willumsen, l. g. (1994). modelling transport. second edition, john wiley & sons. permain, d,and swanson, j. 1991. stated preference techniques: a guide to practice. second edition, steer davies gleave and hague consulting group.london. sugiyono. 2010. metodologi penelitian pendidikan (pendidikan kualitatif, kuantitatif, dan r&d).bandung,alfabeta. © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 37 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 the analysis of unsignalized intersection road performance at manukan wetan surabaya city muhan fahri irzadi1, sri wiwoho mudjanarko2, ikhsan setiawan3, joewono prasetijo4, hary moetriono5 narotama university123, universiti tun hussein onn malaysia4, 17 agustus 1945 university surabaya5 mfi23051998@gmail.com1, sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id2, ikhsan.setiawan@narotama.ac.id3, joewono@uthm.edu.my4 , nono.harmoet@gmail.com5 abstract: surabaya is the capital of the province of east java and is the second largest city in indonesia after jakarta. as a city that will continue to develop, the mobility of the people is getting higher, as well as the progress of the current means of transportation which is increasing, causing traffic problems, one of which occurs at intersections. one of the intersections that will be reviewed is the raya manukan intersection. this study uses the mkji 1997 guideline, with primary data collection by means of traffic conditions survey and secondary collection, namely data on the number of vehicle growth from the department of population and civil registry of surabaya city. this study aims to determine the performance of the unsigned intersection at the raya manukan intersection. with this research data, as well as from the results of traffic analysis at the raya manukan intersection with the boundary from the amd street intersection to the buntaran street intersection. from the calculation results, it is obtained that the intersection capacity is 3750.9 pcu / hour, with a degree of saturation value of 0.8254. from the results of the analysis, the calculations that have been carried out have not been able to reach the desired degree of saturation value, which is as suggested by mkji 1997.therefore then an alternative is made with road widening engineering and produces a saturation degree value of 0.7493, so that the road widening on raya manukan kulon is the best alternative in solving the capacity problem of intersection manukan. keywords: performance, unmarked intersections, mkji 1997, alternative traffic engineering management. introduction intersections are the most important part of urban roads, because some of the efficiency, safety, speed and service levels of the road depend on the planning of the intersection. each intersection includes both continuous traffic movement and intercrossing traffic at one or more of the intersection segments. this is the main reason for the conflict and the need for controlling traffic movements at intersections. this traffic movement can be controlled in several ways. the aim is to reduce conflict points at road intersections, reduce traffic accidents, reduce delays, degree of saturation, queue opportunities and optimize traffic flow. one part of the road that needs to be analyzed is the intersection of both the intersection of three and the intersection of four. the four-way intersection on jalan raya manukan wetan is an intersection with type 424 that brings together the flow of vehicles. the number of vehicles passing the intersection of road manukan wetan continues to increase according to population growth. this is to determine the performance of the intersection ratio between the capacity and the existing traffic flow. an unsigned intersection is an intersection or a meeting in an area between two or more highway lanes with their respective intersections, and at the intersection mailto:mfi23051998@gmail.com mailto:sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id2 mailto:ikhsan.setiawan@narotama.ac.id3 mailto:joewono@uthm.edu.my4 mailto:nono.harmoet@gmail.com 38 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 points are not equipped with lights as intersection signs this is to determine the performance of the intersection ratio between the capacity and the existing traffic flow. an unsigned intersection is an intersection or a meeting in an area between two or more highway lanes with their respective intersections, and at the intersection points are not equipped with lights as intersection signs this is to determine the performance of the intersection ratio between the capacity and the existing traffic flow. an unsigned intersection is an intersection or a meeting in an area between two or more highway lanes with their respective intersections, and at the intersection points are not equipped with lights as intersection signs. 1. problem a. how is the performance of the intersection and road sections at the intersection of jalan raya manukan wetan (at the intersection of jalan amd-jalan buntaran) in current conditions? b. are traffic lights needed at the intersection and what are the alternative solutions / suggestions to solve the problem of the performance of the intersection on jalan raya manukan wetan surabaya (at the intersection of jalan amd-jalan buntaran)? 2. purpose a. evaluate the performance of intersections and road sections at the intersection of jalan raya manukan wetan (intersection of jalan amd and jalan buntarran) based on the current traffic volume. b. knowing is it feasible to install a traffic light, and know the best alternative to solve the problem at the intersection literature review previous researchers the following are some studies related to the unmarked intersection performance analysis: a. fica rahma pinggungan. rh, performance level review of unmarked intersection (case study of the four-arm intersection of jalan jendral suprapto-s. parman bandar lampung) b. irwanto, unmarked intersection performance at jalan simpang plaza tugu, purworejo regency c. leni sriharyani, ida hadijah, performance analysis of the intersection without traffic (case study of the way jepara market intersection, east lampung regency) d. mala wati waris, performance analysis of unsigned intersections with the guideline for indonesian road capacity method e. mursid budi h, ahmad wicaksono, m ruslin anwar, evaluation of the performance of a nonsignalized intersection in jombang regency f. novi listina, performance analysis of the unmarked intersection of jalan raya dramagabubulak bogor, west java g. i pt gd mahendra, p. alit suthanaya, wyn suweda, performance analysis of unmarked intersections and roads in denpasar city (case study: unmarked intersections jl gatot subroto-jl mulawarmanjl matara and jl. ahmad yani-jl mulawarman . h. theresia mca, amrita winaya, and hari setyawan, capacity of unsigned intersections and traffic delays on jl brigjen katamso jl frontage timur. 39 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 i. weka indra dharmawan, devi oktarina, adithia brilianto, performance analysis of unmarked intersection (case study: intersection of jl imam bonjol-jl pagar alam kota bandar lampung) j. yogi arisandi, performance analysis of unmarked intersection jl basuki rahmat malang city intersection a. definition of intersection according to government regulation number 43 of 1993, an intersection is a meeting or branching of a road, either in one level or not. in other words, an intersection can be defined as two or more intersecting lines of roads and includes road and roadside facilities. every road that spreads out and is part of the intersection is called an intersection arm. b. type of intersection 1. an intersection without a signal, that is, an intersection that does not use a traffic signal. at this intersection, road users must decide whether they are safe enough to pass through the intersection or must stop before passing the intersection. 2. road intersections with signals, that is, road users can pass the intersections according to the traffic signal operation. so road users may only pass when the traffic signal shows a green colour on the intersection arm c. kinds of intersection 1. a meeting or intersection of a level road, is a meeting of two or more roads in one level (not in one row). there are 4 (four) types of level meeting, namely 3 (three) branch meetings or intersections, 4 (four) branch meetings or intersections, many branch meetings or intersections, roundabouts (rotary intersections). 2. a meeting or intersection of a road that is not in level is an intersection where two or more roads meet not in one area but one of the segments is above or below another road segment. d. unmarked junction performance measures 1. capacity (c) 2. degree of saturation (ds) 3. delay (d) 4. chance of queuing (qp%) e. calculation of turning ratio and minor road flow ratio 1. intersection current ratio (pmi), with the formula pmi = qmi / qtot……………..………..(1) 2. total turnover traffic ratio (pt), with the formula plt = qlt / qtot………….…………..(2) 3. the ratio between motorized vehicle traffic and non-motorized vehicles (pum), with the formula pum = qum / qtot…………………………………………..………….……………(3) f. classification of vehicle types for unsigned intersections 1. light vehicle 2. heavy vehicles 3. motorcycle 4. non-motorized vehicles 40 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 road network capacity road network capacity can be interpreted as the maximum number of vehicles that can pass through the road in a period of one hour without causing traffic congestion which causes time constraints, costs, or reduces the freedom of drivers to run their vehicles. as is well known, there are several factors that must be considered in order to determine the capacity of a road segment, namely the type of road, road width, road median, side / shoulder obstacles and city size. research methodology figure 3.1 research flowchart literature review data collection primary data 1. road environmental conditions 2. geometric paths 3. traffic flow volume secondary data surabaya population and civil registry service data (total population) data management done conclusions and d ti start identification of problems data analysis 41 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 result and discussion simpang profile based on the field survey, data were obtained in the form of vehicle type, vehicle type, and vehicle traffic volume. the data used to analyze in this study is the peak traffic volume data in passenger car units divided by one hour (pcu / hour). the data used from the survey calculation in the field used the highest vehicle volume, namely the vehicle volume data on monday afternoon peak hours 17.00-18.00 wib. from the results of research in the field, most of the passing vehicles consist of two-wheeled vehicles, namely motorbikes. tabel 1. traffic data raya manukan wetan surabaya vehicle type approach c (buntaran) d (raya manukan wetan) a (amd) c (raya manukan kulon) turn left straight turn right turn left straight turn right turn left straight turn right turn left straight turn right light vehicle 8 0 1 60 240 12 2 4 21 8 304 0 heavy vehcle 1 0 0 5 20 8 0 1 4 2 324 0 motorcycle 392 4 52 188 1464 108 44 76 348 88 1160 0 nonmotorized vihicles 6 2 1 3 6 4 3 2 9 7 9 0 source: traffic count results, 2020 vehicle volume 1. vehicle volume at the jl raya manukan wetan intersection table 2. vehicle volume at the intersection of jl raya manukan wetan no. transportation type smp factor intersection traffic volume vehicle / hour smp / hour 1 motorcycle (mc) 0.5 3924 1962 2 light vehicle (lv) 1.0 660 660 3 heavy vehicle (hv) 1.3 365 474.5 total 3,096.5 source: traffic count results, 2020 2. total incoming flow volume from main road (qma) and from minior road (qmi) table 3. total incoming flow volume from main road (qma) and from minior road (qmi) simpang name total incoming flow qma (smp / hour) qmi (smp / hour) simpang raya manukan wetan 2594.7 501.8 source: traffic count results, 2020 42 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 data analysis in analyzing the capacity of the intersection of jalan raya manukan wetan, the formula is used in the guidelines for the indonesian road capacity manual (mkji) 1997. 1. approach width a. wide approach to research results b. alternative result approach width (a) (b) figure 2. personal documentation 2. results of comparison between research results and alternative results table 4. results of comparison between research results and alternative results no. component the calculation results research the calculation results alternative 1 average approach width (w1) (m) 4,125 5 2 capacity (c) (pcu / hour) 3750.9 4131.85 3 degree of saturation (ds) 0.8254 0.7493 4 intersection traffic delay (dt1) (sec / smp) 9,5927 8,1657 5 main road traffic delay (dtma) (sec / smp) 7,0332 6,0454 6 minor road traffic delays (dtmi) (sec / smp) 22,8177 19,1211 7 intersection geometric delay (dg) (sec / pcu) 4,3911 4,9456 8 intersection delay (d) (sec / pcu) 13,9838 13,1113 9 chance of queuing (qp%) 27.4% -54.3% 22.7% -45.6% based on the results of research calculations at the intersection of jalan raya manukan wetan, it can be seen in table 10. the results of the calculation are as follows: the width of the approach (w1) is 4.125 meters, the actual capacity (c) is 3750.90 pcu / hour, the degree of saturation ( ds) with a value of 0.8254, intersection traffic delay (dt1) of 9.5927 sec / pcu, main road traffic delay (dtma) of 7.0332 sec / smp, minor road traffic delay (dtmi) of 22 , 8177 sec / pcu, intersection geometric delay (dg) of 4.3911 sec / pcu, intersection delay (d) of 13.9838 sec / pcu, and queuing opportunity (qp) with a value of 27% 54%. based on the results of alternative calculations in table 3 above or after changing one of the widths of the approach, the average approach width (w1) is 5 meters, the actual new capacity (c) is 4131.85 pcu / hour, the degree of saturation (ds). ) with a value of 0.7493, intersection traffic delay (dt1) of 8.1657 sec / smp, main road traffic delay (dtma) of 6.0454 sec / smp, minor road traffic delay (dtmi) of 19.1211 sec / smp, intersection geometric delay (dg) of 4,9456 sec / pcu, 43 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 intersection delay (d) of 13,1113 sec / pcu, and queuing probability (qp) with a value of 22% 45%. 3. summary of comparison results between calculation results and alternative results after calculating and discussing it by the researcher, this research can summarize and assess the performance of the intersection based on the 1997 mkji guidelines.the following is a comparison between the calculation results and the alternative results at the intersection of jalan raya manukan wetan which is tabulated in table 5. table 5. manukan wetan highway intersection performance based on research calculation results and alternative calculation results according to mkji guidelines no. component mkji 1997 standard the calculation results performance notes alternative results performance notes 1 capacity (c) 3400 pcu / hour 3750.90 good capacity c> standard 4131.85 good capacity c> standard 2 degree of saturation (ds) 0.75 0.8254 unstable ds> standard 0.7493 stable ds <standard 3 intersection traffic delays (dt1) 15 sec / pcu 9,5927 stable dt1 <standard 8,1657 stable dt1 <standard 4 main road traffic delays (dtma) 7,0332 stable dtma <standard 6,0454 stable dtma <standard 5 minor road traffic delays (dtmi) 22,8177 moderate dtmi> standard 19,1211 moderate dtmi> standard 6 intersection geometric delay (dg) 4,3911 stable dg <standard 4,9456 stable dg <standard 7 intersection delay (d) 13,9838 stable d <standard 13,1113 stable d <standard 8 queue opportunity (qp) 23% -45% 27% -54% less qp> standard 22% -45% moderate qp <standard source: research calculation results and alternative calculations actual capacity (c) the intersection capacity of jalan raya manukan wetan with the type of intersection is 424 which has an actual capacity of 3750.90 pcu / hour, which means that it has exceeded its basic capacity of 3400 pcu / hour. then the intersection service can be said to be good. degree of saturation (ds) with a degree of saturation value 0.825 or more than 0.75 (ds> 0.75). based on the 1997 mkji guidelines, it is considered an unstable condition because it is more than 0.75 (> 0.75). delay (d) a. intersection traffic delays (dti) the delay due to traffic interaction with other movements at the intersection with a value (dt1) of 9.59 sec / pcu or less than the maximum value of 15 sec / pcu, so based on the 1997 mkji guidelines the intersection traffic delays are in stable condition. 44 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 b. major road traffic delays (dtma) the delay due to the intersection in the main era (dtma) is 7.03 sec / smp or less than the maximum value of 15 sec / pcu, so based on the 1997 mkji guidelines, the main road traffic delays are in stable condition. c. minor road traffic delays (dtmi) the delay due to intersections on minor roads (dtmi) is 22.81 sec / smp or more than the maximum value of 15 sec / smp, so based on the 1997 mkji guidelines include minor road traffic delays in unstable conditions. d. delay geometric intersection (dg) the geometric delay of the intersection due to deceleration of speed and acceleration when turning at the intersection (dg) is 4.39 sec / pcu or less than the maximum value of 15 sec / pcu, so based on the 1997 mkji guidelines the geometric delay of the intersection is in stable condition e. intersection delay (d) the intersection delay means that the intersection traffic delay is added with the geometric delay (d-dt1 + dg), then the intersection delay (d) is 13.98 sec / pcu. then the value of this intersection delay is not more than the maximum value of 15 sec / pcu, based on the 1997 mkji guidelines, this intersection delay is in a stable condition. f. chance of queuing (qp%) the opportunity to queue at the intersection of jalan raya manukan wetan with a value of 27% -54% is in a less and unstable condition because it has an empirical relationship with the degree of saturation at the intersection and the condition is less and unstable. the higher the degree of saturation value, the higher the chances of queuing based on the results of alternative calculations tabulated in table 4, the way to maintain intersection performance is with minor geometric improvements, road widening and side friction. yet, the intersection of jalan raya manukan wetan experiences changes in values from the results of the research calculations compare to alternative results such as the following. actual capacity (c) the actual capacity increased from 3750.9 pcu / hour to 4131.8 pcu / hour from the research calculation. degree of saturation (ds) the degree of saturation (ds) decreased from 0.8254 to 0.7493 from the research calculation delay (d) a. the intersection traffic delay (dt1) decreased from 9.59 to 8.165 sec / pcu or more stable than the researchers calculated. b. the main road traffic delay (dtma) decreased from 7.03 sec / pcu to 6.04 sec / pcu or more stable from the research calculation. c. minor road traffic delay (dtmi) decreased from 22.91 sec / pcu to 19.12 sec / pcu. due to geometric changes and a decrease in the class of side friction, although the minor road delay value is greater than the mkji 1997 standard. but it is still relatively moderate or the condition is less stable than the research calculation. 45 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 d. the intersection geometric delay (dg) increased from 4.39 sec / pcu to 4.945 sec / pcu. although the geometric delays of the intersection increased, it is still in a stable condition from the research calculations. e. the intersection delay (d) of 13.98 sec / pcu decreased to 13,111 sec / pcu, meaning that the intersection delay (d) was still in a stable condition from the research calculations. 4. queue opportunity (qp) the chances of queuing (qp) decreased by 22% -45%, meaning that after traffic engineering and several other alternatives were carried out. then the opportunity for queuing to experience changes that was previously in an unstable condition from 27% -54% to 22% -45% in a stable condition. conclusion after analyzing the performance of the 4-arm unmarked intersection at jalan raya manukan wetan which refers to the mkji 1997, the following conclusions can be drawn in this study: 1. the total volume of vehicle traffic flow (qtot) at peak hours is 3096 pcu / hour or less than the actual crossing capacity of 3750.9 pcu / hour. so the performance of the intersection of jalan manukan wetan is still in good performance so that it is still being optimized. 2. in optimizing the performance of the manukan wetan highway intersection, the best condition alternative model in this study can be used the following alternatives: a. banning vehicles from parking or installing no parking signs and stopping to lower the class of side friction to low. b. widen the approach to jalan raya manukan kulon to be 14 m 3. in this study, at the intersection of jalan raya manukan wetan, the results of the calculation have a degree of saturation (ds) value <1.00, then the jalan raya manukan wetan intersection has a traffic service level that meets the requirements or is in accordance with the guidelines for the indonesian road capacity manual ( mkji 1997), then this intersection does not need to be installed traffic lights or traffic light. references fica rahma pinggungan rh. (2019). overview of performance levels of unmarked intersections (case study of four-armed intersection of jalan jendral suprapto-s.parman, bandar lampung). i pt gd mahendra, p alit suthanaya, wyn suweda, (2013). performance analysis of unmarked intersections and roads in denpasar city (case study of unmarked intersections jl gatot subrotojl mulawarmanjl mataram and jl. ahmad yani-jl mulawarman ). indonesian road capacity manual (mkji). 1997. irwanto. (2016). performance of the unmarked intersection of jalan tugu plaza simpang, purworejo regency. leni sriharyani, ida hadijah, (2015). performance analysis of the crossing without traffic (case study of way jepara market intersection, lapung timur regency). limantara, a. d., krisnawati, l. d., winardi, s., mudjanarko, s. w., & esp, c. (2017). policy supervision solution to overcome road congestion and city parking based on smart internet. semin. nas. technol. and engineering inf., no. november, 1-6. mila wati waris. (2014). performance analysis of unmarked intersections method guidelines for indonesian 46 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 road capacity. mursid budi h, ahmad wicaksono, m ruslin anwar. (2014). performance evaluation of non-signalized intersection in jombang regency. novi listina. (2017). performance analysis of the unmarked intersection of jalan raya dramaga-bubulak bogor, west java. theresia mca, amrita winaya, hari setyawan, (2018). capacity for unmarked intersections and traffic delays in paada jl brigjen katamso-jl frontage timur. weka indra dharmawan, devi oktarina, adithia brilianto, (2018). performance analysis of unmarked intersection (case study: intersection of jl imam bonjol –jl pagar alam kota bandar lampung). yogi arisandi, (2015). performance analysis of unmarked intersection jl basuki rahmat malang city). © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). the analysis of unsignalized intersection road performance at manukan wetan surabaya city introduction 1. problem 2. purpose 78 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 concrete asphalt marshall stability using concrete objective waste sumargono, agata iwan candra, ahmad ridwan, budi winarno, ki catur budi, dwifi aprilia kharisma civil engineering department, kadiri university sumargono@unik-kediri.ac.id abstract: the road is one of the most important infrastructures. the community needs it because the road functions to connect the source of production. asphalt is an aggregate binding material in road pavement construction, which plays an important role in determining road pavement performance. road pavement, in general, uses materials that are still fairly common. this study uses a fine aggregate of crushed concrete specimens. the method used is an experiment on the addition of concrete test specimens with percentages of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, and 50%. marshall method which is the basis for calculating the stability value and flow. the results of 5 marshall test samples of asphalt concrete mix utilizing concrete waste obtained the characteristics of the average value of the study that all had met highways' requirements at a vma value of 18.22%, a value of 4.22 vim.%, vfb value 75.04%, stability value 4806 kg, flow value 3.24 mm, and marshall quotient (mq) value 14958.1 kg / mm. keywords: marshall method, laston, concrete test wastes introduction the road is a land transportation infrastructure, which is a supplementary building for traffic movement.(hasan et al., 2020) in general, ways are below and above ground and water levels. (government regulation no. 34 of 2006 concerning roads).(syaifuddin dan hasilani, 2013) the material to be used must meet the characteristics of flexibility, stability, durability, and water resistance.(gunarto, 2019) concrete asphalt layer is a cover for road pavement construction with structural value first developed in america by the asphalt institute under the name asphalt concrete (ac).(borges cabrera et al., 2017) according to the public works department of bina marga, this mixture consists of continuous gradation aggregates with hard asphalt, mixed, spread, and compacted in hot conditions at a specific temperature.(widojoko & purnamasari, 2012) the mixing temperature is determined based on the type of asphalt to be used.(ziari et al., 2019) whereas what is meant by continuous gradation is a composition that shows an even distribution of grains ranging from the most significant size to the smallest size.(dalhat et al., 2020) asphalt concrete with continuous gradation mixture has a composition consisting of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, mineral filler (filler), and asphalt (bitumen) as a binder.(zhou et al., 2019) in general, the use of asphalt pavement composition is 4-10% based on the mixture's total weight. natural aggregate is one of the main elements of asphalt mixture, base lane, and subbase of highways, airports, walkways, and parking lots.(nwakaire et al., 2020) it is also an equally important material for portland cement concrete mixtures used in rigid pavement construction, buildings, industrial facilities, and land structures.(arabani & mirabdolazimi, 2011) aggregates and their fractions processed thus become essential industrial commodities for the construction sector. natural aggregates are the main ingredient in a mixture of asphalt mailto:sumargono@unik-kediri.ac.id 79 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 concrete and cement portland.(gunarto & candra, 2019) concrete waste of test specimens derived from sample specs can be used in asphalt mixtures to eliminate potential problems arising from disposing of materials and saving natural aggregate resources.(fanani et al., 2017) this study uses a revised standard marshall design method to prepare specimens that meet the minimum size and aspect ratio requirements in uniaxial testing.(utama, 2005) the use of recycled concrete aggregates in highway construction, i.e., as an aggregate of asphalt mixture or portland cement mixture, is one way to reduce the need for natural aggregate because of its considerable economic and environmental benefits.(firdaus, 2010) uniaxial testing of laboratory specimens is useful as a measure of the relevant mechanical properties of materials as specific geometric requirements.(manjunath et al., 2014) literature review 2.1. asphalt asphalt or bitumen is a brown-black material that is viscoelastic. it will soften and melt if it gets enough heating and vice versa.(lv et al., 2018) mixing temperature is determined based on the type of asphalt to be used. if asphalt concrete, the mixing temperature is generally between 145 ° c and 155 ° c, so hot asphalt is called a concrete mixture.(ahmedzade et al., 2007) this mixture is better known as a hot-mix.(alenezi et al., 2018) the dominant properties of asphalt concrete are more desirable and will determine the type of asphalt concrete chosen.(gupta & bellary, 2018) it is vital when designing the sidewall thickness. road classifications that serve light traffic must give preference to asphalt concrete types with high durability and flexibility(javilla et al., 2017). the initial optimum estimation of asphalt content estimates the optimal asphalt content, according to the data specifications of the trial results and errors and based on the mixing value.(anwar, 2016) 2.2. aggregate aggregate is the main component of a road pavement structure that is 90-95% aggregate based on the percentage of weight, or 75-85% aggregate based on volume.(jitsangiam et al., 2013) thus, the quality of the pavement specified by the aggregate properties and the aggregate yield of other ingredients. a total is a collective collection of mineral materials such as sand, gravel, and broken rock. 2.3. rough aggregate the coarse aggregate fraction for the design is the aggregate held by filter no. 8 (2.36 mm). it must be clean, hard, durable, and free of clays or other undesirable material.(liu et al., 2018) table 1. rough aggregate provisions for asphalt concrete mixture checking type standard conditions max / min abrasion with los angeles machines sni 03-3407-1994 maks. 12% brasion with a los angeles machine sni 03-2417-1991 maks. 40% ggregate adhesiveness to bitumen sni 03-2439-1991 min. 95% 80 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 angularity sni 03-6887-2002 95/90(*) flat and oblong particles sni t-01-2005 maks. 10% material escaped sieve no.200 sni 03-4142-1996 maks. 1% sources: rough aggregate testing 2.4. fine aggregate fine aggregates are aggregates that pass filter no. 8 (2.38 mm). (candra et al., 2020) fine aggregates consist of natural sand, artificial sand, slag sand, or a combination of these materials. fine aggregates must be clean, dry, secure, and free of clays and materials which interfere and consist of granules with sharp angles and a gauze surface.(loaiza & colorado, 2018) table 2. excellent aggregate provisions for asphalt concrete mixture checking type standard conditions max / min sand equivalent value sni 03-4428-1997 maks. 50% material escaped sieve no.200 sni 03-4142-1996 maks. 8% angularity sni 03-6877-2002 maks. 45% sources: fine aggregate testing 2.5. concrete waste test objects waste is a material from the production process that can no longer. while the concrete test object waste is a real sample that is no longer in use.(gunarto & candra, 2019)(moropoulou et al., 2001) the concrete debris used in this study came from the civil engineering laboratory of kadiri university 2.6. marshall testing this marshal test aims to determine the stability and stability of the asphalt mixture following sni 06-2489-1991. before being tested, the specimens were put in a water bath at 60 ± 1 ° c for 30 minutes.(zhou et al., 2019) then the samples are removed from the sink and placed in a marshall testing machine for further testing.(nwakaire et al., 2020) method in this study, an experimental program finds the vulnerability of asphalt concrete samples using concrete specimen waste as a fine aggregate using revised marshall procedures.(gyan & univeristy, 2018) aspect ratio. laboratory mixtures are prepared on various gradations and asphalt content to determine the number of punch designs needed for the revised marshall procedure.(article & donner, 2011) in the second phase, the specimen. after all the results of testing the physical properties of the material and by the specifications, then the planning of making test specimens and testing marshall. the real experimental method true-experimental research in this study with experiments in the civil engineering laboratory kadiri university 81 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 3.1 tools used the equipment used in this study are as follows: 1. a set of sieves to grade fine aggregates and coarse aggregates. 2. asphalt/ductility test. 3. los angeles aggregate/machine test tool (abrasion test) 4. dryers are ovens. 5. digital scales 6. specific gravity test equipment. 7. marshall press. 8. machine for printing cylindrical specimens with a diameter of 4 inches (10.16) with 3 inches (7.5). 9. marshall automatic compactor. 10. ejector 11. water bath 3.2 material used • rough aggregates/coral • fine aggregate/sand is. • filler / pc cement • oil asphalt or bitumen • concrete test object waste 3.3 research phase the research stages will be conducted from the beginning to the end, as explained as follows: 1. preparation. for preparing the material, check the tools to be used—preparation of materials such as asphalt, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, filler. 2. material testing • coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, and filler aggregate testing is needed as a filler in asphalt mixtures with gradation compositions following gradations used that meet existing specifications. coarse and fine aggregates must filter analysis tested, specific gravity, absorption, and filler. the material used is limestone ash, with a level of use of 4% on each test object. the following are the standard provisions for aggregate inspection. • asphalt. asphalt testing by conducting penetration tests, softening points, ductility, specific gravity, and weight loss 82 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 results and discussion 4.1 marshall's electrical test results. in this marshall test there is a mixture of the addition of concrete specimen’s waste as a fine aggregate with a percentage of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, the results of the marshall test can be seen in table 4. table 4. results of marshall characteristics test for all parameters taken average no test objects vma vim vfb stability flow mq concrete % % % kg mm kg/mm 1 10% 17,79 3,21 71,49 3847 3,16 1208,4 2 20% 18,12 4,52 74,22 4262 3,23 1387,3 3 30% 18,37 5,27 76,72 4956 3,25 1390,5 4 40% 18,39 4,78 75,81 5438 3,29 1632,4 5 50% 18,47 3,36 76,78 5553 3,30 1672,1 average 18,22 4,22 75,04 4806 3,24 14958,1 specification >15% 3-5% >65 % >800 kg 2-4 mm min 250 sources: marshall testing results from the results of testing the characteristics of the table the highest vma value is found in the percentage of concrete waste mixture 50% with a value of 18.47% and the lowest value in the percentage of concrete specimens waste mixture 30% with a value of 17.79%, for the highest vim value is in the percentage of concrete specimens waste mixture 30% with a value of 5.27% and the lowest value is in the percentage of concrete specimens waste mixture 10 %% with a value of 3.21%, for the highest vfb value, it is found in the percentage of the mixture of the concrete specimen waste 50% with a value of 79.78%, and the value is in the percentage of the concrete specimen mixture 10% with a value of 71.49%, for the highest stability value is found in the percentage of concrete test object waste mixture 50% with a stability value of 5555kg, and for the lowest value stability is in the percentage of concrete mixture test object waste 10% with a value of 3847 kg, for the highest flow value is the percentage of the mixture of concrete specimens waste 50% with a value of 3.24 and the lowest value is found in the percentage of the concrete specimens waste mixture 10%, with a value of 3.16mm, for the highest mq value contained in the percentage of concrete specimens waste mixture 50% with the value of 1672.1 kg / mm and the lowest value was found in the percentage of the mixture of the waste of the concrete specimen 10% with a value of 1208.4 kg / mm. 4.2 concrete mixture at vma value based on the 2010 general specifications, revision 3, division 6 on asphalt pavement requires the highest vma value in the percentage of demolished concrete specimens 50% with a value of 18.47% greater compared with more vma values in the 10% concrete specimen waste 83 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 packaging of 17.79%. while the mixture of 20%, 30%, and 40% of each vma value is 18.12%, 18.37%, and 18.39%. figure 4.2. vma value graph 4.3 concrete mixture at vim value based on the 2010 bina marga general specifications, revision 3, division 6 on asphalt pavement requires that the vim value in the asphalt concrete mix specimen waste 30%, must be higher than 5.27 % of the vim value of percentage10% of waste valued at 3.21%. whereas the mixture of 20%, 40%, and 50% of each vim value was 4.52%, 4.78%, and 3.36%. figure 4.3. vim value graph 4.4 concrete mixture at vfb value based on the 2010 general specifications, revision 3, division 6 on asphalt pavement. the volumetric test results of asphalt mixture using a mixture of concrete specimens as fine aggregate as a binder in the form of vfb parameters showed values of 71.49%, 74.22%, 76.72%, 75.81%, 76.78%, for each each has a mixed percentage of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, and 50% and all the mixtures meet the 2010 general specifications, revision 3, division 6 regarding asphalt pavement 17,79 18,12 18,37 18,39 18,47 17,4 17,6 17,8 18 18,2 18,4 18,6 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% vm a (% ) waste concrete test objects vma 3,21 4,52 5,27 4,78 3,36 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% vi m (% ) waste concrete test objects vma 84 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 figure 4.4. vfb value graph 4.5 concrete mixture at stability the test results' stability value almost meets the specifications of bina marga, revision 3, 2010.the highest stability value in the mixture of 50% concrete waste is 5,553 kg. the lowest stability value is in 10% of concrete specimen waste with a stability value of 3847 kg. and all levels of the mixture meet the 2010 general specifications, revision 3, division 6 on asphalt pavement figure 4.5. stability value graph 4.6 concrete mixture at flow value based on the flow values obtained already meet the specifications set by bina marga, which is 2 mm to 4 mm. the flow value in the concrete mixture waste mixture is 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, and the highest flow value in the 50% tile mix is 3.30 mm. in comparison, the lowest flow value in the mixture of the test object waste 10% concrete, with a value of 3.16mm. 71,49 74,22 76,72 75,81 76,78 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% vf b (% ) waste concrete test objects vfb 3847 4262 4956 5438 5553 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% st a bi li ty (k g) waste concrete test objects stability 85 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 figure 4.6. flow value graph 4.7 concrete mixture at mq value based on the mq test results, the lowest mq value is in the mixture of concrete specimens at a 10% percentage of 1208.4 kg / mm. the highest mq value in the mixture of concrete specimens with 50% percentage of 1672.1 kg / mm, and the respective percentages of 20%, 30%, and 40% are 1387.3 kg / mm, 1390.5 kg / mm, and 1632.4 kg / mm. the low mq value in the percentage of 10% of concrete specimens waste. figure 4.7. mq value graph conclusions the use of five samples of concrete waste with an average rating below 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% by marshall method shows vim, vma, vfb, stability value, flow, and mq meet the requirements of bina marga: 1. average vim value: 4.22% 2. average vma value: 18.22% 3. average vfb value: 75.04% 4. average stability value: 4806 kg 5. average flow value: 3.24 mm 6. average mq value: 14958.1 kg / mm 3,16 3,23 3,25 3,29 3,30 3,05 3,1 3,15 3,2 3,25 3,3 3,35 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% fl o w (m m ) waste concrete test objects flow 1208,4 1387,3 1390,5 1632,4 1672,1 0,0 500,0 1000,0 1500,0 2000,0 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% m q (k g/ m m ) waste concrete test objects mq 86 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 references ahmedzade, p., tigdemir, m., & kalyoncuoglu, s. f. (2007). laboratory investigation of the properties of asphalt concrete mixtures modified with top-sbs. construction and building materials, 21(3), 626– 633. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2005.12.003 alenezi, t., dawson, a., garcia, a., & dawson, a. (2018). amount of words with figures and tables are : 5832. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.11.297 anwar, s. k. w. (2016). experimental investigations on marshall and modified marshall specimens by using neat bitumen. international journal of civil engineering and technology, 7(5), 409–419. arabani, m., & mirabdolazimi, s. m. (2011). experimental investigation of the fatigue behaviour of asphalt concrete mixtures containing waste iron powder. materials science and engineering a, 528(10–11), 3866–3870. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2011.01.099 article, r., & donner, r. v. (2011). urban road networks – spatial networks with universal geometric features ? a case study on germany ’ s largest cities. 577, 563–564. https://doi.org/10.1140/epjb/e2011-10889-3 borges cabrera, m., satomi, t., & takahashi, h. (2017). study on recycling of waste asphalt blocks containing roadbed materials using new screenless separation equipment with a vibration device. international journal of pavement research and technology, 10(3), 228–244. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijprt.2017.01.006 dalhat, m. a., osman, s. a., alhuraish, a. a. a., almarshad, f. k., qarwan, s. a., & adesina, a. y. (2020). chicken feather fiber modified hot mix asphalt concrete: rutting performance, durability, mechanical and volumetric properties. construction and building materials, 239, 117849. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2019.117849 fanani, a., budi, s., liem, f. n., alokabel, k., & toelle, f. (2017). terhadap nilai stabilitas pada campuran aspal beton ( hrs-wc ) terhadap karakteristik uji marshall. 2(1), 54–63. firdaus, z. (2010). parameter marshall beton aspal ac-wc menggunakan material daur ulang ( studi kasus : bongkaran jalan simpang dama kabupaten aceh utara ). gunarto, a. (2019). penelitian campuran aspal beton dengan menggunakan filler bunga pinus. ukarst, 3(1), 37. https://doi.org/10.30737/ukarst.v3i1.351 gunarto, a., & candra, a. i. (2019). penelitian campuran aspal beton dengan menggunakan filler bunga pinus. 3(1), 45–53. gupta, l., & bellary, a. (2018). sciencedirect comparative study on the behavior of bituminous concrete mix and warm mix asphalt prepared using lime and zycotherm as additive. materials today: proceedings, 5(1), 2074–2081. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2017.09.203 gyan, s., & univeristy, v. (2018). a study of marshall properties of bituminous concrete by using marshall hammer at 75 blows. june. hasan, u., whyte, a., & al jassmi, h. (2020). life cycle assessment of roadworks in united arab emirates: recycled construction waste, reclaimed asphalt pavement, warm-mix asphalt and blast furnace slag use against traditional approach. journal of cleaner production, 257, 120531. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.120531 javilla, b., fang, h., mo, l., shu, b., & wu, s. (2017). test evaluation of rutting performance indicators of asphalt mixtures. construction and building materials, 155, 1215–1223. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.07.164 jitsangiam, p., chindaprasirt, p., & nikraz, h. (2013). an evaluation of the suitability of superpave and marshall asphalt mix designs as they relate to thailand’s climatic conditions. construction and building materials, 40, 961–970. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2012.11.011 liu, p., xu, h., wang, d., wang, c., schulze, c., & oeser, m. (2018). comparison of mechanical responses of asphalt mixtures manufactured by different compaction methods. construction and building materials, 162, 765–780. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.12.082 loaiza, a., & colorado, h. a. (2018). marshall stability and flow tests for asphalt concrete containing electric arc furnace dust waste with high zno contents from the steel making process. construction and building materials, 166, 769–778. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.02.012 lv, j., zhancheng, x., yingmei, y., jiantong, z., xiaolong, s., & chuanhai, w. (2018). comparison of asphalt mixtures designed using the marshall and improved gtm methods. advances in materials science 87 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 and engineering, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1155/2018/7328791 manjunath, k. r., n, d. k., & thippeswamy, g. s. (2014). performance and evaluation on marshall stability properties of warm mix asphalt using evotherm and cecabase rt ® -a chemical additive. 12(8), 406–410. moropoulou, a., bakolas, a., & aggelakopoulou, e. (2001). the effects of limestone characteristics and calcination temperature to the reactivity of the quicklime. 31. nwakaire, c. m., yap, s. p., yuen, c. w., onn, c. c., koting, s., & babalghaith, a. m. (2020). laboratory study on recycled concrete aggregate based asphalt mixtures for sustainable flexible pavement surfacing. journal of cleaner production, 262, 121462. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.121462 syaifuddin dan hasilani. (2013). analisa parameter marshall aspal beton ac-wc dengan menggunakan campuran retona blend 55 dan aspal pen 60/70. jurnal portal,issn 2085-7454, volume 5 n(9), 1689–1699. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9781107415324.004 utama, d. (2005). pengaruh gradasi agregat terhadap kedalaman alur roda pada campuran beton aspal panas. jurnal transportasi, 5(1), 87–98. widojoko, l., & purnamasari, p. e. (2012). study the use of cement and plastic bottle waste as ingredient added to the asphaltic concrete wearing course. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 43, 832–841. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.04.158 zhou, j., zeng, m., chen, y., & zhong, m. (2019). evaluation of cement stabilized recycled concrete aggregates treated with waste oil and asphalt emulsion. construction and building materials, 199, 143–153. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.12.028 ziari, h., nasiri, e., amini, a., & ferdosian, o. (2019). the effect of eaf dust and waste pvc on moisture sensitivity, rutting resistance, and fatigue performance of asphalt binders and mixtures. construction and building materials, 203, 188–200. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2019.01.101 © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). introduction method in this study, an experimental program finds the vulnerability of asphalt concrete samples using concrete specimen waste as a fine aggregate using revised marshall procedures.(gyan & univeristy, 2018) aspect ratio. laboratory mixtures are prepared on ... based on the 2010 general specifications, revision 3, division 6 on asphalt pavement. the volumetric test results of asphalt mixture using a mixture of concrete specimens as fine aggregate as a binder in the form of vfb parameters showed values of 71.... the test results' stability value almost meets the specifications of bina marga, revision 3, 2010.the highest stability value in the mixture of 50% concrete waste is 5,553 kg. the lowest stability value is in 10% of concrete specimen waste with a stab... figure 4.7. mq value graph conclusions references 9 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 community service programs for serundeng and marine fish chili crafts community with local expertise to encourage entrepreneurial innovation and competitiveness in kenjeran, surabaya suhud wahyudi1, basuki widodo2, soehardjoepri3, kamiran4, nur asiyah5, muslichah erma widiana6*, meidyta sinantryana widyaswari7 1,2,3,4,5 faculty of mathematics, computation, and data science, institut teknologi sepuluh nopember 6 faculty of business and economic, bhayangkara university 7 faculty of medical, nahdlatul ulama university erma@ubhara.ac.id6* abstract: community service programs based on science and technology as a medium for mentoring prospective entrepreneurs in rangkah district. tambak sari kenjeran surabaya, east java. as partners are craftsmen of various srundeng and sambal and young people who have connections as entrepreneurs from various groups in the target areas of the activity. the problem faced is that all this time the roasting process of srundeng and sambal sprinkles uses the conventional method, namely by using a frying pan that contains oil so it is unhealthy because it causes cholesterol and easily changes aroma. in carrying out the business activities of making srundeng and sambal sprinkled with sea fish, partners have not applied science and technology as well as potential entrepreneur partners. many young people from various backgrounds in rangkah kenjeran surabaya which has links as entrepreneurs but no one has yet facilitated assistance. as a solution for this community service program is to use a roaster with a capacity of 15kg / hour with dimensions specifications: 133x63x110cm, fuel: lpq, 450watt electricity, 220v, to increase production capacity. second, given training in mentoring concept knowledge and understanding of socio-spiritual and technological insight into marketing activities. furthermore, providing training on creativity and innovation in the manufacture of products from marine fish from the kenjeran coastal area to activity partners. the methods of implementation are (1) design, build, maintenance and use of roaster machines (2) training, practice, and assistance to increase conceptual competence and understanding of social and spiritual marketing for partners. (3) training, practice, and mentoring transmit the mindset and behavior of an entrepreneur to students so that they behave and be entrepreneurial for partners. the results of this activity show a positive impact in improving the quality of partner products and increasing understanding, especially in entrepreneurship in improving their business going forward. keywords: entrepreneurship; community service; community empowerment introduction entrepreneurship education is a planned and applicable effort to increase the knowledge, intention / intention and competence of students to develop their potential by manifesting themselves in creative, innovative and risk-management behavior (ade suyitno 2013). at this time the economic sector is more directed by issuing supportive policies, such as law no. 3 article 3 of 2014 concerning industry to realize the national industry as a pillar and driver of the national economy (gumelar, pratiwi, riyanto, 2015). for this reason, industrialization must prioritize efficiency, added value that has market competitiveness, and continue to develop as many people as possible who participate in industrial activities in the regions down to the rural level (tan 2007). industrial development at this time does not only depend on large-scale industry, but also has begun to pay attention to the role of small industries. small industry is the main pillar in regional economic development. on the side of the existence of small industries, it is the business sector on which the workforce relies on in indonesia. the development of mailto:erma@ubhara.ac.id 10 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 small and household industries is more effective because in addition to expanding employment and business opportunities it can also encourage regional and rural development in indonesia (wicaksono, 2014). one of mitra1's micro activities in the kenjeran sea no. 252 rt / rw 007-001 rangkah tambaksari surabaya, east java, namely the manufacture of srundeng from marine fish, led by achmad ainur rofik so far in producing srundeng and sambal sprinkles using raw materials originating from the kenjeran coastal area, namely tuna. it is a form of processing innovation from tuna so that the selling value is higher by processing it into srundeng. as well as an alternative choice of consumers / fans of tuna with different processing. it is undeniable that the benefits of tuna for health are very numerous considering the very large nutritional content in it. as an archipelagic country, indonesia has various types of marine products such as tuna, which should be enjoyed by all indonesian citizens. this is what minister susi has often said, indonesian citizens to always consume marine fish. . srundeng innovations and creations can be made for various materials according to taste. the tool for frying partner 1 still uses a simple tool, namely a frying pan so that it is ineffective and efficient, the oil content still sticks so that when it is packed, it looks oil. besides that, srundeng which contains odorless oil and contains saturated oil that causes cholesterol. so that this service is offered the use of a ttg fryer / spiner for high productivity. mitra 2 are young people who have links as entrepreneurs from various circles in the rangkah tambak sari kenjeran surabaya-east java. who has often come to partner place of business to discuss activities to open a business. sometimes during production times, many young people see and help get involved in the production process. the establishment of this business began with friendship and friendship during their education at the indonesian business school. while waiting to get a job they tried to practice the knowledge gained during their education. the business premises are located in two cities, namely surabaya and gresik. the making of serundeng is inspired by the original specialties of our ancestors which are made of abundant ingredients from sabang to merauke. people know the name serundeng, which is made from coconut oil flavored with spices. by roasting over low heat. in the past, serundeng only made from coconut, here we try to collaborate with seafood fish, such as: ebi, tuna, and others. from this activity, it is able to assist partners in accelerating the production process, which previously took 3 days manually, can be shortened to 1 day through the help of production equipment. then in terms of marketing development it is supported by information technology and assistance in its utilization so that it can reach the national market. as well as developing partner potential in entrepreneurial behavior and responding to future challenges literature review micro, small and medium enterprises (smes) seeing the scale of their business, srundeng craftsmen can be categorized as small and household industries. the definition of small and household industries follows the definition of msmes based on law no. 20 of 2008 article 6 (uu no 20, 2008). micro enterprises are business entities that have a net worth of not more than rp.50,000,000.00 (fifty million rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; or have annual sales proceeds of not more than rp. 300,000,000.00 (three hundred million rupiah). small business is a business entity that has a net worth of more than rp.50,000,000.00 (fifty million rupiah) up to a maximum of rp.500,000,000.00 (five hundred million rupiah); does not include land and buildings where the business is carried out; or have annual sales proceeds of more than rp. 300,000,000.00 (three hundred million rupiah) up to a maximum of rp. 2,500,000,000.00 (two billion and five hundred million rupiah). mujiyadi and gunawan (2007: 34) say that there are several steps in empowering the poor: 1. community empowerment is a prerequisite for poverty reduction efforts. the concrete step is to increase people's critical awareness of their position in the socio-political structure in which these poor people live. 2. efforts to break the exploitative relationship with the poor. this means allowing the critical awareness of the poor to emerge to carry out reorganization in order to increase work productivity and quality of life. 3. instill a sense of togetherness (egalitarian) and provide an image that poverty is not destiny but as an incarnation of social construction. 4. realizing the formulation of development by fully involving the poor. 11 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 5. the need for social and cultural development for the poor 6. the need for a more equitable redistribution of development infrastructure. local wisdom of the kenjeran coastal area in general, the meaning of local wisdom is ideas, values or views from a place that has a wise and good value character which is followed and believed by the people in that place and has been followed from generation to generation. local wisdom has several characteristics, namely: 1. have the ability to control. 2. is a fortress to withstand the influence of outside culture. 3. having the ability to accommodate outside cultures. 4. have the ability to give direction to cultural development. 5. having the ability to integrate or unite external cultures and indigenous cultures. local wisdom is explicit knowledge that emerges from a long period of time and co-evolves with the community and environment in the area based on what has been experienced. so it can be said, local wisdom in each region varies depending on the environment and the needs of life. community economic empowerment based on local wisdom efforts to encourage stakeholder participation in social development can be done through: (1) reorientation of the bureaucracy towards effective relations with the community through a community network coalition; (2) increased sense of responsibility where people develop themselves, awareness of understanding their needs, problems, abilities and potentials; and (3) facilitate communication between various local stakeholders. it is necessary to apply the guiding principle, namely coming to the people, living with the people, learning from the people, planning and collaborating with the people, starting with being known by the people, building and developing, teaching by example, introducing patterns not showing off, showing the system not creating obstacles, harmonizing perceptions, changing creative patterns, and provide creative freedom (moeljarto, 1991). the concept of people-centered development with a focus on community empowerment is a strategic approach, in which creative initiatives from the people form the basis of development policies. building community welfare needs to involve the people in the process so that policy makers understand carefully the real problem. key success factors are: (1) commitment to policy makers; (2) the ability of the facilitator to assist the community; (3) the environment supports mutual change; and (4) there is a guarantee for change and study results as a source or reference in making policies. interventions are needed in strengthening and understanding the community to identify and develop certain sectors through a participatory approach. this can help the community to know and understand the resource management process, so that the implementation of development programs becomes more sustainable (moeljarto, 1991). based on the information technology-based relational marketing model, a more targeted local wisdom-based community economic empowerment can be implemented, so that the goals and objectives of development that take place in the regions can be achieved, namely: 1. the implementation of efforts to accelerate local economic development through the involvement of the government, business community, local communities and civil society organizations in a participatory process. 2. developed and developed strategic partnerships and alliances in an effort to accelerate local economic development among stakeholders in a synergistic manner 3. development of economic facilities and infrastructure that support efforts to accelerate local economic development. 4. the realization of the development and growth of smes in an economical and sustainable manner. 5. the realization of an increase in people's income, reduced unemployment, a decrease in the level of poverty. 6. the realization of increased equity among community groups, between sectors and between regions. 7. the creation of resilience and economic independence of local communities. 12 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 social marketing concept the social marketing concept as illustrated in figure 1 is a marketer concept that must be realized in smes and marketers in general. the three scopes of the concept of social marketing can each be explained as follows: strategic entrepreneurship is focused on efforts to develop a corporate-oriented business culture, as entrepreneurial marketers expect profits. operational consumers are more focused on the company's ways of dealing with customers, to marketers consumers must meet their expectations of satisfaction. the community is focused on the ways the company deals with the community around the business, the marketer must be able to meet their expectations of welfare. community (welfare) marketers (benefits) consumers (satisfaction) figure 1. social marketing concept triangle methods based on the agreement between the service team and partner 1, namely achmad ainur rofik as the owner and craftsman of aneka srundeng and kenjeran sea fish sambal no. 252 rt / rw 007001 rangkah tambaksari surabaya, east java. partners (2) young people who have links as entrepreneurs from various circles in the rangkah-kec village. tambak sari-kenjeran surabaya-east java., then the justification of the agreed priority issues to be resolved during the implementation of the service program is illustrated below: a) designing (engineering), training, practice and usage assistance (including maintenance and maintenance / troubleshooting) the use of a roasting machine with a capacity of 15kg / hour.dimension specifications: 133x63x110cm, fuel: lpq, 450watt electricity, 220v, material: stainless steel for partners 1 training involves partners 2. b) practical skills training, and assistance in updating of knowledge and information on conceptual knowledge and understanding of socio-spiritual marketing and technological understanding in carrying out e-commerce marketing activities. c) practical skills training, and mentoring for training, practice, and mentoring transmits the mindset and behavior of an entrepreneur to students so that they behave and be entrepreneurial for partners 1 and partners 2. activities that show steps to solve the problems agreed upon between the service team and partners are as follows: preliminary visits to partners i and ii preparations include: 1. conduct initial communication about planned activities between the implementing team and the two partners. 2. determine the schedule for the implementation of activities that have been mutually agreed upon between the implementing team and the two partners with guidance according to the schedule from its. 3. determine and discuss the types of partner participation to support each activity proposed by the community service implementation team. 4. improving the production process to improve the quality of results using technology by doing design (engineering), training, practice, and assistance. 5. conduct training, practice, and assistance, so that they have the capability of human resources (hr) to update knowledge and information on conceptual knowledge and understanding of socio-spiritual and technological insight into marketing in e-commerce marketing activities. 13 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 6. conduct training, practice, and assistance to young people who have links as entrepreneurs from various circles in the rangkah-kec village. tambak sari-kenjeran surabaya-east java. results of all the activities, the team and partners are still focused on achieving good synergy until in the end it takes 2 (two) months to be able to start mentoring activities in partner locations. thus, the process that has begun to take shape needs to be followed up that is faster than the scheduled time. these activities include: preliminary visits to partners i and ii preparations include: a) conduct initial communication about planned activities between the implementing team and the two partners. determine the schedule for the implementation of activities that have been mutually agreed upon between the implementation team and the two partners with guidance according to the schedule from its. determine and discuss the types of partner participation to support each activity proposed by the community service implementation team. this activity has gone according to plan. b) improving the production process to improve the quality of results using technology by doing design (engineering), training, practice, and assistance of spinning machines. so that in the implementation of production it is more efficient for production, it does not change quickly and is durable. this activity has been carried out with the help of a spinning machine. c) conduct training, practice, and assistance in the preparation of a business plan as a form of preparation for a professional business. the business plan serves to design the initial business strategy and plan. a business will be difficult to develop if it is run without a business plan or plan. for this reason, it is very important for an entrepreneur to compile a business plan so that the business they are engaged in is more focused and oriented correctly and can achieve success. d) finding sources of funds from a business plan that has been prepared is useful for bringing in parties such as investors, banks or others who will help run the business. this means that the business plan that has been made can become a kind of proposal or complement to the proposal that will help get business capital. e) business plans can also be used to predict the future of the business that you are running. because, when compiling a business plan, you will see a short, medium and long term picture for the business to be run. business plans can also increase the level of business that is being run. a well-prepared business plan and design will create a special passion for business people to run their business. figure 2. documentation of activities with serundeng sme partners and technology transfer conclusions with the implementation of this service activity, it can be concluded that: the 10 november surabaya institute of technology can carry out its functions in accordance with the tri dharma of higher education, namely community service which is an activity in contributing thoughts to national development in general. as well as the management of srundeng production, it is hoped that later it will use appropriate technology, namely the oil dropper / spinner machine which has external benefits. so that the results 14 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 of the production of the oil content can be 0.05%, which means that with minimal oil content, the production results do not smell / rancid / change taste and color even without preservatives. thus, increasing the quality of srundeng products has an impact on business productivity, so the economic level of the partners will gradually increase as well. meanwhile, the partner group will be assisted in solving the problem of improving the quality of their human resources in the field of marketing management, namely making a business plan which is the identity of a business and its sales and marketing training using technology. as a sustainability aspect, it is necessary to strive for the results of training on management functions, namely planning, organizing, actuating, controlling and operational management functions, namely human resource management, marketing management, financial management, information management, production management properly and correctly implemented because it will be very beneficial for improvement of business quality. acknowledgments: the author would like to thank the institute for research and community service sepuluh nopember institute of technology because this service can be carried out with its local funds through community service programs. conflicts of interest: there is none conflicts of interest between the author or regarding the partnership of this community services. references dumairy. 1996. perekonomian indonesia. jakarta: erlangga. mujiyadi, b. dan gunawan. 2007. pemberdayaan masyarakat, jakarta: balitbang depsos republik indonesia. rogers, everett m. 2003. diffusion of innovations, 5th ed. new york: free press. a division of macmillan publishing co inc. rose, janelle and fogarty, gerard, 2006. determinants of perceived usefulness and perceived of easy of use in the technology acceptance model : senior consumers adoption of self service banking technologies, academy of world business, marketing & management development, conference proceedings, volume 2 no 10, july 2006. suryawinata, b.,2006, perencanaan, pembuatan dan pengujian mesin pengupas kulit ari kacang kedelai. jurusan teknik mesin fakultas teknologi industri, universitas kristen petra, surabaya. suseno, t.w, sulistyo, firma dan desembriarto, dionysius. 2005. reposisi usaha mikro kecil dan menengah dalam perekonomian nasional. yogjakarta: universitas sanata dharma. suyitno, ade. 2013. paper pendidikan kewirausahaan: teori dan praktik.mahasiswa universitas pendidikan indonesia. bandung. tan, firwan. 2007. arah dan pembinaan serta pengembangan usaha kecil dan menengah dalam era globalisasi. jurnal ekonomi. tracey s. dagger and timothy k. o’brien, 2010. does experience matter? differences in relationship benefits, satisfaction, trust, commitment and loyalty for novice and experienced service users, european journal of marketing, vol. 44 no. 9/10, 2010, pp. 1528-1552. thorsten, kevin p. gwinner and dwayne, gremler, 2002. understanding relationship marketing outcomes an integration of relational benefits and relationship quality, journal of service research, volume 4, no. 3, february, 230-247. undang-undang nomor 20 tahun 2008, tentang usaha mikro, kecil dan menengah (umkm). widiana, m.e, 2011. pengaruh perceived ease of use terhadap perceived usefulness, relational benefit dan marketing outcome konsumen produk batik pada umkm di jawatimur. 15 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 https://manfaat.co.id/manfaat-ikan-tuna www.hlimesin.com/jurnal-mesin/mesin-sangrai/ . 05 maret 2018. pk. 16.30 wib © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. https://manfaat.co.id/manfaat-ikan-tuna http://www.hlimesin.com/jurnal-mesin/mesin-sangrai/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ community service programs for serundeng and marine fish chili crafts community with local expertise to encourage entrepreneurial innovation and competitiveness in kenjeran, surabaya introduction literature review micro, small and medium enterprises (smes) seeing the scale of their business, srundeng craftsmen can be categorized as small and household industries. the definition of small and household industries follows the definition of msmes based on law no. 20 of 2008 article 6 (uu no 20, 2008). micro... mujiyadi and gunawan (2007: 34) say that there are several steps in empowering the poor: 1. community empowerment is a prerequisite for poverty reduction efforts. the concrete step is to increase people's critical awareness of their position in the socio-political structure in which these poor people live. 2. efforts to break the exploitative relationship with the poor. this means allowing the critical awareness of the poor to emerge to carry out reorganization in order to increase work productivity and quality of life. 3. instill a sense of togetherness (egalitarian) and provide an image that poverty is not destiny but as an incarnation of social construction. 4. realizing the formulation of development by fully involving the poor. 5. the need for social and cultural development for the poor 6. the need for a more equitable redistribution of development infrastructure. local wisdom of the kenjeran coastal area community economic empowerment based on local wisdom social marketing concept methods results conclusions references 48 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 comparative study of transportation mode selection in jakarta and surabaya city hermanto dwiatmoko1*, sri wiwoho mudjanarko2, ikhsan setiawan3, isradi muhammad4 1,4 university of mercu buana, 2,3university of narotama hermanto.dwiatmoko@mercubuana.ac.id abstract: the diversity of transportation modes that already exist today results in competition in the choice of modes, so that there are modes that are very much favored and used by travelers to achieve a destination. this study aims to observe the behavior of travelers who use public transportation buses with rail transportation in the city of jakarta and the city of surabaya in order to know the factors that influence travelers in making mode choices, in order to obtain a mode selection model that can explain the probability of travelers in choose the mode of urban transportation. for the city of jakarta, research was conducted on the hotel indonesia – blok m corridor, while in the city of surabaya the research was conducted on transportation from sidoarjo to surabaya. the research was conducted by distributing questionnaires and direct observations in the field, then processed by the binary logit method to obtain multiple regression equations that describe the relationship between variables. the results of the study indicate that people are more likely to choose the bus mode of transportation with consideration of cheaper costs and faster arrivals to their destination. the results of this study can be used by local governments and transportation providers to improve urban transportation services in the city of jakarta and the city of surabaya. keywords: public transportation, mode of transport, modal choice introduction transportation is an activity that cannot be separated in people's lives, because in the history of its development, humans have always moved from one place to another to meet the needs of life. thus, humans need a tool or means to carry out these activities which are called modes of transportation. based on the times, these modes have developed into three groups of modes, namely: land transport, sea transport and air transport, while the types of transportation services can be grouped into private transportation and public transportation. public transportation facilities are one of the supporting activities for the community in an area or city, because anyone can use it, both from the lower class to the upper class all can use it, but sometimes not a few people at large think that city public transportation is only used by people from the middle class. lower middle class, especially for those who do not have a private vehicle. however, it is possible that some upper class people also use it to avoid traffic jams on the road. seeing a situation like this, of course it can be understood that public transportation is very influential in the daily mobility of city people. the diversity of modes that have existed at this time has its own advantages and disadvantages. based on the strengths and weaknesses of each of the existing modes, as well as other factors such as service, comfort and security, these are the reasons why travelers choose to use these modes. one of the busiest corridors in jakarta is corridor 1 on the hotel indonesia (hi) route to blok m, where along this corridor are commercial areas, offices, government, services and community economic centers. corridor 1 of the hotel indonesia (hi) route to blok m is now available in two modes of transjakarta bus and mass rapid transit (mrt). after the operation of the mass rapid transit (mrt), the average transjakarta bus passengers increased, especially on the corridor route. the highest success achieved mailto:hermanto.dwiatmoko@mercubuana.ac.id 49 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 by transjakarta reached more than 700,000 passengers. the existence of these two modes is an attraction so that people have several alternative modes of transportation for travelers. with the existence of transportation modes that can accommodate passengers in large, integrated capacities, it can certainly help the mobility of residents in carrying out their daily routines. at least three mass rapid transit (mrt) stations and transjakarta bus stops have been integrated, namely at the hotel indonesia, dukuh atas, and lebak bulus. so that with this mode of transportation, it is expected that private vehicle users will start leaving their private vehicles to switch to public transportation. in urban areas, urban transportation is very helpful for people's mobility for their daily activities. various types of urban transportation that exist, both in the city of jakarta and the city of surabaya are the people's choice. two alternative modes of public transportation, namely bus transportation and rail transportation that can be chosen by service users with mode selection variables, both cost variables, travel time, and transportation frequency. method transportation system transportation system is all forms of ties and linkages between passengers, goods, infrastructure and facilities that interact in the context of the movement of people or goods, which are included in an arrangement, either naturally or artificially/engineered. the purpose of the transportation system is to achieve the optimum process of transportation of passengers and goods in a certain space and time, taking into account the factors of safety, comfort and smoothness, as well as time and cost efficiency. transportation systems are divided into macro transport systems and micro transport systems. transportation mode selection model the mode of transportation selection model aims to determine the proportion of people who will use each mode of transportation. this process is carried out with the intention of calculating the mode selection model by knowing the independent variables (attributes) that affect the mode selection. after the calculation, the model can be used to predict the choice of mode by using the value of the independent variable (attribute) for the future. tamin (2000:242) explains that the binary logit model is a model that can describe the distribution of trips with mode selection. rosyidi (2019: 286) states that the binary logit model is a travel distribution approach model that involves 2 modes of transportation. the binary logit model is modeled by the proportion of respondents choosing the mode and its variable factors. the binary logit model is divided into 2 types, namely the binary-difference logit model and the binary-ratio logit model. tamin (2000:246) explains that the binary-difference logit model is intended if the variable factor does not vary, while the binary-ratio logit model is intended if the variable factor varies. rosyidi (2019:291) describes the binary-difference logit modeling as follows: 1 1 1 1 2 2 ( ) 1 ( ) ( ) c c c e p e e α β α β α β − + − + − + = + ………………………………………………..……….…………(1) 1 1 1 loge p c p α β  − = − − ∆    ………………………………………………………....………………..(2) where : 1 1 1 logi e p y p  − =     …………………………………………………………….……………….……....(3) i ix c= ∆ ………………………………………………………………………….………..……….....(4) 50 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 from the non-linear equation can be solved by multiple regression analysis as follows: 1 1 2 2. . ... .z zy a b x b x b x= + + + + ………………………………………….…………………..(5) where : c = combine cost of each mode p = proportion of passengers choosing each mode (%) y = dependent variable a = regression constant b = regression coefficient x = independent variable logit binner equation will be : 1 1 2 1 1 p c c β α =   +     …………………………………………………………………...………………...(6) 1 1 1 2 1 p c p c β α  − =     …………………………………………………………………...…………………(7) 1 1 1 2 1 log log log p c p c α β  − = +     ………………………………………………..……… …………,,(8) 1 1 1 logi e p y p  − =     ……………………………………………………………….……………………..(9) 1 2 log i i i c x c   =     …………………………………………………….…………………………………(10) the non-linear equation can be solved by multiple regression analysis instead of simple linear regression. 1 1 2 2. . ... .z zy a b x b x b x= + + + + …………………………………………..……….…………(11) where, c = combine cost of each mode p = proportion of passengers choosing each mode (%) y = dependent variable a = regression constant b = regression coefficient x = independent variable result survey implementation the type of research used is quantitative research which is calculated using regression calculations because it aims to see the relationship between the travel agent's choice of response variables (y) to the variables of the difference in travel costs (x1), travel time (x2) and departure headway of each mode (x3). city of jakarta are travelers on the hotel indonesia (hi) blok m route 51 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 using the transjakarta bus and mass rapid transit (mrt) modes, while for the city of surabaya are travelers using trains and road transportation between sidoarjo surabaya. for sampling in this study, taken as many as 100 respondents both for the city of jakarta and the city of surabaya randomly. the survey results show that of the 100 respondents in jakarta who stated that they had used one mode, as many as 54% and those who stated that they had used both modes, 46%. for those in the city of surabaya, 58% stated that they had used one mode and 43% stated that they had used both modes. based on the gender characteristics of respondents in jakarta, 67% are male and 33% female, while in surabaya, 65% are male and 35% female. based on the age of respondents in jakarta aged 16-20 years as much as 10%, age 21-28 years as much as 70%, age 31-40 years as much as 13%, age 41-50 years as much as 5% and age over 50 years as much as 2% , while the age of respondents in surabaya aged 16-20 years as much as 5%, ages 21-28 years as many as 68%, ages 31-40 years as many as 20%, ages 41-50 years as much as 4% and ages over 50 years as many as 3%. based on the purpose of passenger travel in jakarta with the aim of business/work as much as 42%, education as much as 19%, tourism as much as 30%, family affairs 7% and others as much as 2%, while in surabaya which aims at business/work as much as 54%, education as much as 22 %, tourism as much as 15%, family affairs 5% and others as much as 4%. based on the income level of passengers in jakarta who have an income of less than rp. 3,000,000 as much as 55%, income rp. 3,000,000 – rp. 5,000,000 as much as 13%, income rp. 5,000,000 – rp. 8,000,000 as much as 27%, income more than rp. 8,000,000 as much as 5%, while in surabaya who have an income of less than rp. 3,000,000 as much as 64%, income rp. 3,000,000 rp. 5,000,000 as much as 25%, income rp. 5,000,000 – rp. 8,000,000 as much as 10%, income more than rp. 8,000,000 as much as 1%. considerations for the selection of transportation modes by service users are related to speed or travel time, ease of access to travel safety and security, cost (fare), and convenience. the results of a survey of 100 respondents in the city of jakarta and 100 respondents in the city of surabaya. from the survey results it can be concluded that the largest percentage for the characteristics of bus mode users in the reason for choosing the mode is the consideration of ease of access (accessibility) in the city of jakarta by 64% and in the city of surabaya by 60%. for users of the train mode, the largest percentage in the city of jakarta is the consideration of speed or travel time by 40% in the city of surabaya, which is 44%. stated preference technique is an approach to respondents to find out their response to different situations. each individual was asked about his opinion if they were faced with a given situation in 8 choices. data was collected using a questionnaire containing socio-economic characteristics, travel characteristics and questionnaires compiled using stated preference techniques with attributes of cost difference, travel time difference and departure frequency difference between buses and trains for 100 respondents who traveled from hotel indonesia to blok m in jakarta city and from purabaya terminal to porong terminal in surabaya city. in the questionnaire given, respondents are given a choice of a scale of 1-5, where a scale of 1 indicates a definite choice of bus, a scale of 2 indicates a possible choice of a bus, a scale of 3 indicates a balanced choice, a scale of 4 indicates a possible choice of train, and a scale of 5 indicates a definite choice of a train. then the results of the interview are analyzed descriptively and binomial logit. from the results of the survey that has been carried out, it is obtained that data with a qualitative scale in the form of a choice scale is transformed into a probability scale form then the data is then converted into a symmetrical scale, which will later become a utility scale that corresponds to the probability scale. 52 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 table 1. symmetric scale scale respond probability scale (p) utility ln� 0,9 1−0,9 � 1 definitely choose the bus 0,9 2,1972 2 maybe choose the bus 0,7 0,8473 3 balanced 0,5 0,0000 4 maybe choose the train 0,3 -0,8473 5 definitely choose the train 0,1 -2,1972 the next step is to perform a regression analysis to obtain the utility model. the symmetric scale will be the dependent variable while the independent variable is the difference between each attribute. by using linear regression, constants and coefficients will be obtained for each model so that the utility model can be stated: (ub – utv) = b0 + b1(∆x1) + b2(∆x2)……..+ bn(∆xn) where: pb = probability of using bus pt = probability of using train ub = bus mode of utility function ut = train of utility function b0 = constant b1, b2, ………….bn = coeficient parameter model. ∆x1, ∆x2, …… ∆xn = independent variable from the regression coefficients, the equation for the utility of travel costs is obtained as follows: (ubus – utrain) = 2.558 0.01904 δ x1 from the regression coefficients, the equation for the utility of travel time is obtained as follows: (ubus – utrain) = 3,179-0,212 ∆x2 from the regression coefficients, the equation for the utility of transport headway is obtained as follows: (ubus – utrain) = -1,726-0,314 ∆x3 reliability and validity test reliability test is a measurement that shows the extent to which the measurement is carried out without bias or error free. a questionnaire is said to be reliable if the cronbach's alpha value is > 0.60. it can be concluded that the questionnaire is reliable because 0.966 > 0.60. validity test is evidence that the instrument, technique, or process used to measure a statement actually measures the intended concept, this test aims to measure the validity of a statement item. a statement item is said to be valid if the corrected item total correlation (r count) is greater than r table. based on the value of r table, the value is 0.1666. all statements on the questionnaire used in the analysis to find the probability of mode selection are significant or pass the test using spss version 25, so no statements are changed or discarded. modal choice 1. jakarta city for the same ticket price, the probability of choosing the bus transjakarta is 0,513 or 51,3 % while the probability of choosing mrt jakarta is 0,487 or 48,7 % so that passengers will choose the bus 53 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 trans jakarta compare with the train. for the the difference travel time 5 minute with remain variable same, the probability of a bus transjakarta is 0.611 or 61,1% while the probability of mrt is 0.389 or 38,9 %. so that in conditions of 5 minute difference travel time, passengers will chose the bus transjakarta. for the same travel headway, the bus transjakarta probability is 0.613 or 61,3 % while the train probability is 38,7 %. so on the condition of the user will prefer choose the transjakarta. 2. surabaya city for the same ticket price, the difference in utility is 2,558. in this condition the probability of choosing the bus is 0.928 while the probability of choosing the train is 0.07 so that passengers will choose the bus over the train. for the same travel time, the difference in utility is 3,179. in this condition, the probability of a bus is 0.960 while the probability of a train is 0.040. so that in conditions of having the same travel time, passengers will chose the bus. for the same travel headway, the bus probability is 0.151 while the train probability is 0.750. so on the condition of the user will prefer choose the train. conclusions based on the results of the study, it can be concluded that for the selection of urban transportation modes, the attributes that need to be considered are transportation costs, travel time and headway. for the city of jakarta people tend to use transjakarta buses compared to mrt, this is possible because the passenger's destination location is far from the station so it requires public transportation other. for the city of surabaya with respect to these attributes, bus transportation is more favorite than train. references ben-akiva, m., & lerman, s. r. (1985). discrete choice analysis: theory and application to travel demand (transportation studies). the mit press; 1 edition. cambridge. djakfar, l., indriastuti, a. k., & nasution, a. s. b. (2010). studi karakteristik dan model pemilihan moda angkutan mahasiswa menuju kampus (sepeda motor atau angkutan umum) di kota malang. rekayasa sipil, 4(1), 37-51. djoeddawi, a. (2014). model pemilihan moda antara kereta api dan bus rute makassar–parepare dengan menggunakan metode stated preference (universitas brawijaya). indra, s. (2015). model pemilihan moda angkutan pribadi dan angkutan umum pada daerah rute transmusi koridor iv. pilar, 10(2). kakyarmabin, y. y., rompis, s. y., & longdong, j. (2019). model pemilihan moda angkutan bus dan taksi gelap rute kota manado–amurang. jurnal sipil statik, 7(7). miro, f. (2005). perencanaan transportasi untuk mahasiswa, perencana dan praktisi. erlangga : jakarta. morlok, edward k. (1991). pengantar teknik dan perencanaan transportasi. erlangga : jakarta. muhammad, r. (2011). analisa pemilihan moda transportasi untuk perjalanan kerja preferrence (studi kasus: bandung–jakarta). jurnal teknik sipil usu, 2(2). keputusan menteri perhubungan no km. 35 tahun 2003. penyelenggaraan angkutan orang di jalan dengan kendaraan umum. peraturan pemerintah republik indonesia no.74. (2014). angkutan jalan, presiden republik indonesia, jakarta. priyatno, duwi. (2010). teknik mudah dan cepat melakukan analisis data, penelitian dengan spss. yogyakarta : gava media. pujiyanto, t., & nurul hidayati, s. t. (2017). analisis pemilihan moda transportasi penumpang antara bus dan kereta api rute purwodadi semarang (universitas muhammadiyah surakarta). ristiyanto, h. g., & supranoto, b. (2014). pemilihan moda angkutan umum kereta api dan bis ekonomi (rute: cepu-semarang). simetris, (18), 1-8. 54 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 saputra, a. f. (2018). analisis pemilihan moda transportasi umum studi kasus: antara bus transjakarta dan bus metromini s 69 dari ciledug ke blok m (universitas mercu buana jakarta). sarjono, h., & julianita, w. (2011). spss vs lisrel: sebuah pengantar, aplikasi untuk riset. jakarta: salemba empat. sekaran, u. (2006). research methods for business. edisi 4, buku 2, jakarta: salemba empat. setijowarno, djoko dan frazila, r.b. (2003). pengantar rekayasa dasar transportasi, jakarta : proyek peningkatan penelitian pendidikan tinggi. sihite, s., & surbakti, m. s. (2015). kajian pemilihan moda transportasi antara angkutan kota dengan monorel menggunakan metode stated preference (studi kasus: rencana pembangunan monorel kota medan). in proceedings of the 18th fstpt international symposium (pp. 345-354). tamin, ofyar, z. (2000). perencanaan dan permodelan transportasi. itb bandung, indonesia. zagoto, i. m., sitindaon, c., & sitohang, o. (2018). pemodelan pemilihan moda rute medan–binjai antara kereta api dan bus dengan metode stated preference. jurnal rekayasa konstruksi mekanika sipil, 1(1), 35-43. © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). comparative study of transportation mode selection in jakarta and surabaya city introduction method transportation system transportation system is all forms of ties and linkages between passengers, goods, infrastructure and facilities that interact in the context of the movement of people or goods, which are included in an arrangement, either naturally or artificially/en... transportation mode selection model the mode of transportation selection model aims to determine the proportion of people who will use each mode of transportation. this process is carried out with the intention of calculating the mode selection model by knowing the independent variables... result survey implementation the type of research used is quantitative research which is calculated using regression calculations because it aims to see the relationship between the travel agent's choice of response variables (y) to the variables of the difference in travel costs... the survey results show that of the 100 respondents in jakarta who stated that they had used one mode, as many as 54% and those who stated that they had used both modes, 46%. for those in the city of surabaya, 58% stated that they had used one mode an... considerations for the selection of transportation modes by service users are related to speed or travel time, ease of access to travel safety and security, cost (fare), and convenience. the results of a survey of 100 respondents in the city of jakart... stated preference technique is an approach to respondents to find out their response to different situations. each individual was asked about his opinion if they were faced with a given situation in 8 choices. data was collected using a questionnaire ... table 1. symmetric scale the next step is to perform a regression analysis to obtain the utility model. the symmetric scale will be the dependent variable while the independent variable is the difference between each attribute. by using linear regression, constants and coeffi... from the regression coefficients, the equation for the utility of travel costs is obtained as follows: conclusions references 57the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 innovation within small-medium scale contractors in indonesia rizal bahaswan*1, zulaicha parastuty2, ani wulandari1, sri wiwoho mudjanarko1 1narotama university, surabaya indonesia 2alpen-adria university of klagenfurt, austria rizal.bahaswan@narotama.ac.id, parastuty@gmail.com, ani.wulandari@narotama.ac.id, sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id abstract: in order to survive within the industry, small-medium scale contractors are required to be adaptive. however, many obstacles have been experienced by this group to deal with. the term of survive can be interpreted by doing continuous innovation. this research was conducted to investigate the innovation issues related which possibly could triggering or canceling the innovation within small-medium scale contractors. literature study was conducted as a primary and followed by a field research using questioners. from the research it was found that the main motivation and orientation within innovation processes was the competitiveness among the group of contractors and followed by the attempt to respond the recently industry environment. however, they tend to avoid the change in their business concept. finally, the availability in source of funding was highlighted as the main factor which might brough innovation initiative successful. keywords: small-medium scale contractors, innovation. introduction the important role played by small and medium-scale construction companies has faced many obstacles. this condition has been brought to the attention of the government and professional bodies. a number of recommendations and theories have been introduced to the industry in order to solve this deficiency. one of the major concerns in this subject is the innovations that small-medium scale construction companies may do in order to succeed in the industry. despite the assistances from the government and donor agencies, which in many cases are deliberated in facilities and equipment, the ability of the companies to manage such assistance and the occurred change is more important. in many researches, enough evidence shows that the lack of managerial skills has led to small-medium scale construction companies facing the insolvency [for examples, see eyiah and cook, 2003; eyiah, 2001; hayashi, 2002; kaming et al, 1997]. on the other hand, there are characteristics noted by handayani [2017] regarding this group of companies. delay in project compilation, over budget, over using resources, and construction waste are some of areas where they have been lacking for. another concern regarding this subject is that they only concern to its instant profit and it should be automatically generated after winning a project tender at any winning bidding price. moreover, surprisingly the indonesian construction industry tends to become a high cost industry because of a lot of unofficial spending occurs within the process of construction. referring to suwandono (2004), the bleeding in the industry is around 50% from the total industry value and most of it is spend on administrative purposes. furthermore, the inefficiency within the industry is also caused by the lack of interrelation between aspects within the industry structure. these are; 1) physical elements (the construction output); 2) legal artifacts (legal aspect which is provided by the government in order to bring a good environment to the industry); and 3) scientific (the players within the industry, 58the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 such as innovators, motivators and aspirators). it has been noticed that there is a remaining gap and it tends to be a barrier between professionals (construction practices) and academics which makes endeavors within the industry difficult to achieved (www.pu.go.id (a)]. literature reviews the term of innovation has noticeably emerged into the industry since 1990’s when a series of studies were conducted by the uk government through its professional bodies. two well-known reports, the latham report (1994) and the egan report (1998), are believed have to brought significant improvement to the industry [briscoe, et al, 2004, fairclough, 2002]. in general, there are a number of ways where innovation in the construction industry can be achieved. blayse and manley (2004) wrote a significant paper related to this topic. they define innovation by referring to oslo manual under the ‘technical’ and/or ‘organization’ headings of innovation. the technical innovation relates to the products and processes, whereas organization innovation deals with something like, new corporate strategy, organizational structure and advance management techniques. however, the construction industry tends to operate in a dynamic environment and having tight competition amongst others. this condition increases pressure for the firms who have the same size, scope and standing. a result of this is, that they tend to have the same strategic group behavior. hence, in order to struggle, the firms are normally motivated to do such innovations [moodley and preece, 2003]. furthermore, referring to hamel [2000], moodley and preece wrote that in a dynamic economy, the changing to business concept is the most appropriate way of conducting such an innovation. in many cases, this business concept can be deemed as the business model, which is simply understood as being the manner in which the concept is put into practice. another school of thought on innovation was presented by eaton [2001]. he introduced the developing of innovation typology which concentrates more on the context of innovation rather than the content. he argues that the proposed typology presents an evolutionary (rather than revolutionary) framework for the presentation of innovation by strategy. eaton argues that innovation theory can be approached by using two terminologies, “innovation epochs” and “innovation mechanisms”. those terminologies are not a sequence of innovation processes. innovation epochs consist of elements that build innovation mechanisms. therefore, it is important to distinguish and understand the definition of both of them. in the heading of innovation epochs, he identifies four epochs, which are; 1) factor conditions; 2) investment; 3) innovation; and 4) wealth. furthermore, eaton explains that innovation processes can take place at any point within the temporal development of an organization. it can start with the new exploitation of existing factor resources within the factor condition epoch, ensuing through the investment epoch, the investment epoch and finally completing a disperse of organization units within the wealth epoch. besides the four epochs of innovation mentioned above, eaton has also described innovation mechanisms. these mechanisms were inspired the research of former authors who based their work on the biological sciences and in particular, work on biological evolution. there are five mechanisms of innovation that have been identified, which are; 1) standard canalization evolution of innovation; 2) neotenic evolution of innovation; 3) pyrogenetic evolution of innovation; 4) parasitic evolution of innovation; 5) b-z oscillatory evolution of innovation. after knowing the definition of innovation under the heading of the construction industry and some mechanisms that have been used, it is important to understand what factors can significantly 59the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 determine the pace and route of conducted innovation. blayse and manley [2004] summarized that there are six factors that influence innovation in the construction industry, which are; a) clients and manufacturers, b) the structure of production, c) relationships between individuals and firms within the industry or between the industry and external party, d) procurement systems, e) regulations/standards, f) the nature and quality of organizational resources. therefore, in respect to the overview above, it is important to put a line about guidance for the small and medium-scale construction companies in innovation for their management endeavor. it is more like a literature synthesis which might bring ideas of the direction of innovation that small and medium-scale construction companies might have. it was sexton and barrett [2003] who started their research with questions taken from cic/doe in 1996, which were: a) what is the motivation to innovate? b) what is appropriate innovation, how can an individual firm and the supply chain innovation be integrated? and c) how can innovation be successfully implemented? figure 1. the generic innovation model [sexton and barrett, 2003] methodology the field research will be conducted using questionnaires distributed to the selected respondents. the data will be collected through questionnaire structured qualitatively. the arising questions will be structured based on the issues from the literature review and formulated with the key questions of the research. in general, the questions can be grouped into two sections. first, it will identify the general information about the company and second, it will investigate the current position of the firms regarding the innovation theories. the populations used in this research will be concentrated to selected small and medium contractors located in east java (jawa timur), indonesia. this research will be conducted by e-mailing the questionnaire to the respondents. the questionnaires will be filled in by the chosen respondent from those small and medium firms. based on pilot investigations, the respondents are persons who have the capability of deciding the firm’s policies and who have a good knowledge of the subject researched. they might be the firms’ director, head of the development division and other senior employees. the primary research, which was unstructured interviews, has been conducted using selected respondents before the questionnaire was distributed. this helps respondents to understand the research subject and avoid bias when answering the questions [naoum, 1998]. since the questionnaire was constructed using qualitative questions or open-ended questions, each question will be analyzed individually. the answers will be compared amongst others and the structure documented. patterns will be expected for each of the answers. the use of graphs and charts will give better overviews of the answers innovation process context of innovation innovation outcomes innovation focus organizational capabilities for innovation 60the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 result and discussion result as has been explained in methodology, the questionnaire consists of two main categories, which are; general information of the company and innovation within the company. at this stage, each enquiry will be discussed separately, and an analysis will be conducted to identify and describe the patterns of the received questionnaires. a. general information section this category consists of eight questions. the results can be described as following; question 1,2,3,4 and 5: name of the company current position of the respondent year of establishment what is the main work undertaken over the last 5 years? membership of association bodies results; there were two types of company ownership within the respondents, which are private or individually owned companies and share owned companies. it is important to point out that this classification does not always verify the scale and capability of the companies. yet, the shared owned companies may have more sources which automatically increases their ability compare to private owned companies. furthermore, in respect of company size, the majority of respondents are classified as small-scale construction company. under the heading of works undertaken, the majority of the small-scale companies have a general classification. it means that they do not have a specification of works undertaken and most of the time they act as sub-contractors depending on the available work given to them by main contractors. on the other hand, medium scale enterprises have acted as main contractor on most of their projects. almost all of the respondents are registered to more than one professional body. this is because, usually, for following certain tenders, membership to one particular association is obligatory. however, there is one company who is not registered in any of the professional bodies. it may happen because the company can be classified as a home industry and most of the time, it gets the contract by direct reference from the main contractors. question 6: in brief, how is the position of your company’s assets over the last 5 years? results: in general, the small-scale enterprises experience more inconsistency compared to the medium scale enterprises. even though there were increases, it depended more on the availability of the work undertaken by the companies. in other words, the nature of unspecified work undertaken, as has been discussed before, makes them not want to invest on certain equipment and prefer to have deposits of money which can be used more flexible. on the other hand, increased assets were shown by the medium scale construction firms with the investment on new equipment, facilities (i.e. operational cars, office stationeries, etc.), and office building/workshop. question 7: in your opinion, what are the problems facing the industry? results: from the seven aspects presented to the respondents, there are two elements that are underlined as the most problematic in the industry with 19% each. these are the sources of funding and the government policies. the unhealthy competitiveness environment comes after with 15% followed by unhealthy organization structure with 14%. the rest of the headings, which are inefficiency in production processes, human resource problems and short of equipment, follow with 13%, 10% and 9%, respectively. 61the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 figure 1. the problems faced by the indonesia construction industry question 8: indonesian economic has been experienced several crises period during last 20 decade, was the recently economic crisis still affecting the industry? results: the majority of the respondents argued that every experienced economic crisis are affecting the industry. yet, the remain of the respondents who answered ‘no’ are small scale enterprises. this is because these companies were established after the crisis period, thus they did not experience the massive downturn in the economy, while other argues that the company’s market is relatively steady because of its specialized products. some also argue that due to the crisis the innovation processes within the industry are worse than previously. before the economic crisis, the tender mechanism would sometimes consider the innovation offered by contracts despite the lowest cost selection mechanism. this has been the only criteria of winning such tenders ever since. b. innovation within the company section this category consists of seven questions. the results can be illustrated as follows; question 9: with the current position of the company, is the innovation process needed? figure 2. the need of innovation within the firms results: almost all of the respondents agreed that the innovation process is needed within their companies (91%). even though they have diverse descriptions of the meaning of the needed innovation, it seems that all respondents underline that innovation process is necessary in order to take over the competition in the tight industrial environment. on the other hand, it is noted that human resources are the area where the innovation needs to be enforced. question 10: in your opinion, what are the triggering moments/situations which stimulate the company to conduct such an innovation process? companies' problems source of funding 19% the government policy 19% short of equipment 9% the inefficentcy production 13% organization structure 14% human resources 10% unhealthy competitiveness 15% other 1% the need of innovation yes 91% no 9% 62the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 results: since the enquiry is an open-ended question, the answers gathered from the questionnaires are varied. yet, it can be highlighted that the major events which stimulate innovation are; the awareness of new competitors, the facilities provided by the government regarding the opportunity to do such innovations, new technology and information, the stability of the national economy and politics and last, the willingness of maintaining companies’ reputation. nevertheless, within this particular enquiry, these aspects did not come either as a sequence or correlation among others. question 11: if the innovation processes would be necessary, in what way will it take place? figure 3. the way of innovation process undertaken results: almost half of the respondents (46%) argued that a combination between market based and resource-based innovation is the most appropriate way conducting such innovations. the main reason for choosing this option is to optimize the processes. they realize that it is important to respond to the shifting market and update their processes according to the present condition. however, it will be useless if the biggest flaw is coming from the inside organization itself. this may lead to innovation becoming a pointless process. however, another concern is that resource-based innovation will be more appropriate because it may be more economic and less risky compared to others. whilst, the market-based innovation has been chosen for the companies who already feel secure and confident with their ability to challenge the competitors. this option was chosen by medium scale contractors who have been existing longer and have a relatively more stable organizational structure compared to the others. question 12: in your opinion, is it necessary to change the business concept within the innovation processes? figure 4. the need of changing business concept within innovation results: 55% of the respondents do not want to change their business concept, where the majority respondents in this category are small scale firms. they argue that any major shifting within the way of innovation market based 18% resource based 36% combination 46% changing the business concept yes 45% no 55% 63the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 their business concept will bring a major alteration in the business mechanisms which will be automatically followed by the increasing of risks. this has been supported by the fact that small scale enterprises tend to have a more limited market which makes them have less options compared to the others (question no 5). yet, this process might be possible for bigger enterprises because they are fairly more immune and have excess of resources. it may be useful to support the firms’ position during the execution of the innovation processes. question 13: when conducting the innovation process, does your company need assistance from other bodies? figure 5. the need of assistances from other bodies results: all of the respondents agreed that in order to achieve a successful innovation processes, the assistance from other bodies is required. yet, the role played by those bodies may be varied. the majority of the medium scale contractors view the assistance as example and reference on where the innovation may lead to. however, a different opinion was formulated by the majority of small contractors, who expect more active assistances. the assistances might be special programs specially designed to boost the processes. vigorous contributions are expected from the government or other bodies who are responsible for the industry. question 14: in your opinion, what is the sequence of the influential factor within the innovation? results: it was noted that the capability, which in this case is the firms’ resources, is the most influential factor determining the innovation process within the respondents’ firm (25%). the tender system scored second with 20% and it is followed by the government policies in third (16%). with only a slight difference, clients and supplier factors and production structure follow with 15% and 13% respectively. finally, related issues only contribute less than 10%. figure 6. the influencing factors on innovation process the need of assistances yes 100% no 0% the influencing factors on innovation own capability 25% tender system 20%production structure 13% client and suppliyer 15% related issues 9% government policies 16% other 2% 64the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 question 15: what is the major constrains for the company conducting the innovation? results: basically, this question summarizes the discussion regarding the innovation processes within the small and medium scale construction firms. as has been documented previously, the results regarding this enquiry emphasizes the areas which need to be highlighted. those areas are; the provision of funding assistance, human resources, supported government policies and conducive environment that maintains the sustainable processes. discussion the indonesian construction industry has been suffering from the down turn of the economy, especially during the economic crisis. it has changed the fundamental structure of the industry including the pace of the innovation processes. the data collected from the questionnaires indicate that there are different patterns between the small and the medium scale construction companies regarding the innovation processes. yet, regarding this discussion, the innovation process can be looked at from its means, direction and influential factors. the terminology of innovation has become a topic of discussion within the industry since many studies indicate its inefficiency. this condition has also occurred within the indonesian construction industry. however, the attractive industry environment has been affected by many economic crises. the innovation term, which is normally connected with the extra budget and series of research which absorb a lot of firms’ resources, has been replaced by the term off ‘low budget’ or ‘the lowest tender value’. this condition has brought the innovation back to the early stage of its development. the recovery of the indonesian economy has dragged many enterprises within the industry to survive during the crisis. yet, the enterprises tend to choose ‘investing’ rather than ‘innovating’. they prefer to have set of assets rather than a risky investment (which in this case is innovation). regarding this issue, the research finds that medium-scale firms have a tendency to invest on office facilities (buildings, cars and other office facilities), while small-scale firms tend to put some reserves in the bank. on the other hand, the current condition of the industry does not shrink the firms’ willingness to conduct innovation in order to improve and solve the problems. even though a major concern comes from the external factors of the industry (financial structure and government policies), it is important to improve its internal factors, which have been noticed to contribute to the downturn of the industry. conclusion concerning the analysis of the motivation and orientation of innovation, the research has found that the competitiveness amongst construction firms seems to be the highest motivator to the event. it is followed by an attempted response to the changing on the industry’s environment. moreover, the industry tends to combine the market based and resource-based innovation, which will arguably lead to more effective innovation processes. yet, it seems that the contractors will avoid radical changes in the innovation processes by not changing the business concept of the companies. finally, the success of the innovation process within the industry is mainly determined by the availability of resources within the companies. the research underlines that any attempt to improve the general industry performance, must firstly improve the firms’ ability and resources before dealing with other external factors. regarding this, the development of human resources and provision of supported sources of funding are stressed by the majority of the respondents. references blayse a, m; manley, k; [2004]; key influence on construction innovation; construction innovation; 4th; p 143154 65the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 briscoe, d, r; et al; [2004]; international human resources management; routledge; new york; 2nd edition eaton, d; [2001]; a temporal typology for innovation within the construction industry; construction innovation; 1st; p 165-179 eiyah, a, k; cook, p; [2003]; financing small and medium-scale contractors in developing countries: a ghana case study, journal of construction management and economics, no 21, p 357-367 handayani, f, s,: [2017]; strategy for small-medium scale contractor performance improvement in asean competitive market; procedia engineering; 171 ; p 387-395 hayashi, m; [2002]; the rule of subcontracting in sme development in indonesia: micro-level evidence from the metal working and machinery industry, journal of asian economic, no 13, p 1-26 kaming, p, f; et al; [1997]; factor influencing construction time and cost overrun on high risk projects in indonesia; journal construction management and economics; vol 15, issue 1 moodley, k; preece, c; [2003]; construction business development; elsevier; oxford-england; p 7-16 naoum, s, g; [1998]; dissertation research and writing for construction students, butterworth-heinemann, oxford sexton, m; barrett, p; [2003]; a literature synthesis of innovation in small construction firms: insights, ambiguities and questions, journal of construction management and economics, no 21, p 613-622 fairclough, sir, j; [2002]; rethinking construction innovation and research – a review of government r&d policies and practices; dtlr; www.dti.gov.uk/construction suwandono, d.; (2004); suara merdeka; online newspaper; 70% dana konstruksi bocor-70% of construction budged is dislocated; http://www.suaramerdeka.com/harian/0402/12/eko6.htm; 19th of july 2005 www.pu.go.id (a); nspm (norma standart pedoman manual) perlu dipahami secara proposional-standard guidance manual is needed to be understood properly; online journal; http://www.pu.go.id/bapekin/buletin%20jurnal/buletin%204/buletin41.html; 19th of july 2005 © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 1 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 enhanced performance capacity of posyandu toddler cadres on oral health care using knowledge management training: seci ratih larasati1*, imam sarwo edi2 departement of dental nursing, health polytechnic ministry of health surabaya, indonesia rlbaratajaya@poltekkesdepkes-sby.ac.id1*. imamsarwoedi@poltekkesdepkes-sby.ac.id2 abstract. puskesmas ngagel rejo is one of the health centres in surabaya, has run the school dental health effort (ukgs), but has not been able to carry out oral health efforts in the community (ukgm), because puskesmas do not yet have a cadre of oral health in posyandu. the problem with research is that there is no oral health cadres at puskesmas ngagel rejo surabaya that serves the community. the study aims to increase the performance capacity of cadres of toddlers concurrently becoming oral health cadres as well, using training with a knowledge management approach: seci. the study was a quasiexperimental study with a non-randomized control group of pre-post-design tests. there were three non-randomly selected groups, then given a pre-test to find out the initial state, which is the difference between the experimental group and the control group. data analysis uses non-parametric data because the data is not distributed normally. the population of this study is a cadre of puskesmas ngagel rejo surabaya numbering 317 cadres, while the total sample is 150 cadres. as a result, there were significant differences in knowledge and skill levels between dental health training groups without seci, dental health training groups with seci, and control groups (p-value <0.001). this research can prove that the knowledge and skills of the seci group are better than the other two groups. in conclusion, knowledge management-based training: seci affects cadre behaviour in oral health keywords: knowledge management, seci, training introduction in recent years, knowledge management has been widely used to improve the organization's performance. knowledge transfer is one part of knowledge management, such as discussions, internships, and training. while knowledge is widely recognized as an important source of competitive advantage, the understanding of creating and managing knowledge dynamically within the organization is still lacking. according to nonaka, the creation of new knowledge through tacit and explicit knowledge conversion is called seci (nonaka and von krogh 2009). tacit is an intangible and undocumented knowledge, because it is still in the mind, for example, ideas, insights, ways of thinking. tacit knowledge is easy to understand and practice when such knowledge is documented. there are researches that been conducted within the addressed subjects, such as pasaribu researched knowledge management implementation in the college library (pasaribu 2016). amartiwi researched knowledge management implementation in universities (amartiwi 2019). rizaldi et al. conducted knowledge management research for the diagnosis of nosocomial infections in hospitals (rizaldi, muslim, and yudaningtyas 2014). rostinah et al. conducted posyandu cadre training at puskesmas using a problem-based learning approach, not knowledge management (rostinah, laksmi widajanti 2015). rofiaty et al. research the influence of knowledge management on innovation, strategy implementation, and organizational performance in hospitals (try, angga, and mulyanto 2015). ardhiansyah et al. conduct knowledge management implementation research to support the accreditation of study programs (ardhiansyah, priyandari, and damayanti 2016). martin and root conducted knowledge management research: seci in construction (martin and root 2009). fathi and easa conduct knowledge management research: seci at the bank (fathi and easa 2012). however, none of the research has linked the use of knowledge management: seci to posyandu cadre training. posyandu cadres need to get training on dental and oral health maintenance using knowledge management: seci because knowledge management: seci is an effective way to transfer knowledge. the main contribution of this research is to develop training methods using new mailto:rlbaratajaya@poltekkesdepkes-sby.ac.id mailto:imamsarwoedi@poltekkesdepkes-sby.ac.id 2 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 knowledge creation through tacit and explicit knowledge conversion so that training materials are easy to understand and implement. this paper is structured as follows, section 2 presents the materials and the proposed method in comparison to other standard approaches. section 3 describes the results of the study. section 4 presents the discussion and while conclusions are presented in section 5. methode this type of research is a quasi-experimental study with a non-randomized pre-posttest design. three randomly selected groups were obtained, then given a pre-test to find out the different start between the experimental group and the control group. the population of the study in this study was posyandu cadres in the working area of the ngagel rejo health center in surabaya in 2018 totaling 317 people (74 posyandu). a sample size of 150 cadres, determined by the slovin formula with precision is 5% (0.05). the study was conducted in april october 2018. collecting data for the dependent variable in the form of data on maintenance knowledge and dental and oral health checks, using questionnaires and observations. steps taken to collect data, respondents were divided into 3 groups: the experimental group 1 received dental health training without seci, the experimental group 2: the group received dental health training with seci, while the control group did not receive dental and oral health training. each group consisted of 50 posyandu cadres, then a pre-test. the cadre answered the questionnaire which contained several questions about knowledge of oral and dental health maintenance, then the cadre was given several questions by the interview guidelines on the skills to examine oral health. after the pretest, the next step is giving treatment/intervention in the form of cadre training on oral and dental health without seci given to the first experimental group, cadre training based on the seci model of knowledge management in the second experimental group. the stages of training without seci are as follows: researchers explain how to maintain and check oral health to respondents, use modules without slide presentations, then the respondents simulate among their theoretical learning partners into practical learning, then respondents apply their knowledge and skills to mothers and toddlers visiting posyandu. there are 4 steps in the training with seci, starting with socialization, namely the researcher explaining how to maintain and examine the oral health of the respondent using the module with the lecture method, without presenting the training material. the second step is externalization, in which the researcher presents the training module material to respondents. in the third step, the combination of the respondents simulates the theory learning peers they have received into practical learning. the last step is internalization, in which respondents apply their knowledge and skills to check oral health to posyandu patients. after the dental and oral health training, the cadres were given a post-test in the form of some questions which were the same as the pre-test, namely knowledge, and skills about maintaining oral health. the method of data analysis in this study uses bivariate analysis to describe the characteristics of the studied variables (independent variables and dependent variables). the homogeneity test to determine the normality of the data obtained p-value in the shapiro-wilk test <0.05, meaning that the distribution of paired data is not normally distributed, so using a nonparametric test. the distribution of knowledge and skills before and after the dental health training for each group was analyzed using the wilcoxon signed-rank test. effects of dental health training on knowledge and skills analyzed using the kruskal wallis test. researchers also conducted a posthoc test to examine significant different groups, namely the dental health training group without seci and the dental health training group with seci, the dental health training group without seci and the control group, and the dental health training group with the control group. treatment dose ≥ 3 times. results table 1 shows that the age of most respondents in the study was 41-50 years (35.33%), the highest level of education was high school (57.33%) and the most dental and oral health knowledge was in the moderate category (58%). 3 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 table 1. characteristics of respondent characteristics of respondent n % total = 150 age (years) 20 – 30 12 8.00 31 – 40 34 22.67 41 – 50 53 35.33 51 – 60 37 24.67 61 – 70 14 9.33 gender women 150 100 male 0 0 level of education elementary school 25 16.67 junior high school 37 24.67 senior high school 86 57.33 higher education 2 1.33 knowledge good 21 14.00 medium 87 58.00 low 42 28.00 table 2 shows that the majority of posyandu cadre knowledge about dental and oral health in the three study groups before the training was in the medium category. after the training, the majority of respondents' knowledge in the seci group was seen in a good category (68%). this shows a significant increase in the seci group compared to the non-seci group and the control group. table 2. knowledge of respondents before and after being given training knowledge level before after n % n % non-seci group good 6 12 14 28 medium 30 60 36 72 low 14 28 0 0 seci group good 8 16 34 68 medium 29 58 16 32 low 13 26 0 0 control group 4 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 good 7 14 7 14 medium 28 56 28 56 low 15 30 15 30 table 3 shows that the majority of posyandu cadre skills on dental and oral health in the three study groups were conducted before the training was in the low category. after the training, most of the skills of respondents in the seci group were seen in a good category (62%). this shows that there was a significant increase in the seci group compared to the non-seci group and the control group. table 3. respondent skills before and after being given training skill level before after n % n % non-seci group good 0 0 12 24 medium 4 8 38 76 low 46 92 0 0 seci group good 0 0 31 62 medium 3 6 19 38 low 47 94 0 0 control group good 0 0 0 0 medium 3 6 3 6 low 47 94 47 94 table 4 shows that the level of knowledge and skills of respondents before and after dental health training in the group without seci increased by 0.06 and 1.16. the level of knowledge and skills of respondents before and after dental health training in the seci group increased higher by 0.8 and 1.56 than the non-seci group. table 4. distribution of knowledge and skills before and after being given dental health training mean sd p-value non-seci group knowledge before 2.32 0.68 <0.001 after 1.72 0.45 enhancement 0.06 skills before 2.92 0.27 <0.001 after 1.76 0.43 enhancement 1.16 seci group knowledge before 2.12 0.62 <0.001 after 1.32 0.47 enhancement 0.8 skills 5 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 before 2.94 0.23 <0.001 after 1.38 0.49 enhancement 1.56 control group knowledge before 2.06 0.71 >0.05 after 2.06 0.71 enhancement 0 skills before 2.94 0.23 >0.05 after 2.94 0.23 enhancement 0 table 5 shows that there are differences in the level of knowledge and skills between the dental health training group without seci, the dental health training group with seci, and the control group (h: 61,151, p-value <0.001; h: 114,440, p-value <0.001). the highest average score of knowledge and skills is the group with dental health training with seci. table 5. effects of dental health training on knowledge and skills variables groups mean rank h p-value knowledge non-seci group 84.70 61.151 <0.001 seci group 99.30 control 42.50 skills non-seci group 90.20 114.440 <0.001 seci group 109.80 control 26.50 table 6 shows a follow-up analysis (post hoc test) to determine significantly different groups. the level of knowledge between the dental health training group without seci with the control group and the dental health training group with the seci group and the control group showed differences. the level of skills between the dental health group without seci with the seci group, the dental health training group without seci with the control group, as well as the dental health training with the seci group with the control group showed a difference (p <0.05). while the level of knowledge in the non-seci health training group with the seci group did not show a difference (p> 0.05). table 6. effects of dental health training on knowledge and skills between 2 groups variables groups p-value knowledge non-seci group >0.05 seci group non-seci group <0.05 control group seci group <0.05 control group skills non-seci group <0.05 seci group non-seci group <0.05 control group seci group <0.05 control group discussions in the seci group knowledge is obtained from the process of interaction between tacit and explicit knowledge. tacit knowledge is a tool for effective teaching and learning processes. knowledge management is the way organizations learn and write, document, describe the process, and is intended to provide knowledge for others (enakrire and uloma 2012). 6 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 knowledge management will be successful if there is the interaction between its components and there is no overlap in the flow of knowledge and resources that are transferred to the organization/institution, technology, and workplace culture. organizations need people who are competent in understanding and using effective information to innovate and give direction to the organization. without sharing knowledge, efforts to manage knowledge on company culture, dynamics, and practice will fail. the implementation of knowledge sharing methods can minimize the decline in nurses' memory. training is an effort to increase knowledge, change behavior, and develop skills. the general objective of posyandu cadre training is to improve the ability of posyandu cadres in managing and delivering services to the community. knowledge management can provide solutions to problems of limited space and time to exchange knowledge, also provides an overview of documenting knowledge by utilizing information technology (santa 2011). dental and oral health cadres are volunteers selected by and from the community who have received education or training on dental and oral health so that they can become assistants for puskesmas, especially in the context of achieving dental and oral health programs in the community. therefore, organizations must consider how to attract, develop, and maintain member knowledge as part of the knowledge management domain. the results of this study found no difference between the seci and non-seci group's knowledge because the modules used were the same, but the stages of the training material were different. knowledge assets are the input, output, and moderation factors of the knowledge creation process. knowledge assets must be built and used internally so that the full value is to be realized. to understand the knowledge assets created, obtained, and exploited, so the knowledge assets are categorized into four types: experiential knowledge assets, conceptual knowledge assets, systemic knowledge assets, and routine knowledge assets (nonaka and von krogh 2009). the process of conversion (interaction of 2 knowledge), tacit, and explicit knowledge develops in both quality and quantity (nonaka and von krogh 2009). this caused the seci group's skills to be better than the non-seci group, although the increase in dental and oral health knowledge of the non-seci group and the seci group was not significant (p> 0.05). tacit knowledge is difficult to understand because it is still stored in the head, so it often requires special time and space. tacit knowledge can only be obtained through shared experience. the process of articulating tacit knowledge into explicit knowledge is called externalization. when tacit knowledge is made explicit, knowledge is crystallized, making it possible to share it with others, and this is the basis of new knowledge. the successful conversion of tacit knowledge into explicit knowledge depends on the sequential use of metaphors, analogies, and models. in this research, tacit knowledge is delivered through lectures without learning media, then externalized through oral presentations with lcd media, dental and oral health video playback, and demonstrations. after externalization, it continues with transforming explicit knowledge into a more complex and systematic collection of explicit knowledge. explicit knowledge is gathered from inside or outside the organization and then combined, edited, or processed to form new knowledge. new explicit knowledge is then disseminated among members of the organization. in this study, the combination phase was carried out in the form of dental caries examination between trainees (cadres) with facilitator assistance, so that cadres were able to identify caries teeth. bandura's social learning theory explains that people learn from one another, through observation, imitation, and modelling. learning through observation mimics the behaviour of the model, in that observers pay attention to the model demonstrating something they want to learn and expect to receive praise or reinforcement when mastering it thoroughly. the model does not have to be demonstrated by someone directly but can use someone cast or visualization as a model. in the bandura learning model, the person factor (cognitive) plays an important role. the personal factor (cognitive) referred to today is self-efficacy or self-efficacy. self-efficacy is a belief in one's own ability to deal with and solve problems effectively. self-efficacy also means believing that you can succeed and succeed (psikologi, kedokteran, and udayana n.d.). 7 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 the final stage of knowledge management is implementing the skills that have been learned to the community (internalization), in this study the internalization stage is carried out in the training room or not yet done at the posyandu because there is no posyandu schedule during the research. individuals with high self-efficacy are committed to solving the problem and will not give up when they realize the strategy being used is not working. the awareness stage means that change requires awareness to change, if there is no awareness then no change is possible. there are five stages to achieving the ultimate goal of change, namely: awareness, desire, evaluation, trying, and acceptance, also known as awareness, interest, evaluation, trial, adoption (aieta). every individual involved in the change process can accept or reject it. although the change can be accepted, it might one day be rejected after the change is perceived as hampering its existence. roger said that effective change depends on individuals who are involved, interested, and strive to always develop and progress and have a commitment to work and implement it (nursalam 2015). evaluation of training is done to assess its effectiveness, can be done at the time of training or post-training. evaluation of the training is done by comparing the results after the training with the criteria expected by management. in the case of training which is developmental, it is necessary to evaluate changes in the attitudes and behavior of participants in the field of work which can later be tested through interviews or performance performances. based on the results of this study, the seci knowledge management based training is more effective than non-seci. the results of this study are in line with the results of pratidina (2016) that knowledge management (seci) can improve knowledge and skills (pratidina et al. 2016). combining tacit knowledge and explicit knowledge in knowledge management (seci) can improve employee performance. the control group did not receive dental health training, so there was no increase or the posttest scores were the same as the pretest scores (endang retnoningsih 2013). conclusions 1. knowledge management based training: seci influences cadre behavior in oral health. 2. knowledge management based training: seci increases knowledge of posyandu cadres about oral health. 3. knowledge management based training: seci improves posyandu cadre skills in simple dental and oral health examinations. suggestions 1. training of dental and oral health cadres is recommended based on knowledge management (seci) because it proves effective. 2. it is recommended that further research is to measure the performance of oral health cadres who have been trained in knowledge management: seci to decrease the incidence of caries in toddlers. references amartiwi, hendarsita. 2019. “implementasi manajemen pengetahuan pada perguruan tinggi swasta di kabupaten garut.” jurnal wacana kinerja: kajian praktis-akademis kinerja dan administrasi pelayanan publik 22(2): 145–61. ardhiansyah, m dhony dhian, yusuf priyandari, and retno wulan damayanti. 2016. “implementasi knowledge management ( km ) untuk menunjang akreditasi program studi ( studi kasus : program studi tenik industri, fak. teknik, universitas sebelas maret surakarta).” seminar internasional dan konferensi nasional idec (may 2016): 564–71. enakrire, rexwhite tega, and ndubuisi gloria uloma. 2012. “the effect of tacit knowledge for effective teaching and learning processes among lecturers at the &quot; the effect of tacit knowledge for effective teaching and learning processes among lecturers at the the effect of tacit knowledge for effective teachi.” library philosophy and practice (august). endang retnoningsih, diyah putri utami. 2013. “penerapan knowledge management pada 8 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 perguruan tinggi ( studi kasus amik bsi purwokerto ) endang retnoningsih , diyah putri utami amik bsi tegal tingkat ketersediaan knowledge yang tinggi tidak menjamin bahwa knowledge management di organisasi sudah berjal.” prosiding snst 4(1995): 152–58. fathi, nasser, and hassan easa. 2012. “knowledge management and the seci model: a study of innovation in the egyptian banking sector.” kuesioner seci (february): 358. martin, ludwig, and david root. 2009. “knowledge creation in construction: the seci model.” association of researchers in construction management, arcom 2009 proceedings of the 25th annual conference (september): 749–58. nonaka, ikujiro, and georg von krogh. 2009. “tacit knowledge and knowledge conversion: controversy and advancement in organizational knowledge creation theory.” organization science 20(3): 635–52. nursalam. 2015. “manajemen keperawatan aplikasi keperawatan profesional edisi 4.” : 342. pasaribu, ida mariani. 2016. “implementasi knowledge management dan analisis swot di perpustakaan perguruan tinggi.” jipi (jurnal ilmu perpustakaan dan informasi) 1(2): 156–70. pratidina, dian, rumah sakit, islam al, and mawardi krian. 2016. “knowledge management.” 2(1): 40–48. psikologi, program studi, fakultas kedokteran, and universitas udayana. “latihan yoga pada remaja akhir mahasiswa institut hindu dharma negeri denpasar ni made witami dan i made rustika.” 000: 29–39. rizaldi, taufiq, m. muslim, and erni yudaningtyas. 2014. “knowledge management system untuk diagnosis infeksi nosokomial.” jurnal eeccis 8(2): 105–10. rostinah, laksmi widajanti, lucia ratna kartika wulan. 2015. “evaluasi manajemen pelatihan kader pos pelayanan terpadu (posyandu) di puskesmas paruga kota bima provinsi nusa tenggara barat.” jurnal manajemen kesehatan indonesia vol. 3 no.(03): 212–21. santa, kristofel. 2011. “desain aplikasi knowledge management untuk pelayanan pasien.” : 1–8. try, rofiaty, noviyanti angga, and dwi mulyanto. 2015. “pengaruh knowledge management te rhadap inovasi, implementasi strategi dan kinerja organisasi (studi pada rs lavalette malang).” jurnal ekonomi bisnis 1: 14–21. © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 133 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 analysis of differences in stock price and stock volume of trade before and after annual report award (ara) announcement in 2009-2018 in award winning companies listing in indonesia stock exchange nur widyawati, ratna ariesta stia dan manajemen kepelabuhan barunawati surabaya nur.widyawati@stiamak.ac.id abstract: this study aims to examine whether there are differences in stock prices and trading volume before and after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) at award-winning companies. the sample of this research was obtained using purposive sampling method. based on the existing criteria, 32 companies were obtained as the research sample. hypothesis testing is done by using paired sample t-tests which were previously tested for normality first on each variable. the results of the study showed that there were no significant differences in share prices and trading volume before and after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) 20092016. able to change investor decisions in investing keywords: annual report award (ara), stock prices, and stock trading volume, study even introduction the capital market has an important role for a country's economy because the capital market functions as a means for companies to get funds from investors (investors) who place their funds in accordance with the characteristics of the benefits and risks of each instrument. investment is basically the placement of a number of funds at this time in the hope of future benefits. one form of investment that is much in demand by investors is investment in the form of shares because it is able to provide an attractive level of profit. the main requirement that investors want to be willing to invest their funds through the capital market is a feeling of security about their investments. feelings of security can be realized among others because investors get clear, reasonable, accurate, timely information as a means of decision making. an important indicator in studying market behavior for investors is to look at price developments and trading market volumes. stock prices on the exchange are determined by demand and supply. the more demand for shares, the stock price will tend to rise. in contrarily the more offers, the stock price will tend to fall. ideally, stock prices will increase or decrease in accordance with the prospects of the company's development which is expected to occur. but shares in the capital market basically always fluctuate depending on the economic situation and individual company achievements. changes in stock prices are a reflection of changes in public valuation of company value. in line with investors' hard drive to improve the quality of financial information, the indonesian government and the international monetary fund (imf) introduced the concept of good corporate governance (gcg) as a healthy corporate governance procedure. this concept is expected to protect shareholders from creditors so that they can get their investment back. mailto:nur.widyawati@stiamak.ac.id 134 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 according to tunggal (2012: 24) good corporate governance (gcg) is a system that regulates, manages, and oversees the process of controlling businesses to raise share value as well as a form of attention to stakeholders. as one form of accountability for managing the company's resources, the manager is obliged to prepare an annual report that will be accounted for at the general meeting of shareholders. in its development, as a source of information disclosure, the contents of the annual report are also considered by shareholders. in addition, shareholders and report users not only focus on the company's profitability but also pay attention to corporate social and environmental responsibility, which in turn affects the formation of perceptions of the implementation of good corporate governance (gcg) among corporations in indonesia. in order to encourage the application of good corporate governance (gcg) and improve the quality of disclosure in financial information, corporate social and environmental responsibility, several institutions gave several awards, one of which is the annual report award (ara) held by the ministry of soes, directorate general of taxes , the financial services authority (ojk), the indonesia stock exchange, the national committee on governance (knkg) and the indonesian institute of accountants as a tribute to public companies that are considered to have provided the most open information. the awarding is expected to encourage the application of the principles of good corporate governance (gcg) and be able to improve the quality of financial statements, social responsibility which in turn can increase trust towards investors. the more investors who believe in a company, the more demand for the company's shares. this could affect the increase in stock prices and trading volume of shares in the capital market. research on providing annual reports in indonesia has been carried out by widyastuti (2010) testing whether there are differences in the price and volume of stock trading before and after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) in 2008. the study states that there are no differences in stock prices and trading volume before and after the announcement of the 2008 annual report award. besides that, robert (2017) also examined the influence of an award on corporate social responsibility before examining whether the announcement of the annual report award affects the average abnormal return and average trading volume activity. the study stated that there were no significant differences between aar and tva before and after the announcement of the 2014 annual report award up to 2016. there were differences in the results of research conducted by widyastuti (2010) and robert (2017) between the annual report award for the 2007 and 2008 period, making research on the annual report award is more interesting and makes researchers more motivated to conduct the research. besides that, robert (2017) also examined the influence of an award on corporate social responsibility before examining whether the announcement of the annual report award affects the average abnormal return and average trading volume activity. the study stated that there were no significant differences between aar and tva before and after the announcement of the 2014 annual report award up to 2016. there were differences in the results of research conducted by widyastuti (2010) and robert (2017) between the annual report award for the 2007 and 2008 period, making research on the annual report award is more interesting and makes researchers more motivated to conduct the research. 135 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 based on the previous description, this study aims to examine differences in stock prices and trading volume before and after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) at award-winning companies listing on the indonesia stock exchange. this research focuses on going public companies that won awards from 2009 to 2016. theoretical basis signaling theory signaling theory tells about how a company should give signals to investors. signals can be in the form of promotions or other information stating that the company is better than other companies. this implies that management in general has more complete and accurate information about the factors that affect a company's value. brigham (2011: 184-186) defines signal theory as an action taken by company management that can provide instructions to investors about how management views the company's prospects. stock price the stock price is the market price of the stock on each closed trading day. the stock price that occurs on the efficient capital market is a reflection of all the information that has been published and occurs on an ongoing balance. for companies that have go public, this goal can be achieved by maximizing the market value of the relevant stock prices. according to darmadji and fakhruddin (2011: 14) states that stock prices are formed through the mechanism of demand and supply in the capital market. if a stock experiences excess demand, then the stock price tends to rise. conversely, if the excess supply then the stock price tends to fall. trading volume activity (tva) to make investment decisions, investors will consider the risk and the expected level of profit. any information circulating will cause a market reaction, the market reaction can be seen from the activity of stock trading volume. trading volume activity (tva) is one indicator or sign to determine when to buy / sell shares. in this case, it exemplifies that trading activities and very high volumes in an exchange will be interpreted as a sign that the market will improve. according to suryawijaya 2010: 100, the calculation of trading volume activity (tva) is done by comparing the number of shares of a company traded in a certain period with the total number of shares outstanding in the company during the same time period. tva = ∑𝑆𝑆ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑡𝑡𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑡𝑡𝑎𝑎𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑑𝑑𝑎𝑎𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑎 𝑝𝑝𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡 ∑𝑆𝑆ℎ𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝐶𝐶𝑑𝑑𝑎𝑎𝐶𝐶𝑑𝑑𝐶𝐶𝑎𝑎𝑡𝑡𝑎𝑎𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑎 𝑝𝑝𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡 …………………………………………………… (1) 136 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 event study according jogiyanto (2013), event study is a study that studies the market reaction to an event whose information is published as an announcement. event study can be used to test information (information content) of an announcement and can also be used to test market efficiency. one form of testing of the entry of new information, that can affect market reactions through indicators of stock prices and trading volume (tva). the response of shares in the capital market will be known through changes in stock prices and trading volume of shares. research using event studies can be conducted to test the efficiency of a capital market for an event related to economic and non-economic activities. annual report award (ara) annual report award (ara) is an award given to companies that meet the criteria for completeness in the presentation of annual financial statements, especially for information on company profile, disclosure of the company's vision and mission related to the implementation of good corporate governance (gcg), analysis and management discussion on work company, financial statements in accordance with accounting principles and applicable capital market regulations, and other information relevant to the needs of stakeholders. this award was held by the ministry of soes (bumn), the directorate general of tax, the financial services authority (ojk), the indonesia stock exchange, the national committee on governance (knkg) and the indonesian accountants association (iai). this award is expected to make a positive contribution to efforts to restore investor confidence and national economic recovery in general. conceptual framework figure 1. the conceptual framework used framework for thinking the hypothesis proposed in this study is: • h1: there is a significant difference in the average share price and trading volume of shares before and after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) for announcement ara(x) before announcement 1. share price (y1) 2. tva (y2) after announcement 137 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 the year 2009 2016 on award winning companies listing on the indonesia stock exchange. • h2: there are significant differences in the average share price and trading volume of shares before and after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) for the year 2009-2016 on award winning companies listing on the indonesia stock exchange. research method data analysis method this research is included in comparative research, while the application of comparative research in this study is used to determine differences in the average value of stock prices and the average trading volume of shares of companies that win the annual report award (ara) at the time before and after the announcement of the award. according to sugiyono (2015: 54) comparative research is research that compares the state of one or more variables in two or more different samples, or two different times. this research is a research with event study method. in this study the event examined was the annual report award (ara) event, the aim of which was to look at market reactions in absorbing published information. in this study, researchers tested the difference in average stock prices and the average volume of stock trading or trading volume activity (tva) conducted for 10 days, 5 days before and 5 days after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) in 2009-2016. for more details about the design of this study can be seen in the following picture: figure 2. design of the study event study population and sample the population in this study was the company that won the annual report award (ara) in companies listed on the indonesia stock exchange from 2009 to 2016, as many as 97 companies. sampling using a purposive sampling technique, according to sugiyono 2015: 218 research with purposive sampling technique is a sampling technique where researchers before after event date t+5 t-5 t0 a. closing price b. tva a. closing price b. tva 138 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 determine the sampling with certain considerations by determining special characteristics that are in accordance with the research objectives. the criteria used in sampling in this study are: a. the company wins the annual report award (ara) which is listed on the indonesia stock exchange. b. the company won the annual report award (ara) in a row from 2009-2016 using a panel data regression model (pooled data) which is a combination of time series data (inter-time) and cross section data (between individuals / spaces). based on these criteria, a sample of 32 companies was obtained. types, sources, and data collection techniques this research is a type of quantitative research that is a type of research that is more systematic, specific, structured both from the beginning to get a conclusion so that the type of data used is data in the form of numbers or quantitative data. the data source used in this study came from secondary data obtained through the official website of the indonesia stock exchange, stockok.com and yahoo finance. data collection techniques in this study include library research (library research) and internet research (online research). results and discussion this study examines differences in stock prices and trading volume before and after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) which is conducted for 10 days, 5 days before the announcement of the award and 5 days after the announcement of the award in 2009 to 2016. table 1. average daily share prices before and after the announcement of ara before after period stock price period stock price t – 5 3.649,97 t + 1 3.632,95 t – 4 3.654,31 t + 2 3.654,12 t – 3 3.685,27 t + 3 3.615,26 t – 2 3.685,12 t + 4 3.621,79 t – 1 3.666,75 t + 5 3.633,20 mean 3.668,29 mean 3.631,46 based on table 1 above, it can be seen the average changes in stock prices every day during the period before and after the announcement of the ara. if seen from the table it can be seen that the average value of the highest share price before the event occurred in period t-3 is rp. 3,685.27 while the average value of the lowest share price occurred in the period t-5, namely rp. 3,649.97. 139 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 in the period after the event, the highest average share price occurred in the t + 2 period, which was rp. 3,654.12 while the average value of the lowest share price of rp. 3,615.26 occurred in the t + 3 period. overall average value of the highest share price during the event period occurred in period t-3 of rp. 3,685.27 and the lowest average share price occurred in the t + 3 period of rp. 3,615.26. from the table above it can also be seen that the average share price for the 5 days before the event is rp. 3,668.29 and the average share price 5 days after the event which is rp3,631.46. when compared, the average share price before the announcement of the annual report award (ara) is greater than after the announcement of the annual report award (ara). table 2. average tva before and after ara announcement before after period tva period tva t – 5 0,00196873 t + 1 0,00176284 t – 4 0,00183188 t + 2 0,00166691 t – 3 0,00201146 t + 3 0,00168062 t – 2 0,00202701 t + 4 0,00212159 t – 1 0,00153430 t + 5 0,00172722 mean 0,00187468 mean 0,00179184 based on table 2 above, it can be seen the average change in tva every day during the period before and after the announcement of the annual report award (ara). if seen from the table it can be seen that the highest average tva value before the event occurred in the t-2 period is 0.00202701 while the lowest tva average value occurs in the t-1 period which is 0.00153430. in the period after the event, the highest average tva value occurred in the t + 4 period which was 0.00212159 while the lowest average tva value of 0.00166691 occurred in the t + 2 period. overall, the highest average tva value during the event period occurred in the t + 4 period of 0.00212159 and the lowest average tva value occurred in the t-1 period of 0.00153430. from table 2 above it can also be seen that the average tva for 5 days before the event is 0.00187468 and the average tva 5 days after the event is 0.00179184. when compared, the average tva before the announcement of the annual report award (ara) is greater than after the announcement of the annual report award (ara). normality test in the normality test research used was the kolmogorov-smirnov one sample test with a significance level of 0.05 and using the statical program for social science (spss) software. the purpose of this test is to find out whether the data is normally distributed or not. this is done 140 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 to determine the statistics that will be used in analyzing data. data is declared normally distributed if the significance is greater than 5% or 0.05. table 3. normality test of stock price data before after n 32 32 kolmogorov-smirnov 0,524 0,510 asymp. sig (2-tailed) 0,946 0,957 source: spss output based on the spss output table this shows that the asymp.sig significance value for the share price before the announcement of the annual report award (ara) is 0.946> 0.05 and the asymp.sig for the stock price after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) is 0.957> 0 .5. then it was concluded that the stock price data is normal distribution data. table 4. tva data normality test before after n 32 32 kolmogorov-smirnov 0,626 1,160 asymp. sig (2-tailed) 0,827 0,135 source: output spss based on the spss output table this shows that the asymp.sig significance value for tva before the announcement of the annual report award (ara) is 0.827> 0.05 and the asymp.sig for tva after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) is 0.135> 0.05 . then it can be concluded that the tva data is normally distributed data. hypothesis testing hypothesis testing in this study is determined based on the results of the normality test data; it will be able to determine what test equipment is most suitable for use. based on the normality test that has been done, we have obtained data that are normally distributed so that the hypothesis testing in this study is to use the parametric method that is paired sample t-test. following are the results of the paired sample t-test test calculation presented in the following table: table 5. paired sample t-test test n sig before and after stock prices 32 0,167 tva before and after 32 0,656 141 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 based on the table of results of the paired sample t-test above, the sig. (2-tailed) for the share price is 0.167> 0.05 and the value of sig. (2-tailed) for tva is 0.656> 0.05 then h0 is accepted. so it can be concluded that there is no significant difference in the average value of share prices and trading volume of shares before and after the announcement of the annual report award (ara) in 2009-2016 on award-winning companies listing on the indonesia stock exchange. discussion based on the results of hypothesis testing conducted regarding differences in stock prices and trading volume before and after the announcement of the 2009-2016 annual report award, it concluded that there was no significant difference between the average stock price and trading volume before and after the announcement of the 2009 annual report award 2016 for awardwinning companies listing on the indonesia stock exchange, thus the announcement of the 20092016 annual report award did not receive a response from the market. investors consider the ara announcement to be less relevant information. the market has not given full attention to the ara event because the companies that won the annual report award (ara) are big companies, have stable performance, and their shares are the main choice for investors to invest, so investors directly assume that the company that is indeed good corporate governance without considering the announcement of award winners. in addition, investors are also waiting and seeing the situation that occurs in the capital market at that time. this research has been proven to reject the hypothesis because it is caused by many factors that affect stock prices. these factors include the company's internal conditions, the company's position in a similar industry, indonesia's macroeconomic conditions, domestic political conditions, market conditions and strength, fluctuations in the exchange rate, and the frequency of transactions. even though the annual report award (ara) information cannot yet be responded to with the average increase in stock prices and the average tva significantly by investors, it does not mean that information about ara publications is not useful. the increase in the number of participants in the annual report award from year to year shows that the concern of companies in indonesia towards the openness and completeness of the presentation of financial statements and the implementation of good corporate governance is starting to grow. conclusions based on the analysis results in the previous chapter the following conclusions can be drawn: a. there were no significant differences in share prices before and after the 2009-2016 annual report award announcement for award-winning companies listing on the indonesia stock exchange. b. there was no significant difference in trading volume activity (tva) before and after the announcement of the 2009-2016 annual report award for award-winning companies listing on the indonesia stock exchange. research limitations in a study there must be limitations that make this research still have to be developed. the limitations in this study are as follows: 142 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 a. this study only uses a sample of companies that won the annual report award (ara) only. b. this research is still less specific because it does not examine just one type of industry so that it cannot be compared between one company and another. c. observations in this study do not pay attention to other events on the date of the announcement of the annual report award (ara) suggestion based on the results of the study and the conclusions that have been drawn, the suggestions that researchers can provide are as follows: a. for future researchers 1) in the next research it is expected to develop more specific research and focus on the announcement of the annual report award in certain fields so that a comparison can be made between certain sectors. 2) the researcher can then increase or decrease the days for the study period. because the possibility of the market can react faster or slower than the current studied period, which is a period of 10 days, 5 days before and 5 days after the date of the ara announcement. 3) for further research so that researchers use samples that are not only annual report award events but other events such as the announcement of the indonesian sustainability reporting award and the indonesian csr award because they can be used as a reference by investors in determining their investments. b. for issuers issuers should always update information about company developments on their website well and regularly, because in accordance with current trends, investors are no longer based solely on financial statements in making decisions but also on other information held by companies that can make investors the more sure of the investment. c. for award organizers the organizer of the annual report award should conduct more intensive socialization, both regarding the implementation of the award itself and the importance of the annual report award program, especially for companies and investors to be publicly known so that it will have a positive impact on the award event references anoraga, p. 2013. pengantar pasar modal. jakarta: rineka cipta. arikunto, s. 2010. prosedur penelitian suatu pendekatan praktek. jakarta: rineka cipta. brigham, f. e. & juel f. h. 2011. dasar-dasar manajemen keuangan. buku 2. edisi kesepuluh. jakarta: salemba empat. budiman, s. 2009. pengaruh pengumuman isra terhadap abnormal return dan volume perdagangan saham. jurnal ilmiah vol no.3 darmadji, tjiptono. & fakhruddi. 2011. pasar modal indnesia. jakarta: salemba empat. ekawati, rika kharlina. 2011. analisis perbedaan harga saham sebelum dan sesudah pengumuman ara di bursa efek indonesia. jurnal ilmiah vol no.1 143 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 fahmi, j dan nor hadi. 2013. teori portofolio dan analisis investasi. edisi kelima. yogyakarta: alfabeta husnan, f. 2015. dasar-dasar teori portofolio dan analisis sekuritas. edisi empat. yogyakarta: uup stim ykpn. jogiyanto, h. 2013. teori portofolio dan analisis investasi. yogyakarta: upp ypkpn. mccaston, m. katherine. 2010. tips for collecting, reviewing, and analyzing secondary data. (www.pqdl.care.org), diakses 20 juni 2019. rusydayaba, z. 2009. pengaruh pengumuman annual report award terhadap average abnormal return dan average trading volume activity (study empiris pada perusahaan penerima penghargaan annual report award periode 2007-2008). sjahrial, d. 2017. manajemen keuangan lanjut. jakarta: mitra wacana media. siswandari, s. 2009. aplikasi spss pada statistik non parametrik. jakarta: pt alex media komputindo. sugiyono, 2015. statistik untuk penelitian. bandung: alfabeta. surayawijaya, m.a. 2010. reaksi pasar modal indonesia terhadap peristiwa politik dalam negeri (event study pada peristiwa 27 mei 1996). kelolah, vii (18): 145. tunggal, amin widjaja. 2012. analisis teknikal di bursa efek. yogyakarta: harvarindo widyastuti, f. 2010. analisis perbedaan harga saham dan volume perdagangan saham sebelum dan sesudah pengumuman indonesian csr award 2008 pada perusahaanpemenang indonesia csr award yang listing di bei. https://www.indonesia-investments.com https://penelitiandeskriptifkomparatifkausal.com https://sahamok.com https://yahoofinance.com https://idx.co.id © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). https://www.indonesia-investments.com/ https://penelitiandeskriptifkomparatifkausal.com/ https://sahamok.com/ https://yahoofinance.com/ https://idx.co.id/ 47 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 strong test pressure concrete use of asbest waste saiful muslimin1, suwarno2, april gunarto3, m. zaenuri4 kadiri university saiful_muslimin@unik-kediri.ac.id abstract: concrete is a significant and most dominant material used in building structures. concrete consists of a mixture of cement, aggregate, water, and added ingredients. concrete said material has an essential role in making concrete because it can change the real properties to suit the needs. li, asbestos is a concrete-added material that can reduce the use of cement and produce concrete with absolute consistency. the purpose of this study was to determine how the effect of adding asbestos waste to cement. the method used is an experimental method based on previous research. the specimen used was cylindrical with a diameter of 15 cm and a height of 30 cm. the percentage variation of asbestos waste addition is 0%, 50%, and 100% of the weight of cement used. typical concrete test results obtained an average value of 22.08 mpa, a 50% percentage produces an average compressive strength of 21.32 mpa, and a portion of 100% provides a compressive strength of 22.93 mpa. then the results of the then actual strength test have increased in the percentage of asbestos waste 100%. keywords: compressive strength test, admixture concrete, asbestos waste introduction concrete is an essential and most dominant material used in building structures with the main component being cement.(zhang & zhang, 2019) concrete is also a construction that has many advantages including, strong resistance to compressive forces, resistance to weather changes, more resistance to high temperature, easily formed according to need, and easy to work. and concrete is an artificial stone that has a high enough compressive strength, made from a mixture of cement, sand, broken gravel, and water. current development developments cause the need for building materials to increase.(maghfouri et al., 2017) growth in the field of structure is currently experiencing very rapid progress, taking place in various areas.(ratnawulan et al., 2018) this is because there are many advantages of concrete compared to other materials, that is, the price is relatively low, has good strength, the constituent raw materials are natural to obtain, durable, resistant to fire.(s winarto, 2020) almost every aspect of human life is always associated with concrete, both directly and indirectly. for example are roads and bridges whose structures are made of concrete, airfields, breakwaters, dams.(chai lee et al., 2019) now that there has been an increase in global temperatures globally, it is necessary to innovate in civil engineering by utilizing unused asbestos waste in concrete mixtures.(candra, 2020) as the demand for concrete increases, it is required to have a mix of concrete that is environmentally friendly and has economic value so that it can contribute to reducing increasing global warming.(gowdham et al., 2017) this study aims to determine how the influence of asbestos waste on the compressive strength to reduce cement.(cahyo, 2020) literature review concrete is a building material obtained from the mixture of cement, water, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate with a specific ratio, and sometimes added to the mixture. according to chu-kia 48 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 wang & charles g. salmon (design reinforced concrete: 1985), plain concrete is based on mixing cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, water and sometimes other mixtures. concrete classification classification of concrete according to class is divided into 3, namely: a. class i concrete is concrete for non-structural works. for implementation, there is no need for specialized expertise. quality control is only limited to light supervision of the quality of the ingredients, whereas compressive strength is not required for inspection. class i quality is expressed as bo.(ridwan et al., n.d.) b. class ii concrete is concrete for general structural works. implementation requires sufficient expertise and must be carried out under the leadership of experts. concrete class ii is divided into standard qualities b1, k 125, k175, and k225. in the b1 quality, quality control is only limited to the supervision of the quality of the ingredients.(larsen et al., 2017) at the same time, the compressive strength is not required for inspection, on the quality of k125, k175, with the necessity to check the concrete compressive strength continuously from the results of the test specimens.(badan standardisasi nasional, 2002) c. class iii concrete is concrete for structural works higher than k225. implementation requires special expertise and must be carried out under the leadership of experts. required a concrete laboratory with complete equipment that is served by experts who can carry out continuous quality control of concrete.(kusumawardaningsih et al., 2015) concrete composite material concrete constituent materials significantly affect the compressive strength of concrete specific constituent materials themselves include cement, aggregate, water, and without added ingredients where each added material has a different function.(larsen et al., 2017) a. cement cement (portland cement) is a hydraulic building material that is adhesive, hardens when reacting with water, resistant and stable in water obtained from the blending of the clinker grains (clinker) with the addition of gypsum.(badan standardisasi nasional, 2002) this cement is a material in the form of powder or fine granules with sizes ranging from (45-75) μm, greengray, and thermodynamically unstable, which tends to react with water to form stable hydration products. this cement is a factory product made from natural raw materials that require high technology and a considerable cost to process it b. water according to tjokrodimuljo (1996), water is used for mixing cement, as well as being a lubricant between aggregate grains so that it is easy to work and compact. to react with cement, the water needed is only about 25% by weight of the cement, but in reality, the value of the cement water factor used is difficult to be less than 0.35. this excess water used as a lubricant. additional water for this lubricant should not be too much because the strength of the concrete will below, and the concrete porous.(chan & chu, 2004) water that meets the requirements as drinking water also meets the requirements for concrete mix materials.(candra, 2020) in general, water that can use for concrete admixtures is water, which, if used, can produce concrete with a strength of more than 90% strength of concrete that uses distilled water. c. aggregate aggregates are mineral grains that are the result of the natural disintegration of stones or also called in the form of stone breaking with natural stones. aggregates are concrete fillers, but the 49 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 role of aggregates in concrete is significant.(pujianto, 2011) the total concrete content is around 70% -75% of the concrete volume. aggregates have a lot of influence on the properties of concrete, so the aggregate selection is an essential part of making concrete. (qasim, 2018) in general, the aggregates used contain inert compounds, wherein inactive compounds are compounds that do not react chemically.(qasim, 2018) 1. fine aggregate sand is one type of aggregate which needed for concrete-making materials ranging in size from 0.0625 to 2 mm. formation of sand due to physical and chemical weathering processes in rocks. according to pbi 1971 (ni-2) article 33, the conditions for fine aggregate (sand) are as follows: a. "fine aggregates consist of sharp and hard grains, which are eternal in the sense that they are not broken or destroyed by the effects of the weather, such as the sun's heat and rain.(dachlan & setiadji, 2015) b. fine aggregate must not contain sludge more than 5% of the total weight of dry aggregate. if the mud content is more than 5%, the fine aggregate must wash first. c. fine aggregates should not contain too much organic matter. can be proven with the abrams harder color experiment by using naoh solution.(sathyan et al., 2018) d. fine aggregates consist of granules of varying magnitude and if sifted by the sieve arrangement specified in article 3.5 paragraph 1 (pbi 1971), must meet the following conditions: a. remaining above 4 mm sieve must be at least 2% by weight. b. remaining above 1 mm sieve must be at least 10% by weight. c. remaining above a 0.25 mm sieve should range between 80% -90% by weight ". the function of fine aggregates is to provide stability and reduce the permanent deformation of pavement through interlocking and friction between the grains (sarah et al., 2019). for this reason, the external properties required are angularity and roughness. particle surface roughness. 2. rough aggregate coarse aggregate is commonly called gravel because of the disintegration of natural stones or in the form of broken stones obtained from natural stones, with grains between 4.76 mm 150 mm.(badan standardisasi nasional, 2002) 1 provisions of coarse aggregate include: a. coarse aggregate must consist of hard and non-porous granules. coarse aggregate with flat pellets can only in use if the number of flat grains does not exceed 20% of the total weight of the sum. b. coarse aggregate must not contain sludge of more than 1% in its dry weight. if it exceeds, it must wash c. coarse aggregate must not contain substances that can damage concrete, such as substances that are relatively alkaline. d. coarse aggregate for concrete can be natural gravel from broken stone. e. the rough aggregate must pass a hardness test with a rudeloff test vessel with a test load of 20 tons. f. levels of weak parts if tested with a maximum of 5% copper rod scratches. 50 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 g. fineness modulus for coarse aggregate between 6-7.5 common types of rough aggregates are: 1. naturally broken stone: this material obtained from rock or typically crushed stone excavated. 2. natural gravel: gravel is obtained from natural processes, namely from the river bank or riverbed erosion. 3. artificial coarse aggregate: mainly in the form of slag or shale, used to light-weighted concrete. 4. aggregates for nuclear armor and heavy weight: coarse aggregates classified here for example broken steel, barite, magnatite and limonite 3. asbestos waste asbestos (asbestos) is a mineral in the form of fine fibers that occur naturally. according to the definition given by occupational safety and health administration (osha), there are six types of minerals categorized as asbestos materials as follows: chrysotile, riobeckite, grunarite, actinolite, anthophyllite, and thermolite. from chemistry, asbestos is a substance consisting of magnesium, calcium, and fibrous building fibers with powerful physical properties. asbestos waste classified as b3 waste, which is harmful to human health and the environment. however, it is used as a substitute for cement in concrete production. asbestos waste is not hazardous to human health because it is mixed with other materials such as water, glue, and sand. concrete slump test slump is the amount of vertical collapse value caused by concrete not having sufficient yield stress limit to hold its weight because the bond between the particles is still weak, so it is unable to maintain its original relationship.(chai lee et al., 2019)the slump test is an empirical analysis / the method used to determine the consistency/stiffness (workable or not) of a fresh concrete mixture to assess its workability level.(malier, 1992) making test objects the making of this test object aims to facilitate the process of testing concrete in certain shapes such as cylinders. the cylinder specimens used in this study were 150 mm in diameter and 300 mm high. concrete care concrete care is needed from the start, namely the period of development of his strength. there are three conditions required to get proper care, namely: a. the continual availability of moisture. b. supporting temperature (23 ° c 28 ° c). c. time (the longer, the better). in this study, treatment was carried out by soaking the dried concrete into a pool filled with water for seven days, 14 days, and 28 days of treatment. compressive strength test the strength of concrete is considered the most crucial characteristic in some cases. concrete is more durable in resisting compressive stress than other stresses and generally benefits from this property when planning concrete structures.(kasim et al., 2019) concrete compressive strength is a measure of the area of the unit load that causes the concrete test object to break when loaded with a 51 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 specific compressive force produced by a press machine testing the compressive strength of concrete using a press machine. the test specimen is placed in the machine pressure plane centrally, done slowly until the concrete is crushed.(breu et al., 2008) …..………………………………………………………………………………………(1) with information: fc ’= concrete compressive strength (mpa) p = maximum load weight (n) a = test surface area (mm²)p = maximum load weight (n) a = test surface area (mm²) methodology this research was conducted at the civil engineering laboratory of kediri university, with the method used was experimental and studied previous research theories. the analysis was carried out by making standard concrete and modified concrete with the addition of asbestos waste admixture. this research began with the preparation of tools and materials and then tested the materials to be used to make concrete. after checking the materials and the results meet the requirements, a mixture of planning and making of concrete test specimens (curing) of the test specimens. care (curing) of concrete at average temperatures 20 ̊ 30 ̊c is carried out by inserting concrete into clean water with a temperature of 20 ̊ 30 c̊ for 28 days, then tested the compressive strength of concrete using a press machine. testing procedure this test includes material preparation, material testing, mix design, then new concrete production, slump testing, making of test objects, concrete treatment, and concrete compressive strength testing (angjaya et al., 2013). concrete compressive strength testing is intended to find a strength comparison. press the plan of fc '= 20 mpa with the resulting compressive strength, becoming the benchmark in the field. then, the values are analyzed. the age variation of treatments used is 14 days and 28 days. the percentage of the mixture used is 0%, 50%, 100%. results material test results materials and materials used in this study include portland cement, water, broken stones, sand, and asbestos waste. before being used to make test objects, the above materials on the test for their characteristics. this examination was carried out at the kadiri university civil engineering laboratory. table 1. results of fine aggregate testing no characteristics specification test results information 1 water content 2% 5% 1,01% fulfill 2 sludge levels maks 5% 1,00% fulfill 3 volume weight fulfill a. free 1,6 1,9 kg/liter 1,61 fulfill b. solid 1,6 1,9 kg/liter 1,63 fulfill 52 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 4 absorption maks 2% 1,01% fulfill 5 specific gravity fulfill a bj. bulk 1,6 3,3 2,64 fulfill b bj. dry surface 1,6 3,3 2,67 fulfill c. bj. pseudo 1,6 3,3 2,71 fulfill 6 modulus of refinement 1,5-3,8 2,45 fulfill source : fine aggregate test results table 1. shows that the results of the excellent aggregate test have met the predetermined requirements table 2. coarse aggregate test results no characteristics specification test results information 1 water content 0,5% 2% 1,01% fulfill 2 sludge levels 0,2% 1% 1,00% fulfill 3 volume weight fulfill a. free 1,6 1,9 kg/liter 1,68 fulfill b. solid 1,6 1,9 kg/liter 1,78 fulfill 4 absorption maks 4% 1,01% fulfill 5 specific gravity fulfill a bj. bulk 1,6 3,3 2,15 fulfill b bj. dry surface 1,6 3,3 3,24 fulfill c. bj. pseudo 1,6 3,3 2,2 fulfill 6 modulus of refinement 6,0 7,1 6 fulfill source : coarse aggregate test results table 2. shows that the coarse aggregate test results have met the predetermined requirements job mix concrete the preparation of the composition of the mixture used in the manufacture of specimens refers to sni 7394: 2008 concerning concrete mixtures every 1 m³ (astm c33-16, 2016) the targeted real quality is k-225 or the equivalent of fc '18 .675 mpa. the percentage of asbestos waste used was 0%, 50%, and 100% with five specimens for each variable. the composition of the ingredients is presented in the following table table 3. jobmix concrete modification per 1m3 test object code cement sand coral water addition kg kg kg l kg bt-n 348 692 1039 215 bt-n-l asbes 50% 172 692 1039 215 174 bt-l asbes 100% 692 1039 215 348 53 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 source : plan jobmix concrete modification per 1m3 table 4. jobmix concrete modified per cylinder test object code cement sand coral water addition kg kg kg l kg bt-n 2.03 3.67 5.51 1.37 bt-n-l asbes 50% 1.15 3.67 5.51 1.37 1.15 bt-l asbes 100% 3.67 5.51 1.37 2.03 source : plan jobmix concrete modified per cylinder table 4. shows that with the percentage addition of 50% asbestos waste, there was a reduction in the amount of cement by 1.15. in comparison, with the percentage of adding asbestos waste, 100% replaced cement with asbestos waste. slump test results the results of the slump test for each variation in the addition of asbestos waste can be seen in figure 4. figure 4. slump test results compressive strength test results the results of the concrete compressive strength test after the concrete is 28 days old for each variation of the concrete mix, and each specimen are shown in table 5. table 5. results of concrete compressive strength value sample bt-n bt-l.a 50% bt-l.a 100% 1 19,36 19,36 19,83 2 20,77 20,77 21,24 3 22,65 21,24 21,71 4 23,59 22,65 23,12 5 24,04 22,59 28,76 average 22,08 21,32 22,93 source : of concrete compressive strength test results from the table above, the average compressive strength of standard concrete is fc 22.08 mpa, mixed concrete with a percentage of 50% asbestos waste with a result of fc 21.32 mpa, and concrete with a mixture of 100% asbestos waste with a consequence of fc 22.93 mpa. 0 10 bt-n bt-l.a 50% bt-l.a 100% sl um p (c m ) slump test series1 54 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 figure 5. standard concrete compressive strength value figure 5 shows that the average compressive strength of standard concrete is fc '22.08 mpa figure 6. value of concrete compressive strength asbestos waste 50% figure 6 shows that the compressive strength of asbestos waste with a percentage of 50% is smaller than the rate of 100% with the highest compressive strength value of 28.76 mpa figure 7. value of concrete compressive strength asbestos waste 100% figure 7 shows that the highest compressive strength is achieved by asbestos waste concrete with a percentage of 100% 19.36 20.77 22.65 23.59 24.06 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 1 2 3 4 5 co nc re te q ua lit y f' c sample value of normal concrete pressure fc 19.36 20.77 21.24 22.65 23.59 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 1 2 3 4 5 co nc re te q ua lit y f' c sample the strong value of the pressure of asbestos waste 50% 19.83 21.24 21.71 23.12 28.76 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 1 2 3 4 5 co nc re te q ua lit y f' c sample the strong value of the pressure of 100% concrete waste 55 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 conclusions after the whole material testing process has been carried out; from this research, several conclusions can be drawn as follows. 1. that the slump value obtained for standard concrete is 6 cm in value, for mixed concrete with 50% asbestos waste with an amount of 4cm, and for mixtures of 100% asbestos waste with a value of 3cm. 2. the test results of the compressive strength of concrete with standard combinations and variations in the addition of asbestos waste at the age of 28 days have different average results of compressive force. the average compressive strength value of standard concrete is 22.04 mpa, while the average compressive strength value using variations in the addition of 50% asbestos waste is 21.32 mpa, and the average compressive strength value of concrete with a percentage of asbestos waste is 100% amounted to 22.93 references badan standardisasi nasional. (2002). tata cara perhitungan struktur beton untuk bangunan gedung. sni 032847-2002. bandung: badan standardisasi nasional, umum, 251. breu, f., guggenbichler, s., & wollmann, j. (2008). ultra-high strength concrete mixtures using local materials. vasa, 575, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9781107415324.004 cahyo, y. (2020). the effect of stirring time and concrete compaction on k-200 concrete press strength. https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1569/4/042033 candra, a. i. (2020). correlation of concrete strength and concrete age k-300 using sikacim ® concrete additive and master ease 5010 correlation of concrete strength and concrete age k-300 using sikacim ® concrete additive and master ease 5010. https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1569/4/042032 chai lee, j., shafigh, p., & kim lee, s. (2019). high strength concrete incorporating oil-palm-boiler clinker as coarse lightweight aggregate. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 601(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/601/1/012017 chan, y. w., & chu, s. h. (2004). effect of silica fume on steel fiber bond characteristics in reactive powder concrete. cement and concrete research, 34(7), 1167–1172. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconres.2003.12.023 dachlan, a. t., & setiadji, r. (2015). ( usage of merapi sand for high-grade concrete ). 16–31. gowdham, k., sumathi, a., & saravana raja mohan, k. (2017). study on the strength characteristics of high strength concrete with micro steel fibers. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 80(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1755-1315/80/1/012010 kasim, n., sulaiman, m. r., & taib, k. a. (2019). utilization of ultra high performance concrete for bridge construction a case study of kg. seberang manong to pekan manong bridge. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 512(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/512/1/012036 kusumawardaningsih, y., fehling, e., ismail, m., & aboubakr, a. a. m. (2015). tensile strength behavior of uhpc and uhpfrc. procedia engineering, 125, 1081–1086. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2015.11.166 larsen, i. l., granseth aasbakken, i., o’born, r., vertes, k., & thorstensen, r. t. (2017). determining the environmental benefits of ultra high performance concrete as a bridge construction material. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 245(5). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757899x/245/5/052096 maghfouri, m., shafigh, p., binti ibrahim, z., & alimohammadi, v. (2017). quality control of lightweight aggregate concrete based on initial and final water absorption tests. iop conference series: materials science and 56 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 engineering, 210(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/210/1/012022 malier. (1992). pembuatan ultra high strength concrete dengan material lokal. 1–8. pujianto, a. (2011). beton mutu tinggi dengan admixture superplastisizer dan aditif silicafume. jurnal ilmiah semesta teknika, 14(2), 177–185. qasim, o. a. (2018). experimental investigation on autogenous shrinkage of high and ultra-high strength concrete. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 454(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757899x/454/1/012067 ratnawulan, r., fauzi, a., & hayati, a. e. s. (2018). characterization of silica sand due to the influence of calcination temperature. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 335(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/335/1/012008 ridwan, a., candra, a. i., & gardjito, e. (n.d.). experimental study additional brantas sands of clay density. 6– 11. s winarto. (2020). analysis causes concrete damage and prevention. https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1569/4/042031 sathyan, d., anand, k. b., mini, k. m., & aparna, s. (2018). optimization of superplasticizer in portland pozzolana cement mortar and concrete. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 310(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/310/1/012036 zhang, x., & zhang, h. (2019). experimental research on ultra-high performance concrete (uhpc). iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 562(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757899x/562/1/012045 © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). strong test pressure concrete use of asbest waste introduction literature review methodology this research was conducted at the civil engineering laboratory of kediri university, with the method used was experimental and studied previous research theories. the analysis was carried out by making standard concrete and modified concrete with the... testing procedure results table 4. jobmix concrete modified per cylinder source : plan jobmix concrete modified per cylinder table 4. shows that with the percentage addition of 50% asbestos waste, there was a reduction in the amount of cement by 1.15. in comparison, with the percentage of adding asbestos waste, 100% replaced cement with asbestos waste. slump test results the results of the slump test for each variation in the addition of asbestos waste can be seen in figure 4. figure 4. slump test results compressive strength test results the results of the concrete compressive strength test after the concrete is 28 days old for each variation of the concrete mix, and each specimen are shown in table 5. table 5. results of concrete compressive strength value from the table above, the average compressive strength of standard concrete is fc 22.08 mpa, mixed concrete with a percentage of 50% asbestos waste with a result of fc 21.32 mpa, and concrete with a mixture of 100% asbestos waste with a consequence of... figure 5. standard concrete compressive strength value figure 5 shows that the average compressive strength of standard concrete is fc '22.08 mpa conclusions references 16 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 development of scada dynamic application design joesianto eko poetro, m. basuki rahmat*, agus khumaidi, hananta a, bhakti department of marine electrical engineering, shipbuilding institute of polytechnic surabaya, indonesia mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id abstract: the covid-19 pandemic has changed major habits in learning patterns. before the pandemic, almost all learning activities took place face-to-face. the pandemic situation brings problem especially to a vocational education where competence or expertise is an absolute achievement that must be achieved. learning patterns where practical learning reaches 60% of students must obtain practical learning directly. during the pandemic, direct learning activities cannot be carried out in full. this will have an impact on student competence. solution is needed to solve it. one of them is how students can practice virtually. this article does not discuss the extent of competence achieved by a student through online practice. the focus of this article is to discuss how practical devices can be controlled remotely by designing a virtual system on the platform and running it in real time or known as dynamic application. and technicians or plp will still supervise the operation of equipment in the laboratory. the device will be built using the modbus communication protocol. keywords: dynamic applications, modbus, communication, competence introduction distance learning is becoming a new format as the covid-19 pandemic escalates. the community activity restriction policy (ppkm) which requires limited activities greatly affects learning patterns. in polytechnic learning or vocational education where the composition of practical learning is more than the composition of theoretical learning, it becomes very disturbed. by not carrying out practical learning activities, the competencies that are the main characteristics of vocational education are lost or reduced. although there is some practical learning done using assistive software to simulate. however, many practical learning activities cannot be replaced by simulations. along with the development of information technology and automation, in the industrial era 4.0, most industrial equipment can be monitored and controlled remotely. this can also be applied to the world of education and practical learning from a distance. practical equipment in the laboratory can be connected to devices that can be monitored and controlled remotely. students can do the setting process remotely. one of the communication protocols used to communicate between devices is the modbus protocol. modbus is the first data exchange communication protocol published by modicon in 1979 (anonym, 2006). modbus is an application located at the top layer (7th layer) of the open systems interconnection (osi) communication architecture model. for data exchange between computers acting as masters and sensors acting as slaves, modbus requires a physical hardware interface. one of those physical devices is a network card called ethernet (anonym, 2012). in order for data exchange with modbus to be carried out via an ethernet card, modbus requires a network protocol. one such network protocol is tcp/ip. figure 1 shows the modbus conceptual architecture. the command request representation format from the master is broken down into groups of frames as shown in table 1 (guarese, et al., 2014). mailto:mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id 17 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 1. modbus messaging service conceptual architecture format the master command shown in table 1. which consists of 5 is 8 bytes long. the first frame contains the slave address code. the slave address code is unique, for example each sensor connected as a slave has a different address. code size the address is 1 byte, so the number of sensors that can be connected to the protocol. table 1. format command request from master scada dynamic application design advances in information technology have been widely implemented in the industrial world. the use of automation control systems in industry aims to help and improve the effectiveness of human work. today we are in the middle of the industry 4.0 period where the number 4.0 indicates the industrial revolution which has entered the 4th wave. the characteristics of the model from industry 4.0 are a combination of several of the latest technological developments which include information and communication technology, communication networks, big data and cloud computing as well as equipment developed to facilitate human interaction with computers (anonym, 2006). all aspects of industrial computing can communicate with each other by utilizing communication protocols, one of which is modbus. communication protocol is a language to communicate with each other between hardware, and software. modbus is a two-serial communication protocol method, where communication can occur with the modbus master and modbus slave systems (anonym, 2012). modbus can be transmitted via serial communication (modbus rt), via ethernet communication (modbus tcp/ip), via ascii (modbus ascii) and modbus plus. modbus rtu is also equipped with a cyclic redundary error (crc) mechanism that functions to reduce errors and ensure data reliability. in practice, modbus supports many modems and gateways to work (capocci, et al., 2017). figure 2, shown modbus rtu communication protocol. figure 2. modbus rtu communication protocol 18 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 2, shows the communication of the modbus rtui protocol, which is used in industry. remote modbus. terminal unit (rtu) and ascii are different types of protocols used for serial communication to create master-slave or server-client communication between smart devices (guarese, et al., 2014). it is a widely accepted protocol due to its ease of use and reliability. remote terminal unit (rtu) is connected to sensors and actuators to interact with physical systems. the industrial control system consists of a master terminal unit (mtu) connected to a remote terminal unit (rtu) through communication channels (morris, et al., 2012). modbus rtu protocols commonly used for building management systems (bms) and industrial automation systems (ias). the wide acceptance of this application is largely due to ease of use modbus rtu. modbus remote terminal unit message is simple 16-bit cyclic-redundant checksum (crc). 16-bit base the modbus rtu register structure can be used to package floating point, tables, ascii text, queues and more unrelated the data (nurpatmi, 2010). modbus rtu communication protocol associated with half-duplex communication mode. main frame sends a command signal to the terminal device according to the different slave addresses. after appropriate operation, terminal equipment sends an answering signal to mainframes. in remote terminal unit mode, the button messages are transmitted in a continuous stream format. every 8-bit (1 byte) framed by 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 0 or 1 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits. rs-485 is known as the most common serial cable communication protocols in industrial automation. rs-485 interface capable of supporting for a maximum distance of 1200 meters with multiple devices (up to 32 devices) on the same bus (chandra, et al., 2016). table 2 describes common wired communications protocols used in industry. table 2. common wired communication protocols methodology the method of the development of this system consisted of two part. the first is the hardware section and the second is the software section. the hardware will connect the devices in the laboratory. research flow the initial system design is divided into two part. the first part is software design. the second part is hardware design. the software and hardware design can be shown in figure 2. 19 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 3. initial system design. hardware design in the system concept, it can be explained that there is a block concept to design and create the system. in the system block concept, it is explained that there are inputs, processes and outputs. for this system, the input entered is in the form of sensor reading data. then the data is processed on a microcontroller equipped with a framework. the result of the process is the output of the system in the form of data sent to the server or mqtt broker. based on the concept of this system, a block system is described which can be seen in figure 4. figure 4. system concept figure 3 describes the system diagram designed in accordance with the research flow. the system is designed using sensor reading data as system input, then the input data is sent to the microcontroller and the data will be processed and then the data will be sent to the mqtt server or broker. the working system of this tool starts with initializing all systems, namely turning on the system and preparing system requirements such as connecting sensors as system inputs using an rs485 serial cable to the screw terminal connected to the rs485 to ttl serial module, connecting sensors as system inputs with the sn65hvd230 can bus transceiver module and connect the 20 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 ethernet enc module to a pc/laptop using an rj45 cable and connect the built in esp32 wi-fi with an available access point as an internet connection. after system initialization, the sensor will send data to a microcontroller via the modbus rtu protocol and the can bus protocol as input data. the input data will be processed by a microcontroller equipped with a framework that has been prepared. before the data is processed by the microcontroller, the microcontroller has been programmed according to the data processing needs and the communication protocol needs to be used. the process of preparing the program is made easier by the framework created in this research. the processed data will be sent to a server using the modbus tcp/ip protocol and sent to the mqtt broker using the mqtt protocol. if the data transmission process is not successful, then return to the data processing stage by the microcontroller. if the data transmission is successful, the output of this tool is in the form of data that has been successfully sent to the server or mqtt broker so that online data monitoring can be carried out. the hardware concept shown in figure 5. figure 5. hardware concept there is a 5v hi-link power supply module which functions as a conversion of a 220v ac voltage source into a 5v dc voltage which is used to supply voltage for this device. then, in the first process using a serial rs485 to ttl module which is useful for serial data conversion from sensors that will be sent to a microcontroller using the modbus rtu protocol and there is also an sn65hvd230 can bus transceiver module which is useful for data transactions using the can interface. the main working system of this tool is on an esp32 microcontroller because the esp32 input data will be processed and controlled with a programming algorithm that is equipped with a framework. then there is an ethernet enc module that functions as a local area network (lan) port for data transmission media to the server using the modbus tcp/ip protocol. the electronics hardware design is designed by reading the rs485 to ttl module and the sn65hvd230 can bus transceiver as input data, as well as the use of a microcontroller and enc28j60 ethernet module as an output data controller. figure 6 shows the hardware design. 21 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 6. hardware design (a).rs485 to ttl. (b) modul sn65hvd230 can bus transceiver. (c). modul ethernet enc28j60 software design system requirements analysis is a step to identify and understand the system requirements to be used. the system is divided into three stages, namely the input or input stage, the stage of sorting data or parsing data, and the last one presenting the data intuitively using charts, gauges and so on and sending data back to control the data. the first stage is that data from the modbus gateway module will be sent using the ethernet port using the modbus tcp/ip communication protocol where the application will identify and connect the module with the application using the specified ip address. after connecting, then the input data or data packets will be read and parsed according to the type of packet where each data packet consists of address, function code, data, and error check. data from data packets will be stored and displayed for further id tagging to be associated with id tag gauges, charts, and so on. in addition to reading data (read coil and register), dynamic applications will also send data back to the modbus module (write coil and register) using the modbus tcp protocol, making it possible to control data through dynamic applications as well as through the mqtt protocol using a broker so that users can wirelessly to connect and control data. the data will then be sent and stored in a mysql or firebase database in real-time. system requirements analysis is shown in figure 7. figure 7. system requirements the equipment is equipped with a scada framework and dynamic applications for connectivity configuration and visualization of input data. the application is equipped with a graphical user interface which has the option to select the type and protocol of communication between the device and the software. the graphical user interface application supports several communications such as modbus, mqtt and data connections such as sql and firebase. in addition, the application also supports dynamic graphics devices using live gauges, moving images and bar indicators, making it easier for users to carry out surveillance, data control and data acquisition in the industry. figure 8 describes the application's graphical interface. the application has three workspaces, including the tag management tab, graphic designer and configurations. on the tag management tab there are several menu boxes consisting of: (a) (b) (c) 22 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 1. device connection on the device connection tab, the user can select the communication that will be used to connect the module with the application, including the modbus tcp/ip protocol, modbus rtu (serial) or mqtt. 2. data connection on the data connection menu, users can choose a storage method for server data, including using mysql, or firebase for real-time databases. on the graphic designer tab there are several menus for designing the hmi (human machine interface) display, including: i. menu bar on the menubar there are several icons that function to create new files, set layouts, grouping, copying and pasting objects to commands to print work pages. ii. toolbox on the toolbox tab there are also several menus consisting of menu controls, shapes, to hmi symbols which serves to add image tags, such as gauges, charts, graphs, or pipe or actuator logos. iii. canvas the canvas menu serves as a work page for the design of the interface that you want to create. in this canvas menu, users can drag and drop and arrange the components they want to create in order to facilitate controlling and monitoring data. iv. properties in the property menu there are several forms and configurations to set the properties of the data, such as id tag, image position and size. the last tab is the configurations tab where we can set the application configuration. the configuration tab consists of several menus, including: a. runtime on the runtime tab, users can provide runtime settings such as auto maximize windows to make the application automatically adjust to the maximum screen size, auto full screen to make the application fully open the first time it is run until the plot interval timer to set the time interval for incoming data. b. startups startup has a setting to automatically open the project file that we created earlier in the application. figure 8. describes the application's graphical interface. (a). application conection tab (b).grafis design tab (c). configuration tab test result hardware testing is done to find out the results of testing each hardware component and analyze it. a. hardware (a) (b) (c) 23 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 1. rs485 to ttl module test rs485 to ttl module serves to convert ttl serial data to rs485 serial. in this test, the rs485 to ttl module is connected to a usb to rs45 converter connected to a computer. then serial data will be sent through the module to the computer. the following is a test of the rs485 to ttl module. table 2 shows the test results. table 3. test results rs485 to ttl module test no data sent data received status 1 1 1 sent 2 2 2 sent 3 3 3 sent 4 4 4 sent 5 5 5 sent table 3 shows the results of testing the rs485 to ttl module. this module is capable of sending ttl serial data and converting it to rs485 serial data. from this test, it can be concluded that the rs485 to ttl module can be used to convert ttl serial data to rs485 serial and can be used for data transactions properly. 2. sn65hvd230 can bus transceiver module the sn65hvd230 can bus transceiver module is used for serial data conversion to the can bus. this test uses 2 sn65hvd230 can bus transceiver modules that are connected to the microcontroller and connect the h pin on module 1 to the h pin of module 2, the l pin of module 1 to the l pin of module 2. the test results of module, shown in table 4 table 4. sn65hvd230 module testing no data sent data received status 1 1 1 sent 2 2 2 sent 3 3 3 sent 4 4 4 sent 5 5 5 sent 6 6 6 sent 7 7 7 sent table 3 shows the test results for the sn65hvd230 can bus transceiver module. this module is capable of converting serial data to the can bus and transmitting data. from this test it can be concluded that the sn65hvd230 can bus transceiver sensor can be used for serial data conversion to the can bus and can also be used for data transmission. 24 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 3. enc28j60 ethernet module the enc28j60 ethernet module is used to connect the esp32 to a local area network (lan) via an ethernet cable. testing the enc28j60 ethernet module is done by connecting the module to a pc/laptop or router. the test is carried out using a laptop as a gateway to the local area network. the test was carried out with the esp32 pinging “www.google.com” to measure latency as well as testing the enc28j60 ethernet module connection. the test results shown in figure 9. figure 9. enc28j60 ethernet module testing on serial monitor in figure 9, shows a serial monitor image that shows an ethernet connection has been connected, the esp32 ip address is 192.168.137.232. in the serial monitor image, it can be seen that the connection test by pinging the latency has been successful. b. software software design aims to implement all communication protocols with hmi designer so that all aspects of communication can be well integrated with each other. the system is designed using the visual studio 2019 application with the xaml programming language as the front-end and the c# language as the back-end. there are several interfaces in the dynamic software developed including: 1. hmi designer interface the hmi designer interface is the first screen that will be encountered when the application is used. users can freely design the hmi according to the available plans using the symbols and gauges found in the toolbox. all components and symbols used will be placed on the designer's dashboard canvas. in the properties column, users can set the metadata of each object on the canvas such as position, size, font, color and tags for data binding. 2. interface tag manager in the tag manager, there is a list of data communication protocols and database protocols that can be selected according to the available communication plan. on the right side there is a table that contains the name of the data variable, the name of the communication, and the data value. to facilitate table management, there is a toolbox that contains copy id, paste id, delete id edit id, and import and export tags 3. interface settings on the settings tab, contains several tools to adjust the refresh rate and layout of the application when it is first run. by default, some of the variables on the settings tab are set the first time it is run. however, the user can change the value or status of the available interface settings 25 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 4. dependency libraries to support and facilitate dynamic application design, several library packages are used, all of which are managed by nuget package dependencies. all available libraries depend on the version of the .net framework used in the project files. the design of dependency libraries is very important considering that the more libraries that are inserted in the project file, the greater the computational resources required which will have an impact on lagging or the application becomes very heavy to run. 5. application of installer file dynamic applications are also equipped with a single installer file or single installer with an executable or .exe format to make it easier to install software on a computer. to design the installer file, the project file must first be published or deployed to convert from a programming language into an executable file that can later be executed by commands on the computer. in designing the installer file, three different files are needed according to their respective functions. to determine the success of the system being developed, several software tests are needed, including: 1. modbus tcp communication test 2. modbus rtu communication test 3. mqtt communication 4. mysql database 5. firebase database 6. local csv data in reality, the practitioner will assemble a series of specified plants. to provide a real picture of how a plant is assembled and run and controlled and monitored remotely. then set up the hmi system to make it easier to design a series of practices. an example of an hmi that can be used in this dynamic application system is shown in the figure 10. figure 10. hmi display when full screen. conclusion based on the description above, it is concluded that: 1. development of modbus rtu communication protocol which can be used as a system capable of controlling and monitoring plant performance 2. applications in control and monitoring can be applied to practical equipment factories in laboratories or in workshops 3. the appearance of the hmi design can be adjusted to the needs of the equipment in the laboratory or workshop 26 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 references anonym. (2006). modbus messaging on tcp/ip implementation guide v1.0b. october 24. modbus organization,inc.,http://www.modbus.org/docs/odbus_messaging_implementation_guide_v1_0b .pdf anonym. (2012). modbus application protocol specification v1.1b3. april 26. modbus organization,inc., http://www.modbus.org/docs/modbus_application_protocol_v1_1b3.pdf g. b. m. guarese, f. g. sieben, t. webber, m. r. dillenburg, and c. marcon. (2012). exploiting modbus protocol in wired and wireless multilevel communication architecture, 2012 brazilian symposium on computing system engineering. k. wang, d. peng, l. song, and h. zhang, (2014). implementation of modbus communication protocol based on arm coretx-m0,” conf. proc. 2014 int. conf. syst. sci. eng. icsse 2014, pp. 69–73, 2014, doi: 10.1109/icsse.2014.6887907. nurpatmi, (2010). studi tentang modbus protokol sistem control, forum teknologi, vol.01, no. 2010. r. capocci, g. dooly, e. omerdić, j. coleman, t. newe, and d. toal, inspection-class remotely operated vehicles a review, journal of marine science and engineering, vol. 5, no. 1, p. 13, 2017. s. d. chandra, h. kusuma, and suwito, (2016). desain dan implementasi protokol modbus untuk sistem antrian terintegrasi pada pelayanan surat izin mengemudi (sim) di kepolisian resort. t. morris, r. vaughn, and y. dandass. (2012). a retrofit network intrusion detection system for modbus rtu and ascii industrial control systems, 45th hawaii international conference on system sciences © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 66 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. abraham maslow's hierarchical need fulfillment and herzberg's two-factor theory for creating worker loyalty i putu artaya1, made kamisutara2, achmad muchayan3, iga sri deviyanti4 1,2,3narotama university surabaya, 4w.r. supratman university surabaya 1putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id, 2made.kamisutara@narotama.ac.id, 3achmad.muchayan@narotama.ac.id, 4srideviyanti@gmail.com abstract: this research was conducted in an attempt to identify and analyze the role and influence of two universally applicable theories in the life of an employee when working in a company. the research subjects are employees who work at the bank. the data collection model is carried out primarily using a questionnaire to explore their perceptions in creating and or maintaining a sense of loyalty in their workplace. to prove this, the researchers chose a bank that has been around for a long time, where there are 25 employees. we want to know whether maslow and herzberg's theory of motivation remains universally applicable in their work environment. this research is an associative study using the primary data base, this data from interviews and filling out questionnaires from the bank employees. measurement of data using ordinal data with a likert scale approach. from the results of filling out the questionnaire, the percentage results obtained that 71.4% of them tend to agree on the existence of their existence and fulfill their needs hierarchically. through associative analysis, it can be obtained that the physiological results are 49.1% well fulfilled, sense of security is 47.4% fulfilled, social 43.8% is fulfilled, self-esteem 72.5% is fulfilled, and self actualization is 49.1% also fulfilled in the bank, this condition is enough to make their employees loyal in contributing energy, time and thoughts. overall 93.7% of maslow's hierarchical needs and herzberg's maintenance are able to create a sense of employee loyalty to the workplace. the fulfillment of 72.5% hierarchical needs is dominated by the fulfillment of self-esteem, then in terms of maintenance theory, herzberg is dominated by self-esteem and selfactualization. keywords: fulfillment of needs, two factor theory, employee loyalty. introduction in a developing society, humans have an increasingly important position, in a work orientation where we see work as something noble, then we do not mean neglecting the people who carry out the work. the view held by the community shows that this is the growing demand to pay attention to the human aspect and not only the technological and economic aspects of every business. human resources are a very determining factor and have a large enough share, because they are the most important capital in driving the company's activities. in addition, employees also serve as the main tool for achieving the goals of the organization set by the company. for this reason, company management must be able to manage and utilize the potential of its employees optimally, in the sense that potential capabilities can be absorbed to an optimal level of work capacity, or at least close to supporting company activities in a more effective and controlled manner (siagian, 1998). to achieve this, companies and employees must be able to work together effectively. meanwhile, to achieve effective cooperation, companies must be able to think about how employees can work mailto:1putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id mailto:2made.kamisutara@narotama.ac.id mailto:3achmad.muchayan@narotama.ac.id mailto:4srideviyanti@gmai.com 67 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. with a strong will and high enthusiasm. just as employees have certain desires that the company wants to fulfill, on the other hand, the company also has the desire that employees want to do this type of behavior. therefore, it is the manager's job to motivate (direct) employees to be willing to carry out certain patterns of behavior that can support the company's success. given that human resources are a very important element, the maintenance of continuous and harmonious relationships with employees in every form of organization is very influential. the theory of human resources, in which there is an indication that an important part of the maintenance of this relationship, among others, concerns motivation and job satisfaction, counseling and the imposition of disciplinary unions, communication systems, organizational change and development as well as improving the standard of living of employees. it is understood that the productivity of an organization is influenced by many factors, such as the opportunity to get additional education and training, the maintenance of good, rational and objective employees and most importantly a fair loyalty assessment. therefore, the department that manages human resources absolutely needs to understand the problems that occur in an effort to maintain a harmonious relationship with the entire organization. theoretical framework this theory emphasizes the importance of understanding the individual's internal factors, needs or motives that cause them to choose certain activities, ways and behaviors to satisfy their perceived needs. external factors, such as salary, working conditions, work relations and company policies regarding promotion, delegation of authority and so on, provide value or use to obtain positive employee behavior in an effort to achieve organizational goals. abraham h. maslow's hierarchy of needs theory quoting from handoko's book (1992), maslow is based on the concept of a hierarchy of needs on two principles. first, the needs of the needs that can be arranged in a hierarchy from the lowest to the highest needs. second, a need that has been satisfied ceases to be the main motivator of behavior. according to maslow, humans will be encouraged to fulfill their strongest needs according to time, circumstances and experiences following a hierarchy. in this level, the first needs that must be met first are physiological needs, such as remuneration, rest and so on. after the first needs are satisfied, the next higher needs will become the primary needs, this the need for security and a sense of security. the third need will arise after the second need is satisfied. this process continues until self-actualization needs are met, where management can provide incentives to motivate cooperative relationships, personal dignity, and a sense of responsibility to achieve high employee loyalty. for more details, maslow's hierarchy of needs can be seen in the following figure: 68 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. selft actualization needs theory : the use of self-potential, growth, selfdevelopment. applied : complete challenging assignments, do creative work, develop skills. esteem needs theory : status or position, self-confidence, recognition, reputation and achievement, appreciation, self-respect, appreciation. applied : power, ego, promotions, gifts, status, symbols, job recognition, strokes, rewards. social needs theory : love friendship, a feeling of belonging and being accepted in groups, kinship, associations. applied : formal and informal working groups, company sponsored activities, commemoration events. safety and security needs theory : protection and stability. applied : employee development, safe working conditions, plans, workforce seniority, savings, severance pay, pension benefits, insurance, complaint handling systems. phisiological needs theory : eat, drink, housing, entertainment, rest. applied : rest room, stop for lunch, clean air to breathe, water for drinking, vacation, leave, remuneration and social security, rest periods on the job. figure 1. maslow's hierarchy of needs, in theory and application as managerial motivation herzberg's acceptance motivation theory according to handoko (1992), in general, new employees tend to meet lower needs at their first job, especially security. but once fulfilled, they will try to meet that level of need. higher such as the need for incentives and responsibilities. from the results of research conducted by frederick herzberg and his research group from the pittshburg psychological service, there are two groups of factors that influence a person's job in an organization, this the job satisfaction factor which has a driving influence on loyalty and work morale, as well as a factor causing worker dissatisfaction (job dissatisfaction) which has a negative influence. thus, researchers distinguish between what they call motivators or satisfaction and maintenance factors (sometimes called hygiene or dissatisfaction factors. motivators have the effect of increasing loyalty or job satisfaction outcomes, whereas maintenance factors prevent moral decline, or increase efficiency. or eliminate job dissatisfaction but cannot be used as a source of job satisfaction that leads to the achievement of loyalty. the theory of motivation and maintenance factors is parallel to maslow's hierarchy of needs theory. motivators are associated with self-actualization and respect, with lesser needs, especially security and security needs. for more details, see the following table: 69 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. table 1. factors of satisfaction and maintenance of herzberg in work satisfaction factors hygiene factors achievement appreciation creative and challenging work responsible progress and improvement company policy and administration quality controlling technique work relationship job status worker safety personal life payroll table 2. comparison between maslow's hierarchy of needs theory and motivation theory herzberg hygiene factors maslow's hierarchy of needs theory herzberg's hygiene motivation theory motivational self-actualization / selffulfillment and appreciation creative and challenging work achievement appreciation responsible the odds increase progress hygiene social rewards security / sense of security physiological status interpersonal relationships with superiors, subordinates, colleagues. company policy and administration job security remuneration personal life with the application of the two theories above to the scope and environment of workers, there is a tendency and goodness that can be felt directly by workers in building a sense of belonging, a sense of responsibility, a sense of togetherness and a sense of wanting to move forward when their work is actualized in their workplace on an ongoing basis. modern-day worker loyalty researchers such as argyris and likert (porter, 1995) criticize the human relationship model and propose a more specific model for utilizing employees. this model states that employees are motivated by many factors, not only money or the desire to achieve satisfaction, but also the need to excel and get meaningful jobs. they also reasoned that most people are motivated to do a good job and they don't automatically see work as unpleasant. they suggest that employees prefer fulfilling satisfaction from a good work performance. so, managers can use motivation, human relations, and human resources models simultaneously. with their subordinates, managers tend to apply human relationships. they try to reduce subordinate rejection by model improvement and satisfaction. for himself, managers will prefer the human resource model. they feel that their abilities are not being used fully, so they seek greater responsibility from their superiors. 70 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the definition of loyalty at work is one of the strongest human needs and ranupandojo and husnan (1993) always want to achieve. the term achievement (achievement), they interpret it as the meaning of the importance of a job, the level of skills required, progress and level of completion of a job. while dharma (1997) defines what is done or a product or service produced or provided by a person or group of people. here it can be concluded that loyalty is a condition in which someone feels they can complete their work and feels that the results of their work are needed by others, in other words that their work is valuable or important. in some cases, employee loyalty is really necessary for the implementation of the planned program, because the plans are neatly arranged without employee loyalty. method this study only focuses on ten institution that is used as a place of research, and is used as a place for case studies in an effort to prove non-empirically about the associative relationship of variables. through an associative model, the strength of one element in an equation can be predicted using other elements that are linear and proportional, and presented systematically through an equation, this the multiple linear regression model equation. research subjects the subjects in this study were employees of ten banks in the city of surabaya, all employees became respondents in the data collection process, including the leadership. the questionnaire regarding the fulfillment of maslow's hierarchical needs and the fulfillment of hezberg's maintenance was filled in by employees, while the questionnaire on the measurement of employee loyalty was filled in by the leadership. overall consisting of 250 respondents. sampling model since all employees and leaders are respondents, the sampling model is census, not probability based. so that all employees at the ten banks have the same position and opportunity to become research samples. data collection in order to obtain adequate data in the analysis and discussion process, the researcher did not use secondary data collection, and the data collected was primary. this data is obtained from the results of filling out a questionnaire which is part of measuring employees' perceptions of variables related to employee loyalty. data analysis model because what is discussed and wants to estimate here is employee loyalty which is associated with several variables through an equation, the analysis tool used to analyze the data is the multiple linear regression equation. where according to sugiyono (2015), multiple linear regression equations can be formed through the following formulation: y = b0 + b1.x1 + b2.x2 + b3.x3 + b4.x4 + b5.x5+ e the meaning: y = loyality x1 = physiological x2 = security and safety x3 = social x4 = self esteem x5 = self actualization 71 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. b0; the value is always constant without the influence of all forms of variance of the independent variable. b1, b2, b3, b4, dan b5, is a regression coefficient that functions as an estimator value in the estimation process. and, e = is a confounding variable whose magnitude is not discussed in the model formed above and its value tends to be ignored. the analytical tools above are only tools and serve as a basis for discussion, in making decisions and actions. through the form and value of the five independent variables above, behavior and changes in employee loyalty variables can be predicted if the five variables experience changes in conditions randomly. although the effect of the five independent variables is difficult to measure, at least through the estimation equation, the direction of movement can be seen. results and discussion estimation results of regression equations based on the analysis process through the multiple linear regression analysis method, the independent variable group is used as a controlling or estimating variable or an estimation variable on the strength or value or magnitude of the dependent variable that has been formed in the regression model equation, the results of data processing or processing through analysis can be seen as shown below: tabel 3. model summary model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate 1 ,975a ,950 ,937 ,136 a. predictors: (constant), self-actualization, social, self esteem, security and safety , physiological in table 3 above, it is clear that the contribution of physiological, self of safety, social, self of esteem, and self actualization to employee loyalty is simultaneously 93.7% and the remaining 6.3% is caused by other variables outside the model. . this means that in this bank, the contribution of maslow's hierarchy of needs motivation theory and hezberg's two-factor theory of maintenance has a very big role in employee loyalty. tabel 4. anova model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 6,687 5 1,337 72,016 ,000a residual ,353 19 ,019 total 7,040 240 a. predictors: (constant), self-actualization , social, self esteem, security and safety , physiological b. dependent variable: loyality from table 4 above, it can be explained that through the anova test it can be determined that all variables from maslow's hierarchical theory and herzberg's theory of maintenance have 72 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. or are significant to employee loyalty. this can be seen from the anova significance value whose value is lower than 5% in the sig column. tabel 5. coefficients model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta 1 (constant) -1,030 ,314 -3,276 ,004 physiological ,269 ,084 ,282 3,191 ,005 security and safety ,192 ,078 ,186 2,475 ,023 social ,152 ,066 ,141 2,323 ,031 self esteem ,411 ,094 ,348 4,380 ,000 self-actualization ,210 ,074 ,224 2,836 ,011 a. dependent variable: loyality from table 5 above, it can be seen about the significance or level of error testing for the t test (partial), the overall value is below 5% (column sig.), which means that the five independent variables used in the model are physiological, security and safety, social, selt esteem. , and partially self actualization all of them have a role and influence on the loyalty variable. the sign of the constant value in the betha column (b) is negative, meaning that without meeting maslow's motivation needs and herzberg's motivation to maintain, there will never be loyalty to employees. the emergence of a loyal condition because employees feel that all the needs they want, their personal needs or individual needs, and the needs related to productive activities are considered when employees carry out and complete all kinds of work that become a burden and their duties at work if this goes in balance, of course there is a chance for creating a sense of loyalty to the employee concerned. figure 2. the estimation of behavior change based on an appreciation of the regression equation through the summary in table 5, it is obtained the picture above, which illustrates the interaction of linkage between the independent variable and the dependent variable partially. the grouping of images above is taken based on the coefficient values of the variables in the regression estimation equation. variables that have a coefficient of more than 20% are collected self-esteem [ 41,1% ] physiological [ 26,9% ] self-actualization [ 21,0% ] security and safety [ 19,2% ] social [ 15,2% ] changes in expected attitudes and behavior creating better employee loyalty 73 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. into one inseparable part, then variables that have a coefficient of less than 20% are grouped into one other section and separated from those with a coefficient of more than 20%. this grouping will form two groups which can be said to be two factors. variables that are grouped into two factors are called hygiene variables or loyalty maintenance variables. the reality of employees who work in banks say that in their perceptions self-esteem is important and the main thing for them when they carry out their duties and all kinds of work in the bank environment where they work. self-esteem is a recognition that has meaning and essence that is so important to them. a good self-esteem in their work environment will be able to create a sense of confidence that they are useful for the bank, this condition triggers job loyalty. four other variables not discussed are supporting variables for self-esteem in an effort to create loyalty for employees. the two groups of variables shown in figure 2 above are two interrelated and complementary strengths and are needed as nurturing variables for the creation of a good work environment to maintain loyalty. the self-esteem variable is above with a coefficient of 41.1% which means that to maintain employee trust in ten banks, hierarchically the four supporting variables are below it, which means that employee trust can be created if the four variables below (figure 2) must be fulfilled properly. conclusion now it can be seen clearly, it turns out that the five independent variables which are abraham h. maslow's hierarchical variables of needs and hezberg's maintenance variables have an influence on the employee loyalty variable. this means that the physiological, security and safety, social, selt esteem, and self actualization variables which are maslow's hierarchical fulfillment theory and herzberg's two-factor theory of maintenance are proven to be related and have a role in the employee loyalty variable in the company (bank). this means that as long as the five independent variables can be fulfilled properly in accordance with employee expectations, it can be ensured that the condition of employee self-loyalty is well maintained. because hierarchically, the needs and expectations of employees can be met gradually in the long term, this is a stimulation in an effort to improve the value of employee satisfaction with their basic needs. based on the results of the test sample in one workplace, it shows that the motivation variables of maslow and herzberg show a positive and linear relationship with the internal conditions of employees, this a sense of the strength of loyalty. however, these results are not sufficient, it is still necessary to carry out the same testing in other workplaces of a different type of company. to prove whether the motivation variable can really maintain a sense of loyalty on an ongoing basis if the motivation needs of employees are met naturally and humanely, it is necessary to estimate the next stage in different situations and times. if testing is applied in many companies and the results are always positive, then maslow's need for motivation and the need for maintenance motivation from herzberg are only believed to have a positive role and contribution to hygiene or maintenance of employee loyalty. actually, the relationship between the company and employees is a positive reciprocal relationship and is maintained on an ongoing basis to bring balanced benefits to both parties, without anything that can interfere with the relationship in the long term as long as the company is established and as long as the employees still have the desire to work. at the company. of course this is not easy, because the internal and external environmental conditions of the company can change against the will of both parties. for that we need a method or method so that the relationship can run properly and benefit both parties between the company and the employees who work. the need for motivation for employees in the context of any theory is a normal and reasonable need. the company has created or designed a series of rules internally to maintain these conditions. although sometimes there are deviations that sometimes occur unilaterally that cannot be denied or avoided. if this happens it will damage the harmony between the sense of loyalty of employees and the interests of the company that have been outlined previously. in order not to occur all forms of disturbances and irregularities, 74 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. especially in the harmonious relationship between leaders and employees in a condition of maintaining employee loyalty, because if the conditions that occur every day are not mutually beneficial it will easily appear counter-productive conditions. leaders value and respect employees, on the other hand, employees also do the same for all levels of leadership in the company. acknowledgments: we are happy to express our gratitude to the research team who have worked well together, so that all activities and actions in the research process can be completed properly. we hope that in the future, we will continue to be successful in better cooperation in other researches. conflicts of interest: there was no conflict of interest in the writing of this article, either between fellow authors or with outsiders as research partners consisting of ten banks with 250 employees. references andriani, d., purwana, d., & susita, d. (2020). analysis of factors that effect lecturer productivity producing international scientific article in private university: motivation as a moderating variable. ijhcm (international journal of human capital management), 4(1), 87-107. https://doi.org/10.21009/ijhcm.04.01.08 anna-maija lämsä; terttu savela., (2019), the effects of leadership development on women's career success, international journal of human resources development and management, (19)1, pp. 21-36, doi: 10.1504/ijhrdm.2019.097055 dessler. gary, (1992), manajemen personalia, terjemahan, edisi ketiga, erlangga, jakarta. dharma, agus, (1997). manajemen loyalitas, pedoman praktis bagi para penyedia untuk meningkatkan loyalitas. cv. rajawali, jakarta. dr. m.g. bhaskar, dr. b. sahana. (2020). language as an integral part of emotional intelligence management. international journal of advanced science and technology, 29(12s), 398 402. retrieved from http: //sersc.org/ journals/index.php/ ijast/article/view/22046 dr. naif dalish n alanazi, dr.aznan bin che ahmad. (2020). the effect of emotional intelligence on the academic adjustment with hearing impairment students in saudi arabia. international journal of advanced science and technology, 29(12s), 78 93. retrieved from http://sersc.org/journals/index.php/ijast/article/view/21910 flippo, edwin b, (1992), manajemen personalia, jilid ii, terjemahan, erlangga, jakarta. gay, (1995), regresi linier sebagai alat pengukuran dan evaluasi, edisi kedua, terjemahan, erlangga, jakarta. hadi, sutrisno, (1997). metode research, jilid 1, andi offset, yogyakarta. hamonangan ismail, d., asmawi, m., & widodo, s. e. (2020). the effect of organizational culture, leadership style, and trust to organizational commitments of lp3i polytechnic jakarta lectures. ijhcm (international journal of human capital management), 4(1), 1625. https://doi.org/10.21009/ijhcm.04.01.02 handoko, t. hani, (1992), manajemen personalia dan sumber daya manusia, edisi kedua, penerbit: bpfe. yogyakarta. 75 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. handoko, t. hani, (1992), manajemen personalia dan sumber daya manusia, edisi kedua, yogyakarta. srikanth, p.b. & jomon, m. g., (2020), developing managerial competencies: integrating work design characteristics and developmental challenge, the international journal of human resource management, (31)22, pp. 1-26. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585192.2018.1474937 hyeonjoo, kim., (2020), analysis of diversity on work place for human resource management, global journal of human resource management, (8)4, pp. 24-31 kenneth n, wexley dan garry a. yuke, (1990). perilaku organisasi perusahaan dan psikologi personalia, terjemahan, bina aksara, jakarta. maslow, h. abraham, (1994), motivasi dan kepribadian, jilid 1, pt. pustaka binaman pressindo, jakarta. ms. rekha. r., dr.v.senthilkumar,. (2020). a study on career growth and enhancement of employees in pharmaceutical companies with special reference to trivandrum city. international journal of advanced science and technology, 29(12s), 529 534. retrieved from http://sersc.org/journals/index.php/ijast/article/view/22222 n.meenakshi & dr.vijayakumari joseph. (2020). impact of human capital development on work quality. international journal of advanced science and technology, 29(8s), 950 958. retrieved from http://sersc.org/journals/index.php/ijast/article/view/10862 nadler dan lawler, (1994). penelitian motivasi dan loyalitas. cetakan kedua, terjemahan, erlangga, jakarta. porter, lawler, (1995). manajemen personalia, edisi kedua, terjemahan, erlangga, jakarta. ranupandojo, h. & suad husnan, (1993), manajemen personalia, edisi keempat, bpfe, yogyakarta. reksohadiprojo, sukanto dan t. hani handoko, (1992), "organisasi perusahaan, siagian, p. sondang, (1998). manajemen sumber daya manusia, bumi aksara, jakarta. sudrajat, m, sw, (1998), mengenal ekonometrika pemula, cetakan pertama, armico, bandung. sugiyono, (2015), memahami penelitian kualitatif, alfabeta, bandung © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 88 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. waste management: descriptive study in nglurah village, karanganyar regency yogi pasca pratama, bhimo rizky samudro, anang pra yogi faculty of economic and business, sebelas maret university yogipasca@gmail.com bhimosamudro@gmail.com prayogianang@student.uns.ac.id abstract: the purpose of this study is to describe the work system and the concept of waste management in nglurah village, tawangmangu, karanganyar, indonesia. the study also sought to find out the reasons underlying the formation of the wagu budoyo waste management group established by the community. this study is a qualitative study with a descriptive approach. data collection is done by conducting interviews and observations. the results of this study provide a description of the establishment, work system and direction of development of the wagu budoyo waste management group, nglurah village, tawangmang, karanganyar regency. it was found that there was a central role in art studios with central figures who could initiate various activities including community-based waste management. keyword: waste bank, waste management introduction environmental damage is caused by exploitative behavior in utilizing natural resources. one of the potentially damaging behaviors to the environment is the lack of attention to the problem of waste. it is undeniable that one of the environmental problems that occurs in various regions in indonesia is due to poor waste management waste is a consequence of the activities of human life. therefore, waste will always be there as long as life activities continue. every year, it can be ascertained that the volume of waste always increases along with the increasing pattern of community consumerism. according to sejati (2009) waste is a material that is wasted or discarded; is the result of human and natural activities that are not used anymore because the main elements or functions have been taken. according to azwar (1990), waste is something that is not used anymore, which cannot be used anymore, which is not liked and must be disposed of, so the waste must of course be managed properly. kodoatie (2003) defines waste as solid or semi-solid waste, which is a byproduct of urban activities or the life cycle of humans, animals and plants. table 1. population and waste collection in karanganyar regency regency area (ha) 77,544 total population (people) 861,240 number of houses (house) 21,554 total urban population (people) 414,969 total rural population (people) 446,271 population density (people per square kilometer) 11 mailto:yogipasca@gmail.com mailto:bhimosamudro@gmail.com mailto:prayogianang@student.uns.ac.id 89 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. population growth rate (%) 0.37 total waste generation per person/day (liters/person/day) 2.00 source: rekapitulasi data persampahan provinsi (http://ciptakarya.pu.go.id) table 1 shows the data on population and waste generation in karanganyar. the proportion of people reside in karanganyar is still dominated by the rural population. its population density reaches 11 people / ha with a growth rate of 0.37% per year. waste generation is generated as much as 2 liters of waste per person per day. table 2. waste generation in tawangmangu total population volume timbulan sampah rural area urban area total wilayah perdesaan wilayah perkotaan total people people people (%) (m3/ day) (%) (m3/ day) (%) (m3/ day) 35,089 8,675 43,764 80.18 87.72 19.82 21.69 100 109.41 source: pokja ampl (2015) table 2 shows that the population in tawangmangu, karanganyar regency is dominated by people with rural characteristics. waste generation is also dominated by rural areas with a percentage of 80.18% of the total waste generation in tawangmangu. therefore, more attention needs to be paid to how to manage waste in rural areas. because rural areas generally have poor facilities and infrastructure in waste management while waste generation in rural areas is quite large. waste management is all activities carried out to handle waste from the time it is generated until the final disposal. waste management activities include: control of waste generation, collection, transportation, processing and final disposal (sejati, 2009). uu no 18 of 2008 and pp no 81 of 2012 regulates the need for a fundamental paradigm shift in waste management, which is from a waste-collecting paradigm, to a treatment that relies on waste reduction and waste management. kastaman in suryani (2014) defines community-based waste management as an approach to waste management based on active community participation. the government and other institutions are only motivators and facilitators. douglas, et al. (1994) state that environmental management requires the facilitation and implementation of community-based efforts as a strategy of empowering and increasing their access to important environmental resources, especially land, infrastructure, and services. nglurah village is one of the villages located in tawangmangu, kapubaten karanganyar which experiences waste and environmental sustainability problems. nglurah village is close to the famous tourist attraction in tawangmangu, namely grojogan sewu. this village has good potential because in it there are various tourism potentials that can be developed as well as centers of ornamental plants. the relatively dense population and economic development, on the other hand, have a negative impact on environmental damage due to waste that is not managed properly. nglurah village at first did not have a special unit to manage waste. so that people must independently manage each waste generated. there are people who are able to process organic 90 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. waste to become fertilizer, but most prefer to burn trash or throw it away in public places, such as in rivers. this has encouraged the establishment of waste management group wagu budoyo. this waste management group was initiated by the wagu budoyo art studio by a local. waste management in nglurah village is interesting because it is done independently by the wagu budoyo art group and is in an environment that is not yet aware of the importance of preserving the environment. so that further studies are needed to describe how waste management is carried out in nglurah village. this research has three main objectives which are based on the formulation of a research problem. first, to describe the work system and the concept of waste management attending wagu budoyo in nglurah village. second, to find out the reasons underlying the formation of the wagu budoyo waste management group. third, to find out how the concept of optimizing economic value based on wagu budoyo independent waste management. research methods this research uses a descriptive approach. sukmadinata (2006) said that descriptive research is a form of research aimed at describing phenomena in the forms, activities, characteristics, changes, relationships, similarities, and differences between one phenomenon and another. koentjaraningrat (1991) says that the purpose of descriptive research is to provide a precise description of the characteristics of individuals, circumstances, symptoms, or certain groups. data collection in this study was carried out by observation and interview methods. therefore, the data used in this study are primarily primary data. it also uses other data sources in the form of journal publications, books, official publications, and periodic reports or secondary data to support variation and deepening of primary data obtained in the field. the data collected is then analyzed by sorting, organizing, and combining existing data to be able to answer the research problem. data analysis and discussion factors underlying the establishment of waste management group in the village wagu budoyo nglurah nglurah village is a village located in tawangmangu, karanganyar kapubaten. nglurah village is close to the famous tourist attraction in tawangmangu, namely grojogan sewu. the population in this village is relatively dense with most working as garden farmers. nglurah village is planned to be a tourism village. this is because the typography of the beautiful nglurah village is felt to be able to attract tourists. in addition, this village is also known as a center for producing ornamental plants. almost all of its citizens have a business of developing ornamental plants that are managed in their home yards. this condition is illustrated in the photo shown in figure 1. 91 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. figure 1. ornamental plant business in nglurah villagers in addition to the natural potential as well as a center for ornamental plants, in this village there is also an ancient site that is the site of mounting (figure 2). the existence of this site is also considered to be an interesting potential for nglurah village to be promoted to become a tourism village. at certain times, various events are held at the village site and village hall, such as the dukutan ceremony. with these various backgrounds, nglurah village has the potential to become a tourism village that is a new leading tourism destination in tawangmangu, karanganyar regency. figure 2. site menggung as cultural tourism potential source: data processed, 2019 on the other hand, there is a problem that is quite disturbing, namely waste management. as the population grows, the volume of waste produced will also increase. this will certainly be a problem if not managed properly. the same thing happened in nglurah village. even though nglurah village is now able to compete as a tourist village, in the past few years the village has a problem, namely the pollution of the river from the mountains due to plastic waste. from the results of observations and interviews conducted by researchers, polluted river water flow is due to bad behavior of villagers who are still littering. including throwing waste in the river. these wastes cannot be decomposed, causing siltation and damage to ecosystems downstream of the river. in addition, nglurah village did not initially have a special unit to manage waste. so that people must independently manage each waste generated. there are people who are able to process organic waste to become fertilizer, but most prefer to burn trash or throw it away in public places, such as in rivers. this is what drives the formation of the wagu budoyo waste management group. the waste management group was initiated by the wagu budoyo art studio with a local resident 92 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. named sugeng who owns the studio. the character of sugeng in the studio and nglurah village was finally able to construct a waste management group filled by village youth. as an activist of arts and culture, sugeng always instills to always take care of local culture (javanese). the value that is instilled is like an effort to always preserve nature because life is always side by side, therefore the harmony of nature and all the creatures in it need to be maintained. in addition, there is also the value of mutual assistance, solidarity and harmony between people. internalization of these values indirectly participates in forming the foundation of the awareness of village youth to form a waste management group (asteria, et al., 2015). according to poedjawijatna (in neolaka, 2008) consciousness is knowledge, conscious and know, so that when someone is aware, their soul will be moved to do something. so it can be assumed that when an individual has an awareness, it will affect the mindset that will affect the actions taken (racman, 2012). a green, clean, shady, and healthy environment and the minimum amount of environmental damage that occurs will have a positive impact on the quality of human life, because the activities carried out will produce maximum productivity. figure 3 tries to summarize the description of the relationship between the potential that exists in nglurah village which is not maximally useful because of the waste problem. the waste problem occurs because there is indeed no collective waste management from the community or the government. therefore, to support the potential of nglurah village and in the context of preserving nature, an initiation of independent waste management emerged. figure 3. characteristics nglurah village, waste and handling problems source: data processed, 2019 waste disposal behaviorestablishment of management groups cultural heritage site menggung ornamental plant centers tourism cultural performance activities potential tourism potential natural beauty nglurah village 93 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. description of the work system of the waste management group wagu budoyo figure 4. organizational description and relationship with stakeholders source: data processed, 2019 figure 4 shows the flow of initiation of the waste management group. the beginning of the establishment of a waste management group came from the wagu budoyo art studio with its central figure, sugeng. in this studio, sugeng interacts with village youth in various activities. activities carried out by sugeng together with this youth group include building tourism tours, establishing waste management groups, and periodically becoming the main actor in organizing various arts performances in the village, including performing arts related to theungung site. the three programs of art studio interaction with youth groups (tourism pleseran, waste management, cultural performances) relate reciprocally with the three main stakeholders, namely the village community, the government, and volunteers (mostly academics). the relationship with the village community in waste management is clear because the waste is managed by the community. the community enjoys a cleaner environment than waste management and can use organic fertilizer which is processed by the waste management group. whereas waste managers can realize the form of environmental love internalized in art studios and can also be an alternative livelihood. the relationship between waste managers and art studios with the government is indeed not firmly established. relationships that occur are usually limited to cultural stage activities held regularly in the village. whereas for the establishment of tourism activities, the government and waste management have not received assistance. then, there was a group of volunteers who came to the village, positioned to accompany sugeng and interact in art studios. so that these volunteers can also relate to all activities initiated by the art studio. this volunteer group also helped to become a mediator in bridging the interests of art studio programs, including waste management. roles are carried out such as helping to implement and coordinate activities, discuss potential tourism from the government to the village. in addition, through this volunteer, various art studio activities are sought to be legalized, so that with a clear legal basis this will facilitate in establishing relationships with external parties including the acquisition of assistance from the government. community volunteer village government wagu budoyo art studio youth group village pleseran tourism waste management art performance 94 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. figure 5. pleseran tourism source: data processed, 2019 figure 6. discussion of art studio between sugeng, youth group, and volunteer source: data processed, 2019 regarding waste management, at the beginning it was formed, this waste management group working system has not been well managed. at first, there were 5 village youths under sugeng's guidance to become waste managers in the village. the working system is that the manager goes to the houses of the people to collect the waste, then the waste is taken to the collection and sorting place. after sorting, the trash that is sold is usually plastic, then sold and the results are for the operational activities of the waste manager. at present, there are only two people left in waste management, namely ngadimin and kliwon, and of course in foster care by sugeng. nevertheless, currently, the work management of the waste management group is relatively better with a clearer system. the waste collection method is still the same, namely the waste manager goes to the houses one by one in the morning by using a three-wheeled motor vehicle. the waste from residents' houses has not been sorted, so it is still mixed between organic and inorganic waste. in addition, if at first the residents whose waste is taken are not charged a fee, they are replaced by paying the same amount, then the system is currently being implemented that houses whose waste is managed are asked for contributions every week. the money from the contributions is collected in the cash of the waste management group and is used for the operational activities of the waste manager. even though it is a pro-contra, with this contribution, the waste management becomes more secure. because managing waste is a difficult task and requires a long time, this 95 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. dedication is worthy of appreciation through the payment of contributions so that the income of the waste manager becomes more certain. after the waste is collected from people's homes, the waste is then taken to a sorting place located on the outskirts of the village. sorting places in the form of garden land that is on the hillside and quite far from the homes of residents. access from the main road to the sorting area is approximately 300 m, so the waste manager makes a kind of rope stretched between trees to carry sacks of waste from the main road to the sorting place. because in addition to being far away, motorized vehicles also cannot enter, so it will be quite tiring if you have to carry waste bags to the sorting place on foot. the land where sorting is owned by sugeng is used by voluntary waste management groups without paying rent. sorting is not too wide, which is around 70m2. in the sorting place, it becomes an office for waste managers. the place has not yet been electrified, so sorting activities must be completed from afternoon to evening every day. at the sorting site, large 4x8x1m squares are constructed as a place to sort the collected waste. after sorting, the waste is then processed. for organic waste, it is processed into compost. the making of compost fertilizer has the potential to see nglurah village as a center of ornamental plants, of course, requires a supply of fertilizers, especially organic fertilizers, especially those that can be produced locally. in addition to fertilizer, inorganic waste is sold to increase the operational costs of the waste manager. the flow of waste management carried out by the waste management group is depicted in figure 7. in the figure, the waste management processes from numbers 2, 3, 4, and 5. the dashed line from the end of processing waste to the community shows indirect benefits received by the community, such as a clean and sustainable environment so that it can support the tourism potential in the village which then brings tourists. finance in this waste manager is managed independently, without village intervention, or from the wagu budoyo art studio. but the unfortunate thing is that there is no structured bookkeeping system to record the flow of money in and out of the waste management group. figure 7. the flow of waste management source: data processed, 2019 1. rubbish in citizens' houses 2. waste collection by waste management 3. collectors 4. sorting 5. management: waste processed or sold 96 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the concept of economic optimization and direction of development waste management in the waste management group wagu budoyo has been quite good and continues to grow. this shows the management's commitment to continue to run waste management. the shift that occurred from the outset was only voluntary and later developed into a livelihood, not eliminating the benefits of concrete efforts taken as a step towards conservation of river flow. the details of waste from residents who have an assessment are as follows (figure 8): 1) organic waste can be recycled such as paper, opaque paper, cardboard, newspapers, etc.: 2) organic waste cannot be recycled like leftovers, leaves, leftover vegetables, and the like. 3) non-organic waste can be recycled from all types of metals such as iron, aluminum, copper and various kinds of glass bottles, beverage bottles, cans, plastic, and others. 4) non-organic waste cannot be recycled like non-recyclable plastics, used batteries, home waste liquids. recyclables that are both organic and non-organic can be sold. typically collectors of used goods come to the waste management location. in a minimum of one week, they can get additional funds from these recycled used goods. this amount is actually higher in value than processing organic waste into compost. compost can be processed again into organic fertilizer for sale. or used alone to grow ornamental plants, live pharmacy plants, or vegetable or fruit plants. figure 8. the flow of waste cycle source: data processed, 2019 as explained earlier, waste managers get income from residents' fees, compost sales, and sell inorganic waste that is sold. at present, there is no opening system from waste management so that there is no empirical evidence regarding the income of the waste manager. sugeng did not get the economic benefits from waste management, he fulfilled his life needs from his main livelihood as a garden farmer and sold ornamental plants. while the two waste managers, namely ngadimin and kliwon, get profit sharing because they both handle waste management in real and technical terms. this work as waste management is a side job besides being a garden farmer. waste organic recyclable> for sale cannot be recycled> compost non-organic can be recycled> for sale can not be recycled> for sale 97 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. although the waste manager and sugeng realized that waste management should still be able to be developed, the problem of capital was a problem that had not been found a solution. the waste management group plans to make briquettes made from waste to become renewable alternative energy for the villagers. however, this requires capital in the form of a waste counting machine and briquette maker. in addition, there is still the potential for developing a waste management group to be developed into a waste bank. waste will have economic value if there is sufficient amount to be traded or further processed as economic goods, both as raw material (recycling) and as a trading commodity. if the community as the producer of waste does a role in waste management, then accommodating and marketing the waste needs a container. it is here that the importance of the waste bank can be seen as a means for people to save, improve socio-economy while empowering people in more structured waste management. the work system of the waste manager will remain the same as before, that is, the waste deposited to the waste bank is divided into several types, for example, organic waste, such as pieces of vegetables or food scraps; and inorganic like plastic, iron, and others. the waste bank sets the purchase price for each type of waste. then the results of the waste deposit will be saved and can be taken or disbursed within a certain period of time by adopting the banking principle, so the waste depositor will get a savings book. the account balance in this waste savings book can be allocated to various fields, so it does not have to be in the form of money. for example, the savings provided are in the form of compost according to the balance held. or you can also collaborate with health service providers to design a free health service scheme from the collected bank waste balance. conclusion this descriptive study describes the establishment, working system of development direction funds from the waste management group wagu budoyo, nglurah village, tawangmangu, karanganyar regency. the formation of this waste management group is based on concerns over the pollution of river water flow due to waste that is not carelessly managed and disposed of. therefore, the waste management group was present to independently carry out conservation efforts by managing the waste of the residents of nglurah village. the formation of this waste management group was initiated by sugeng from the wagu budoyo art studio which is also located in the same village. although in the end it was not directly involved, he succeeded in igniting the awareness of village youth to do more with the village community by instilling values such as love of the environment, help, and live-in harmony with nature. this waste management group is very possible to be developed both in the aspect of waste management that has been sorted or group management to be developed into a waste bank. references azwar, azrul. 1990. pengantar ilmu lingkungan. jakarta: mutiara sumber. douglas, m., lee, y.s., dan k. lowry. 1994. urban poverty and environmental management in asia. asian journal of environmental management 2 (1). kodoatie, robert j. 2003. manajemen dan rekayasa infrastruktur. yogyakarta: pustaka pelajar. peraturan pemerintah nomor 81 tahun 2012 sejati, kuncoro. 2009. pengolahan sampah terpadu, yogyakarta: kanisius. 98 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. suryani, anih sri. 2014. peran bank sampah dalam efektivitas pengelolaan sampah. jurnal asprasi 5 (1). undang-undang no. 18 tahun 2008 tentang pengelolaan sampah uu no 32 tahun 2009 tentang pengelolaan lingkungan hidup pokja ampl. 2015. pemutakhiran strategi sanitasi kota (ssk) kabupaten karanganyar tahun 2015-2019. sukmadinata, n. s. (2006). metode penelitian pendidikan. bandung: pt. remaja rosdakarya. koentjaraningrat. (1991). metode penelitian masyarakat. jakarta: gramedia. neolaka, amos. 2008. kesadaran lingkungan. jakarta: rineka cipta asteria, donna dan heru heruman. 2015. bank sampah sebagai alternatif strategi pengelolaan sampah berbasis masyarakat di tasikmalaya. j. manusia dan lingkungan, 23(1): 136141. racman, maman. 2012. konservasi nilai dan warisan budaya. indonesian journal of conservation 1 (1): 30—39. © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 117 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 pedestrian user satisfaction analysis andrias eko adi sutrisno1, atik wahyuni2*, sri wiwoho mudjanarko3 civil engineering, narotama university andreasbinamarga@gmail.com 1, atik.wahyuni@narotama.ac.id 2* sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id3 abstract: the role played by pedestrian is noticeably becoming more important as part of transportation infrastructure. the number of pedestrian user increases especially in the big cities’ business district. therefore, this study was constructed to study the pedestrian users’ satisfaction to the side walk facility. the study was conducted in the city of surabaya, the indonesian second biggest city. the study aimed the pedestrian users in some of the busiest districts in central of surabaya. on the other hand, there have been many policies made by the surabaya government to improve the pedestrian performance especially the side walk facility, such as making the pedestrian to be more colorful and attractive. the study used qualitative method and importance performance analysis (ipa). there are twenty variables used as addressed objects to measure pedestrian users’ satisfaction level, which are civil service police, greening, parking space, bus stop, parking meter, intercept area, main hole, public sitting, bollard, pedestrian floor motif, disability facility, hand wash facility, portable toilet, direction map, street vendors, drinking water facility, pedestrian decoration and trash bin. the result shows that there are only two variables preforms above their importance level. the average of importance level is 4,021 while the average of performance level is 3,743. there is -0,278 gaps which indicates that the pedestrian performance is under the pedestrian users expectation. moreover, based on the ipa, there is no one of the variables place in the first quadrant (high leverage, attributes to improve), while there are seven variables place in the second quadrant (attributes to maintain). there are eight variables performing as in the third quadrant (low priority) and lastly there are five variables perform as in the fourth quadrant (low leverage, attributes to de-emphasize). keywords: pedestrian, performance, ipa, surabaya introduction surabaya is the second largest metropolis in indonesia, where its existence is in the center of the east java provincial government and at the same time the center of industry, trade and services. the movement of residents from surrounding cities to find a living in surabaya is very large; this can be seen from the traffic jams that occur every day along roads in surabaya. walking is one of the most basic forms of human movement, so it is necessary to get proper facilities so that there is a guarantee of safety and comfort for pedestrians in their activities. one of the pedestrian facilities that must be fulfilled is a pedestrian path (sidewalk). in several areas of trade and service centers as well as government centers in the city of surabaya, pedestrian path designs (sidewalks) have been applied using several design themes or also known as thematic pedestrian paths. some of the examples are as at jalan karet with the theme of the old city, at jalan tunjungan with the theme of kota tua and jalan dr.soetomo with the theme of 3d shapes. more details example regarding the existing designs in the city of surabaya can be seen in the figure 1. mailto:andreasbinamarga@gmail.com mailto:atik.wahyuni@narotama.ac.id 118 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 figure1. the ceramic pattern at jalan tunjungan figure 2. the implementation of ceramic pattern at jalan tunjungan moreover, until july 2018, the construction of pedestrians and canals reached 5,463.6 meters with an average pedestrian width of 3 meters with various lengths found in 16 points in the city of surabaya. pedestrian development with a thematic pedestrian path design adds to the beauty of the sidewalk, but it is not yet known the level of efficiency, safety and pedestrian comfort with the construction of these sidewalks. for this reason, it is necessary to know and analyze the level of pedestrian users’ satisfaction to the pedestrian paths (sidewalks) in the city of surabaya. based on the previewed problems, the research constructed basic questions as the research’s objectives, which are 1. how is the pedestrian users’ satisfaction level to the side walk performance? 2. what is the result of the pedestrian importance performance analysis (ipa), and 3. what are the recommendations and suggestions that can be given based on the analysis results? on the other hand, the research limits the objectives to; 1. the object of this research is pedestrian facilities (sidewalks) located at several points in the central business district (cbd) in surabaya. 2. the survey was conducted at several points in the central business district (cbd) in surabaya by distributing questionnaires to sidewalk users about their socio-economic characteristics, travel characteristics, and direct recording for user satisfaction data collection. 3. respondents who are surveyed are respondents who used pedestrian facilities (sidewalks) at the time of the survey. 4. the method used to determine satisfaction and interests based on the perceptions of service users is the ipa method and also qualitative statistical analysis. 119 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 literature review a. pedestrian pedestrian is a term in transportation that is used to describe people who walk on a pedestrian path either on the side of a road, sidewalk, and a special lane for pedestrians or crossing the road. to protect pedestrians from the traffic, pedestrians are required to walk on the certain part of the road and crossing only at the provided crossing root. moreover, pedestrian facilities must be planned based on the following conditions: 1. pedestrians must reach the destination as close as possible, safe from other traffic and smooth. 2. the continuity of pedestrian facilities, which connect between areas. 3. if a pedestrian lane cuts off traffic flows, a traffic regulation must be carried out, either with control lights or with crossing markings, or crossing places. pedestrian paths that cut through traffic in the form of crossings (zebra cross), road markings with traffic lights (pelican cross), pedestrian bridges and tunnels. 4. pedestrian facilities must be made on roads in urban areas or at places where the volume of pedestrians meets the terms or conditions for the construction of these facilities. 5. pedestrian paths should be located in a way with other traffic lanes, so that pedestrian safety is guaranteed. 6. equipped with signs or other road attachments, so that pedestrians are free to walk, especially for pedestrians with physical disabilities. 7. planning for pedestrian paths can be parallel or cut across existing traffic lanes. 8. pedestrian paths should be made in such a way that if it rains the surface is not slippery, there is no puddle and it is advisable to provide shade trees. 9. to maintain pedestrian safety and discretion, road curbs must be installed so that pedestrian facilities are higher than the road surface. on the other hands, in consideration of places where it should be constructed, the pedestrian facilities must to consider the following criteria; 1. pedestrian facilities must be installed in locations where the installation of these facilities provides maximum benefits, both in terms of safety, comfort or smooth travel for the user. 2. the level of pedestrian density, or the number of conflicts with vehicles and the number of accidents should be used as a basic factor in the selection of adequate pedestrian facilities. 3. at locations where there are public facilities and infrastructure. 4. pedestrian facilities can be placed along the road or in an area that will result in pedestrian growth and is usually followed by an increase in traffic flow and fulfilling the terms or conditions for the construction of the facility. these places include: • areas of industry • shopping centers • office centers • school • bus terminal • housing • entertainment center b. pedestrian path (sidewalk) according to bina marga, sidewalks are pedestrian paths that are located in the benefit area of the road, given a surface layer, given an elevation higher than the surface of the 120 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 pavement and generally parallel to traffic. sidewalks can be installed with the following conditions: 1. sidewalks should be placed on the outer side of the road shoulder or the outer side of the traffic lane. 2. sidewalks should be parallel to the road, however sidewalks may not be parallel to the road if topographical conditions or local conditions are not possible. 3. the sidewalk should be placed on the inside of the open drainage channel or on top of the drainage channel which has been closed with compliant concrete slabs. 4. sidewalks at bus stops should be placed side by side with the bus lane. sidewalks can be placed in front of or behind the bus stop. c. pedestrian path (sidewalk) equipment 1. waiting area; i. it should be installed in wide traffic lanes, where road crossers find it difficult to cross safely. ii. the minimum width of the waiting area is 3 meters. iii. it to be painted with reflective paint 2. signs; i. signs are placed in such a way that they are clearly visible and do not obstruct pedestrians. ii. signs are placed on the left according to the direction of traffic, outside a certain distance from the outer edge of the pedestrian path. iii. signs must be fixed and sturdy and clearly visible at night. 3. road markings; i. only placed on the pedestrian path that cuts the road in the form of zebra cross and pelikan cross. ii. the road markings are made in such a way that they are clearly visible to the road users concerned. iii. installation of the markings must be fixed and sturdy and not cause slippery on the road surface and clearly visible at night. 4. traffic light; i. traffic lights are placed on the pedestrian path that intersects the road. ii. installation of traffic lights must be fixed and sturdy. iii. placement of traffic lights in such a way that they are clearly visible to traffic vehicles. iv. traffic lights should be bright enough so that they can be seen clearly during the day and at night. 5. complementary buildings; the complementary building must be strong enough in accordance with its function to provide safety and comfort for pedestrians. d. pedestrian path technical standards pedestrian paths technical standards are as follows: 1. the width and alignment of the pedestrian lane must be free; at least when two pedestrians cross paths, one of them does not have to go down the vehicle traffic lane. 2. the minimum width of the walkway is 1.5 meters. 3. maximum pedestrian flow is 50 pedestrians / minute. 4. to be able to provide optimal service to pedestrians, the path must be paved, and if there is a difference in height from the surrounding area, it must be given a barrier (can be a curb or a barrier). 5. pavement can be made from concrete blocks, concrete, asphalt pavement, or stucco. 121 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 6. the surface must be flat and have a transverse slope of 2 4% to prevent stagnant water. the longitudinal slope is adjusted for the slope of the longitudinal road and it is recommended that the maximum slope is 10%. 7. the width of the pedestrian path should be increased, if traffic signs, mailboxes, shade trees or other public facilities are placed on the lane. 8. the minimum width of the pedestrian path is taken from the width required for the movement of 2 pedestrians hand in hand or 2 pedestrians passing by without the occurrence of an intersection. the minimum absolute width of the pedestrian path is determined as 2 x 75 cm + the distance between the adjacent buildings, namely (2x15 cm) = 1.80 m. the minimum width is used the following formula: where; lt = the total width of the pedestrian path lp = the width of the pedestrian path required according to the desired comfort level. lh = additional width due to obstruction of the existing buildings. as for several types of pedestrians that are currently used in existing trade and service areas, including: 1. enclosed mall is a pedestrian-only area that is covered (roofed) to protect pedestrians from cold / snow or hot weather. the concept resembles a sub urban shopping mall that can operate every season and is usually applied in cold climates and 4 seasons. this mall requires a fairly expensive fee. 2. full mall, transit mall or transit way, is made by closing the road that was previously used for vehicles and then turning it into a special pedestrian area by adding sidewalks, road furniture, trees, fountains, and so on. this type of pedestrian mall usually has a certain character and helps in building the image of the city center. the pedestrian mall transit and transit way are types of malls that are built by diverting vehicle traffic from a road section and only public transportation is allowed through the road. the sidewalks for pedestrians were widened, on-street parking was prohibited, and the roads were designed to create a unique impression in the downtown area. 3. semi mall is a type of mall made by reducing parking on the road body and traffic flow through the road. semi pedestrian malls are usually on the main road around the city center. in places for walking there are green open spaces, seats, street lighting and other aesthetic elements. this mall is often applied to big cities that have difficulty covering the total area of the city center from vehicles. e. satisfaction factors in the general heading of transportation, there are three main categories where users’ satisfaction addresses to, which are; 1. performance of elements that affect service users, such as: speed, operation, trustworthiness and security. 2. quality of service, including qualitative elements of service, such as: comfort, user behavior, beauty and cleanliness. 3. the price that must be paid by service users to get services. meanwhile, according to rohmawati, t & natalia, 20218, for pedestrian users themselves, there are several factors that affect user satisfaction on pedestrian paths (sidewalks), including: lt= lp + lh 122 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 1. physical conditions 2. security 3. hard scape 4. softs cape 5. convenience 6. aesthetic 7. social space 8. environmental quality, and 9. path facilities f. importance performance analysis (ipa) the importance performance analysis (ipa) method was first introduced with the aim of measuring the relationship between consumer perceptions and product / service quality improvement priorities, which is also known as quadrant analysis (brandt, dr 2000) and (latu, tm, & everett, am 2000). conceptually, performance analysis (ipa) is a multi-attribute model. this technique identifies the strengths and weaknesses of market offerings using two criteria, namely the relative importance of attributes and customer satisfaction. the application of the science technique begins with the identification of the attributes that are relevant to the observed choice situation. a list of attributes can be developed by referring to the literature, conducting interviews, and using managerial assessments. on the other hand, a set of attributes attached to goods or services is evaluated based on how important each product is to consumers and how the service or goods are perceived by consumers. this evaluation is usually fulfilled by conducting a survey of a sample of consumers. after determining the appropriate attributes, consumers were asked two questions. one is an attribute that stands out and the second is the performance of the companies that use these attributes. by using mean, median or ranking measures, the scores of importance and performance attributes are collected and classified into high or low categories; then by pairing the two sets of rankings, each attribute is assigned to one of the four quadrants of performance importance. the mean performance and importance scores are used as coordinates to plot individual attributes on the two-dimensional matrix shown in figure 3. below: figure 3. importance performance analysis quadrant the following is an explanation for each quadrant (brandt, d.r. 2000): 1. first quadrant, increase performance (high importance & low performance) the factors located in this quadrant are considered very important factors by consumers but the current condition is not satisfactory so that the management is obliged to allocate adequate resources to improve the performance of these various factors. 2. second quadrant, maintain performance (high importance & high performance) the factors located in this quadrant are considered as supporting factors for consumer 123 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 satisfaction so that management is obliged to ensure that the performance of the institutions it manages can continue to maintain the achievements that have been achieved. 3. third quadrant, low priority (low importance & low performance) the factors located in this quadrant have a low level of satisfaction and are considered not too important to consumers, so that management does not need to prioritize or pay too much attention to these factors. 4. the fourth quadrant, excessive (low importance & high performance) the factors located in this quadrant are considered not very important so that management needs to allocate resources related to these factors to other factors that have a higher priority for handling which still needs improvement, such as the fourth quadrant. metodology a. research stages the figure 4 explains the research stages in a research flow chart. figure 4. research flow chart b. research locations the location of data collection was carried out in the central business district (cbd) and government public services areas in surabaya. c. preliminary research the preliminary research was carried out before the actual research with the aim of knowing the conditions and characteristics of the respondents in this study who were users who carried out walking activities in several cbd areas in the city of surabaya, as well as to test the reliability of the questionnaire in answering the research objectives. through a preliminary 124 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 survey, secondary data obtained from sources outside the research itself and secondary data will also be used to determine the variables used in the study, and become the basis for the preparation of the questionnaire. d. variables of research the preliminary research identifies 20 pedestrian objects which become research variables as mentioned in table1. table 1. variables of the research code variable code variable x1 civil service police x11 bollard x2 plants x12 pedestrian floor motif x3 bike/motor parking x13 disability facility x4 lighting x14 hand wash facility x5 parking space (cars) x15 portable toilet x6 bus stop x16 direction map x7 parking meter x17 street vendors x8 intercept area x18 drinking water facility x9 main hole x19 pedestrian decoration x10 public seating x20 trash bin e. data collection sampling in this study is a combination of accidental sampling techniques and purposive / judgment sampling. the accidental sampling method is a sampling technique based on chance, in which anyone who happens to meet the researcher can be used as a respondent; if it is deemed that the person who happened to be met is suitable as a data source. meanwhile, purposive / judgment sampling is a sampling technique chosen based on the research objectives, namely the sample data based on certain characteristics related to the research. f. data analysis the research analyses the collected data in two stages. firstly, the collected data was plotted in a spider plot based on the average scores for the importance level and performance level of each variable. by using this method we can clearly analyze the gaps between the level of importance with the level of performance for each variable. then, the data analysis was continued by using importance performance analysis (ipa), which gave further information regarding each variable performance and recommendations for improvement. results and discussion a. spider plot analysis table 2. the variables’ average score of importance and performance level no. variables importance performance gaps (i-p) 1 civil service police 4,442 4,183 -0,258 2 plants 4,188 3,933 -0,254 3 bike/motor parking 3,933 3,292 -0,642 4 lighting 4,150 3,758 -0,392 5 parking space (cars) 3,933 3,717 -0,217 6 bus stop 3,958 3,717 -0,242 125 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 7 parking meter 4,000 3,483 -0,517 8 intercept area 3,992 3,442 -0,550 9 main hole 3,792 2,992 -0,800 10 public seating 3,992 3,992 0,000 11 bollard 4,050 3,792 -0,258 12 pedestrian floor motif 4,167 3,842 -0,325 13 disability facility 3,967 3,842 -0,125 14 hand wash facility 3,933 3,733 -0,200 15 portable toilet 3,967 3,933 -0,033 16 direction map 4,042 3,917 -0,125 17 street vendors 4,000 3,967 -0,033 18 drinking water facility 3,975 3,479 -0,496 19 pedestrian decoration 3,892 3,933 0,042 20 trash bin 4,050 3,917 -0,133 total 4,021 3,743 -0,278 there are twenty indicators used to measure the level of satisfaction of pedestrian behavior on pedestrian paths in surabaya. only two service indicators have performance beyond the level of importance, while the other 18 indicators have performance levels below the level of importance. overall, the average value of the importance level was 4.021, while the performance value was 3.743. there is still a gap of -0.278 which indicates that the service performance in the surabaya city pedestrian has not met the expectations of service users. an overview of the level of importance and service performance conditions in the surabaya city pedestrian can be seen in the spiderplot below. the indicator that has the biggest gap is the 9th indicator, namely "main hole" with a value of -0.800. figure 5. spider plot for the importance and performance level of pedestrian variables 0.000 1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000 1. petugas… 2. tanaman 3. parkir motor 4. penerangan 5. parkir mobil 6. halte 7. mesin parkir 8. intersep / ramp 9. main hole 10. tempat duduk 11. boril 12. pola / motif… 13. disabilitas 14. fasilitas cuci… 15. toilet portable 16. peta lokasi 17. pedagang k5 18. fasilitas air… 19. dekorasi /… 20. tempat sampah importance performance 126 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 b. importance performance analysis (ipa) figure 6. ipa quadrant diagram for importance and performance analysis there are four quadrants to categorize all research variables. it can be seen that quadrant i is empty, none of the indicators are included in quadrant i, which means that none of the indicators are included in the high leverage category, attributes to improve, showing the variables that are priority improvements, are expected by users, and the level of importance / high satisfaction, but low quality. the variables that fall into quadrant ii are x1 (control officer), x2 (plants), x4 (lighting), x11 (bollard), x12 (floor pattern / motive), x16 (location map), and x20 (trash bin). indicators that are included in quadrant ii are included in the category of attributes to maintain, showing the variables that should be maintained, because in terms of high quality, the level of importance / satisfaction by users is also considered high. facility advantage is determined by the variables in this quadrant. the variables included in quadrant iii are x3 (motorcycle parking), x5 (car parking), x6 (bus stop), x7 (parking meter), x8 (intercept / ramp), x9 (main hole), x14 (hand washing facilities) and x18 (drinking water facilities). variables that are included in quadrant iii are included in the low priority category, showing variables that are less priority, in terms of low quality, likewise the level of interest or user satisfaction is also considered low, so that it can be ignored. the variables included in quadrant iv are x10 (public seating), x13 (disabilities), x15 (portable toilets), x17 (street vendors), and x19 (decorations / ornaments). variables that are included in quadrant iv are included in the low leverage category, attributes to de-emphasize, showing variables that can be said to be excessive, because quality is considered high, but less expected or the level of importance / satisfaction is low. in some cases, the performance of these variables can be reduced for efficiency. 127 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 conclussion based on the results of the analysis, it is concluded that: 1. from the analysis that has been done, we can conclude that the user satisfaction level of pedestrians in the city of surabaya shows that there are 7 variables that are considered to be performing well. the performance of these variables is above the average value. the seven variables are trash bins, plants, lighting, bollards, floor patterns / motifs, location maps and public service police. 2. from the results of the ipa analysis, we can conclude that none of the variables are in quadrant i (main priority), which means there are no variables that need special attention. whereas for quadrant iii (low priority), there are 8 variables, where this quadrant has the highest number of variables. the variables are motorbike parking, car park, bus stop, parking machine/meter, intercept (ramp), drinking water facilities, hand washing facilities and main hole. for quadrant iv (excessive), there are 5 variables, namely public seating, disabilities, portable toilets, street vendors and decorations / ornaments. and the last is the variable that is included in quadrant ii (maintain performance), namely trash bins, plants, lighting, bollards, floor pattern patterns, location maps and public service police. 3. recommendations that can be given based on the analysis of this research are that the variables in quadrant ii need to be maintained, while the variables in quadrant iii need to be improved / enhanced. references anonim, tata cara perencanaan fasilitas pejalan, kaki di kawasan perkotaan, no. 011/t/bt/1995, departemen pekerjaan umum, jakarta. badan pendidikan dan latihan perhubungan pusat pendidikan dan latihan perhubungan darat, 1995, ”teknik survai lalu lintas dan angkutan jalan (16 jt + 56 jp)”, jakarta. brandt, d.r. 2000, an outside-in approiach to determining customer-driven priorities for improvement and innovation, white paper series, volume 2 iswanto,d. 2006, pengaruh elemen – elemen pelengkap jalur pedestrian terhadap kenyamanan pejalan kaki, volume 5 no. 1. maret 2006 jurnal ilmiah perancangan kota dan permukiman rohmawati & natalia. 2018, tingkat kepuasan pejalan kaki terhadap trotoar di kota bandung, jurnal ilmu politik dan komunikasi volume viii no. 2 tamin, o.z., 2000, ”perancanaan dan pemodelan transportasi”, penerbit itb, bandung. © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 13 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 analysis of tourist satisfaction levels in malang regency, east java in the new normal era using categorical test i putu artaya¹, i gede arimbawa², r. agus baktiono³, made kamisutara4 narotama university 1putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id, 2gede.arimbawa@narotama.ac.id, 3agus.baktiono@narotama.ac.id, 4made.kamisutara@narotama.ac.id abstract: in an effort to increase tourist visits in the new normal era to the city of malang, east java, the local government and the central government have made many efforts in carrying out eco-tourism activities whose main objective is to increase the number of tourist visits and the level of tourist satisfaction and local revenue in malang regency, east java. due to the increasing number of tourist visits to the city of malang, it is necessary to make improvements in eco-tourism activities with the aim of increasing the trust and satisfaction levels of tourists who come there. several improvements that are feasible to do so that the flow of tourist visits is getting better from year to year, are: providing lodging facilities in accordance with tourist expectations, increasing the number of tourist attraction activities, providing shopping center facilities, availability of a culinary center, organizing important events, access roads to tourist attractions, and environmental improvements in the tourist area. these seven important aspects are imperative in an effort to provide better overall service to tourists, considering the tourists who come to malang, some come from outside the province. the data processing method used in this research is categorical test, where this test tool aims to find a map in the form of a quadrant that displays the position of tourist attractions in the city of malang to make improvements and improvements to increase visitor satisfaction. from the results shown based on the categorical test, there are two main tourist attractions that are priority development, that is batu secret zoo and batu night spectacular. keywords: ecotourism, tourist satisfaction, categorical test. introduction the main characteristic of tourist visits is in malang district (anastasia, 2014) which is famous for its cold mountain air. malang is famous for apples, a plant that only grows well in cold climates. one of the tourist attractions in malang is called kusuma agrowisata, where visitors can even pick apples directly from the tree. various tourist destinations in malang raya will be very suitable for those of you who want to go on vacation with your family. malang city which is cold and has tourism potential will be very pleasant for visitors. apart from that, there are also other fantastic destinations in malang, especially batu city. visiting malang tourist attractions is an interesting choice of attractions and recreation for children and families to do tours. if not, then going to sengkaling or selecta recreational park is the choice that attracts the most attention of visitors. the target of increasing tourist visits, apart from being supported by the growth of various new tourist sites in various areas of malang regency, of course also deserves to be supported by the ability of tour guides who currently still rely on the self-taught abilities of local residents. of course, this condition will affect tourist attractiveness and make tourists confused when they need detailed information about the locations they have visited. especially in various historical tourist destinations. the tour guide problem cannot be ignored. they are of course required to have qualified competencies regarding various tourist destination trinkets. as has happened in various other countries, its development is supported by the life of the tourism sector (malang times, 2018). the existence of regional autonomy makes each region try to explore the maximum potential of its region. malang regency government gets income in the form of taxes from companies and from mailto:1putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id mailto:2gede.arimbawa@narotama.ac.id mailto:3agus.baktiono@narotama.ac.id mailto:4made.kamisutara@narotama.ac.id 14 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 foreign money spent by tourists. the tourism sector is indeed an important sector in an effort to receive potential local revenue (pad). particularly the pad of the malang regency government, one of which comes from the entrance fee tax for tourism objects in malang regency. tourism development efforts have both positive and negative impacts on the community around the tourism object. the implementation of development that is oriented towards improving the welfare of the community turns out to have an impact on the surrounding environment both directly and indirectly, both in the short term and in the long term (boris et al., 2016). departing from the explanation above, to support the success of tourist sites in an effort to attract tourist visits, one thing that feels important is how to create a sense of pleasure and satisfaction of visitors or tourists in supporting the activities of these tourist destinations. so it is necessary to study and analyze the driving factors that can contribute to tourist locations in malang regency. because of the emergence of a good level of satisfaction, tourist visits will be increased by improving supporting factors that are generally in direct contact with tourist visit activities in an area. literature review understanding of travel destinations the definition of a tourist destination according to kusuma (2012) in the complete indonesian dictionary, a destination is defined as "a destination or a tourist destination", while according to suwena (2017) a tourist destination is a specific area chosen by a visitor and can stay for a certain time in a location. the intended tour with a variety of purposes other than tourist visits. definition of tourist destination areas tourist destination areas (prasiasa, 2012) are places where all tourism activities can be carried out with the availability of all facilities and tourist attractions for tourists. the main elements of a tourist destination include the following: 1. a tourist object or attraction. every tourist spot, regardless of the object being sold, must have a certain appeal in the eyes of tourists. this is a mandatory stimulant for tourist sites. whether beach tourism, mountain tourism, religious tourism, culinary tours, shopping tours and other types of tourism. because for tourists, an object is something that can be felt for the first time through the eye, if the object does not have an attraction and is unable to make potential visitors feel curious, then it is certain that the tourism object is incapable and has no selling value. the attraction of an object can be due to the weather, cool weather, altitude, valley, wide plain or a certain shape that can make a person or group of people feel challenged to try and come. if the initial impression is not able to create an attraction, the tourist location is not worthy of being called a place, let alone a tourist destination. considering that there are two types of tourism objects, some are natural because of natural nuances and human creations that are deliberately made to attract visitors who are willing to come. 2. tourism infrastructure. in addition to the object having a high attractiveness, the second element that should not be ignored is infrastructure, which is a tool that can be used to easily and safely reach tourist sites for visitors. the availability of road access to tourist sites is an important element for visitors to reach tourist sites without having to sacrifice excessive time and energy. this is an important aspect for tourist locations in order to have the number of visitors according to expectations, of course, easy access will greatly help tourists to be willing to visit and pay as a form of economic sacrifice for the manager of tourist attractions and for the tourist destination itself. 15 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 3. travel facilities. is a tool or something that is used to support tourist activities and is in the tourist area. this facility includes everything that can help visitors while enjoying tourist attractions, can be in the form of objects, goods, tools, activities, processes and the like that will make tourists optimally enjoy the atmosphere when traveling in tourist sites. includes places of worship, cafeterias, rest areas, lodging, play areas, security guards, sanitation, parking lots, medical centers / polyclinics, atms, art shops, performing arts venues, and other facilities that are really needed in the area. 4. governance of tourist attractions. is a continuous activity related to all aspects of the tourist location, which is carried out at all times to support the safety and comfort of visitors while coming to these tourist sites. this activity may include the maintenance and maintenance of existing equipment at the tourist site so that it is always well maintained and maintained. covers parks, trails, equipment rental, cleanliness, lighting, signs, readiness of security officers or officers on duty at tourist sites, all are maintained to create a sense of security and comfort, because visitors are willing to come and pay for one purpose, that is pleasure and satisfaction. 5. community environment. one aspect or other element that is also considered important is the attitude and culture of the local population when meeting tourists who visit there, of course, a culture and social conditions are needed that can support their presence with a positive perception to receive tourists with a full family attitude when tourists visit the location. travel either part time or over time. it takes a high social attitude towards the presence of tourists from local residents, this attitude and socialization will make tourists feel at home and are willing to create repeat visits at a later time. in fact, often local residents do even or certain activities that are specifically presented to tourists as an expression of the pleasure of local residents who are visited by tourists in their area. in addition to the five elements mentioned above, a tourist destination must have five stimulants that can trigger tourist visits, which consist of: 1. something to see. this means that before making the choice to visit, at local tourist locations or in certain places, for example abroad, of course someone must be seen and have an attractive appeal. looking at the beginning before visiting can usually be found by means of promotion, through presenting various photos, video recordings in the form of brochures, television shows or certain events that are deliberately packaged so that potential tourists know and understand the tourist destinations offered, and then the desire to come. visit. a model like this is often used by a country when promoting its tourist destinations abroad to foreign tourists. and what is offered must be in accordance with the actual reality, because usually programs like this should not be done carelessly and can have fatal consequences if the tourist locations presented are disappointing. 2. something to visit. this means that there is a special place, specifically for fun activities, free to do something fun without disturbing the surrounding environment, someone is free to do or celebrate or express himself when enjoying the destination tourist area without feeling disturbed or disturbed. even tourist visits to certain areas while enjoying the atmosphere of the tour are protected by regulations made by the local government. with the aim that tourists who visit these locations do not feel disturbed by anyone's privacy. sometimes, certain tourist locations have a special level of security so that there is no interference from people who have no interest in the tourist destination, which in turn guarantees and protects visitors' privacy. for example, security disturbances, criminal disturbances, interference from people who trade, and certain people's practices that harm tourists. 3. something that is paid for. the meaning is that visiting a tourist destination that is offered commercially requires money to build it, of course visitors who come must be willing and willing 16 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 to spend some money to be willing to pay for it. this is an economic mutualism in the concept of a tourist destination. because most of the tourist locations are commercial in nature, therefore tourists can enjoy them voluntarily in making a certain amount of economic sacrifice. 4. something you enjoy. it means that every tourist location must be able to create a sense of pleasure for every visitor, because tourist locations are not designed carelessly and are built in such a way that the main purpose is to be marketed and sold commercially. for certain areas that have tourism potential, sometimes the local government is less attentive and less interested in managing their tourism locations due to several aspects, that is limited funds, tourist locations that are too far, or too difficult to reach, or for certain reasons so that the tourism potential of the region this was deliberately ignored and did not bring economic benefits to the local government. most of the tourist visits, indeed, the most important thing that is sought is a sense of pleasure, a sense of liking, tranquility, comfort that can provide its own entertainment for those who come. sometimes creating such conditions is needed in addition to funds, as well as innovation, technological development, social creativity and local wisdom values. 5. something memorable. this fifth element is indeed quite difficult to create, because to create a memorable feeling requires many aspects, one cannot rely on just one. impressive or not depending on the tourist attraction itself and each tourist attraction has the advantage of a view or panorama that is different from one another. however, explicitly the impression of tourists' impressions can be optimized by improving service, security, comfort, responsiveness in such a way in the eyes of tourists so that all tourist needs when visiting tourist sites can be fulfilled as much as possible. especially between one tourist attraction and another tourist attraction competing to display an attraction to attract the attention of visitors. a big challenge in the long term, if a tourism object is not able to provide an attractive dish to its tourists, in the future, the number of visitors will decrease. for example, a tourist spot in a city in the form of a zoo, if in the future the number or collection of the animals will decrease, it will make the tourist locations less attractive to visit. tourist satisfaction according to paludi (2017), tourist satisfaction with tourist destinations is related to travel experience consisting of accommodation, weather, natural environment, social environment and others. tourist satisfaction is closely related to the quality of the tourism products it receives. with regard to the marketing of tourism products, aspects of product quality can be observed and categorized as follows: 1. product diversity. this concerns the physical evidence that consumers can see about the products being marketed. 2. reliability. this concerns the consistency of the variety of products provided to consumers. that means the company must honor its promises. reliability also concerns consumer confidence, that product providers are able and trusting to provide the promised products and services consistently, accurately and meet quality standards.. 3. responsiveness. this concerns the willingness and readiness of employees to provide services. reaction and desire to help and provide services to consumers immediately. 4. competence. it is focused on employee knowledge, abilities and friendliness; related to consumer belief that employees who will provide and provide services have the knowledge, skills and hospitality and have confidence in carrying out their duties. competence also discusses the reputation of the service provider organization, the characteristics of personnel who have direct contact with consumers, the ability to maintain consumer confidentiality and security.. 17 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 5. empathy. this is related to personal attention to consumers, regarding consumer needs, consumer emotions, consumer complaints, and so on. service providers must also be able to identify their customers, learn about individual consumer habits and needs, and provide personal assistance to ensure their satisfaction.. if the performance of the destination tourism product is higher than tourists' expectations, then a positive assessment can be realized. however, if the performance of the destination tourism product is below the tourists' expectations, then a negative assessment will occur. when there is a positive rating, the traveler will evaluate the experience in a positive way, and when there is a negative rating, the traveler will evaluate the experience in a negative way. the instrument used to measure the level of tourist satisfaction uses seven indicators (suwena, 2017) as follows: 1. lodging, which is a place to stay for tourists visiting who are around tourist sites. 2. tourist attractions, that is everything in a tourist destination which is an attraction for people to come to visit the place.. 3. shopping centers, that is the state of shopping places that provide souvenirs and other needs of tourists who are around tourist objects. 4. culinary, that is the variety, quality and price of food and beverages that are sold in the vicinity of tourism objects. 5. events, that is the events that are displayed and activities that can be carried out / participated in by tourists at the tourism object location. 6. accessibility, that is smooth or easy access to reach tourist sites. 7. community environment, that is the condition of the environment in and around tourist objects. this includes the security of tourist locations, cleanliness, hospitality of the residents, and serenity of the atmosphere. method location and research subjects this research activity takes five tourist objects or locations, all of which are in malang regency, east java. where, these five attractions are eco green park, museum angkut, batu night spectacular, batu secret zoo, and wendit water park have become quite prominent tourist destinations in the last three years. due to the qualitative nature of this empirical research, the subjects or respondents are those who are tourist destination visitors who have visited the five tourist sites above. for the determination of the research sample, it was carried out by means of the cluster sampling method, that is determining the representatives of respondents in each tourist destination who were deemed eligible, that is knowing and understanding the five tourist locations in malang district. so that from five tourist destinations, 84 respondents were obtained. statistically, in this research activity the data was taken using a questionnaire filling approach and interviewing 84 respondents who were met in five tourist areas when they visited there. the scores used according to sugiyono (2011) are: 1 = very important, 2 = important, 3 = less important, 4 = not important, 5 = unnecessary. data analysis method because what is tested in this research activity is a stimulant that is able to optimize the level of satisfaction of visitors to tourist attractions and because the data is qualitative, the test form used as an analytical approach is the categorical test (santoso, 2014). where the variables used to 18 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 indicate the level of tourist satisfaction are: lodging, tourist attractions, shopping centers, culinary, event events, accessibility, and community environment. the results of the analysis are in the form of a four quadrant plane that moves counterclockwise. from these outputs, further interpretation can be made to determine the final result. result the results of data collection at five tourist locations that have been carried out on 84 respondents can be presented as shown in the table below, as follows: table 1. results of data collection eco green park (1) museum angkut (2) batu night spectacular (3) batu secret zoo (4) wendit water park (5) 1. lodging 34 65 69 66 57 2. tourist attraction 49 47 28 70 48 3. shopping center 46 38 71 57 62 4. culinery 52 61 41 34 44 5. events 28 72 47 52 74 6. accessibility 37 49 50 49 51 7. community environment 66 55 42 54 32 source: results of data processing. table 2. total score of tourist satisfaction name of tourist destination final score museum angkut 387 batu secret zoo 382 wendit water park 368 batu night spectacular 348 eco green park 312 source: results of data processing. the data in table 1 above can be explained as follows, for the lodging variable in eco green park, the number 34 appears, which means that from 84 respondents, 34 of them said that lodging is a very important facility (27 people) and important (7 people), then the next tourist attraction variable, there is a number 49 for the eco green park column, which means that out of 84 respondents, 49 of them said that tourist attractions are very important (18 people) and important (31 people), and so on for other variables at tourist attractions. after the data is tested using categorical data, as a whole for the five tourist destinations above, the results can be seen as shown below. 19 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 figure 1. quadrant of indication of test results (only partially displayed) source: report of categorical test whereas in table 2 it can be seen that tourist destinations get the highest score, it indicates that visitors to these tourist destinations have the highest satisfaction compared to other tourist destinations. of course, the tourist destination with the highest score can be used as a reference for other tourist destinations in making all forms of future improvements in an effort to improve tourist destination services in malang district. including improvement, maintenance of all types of facilities at all times so that visitor satisfaction does not change. changes in visitor satisfaction can be caused by the management's lack of attention to all types of facilities available at tourist sites, this really requires serious attention. because the final goal of visitors coming to tourist sites is feeling happy, comfortable, satisfied according to the money they spend. this is an indicator that is always maintained at all times, so that tourist attractions visited by tourists can always gain trust. discussion if you look carefully at figure 1 above, the explanation that can be given to review the analysis results is as follows: 1. the image is divided into four parts or quadrants, the upper right quadrant is quadrant 1, moving left counterclockwise is quadrant 2, then the lower left is quadrant 3 and the last bottom right is quadrant 4. each quadrant gives its own meaning to interpretation of the analyzed tourism objects. 20 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 2. the four quadrants in figure 1 above consist of two dimensions, where dimension 1 moves from (vertical line) point 0.00 to point 0.75 and dimension two moves from (horizontal line) point 0.00 to 0.60. quadrant 1 consists of three variables, that is 5, 4, and 7. while quadrant 2 consists of variables 1, 2, and 7. 3. we pay attention to quadrant 1 (top right) there is one tourist destination, that is the transport museum, located in dimension 1, quadrant 1, so that the transport museum can be optimal as a tourist destination and the level of visitor satisfaction increases, what needs to be improved optimally is variable 5 ( event events) means that the promotion is more directed at the company, the goal is that the company can come there in groups and make the transport museum their tourist destination when for example the company is holding a birthday event or gathering activity. then variable 4 (culinary) means to support and optimize the transport museum as a tourist area, it is necessary to develop additional tourism there in the form of culinary tourism in one complex or area. while the last variable is variable 7 (environment), which means that the transport museum area can develop better, it is necessary to improve the area around the destination to the environment so that it becomes more beautiful and go green.. 4. now in quadrant 2 (top left) there are two tourist destinations, that is batu secret zoo and batu night spectacular. in order for these two tourist locations to be more developed, what needs to be done is to provide lodging facilities for visitors if their visit is more than one day and add tourist attraction activities in the form of shows or other activities so that the level of visitor satisfaction is more optimal. 5. quadrant 3 (bottom left) there is one tourist destination, that is wendit water park, there are two variable indications, that is variable 6 (accessibility) and variable 3 (shopping center), meaning that if there is a shopping center in the wendit water park tourist location and improved access then the level of visitor satisfaction can be more optimal. 6. and the last is quadrant 4, here there is one tourist location, that is an eco green park, and the variables indicated in this quadrant are variable 5 (event events) and variable 4 (culinary), meaning that in eco green park tourist locations, the level of satisfaction visitors can be more optimal if more events are presented that can support the attraction of visitors, for example, school children or students collectively during holidays, or other supporting activities in the form of outbound activities. meanwhile, the culinary variables in this tourist area are inadequate and are still not well available in tourist areas. this needs further attention because tourism cannot be separated from culinary activities. conclusion after conducting the discussion at the top of this article, what needs to be underlined as a conclusion are as follows: tourist destinations in malang district do require further development and management in the long term with the aim that in the future visitor satisfaction levels will increase and have an impact on increasing tourist visits, through optimizing the level of visitor satisfaction with improvements in the areas of: lodging facilities, tourist attractions, provision shopping tourism facilities, culinary tours, introducing tourist destinations as event events by making the company a destination partner, then making improvements to easier accessibility, alternative routes during the holiday season so that there are no obstacles or congestion when tourists come there, and improving environmental rides to keep it beautiful and go green. to realize the above, it is necessary to improve in an integrated manner between one destination area and another in an integrated manner, because the tourist locations in the five places are not too far apart. 21 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 with regard to the discussion and conclusions, the suggestions that need to be given to the malang district government in maintaining the sustainability and management of tourist destinations, so what needs to be done in the future: as a material for consideration in efforts to improve tourist destinations in malang regency in the long term, the local government must be able to maintain land allotment properly so that it does not overlap with development interests that are not oriented towards land use, so that the preservation of tourism areas is maintained. through the program, that is maintaining the designation of integrated tourist areas that maintain the preservation of tourist destinations in their entirety. providing a more complete web-based and mobile-based information network to the wider community so that tourist destinations in malang regency are known more quickly by the general public, and this information will stimulate tourist visits for the wider community between regions or between provinces. to facilitate access to information, management must be able to provide web-based or android-based applications in an effort to make it easier for tourists to obtain important information needed. nowadays all types of information can be obtained online, so it is necessary to develop a more diverse and accessible means of communication online, this method is certainly part of increasing tourist satisfaction before visiting or coming to the malang area, east java. acknowledgments: we are happy to express our gratitude to the research team who have worked well together, so that all activities and actions in the research process can be completed properly. we hope that in the future, we will continue to be successful in better cooperation in other researches. conflicts of interest: there are no conflicts of interest in writing this article, both among fellow writers and to external institutions as research partners. references anastasia, melda. 2014. sepuluh tempat wisata di malang raya terpopuler. from http: //www.initempatwisata.com/wisata-indonesia/jawa-timur/berwisata-di-10-tempat-wisata-malangterpopuler/1279/. beerli a. martin jd. 2014, factors influencing destination image. ann. tour. res. 31(4). 657-681 bories y. a., akhmad. hamid, djamhur. topowijono. et. al. 2016. dampak pengembangan pariwisata terhadap kehidupan masyarakat lokal dikawasan wisata. jurnal administrasi bisnis. vol.30 no. 1. pp. 69-78. brady, m.k. and robertson, c.j. 2011. searching for consensus on the antecedent role of service quality and satisfaction: exploratory crossnational study. journal business research. vol. 51. pp. 53-60. kusuma, barry. 2012. 15 destinasi wisata terbaik di indonesia. jakarta: pt. elex media komputindo. malang times. 2018. pariwisata kabupaten malang booming, kompetensi pemandu wisata terus ditingkatkan. from https : // www. malangtimes. com/ baca / 27443/ 20180511/ 162331/ pariwisatakabupatenmalang boomingkompetensi-pemanduwisataterusditingkatkan/. paludi, salman. 2017. kepuasan wisatawan. from http: //bab234.blogspot.com/2017/02/ kepuasanwisatawan.html. prasiasa, dewa putu oka. 2012. destinasi pariwisata. jakarta: salemba humanika. santoso, singgih. 2014. statistik non parametrik. jakarta: pt. elex media komputindo. sugiyono, 2011. metode penelitian kuantitatif, kualitatif, dan r&d. bandung: alfabeta. 22 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 suwena, i ketut. widyatmaja, i gusti ngurah. 2017. pengetahuan dasar ilmu pariwisata. denpasar: pustaka larasan. © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 23 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 analysis related to the application of e-billing payment method and manufacture as concerned tax deposit (ssp) manual towards the understanding of tax mandatory 1nur widyawati, 2larasati, 3juli prastyorini stia dan manajemen kepelabuhan barunawati surabaya 1nur.widyawati@stiamak.ac.id, 3juli.prastyorini@stiamak.ac.id abstract: tax is the biggest source of apbn income in indonesia. various payment applications use the e-billing method or manually. a guide for learn about the effect of applying the e-billing payment method and tax payment slip (ssp) to the understanding of taxpayers. this research is quantitative research. data collection techniques by giving questionnaires to consumers, conduct observations, interviews, and study relevant literature. the sampling technique uses probability sampling so that a sample of 70 from pt. kartini patent. the results showed that there was no significant effect between the e-billing payment methods on the understanding of taxpayers, while the positive and significant effect was shown on the method of manual payment of tax payments (ssp) on mandatory understanding. based on the results of correlation analysis, this study obtained a value of 0.119 or 11.9% which means it has a very low relationship between the independent and dependent variables. keywords: tax, e-billing, tax payment, understanding taxpayers introduction taxes are mandatory government levies based on the law. taxes are the largest source of state budget revenues in indonesia. various payment applications use the e-billing method or manually. currently the tax collection system in indonesia has experienced many significant changes, namely the official assessment system to become a self assessment system, which is that taxpayers are given the trust to calculate, deposit and report themselves according to calculations and data owned by taxpayers themselves. knowledge of taxation can foster a willingness to pay taxes because in learning matters relating to taxation it will be easier for taxpayers to understand in the process of calculation, tax reporting, and how to pay taxes. it is expected that taxpayers can learn and understand the importance of tax reporting for the interests of the state. in implementing the manual payment method for taxpayers, a tax payment (ssp) form is still needed in the form of information regarding tax payment. with this manual system, taxpayers can pay taxes through a form that is only filled in according to the intended deposit and then continue the payment process to the bank / post office perception. in the process of tax payments that are still manual, it is very necessary to anticipate errors in filling in types, codes, and even the amount of deposits made by the tellers of the bank / post office perception because in this way not only the taxpayers themselves are blamed but those who assist the transaction process the. facing increasingly rapid technological developments, the directorate general of tax (djp) does not want to be left behind in utilizing technology to facilitate and streamline work related to administration and tax payments. like online services in payment transactions that have been implemented in indonesia, making the taxation system that was still manual now begins to implement an online-based taxation system. therefore djp released a new program, e-billing, to facilitate the tax payment process through electronic deposit (sse). mailto:nur.widyawati@stiamak.ac.id mailto:juli.prastyorini@stiamak.ac.id 24 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 e-billing is a method for paying taxes online and through atms by entering the billing code that will be accepted by the taxpayer. to accommodate the transfer of tax payments from the manual to the online system through e-billing, several state-owned banks such as bank mandiri, bank negara indonesia (bni), bank rakyat indonesia (bri), and the bank tabungan negara (btn) and pt. pos indonesia previously mentioned can help the process of tax payment transactions. with the latest ebilling method, it is expected to provide convenience for taxpayers because the entire set of methods can be accessed anywhere and anytime by taxpayers. however, in reality on the ground not all taxpayers in indonesia accept service system changes from the directorate general of taxes (djp) which were previously still manually now switched to the online system. in connection with this, an understanding of taxpayers is needed to be able to follow the development of advanced technology, especially for taxpayers who are elderly; they really need guidance in the process of both tax reporting and how to pay taxes. the role of tax consultants in the digital era today is very much needed by taxpayers who want to use their services to help them solve all problems and difficulties experienced by clients / taxpayers. pt. kartini patent is a company engaged in the field of consultation and taxation that has a license or a valid permit from an authorized agency to actually become a registered tax consultant. from the description above background, the authors are interested in conducting a study in the company pt. kartini patent as a company in the field of consulting and taxation services, the writer will take respondents from clients / taxpayers who use the services of tax consultants in the company. so the authors compile this research with the title "analysis of the implementation of ebilling payment methods and tax payment deposits (ssp) manual on understanding taxpayers." formulation of the problem the formulations of the problem in this study are: 1. how does the implementation of e-billing payment methods affect taxpayer understanding? 2. how does the effect of applying the method of manual payment of tax payment (ssp) to the understanding of taxpayers? 3. what is the effect of applying the e-billing payment method and the tax collection letter (ssp) together manually to the understanding of taxpayers? research purposes the purpose of this study was to determine the effect of applying the e-billing payment method and manual tax payment (ssp) to the understanding of taxpayers. benefits of research from the results of the research to be carried out, it is expected to be beneficial to the parties concerned which can be explained as follows: 1. to find out the analysis of the implementation of the e-billing system and the tax payment deposit (ssp) manual on understanding taxpayers. 2. as a description of the company to decide on a policy within the company. 3. as a reference material for other researchers who will conduct research on the same object or problem. 25 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 literature review understanding tax according to pja adriani in waluyo (2011: 2), "taxes are dues to the state (which can be forced) that are owed by those who are obliged to pay them according to regulations, with no achievements, which can be directly appointed, and the purpose is to finance public expenditures related to the duty of the state which runs the government ". meanwhile according to prof. dr. rochmat soemitro, sh. quoted by mardiasmo (2011: 3) states that, "tax is a public contribution to the state treasury based on the law (which can be forced) by not getting reciprocal services (counterparts) which can be directly shown and used to pay public expenses" tax function according to waluyo (2011), there are two tax functions, which are as follows: 1. function of receiving (budgeter) the tax serves as a source of funds earmarked for financing government expenditures, for example: the inclusion of the apbn as domestic revenue. 2. regulating function (regular) the tax serves as a tool to regulate or implement policies in the social and economic fields, for example: higher taxes imposed on liquor, can be suppressed. likewise, luxury goods understanding e-billing e-billing is a tool for making online tax payments (e-billing) that offers convenience in paying taxes through online payments with the advantages of being easy, convenient, fast, and flexible. according to fauzie aji (2014), "tax administration reform is the improvement or improvement of administrative performance both individually, in groups, and institutionally to make it more efficient, economical, and faster". e-billing is a manifestation of a modern administrative system to be more efficient, economical and fast which is intended to increase understanding of taxpayer reports. avoid mistakes from recording transactions. sometimes in manual payments there are some recording errors that may occur. e-billing can minimize errors in recording transactions that can occur on manual payments. understanding tax deposit (ssp) tax payment letter is a letter that is used by taxpayers to make payments or deposits of tax owed to the state treasury through the post office and or bank of state-owned enterprises or regional-owned enterprises bank or other payment places designated by the minister of finance. understanding taxpayer taxation understanding taxation regulations is the process by which taxpayers know about taxation and apply that knowledge to pay taxes, suryadi (2006) in hardiningsih (2011) in his research stated that increasing tax knowledge both formal and non-formal will have a positive impact on taxpayer awareness in paying tax. gardina and hariyanto (2006) in hardiningsih (2011) found that the low compliance of taxpayers in paying taxes is caused by taxpayer knowledge and perceptions about tax and tax officials who are still low. 26 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 hypothesis theoretical framework 1. e-billing and understanding of taxpayers according to research kania et al, (2017) shows that the online payment system has a positive and significant effect on taxpayers. e-billing has a positive and significant effect on the level of tax compliance. this is because there is a partial effect between e-billing implementation variables on the level of tax compliance. and the same research according to husnurrosyidah & suhadi, (2017) and sidharta, (2015) research shows that e-billing has a significant effect on taxpayer compliance. this is because e-billing is a manifestation of a modern administrative system to be more efficient, economical and fast which is intended to increase taxpayer compliance. based on the literature, the following hypotheses are taken: h1 = there is an effect of applying the e-billing payment method to the understanding of taxpayers. 2. tax payment (ssp) manual and taxpayer understanding in a previous study conducted by dina (2011) manual tax payment by adding tax e-filling variables significantly affected tax revenue. in the same study andiani (2012) states that tax knowledge and understanding make taxpayers a positive effect on taxpayer compliance. based on the literature, the following hypotheses are taken: h2 = there is an effect of the application of the method of manual payment of tax payment (ssp) on the understanding of taxpayers. 3. e-billing, tax payment (ssp) manual and taxpayer understanding the indicators used in the understanding of government regulation number 46 year 2013 are indicators according to fatmawati (2015), including taxpayer knowledge related to general provisions of government regulation number 46 year 2013 which includes the enforcement of regulations and the contents of regulations (objects and subjects subject to regulations), and an indicator of the ability of taxpayers to be technically related to government regulation number 46 of 2013 both in the procedure for its calculation and in its implementation. based on the literature, the following hypotheses are taken: tax payment (ssp) manual (x2) understanding taxpayers (y) e-billing (x1) h1 h2 h3 27 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 h3 = there is an effect of applying the e-billing payment method, manual tax payment (ssp) to the understanding of taxpayers. research methodology types of research the type of method used in this research is quantitative method. according to sugiyono (2013: 13) "quantitative research methods can be interpreted as a research method based on the philosophy of positivism, used to examine certain populations or samples, sampling techniques are generally carried out randomly, data collection using research instruments, data analysis is quantitative / statistics with the aim to test the hypothesis that has been set ". the location of this research was conducted in the company of pt. kartini patent in the tax section located at jl. kartini no. 88 a surabaya. definition of variable operations understanding according to sugiyono (2011: 38), variable is an attribute or nature or value of people, objects or activities that have certain variations determined by researchers to be studied and then drawn conclusions. in this study the authors used two interrelated variables, namely: 1. independent variable (x) according to sugiyono (2011: 39), the independent variable or the independent variable is referred to as the stimulus, predictor, antecedent variable is the variable that influences or which causes the change or emergence of the dependent variable or the dependent variable. in this study the independent variable used was the application of the e-billing payment method and a manual tax payment deposit (ssp). 2. dependent variable (x) according to sugiyono (2011: 39), the dependent variable or the dependent variable is often referred to as the output variable, the criterion, the consequent is the variable that is affected or which is due to the independent variable. the dependent variable used in this research is taxpayer understanding. table 1. variable operations variables indicator scale source e-billing (x1) taxpayer understanding of the application set by the directorate general of taxes about e-billing. understanding taxpayers regarding the use of ebilling systems taxpayer perception regarding e-billing convenience. taxpayers' perception of the usefulness of e-billing. taxpayer's satisfaction in using e-billing. likert ryan, 2017 manual tax payment (ssp) (x2) understanding taxpayers use tax payment (ssp) taxpayers' perception of the ease of using a manual tax payment (ssp) satisfaction of taxpayers in using the manual system likert dara ayu, 2016 28 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 understanding taxpayers (y) know and try to understand tax laws knowledge and understanding of the rights and obligations as a taxpayer knowledge and understanding of ptkp, pkp, and tax rates knowledge and understanding of sanctions along with fines if taxpayers are late in paying taxes. understanding of tax policies and regulations regarding tax payments. likert widayati dan nurlis, 2010 population and sample definition according to sugiyono (2011: 80), population is the area of generalization consisting of objects or subjects that have certain qualities and characteristics determined by researchers to be studied and drawn conclusions. the populations in this study are all consumers who use the services of a tax consultant at pt. kartini patent. while the sample according to sugiyono (2011: 81), is part of the number and characteristics possessed by the population. the method for determining the number of samples is to use the slovin formula as follows: 𝑛𝑛 = 𝑁𝑁 1+𝑁𝑁𝑒𝑒2 ………………………………………………………………………………………..(1) information: n = number of samples n = number of population e = error tolerance limit from the formula above we get the following results: 𝑛𝑛 = 𝑁𝑁 1 + 𝑁𝑁𝑒𝑒2 = 230 1 + 230 𝑥𝑥 0, 12 = 69,69 = 70 based on, the numbers of samples above for this study as many as 70 consumers who use the services of a tax consultant at pt. kartini patent. in this study researchers used the probability sampling method. the sampling used is simple random sampling is said to be simple (simple) because the sampling of members of the population is done randomly without considering the strata that exist in that population. analysis and discussion overview of research objects pt. kartini patent is a company of the "asiang group" because within the company itself has several sections in the field of business consultancy and management services such as tax consultant services, management of registration of intellectual property rights (ipr), and business licensing. one of the companies in the field of business and management consulting services; where pt. kartini patent itself has a manager who has the ability to serve management in the field of business services and management. 29 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 figure 1. organizational structure of pt. kartini patent source: pt. kartini patent characteristics of respondents respondents taken in this study are consumers or taxpayers who use services at pt. kartini patent. through the list of statements submitted, obtained information about respondents gender and age. classification is carried out on respondents in this study aims to find out clearly about the description of respondents as objects of 70 studies. general description of the respondents one by one can be described as follows: table 2. respondents by gender table 3. respondents by age validity test results table 4. variable validity test (x1) gender total percentage male 42 60% female 28 40% total 70 100% age total percentage 20-30 12 17% 31-40 27 39% 41-50 17 24% >50 14 20% total 70 100% statement items r count pearson product moment table information x1.1 0.496 0.235 valid x1.2 0.413 0.235 valid x1.3 0.267 0.235 valid direktur hki manager hki staff tax manager tax staff licensing manager licensing staff 30 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 source: spss data 25 based on the table above it can be seen that the number of statements in variable x1 is 7 statements and declared valid. table 5. variable validity test (x2) source: spss data 25 based on the table above it can be seen that the number of statements in variable x2 is 5 statements and is declared valid. table 6. variable validity test (y) statement items r – count pearson product moment table information y.1 0.666 0.235 valid y.2 0.771 0.235 valid y.3 0.659 0.235 valid y.4 0.703 0.235 valid y.5 0.794 0.235 valid y.6 0.803 0.235 valid y.7 0.427 0.235 valid y.8 0.254 0.235 valid y.9 0.603 0.235 valid source: spss data 25 based on the table above it can be seen that the statements on variable y are 9 statements and are declared valid. reliability test results table 7. reliability test variable cronbach alpha criteria information e-billing (x1) 0.677 0.6 reliabel manual tax payment (ssp) (x2) 0.750 0.6 reliabel understanding taxpayers (y) 0.799 0.6 reliabel source: spss data 25 x1.4 0.452 0.235 valid x1.5 0.365 0.235 valid x1.6 0.245 0.235 valid x1.7 0.564 0.235 valid statement items r – count pearson product moment table information x2.1 0.602 0.235 valid x2.2 0.715 0.235 valid x2.3 0.302 0.235 valid x2.4 0.247 0.235 valid x2.5 0.749 0.235 valid 31 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 based on the table above it is known that each variable has a cronbach alpha value higher than 0.6, then the variable can be said to be reliable. thus the reliability requirements of the measuring instrument are met. classic assumption test 1. normality test figure 2. normality test, (source: spss data 25) based on the results of the normality test above, it can be seen that the point distribution (data) on the diagonal axis does not spread far from the diagonal line or follow the direction of the diagonal line, it can be stated that the regression model meets the normality assumption. 2. heteroscedasticity test figure 3. heteroscedasticity test, (source: spss data 25) based on the results of the scatterplot heteroscedasticity test above shows that the points spread above and below the axis (0) and do not form a pattern, so it can be concluded that the data does not occur heteroscedasticity problems. 3. multicollinearity test based on the table above, it can be concluded that the variables x1 and x2 do not have multicollinearity. this is because the multicollinearity test results have met the vif assumptions. table 8. multicollinearity test model collinearity statistics tolerance vif 1 (constant) x1 ,993 1,007 x2 ,993 1,007 dependent variable: y, (source: spss data 25) 32 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 4. linearity test table 9. linearity test linierity deviation from linearity alpha conclusion e-billing (x1) 0,233 0.05 linier manual tax payment (ssp) (x2) 0,961 0.05 linier source: spss data 25 based on the linearity test results in table 4.6 above, it is known that the value of deviation from linearity> 0.05, it can be concluded that e-billing (x1) and manual tax payment slip (x2) each have a linear relationship to the understanding of taxpayers (y) . multiple linear regression analysis regression analysis is used to determine the extent of the relationship between the independent variables and the dependent variable. based on the regression analysis using spss, the following results are obtained: table 10. multiple linear regressions source: spss data 25 based on the results of the above calculations, we get the following linear regression equation: y = 17,716 + 0,161 x1 + 0,710 x2 + ε statistical test results obtained as follows: 1. constant value (α) of 17.716 means that if the independent variable (e-billing and manual tax payment slip) is assumed to be zero (0), then the variable on understanding taxpayers has a value of 17.716, because the constant shows a value of 17.716. 2. the e-billing coefficient (x1) value of 0.161 indicates that the e-billing variable (x1) has a positive relationship with the understanding of taxpayers (y). this means that the better the e-billing payment method, the better the understanding of taxpayers. value β1 = 0.161, meaning that if the method of applying e-billing increases one-unit, then the understanding of taxpayers will increase by 0.161 with a value of x1 considered constants. 3. the coefficient value of manual tax collection (x2) of 0.710 indicates that the variable of manual tax payment (x2) has a positive relationship with the understanding of tax obligation (y). this means that the better the method of applying the manual tax payment method, the better the understanding of taxpayers. model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta 1 (constant) 17,716 7,623 2,324 ,023 x1 ,161 ,219 ,083 ,732 ,467 x2 ,710 ,222 ,364 3,206 ,002 33 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 hypothesis test results 1. partial test (t test) t test is used to determine whether the independent variable partially influences the dependent variable. based on the results of the t test carried out, the following results are obtained: table 11. test results t source: spss data 25 the t-table value is known at the 5% significance rate using the following equation: t – tabel = t ( α/2 ; n – k – 1 ) = t ( 0,05/2 ; 70 – 2 – 1 ) = t ( 0,025 ; 67 ) = 1,99601 information: n = number of samples k = number of independent variables 1 = constant from the calculation above, the following results are obtained : a. the e-billing variable has a t-count of 0.732 <t-table 1.99601 and a significance of 0.467> 0.05 meaning that e-billing does not partially have a significant influence on the understanding of taxpayers. b. the variable manual tax payment has a t-count of 3.206> t-table 1.99601 and a significance of 0.002 <0.05 means that the manual tax payment partially has a significant influence on the understanding of taxpayers. 2. simultaneous test (test f) the f test is used to find out whether the independent variables together have a significant effect on the dependent variable. the alpha value used is 0.05. the following f test results have been carried out: table 12. test results f anovaa (source: spss data 25) model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta 1 (constant) 17,716 7,623 2,324 ,023 x1 ,161 ,219 ,083 ,732 ,467 x2 ,710 ,222 ,364 3,206 ,002 model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 61,034 2 30,517 5,642 ,005b residual 362,408 67 5,409 total 423,443 69 34 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 the known f-count is 5.642 with a significance of 0.005. the f-table calculation is done in the following way: f–tabel = f ( k ; n – k ) = f ( 2 ; 70 – 2 ) = ( 2 ; 68 ) = 3,13 information: n = number of samples k = number of independent variables from the calculation above, the f-count result is 5.642> f-table 3.13 with a significance of 0.005, which means that h0 is rejected and h1 is accepted. based on these results it shows that e-billing and manual tax collections together have a significant effect on understanding taxpayers. correlation coefficient test (r) and determination coefficient (r2) to find out how big is the correlation or the relationship between the independent and dependent variables, it can see the value of the correlation coefficient or (r). whereas to measure how far the ability of the independent variable can provide the information needed to explain the dependent variable is to use the coefficient of determination (r2). the results of the correlation coefficient (r) and the coefficient of determination (r2) can be seen in the following table: table 13. correlation coefficient test results and determination coefficient based on the table above, the magnitude of the correlation value (r) obtained is 0.380. this shows that there is a low relationship between the independent variable and the dependent variable. while the magnitude of the adjusted r square (r2) multiple determination coefficients obtained is 0.119, which means that the e-billing variable and manual tax payment letter have an effect of 11.9% on the understanding of taxpayers, while the rest is influenced by other variables that are not scrutinized. discussion 1. the effect of applying the e-billing payment method to the understanding of taxpayers. the first hypothesis examines the effect of applying the e-billing payment method to the understanding of taxpayers. the results of the t test show that there is no significant effect between ebilling payment methods on the understanding of taxpayers with a regression coefficient of 0.083 and the results of the t-test analysis of 0.732 <of the t-table value of 1.99601 and a significance level of 0.467, thus in hypothesis (h1) which states that there is an effect of applying the e-billing payment method to the understanding of the taxpayer being rejected. model summaryb (source: spss data 25, 2019) model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate 1 ,380a ,144 ,119 2,326 a. predictors: (constant), x2, x1 b. dependent variable: y 35 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 sarunan (2015) in his theory states that research shows that the results of the modernization of the tax administration system have insignificant influence on the understanding of taxpayer understanding. this encourages tax revenue because in its modern application does not affect taxpayers in paying tax compliance. 2. the effect of applying the method of manual payment of tax payment (ssp) on the understanding of taxpayers. the second hypothesis examines the effect of applying the method of manual payment of tax payment (ssp) on the understanding of taxpayers. the results of the t test show that there is a positive and significant influence between the method of manual payment of tax payments (ssp) on mandatory understanding with a regression coefficient of 0.364 and the results of the t-test analysis of 3.206> of the t-table value of 1.99601 and the level of significance equal to 0.002, so the results of this study support the hypothesis that has been established that there is an influence of the application of the method of payment of the tax payment (ssp) manual on understanding taxpayers (h2) received. in the results of previous studies by sendy estika r. (2017) which states when significant results on manual tax payments indicate that with the expansion of subjects and taxes are expected to be able to make taxpayers who previously did not pay taxes can perform their tax obligations as stipulated in the tax law existing by increasing understanding of taxpayers. 3. the effect of applying the e-billing payment method and the manual tax payment (ssp) together on the understanding of taxpayers the third hypothesis examines the effect of applying the e-billing payment method and the manual tax payment deposit (ssp) together has a significant effect on the understanding of taxpayers. this is evident from the results of the analysis of the f-test of 5.642> of the f-table value of 3.13 with a significance level of 0.005 <significant probability 𝛼𝛼 = 0.05. thus the results of this study support the hypothesis that has been established that there is an effect of the application of the e-billing payment method and the tax payment deposit (ssp) together on the understanding of taxpayers (h3) received. this research is in line with the results of research conducted by natrah saad (2014) on tax knowledge, tax complexity, and tax compliance: taxpayers' view. one of the results of this study suggests that knowledge about taxation can be an influence on taxpayer compliance. conclusion 1. the application of the e-billing payment method (x1) does not have a significant effect on the understanding of taxpayers referred to as consumers of pt. kartini patent. where consumers from pt. kartini patent who is a more dominant taxpayer already has a lot of understanding of all tax regulations, this is because the results of the services of tax consultants at pt. kartini patent has been going well by following the procedures. 2. the application of the manual tax payment method (x2) has a significant effect on the understanding of taxpayers who are consumers of pt. kartini patent. this can happen due to the age factor of consumers who limit the ability to understand tax regulations, especially in tax reform that already uses electronic or online systems, thus affecting the understanding of taxpayers in paying taxes. 3. simultaneously the independent variable, e-billing (x1) and manual tax payment (x2) together have a significant effect on the understanding of taxpayers who are consumers at pt. kartini patent. e-billing variables and manual tax payments provide an effect of 11.9% on the 36 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 1 september 2020 understanding of taxpayers for consumers in pt. kartini patent, while the rest are influenced by other variables. suggestion 1. as a consulting service company, pt. kartini patent maintains the quality of company services in order to maintain the trust of consumers who already feel helped from all problems, both taxation problems and other matters in the management. 2. pt. kartini patent lagar approaches consumers who are elderly to provide motivation and direction to make it easier to help understand all tax regulations and policies that have been set by the government so that consumers or taxpayers do not feel disadvantaged due to lack of understanding and knowledge of taxation. 3. from the results of the study, the lack of other factors not yet examined is expected for further research to add variables related to the tax revenue system, for example: e-invoice, e-spt, efilling, etc. references direktorat jenderal pajak, undang-undang 16 tahun 2009 tentang perubahan ketiga atas undang-undang nomor 6 tahun 1983 tentang ketentuan umum dan tata cara perpajakan. hardiningsih, pancawati dan nila yulianawati2011. faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi kemauan membayar pajak. dinamikakeuangan dan perbankan . vol. 3, no. 1.hal. 126 142. sugiyono. 2011. metode penelitian kuantitatif, kualitatif dan r&d. bandung: afabeta mardiasmo. 2011. perpajakan edisi revisi 2011. yogyakarta: penerbit andi waluyo, 2011. perpajakan indonesia, jakarta : salemba empat widayati dan nurlis. 2010. “faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi kemauan untuk pajak wajib pajak orang pribadi yang melakukan pekerjaan bebas (studi kasus pada kpp pratama gambir tiga)”. simposium nasional akuntansi xiii, purwokerto. © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 88 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 existence of licence, infrastructure, and energy recources in increasing small business capacity in sidoarjo district in the new normal 4.0 i putu artaya1, tubagus purworusmiardi2, i gede arimbawa3, made kamisutara4 university narotama surabaya 1putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id 2tubagus.purworusmiardi@narotama.ac.id 3gede.arimbawa@narotama.ac.id 4made.kamisutara@narotama.ac.id abstract: this research was conducted in sidoarjo regency which has a lot of potential to grow and develop small businesses in three regions that is krembung, jabon, and tulangan. the problem is one of the potential growth and development of small business activities in these three districts which has been supported by increased speed in business licensing, adequate infrastructure and the availability of renewable energy sources (gas) for smooth running and assistance for small businesses in the regions. to prove this, this research requires an increase in licensing, provision and improvement of infrastructure, and energy resources that can support its development activities for small business growth in the new normal 4.0. of the three regions that were the object of research, at random there were 173 small business owners who were subjected to data collection in the field. as a basis for making decisions in an effort to overcome the above problems, the method used in this study is crosstabs analysis, to test and determine whether there is a linearity between the potential for small business development with the availability of licensing management facilities, infrastructure provision, and supply of energy resources. the main pillar of the smooth running of small businesses in developing business activities, distribution and marketing of their products. from the test results, it turns out that the three facilities mentioned above, all have a linear relationship with the growth of small businesses in the three districts. keywords: small business facilities, business growth, crosstabs test. introduction sidoarjo regency is an area located south of the madura strait, very rich in fishery products. two of them are abundant, shrimp and crab. furthermore, this area then has core business in the fisheries, industry and services sectors. sidoarjo regency has even become one of the economic backers of east java province. however, in addition to natural resources, sidoarjo regency is also blessed with extraordinary human resources. the regency, which consists of 18 districts and 353 sub-districts, has many small businesses spread across various regions. the number of micro, small and medium enterprises in sidoarjo regency is predicted to reach 134 thousand. this area is referred to as the city of smes. the products produced by msmes in sidoarjo are already famous for their quality that is not in doubt. many international trade brands are known to order products specifically from the sidoarjo regency smes. previously, the number of msmes in sidoarjo was around 160 thousand msmes, then this year it increased to 206 thousand msmes. while the number of large companies in sidoarjo also increased from 1,600 to 2,000. with such conditions, it is necessary to provide a support for the growth and development of small businesses in the sidoarjo region, that is the improvement of licensing procedures that are getting faster, improvement and provision of better infrastructure, and the availability of energy resources in this case is natural gas as one of the one important mailto:1putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id mailto:2tubagus.purworusmiardi@narotama.ac.id mailto:3gede.arimbawa@narotama.ac.id mailto:4made.kamisutara@narotama.ac.id 89 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 component for the life of the small business industry, especially the small home industry which is growing rapidly. based on perwitasari's research (2016) on integrated licensing services in sidoarjo, the results of licensing models in sidoarjo have been classified as good and conducted online, the priority aspect in licensing is speed, accuracy, and reliability. on another occasion the research conducted by berlin, noor, siswidiyanto et al (2010), said that to improve and restore the development of businesses in the sidoarjo region, especially areas that had been affected by the lapindo mud needed to improve and add infrastructure to support and restore the growth of small businesses in an effort to improve the economy of east java in general so that small businesses in sidoarjo again have good prospects in long-term. and the last of kristiawati's research results (2011), the results of this study revealed that the sidoarjo regency government through pt petrogas jatim utama, must be able to provide natural gas resources that have affordable prices in an effort to improve the life of small businesses in the wedoro and ngingas sidoarjo areas, so that the life and growth of small businesses in the region have good competitiveness with the availability of affordable energy resources. from the results of the three studies above, all of them state that licensing, infrastructure provision, and energy resources, especially natural gas, are important aspects in supporting the growth and potential of developing small businesses in sidoarjo regency significantly. while the research conducted in 2020 is to test or measure the degree of linearity of the relationship between the potential growth of small businesses with guaranteed and reliable licensing services, the availability of good infrastructure, and the availability of adequate energy resources for the survival of small businesses in the future. literature review according to hadi (2018), the service of making investment and business licenses in sidoarjo, east java, is integrated with the central government. thus, the process of making permits can be monitored by the government in jakarta. sidoarjo became a pilot district to implement online permit-making services. the licensing process at the one-stop integrated investment service office of sidoarjo regency has been integrated with the central government. the system serves the process of making permits quickly. this is as regulated in government regulation no. 24 of 2018, concerning government efforts to simplify business licensing and create a model of integrated licensing services that is fast and inexpensive, and provides certainty. with a one-door system, business licenses will be obtained by business people in less than an hour, provided the applicant has completed the required documents. the government also regulates the types, applicants, and issuance of business licenses, implementation of business licensing, sector-based business permit reforms, one-stop systems, institutions and funding incentives or disincentives for business licensing through one-stop services, problem solving and business barriers. in the past three years, the sidoarjo district government has continued to improve the licensing process. innovation for the sake of innovation is done. sidoarjo does not want the potential of the region to be a magnet for wasted investment. moreover, investment in sidoarjo has fallen sharply since the mud eruption in porong sidoarjo. 90 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 all licensing processes in sidoarjo are already online. officers are even more rarely or almost never meet with the license applicant. all licensing processes in sidoarjo are already online. officers are even more rarely or almost never meet with the license applicant. one-stop service has been implemented in sidoarjo since august 2018, until now, there have been 2,200 permit applications. one way to advance business and trade activities in sidoarjo district is by implementing licensing facilities through an online system so that it can be done effectively and efficiently, both for business people and investors. benefits of licensing according to augustine (2015), one of the government's efforts to encourage the growth and development of micro and small and medium enterprises is to facilitate licensing for msmes throughout indonesia. with the presidential regulation number 98 of 2014 concerning licensing for micro, small and medium enterprises, permits for msmes are only 1 sheet and can be issued in only 1 day by the district. msmes can get 4 benefits. first is the legality of the business, then the ease of getting capital because it is legal, then access to business assistance from the government, and the last is the opportunity to get empowerment assistance from the government. the four main benefits obtained by msme entrepreneurs by taking care of and having a license for their business are: 1. msmes have the certainty of trying that they are legal, so that in the implementation of business activities everything becomes clear, and the government is easier to monitor business activities, especially in an effort to improve communication and guidance for the business actors themselves. 2. access to finance is facilitated, each business certainly has an interest in dealing with creditors in an effort to increase the amount of funds and capital if needed in an effort to expand the business, by having a permit, of course the government will easily provide access to these business actors. 3. business actors have the opportunity to obtain assistance facilities. in long-term business activities, business actors need various types of training activities to provide insight, skills, information and business development opportunities. with the ownership of a business permit, of course this becomes easier in an effort to get facilities and guidance from the government. 4. empowerment activities. economic growth and market demand, which sometimes changes dynamically and rapidly, must be anticipated by every business actor. through licensing, business actors will easily communicate and interact in getting all types of assistance and partnerships with external parties, including in this case the activities of empowering business actors on an ongoing basis. this includes efforts to build networks of fellow business people. provision of infrastructure facilities in addition to the role and benefits of licensing for businesses, in developing a business in general, infrastructure facilities are also needed for the dynamics and mobility of the transportation products of each business actor when they market and distribute their products. infrastructure facilities that have become the key to smooth operations of business activities include the availability of ports for goods distribution activities both in the country or locally and 91 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 for export purposes. according to kristiawati (2011), an airport is also needed for the distribution and marketing of products from small businesses that have special market potential, with the aim of transcontinental distribution. adequate facilities will certainly greatly assist the business actors themselves in efforts to distribute their products as well as marketing activities abroad. another condition that is no less important is to expedite the process of moving, goods or products in a city when the products are ready to be distributed is the availability of access to roads or other means that are faster and more efficient such as railroad transportation. with the availability of a good infrastructure network, the distribution of small business products to the port, to the airport, or to certain places to be smoother and saves time. provision of energy resources one aspect to be able to develop a special business in sidoarjo, of course, needs a business component that cannot be ignored. according to biswas (2018) a very important industrial component in the growth of sourcing businesses is clean water, electricity and natural gas energy resources. the obligation of the government in this context is how to manage the energy resources needed to be fully allocated and need to support the potential of small businesses in the sidoarjo region. why this is important, there are several reasons: 1. is a continuous business supporting component, 2. one component in the calculation of production costs for small business groups, 3. attached and cannot be eliminated in the process of determining the selling price, 4. has a high factor impact on business activities, 5. unit price of energy resources is one element of competition, especially in the cost management process. growth potential of small-scale enterprises in sidoarjo district sidoarjo city is one of the economic pillars in east java, with its abundant natural products that can be seeded as one of the sectors in improving the economy. aside from being one of the food barns in east java, sidoarjo is also rich in the potential of small businesses that are able to become one of the sources in increasing local revenue. with its potential, sidoarjo has become a pilot in the development of small businesses in the province of east java. the growth of small businesses that have the potential to support export products in east java annually is around 4.8% (sidoarjo in figures, 2018). until now there are around 168 thousand small businesses that continue to grow in sidoarjo. to increase public interest in developing small businesses the government of sidoarjo has done all kinds of services online, to cut down all forms of bureaucracy that are very inhibiting. so that in the future, the potential for growing small businesses is even greater. sidoarjo regency government has tried to facilitate all the needs of small businesses so that all forms of obstacles can be overcome. several local and international scale exhibitions have been held, the aim being that the original products of the city of sidoarjo can be recognized more quickly and able to open up export market demand. therefore, facilities to facilitate licensing, provision and expansion of infrastructure and supply of energy resources become the main focus in an effort to revive and increase opportunities for the growth of business actors in sidoarjo district. the interests of business actors abroad such as thailand, japan, malaysia, vietnam and some business actors in the asean region, often come directly to buy commodities in sidoarjo regency, especially raw materials and semi-finished products. this can be seen in the following graphic display: 92 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 figure 1. growth in the number of small business actors in sidoarjo source: sidoarjo in figures 2019 method research subjects and samples the main subjects of this study are business people in three districts in the sidoarjo region, such as krembung, jabon, and tulangan. the total population of business owners in the three regions is 6500 business owners. however, the business owners sampled here are business owners who have just started their business for about a year. what is meant by business actors is a household business that has a small business in its place of residence. the total sample of research in three districts in the sidoarjo region is 173 business owners. data collecting in an effort to obtain data, the main method conducted by researchers is through activities consisting of several aspects, that is: 1. observation, this step is carried out to visit and see firsthand the condition of business activities carried out by business operators in their respective regions. through this visit, it can be seen firsthand the actual conditions and picture in determining the research subjects. 2. interview, a process to explore certain information that is carried out directly to business actors who have been selected as research samples. this interview is to get a picture of the actual conditions of the research study, that is licensing facilities, infrastructure provision, and energy resources, especially natural gas, which is indeed provided by the sidoarjo district government to small businesses in developing businesses. 3. tableization of the results of interviews and data collection, so that information on the results of interviews and data collection becomes more meaningful and can be used as analysis material then it needs to be presented in tabular form so that the meaning is easier to understand for study and discussion material. 93 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 data analysis to get results that meet the reality in the decision making process, one method that is relevant in the data analysis process is needed. the method used here for data analysis is the crosstabs method (santoso, 2010), which is to find whether there is a linear relationship between perceptions or attitudes of business actors with the efforts of the sidoarjo district government, especially in providing important facilities to support the growth of business actors in sidoarjo that is business licensing facilities , provision of infrastructure, and provision of energy resources. through the crosstabs test, it can be seen how much a linear relationship between the opinions of business actors with the efforts of the sidoarjo district government has been carried out so far. figure 1. the interrelation between the growth in the number of small businesses and the provision of facilities the picture above illustrates that the availability of all facilities from the local government, through the provision of all the facilities needed by businesses is a must. this condition is to provide confidence and an optimistic attitude for small businesses when starting a business or developing their own business to a wider market. many local local products are successful in entering the export market because of the perseverance and courage of business owners to develop their businesses better. provision of good facilities will trigger business owners to always try to find loopholes or export opportunities for their products, if this attitude can always be maintained well, the number of small business actors will continue to slowly increase because one business actor with other business actors always share information when they wants its products to enter the export market to other countries. provision of facilities • ease of licensing • provision of infrastructure • provision of energy resources ease of the transportation and distribution process of goods produced ensuring the smoothness of business activities number of successful business owners market expansion in new normal 4.0 94 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 result data collection results the results of interviews and observations in the field, from 173 business owners in the krembung, jabon, and tulangan areas. through observations and interviews that have been conducted with them, almost 52.3% of business owners still consider that the attention of the sidoarjo city government has not been carried out optimally to them. the impact of this condition is that most business owners who want to export their superior products are still constrained in obtaining permission from the government, providing adequate and equitable infrastructure facilities that are appropriate for their business and ultimately providing cheap energy resources through government specific policies to small business owners who really need the attention of the local government in the city of sidoarjo, are as follows: table 1. results from the process of collecting data from interview activities in the krembung area of sidoarjo business owner response amount success not completely successful unsuccessful licensing services 10 4 7 21 provision of infrastructure 11 8 7 26 provision of energy resources 2 8 1 11 amount 23 20 15 58 based on the data display in table 1 above, it can be described descriptively that business owners in the krembung region, 32.7% stated that licensing services, infrastructure provision, and the availability of energy sources declared successful, this means that all the facilities they have enjoyed so far in connection with the business activities they do there are benefits. while 27.6% stated that the facilities provided by the sidoarjo government had not been felt to the maximum by them, meaning that there were still obstacles when they enjoyed the three facilities in the process of developing their business. and the remaining 15.5% have never felt the benefits of the facilities available in connection with their business activities. this means that this last category is a group of business people who have not yet benefited from the service facilities that should have been intended for them. the reason could be due to certain factors. table 2. results of the process of collecting data from interview activities in jabon area of sidoarjo business owner response amount success not completely successful unsuccessful licensing services 18 4 2 24 provision of infrastructure 14 3 2 19 provision of energy resources 3 9 4 16 amount 35 16 8 59 95 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 based on the data display in table 2 above, it can be explained descriptively that business operators in krembung area, 59.3%, stated that success in licensing services, infrastructure provision, and availability of energy sources means that they feel that they are enjoying all the facilities, so far in connection with the business activities they carry out. while 27.1% stated that the facilities provided by the sidoarjo government were not fully felt by them, which meant there were still obstacles when they enjoyed the three facilities in their business development process. and the remaining 13.5% have never felt the benefits of the facilities available in connection with their business activities. this means that this last category is a group of entrepreneurs who have not yet benefited from the service facilities that should have been aimed at them. means that if seen from the magnitude of the percentage, government services and efforts in sidoarjo in the jabon region are relatively successful in providing convenience for businesses. the reaction or opinion of business owners regarding the fulfillment of licensing facilities, infrastructure, and the availability of energy resources for small businesses is very much needed, so it can clearly be seen how successful the sidoarjo government is in meeting the absolute needs of small businesses when they need them. support to develop in an effort to advance their business in the long run. with this real condition, the sidoarjo government can make improvements to meet the basic needs of small businesses in order to grow and compete. table 3. results of the process of collecting data from interview activities in tulangan area of sidoarjo business owner response amount success not completely successful unsuccessful licensing services 21 8 6 35 provision of infrastructure 7 1 0 8 provision of energy resources 11 2 0 13 amount 39 11 6 56 based on the data display in table 3 above, it can be explained descriptively that business operators in the krembung district area, 69.6% stated that licensing services, infrastructure provision, and availability of energy sources have been successfully implemented which means that all the facilities they have enjoyed so far related to their business activities. while 19.64% stated that the facilities provided by the sidoarjo government had not been felt to the maximum by them, meaning that there were still obstacles when they enjoyed the three facilities in the process of developing their business. and the remaining 10.7% have never felt the benefits of the facilities available in connection with their business activities. this means that this last category is a group of business people who have not yet benefited from the service facilities that should have been intended for them. it means that when seen from the large percentage, government services and efforts in sidoarjo regency in tulangan sub-district are relatively successful in providing facilities for business people as a whole. 96 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 table 4. results from the data collection process in three districts in krembung, jabon and tulangan in sidoarjo business owner response amount success not completely successful unsuccessful licensing services 46 16 9 85 provision of infrastructure 36 12 9 43 provision of energy resources 14 18 13 45 amount 96 46 31 173 based on the data in table 4 above, it can be reviewed descriptively that business operators in the krembung, jabon, and tulangan subdistricts 55.49% stated that licensing services, infrastructure provision, and availability of energy sources are in line with the expectations of the business owner, meaning that all facilities that they have enjoyed so far in connection with their business activities being able to provide benefits. this means that the sidoarjo government has succeeded in making efforts to increase and spur the growth of business potential in the three districts. while 26.58%, stated that the facilities provided by the sidoarjo government had not been felt to the maximum by business owners, meaning that they still had certain obstacles when they enjoyed or received services or provided facilities in the process of developing their business. and the remaining 17.9% of business owners in the three districts have never felt the benefits of the facilities available in connection with their business activities so far. this means that this might be due to the lack of socialization and the government's lack of responsiveness in serving business owners in responding to the form of service facilities that should be intended for them. if seen from the large percentage, government services and efforts in sidoarjo, especially in three districts that is krembung, jabon, and tulangan, are relatively successful in providing facilities for business people as a whole in the sub-districts. however, businesses run by the sidoarjo government still have shortcomings in serving the business owner as a whole. discussion the next step that must be taken in connection with a research study is conducting a crosstab test to be used as a basis for decision making and presenting information in measuring the linear relationship of business owners in the process of providing licensing facilities, infrastructure, and energy resources in three districts in the city of sidoarjo. results are presented below: table 5. validation of crosstabs data case processing summary cases valid missing total n percent n percent n percent government_sidoarjo services * business owner response 173 100,0% 0 ,0% 173 100,0% 97 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 table 6. results description of responses of business owners government_sidoarjo services * business owner response crosstabulation count business owner responses total success not completely successful unsuccessful government sidoarjo services licensing 46 16 9 85 infrastructure 36 12 9 43 energy resources 14 18 13 45 total 96 46 22 173 from table 5 and table 6 it can be explained that in the crosstabs analysis process none of the data was wasted. all data is 100% used in the testing process. the data display in table 6 is the descriptive output of the crosstabs test in accordance with table 4 above. table 6 above shows the composition of the response of business owners in the form of distribution of answers, between success, not completely successful, and unsuccessful. to present the test results it can be seen in table 7 below: table 7. crosstabs test results chi-square tests value df asymp. sig. (2-sided) pearson chi-square 3,774a 3 ,037 likelihood ratio 3,795 3 ,045 linear-by-linear association ,007 1 ,170 n of valid cases 173 a. 4 cells (26,4%) have expected count less than 4. the minimum expected count is 2,71. based on the appearance of the crosstabs test results in table 7 above, the hypothesis testing for decision making can be explained as follows: 1. pearson chi-square value, especially the error rate (asymp. sig.) is 0.037 and the value is far below 5% (0.05) meaning ho is rejected and ha is accepted, which means that government services in sidoarjo district have a linear relationship with the attitudes and responses of business actors in three districts that is krembung, jabon and tulangan. this means that the sidoarjo regency government service in providing permits, infrastructure and energy resources can and is able to trigger or enhance business development for business owners or msmes in sidoarjo. 2. it can now be clearly seen that licensing facilities, infrastructure provision, and energy resources for the development of potential business actors in sidoarjo regency have a linear relationship. this means that the responses of the business actors above presented in table 1, table 2, and table 3 in the three districts used as research subjects, are indeed justified. the response is linear or real. although a small number of business operators still state that they have not met the expectations of the facilities provided by the sidoarjo regency government, overall this has brought benefits in an effort to spur the growth of business activities in the sidoarjo district. 98 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 conclusion based on the results of testing using the croostabs method for the response of business actors to the provision of facilities in sidoarjo regency, it can be concluded that the small business activities carried out by business operators in three districts in sidoarjo that is krembung, jabon, and tulangan have been in line with the expectations of the business actors, because they are based on distribution respondents or business owner answers 62.33% had fulfilled their expectations in an effort to develop their business so far. although there is a small proportion of business actors, that is 14.28% feel that the facilities provided by the sidoarjo government have not met their expectations, it is natural, because every business actor must have technical obstacles in running and developing their business. this means that it can be decided that in the future the sidoarjo government must make better efforts to provide licensing facilities, infrastructure and supply of energy resources for businesses in sidoarjo so that their business activities can be assisted in developing business activities especially for business owners who have no experience adequate. some corrective steps for problems that occur can be resolved by perfecting the online licensing system that has been implemented so far by adding service capacity by providing various additional menu options in the online system. this is an important step in efforts to broaden understanding for msme owners by reaching them more broadly. improve infrastructure facilities and supporting facilities in more focused ways such as the construction of toll roads, railways and equal transportation facilities to facilitate the smooth distribution of goods and support the delivery of goods for export to ports and airports. improving energy distribution, especially natural gas, is better and more equitable by building new natural gas pipelines that are able to reach areas where business owners live, because natural gas is an alternative energy source that is still relatively inexpensive compared to the others. so that not only large companies can enjoy this energy source facility but are able to reach small business owners in the city of sidoarjo, especially in the krembung, jabon, and tulangan areas. acknowledgments: we are happy to express our gratitude to the research team who have worked well together, so that all activities and actions in the research process can be completed properly. we hope that in the future, we will continue to be successful in better cooperation in other researches. conflicts of interest: there are no conflicts of interest in writing this article, both among fellow writers and to external institutions as research partners. references agus suroso, ade irma anggraeni, andriyansah. (2017). optimizing smes’business performance through human capital management. european research studies journal. volume xx, issue 4β. pp. 588-599. agustian, ary ginanjar., (2001), rahasia sukses membangun kecerdasan emosi dan spiritual, penerbit arga, jakarta. agustinus, michael. (2015). manfaat pelaku ukm jika memiliki ijin usaha. 01 desember 2015. from https://finance.detik.com/berita-ekonomi-bisnis/d-3085080/ini-manfaat-pelaku-ukm-punya-izin-usaha. andi munandar. (2016). the strategy development and competitive advantages of micro small medium enterprise business institution toward regional development. jurnal pemikiran dan penelitian administrasi bisnis dan kewirausahaan. 1(2). pp. 103-112. andrzej skibiski, monika sipa. (2015). sources of innovation of small businesses: polish perspective. 22nd international economic conference – iecs 2015. economic prospects in the context of growing 99 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 global and regional interdependencies. iecs 2015. procedia economics and finance. vol. 27. pp. 429 – 437. anwarul islam, and miajee, rezaul karim. (2018). exploring e-business in smes. international journal of small and medium enterprises. 1(1). published by centre for research on islamic banking & finance and business. artarina da samoedra, deni hermana, (2019), sustainability, competitive advantage and entrepreneurial orientation in indonesian family culinary business groups, international journal of innovation, creativity and change, 6(11), pp. 314-326. bakri, r., data, u., & saputra, a. (2019). marketing research : the application of auto sales forecasting software to optimize product marketing strategies. journal of applied science, engineering, technology, and education, 1(1). pp. 7-12, https://doi.org/10.35877/454ri.asci1124 berlin, noor, siswidiyanto et al,. (2010). pelaksanaan pembangunan infrastruktur pada lokasi dampak semburan lumpur lapindo kecamatan porong kabupaten sidoarjo. from https://media.neliti.com/media/publications/80910-id-pelaksanaan-pembangunan-infrastrukturpa.pdf. biswas, tirtha. sachin sharma. and karthik ganesan. (2018). factors influencing the uptake of energy efficiency initiatives by indian msmes. council on energy, environment and water. new delhi. christabel divine brownson. (2014). does constituent of entrepreneurial culture differ in individuals?. international journal of small business and entrepreneurship research. 2(2). pp.22-27. cinzia vallone & barbara iannone. (2020). innovation trough tradition in family business, international journal of business and management, 15(1). 2020, pp.157-165. doi:10.5539/ijbm.v15n1p157 das, s., & mohiuddin, k. m. (2015). motivational factors and the constraints of women entrepreneurship development in bangladesh. international journal of information, business and management, 7(3), 377–396. dobbs, m. and hamilton, r. (2007). small business growth: recent evidence and new directions. international journal of entrepreneurial behavior & research. 13(5). pp. 296-322. https://doi.org/10.1108/13552550710780885 grabowski, w., & stawasz, e. (2017). the role of business consulting in creating knowledge and formulating a strategy of development in polish micro-enterprises. journal for east european management studies. 22(3). pp 374-396. hadi, syaikhul. (2018). sistem pembuatan izin usaha di sidoarjo dipantau pusat. 02 agustus 2018. from http://jatim.metrotvnews.com/peristiwa/nbw7z1rb-sistem-pembuatan-izin-usaha-di-sidoarjodipantau-pusat. hammouri, m., (2019). analysis of the stage of e-commerce adoption by the hotel industry in north cyprus and factors that might prevent its adoption. international journal of small business and entrepreneurship research. 7(4). pp.14-25. hanitahaiza hairuddin. nor laila md noor. and erne suzila kassim. (2012). developing therapy-based it adoption model for microenterprises. journal of innovation management in small and medium enterprises. volume 2012. doi: 10.5171/2012.271072. harnanto, adi. (2018). geliat umkm sidoarjo. 26 mei 2018. from https://keuangan.co/isi/judul/geliat_umkm_sidoarjo. junita j. s., aryusmar, (2019), analysis model of development functional requirement knowledge management cycle for performance business competitiveness in indonesia small and medium scale enterprises (smes), 23(4), december 2019, pp. 1-10. kristiawati, e. m., (2011). implementasi harga jual gas bumi melalui pipa pt petrogas jatim utama untuk konsumen rumah tangga di desa ngingas kecamatan waru kabupaten sidoarjo. from https://jurnalmahasiswa.unesa.ac.id/index.php/publika/article/viewfile/11703/10970. kurniawan, dian. (2017). ukm sidoarjo bakal jadi sasaran program umkm go online. 08 nopember 2017. from https://www.liputan6.com/bisnis/read/3155874/206-ribu-ukm-sidoarjo-bakal-jadi-sasaranprogram-umkm-go-online. luzaan h., natasha de k.,(2016), generation y female students’ motivation towards entrepreneurship, international journal of business and management studies, 8(2). 2016. pp. 50-65. issn: 1309-8047. https://doi.org/10.1108/13552550710780885 100 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 mendy, j. and hack-polay, d. learning from failure. journal of small business and enterprise development. 25(2). pp. 330-343. 2018. https://doi.org/10.1108/jsbed-11-2017-0332. natanya meyer, rita klonaridis. (2020). the identification of female entrepreneurs’ business growth factors: evidence from south africa, international journal of business and management studies, 12(1), 2020 issn: 1309-8047. perwitasari, e. w,. (2016). kualitas pelayanan paket perizinan online pada badan pelayanan perizinan terpadu (bppt) kabupaten sidoarjo, from http://jurnalmahasiswa.unesa.ac.id/index.php/publika/article/viewfile/16919/15375. santoso, singgih, (2010), statistik parametrik, solusi bisnis berbasis ti, elek media komputindo, gramedia group, jakarta. taufik, m. (2018). proses perijinan di kabupaten sidoarjo dibuat online. 22 oktober 2018. from http://surabaya.tribunnews.com/2018/10/22/semua-proses-perijinan-di-kabupaten-sidoarjo-dibuatonline-ternyata-begini-tujuannya. © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). http://surabaya.tribunnews.com/2018/10/22/semua-proses-perijinan-di-kabupaten-sidoarjo-dibuat-online-ternyata-begini-tujuannya http://surabaya.tribunnews.com/2018/10/22/semua-proses-perijinan-di-kabupaten-sidoarjo-dibuat-online-ternyata-begini-tujuannya 39 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance sugiyanto1* and sulfiani2 civil engineering study program, faculty of engineering, sunan bonang university tuban, east java, indonesia corresponding author: irsugianto6@gmail.com1 abstract: occupational safety and health policies differ from one company to another, depending on the level of concern of top management with protecting workers from hazards in the workplace. the purpose of this study was to determine the effect of occupational safety and health policies on employee performance in the company under study. measurement of variables using a likert scale with a scale of 1 to 5, to measure the attitudes, opinions and perceptions of workers about the implementation of the k3 program in their place of work. the technique of collecting data using a questionnaire method contains a number of questions distributed to workers (respondents). the results of the respondent's assessment were processed using the partial least square method. based on the evaluation of the outer model, it shows that the indicators used to measure the latent variables (independent variables and dependent variables) have met the validity and reliability tests. based on the inner model evaluation, it can be proven that there is a real correlation to employee performance, namely work environment 55%, employee competence 52%, top management commitment 47% and worker communication 39%. as for the k3 regulations and procedures as well as the involvement of workers, it was found quite small, respectively, 10% and 9% of the effect on employee performance and the magnitude of this influence was not significant. keywords: employee performance, correlation, inner model and outer model introduction in the implementation of construction projects, it is always related to the goals and objectives of the project which are the main targets of project management in making this happen (ervianto, 2019). in other conditions, the hope of implementing zero accidents in project implementation should also not be neglected. this is related to the occupational safety and health (k3) of employees involved in project activities. the occurrence of work accidents in a project will have serious and fatal consequences for the smooth implementation of the project itself. in this condition, if a work accident occurs with a fairly frequent frequency and is fatal, causing fatalities, it will have an impact on the company's financial condition and the sustainability of the project. concerning occupational safety and health (k3) has been regulated in the regulations of the government of the republic of indonesia for companies that involve workers in order to create compliance with labor laws (jati, 2010). based on the manpower law no. 13 of 2003 article 87 it is stated that every company is required to implement an occupational safety and health (k3) management system that is integrated with the company's management system (ramli, 2018). furthermore, husen (2011) added that integration is needed to ensure that the task of running the ohs program can be achieved according to the goals and objectives set. roro (2019) states that occupational safety and health (k3) is a protective effort aimed at ensuring that workers and other people in the workplace/company are always safe and healthy, and so that every source of production can be used safely and efficiently. another definition according to ohsas 18001, it is stated that occupational safety and health (k3) are conditions and factors that affect occupational https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:irsugianto6@gmail.com sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 40 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 safety and health as well as other people in the workplace (ramli, 2018). sangadji et al. (2018) emphasized that managing occupational safety and health is a must by creating a safe and healthy workplace and minimizing the hazards to occupational safety and health to the maximum. this is also related to the notion of k3 as stated by armstrong (2014) in sangadji et al. (2018) that work safety is a condition that is safe and secure from suffering and damage and loss in the workplace, both when using tools, materials, machines in processing, packing techniques, storage, as well as maintaining and securing the place and the environment work. while occupational health is a condition of a worker who is free from physical and mental disorders as a result of the influence of work interactions and the environment. a good company is a company that truly maintains the safety and health of its employees by making policies (rules) on occupational safety and health (k3) implemented by all employees and company leaders (supriyadi, 2018). protection of workers from hazards and accidents due to work or the consequences of the work environment is needed by employees so that employees are comfortable and do not feel anxious in completing their work (hasibuan, 2019). thus, the workforce will feel safe and calm in working productively so that they are expected to have productivity that will result in increased employee work performance to support the company's business success in building and growing its business (mangkunegara, 2017). pt. nur aini rahma mandiri as the company under study is a company engaged in the construction industry which aims to meet the needs for construction project development in tuban regency. one of the construction projects currently being carried out by the company is the construction of an access road in the coal storage and wwtp pond owned by the cement factory pt. solusi bangun indonesia tuban. in the implementation of the project development, pt. nur aini rahma mandiri has implemented the occupational health and safety (k3) program as part of the company's commitments and policies. by implementing the program within the company's scope of construction projects that are being worked on, the management of pt. nur aini rahma mandiri hopes that there will be an increase in employee productivity because it is supported by increased employee performance and the incidence of work accidents can be avoided. improving employee work performance is very necessary because it can support the success of the construction project that is being worked on. the problem faced by the company under study is how the influence of occupational safety and health (k3) policy factors on employee performance in relation to compliance with labor law number 13 of 2003. based on previous research, there are 6 (six) factors of occupational safety and health policy (k3) which can affect the performance of construction employees. these six factors consist of: 1) top management policies, 2) k3 regulations and procedures, 3) employee communication, 4) worker competence, 5) work environment and 6) employee involvement. based on this research, it can be seen from the six factors that the most dominant policy in influencing employee performance is the top management policy (christina et al., 2012). as we know that the policy of occupational safety and health (k3) will certainly be different between a certain companies compared to other companies. this thinking is based on the phenomenon of the level of concern of the company's top management for the protection of workers from hazards in the workplace. this is reinforced by the statement of armstrong (2014) in sangadji et al. (2018) that the policy contains 3 (three) things, namely a statement of intention, formulating how that intention will be realized and a statement that becomes a guideline that must be followed by everyone involved. therefore, through this research, it is hoped that there will be a belief whether the role of the occupational safety and health (k3) policy will still be dominant or vice versa if the research is carried out in other companies. thus, it is necessary to carry out further research to examine the role of occupational safety and health (k3) policies in their influence on employee performance on the project to be studied. therefore, this is the background of the need to conduct this research on the influence of occupational safety and health (k3) policy factors on employee performance at the company under study. sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 41 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 methodology in research on the effect of k3 policies on employee performance in relation to compliance with the labor law number 13 of 2003, the research variables were determined to consist of 1) top management commitment, 2) k3 rules and procedures, 3) worker communication, 4) competence workers, 5) work environment, 6) employee involvement, 7) employee performance. the relationship between independent variables and variables can be observed in figure 1 as follows: figure 1. the relationship between the independent variable and the dependent variable (sugiyono, 2018) in this study, the measurement of variables was carried out using a likert scale which has an interval of 1 (strongly not supporting), 2 (not supporting), 3 (undecided), 4 (supporting) and 5 (strongly supporting); to measure the attitudes, opinions and perceptions of workers about the implementation of the occupational safety and health (k3) program in the researched company environment (sugiyono, 2018). respondents will give an assessment of the questions posed in the questionnaire according to their choice according to their hearts and there is no intervention either by the management of the company being studied or from the researchers themselves. in this study, the number of respondents was determined by the number of 100 workers involved in providing an assessment of the implementation of the osh program at the company studied (arikunto, 2012). based on the results of the respondents' assessment of the questionnaire on the indicators mentioned above, input will be carried out into the data tabulation for further processing of data using the partial least square method with the application of the warppls version 6.0 program (ghozali, 2014). in the results of data processing (output) using the program, it can be used to evaluate the designed model consisting of the following: 1. evaluation of outer model (measurement model) the outer model is to explain the relationship between the indicators used in the study and the measured latent variables. in the evaluation of this model, a parameter known as the loading factor value or the outer factor (correlation value) is used to measure the relationship between construct indicators and latent variables by conducting validity and reliability tests. 2. evaluation of inner model (structural model) the inner model is to explain the relationship between the independent variable and the dependent variable. in the evaluation of this model, a parameter known as the value of (regression coefficient) is used to test the effect of the independent variable in influencing the dependent variable and the p value to test the significance of this effect. results and discussion 1. overview of research subjects (respondents) before discussing the results of the respondent's assessment, it is first described the respondent's data as subjects in the study as shown in table 1 as follows: table 1. respondent data as research subjects no respondent data respondent characteristics quantity percentage 1 gender man 97 people 97% 2 woman 3 people 3% k3 policy factor (independent variable) employee performance (dependent variable) sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 42 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 total 100 people 100% 1 age 20 – 25 year 56 people 56% 2 26 – 30 year 22 people 22% 3 31 40 year 14 people 14% 4 ≥ 40 year 8 people 8% total 100 people 100% 1 work experience 1 year 43 people 43% 2 2 year 18 people 18% 3 3 year 23 people 23% 4 4 year 16 people 16% total 100 people 100% 1 eduction elementary school 15 people 15% 2 junior high school 27 people 27% 3 high school 46 people 46% 4 diploma 0 people 0% 5 undergraduate 12 people 12% total 100 people 100% source: data processing (2021) based on the information in table 1 above, the characteristics of the majority of respondents consist of gender 97% male, 56% age in the range of 25-30 years, 43% working experience 1 year and education 46% sma/ma/ smk. furthermore, to better describe the position position data information from respondents in the company under study, the data can be displayed in figure 2 below: figure 2. position data of respondent in figure 2 above, the respondent's position is dominated by executor (executors) as many as 61 people (61%), followed by carpenters (carpenters) and bricklayers (masons) each (10%), then supervisors ( foreman) 6 people (6%), administration (administration) 5 people (5%) and at least the positions of safety officer (security guard) and driver (driver) each are 4 people (4%). 2. indicators and variables and respondent data output ghozali (2014) explains that the partial least square method is a powerful analytical method because it does not assume the data must be with a certain scale measurement, distribution free (does not assume a certain distributed data), and the data can be in the form of nominal, category, ordination, 5% 4% 6% 10% 10% 4% 61% respondent position administration safety officer supervisor bricklayer carpenter driver sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 43 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 interval or ratio. to be able to work using the software, the tabulation of respondent data is coded in table 2 as follows: table 2. research indicator codes research variable research indicators code management top comitment (ktm) implementation of written k3 policies by top management ktm1 the company gives priority to k3 issues ktm2 supervision of the implementation of k3 in the company ktm3 efforts to improve k3 performance on the project have been carried out ktm4 the company provides k3 equipment ktm5 the company provides ohs training to project staff ktm6 worker regulations and procedures (ppk) ohs regulations and procedures are required ppk1 ohs procedures are easy to apply consistently ppk2 there are sanctions for violations of k3 procedures ppk3 ohs regulations and procedures are periodically revised ppk4 k3 rules and procedures are easy to understand ppk5 worker communication (kp) workers receive information about the k3 program kp1 employees are satisfied with the delivery of job information kp2 workers receive information about work accidents kp3 good communication between workers and management kp4 good communication between fellow workers kp5 worker competence (kpj) workers understand responsibility for k3 kpj1 workers understand the fulfillment of the risks of their work kpj2 workers do their jobs in a safe manner kpj3 workers do not do work outside their responsibilities kpj4 workers are able to understand k3 rules and procedures kpj5 work environment (lk) workers have prioritized k3 lk1 workers don't do their jobs over and over lk2 workers are motivated because of the k3 work program lk3 workers are satisfied with the safety of the work environment lk4 workers don't blame each other when an accident occurs lk5 worker engagement (kep) workers are involved in the planning of the ohs program kep1 workers report when a dangerous situation occurs kep2 workers are asked to remind other workers about the dangers kep3 workers are involved in delivering information about k3 kep4 employee performance (kk) workers are able to work according to targets k1 the project is completed in accordance with the specified time k2 there are no work accidents in the work environment k3 workers pay attention to safety at work k4 no mistakes in doing work k5 workers attend or enter according to work schedules k6 based on the coding in table 2, there are 7 latent variables, consisting of 6 independent variables and 1 dependent variable involving a total of 36 research indicators. the results of data processing using the partial least square method with the smartpls software application are shown in figure 4 below: sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 44 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 3. output results of respondents' assessment in figure 3, a measurement model (outer model) is shown which explains the relationship between indicators and variables marked with a connecting line equipped with the correlation value (loading factor or outer factor) and a structural model (inner model) explaining the relationship between the independent variable and the dependent variable marked with a line. linker equipped with the value of (regression coefficient) and the value of p value. 3. evaluation of outer model using smart partial least square based on the results of data processing from 100 respondents involved in this study, it can be presented in table 3 below: table 3. evaluation of the outer model of the relationship between latent variables and construct indicators latent variables construct indicatots loading factor p value cronbach’s alpha composite reliability ave management top comitment (ktm) ktm1 0,848 ≤0,001 0,931 0,946 0,744 ktm2 0,891 ≤0,001 ktm3 0,857 ≤0,001 ktm4 0,846 ≤0,001 ktm5 0,867 ≤0,001 ktm6 0,867 ≤0,001 worker regulations and procedures (ppk) ppk1 0,899 ≤0,001 0,919 0,939 0,756 ppk2 0,885 ≤0,001 ppk3 0,864 ≤0,001 ppk4 0,871 ≤0,001 sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 45 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 ppk5 0,828 ≤0,001 worker communication (kp) kp1 0,883 ≤0,001 0,930 0,947 0,781 kp2 0,887 ≤0,001 kp3 0,859 ≤0,001 kp4 0,910 ≤0,001 kp5 0,878 ≤0,001 worker competence (kpj) kpj1 0,834 ≤0,001 0,912 0,935 0,741 kpj2 0,832 ≤0,001 kpj3 0,898 ≤0,001 kpj4 0,864 ≤0,001 kpj5 0,873 ≤0,001 work environment (lk) lk1 0,866 ≤0,001 0,917 0,938 0,751 lk2 0,855 ≤0,001 lk3 0,874 ≤0,001 lk4 0,888 ≤0,001 lk5 0,851 ≤0,001 worker engagement (kep) kep1 0,876 ≤0,001 0,909 0,936 0,785 kep2 0,871 ≤0,001 kep3 0,902 ≤0,001 kep4 0,895 ≤0,001 employee performance (kk) k1 0,823 ≤0,001 0,934 0,948 0,751 k2 0,883 ≤0,001 k3 0,887 ≤0,001 k4 0,868 ≤0,001 k5 0,876 ≤0,001 source: data processing (2021) in table 3 it can be observed that the values of the construct indicators for the latent variables consist of loading factor parameters, p value, conbrach's alpha, composite reliability and average variance extracted (ave). ghozali (2014) provides guidelines that in the partial least square method, covergent validity (test validity) of the measurement model with reflective indicators is assessed based on the correlation value between the item score and the construct score which is calculated with a high correlation benchmark if it is above 0.700. the following shows the results of the validity test as shown in table 4 below: table 4. outer model validity test latent variables construct indicatots benchmark based on the value of loading factor benchmark based on p-value loading factor ghozali (2014) validity test p-value solimun et al (2017) validity test management top comitment (ktm) ktm1 0,848 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid ktm2 0,891 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid ktm3 0,857 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid ktm4 0,846 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid ktm5 0,867 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid ktm6 0,867 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid worker regulations ppk1 0,899 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid ppk2 0,885 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid ppk3 0,864 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 46 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 and procedures (ppk) ppk4 0,871 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid ppk5 0,828 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid worker communication (kp) kp1 0,883 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kp2 0,887 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kp3 0,859 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kp4 0,910 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kp5 0,878 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid worker competence (kpj) kpj1 0,834 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kpj2 0,832 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kpj3 0,898 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kpj4 0,864 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kpj5 0,873 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid work environment (lk) lk1 0,866 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid lk2 0,855 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid lk3 0,874 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid lk4 0,888 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid lk5 0,851 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid worker engagement (kep) kep1 0,876 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kep2 0,871 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kep3 0,902 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid kep4 0,895 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid employee performance (kk) k1 0,823 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid k2 0,883 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid k3 0,887 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid k4 0,868 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid k5 0,876 0,700 valid ≤0,001 ≤0,01 valid source: data processing (2021) in table 4, based on the results of the validity test using the benchmark loading factor value (ghozali, 2014) and the p value at the test level of 1% (solimun et al., 2017) has shown valid validity test results. the interpretation is that the questions contained in the questionnaire are able to explain the measurement of variables. in ghozali (2014) it is explained that the reliability test on the outer model needs to be carried out with the aim of testing whether the latent variable is reliable or not based on a decision consisting of: 1. cronbach's alpha value with a benchmark above 0.7 is in the reliable category. 2. the composite reliability value with a benchmark above 0.6 is in the reliable category. 3. the average variance extracted (ave) value with a benchmark above 0.7 is in the reliable category. table 5. outer model reliability test latent variables reliability test parameters reliability test cronbach’s alpha composite reliability ave value standard value standard value standard management top comitment 0,931 0,700 0,946 0,600 0,744 0,700 reliabel worker regulations and procedures 0,919 0,700 0,939 0,600 0,756 0,700 reliabel worker communication 0,930 0,700 0,947 0,600 0,781 0,700 reliabel worker competence 0,912 0,700 0,935 0,600 0,741 0,700 reliabel sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 47 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 work environment 0,917 0,700 0,938 0,600 0,751 0,700 reliabel worker engagement 0,909 0,700 0,936 0,600 0,785 0,700 reliabel employee performance 0,934 0,700 0,948 0,600 0,751 0,700 reliabel source: data processing (2021) in table 5, based on the values and standards for cronbach's alpha, composite reliability and average variance extracted (ave) parameters, all of them have shown reliable reliability test results for all latent variables. the interpretation is as follows: 1. cronbach's alpha above 0.7 indicates the level of consistency of respondents' answers. there is a good understanding of the questions posed in the questionnaire, there are no random answers and there is no cross-contradictory answer between one question and another. 2. composite reliability above 0.6 indicates that the latent variables used have reliable reliability to test the research hypotheses that will be discussed in the evaluation of the inner model. 3. average variance extracted above 0.7 indicates that the latent variables used have met the mutually exclusive criteria for discriminant validity, in the sense that if certain indicators are included in the grouping of certain latent variables, then the indicator may not also be a member of other groups of latent variables. 4. evaluation of the inner model using smart partial least square in the evaluation of the inner model, an influence test is carried out which shows how strong the relationship between exogenous variables (independent variables) is in influencing the endogenous variable (dependent variable). based on the output results, it will show the effect test value indicated by the symbol (regression coefficient) and test its significance by looking at the p value shown in table 6: table 6. test of the effect of exogenous variables on endogenous variable no excogenous variable effect test significance test regression coefficient t table α 5% test results p value test rate α 1% test results 1 management top comitment 0,470 0,196 take effect ≤ 0,01 0,01 significant 2 worker regulations and procedures 0,100 0,196 take effect ≤ 0,15 0,01 not significant 3 worker communication 0,390 0,196 take effect ≤ 0,01 0,01 significant 4 worker competence 0,520 0,196 take effect ≤ 0,01 0,01 significant 5 work environment 0,550 0,196 take effect ≤ 0,01 0,01 significant 6 worker engagement 0,090 0,196 take effect ≤ 0,17 0,01 not significant source: data processing (2021) in table 6, the correlation coefficient is compared with the t table value at the 5% test level (ghozali, 2014), it can be seen that the exogenous variable shows an influence on the endogenous variable because the value is above the t table value at the 5% test level. the analysis is continued by looking at the p value compared to the table p value at the test level of 1% (solimun et al., 2017), the results are significant for top management commitment, worker communication, worker competence and worker environment and not significant for regulations and procedures k3 and worker involvement. the analysis was continued to test the research hypotheses as shown in table 7 below: sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 48 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 table 7. research hypothesis test results research hypothesis influence test accepted/rejected top management commitment has a significant effect on employee performance significant effect accepted ohs regulations and procedures have a significant effect on employee performance no significant effect rejected employee communication has a significant effect on employee performance significant effect accepted competence of workers has a significant effect on employee performance significant effect accepted the work environment has a significant effect on employee performance significant effect accepted employee involvement has a significant effect on employee performance no significant effect rejected source: data processing (2021) in table 7, it can be proven that there are 4 hypotheses consisting of h1, h3, h4 and h5 accepted and the rest consisting of hypotheses h2 and h6 being rejected. the understanding is that top management commitment, employee communication, employee competence and work environment show a significant influence on employee performance and ohs regulations and procedures as well as employee involvement show insignificant results. based on the acquisition of , the regression equation can be written as follows: where: kk = employee performance ktm= top management commitment k3 = ohs rules and procedures kp = worker communication kpj = worker competence lk = work environment kep = worker involvement based on the regression equation above, the interpretation is that employee performance is influenced by 47% top management commitment, 10% k3 rules and procedures, 39% worker communication, 52% worker competence, 55% work environment and 9% worker involvement. the description is as follows: 1. work environment work environment factors are very dominant influence on employee performance. a bad work environment that is not conducive to the implementation of the k3 program results in a decrease in performance because they feel unsafe and always feel anxious about the possibility of work accidents. this is supported by the opinion of malthis et al. (2010) which states that strategies to improve employee performance can be through an organizational approach, a technical engineering approach and an individual approach. 2. competence of workers in this factor, it seems that respondents think that the competence of workers is also very dominant in influencing performance. this becomes a benchmark and becomes the main demand in performance measures, where employees who have competence will have a great chance of success in meeting employee performance standards. this is in line with the opinion of riadi (2014) kk = 0,47 ktm + 0,10 ppk +0,39 kp + 0,52 kpj + 0,55 lk + 0,09 kep + konstanta sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 49 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 which states that there are factors that affect employee performance, consisting of effectiveness and efficiency, authorization (authority), competence, discipline and initiative. 3. top management commitment on this factor, it seems that the respondents' assessment results show different results from the results of previous studies in other companies. in this study, top management commitment has the 3rd highest influence on performance and is different for each company studied, depending on the implementation of the k3 program. 4. worker communication in this factor, respondents considered that worker communication has a very important and influential role in realizing performance. this is understandable because in every work activity, especially on construction projects, there must be team work to achieve optimal results compared to working individually. 5. osh regulations and procedures in this factor, respondents seem to think that k3 regulations and procedures have no significant effect on performance. it is possible that the osh regulations and procedures are only passive. 6. employee involvement. in this factor, respondents seem to think that the involvement of workers has no significant effect on performance. this can be explained because the relationship between workers in the company studied is horizontal (colleagues) and not vertical (hierarchical). based on the description above, the most dominant k3 policy factor influencing performance is the work environment. this is different from the research conducted by christina et al. (2012) that in the companies he studied, the most dominant factor influencing employee performance was worker competence. this gives a belief that the influence of the dominance of ohs policy factors on employee performance for each company is not always the same, depending on the situation and condition of the company concerned. this is reinforced by the results of previous studies, where there are differences as can be observed in table 8 below: table 8. effect of ohs policy on employee performance no ohs policy factors employee performance at the company under study christina et al. (2012) sugiyanto & sulfiani (2020) correlation significance correlation significance 1 management top comitment 33,3% real 47% real 2 worker regulations and procedures 43,9% real 10% not real 3 worker communication 28,2% real 39% real 4 worker competence 54,6% real 52% real 5 work environment 49,9% real 55% real 6 worker engagement 50,8% real 9% not real source: data processing (2020) table 8 shows the k3 policy factors in the research of christina et al. (2012) showed a significant correlation for all factors with the order of the largest correlation to employee performance being worker competence, worker involvement, work environment, k3 rules and procedures, top management policies and the smallest correlation of worker communication. meanwhile, in this study, only 4 factors were found with significant correlation values consisting of the work environment, worker competence, top management policies and worker communication; while the k3 regulations and procedures as well as the involvement of workers are quite small and not real (pseudo) on the performance of employees in the companies studied. sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 50 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 conclusion based on the results of the research entitled the effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policies on employee performance in relation to compliance with manpower law number 13 of 2003, it can be concluded several important things which include the following: 1. based on the evaluation of the outer model (measurement model) it shows that the indicators used to measure the latent variables (independent variables and dependent variables) have met the validity and reliability tests. with the test results, it indicates that all question items used in the questionnaire have met the eligibility requirements (valid) and reliable (reliable) to be used in testing research hypotheses. 2. based on the evaluation of the inner model (structural model) it can be proven that there is a significant (real) effect (correlation) on employee performance in the company studied from the work environment by 55%, work competence by 52%, top management commitment by 47% and worker communication by 39%. as for the k3 regulations and procedures as well as the involvement of workers, the effect is quite small, respectively 10% and 9%, the effect on employee performance and the magnitude of the influence shows that it is not significant (not real). references arikunto and suharsimi. (2012). prosedur penelitian. jakarta: rineka cipta. christina, wieke yuni; ludfi djakfar; and amanu thoyib. (2012). pengaruh budaya keselamatan dan kesehatan kerja (k3) terhadap kinerja proyek konstruksi. jurnal rekayasa sipil faculty of engineering, brawijaya university, malang, 6 (1), 83-95. decree of the minister of manpower number kep. 463/men/1993 concerning patterns of the national movement to cultivate health and safety, jakarta. ervianto, wulfram i. (2019). manajemen proyek konstruksi (revised edition). yogjakarta: andi offset. ghozali, i. (2014). structural equation modeling: alternative method with partial least square (pls). 4 edition. semarang: badan penerbit diponegoro university. hasibuan, & malayu s.p. (2019). manajemen sumber daya manusia. bandung: bumi aksara. husen, abrar. (2011). manajemen proyek. yogjakarta: andi offset. jati, ibrahim kusuma and ismi darmastuti. (2010). pelaksanaan program k3 karyawan pt. bitratex, industries semarang. journal studi manajemen dan organisasi, 7 (1): 37-60. malthis, l, r., & jhon h. jackson. (2010). manajemen sumber daya manusia. jakarta: salemba empat. mangkunegara, prabu. (2017). manajemen sumber daya manusia. bandung: pt. remaja rosdakarya. pastiarsa, made. (2015). manajemen proyek kontruksi bangunan industri: perspektif pemilik proyek. yogjakarta: garaha ilmu. ramli, soehatman. (2018). sistem manajemen keselamatan dan kesehatan kerja. jakarta: dian rakyat. riadi, muchlisin. (2014). pengertian, indikator dan faktor yang mempengaruhi kinerja. retrieved maret 22, 2021, from google website: http://www.kajianpustaka.com/2014/01/pengertian-indikatorfaktormempengaruhi-kinerja.html roro. (2019). keselamatan dan kesehatan kerja (k3). retrieved maret 22, 2021, from google website: https://voi.co.id/k3-adalah/ sangadji, mamang and sopiah. (2018). manajemen sumber daya manusia strategik. yogjakarta: andi offset. solimun, achmad reinaldo fernandes and nurjannah. (2017). metode statistika multivariat: pemodelan persamaan struktural (sem)-pendekatan warppls (1st ed.). malang: brawijaya univesity press. sugiyono. (2018). metode penelitian kuantitatif, kualitatif, dan r&d. bandung: alfa beta. https://voi.co.id/k3-adalah/ sugiyanto & sulfiani, effect of occupational safety and health (k3) policy on employee performance, (p. 39 – 51) 51 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 supriyadi, agung. (2018). statistik angka kecelakaan kerja tahun 2018 tertinggi sejak 2001. retrieved februari 10, 2021 from google wesite: https://katigaku.top/2019/02/21/statistik-angka-kecelakaankerja-tahun-2018-tertinggi-sejak-2001/ © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 110 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 a study of the density of motor vehicles in front of bunda hospital margonda depok against noise pollution syaiful syaiful, noor wahid civil engineering departement, ibn khaldun university, bogor, indonesia syaiful@ft.uika-bogor.ac.id abstract: depok became a pilot as an orderly city with traffic arrangements and diverse patterns of population movement. the diversity of the city residents' trips has resulted in an increasingly diverse population passing through the region. population mobility also requires adequate transportation facilities and infrastructure. this study aims to obtain traffic data and the level of noise pollution caused by the speed of motor vehicles (spm, mp, mau) in front of the bunda hospital margonda depok. the calculation and analysis obtained are on the equation with the first largest r value on the second day of the third point study (sound level meter 3), with a contribution of 50.50%. as equation, y = 73.824 + 0.030x1 0.020x2 0.324x3, the addition of motorcycle density is 0.030 and the reduction in private car density and public transport car density is 0.344, the noise pollution level will be reduced by 0.314 dba in slm3. the second largest r value with motorcycle density, private car density and public transport car density has a moderate effect on noise pollution in the second day of the research point (sound level meter2) with a contribution of 48.50%. keywords: density; motor vehicle; sound level meter; noise pollution. introduction depok city is a buffer city of the capital of dki jakarta. depok is directly adjacent to dki jakarta. depok is also a pilot as an orderly city of traffic with various traffic flow settings and population movement patterns. the diversity of the city residents' trips has resulted in an increasingly diverse population passing through the region. population mobility also requires adequate transportation facilities and infrastructure. adequate facilities and infrastructure that meets the criteria such as safe, comfortable and affordable for the community (ofyar z tamim, 2000; suwardjoko, 2002). if examined further that the number of traffic flow in the city of depok and the types of vehicles that use the depok road section are also increasing. this increase problems in the field of transportation. the problem varies according to the speed of the vehicle such as air pollution due to exhaust gases, noise pollution due to motor vehicle engines, or congestion caused by the traffic flow (syaiful, 2017; syaiful syaiful, mikhael yuliantino, 2017). noise pollution is the sound emitted by motor vehicles simultaneously on the highway, generally the noise pollution is related to the discomfort of the listeners around him. the noise generated by traffic vehicles becomes the dominant source of noise pollution that occurs in urban environments. the sources of noise caused by motorized vehicles are those related to transportation such as private cars, passenger cars, motor vehicles, buses, trucks and other heavy vehicles. each vehicle produces a different sound, but the amount of sound produced varies greatly depending on the type of vehicle and the installed engine capacity that is owned. the greater the type of vehicle and engine capacity, the greater the sound produced, including mailto:syaiful@ft.uika-bogor.ac.id 111 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 the year of manufacture, the longer the year of manufacture the greater the sound generated (syaiful syaiful, sri wiwoho mudjanarko, 2019). hospital area is expected to be free from an atmosphere that is not calm, quiet, noise pollution and noise. the area of the bunda hospital margonda depok is on the main margonda raya rd which is passed by various types of vehicles. vehicles that pass this road vary both light vehicles and heavy vehicles. the type of vehicle is the biggest contributor to noise pollution. this study aims to obtain traffic data and the level of noise pollution caused by the speed of motor vehicles (spm, mp, mau) in front of the bunda hospital margonda depok. vehicles that pass certain roads will be subjected to construction on the road and will cause damage in accordance with the load it receives (triyanto, syaiful, rulhendri, 2019; maudiawan mubarak, rulhendri rulhendri, syaiful syaiful, 2020). every road construction especially concrete influences motor vehicle traffic (syaiful syaiful, doni haryadi, 2019; syaiful syaiful, yogi pratama, 2019; syaiful syaiful, 2020; syaiful syaiful, lian lasmana, 2020). analysis of the condition of road network infrastructure the purpose of this stage is to find out in detail the conditions and characteristics of the road network infrastructure of each alternative service area produced in the previous stage. the characteristics and conditions of the road network baseline need to be known in detail, bearing in mind that the vehicle route to be planned will follow the existing road network infrastructure (bukhari, 2007; departemen pekerjaan umum,1997; hidayati, nurul, 2004;) vehicle density each passing activity from one place to another will be measured in unity of time, the faster the way the shorter the time traveled. likewise, with motor vehicles, the distance traveled in a time union by the vehicle is called vehicle density. vehicle density can be calculated by the equation (1) v = s ………………………………….......................................……….................(1) t with: v = vehicle density (km/hour) s = distance traveled (km) t = traveling time (hour) average density is calculated by the equation (2): v = (vmc x nmc) + (vlv x nlv) + (v hv x nhv) ….......................................……….(2) nmc + lv + nhv with: vr = average density vmc = motorcycle density nmc = the number of motorcycles that crossed were sampled as observaions vlv = lightweight car density nlv = the number of light cars that cross the sample observation vhv = heavy car density nhv = the number of heavy cars that crossed the observation sample 112 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 traffic density traffic density is the number of vehicles occupying the length of a particular road or lane. traffic density is calculated by the equation (3) dan (4): k = n ………………………………………………........................................….(3) l with: k = density n = number of vehicles l = path length k = volume …………………..…………............................……….(4) average space speed vehicle volume = number of vehicles/hours average density = distance/hour (km/hour) passenger car equivalent (emp) the passenger car equivalent (emp) for each type of vehicle depends on the type of road and the total traffic flow is expressed in 1 hour. all passenger car unit (pcu) values for different vehicles based on the emp coefficient, to determine the equivalent of a passenger car are shown in table 1, and the determination of the frequency of events is shown in table 2. table 1. determining the equivalence of passenger cars (emp) road type = one-way street and divided road traffic flow per lane (vehicle / hour) emp hv mc two lanes in one direction (2/1) four lanes divided (4/2d) three lanes in one direction (3/1) six lanes divided (6/2 d) 0 >1050 0 >1100 1,3 1,2 1,3 1,2 0,40 0,25 0,40 0,25 (source: departemen pekerjaan umum,1997) table 2. determination of the frequency of events type of side obstacle event symbol weight factor pedestrian parking, vehicle stops vehicle in + out the vehicle is slow ped pcv eev smv 0,5 1,0 0,7 0,4 (source: departemen pekerjaan umum,1997) 113 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 road capacity/actual capacity real capacity is defined as the maximum current through a point on the road which can be maintained by the unity of the clock under certain conditions. capacity values are observed through field data collection as long as possible, because locations that have flows close to the capacity of the road segment are small (as seen from capacity along the road), and capacity is also estimated from an analysis of light traffic conditions. total capacity is the product of the basic capacity (co) for certain conditions (ideal) and correlation factors (f) by calculating the effect on capacity, where capacity is expressed in passenger car units (pcu). the basic equation for determining the capacity is: c = co x fcw x fcsp x fcsf xfccs ………………………………….........................................(5) with: c = actual capacity [smp/hour] co = basic capacity (ideal) for certain ideal conditions [smp/hour] fcw = adjustment factor for capacity fcsp = adjustment factor for current separator capacity fcsf = adjustment factor for side barriers 2 shoulder capacities fccs = adjustment factor for city size capacity the adjustment factor is obtained from the table. if the actual conditions are the same as a certain (ideal) base case, then all the adjustment factors become 1.0 and the capacity becomes the same as the basic capacity (co). the fcw capacity adjustment is shown in table 4 and the fcsp capacity adjustment factor is shown in the table 3, table 4 and table 5. table 3. base capacity co for urban roads road tyipe actual capacity (smp/hour) note four divided lanes or one-way streets four lanes not divided two undivided lanes 1659 1500 2900 per lane per lane two ways total (source: departemen pekerjaan umum,1997) table 4. adjustment of fcw capacity for the influence of the width of the traffic lane for urban roads road type effective traffic lane width (wc) (m) fcw four divided lanes or one-way streets per lane 3,00 3,25 3,50 3,75 4,00 0,92 0,96 1,00 1,04 1,08 four lanes not divided per lane 3,00 3,25 3,50 0,91 0,95 1,00 114 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 3,75 4,00 1,05 1,34 two lanes not divided per lane 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0,56 0,87 1,00 1,14 1,25 1,29 1.34 (source: departemen pekerjaan umum,1997) table 5. capacity adjustment factors for directional separators (fcsp) directional separatorsp %-% 50-50 60-40 70-30 80-20 90-10 100-0 fcsp two lanes 2/2 1,00 0,94 0,88 0,82 0,76 0,70 four lanes 4/2 1,00 0,97 0,94 0,91 0,88 0,85 sound pollution noise pollution is unwanted noise from businesses or activities at a certain level and time that can cause human health problems and environmental comfort (menteri negara lingkungan hidup, 1996). based on the nature and spectrum of sound, noise pollution is divided into: 1. noise that is continuous with a wide frequency spectrum, this noise is relatively fixed within the limit of approximately 5 dba for a period of 0.5 seconds in a row. 2. noise that is continuous with a narrow frequency spectrum, noise is also relatively fixed, but only has a certain frequency (frequencies 500 hz,1000 hz, and 4000 hz) such as secular saws, gas valves. 3. noise intermittent, this noise does not occur continuously, but there is a relatively quiet period, such as traffic noise, noise at the airport. 4. noisy impulsive. this type of noise has a change in sound pressure exceeding 40 dba in a very fast time and is usually shocking to his hearing, for example shots, fireworks, guns. 5. repeated impulsive noise. this noise is the same as impulsive noise, only here it happens repeatedly, for example a forging machine. type of environmental noises can be seen in table 6, while table 7 is shown the effects of noise. table 6. types of environmental noise definition of description definition of description total noise all noise in all places at any given time. total noise all noise in all places at any given time. specific noise noise between the amount of noise that can be clearly distinguished for acoustic reasons. often the source of noise can be identified. specific noise noise between the amount of noise that can be clearly distinguished for acoustic reasons. often the source of noise can be identified. 115 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 residual noise noise that remains after eliminating all specific noise from the amount of noise at a certain place in a certain time. residual noise noise that remains after eliminating all specific noise from the amount of noise at a certain place in a certain time. background noise all other noise when focusing on a particular noise. background noise all other noise when focusing on a particular noise. (source: menteri negara lingkungan hidup, 1996) table 7. effects of noise types descriptions physical consequences hearing loss temporary change in threshold due to noise. physical consequences as a result of physiology permanent change in threshold due to noise increased discomfort or stress, increased blood pressure, headaches, ringing. psychological consequences emotional disturbance aggravation, confusion. psychological consequences lifestyle disorders sleep deprivation or rest, lost concentration when working, reading, etc. (source: menteri negara lingkungan hidup.1996) these limits on noise levels for some regions or environments can be seen in table 8: table 8. limitation of noise levels allotment of health area/environment noise level (dba) 1. allocation of the area a. housing and settlement b. trade and services c. office and trade d. room is open green e. industry f. government and public facilities g. recreation 55 70 65 50 70 60 70 2. activity environment a. hospital or the like b. school or the like c. places of worship or the like 55 55 55 (source: menteri negara lingkungan hidup.1996) data analysis analysis of the data observing the level of noise pollution on a straight road with the type of hospital research object. in this case it is assumed that the increase in noise pollution level (y) is 116 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 an independent variable. these independent variables will be influenced by several independent variables, namely: x1 is the first free variable/motorcycle speed (spm) x2 is the second free variable/personal car speed (mp) x3 is the third independent variable/passenger public transport speed (mau) based on the data above we get the linear regression model approach, namely: y = ao + a1.x1 + a2.x2 + a3.x3 the coefficients of each ao, a1, a2 and a3 are coefficients determined based on research data. research methods retrieval of field data field data collection was carried out for 4 days, namely: 1. wednesday, february 26, 2014, 2. thursday, february 27, 2014, 3. friday february 28, 2014, and 4. saturday, march 1 2014. location and place of research the location and place of research are in front of bunda hospital margonda depok, precisely on the margonda raya rd depok. figure 1. front of bunda hospital, margonda depok materials the material in this study uses forms to record data, be it data on the number of motor vehicle, private cars and public transport cars and noise pollution data taken simultaneously using sound level meter (slm). equipment the tools used in this study are as follows: 1. sound level meter (slm), as the main tool to calculate the noise that occurs at a certain place and time. slm used there are fruits, which include: a) slm 1, slm manual krisbow brand, type kw06-291, 117 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 b) slm 2, slm krisbow brand manual, type kw06-291, and c) slm 3, slm outo brand extech, type hd600. 2. roller meter, as a tool to measure the distance between the slm point with the road and hospital wall building. 3. digital cameras, to document all processes in the ongoing research. 4. tally or manual counters, as a tool to count the number of vehicles that pass on the highway. 5. laptops, as a tool in collecting data and processing data obtained from the field during the research. 6. stationary and registrar in the field, his job is to help record matters related to data collection in the field. research flowchart figure 2. research flowchart results and discussion traffic data results traffic data that calculated is the data per 15 minutes for 12 hours a day. data is collected starting at 6:00 until 18:00. this data was taken for 4 days, namely on wednesday/february 26, 2014thursday/february 27, 2014-friday/february 2014 and saturday/march 01, 2014. data processing conclution data source: 1. existing data at front of bunda hospital, margonda depok 2. traffic data front of bunda hospital margonda depok 3. sound pollution data from slm finish start data analysis pre survey 118 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 data on traffic results is obtained from the calculation of passenger car equivalence (emp). the use of this calculation is intended to make it easy to analyze the traffic of passenger car units (smp) for each motorized vehicle according to the indonesian road capacity manual (departemen pekerjaan umum, 1997), for urban roads are as follows: 1) heavy vehicle (hv) = 1.30 2) light vehicles (lv) = 1.00 3) motorcycle (mc) = 0.40 4) non motorcycles = 1.00 in its implementation the grouping is divided into two groups, namely motor vehicle and light vehicles, where motorcycles (mc) with a value of 0.40 and light vehicles are included (private cars, public transportation and freight transportation) with emp 1,00. data on wednesday, february 26, 2014 from the research carried out below, the number of motor vehicle, private car and public transport car data for two directions, namely to the pasar minggu and depok, the highest number of motorbikes at 17.15-17.30 amounted to 2,975, private cars at 07.45-08.00 at 538 and public transport cars at 12:30 a.m. to 12:45 amounting to 266 from the pasar minggu and depok. data on thursday, february 27, 2014 from the research carried out below, the number of motor vehicle, private car and public transport cars presented in two directions, namely to the pasar minggu and depok, the highest number of motorbikes at 06:45 to 08:00 amounted to 2,598, private cars at 17.30-17.45 amounted to 821 and public transport cars at 15.15-15.30 for 288 from the pasar minggu and depok. data on friday, february 28, 2014 from the research carried out below, the number of motor vehicle, private car and public transport car data for two directions, namely to the pasar minggu and depok, the highest number of motorbikes at 06.45-07.00 is 3,716, private cars at 15.30-15.45 are 964 and public transportation cars at 16.30-16.45 totaling 221 from two directions on the pasar minggu and depok. data on saturday march 1 2014 from the research carried out below, the number of motor vehicle, private car and public transport cars presented in two directions, namely to the pasar minggu and depok, the highest number of motorbikes at 17:45 to 18:00 is 3,587, private cars at 07:45 to 08:00 by 1,234 and public transport cars at 14.15-14.30 totaling 224 from the pasar minggu and depok. calculation of data processing results for density calculation of the results of processing density is based on the calculation of density guidelines from department of highways, republic of indonesia public works department. data collection starts with calculating the density of the formula as below: density of private car (d) = volume (q) speed (u) d = vehicle/km a sample of the density calculation for a motorcycle on the first day is displayed. 119 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 wednesday february 26, 2014 for the first minute calculation of 6:00 to 06:15 is: known : volume (q) = 9.424,00 vehicles/hours speed (u) = 2.356,00 km/hours so: density (d) = volume (q) speed (u) = 9.424,00 vehicles/hours 2.356,00 km/hours obtained results density (d) = 261,78 vehicles/km results of taking slm on wednesday/february 26, 2014 from the results of slm data collection at a distance of 0.00 m 3.00 and 15.00 m from the edge of the highway is shown in table 9 below. table 9. sound level meter distance 0,00, 3,00 and 15,00 m from the edge of the highway wednesday/february 26, 2014 slm anda density of motor vehicles no spm/x1 mp/x2 mau/x3 slm1 slm2 slm3 1 261.78 44.86 17.00 82.00 74.30 71.00 results of taking slm on thursday/february 27, 2014. from the results of slm data collection at a distance of 0.00 m 3.00 and 15.00 m from the edge of the highway shown in table 10 below. table 10 sound level meter distance 0,00, 3,00 and 15,00 m from the edge of the highway thursday/february 27, 2014 slm and density of motor vehicles no spm/x1 mp/x2 mau/x3 slm1 slm2 slm3 1 221.68 51.88 15.26 83.10 76.40 73.20 results of taking slm on friday/february 28, 2014. from the results of slm data collection at a distance of 0.00 m 3.00 and 15.00 m from the edge of the highway is shown in table 11 below. table 11. sound level meter distance 0,00, 3,00 and 15,00 m from the edge of the highway friday/february 28, 2014 slm and density of motor vehicles no spm/x1 mp/x2 mau/x3 slm1 slm2 slm3 1 235.39 29.35 12.85 90.20 85.50 80.50 120 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 results of taking slm on saturday march 01, 2014. from the results of slm data collection at a distance of 0.00 m 3.00 and 15.00 m from the edge of the highway is shown in table 12 below. table 12. sound level meter distance 0,00, 3,00 and 15,00 m from the edge of the highway saturday/march 01, 2014 slm and density of motor vehicles no spm/x1 mp/x2 mau/x3 slm1 slm2 slm3 1 243.29 21.91 11.70 83.10 80.20 78.60 discussion of pollution results due to motorized vehicles from the results of data processing in the field and processing using the spss version 17.00 program, the selection of available data is carried out, so that the calculation on the attachment page is obtained. the following shows that the data recommended below are data on motorcycle density, private car density and passenger public transport density. correlation testing results testing the correlation results is looking for a relationship between two or more independent variables together and related to the dependent variable, so that it can be seen how much the contribution of the independent variable which is the object of research on the dependent variable. table 13. interpretation relations of r square values no score r interpretation of r values 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0,01 – 0,20 0,21 – 0,40 0,41 – 0,60 0,61 – 0,80 0,81 – 0,99 1 uncorrelated very low low rather low high enough high very high hypothesis ha = there is a significant effect between motorcycle density, private car density and public passenger car density with noise pollution. ho = there is no significant effect between motorcycle density, private car density and public passenger car density with noise pollution. α = 5.00% discussion of statistical analysis on wednesday/february 26, 2014 discussion of slm1 analysis with a distance of 0.00 m from the edge of the highway. data processing and discussion using the spss program version 17.00 obtained the level of noise pollution (y) and motorcycle density (spm/x1), private car density (mp/x2) and the density of passenger public transport cars (mau/x3). data calculation and processing is based 121 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 on a 95% confidence level. the results and discussion of the equations representing field conditions are shown as follows, y = 79.009 + 0.009x1 + 0.006x2 + 0.137x3. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.133 which means that x1, x2 and x3 have an effect of 13.30% on y. anova test results obtained f-count value = 0.263 with a probability value (sig) = 0.851. from the input data we get the value of f-table = 2.816 so f-calculate <f-table, then ha is rejected and ho is accepted. discussion of coefficients test results, motorcycle density, private car density and public transport car density have constant values (a) = 79.873, (b) = 0.009, (c) = 0.006, (d) = 0.137 and t-count = 11.753 and the value (sig) = 0.000, from the data obtained the value of t-table = 2015, then t-calculate> t-table, then ha is accepted and ho is rejected. table 14. anova test results on slm1 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 14.313 3 4.771 .263 .851a residual 796.889 44 18.111 total 811.202 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm1 hypothesis decision the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the decision of the hypothesis that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm1 on the first day. figure 3. spread of the slm1 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau). discussion of slm2 analysis distance of 3.00 m from the edge of the highway y = 86.635 + 0.012x1 – 0.020x2 – 0.529x3. 122 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.423 which means that x1, x2 and x3 have an effect of 42.30% on y. table 15. anova test results on slm2 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 227.182 3 75.727 2.8162 .033a residual 1043.961 44 23.726 total 1271.143 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm2 hypothesis decision the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the decision of the hypothesis that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm2 on the first day. figure 4. spread of the slm2 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car transport density (mau). the discussion of slm3 analysis is the distance of 15.00 m from the edge of the highway y = 73.651 – 0.002x1 + 0.016x2 – 0.1184x3. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.198 which means that x1, x2 and x3 have an effect of 19.80% on y. 123 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 table 16. anova test results on slm3 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 10.184 3 3.395 .597 .620a residual 250.152 44 5.685 total 260.336 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm3 hypothesis decision the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the decision of the hypothesis that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm3 on the first day. figure 5. spread of the slm3 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and passenger public transport car density (mau). discussion of statistical analysis on thursday/february 27, 2014 discussion of slm1 analysis is the distance of 0.00 m from the edge of the highway y = 83.078 + 0.021x1 – 0.037x2 + 0.028x3. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.351 which means that x1, x2 and x3 have an effect of 35.10% of y. table 17. anova test results on slm1 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 39.333 3 13.111 2.065 .119a residual 279.300 44 6.348 total 318.633 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm1 124 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 hypothesis decision the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the decision of the hypothesis that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm1 on the second day figure 6. spread of the slm1 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and passenger public transport car density (mau). discussion of slm2 analysis distance of 3.00 m from the edge of the highway y = 74.885 + 0.024x1 0.016x2 0.191x3. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.485 which means that x1, x2 and x3 have an effect of 48.50% on y. table 18. anova test results on slm2 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 65.065 3 21.688 4.506 .008a residual 211.785 44 4.813 total 276.850 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm2 hypothesis decision discussion of the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the decision of the hypothesis that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm2 on the second day. 125 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 figure 7. spread of the slm2 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau). discussion of slm3 analysis distance of 15.00 m from the edge of the highway y = 73.824 + 0.030x1 0.020x2 0.324x3. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.505 which means that x1, x2 and x3 have an effect of 50.50% on y. table 19. anova test results on slm3 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 132.679 3 44.226 5.026 .004a residual 387.200 44 8.800 total 519.879 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm3 hypothesis decision discussion of the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the results of the hypothesis decision that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm3 on the second day. figure 8. distribution of the slm3 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) 126 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 discussion of statistical analysis on friday/february 28, 2014 discussion of slm1 analysis distance of 0,00 m from the edge of the highway y = 91,938 0,008x1 0,036x2 0,086x3. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.337 which means that x3 has an effect of 33.70% on y. table 19. anova test results on slm1 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 59.049 3 19.683 1.885 .146a residual 459.511 44 10.443 total 518.560 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm1 hypothesis decision the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the decision of the hypothesis that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm1 on the third day. figure 9. distribution of the slm1 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau). discussion of slm2 analysis distance of 3.00 m from the edge of the highway y = 84.469 0.002x1 0.036x2. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.269 which means that x1, x2 and x3 have an effect of 26.90% on y. 127 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 table 20. anova test results on slm2 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 27.054 3 9.018 1.147 .341a residual 346.030 44 7.864 total 373.085 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm2 hypothesis decision discussion of the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the decision of the hypothesis that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm2 on the third day. figure 10. distribution of the slm2 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau). discussion of slm3 analysis distance of 15.00 m from the edge of the highway y = 78.821 + 0.006x1 0.020x2 0.066x3. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.208 which means that x1, x2 and x3 have an effect of 20.80% on y. table 21. anova test results on slm3 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 19.581 3 6.527 .660 .581a residual 435.084 44 9.888 total 454.665 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm3 128 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 hypothesis decision discussion of the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the decision of the hypothesis that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm3 on the third day. figure 11. spread of the slm3 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) discussion of statistical analysis on saturday/march 01, 2014. discussion of slm1 analysis distance of 0,00 m from the edge of the highway y = 92,172 0,013x1 0,054x2 0,150x3. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.407 which means that x1, x2 and x3 have an effect of 40.70% on y. table 22. anova test results on slm1 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 243.941 3 81.314 2.915 .045a residual 1227.585 44 27.900 total 1471.526 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm1 hypothesis decision the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the decision of the hypothesis that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm1 on the fourth day. 129 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 figure 12. distribution of the slm1 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and passenger public transport car density (mau). discussion of slm2 analysis distance of 3.00 m from the edge of the highway y = 80.542 + 0.003x1 0.038x2 0.059x3. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.447 which means that x1, x2 and x3 have an effect of 44.70% on y. table 23. anova test results on slm2 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 78.754 3 26.251 3.668 .019a residual 314.884 44 7.156 total 393.638 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm1 hypothesis decision discussion of the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the decision of the hypothesis that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm2 on the fourth day. figure 13. deployment of the slm2 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) 130 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 discussion of slm3 analysis distance of 15.00 m from the edge of the highway y = 79.463 + 0.002x1 0.034x2 0.110x3. test criteria discussion of testing the summary model obtained by the value of r = 0.448 which means that x3 has an effect of 44.80% on y. table 24. anova test results on slm3 for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau) anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 82.372 3 27.457 3.688 .019a residual 327.600 44 7.445 total 409.973 47 a. predictors: (constant), density.mau, density.spm, density.mp b. dependent variable: slm3 hypothesis decision discussion of the results of the test statistics above can be drawn from the results of the hypothesis decision that the effect of motor vehicle density on noise pollution is very small and there is no significant influence or relationship between motor vehicle density on noise pollution that occurs on slm3 on the fourth day. figure 16. deployment of the slm3 scatterplot test for motorcycle density (spm), private car density (mp) and public passenger car density (mau). conclusion motorcycle density and public transport car density have a significant effect on the noise pollution produced. the calculation and analysis obtained are on the equation with the first largest r value on the second day of the third point (sound level meter3), with a contribution of 50.50%. as formulated in equation, y = 73.824 + 0.030x1 0.020x2 0.324x3. the meaning of this equation is that if there is no increase in motorcycle density and a decrease in the density of private cars and public transport cars, the level of noise pollution in slm3 is 73.824 dba. however, if there is an increase in motorcycle density 0.030 and a decrease in the density of private cars and the density of public transport cars by 0.344, the level of noise pollution will be reduced by 0.314 dba in slm3. the second largest r value with motorcycle density, private car density and transport car density generally has a moderate effect on noise pollution in the second day of research at the point (sound level meter2) with a contribution of 48.50%. obtained equation, y = 74,854 + 131 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 0,024x1 0,016x2 0,191x3. this means that if there is no increase in motorcycle density and the density of public transport cars, the noise pollution level in slm2 is 74,854 dba. however, if there is an increase in motorcycle density by 0.024 and a decrease in the density of private cars and public transport cars by 0.207, there will be a decrease in the level of noise pollution by 0.183 dba in slm2. references buchari. 2007. kebisingan industri dan hearing conservation,2007 usu respository, medan. indonesian. departemen pekerjaan umum, 1997. manual kapasitas jalan indonesia (mkji), direktorat jenderal bina marga, jakarta. pebruari 1997. (indonesian) hidayati,nurul. 2004. pengaruh arus lalu lintas terhadap kebisingan studi kasus beberapa zona pendidikan di surakarta. surakarta. (indonesian) maudiawan mubarak, rulhendri rulhendri, syaiful syaiful, 2020. perencanaan peningkatan perkerasan jalan beton pada ruas jalan babakan tengah kabupaten bogor, astonjadro jurnal rekayasa sipil, 9 (1), pp. 01-13. (indonesian) http://ejournal.uika-bogor.ac.id/index.php/astonjadro/article/view/2694 menteri negara lingkungan hidup. 1996. buku tingkat kebisingan, surat keputusan menteri lingkungan hidup nomor: kep-48/menlh/1996/25 november 1996. jakarta. (indonesian) ofyar z. tamin, 2000. perencanaan dan pemodelan transportasi, edisi ke dua, penerbit itb bandung. (indonesian) suwardjoko p. warpani, 2002. pengelolaan lalu lintas dan angkutan jalan, penerbit itb bandung. (indonesian) syaiful, syaiful. 2017, engineering model of traffic and transportation safety with pattern of cooperation between sustainable region in bogor, matec web conf., 138 (2017) 07008 doi: https://doi.org/10.1051/matecconf/201713807008 syaiful syaiful, mikhael yuliantino, 2017. the study of land parking mall bogor indah plaza proceedings of the conference on global research on sustainable transport (grost 2017) issn: 2352-5401, volume: 147 isbn 978-94-6252-449-1 doi:10.2991/grost-17.2018.25 p. 286-303 https://www.atlantispress.com/proceedings/grost-17/25889389 syaiful syaiful, doni hariyadi. 2019, case study on sustainable t-jungtion cibinong city mall (ccm) in bogor indonesia. arpn journal of engineering and applied science. 14(17): 2960-2971. http://www.arpnjournals.org/jeas/research_papers/rp_2019/jeas_0919_7895.pdf syaiful syaiful, yogi pratama. 2019, sustainable studies about general public transport performance in the city of bogor. arpn journal of engineering and applied science.14(18):3241-3247. http://www.arpnjournals.org/jeas/research_papers/rp_2019/jeas_0919_7925.pdf syaiful syaiful, sri wiwoho mudjanarko, 2019, noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city, the spirit of society journal, 2 (2) march 2019. http://ejournal.uika-bogor.ac.id/index.php/astonjadro/article/view/2694 https://doi.org/10.1051/matecconf/201713807008 https://www.atlantispress.com/proceedings/grost-17/25889389 http://www.arpnjournals.org/jeas/research_papers/rp_2019/jeas_0919_7895.pdf http://www.arpnjournals.org/jeas/research_papers/rp_2019/jeas_0919_7925.pdf 132 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 2 march 2020 https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/article/view/902 syaiful syaiful, 2020, analysis on the addition of fiber the strong bending mixed concrete, arpn journal of engineering and applied science. 15(6): 724-729. http://www.arpnjournals.org/jeas/research_papers/rp_2020/jeas_0320_8152.pdf syaiful syaiful and lian lasmana, 2020, study about level of railway road damage railways with sustainable pci method, arpn journal of engineering and applied science. 15(8): 962968. http://www.arpnjournals.org/jeas/research_papers/rp_2020/jeas_0420_8184.pdf triyanto, syaiful, rulhendri, 2019. evaluasi tingkat kerusakan jalan pada lapis permukaan ruas jalan tegar beriman kabupaten bogor, astonjadro jurnal rekayasa sipil, 8(2),pp.70-79. (indonesian) http://ejournal.uika-bogor.ac.id/index.php/astonjadro/article/view/2628 © 2020 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/article/view/902 http://www.arpnjournals.org/jeas/research_papers/rp_2020/jeas_0320_8152.pdf http://www.arpnjournals.org/jeas/research_papers/rp_2020/jeas_0420_8184.pdf http://ejournal.uika-bogor.ac.id/index.php/astonjadro/article/view/2628 a study of the density of motor vehicles in front of bunda hospital margonda depok against noise pollution syaiful syaiful, noor wahid civil engineering departement, ibn khaldun university, bogor, indonesia syaiful@ft.uika-bogor.ac.id 76 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. how effective have measures by central banks been in mitigating the impact of financial crisis? ibrahim s. rimintsiwa nile university of nigeria, abuja. tsiwa001@yahoo.com abstract: during the global financial crisis, central banks around the globe implemented a series of unconventional monetary policy measures such as quantitative easing among others to avert the impact of financial crisis on financial system. there exist numerous studies on this area of interest, with each guided by a specific view of the problem and selectively chosen empirical observations with regard to the different developments. this paper reviewed literature to ascertain the effectiveness of conventional monetary policy measures and unconventional monetary measures used in mitigating the impact of the 2007/2008 global financial crisis, specifically by the major central banks including the federal reserve, european central bank and bank of england. the study used systematic quantitative assessment technique (sqat) to determine a high quality of papers that have been reviewed in the study. the result proved that conventional monetary policy measures are still potent to deliver their desired objectives but inadequate in times of acute crisis. empirical evidences proved that central banks have not practically abandoned the core elements of their pre-crisis monetary policy. through a complex form of strengthening and reassessment, they have instead complimented, extended and somewhat improved their measures to mitigate the impact of the financial crisis. an important lesson of the crisis is that there is opportunity to reinforce central banks with macro prudential supervision and regulation. this should be seen as complementary to the existing monetary policy measure in order to deliver the twin objectives of price and financial stability. keyword: financial crisis, central banks, monetary policy, conventional measures and unconventional measures introduction “the financial crisis of 2007–2009 has been called the worst financial crisis since the one related to the great depression by leading economists, and it contributed to the failure of key businesses, declines in consumer wealth estimated in the trillions of u.s. dollars, substantial financial commitments incurred by governments, and a significant decline in economic activity” (nastase et al., 2010, p. 691). since the occurrence of this global crisis, there has been growing concern among central bankers, government, scholars and other stakeholders on the measures and role of central banks in mitigating future financial crisis (da silva & viera 2017; khan, 2017; oritani, 2019). financial crisis can be described as any unusual economic situation where by the financial value of many assets drop significantly in a short amount of time (gertler & gilchrist, 2018). these are periods associated with significant decline in spending, leading to a substantial disruption of credit flows and slow economic growth (mamun, 2017). the ultimate indicators of financial crises include bank failures, stock market crashes, and currency crises, which may lead to deep recession (aliber & zoega, 2019). mailto:tsiwa001@yahoo.com 77 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the 2007/2008 global financial crisis has sparked a growing body of conceptual and empirical studies analyzing what went wrong, lessons learnt and how to prevent future financial crisis (bakir, 2017; mishkin, 2017; aliber & zoega, 2019). even though much has already been written and widely discussed in many ways on this area of interest, each treatment is largely guided by a specific view of the problem and selectively chosen empirical observations with regard to the different developments (bakir, 2017; mishkin, 2017; cukierman, 2019). indeed, the crisis that emerged worldwide in 2008 required a systemic intervention by the central banks, particularly of advanced countries, thereby compelling them to review their monetary policy approaches (rajan, 2017; oritani, 2019; cukierman, 2019). existing literatures revealed that most central banks deployed unconventional measures in mitigating the tremendously negative impact of the global financial crisis on the global economy (rajan, 2017; gertler & gilchrist, 2018; cukierman, 2019). most studies focused and emphasized how the crisis were mitigated using unconventional measures without focusing on the effectiveness of the conventional measures in achieving their desired objectives. the global financial crisis of 2007/2008 was more rapid and decisive compared to the great depression due to the fact that we learned from the past (correia & martins, 2017, cukierman, 2019; aliber & zoega, 2019). it is therefore imperative to study economic crises mainly because they provide evidences to mitigate chances of another crisis occurring in the future (bakir, 2017; de koning, 2017, aliber & zoega, 2019, oritani, 2019). hence, in order to enhance policies and regulations in mitigating the impact of financial crisis, this article offers a simplified evaluation of the effect of central bank measures during the 2007/2008 financial crisis. this study reviews extant journals, book chapters, conference papers, records by reputable international organizations and news articles that have discussed this area of interest and also evaluates the most recent global economic crisis of 2007/2008 with specific focus on the major central banks, particularly the federal reserve (fed), european central bank and the bank of england, in order to answer the central research question “how effective have conventional measures of central banks been in mitigating the impact of financial crisis?” besides this introduction, this article is structured as follows: section ii describes the methodology used with notable reference to the “systematic quantitative assessment technique” developed by pickering & byrne (2013). section iii is devoted to results and discussion where the answer to the central research question is provided; while sections iv and v respectively outline the conclusion and recommendations/policy implications of the study. methodology information collection the “systematic quantitative assessment technique” (sqat) developed by pickering and byrne (2013) was used for the assessment of ‘the effectiveness of conventional measures of central banks in mitigating the impact of financial crisis.’ sqat is systematic in the way papers are assessed to determine their inclusion or exclusion in the review process (pickering & byrne, 2013). sqat recommends five important steps in conducting an effective review. each step and how it was applied in this study is described in table 1. table 1: description and application of sqat s/n step application in current study 1 define topic effectiveness of conventional measures of central banks in mitigating the impact of financial crisis 78 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. 2 formulate your research question how effective have conventional measures of central banks been in mitigating the impact of financial crisis? 3 identify your key words • financial crisis • central banks • monetary policy • conventional measures these are the keywords used that turned out successful in searching for the peer reviewed articles, books and conference papers. 4 identify and search data bases the following 12 data bases were utilized in searching for peerreviewed empirical studies on financial crisis, with the most focus being the 2007/2008 global financial crisis: emerald; elsevier; sage; springer; taylor and francis; wiley online; cambridge; jstor; oxford; inderscience; ingenta; and hein online. the search was conducted via google scholar through advanced search using the following combinations of the identified key phrases with all the words ‘in the title’ only, as follows: • “central banks” + “financial crisis” • “central banks” + “monetary policy” • “unconventional measures” + “financial crisis” further screening was done using’ return articles published in’ to select data bases with peer-reviewed articles, books and conference papers such as emerald. related articles were also reviewed during the search to search for other relevant articles. also, quality secondary sources such as imf reports, basel committee on banking supervision (bcbs) reports, bank of international settlement (bis) reports etc. were utilized. only a few articles that are not peer reviewed such as newspaper publication was utilized in the introduction section to buttress the information need of the research. 5 read and assess the publications: abstract of papers found in the trusted data bases were read to ensure that they are relevant to the central research question. table 2: time frame: 2008-2019 s/n data base no. of journals conference book chapter newspaper 1 emerald 1 2 elsevier 10 1 3 sage 1 4 springer 7 1 4 5 taylor and francis 2 6 wiley 5 7 cambridge 1 8 jstor 3 9 oxford 0 10 inderscience 0 79 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. 11 ingenta 0 12 hein online 1 13 others 2 1 total 33 2 4 1 table 2 describes the total number of articles, book chapters, conference papers and one newspaper article reviewed as at january 16, 2020. as can be observed in table 2, a total of 40 items comprising 33 journal articles, five book chapters, two conference papers and one newspaper publication that met the search criteria were carefully selected and used to answer the central research question of this study. data analysis in this study, empirical papers from 2008 to 2020 were analysed. the study concentrated on the analysis of empirical papers, particularly on the 2007/2008 global financial crisis. the papers were grouped and analysed based on their relevance, focus and what they intended to answer. the papers were analyzed with the central focus being how the conventional measures and unconventional measures were adjudged to deliver their desired objectives, before, during and after the crisis to determine their effectiveness. since the 2007/2008 emanated from the u.s. and particularly affected major economies, the evidences reviewed are majorly from the federal reserve, european central bank and the bank of england, except in few occasions to understand the spillover effect of the crisis to emerging economies. results and discussion this section provides an overview of the empirical review of scholars and professionals on the background of the 2007/2008 global financial crisis, changing role of central banks, conventional measures, unconventional measures and combination of the two, so as to understand and appreciate the effectiveness of the conventional tools of central banks in mitigating the impact of financial crisis. the section also outlined the challenges faced by central banks as a result of the implementation of unconventional measures and stimulating the economy. background of the financial crisis the 2007/2008 financial crisis, commonly termed ‘global financial crisis’ as well as ‘great recession,’ was a severe worldwide economic crisis considered by many analysts to have been the most serious financial crisis since the great depression of the 1930s, to which it is regularly compared (schoen, 2017; khan, 2017; aliber & zoega, 2019). it came after a series of crises experienced worldwide, including the east asian crisis, the mexican crisis, the russian crisis, and the latin american crisis (wagner, 2010; rosenhek 2013; schoen, 2017). the crisis which originated from the us, was associated with substandard home loans that were made accessible to subprime individuals that eventually disrupted the us economy and the global economy causing unemployment, massive declines in gross domestic product, and the prolonged mortgage foreclosure crisis (westercamp, 2009; schoen, 2017; aliber & zoega, 2019). it affected the developed markets of europe and north america as well as numerous emerging and developing market economies making it a global issue (grosse, 2017; yuksel, 2017; aliber & zoega, 2019). the crisis rapidly spread all over the global financial system, indicating how intertwined and interconnected financial institutions are worldwide (kotz, 2009; wagner, 2010; aliber & zoega, 2019). rationally, the crisis should have ravaged only a small portion of activelytraded mortgage-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations but empirically, when the value of the mortgage-backed bonds began to plummet, investors panicked and started uploading 80 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. their holdings, which led the crisis to extend across a wide range of hedge funds and financial institutions around the globe (westercamp, 2010; wagner, 2010; hudson and maioli, 2010). the bankruptcy of lehman brothers in 2008 is considered the single-most important occurrence that sent the global markets into chaos and considered by most as the climax point in the global financial crisis (arestis, 2017; cukierman, 2019; oritani, 2019). unlike bear-stearns that was rescued, the fed’s unwillingness to save lehman was due to the absence of u.s. congress approval for further bailout fund and the fact that other significant financial institutions including american international group (aig), washington mutual and merrill lynch, were also on the edge of financial collapse (gertler & gilchrist, 2018; cukierman, 2019; oritani, 2019). lehman’s bankruptcy, which could have been averted, magnified the credit apprehension that had started turning to a major financial panic (mishkin, 2009; arestis, 2017; oritani, 2019). the panic due to the collapse of lehman was greater than expected, and the united states congress had to eventually approve a bailout by the fiscal authority under the troubled assets relief program (tarp) legislation included in the emergency economic stabilization act of october 2008 (schoen, 2017; gertler & gilchrist, 2018; oritani, 2019). a lesson derived from this experience is that the ability to speedily commit fiscal funds in an emergency situation can minimise the possibility of imminent financial panics or crisis (gertler & gilchrist, 2018; cukierman; 2019; oritani, 2019). even though the crisis began in the u.s.a., its speedy spread has been attributed to many other factors linked to globalization and interconnectedness of the financial system (wagner, 2010; ojo, 2011; rosenhek, 2013). other factors included the criticism of loose monetary policy implementation by major central banks like the federal reserve and european central bank; political meddling; the business models of investment bankers, particularly securitization; and failures of financial regulatory institutions arising from their inability to keep pace with major changes in financial markets, firms, and products (ojo, 2011; rosenhek, 2013; bakir, 2017; schoen, 2017.) furthermore, investors and financial institutions extremely relying on the evaluations of the credit rating agencies, who had poor understanding of the complex financial instruments introduced, was another factor (ojo, 2011; rosenhek, 2013; bakir, 2017, schoen, 2017). when the crisis reached a critical state, the federal reserve bank had to shift most of its policy instruments away from inflation targeting, which was the accepted norm for the central bank policy to financial stability (gertler, 2013; gambacorta et al., 2014; rajan, 2017). the changing role of central banks the commonly recognized objectives or mandates of central banks around the world include: financial stability and price stability (klomp & hann, 2009; wagner, 2010; goodhart, 2011). financial stability refers to the smooth functioning of the various components of the financial system such as financial institutions, financial markets and payment/settlement/clearing systems (klomp, 2009; ojo, 2011; bakir 2011). “it is confirmed that financial stability was more likely when there is seamless interactions between structural and institutional agents in a country (klomp, 2009; ojo, 2011; bakir, 2011). every country has a central bank that facilitates monetary policy objectives and ensures the smooth operations of its financial systems (goodhart, 2011; arestis, 2017; yuksel, 2017). central banks are the major determinants of monetary policy worldwide to ensure price stability, but also serve other important functions including being the lender of last resort (goodhart, 2011; rosenhek, 2013; arestis, 2017). the ‘lender of last resort’ is a tool available to central banks to assist financial institutions in crisis (goodhart, 2011; cukierman, 2019; oritani, 2019). the existence of a lender of last resort is, however, often associated with the moral hazard of financial institutions believing that in crisis situations the central bank will always intervene to prevent their failure, which could therefore encourage excessive risk takings (goodhart, 2011; cukierman, 2019; oritani, 2019)”. 81 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. central banks are the institutions expected to act first whenever there is financial crisis and therefore are expected to have realistic financial stability objectives (klomp & hann, 2009; wagner, 2010; goodhart, 2011). “the last global financial crisis confirmed the importance of complementarity and synergies that exist between financial stability and monetary policy, which made them often difficult to separate in practice (wagner, 2010; khan, 2017; bakir; 2017)”. undeniably, the crisis that emerged worldwide, required a systemic intervention by the central banks, particularly of advanced countries, thereby compelling them to review their monetary policy approaches (gertler, 2013; gambacorta et al., 2014; chen et al., 2016). the crisis further proved the state of critical urgency for central banks to establish macro prudential frameworks so as to proactively monitor individual institutions and interconnected markets for early warning signs as part of financial stability objectives (goodhart, 2011; khan, 2017; bakir, 2017). it became paramount that close collaboration and active information sharing between regulatory authorities and central banks must take place for the operationalization of the macro prudential framework in bridging the gap between macroeconomic policies and regulation of individual financial institutions (goodhart, 2011; michael et al., 2012; khan, 2017). for example, “australia and canada had complementarities arising from monetary, fiscal, market, macroeconomic, policy and political structures as well as those arising from prudential and competition regulations that reinforces the prudent behavior of various private and public sector players, thereby contributing to financial stability (khan, 2017, arestis, 2017; bakir, 2017).” the global financial crisis has made governments and central banks, particularly, in major advanced economies to take a wide range of measures to address the tensions in the global financial markets (westercamp, 2009; gambacorta et al., 2014; tillman, 2016). conventional measures decades before the global financial crisis, central banks followed the same rationality of the taylor rule in obtaining a target inflation rate in line with their level of likely activities (gerlach & schnabel, 2000; michael et al., 2012; mishkin, 2017). conventional monetary policy commonly refers to the use of inflation targeting strategies to achieve stable and low inflation and maintain price stability, particularly in the u.s. and many other central banks in the developed and emerging economies (mishkin, 2010; cukierman, 2013; mishkin, 2017). these were accomplished through a series of monetary policy instruments including open-market operations; mandatory reserves; facilities used to provide and withdraw overnight liquidity; determine upper and lower limit for the overnight market interest rates; and manage liquidity situation in the money market and signaling the stance of monetary policy (gerlach & schnabel; 2000; cukierman, 2013; mishkin, 2017). particularly in the u.s., the federal fund rate, which is the main and most frequent used instrument that affects all market participants was pushed several times down to the zero-lower bound, in order to contain the escalation of the 2007/2008 financial crisis (westercamp, 2009; mishkin, 2017; cukierman, 2019). similar stance was taken by the european central bank and the bank of england (fratzscher, et al., 2016; arestis, 2017; horvath & voslarova, 2017). the supremacy of the conventional monetary policy was put to test as never before since the main tool of monetary policy had accordingly been pushed to the limit of its efficiency (hamilton & wu, 2012; gambacorta et al. 2014; cukierman, 2019). this constrained the interest rate channel of monetary transmission mechanism since rate was effectively zero and could not go any lower to stimulate the real economy (hamilton and wu, 2012; gambacorta et al. 2014; cukierman, 2019). the crisis further revealed that the relationship between official and market rates also broke down since the financial system was severely disrupted, while insolvency increased along with a belief that banks were holding onto funds rather than lending for their viability, openly causing credit crunch thereby affecting the credit channel of monetary transmission (bowdler & radia, 2012; grosse, 2017; cukierman, 2019). this constituted additional constraint to the 82 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. monetary transmission mechanism via the credit channel (bowdler & radia, 2012; grosse, 2017; cukierman, 2019). also, regulatory stringencies increased costs for firms and institutions, lowering returns on investment and innovation, negating the positive impacts of a loose monetary stance (bowdler & radia, 2012; khan, 2017; cukierman, 2019). the global financial crisis revealed that while conventional monetary measures achieved low and stable inflation, they could not stop asset bubbles (mishkin, 2009; hamilton and wu, 2012; cukierman; 2019). the crisis generally proved the use of conventional measures alone to be unproductive in achieving the desired result because the monetary transmissions were not working and the usual rate did not impact market as expected in line with the taylor’s rule (michael et al., 2012; bowdler & radia, 2012; grosse, 2017; cukierman, 2019). however, it was widely believed and proved that conventional measures and macro-prudential tools will jointly achieve financial and price stability when recovery occurs (michael et al., 2012; rosenhek, 2013; mishkin, 2017). unconventional measures while central banks strongly believed that conventional monetary policy combined with macro prudential tools will jointly achieve price and financial stability when recovery occurs, the challenge was how to stimulate the economy so as to reach that point (michael et al., 2012; rosenhek, 2013; mishkin, 2017). the major central banks, notably the federal reserve, european central bank and the bank of england, were challenged almost concurrently to provide unprecedented support to financial institutions to enable recovery (westercamp, 2010; hudson & maioli, 2010; arestis, 2017). at that point, they had to recognize the limitations of conventional monetary policy during the period of acute crisis (westercamp, 2010; hudson & maioli, 2010; arestis, 2017). these major central banks as well as other central banks around the world actively responded to the crisis with unconventional monetary policy measures, using their balance sheets to re-establish the effectiveness of the credit market, liquidity positions and restore investor confidence (westercamp, 2010; hudson & maioli, 2010; cukierman, 2019). these measures were justified to maintain price stability and acted their roles as lenders of last resort in a new dimension by providing liquidity for the entire financial system (klomp & hann, 2009; goodhart, 2011; rosenhek, 2013). the most prominent unconventional monetary measure utilized was quantitative easing, which was first adopted by japan when it dealt with the consequences of real estate bubble burst (bowdler & radia, 2012; michael et al., 2012; arestis, 2017). this is otherwise known as balance sheet policies as it essentially causes immense expansion of central bank’s balance sheet and liabilities structure (gertler, 2013; tillmann, 2016; arestis, 2017). quantitative easing started after the collapse of lehman brothers, aimed at meeting the enormous rise in demand for liquidity due to the panic but the major objective changed to stimulation of the entire economic activity in a zero lower bound environment, resulting from gradual descent of the federal funds rate for two years (gambacorta et al. 2014; gertler & gilchrist, 2018; cukierman, 2019). the fed introduced quantitative easing in several episodes (i.e. qe1, qe2, qe3) having different rationale across each measure and episode (bowdler and radia, 2012; gertler, 2013; tillmann, 2016). however, all the measures were directed towards expediting recovery from the crisis through the improvement of financial condition of financial institutions (bowdler & radia, 2012; gertler, 2013; tillmann, 2016). specifically, the fed used quantitative easing and forward guidance classified under interest policy, credit policy and quantitative easing in the wake of the global financial crisis (bowdler and radia, 2012; gertler, 2013; mishkin, 2017). for instance, the fed implemented credit easing policies by purchasing mortgage-backed securities, which expanded its balance sheet by holding more assets and provided liquidity to the dried-up market as well as credit lines to an important segment of the economy (michael et al., 2012; mishkin, 2009; schoen, 2017). 83 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the fed also overwhelmingly bought us treasuries, agency debt and agency-backed mortgagebacked securities (rosenhek, 2013; arestis, 2017; schoen; 2017). in the same vein, the bank of england bought a significant quantity of uk government bonds from the non-bank private sector through its quantitative easing operations (goodhart, 2011; hamilton & wu, 2012; arestis, 2017). great similarities were observed between the assets bought by the fed and the bank of england because the bulk of the mortgage-backed securities were effectively government agencies since they are guaranteed by the u.s. agencies (goodhart, 2011; hamilton & wu, 2012; arestis, 2017). the european central bank also expanded its balance sheet through the provision of collateralized loans, termed repo operations (falagiarda & reitz, 2015; fratzscher et al., 2016; horvath & voslarova, 2017). in terms of spillovers, a typical quantitative easing shock was shown to have almost the same responses of emerging economies’ bond prices as typical cut in the federal fund rate, that is, no difference between conventional and non-conventional (fratzscher, et al., 2016; chen et al., 2016; tillmann, 2016). while the impact of the u.s. first step of quantitative easing (qe1) was found to be limited on emerging markets, qe2 and qe3 impacts were substantial by reducing the risk of deflation and hastening the exit from the crisis (fratzscher, et al., 2016; chen et al., 2016; tillmann, 2016). the ecb policies also demonstrated positive spillovers by increasing equity prices and reducing credit risk and risk aversion in central europe and other parts of the world (fratzscher, et al., 2016; tillmann, 2016; horvath & voslarova, 2017). while the ecb used a conservative approach by placing greater emphasis on supporting banks in the euro area due to their reliance on bank intermediation, fed’s intervention was a comprehensive approach that included mainly non-bank credit markets in agreement with its market based financial system (michael et al., 2012; rosenhek, 2013; falagiarda & reitz, 2015; arestis, 2017). effectiveness of conventional measures the great and far reaching global financial crisis also known as global recession had naturally given rise to a wide variety of responses and reflections (westercamp, 2009; hudson & maioli, 2010; mishkin, 2017). although various literatures had blamed different quotas on issues including delayed response, but the general consensus was that the response had been swift (wagner, 2010; rosenhek, 2013; arestis, 2017). if the fed had not been decisive and cut rates aggressively, the consequence would have been both significant increase in macro-economic risk with higher credit spread and higher interest rates on treasury securities (mishkin, 2009; rosenhek, 2013; schoen, 2017). interest rates relevant to household consumers and business spending decisions would have been much higher than what was seen during the crisis and would have seriously affected aggregate spending, which in turn would have made the recession more severe (mishkin, 2009; rosenhek, 2013; schoen, 2017). this logic indicated that not only has conventional monetary policy been effective during the global financial crisis but was even more potent than during normal times since it helped to lower credit spreads (mishkin, 2009; rosenhek, 2013; schoen, 2017). however, the financial crisis led to such wide credit spreads and tightening of credit ethics, that made aggressive monetary policy insufficient to address the crisis (westercamp, 2009; gerlach & schnabel, 2000; cukierman, 2013). this led to the utilization of complimentary measures otherwise known as non-conventional measures to achieve the desired objective of mitigating the crisis (hamilton & wu, 2012; gambacorta et al. 2014; cukierman, 2019). however, the multifaceted nature of the financial crisis highlighted the limitation of monetary policy, no matter how aggressive, in addressing the crisis. the financial crisis affected several angles such as financial, monetary, growth socio/political and psychological. this underscores the need for financial stability structure to include monetary authorities i.e. central 84 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. banks in most jurisdictions; all other financial regulators (insurance, pension, security exchange, stock exchange etc.); and fiscal authorities (government establishments). conclusion the 2007/2008 global financial crisis was a severe worldwide economic crisis considered by many analysts to have been the most serious financial crisis since the great depression of the 1930s, to which it is regularly compared. there has been growing concern among scholars about the role of central banks in mitigating financial crisis. a growing body of empirical literature analysed what went wrong, lessons learnt and how to prevent next one and the need for an empirical analysis of the measures used in mitigating financial and economic crisis appeared to be justified. moreover, there is no doubt that the global financial crisis and its aftermath of the worst global recession since the 1930s poses many challenges for monetary policy and central banks. during the crisis, while conventional measures of monetary policy achieved a low and stable inflation, it failed to prevent asset market bubbles from occurring and stir the economy back to recovery. indeed, it was discovered that most central banks deployed unconventional measures in mitigating the crisis. this study has demonstrated that central banks, though intensely shaken by the global financial crisis, have not practically abandoned the core elements of their pre-crisis monetary policy. through a complex form of strengthening and reassessment, they have instead complimented, extended and somewhat improved their measures to mitigate the impact of the financial crisis. an important lesson of the crisis is that there is opportunity to reinforce central banks with macro prudential supervision and regulation. this should be seen as complementary to the existing monetary policy measures in order to deliver the twin objectives of price stability and financial stability. in a nutshell, conventional monetary policy can make an important contribution to financial stability. however, the set of monetary policy instruments applied may be unsuitable in certain circumstances. accordingly, instruments that have a direct effect are needed, as compliments to counter the emergence of financial instabilities. policy implications/recommendations the causes, consequences and implications of financial crisis had been extensively debated and many authors made various recommendations for future policies. the use of conventional and/or non-conventional policies during the 2007 global financial crisis and other crises that preceded it were also widely debated. it was particularly acknowledged that the quantitative easing, which is a popular type of unconventional measure originated from japan when it dealt with the real estate bubble burst and its consequences. based on the analysis of scholars and professionals, it is evident that conventional measures of central banks are potent in mitigating the impact of financial crisis but not necessarily sufficient under certain circumstances, particularly in preventing asset market bubbles from occurring. therefore, unconventional measures are complimentary to conventional monetary policy measures. these are distinct from the conventional monetary measures of targeting short-term interest rate. it is important to note that implementing and exiting from these distinct measures poses a number of practical challenges such as calibrating and communication of the policy; relationship with fiscal policy; exposure of central banks to financial risk; and most importantly, sustaining the utilization of such policies. while central banks may want to retain some features of these new innovations associated with unconventional monetary policy in their operating procedures, they are likely to be used only in exceptional circumstances. an important policy lesson from the global financial crisis is the collapse of lehman brothers, which is a systematically important financial institution (sifi). in this regard, the basel 85 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. committee of banking supervision has recommended a robust guideline for the conduct of sifis and recommended a recovery and resolution planning mechanism for such institutions. there is also the need for several reforms in the legal and institutional frameworks of central banks, particularly those of the emerging economies. the multifaceted financial stability structure along with the macro prudential framework and other regulatory and supervisory enhancements of the central banks will go a long way in mitigation of financial crisis. along with the increase in globalization and financialization, with the increased role of central banks in macro prudential supervision and regulation; enhanced cross border supervision, basel iii implementation, macro prudential framework and many other regulatory and supervisory tightening around the world, it is worthy to note that central banks and international financial organizations have further strengthen their conventional policies of regulations and supervision to ring-fence and wither the next financial crisis. references aliber, r. z., & zoega, g. (2019). a retrospective on the 2008 global financial crisis. in the 2008 global financial crisis in retrospect (pp. 1-15). cham, switzerland, palgrave macmillan. arestis, p. (2017). monetary policy since the global financial crisis. in economic policies since the global financial crisis (pp. 1-39). cham, switzerland, palgrave macmillan. bakir, c. (2017). how can interactions among interdependent structures, institutions, and agents inform financial stability? what we have still to learn from global financial crisis. policy sciences, 50(2), 217-239. bordo, m. d., & haubrich, j. g. (2017). deep recessions, fast recoveries, and financial crises: evidence from the american record. economic inquiry, 55(1), 527-541. bowdler, c., & radia, a. (2012). unconventional monetary policy: the assessment. oxford review of economic policy 28(4), 603-621. brown r., (2019) deutsche bank ceo warns central banks have no tools left to ‘cushion’ a ‘real economic crisis. available at: https://www.cnbc.com/2019/09/25/deutsche-bank-ceocentral-banks-have-no-tools-left-to-cushion-crisis.html?&qsearchterm=deusche bank ceo warns (accessed november 4, 2019) correia, l., & martins, p. (2017). the global financial crisis: from us subprime mortgages to european sovereign debt by george k. zestos. panoeconomicus, 64(5), 657-662. chen, q., filardo, a., he, d., & zhu, f. (2016). financial crisis, us unconventional monetary policy and international spillovers. journal of international money and finance, 67, 62-81. cukierman, a. (2019). a retrospective on the subprime crisis and its aftermath ten years after lehman’s collapse. economic systems, 43(3-4), 100713. cukierman, a. (2013). monetary policy and institutions before, during, and after the global financial crisis. journal of financial stability, 9(3), 373-384. da silva, c. g., & vieira, f. v. (2017). monetary and fiscal policy in advanced and developing countries: an analysis before and after the financial crisis. the quarterly review of economics and finance, 63, 13-20. 86 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. falagiarda, m., & reitz, s. (2015). announcements of ecb unconventional programs: implications for the sovereign spreads of stressed euro area countries. journal of international money and finance, 53, 276-295. fratzscher, m., duca, m. l., & straub, r. (2016). ecb unconventional monetary policy: market impact and international spillovers. imf economic review, 64(1), 36-74. gagnon, j. e., bayoumi, t., londono, j. m., saborowski, c., & sapriza, h. (2017). direct and spillover effects of unconventional monetary and exchange rate policies. open economies review, 28(2), 191-232. gambacorta, l., hofmann, b., & peersman, g. (2014). the effectiveness of unconventional monetary policy at the zero lower bound: a cross‐country analysis. journal of money, credit and banking, 46(4), 615-642. gerlach, s., & schnabel, g. (2000). the taylor rule and interest rates in the emu area. economics letters, 67(2), 165-171. gertler, m. (2013). monetary policy after august 2007. the journal of economic education, 44(4), 329-338. gertler, m., & gilchrist, s. (2018). what happened: financial factors in the great recession. journal of economic perspectives, 32(3), 3-30. goodhart, c. a. e. (2011). the changing role of central banks. financial history review, 18(2), 135-154. grosse, r. (2017). the global financial crisis—market misconduct and regulation from a behavioral view. research in international business and finance, 41, 387-398. hamilton, j. d., & wu, j. c. (2012). the effectiveness of alternative monetary policy tools in a zero lower bound environment. journal of money, credit and banking, 44, 3-46. horvath, r., & voslarova, k. (2017). international spillovers of ecb’s unconventional monetary policy: the effect on central europe. applied economics, 49(24), 2352-2364. hudson, r., & maioli, s. (2010). a response to “reflections on a global financial crisis”. critical perspectives on international business, 6(1), 53-71. joyce, m., miles, d., scott, a., & vayanos, d. (2012). quantitative easing and unconventional monetary policy–an introduction. the economic journal, 122(564), 271-288. khan, a. (2017). central bank legal frameworks in the aftermath of the global financial crisis, imf working paper, international monetary fund. http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/pubs/ord_info.htm klomp, j., & de haan, j. (2009). central bank independence and financial instability. journal of financial stability, 5(4), 321-338. kotz, d. m. (2009). the financial and economic crisis of 2008: a systemic crisis of neoliberal capitalism. review of radical political economics, 41(3), 305-317. mamun, a. (2017). an investigation of the factors causing financial crisis: lessons from recent overwhelming episodes. journal of academic research in economics (jare), 9(1), 7-18. mishkin, f. s. (2009). is monetary policy effective during financial crises? the american economic review, 99(2), 573-577. mishkin, f. s. (2010). monetary policy flexibility, risk management, and financial disruptions. journal of asian economics, 21(3), 242-246. 87 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. mishkin, f. s. (2017). rethinking monetary policy after the crisis. journal of international money and finance, 73, 252-274. nastase, m., cretu, a.s. & stanef, r. (2010). effects of global financial crisis. metarlurgia, 10(4), 691-699. ojo, m. (2011). the changing role of central banks and the role of competition in financial regulation during (and in the aftermath of) the financial crisis. european law journal, 17(4), 513-533. oritani, y. (2019). role of central banks in financial crisis management. in the japanese central banking system compared with its european and american counterparts (pp. 229-265) singapore. rajan, r. (2017). unconventional monetary policy and the role of central banks. business economics, 52(4), 189-193 rosenhek, z. (2013). diagnosing and explaining the global financial crisis: central banks, epistemic authority, and sense making. international journal of politics, culture, and society, 26(3), 255-272. schoen, e. j. (2017). the 2007–2009 financial crisis: an erosion of ethics: a case study. journal of business ethics, 146(4), 805-830. tillmann, p. (2016). unconventional monetary policy and the spillovers to emerging markets. journal of international money and finance, 66, 136-156. wagner, h. (2010). the causes of the recent financial crisis and the role of central banks in avoiding the next one. international economics and economic policy, 7(1), 63-82. westercamp, k. m. (2009). a crack in the facade and the whole building came tumbling down: a critical examination of the central banks' response to the subprime mortgage loan crisis and global financial market turmoil. transnat'l l. & contemp. probs., 18, 197244. yüksel, s. (2017). strategies out of global recession in emerging markets: an application for 2008 global crisis. in global business strategies in crisis (pp. 57-75). cham, switzerland © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 80 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 building a sales network for small businesses in east java province, indonesia i putu artaya1*, r. agus baktiono2, made kamisutara3, iga sri deviyanti4, sulistyani eka lestari5 1,2departement of management, university of narotama surabaya 3departement computer of science, university of narotama surabaya 4departement of technique industry, university of wr. supratman 5departement of law, university of sunan bonang tuban putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id1*, agus.baktiono@narotama.ac.id2, made.kamisutara@narotama.ac.id3, srideviyanti@gmail.com4, sulis_usb@yahoo.com5 abstract: local and global economic activities which are increasingly supported by the development of increasingly advanced information technology will certainly have a good impact on the development of a local economy that is with the livelihood and development of micro and small business activities in a region or country. such conditions must be well anticipated by all small businesses to take advantage of these technological advancements for future business development. there are many critical factors for the success of a business actor in carrying out his business mission, but with technological advancements, the gap to utilize technology properly is the key to success in itself, bearing in mind that the world is now in an all-digital communication order. increasingly being able to adopt advanced technology, will certainly bring its own success for business people. this research was conducted on a group of small businesses in indonesia who began to pioneer their businesses by utilizing information technology in cooperating with business partners and customers in order to enter the global market. keywords: small business, sales network, market opportunities. introduction local governments in an effort to improve the competitiveness of msmes in the free market, have made various concrete efforts such as those carried out by bali, east java and yogyakarta. by launching the economic strategy and service center program application to support the development of msmes. in the presidential decree of the republic of indonesia number 61 / tk / 2017 regarding the awarding for the development badge, it is stated that denpasar, surabaya and yogyakarta have a high commitment in alleviating poverty, unemployment, and consistency in facilitating capital, exhibition, and bds assistance (business development service) with the msmes innovation clinic, partnerships, and equipment grants, internships and technical guidance provided as stimulants or drivers of increasing msmes turnover. until now there are around 4800 msmes in the three cities, to realize a healthy and competitive msme in the global market (mea), one of the paths taken is that msmes must be members of cooperatives, and to date there are around 950 cooperatives are still active as a forum for the development of msmes activities. the msmes development program has an important role in introducing and promoting msmes products to be able to enter the global market. the program is considered effective because the three cities benefit from its position in the golden triangle area that has considerable economic and investment potential, this is a distinct advantage for the district in developing msmes going forward. unlike the case with other districts such as mojokerto, jember, malang and banyuwangi until april 2018 there are around 155,354 msmes, the classic problem faced by msmes in mojokerto for example is access to marketing and capital which is still relatively weak. while these two factors still hamper the strength and ability of msmes in several cities in east java and bali including jogyakarta in facing global market competition. to revive the activities and competitive advantages of msmes in the city, the focus of government attention is more focused on fostering msmes through csr programs from soes and the private sector. whereas for other cities such as gresik district, up to now there are 186,000 msmes actors, of which almost 70% of msmes in gresik have been able to enter the international market. however, the weaknesses that are still faced by other districts in developing the strengths 81 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 and competitiveness of msmes are product standardization, intellectual property rights and the support of the use of information technology. discussing the competitive strength of msmes in bali, east java and yogyakarta is something that cannot be ignored because every year msmes are evident in providing insubstantial contribution to the growth of gross domestic product. with the start of the era of global competition and the adoption of more open market mechanisms between countries such as afta and mea, creating competitive advantage for msmes can no longer be ignored. msmes in indonesia must have balanced competitiveness with foreign msmes that have begun to market their products to indonesia. with a minimum competitive advantage, indonesia's msmes can exist in the international market. literature review as explained by agbim (2018) one method that has been applied in building a network in sales is through information technology. google gives a commission of 60% of its adsense ad revenue to its publishers. and this makes google's income from this ad so great, and become one source of funding to grow the business. with such a large commission, many people are interested in becoming the publisher of the google ads. not only from the amateur and professional blogger community, even news portals had become the publisher of the google adsense ad. google has such a large advertising publisher network, and this is the power of google adsense advertising. one line of business that provides the greatest income. that is one example of the form of a sales network. with such a large sales network, of course the turnover from sales has increased dramatically. echadar (2013) in his writings, describes the sales network a form of communication with others, and a form of collaboration with others, or a commitment with others to carry out and advance a sales activity for a product or several types of products or services in a manner truly. people who are invited to communicate and commit may be far apart or very far from where we live, and what is important is: the sales business that we do is able to bring economic benefits to the owner or business actor and be able to benefit others who are invited to the collaboration. then there are the main requirements that must be met in forming a sales network: gathering and interacting people who are reliable, honest, friendly, willing to work hard, highly committed, dedicated and have the ability or skills to sell. this type of business actor must be invited to cooperate in selling products and / or services. nearly 67% of entrepreneurs in indonesia are small businesses who are actually resistant to economic recession, they will have the opportunity to enter the global market in the long run. the main focus is, in the area where the product sells to and there are consumers who are willing to buy. products available at a place or location there are buyers who are willing and willing to market and use the product means that there is an open market gap, then maintain the market well, with full commitment and hard work and ready to serve all the time. the product being marketed is not an ordinary product, the product must have high features or be difficult to match its quality or benefits or efficacy or greatness, so that the market is relatively without competitors, even though there are competitors, competing products cannot compete with marketed products, products that can have high features eg cosmetics, herbs, health products, inter-island freight forwarding services, culinary products for health. if you have a special product then this is the main capital to achieve success, but if possible a mediocre product, it tends to encounter failure because the product requires not sell. through attractive products, consumers or customers will be satisfied, happy, believe and believe that the products they buy are indeed good and customers or customers will definitely be happy to buy or use in a longer time period, consumers or customers will announce, look for these products to buyers who need to become a new consumer, this is called the sales network. maintaining good distribution (stock of goods and shipping process) over time so that the product does not become scarce, if this happens then the consumer or customer will switch to a competing product, of course communication and commitment are investments whose value cannot be valued in money. the two keys above are the main capital for success. according to essien (2016) an entrepreneurial network is identical to understanding, that is inviting, informing the strengths of a product, introducing a product, testing a product to others, this is the initial process in building. without this process, a sales network will be very difficult to be formed and the product has the potential to fail in the market. if you succeed in convincing someone, then there is a good chance that person will convince others to do the same. if you are not able to convince others then your product is likely to fail. therefore build communication, relationships, and 82 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 cooperation as well as possible, meaning that all feel benefited, not only you who feel fortunate but other people do not feel anything in terms of sharing profits, sharing benefits, sharing success. individuals who are bound in a collaboration must have a high sense of understanding between time, so that the network that has been formed can run and work well all the time. meanwhile, according to beata, (2019) entrepreneurship can be interpreted as the accumulation of actions of business actors based on the strength of the network to build desire, willingness and courage in running a focused business to expand markets. entrepreneurship can be interpreted as the ability to stand alone to pursue opportunities that require the ability to manage and experience to stimulate creativity. the entrepreneur is an inspiration in the form of creative, innovative, willing, and spirit of leadership, however, it is not a necessity. however, high will can be used as only one capital for entrepreneurship. free market is a form of market where all forms of policy, whether prices or others, do not have a benchmark or coercion from other parties or the government. as the name implies is active and free, so all parties have freedom in their activities and determine a policy and others. you need to know that the price in the free market is determined by the demand and supply that occurs between buyers and sellers. in general, a free market is an economic concept that refers to a sale of products carried out between countries without taxation on exports and imports or other trade barriers (grabowski, 2017). next we will discuss the weaknesses and strengths of the free market. these strengths and weaknesses are caused by prioritized freedom in the free market. individual rights are recognized and all parties have the right to own wealth and production resources. with this concept all non-governmental parties feel recognized and respected for their existence. this makes the people of a country more aware and productive in carrying out all its activities, especially in the economic field. in addition, with this acknowledgment, the community will fully support the economic progress of a country. community creativity and innovation can be developed. with the freedom given, the community will bring up various kinds of creativity and innovation in the economic world. they will get freedom of thought, opinion and so on so that creativity and innovation will arise which will help the country's economic progress. high motivation to compete in the effort to get quality products. free competition becomes daily food in the free market. this can make a positive thing for the economic journey. with the fierce competition that will arise high motivation from each individual to create a quality and good product. this must be done if you do not want to lose competitiveness with other parties. all forms of action are directed at economic principles so that they are effective and efficient. although free in a free market, there is also a rule that all forms of activity are based on economic principles. that way the freedom that occurs will produce maximum results because it is in accordance with economic principles. in addition to having advantages, selling in networks in the free market also has weaknesses in the form of exploitation by the authorities towards weak economic societies. there are several negative impacts of the existence of free markets, one of which is the exploitation by the authorities to weak communities, where the free rulers act as they wish and those who are inferior must obey it. this can happen because the weak need it to fulfill their needs so they are willing to accept whatever the authorities want. another factor that causes this to happen is because there are no regulations or policies from the government so that the weak parties do not get protection. the occurrence of monopoly which leads to losses, monopoly will occur in the free market, because indeed freedom is given to the broadest extent to all parties. this monopoly will enrich those who have power and make the weaker poorer. the emergence of economic inequality, in a free market economic disparities also easily arise, where the upper and lower parties cannot synergize. but between these two parties think of themselves so that those who have power will certainly be in power and the weak will become weaker. many problems occur in the market, the free market makes the economy of a country tend to be unstable because in this market there are often problems because many parties are competing so they scramble to get the best (yusuf, 2017). method population and sample the observation, interview and data survey activities were carried out in three main places in surabaya at the royal plaza surabaya handicraft center, there were 30 smes from various types of handicraft products. is the largest workshop for the smes product category. this handicraft center was established in 2013, several superior products appear here, that is various handicrafts and knick 83 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 knacks typical of the city of surabaya. for the city of denpasar, handicraft centers are centered in three places that is krisna, a typical balinese souvenir center with a variety of products, the second is in the erlangga shop, this place is no different from krisna and almost the same, which presents various types of hadycraft items. and the last is in the kumbasari market, just like the other two places, the kumbasari market is also a large handicraft or handicraft center in denpasar. with a dish of souvenir products and other balinese-style items. in this location there were 24 business actors that were successfully met. there are two major handicraft center locations in the city of yogyakarta, that is since 1758, the beringharjo market has been used as a trading place. now, almost every tourist who comes to the city of jogja must visit the beringharjo market, because it is a favorite souvenir hunting place, especially various batik materials. its location is also very easy to reach because it is on the malioboro street. for you lovers of batik and antiques, the beringharjo market is the best market for buying souvenirs of batik. the collection is complete and the price is affordable and the second is the big city which has long been known for its silver crafts for jewelry models. there were 22 successful business people interviewed at this location. data source from the three locations, the number of business operators sampled was 76 business operators, most of whose products were handicraft, with a small portion of the market being asean markets (brunei, malaysia, vietnam, thailand and taiwan). the sampling determination model uses a probability sampling method that is random sampling (santoso, 2015). data analysis technique in the decision making process of the problem of this study, (gudono, 2011) one of the analysis methods used is the estimation process through a statistical analysis approach that is estimation using the results of multiple linear regression analysis with the use of independent and non-independent variables. through this analysis, it can be predicted that the development of smallscale business actors will be based on several aspects or variables that have an adequate level of relevance to support the long-term activities of small-scale businesses in indonesia. table 1. variables that contribute in building sales networks for small business in facing the global market variables applied small business network good cooperation among business actors to create mutual fortune in expanding market opportunities infrastructure all objects and facilities related to small business actors in the process of forming a sales network government regulations peraturan dalam bentuk apapun yang dibuat pemerintah daerah dalam memberi segala kemudahan bagi pelaku usaha kecil market power regulations in any form made by the local government in providing all facilities for small businesses distribution network kerjasama yang memudahkan perpindahan barang ke pasar yang dituju sebagai syarat dalam penguatan pasar technology advances using modern methods based on information technology in the communication process when building distribution networks energy sources provision of better energy resources in an effort to maintain a smooth production process and business continuity and sales in the long run to be able to create an entrepreneurial network for small business actors, several supporting factors are needed to create an interrelation between the small business actors, according to echadar (2013), the application of forming an entrepreneurial network can be seen in the figure below, in this figure, six important aspects in building a network for business actors, especially small businesses, are the main drivers for the continuous running of the process. it's good that this aspect is a complementary unit and cannot be separated from one another. of these seven important aspects will be analyzed using regression to determine which aspects are the main driving force in increasing small business activities when business actors build sales networks among other business actors. without a good sales network, fellow business actors will compete unfairly. 84 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 1. the aplied of the stimulus factor in establishing entrepreneurial network of small business in the east java, indonesia results and discussion estimation results of regression equations based on the results of multiple linear regression analysis of data collected from interviews and measurement of perceptions of business operators in three city locations that is denpasar, surabaya and yogyakarta, the output of the analysis of adjusted r square value of 0.856 means that the emergence of networks or the creation of entrepreneurial networks 85.6% influenced by the availability of infrastructure, supporting government regulations, market power for small business products, distribution networks, technological advances adopted, and the availability of sufficient energy sources. while the remaining 14.4% is caused by other factors / forces that are not in the model. simultaneous test results (anova) shows the number 75,607 with an error rate of 0,000, meaning that the six factors above have a real effect on the entrepreneurial network, with the contribution of the six factors above, business actors can easily form an entrepreneurial network to strengthen their markets in the free market. the results of the partial test analysis show that the six factors above all have the power of influence on the formation of an entrepreneurial network for small businesses, because all six factors have an error rate of under 5%. (sig column). the regression results graph shows the normal curve because the entire data used in the analysis is linear to the entrepreneurial network, which is characterized by the movement of data from lower left to upper right. observing the results of the analysis discussed above, creating an entrepreneurial network for businesses does require strength that is able to stimulate an interaction between small businesses to move together in creating a common interest in the market so that they can have a joint power in fighting over consumers. the most prominent factor from the analysis is the infrastructure and market power, because it has the greatest coefficient, the meaning of triggering the conflict / creation of a network of cooperation between entrepreneurs is the diversity of infrastructure and product strengthening in the market. while other factors (government regulations, distribution networks, advanced technology, and energy resources) can be considered as supporting factors for establishment for entrepreneurs in sales network networks, marketing networks, communication networks and transaction networks. building a sales network for small business infrastructure government regulations market power distribution network technology advances energy sources interaction and communication increase sales of small business important aspects in building a sales network 85 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 table 2. anova test results from estimated equations that have been formed anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 31,339 6 5,223 75,607 ,000a residual 4,767 69 ,069 total 36,105 75 a. predictors: (constant), availability of energy sources, distribution network, government regulation, market power, infrastructure, technology advances b. dependent variable: enterpreneurial network source: the processed pimary data from the table 2 above, the anova test can be explained that if seen from the level of test error (column sig), the figure is below 5%, meaning that there is at least one independent variable that has no real contribution in building entrepreneurial networks in the free market, or there is one or two variables that have no real contribution. so we need a solution or real action to improve its application. table 3. final findings from estimation results against formation of entrepreneurial networks, through estimated equations formed coefficientsa model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta 1 (constant) ,285 ,474 ,601 ,010 infrastructure 1,013 ,057 ,946 17,753 ,000 government regulation ,045 ,044 ,049 1,046 ,015 market power ,152 ,063 ,110 2,393 ,019 distribution network ,026 ,063 ,023 ,406 ,686 technology advances ,081 ,058 ,077 ,397 ,167 availability of energy sources ,026 ,036 ,033 ,716 ,476 a. dependent variable: enterpreneurial network source: the processed primary data of the six aspects or variables examined in the table 3 above, the results or findings are obtained that there are three aspects or variables that require solutions so that the entrepreneurial network and sales for entrepreneurs entering the free market can be realized properly and able to achieve the goals. there are three aspects or variables that need to be handled or improved so that the process of entering the free market for entrepreneurs can run smoothly including distribution networks, adoption of advanced technology for ease of communication, transactions and smooth delivery, and the last is the provision of energy resources directly related to the field business and production process of business actors. the three aspects or variables are by analysis the error rate is above 5%, meaning the three aspects are the main focus for the government to fix it so that the entrepreneurial network when entering the free market can run according to its objectives. countries in the asean region are always trying to seize export opportunities, to expand their free market in trading various forms of commodities they have. the expansion of the free market to open up export opportunities is a means to further enhance the capabilities of businesses so that their products are more well known in foreign markets, in the long run this action will open up at the same time opportunities for cooperation between business actors, which until now are being intensively grown by every government in every country. the exchange of commodities between countries actually makes the free market position between countries even stronger. 86 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 strenght in sales network building and having a business network is very useful especially to help expand the market and support sales in a wider market as technology in this field continues to develop. if these technological advancements are not put to good use then the businesses we run will be more easily left behind than others who do the same business. more and more small entrepreneurs are aware of their shortcomings, that to advance business, one solution is to adopt technology that is in accordance with the changing times and consumer behavior. figure 2. an increase in supporting factors in the effort to create export market opportunities in indonesia source: the processed primary data in figure 2 above, the main focus of government attention is to meet and improve three main factors that are still low in value, that is: distribution network, availability of energy sources, and technology advances. because of these three factors, their contribution is needed in an effort to support the activities of business actors in an effort to increase export market opportunities for their products. this process must be carried out to increase the fulfillment of the resources of small businesses so that they are able to compete with other countries. another important factor that has always been the focus of attention is the ability of businesses to adopt technology in the field of communication, supply of raw materials, production activities, and product packaging in the long run. the export market always wants the creation of reliable and guaranteed quality and efficient products, because the products being exported are products that are in demand by the market. the more efficient the business environment, especially those related to the production process will make business conditions more competitive in market competition. this condition must be maintained and available at all times, so that long-term business activities of each business actor can survive. as a country that has come out of the predicate of developing countries, and as a country that has a wealth of natural resources, it is expected that this is a great capital for indonesia to be able to advance the lives of msmes. why is that? because all aspects of economic life can be more easily fulfilled, especially indonesia is currently trying to advance the life of human resources from all factors. especially increasing technological developments in all fields so that economic activities and the life of msmes can develop more advanced in forming a wider network in developing their markets. this condition is a potential capital in creating competitive advantage. 87 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 figure 3. comparison of msmes growth in indonesia from 2013 to the end of 2019 source: the departement of cooperatives and msmes, 2019 the figure 3 above can be explained briefly as follows: the activities of smes through the sales network have begun to show results since 2015 (green graph) and actually continue to show positive developments in increasing their sales, while the smes who still continue to sell without using the network continue to lag behind even their markets are getting sluggish towards the end of 2019. the above conditions certainly show that selling through the network is superior and promising compared to selling in the normal way. why msmes that do not use sales networks are difficult to develop (brown graph), this is certainly because the ability of adaptation and mastery of supporting technology is still weak. they are also weak in terms of distribution network activity. this condition is hampering the growth and development of msmes that are still carrying out their activities traditionally without the support of adequate technology. msmes groups that still survive the old ways in marketing and sales activities need to get attention, training and assistance so that in the future they are able to run their businesses better, especially now that technology has developed better and is supported by technological developments in the field of information and communication, of course everything feels easier to do. actually the concentration of marketing and sales for smes is easy to do, because the medium is available and not difficult to adopt. electronic media that can be used to form a sales network are various forms of social media, web applications that can connect fellow sellers and buyers without being limited by time and place. sales network activity can also be supported by using sophisticated messaging applications to expand and expedite the flow of communication and information exchange and are easily adapted using mobile devices. in the long run can save time and energy and costs because all activities are carried out through the network. currently the electronic media is increasingly showing its dominance in supporting the sale of msme products. msmes that still survive traditionally in marketing and sales activities are certainly more difficult to develop in the long run, even their activities become inefficient. if this is not corrected then the traditional smes are not able to explore, expand and master better market opportunities. the combination of the sales network supported by adequate electronic media will have more tangible benefits, compared to using print media and traditional activities. the impact is sellers and buyers, although different countries will become closer and products are known more quickly. more easily enter more potential market opportunities. through the sales network, business people can control the scarcity of goods properly, control the price of commodities or goods without mutual harm, arrange joint distribution for distribution of goods to the intended market, strengthen the unity of traders, and avoid injustice among fellow traders. this condition can easily be created if the various types of commodities traded have the same variations and the quality of the goods is not much different. even fellow business people can exchange commodities to serve different customer segments in remote places, it can be applied because it is driven through networks, which makes the process of exchanging information faster. without using a network that is supported by technology, of course the 88 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 above conditions are difficult to be formed or built. the creation of a sales network will certainly have a positive impact to trigger the cooperation of fellow traders in a wider scope to take advantage of market opportunities in the asean common market. figure 4. the level of entrepreneurial export sales orientation in three cities in indonesia source: bps, (central bureau of statistics), 2019 as shown in figure 4 above, the orientation of sales through exports is quite good in the three cities that is surabaya, denpasar and yogyakarta. the three cities represent three provinces, that is east java, bali and yogyakarta special region. the destination markets through their exports, are still around asean countries. besides focusing on export-oriented sales, their products are also focused on sales for the tourism industry that serves tourists who come to their cities. until 2019 in september, surabaya dominated and had the highest level of sales compared to the other two cities. this condition is caused because the city of surabaya or east java province has the most business, so that the variation of export-oriented products is greater. however, the other two cities, denpasar and yogyakarta, do not mean losing, but they have a variety of small business products that have their own markets in their export activities. the products of each city have their own characteristics and cannot be compared with each other. the three cities have different destination markets for export sales, according to the market segments they are aiming for, and according to specifications for overseas consumer demand. despite having different varieties and product characteristics, and the advantages of different natural resources, they are involved in a sales network that is good enough to meet foreign market demand, even among small entrepreneurs focused on exchanging information and commodities to strengthen their target market segments. the sales network that they build to maintain the stability of the sales level in meeting overseas demand. denpasar and yogyakarta have a high level of sales for carving products, developed from local carvings, this is a superior product that is very reliable, for surabaya, products made from environmentally friendly materials are superior products consisting of various household handicraft products. why it is necessary to display these three cities, because these three cities are barometers of sales growth for export-oriented products, most of which are small businesses that are quite advanced. the main factor that is able to make the product as a superior product for smes is quality assurance that is always increasing so that it can meet the expectations of consumers in the destination market. there are six types of superior products of indonesian msmes that have gained confidence and excel in the export market because of the quality improvement that is always maintained. the type of product is food and drink, carved handicraft, herbal beverage products, woven embroidery, household appliances, dan natural commodity. success in forming a sales network among smes because each other is complementary in the process of production activities to perfect raw materials into quality products. for example, smes from the province of bali, many bought raw materials from the city of jember, east java, then processed and packaged in such a way in bali 89 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 according to the quality standards requested before the products were exported. conversely, natural products from bali are in great demand by smes from east java, then processed and packaged according to the requests and quality specifications of the destination country. this activity can run well if the supporting aspects of small business activities such as the availability of energy sources with the application of special tariffs can be realized, the distribution network of material and goods transfers supported by facilities and infrastructure can be improved, and the development of more adequate technology related to the production process for all small businesses. this is the key to success in being able to grow the sales network of small businesses in indonesia so that its products are still able to compete well in foreign markets. one contributing factor is the creation of a sales network and cooperation among small businesses in finding opportunities and opening up potential market expansion for their products. the increase in the number of small business actors is also caused by other factors, that is the increased potential demand for goods produced by msmes in indonesia, with a network of fellow small businesses when they open export opportunities for their products, the process of exchanging information becomes faster and easier. the sales network will become stronger if the output of one business actor will be an input for other business actors, for example a dragon fruit farmer will supply his agricultural products to other businesses that produce canned fruit products. another example, etawa goat breeders will supply their milk products for a mixture of herbal beverage products. on the other hand, fellow small business actors exchange information about certain commodities that have market potential abroad to other business actors, ultimately this action creates a togetherness and courage to penetrate the export market. other supporting factors are the six important aspects that have been shown in table 1 on the front page, and have made a major contribution to the process of developing and improving small businesses in the effort to create superior products. some of the conditions above are very instrumental and able to provide impetus for the growth of the number of small businesses in indonesia until the end of 2020. conclusion to be able to build a network of entrepreneurs, fellow entrepreneurs must be willing to work together, entrepreneurs who are in the country or those who are abroad. this cooperation aims to establish communication with fellow entrepreneurs so that an important exchange of information about markets can be created to export certain products or commodities between countries. impact and benefits are the cooperating entrepreneurs will know each other about where their products or commodities should be sold, so that their products or commodities can sell in the export market. cooperation between countries requires the role of the governments of each country to provide easy regulations so that the process of exchanging products and commodities can run smoothly. another goal of building this entrepreneurial network is to create fair business competition among collaborating entrepreneurs. another goal of building this entrepreneurial network is to create fair business competition among collaborating entrepreneurs. another goal of building this entrepreneurial network is to create fair business competition among collaborating entrepreneurs. from the results of the analysis and discussion, the main conclusion can be drawn that is: establishing a network for entrepreneurs is important in opening a market gap and maintaining it, amid fierce competition in business and trade in the free market. the availability of strength and resources for a business will spur the creation of a new opportunity to enter the open market. without having to compete with other entrepreneurs, but on the contrary competitors can become relationships that will make it easier for entrepreneurs to establish themselves in the destination market. the main force of success for entrepreneurs in forming a network in the free market can be created if a good interaction is created with the six main forces: the availability of infrastructure, government regulations that favor entrepreneurs, a strong product brand in the market, a distribution network between business actors, adequate technological advances and strength of energy resources in each country. the six factors can be used as the main capital for businesses to be used as a tool or strength in interacting so that they have togetherness in maintaining their markets. entrepreneurial networks in each country are certainly different, due to the different business climate and culture, therefore in order to be able to support interaction or cooperation between them, then in the future every business actor from various countries wishing to expand their markets between countries needs to exchange commodities in accordance the specific needs of the country of destination. so that commodities traded between countries can be absorbed by each market, the current exchange of commodities has begun to be intensive because it can save means of payment in 90 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 transaction activities. government regulations of each country must be able to accommodate all types of barriers in trade between business actors, the aim is that no country feels disadvantaged by the presence of cooperation in the form of entrepreneurial networks that move or enter the free market. this symptom is often followed up by collaborative activities and exchanging important commodities between countries as well as to support business and economic growth among countries that carry out such cooperation. after examining the discussion above, it can finally be explained that to help small businesses succeed in entering the broader free market in an effort to improve their entrepreneurial abilities, the three main aspects that have been reviewed above must be applied in the form of efforts to focus in a holistic and comprehensive manner. changes in the business world environment between countries in market expansion really require the tangible contribution of the aspects mentioned above that is: improvement of distribution networks, because businesses really need an efficient path in trying to organize various forms of products to the hands of buyers or consumers. the distribution network here means the availability of facilities that support the speed of movement of goods from producers to buyers in a short time. for this to happen, facilities and infrastructure in the form of physical facilities and supporting facilities in the form of a communication network can be relied upon and utilized by entrepreneurs. one effort in indonesia to support this condition is the construction of infrastructure in the form of sea tolls that facilitate the process of moving goods more efficiently in all respects. the second thing to get noticed is the technology in the field of online communication, this will facilitate the flow of communication and exchange of information between suppliers and buyers. the era of increasingly advanced communication, requires entrepreneurs to be increasingly able to adopt digital technology with the aim of facilitating the process of exchanging information and transaction activities. many entrepreneurs are still lagging behind using online communication technology, a real example is the use of a marketplace that is now increasingly becoming a trend among small business actors, of course, it requires an approach and learning to master it better, this will make a positive contribution to partners in the process of selling their products. through improved communication means all forms of information relating to products become more quickly known by potential buyers, no longer obstructed by time and space. and the last aspect that is far more important internally to get improvements from the government is the availability of adequate energy resources for the activities and processes of production of goods, energy resources for consumption of small businesses should be imposed special tariffs that are more affordable so that prices of final products can be more competitive on the free market. energy resources which are the main focus of attention are the availability of gas resources as the cheapest alternative energy source compared to electrical energy sources. gas resources are actually able to support all types of businesses because the role of these resources is very large in reviving the activities of the production process of entrepreneurs, where almost 70% of their activities depend on energy resources which is an important factor in supporting long-term production activities. with the improvement of these three aspects or variables, in the future small business network business activities will be increasingly helped in their efforts to remain consistent in the free market and be able to continue to operate competitively. several small business products in bali, surabaya and yogyakarta indonesia have export opportunities abroad. products that have export opportunities, are recruited by central entrepreneurs of souvenirs to be introduced directly to foreign tourists visiting indonesia. this activity increases opportunities for the potential of the small business products to enter the free market or foreign markets because these products are also marketed online. in indonesia, this model is known as fostering system, the aim is that small business products are more quickly recognized in the international market, in the long run will trigger demand and potentially increase export opportunities. the creation of an inter-city network in indonesia is very necessary, because several cities in indonesia that already have overseas markets can help small businesses from other regions in indonesia to be able to develop their export-oriented markets through cooperation networks and sales networks. thus, superior products that could be introduced in foreign markets would be able to trigger opportunities for overseas consumer demand. acknowledgments: we are happy to express our gratitude to the research team who have worked well together, so that all activities and actions in the research process can be completed properly. we hope that in the future, we will continue to be successful in better cooperation in other researches. 91 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 conflicts of interest: there are no conflicts of interest in writing this article, both among fellow writers and to external institutions as research partners references agbim, kenneth chukwujioke. (2018). effect of entrepreneurial networks on family business development: a conceptual consideration. international journal of small and medium enterprises. vol. 1, no. 2. published by centre for research on islamic banking & finance and business. beata slusarczyk, katarzyna grondys. (2019). parametric conditions of high financial risk in the sme sector. risks. 7(84). pp. 3-17. www.mdpi.com/journal/risks. echadar, saban. 2013, manajemen enterpreneurship, kiat sukses menjadi wirausaha, penerbit: andi publisher, yogyakarta. essien, j. m., m-epbari, n., nwikiabeh, l. b. m., & piabari, n. (2016). impact of government spending on small and medium scale businesses in nigeria. equatorial journal of marketing and insurance policy. 1(2). pp. 41–56. grabowski, w., & stawasz, e. (2017). the role of business consulting in creating knowledge and formulating a strategy of development in polish micro-enterprises. journal for east european management studies. vol. 22, no. 3. pp 374-396. gudono. (2011) analisis data kualitatif, penerbit bpfe, yogyakarta. santoso, singgih. (2015). mengukur sikap dan kepuasan konsumen aplikasi spss, penerbit elex media komputindo, jakarta. yusuf, ria mardiana. (2017), wirausaha dan daya saing umkm, nas media pustaka, ujung pandang. © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://www.mdpi.com/journal/risks http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 21 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker mochamad rizki f.u1, agata iwan c2*, evita fitrianis h3, dikhy ridho laksono4, ramadhan mahendra5, muhammad lutfi amzari6, mukhammad ibnul mubarok7, muhammad feggi saputra8 faculty engineering, kadiri university, kediri, indonesia corresponding author: iwan_candra@unik-kediri.ac.id2* mochamadrizki18513445@gmail.com1, evitafitri@unik-kediri.ac.id3 , dikhy18513557laksono@gmail.com4, ramadhanmahendra900@gmail.com5, amzarie87@gmail.com6, mukhammadibnul76@gmail.com7, feggisaputra@gmail.com8 abstract: aggregates are a significant feature of asphalt mixtures, which significantly affect the volumetric properties and mechanical performance. layers of concrete asphalt consist of a mixture of fine aggregates, coarse aggregates, and fillers mixed with penetration grade asphalt. the concrete pavement layer (asphalt concrete) has several types: wear surface layer, intermediate surface layer, and foundation layer. the experimental research method with the gradation testing method using the sieve shaker machine with aggregate objects. the aggregate used in the form of fine aggregates from lumajang sand and coarse aggregates from kediri kediri is taken randomly with a maximum size of 2.36 mm, aggregate used in the form of corals originating from kedak area, semen subdistrict, kediri regency with a maximum size of 19mm. this study aimed to determine the feasibility of aggregate classification in the classification of road pavement layers. the study was conducted using the sieve shaker machine with reference to the aashto t27. this study obtained the results that the aggregates tested from the kedak, kediri, and pasir lumajang regions deserved to be included in the asphalt concrete a.c-b.c category in accordance with bina marga division 6. keywords: aggregate, aggregate eligibility, asphalt concerete-binder course, sieve gradation introduction aggregates are a major feature of asphalt mixtures, which significantly affect the volumetric properties and mechanical performance of asphalt mixtures(zhang, luo, et al., 2019). consisting of coarse aggregates that have a function in the asphalt heat mixture is in addition to providing stability in the mix and a mortar filler so that the mixture becomes economical(ar & hazmi, 2010). aggregates are an essential material for the manufacture of concrete asphalt layers. a concrete asphalt layer (asphalt concrete) is a layer on a road construction consisting of coarse aggregates, fine aggregates, fillers, and asphalt mixed, scattered, and compacted in hot conditions at a specific temperature (datu et al., 2020). concrete asphalt layers consist of fine aggregates, coarse aggregates, and fillers mixed with asphalt penetration grade (yusuf et al., 2019). concrete pavement layers (asphalt concrete) have several types, namely worn surface layer (wearing course), surface layer between (binder course), and foundation layer (base). layers of worn surface (wearing course) is to reduce earthquake cracks. the intermediate surface layer (binder course) is a layer of concrete that sits between the layer of wear and the foundation layer of the concrete mixture (ali et al., 2017). while the lapis foundation (base) is the foundation to bear the upper layer load to obtain strong road pavement results (gaus et al., 2015). of all the types of asphalt concretes, the difference is the maximum aggregate size contained therein (zhang, ma, et al., 2019). https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:iwan_candra@unik-kediri.ac.id mailto:mochamadrizki18513445@gmail.com mailto:evitafitri@unik-kediri.ac.id3 mailto:dikhy18513557laksono@gmail.com4 mailto:ramadhanmahendra900@gmail.com5 mailto:amzarie87@gmail.com6 mailto:mukhammadibnul76@gmail.com7 mailto:feggisaputra@gmail.com8 rizki, m., et al., classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker, (p. 21 – 31) 22 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 aggregates consist of sand, gravel, coral, slag, or other materials of natural and artificial minerals (gunarto, 2019). therefore testing is necessary to determine which aggregates are used to fall into the category of asphalt concrete types. several parameters are used as a benchmark for aggregate feasibility, including type weight, water absorption, wear rate, sludge levels, and sieve gradation. the test used is the aggregate sieve gradation test. aggregate gradation is the aggregate particle size distribution and is expressed in percentage to its total weight (budianto & lubis, 2020). according to the bina marga general specification 2010, it is explained that aggregate classification can be categorized into asphalt concrete types according to the classification table general specification of bina marga. if the aggregate used does not match the initial prediction, then the aggregate is not worthy of the maximum size category of the aggregate. some studies on aggregate gradation testing have shown that the size of retained aggregates may affect the classification of concrete pavement (sangiorgi et al., 2017). however, there are still no studies of the classification of concrete pavement layers using aggregate samples from kedak kediri village and lumajang sand. this study aimed to determine the aggregator of the road pavement layer classification. the study was conducted using the sieve shaker machine with reference to the aashto t27. the aggregate sample was randomly taken as much as 1130 grams. from this study, it will be known that aggregate classification is included in the category of pavement layers that match the initial predictions. so by knowing the results of the asphalt concrete type, it can be used as a reference to prepare a job mix of asphalt mixture. methodology this research was conducted at the laboratory of the department of civil engineering, kadiri university. the experimental research method used with the sieve gradation testing method using the sieve shaker machine with aggregate objects(prayogo et al., 2020). the aggregates used in the form of fine aggregates from lumajang sand and coarse aggregates from kedak kediri are taken randomly. in carrying out this research and efforts to obtain a solution and hypothesis of problems, the research stages include preparation and testing of material physical properties, gradation testing in the form of research data in the form of classification of layers of pavement according to marga(sumiati & sukarman, 2014). the test object to be tested gradation of the sieve is aggregate in the form of coral and sand (ks & suhendra, 2018). the aggregates tested were aggregates taken in a random field of 1130 grams using cement spoons and stainless containers. 1. tools and materials gradation test uses materials and tools to get the results of data analysis. a. research materials the research materials used in this test are aggregates (figure 1). fine aggregates constitute natural sand due to the natural disintegration (hunggurami et al., 2015). the fine aggregates tested gradation is sand derived from lumajang sand with a maximum size of 2.36 mm with a percentage of water absorption as much as 3%. the rough aggregates used in the experiments were rough aggregates for mixed designs that were restrained by no.8 (2.36 mm) that were done wet and had to be clean, hard, durable, and free from clay or other unwanted materials and meet the(yu et al., 2020). coarse aggregates used in the form of corals originating from kedak area, semen subdistrict, kediri regency with a maximum size of 19 mm. the aggregate tested using gradation function to determine the maximum size and classification of aggregates falls into the asphalt concrete category a.c-w.c, a.cb.c, or a.c-base. rizki, m., et al., classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker, (p. 21 – 31) 23 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 1. aggregate source: research documentation b. research tools the tools used in research with the sieve gradation test method are as follows: 1. sieve shaker sieve shakers are used to separate particles using layered filtration equipment as well as the presence of different filter values(el-sayed & mostafa, 2014). this equipment utilizes vibrations that make it easier for particles to be separated to pass through a sieve(dell’aquila, 2007)(rahman et al., 2020). the type sieve shaker used is the ta-517 type with 220 va. a. b. figure 2. sieve shaker source: research documentation figure 2 illustrates a tool used in sying gradation testing. as in (a) is the brand detail of the tool used; and (b) is a picture of the sieve shaker. 2. sieve sieve is used to group granules (figure 3), which will be separated into one or more groups (cahyono et al., 2019). rizki, m., et al., classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker, (p. 21 – 31) 24 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 3. sieve source: research documentation 3. digital scales digital scales are used to determine the weight of an object or the mass of an object or substance, with easier use(manege et al., 2017). the scales use the sf-400 brand (figure 4) with a capacity of 10000 grams. figure 4. digital scales source: research documentation 4. oven ovens are used to heat and dry samples, performing a sterilization process to achieve the desired dryness(gomathi & sivakumar, 2014)(nekkanti et al., 2019). oven used using memmert brand with a temperature capacity of 200 ° c. rizki, m., et al., classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker, (p. 21 – 31) 25 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 5. oven source: research documentation 2. data analysis aggregate gradation is the distribution of variations in grain sizes of coarse and fine (yan et al., 2020). the standard and size of the hole of each sieve used in the test analysis it should be noted that the number of the sieve increases in size, so the size of the hole from the sying increases so that we get the aggregate combined composition with the gradation corresponding to aashto t27 (agency et al., 2015). the initial process of grading testing will get an aggregate that will be tested in a random field of 1130 grams. hiled the mud content by washing the aggregate using clean water (petit et al., 2018). once the washing process is complete, dry the aggregate until the mass remains at a temperature of 110 ± 5 °c (teymen, 2019). while waiting for the aggregate to dry and normal temperature, prepare the sieve to be used. the next process inserts the aggregate into the sieve shaker machine and starts the engine for 7 minutes. after the sieve shaker machine stops, take each sieve and weigh the aggregates held on the sieve. rizki, m., et al., classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker, (p. 21 – 31) 26 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 6. sieve gradation testing process source: research documentation the testing process has been described as in figure 6 with aggregate results held back at varying weights as in: (a) search for aggregates from the field at random; (b) the process of washing aggregates to remove sludge levels on aggregates; (c) the process of drying the aggregate until the mass remains for 24 hours; (d) the gradation test process is performed using a sieve shaker machine. from such weight, it will be known whether the aggregate mixture between coarse aggregates from kedak, kediri, and fine aggregates derived from lumajang sand is categorized as worthy of entry a.c-b. c (asphalt concrete binder course). after getting the results, we will adjust the aggregate held per sieve to the gradation envelope. the grading envelope is the grading limit for aggregate classification in accordance with the general specification of bina marga 2010 division 6. rizki, m., et al., classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker, (p. 21 – 31) 27 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 table 1. aggregate gradation limits according to general specifications of bina marga size of sieve (inch) % weight qualified against aggregate totals in a mixture latasir (ss) lataston (hrs) asphalt concrete (ac)1 semi senjang gradation3 semi senjang gradation2 class a class b wc base wc base wc bc base 11/2” 100 1” 100 90 100 ¾” 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 90 – 100 76 90 ½” 90 100 90 100 87 100 90 100 90 100 75 – 90 60 78 3/8” 90 – 100 75 85 65 90 55 88 55 70 77 90 66 – 82 52 71 no.4 53 69 46 – 64 35 54 no.8 75 100 50 72 35 55 50 62 32 44 33 53 30 – 49 23 41 no.16 21 40 18 – 38 13 30 no.30 35 60 15 35 20 45 15 35 14 30 12 – 28 10 22 no.50 15 35 5 35 9 22 7 – 20 6 15 no.100 6 15 5 – 13 4 10 no.200 10 – 15 8 13 6 10 2 9 6 10 4 8 4 9 4 – 8 3 7 1source: general specifications of bina marga 2018 division 6 table 1 illustrates the aggregate gradation limit to classify aggregates held each year in the latasir, lataston, or asphalt concrete category according to the percentage obtained. results and discussion 1. test results gradation testing using a sieve shaker machine is obtained as in table 2 below. table 2. results of sieve gradation test no sieve (inches) numbers held gram (gr) number of escapes specifications 1 sieve no. ¾ 100% course aggregate 2 sieve no. ½ 120 89% course aggregate 3 sieve no. ⅜ 160 75% course aggregate 4 sieve no. 4 235 54% course aggregate 5 sieve no. 8 195 37% course aggregate 6 sieve no.16 60 32% fine aggregate 7 sieve no.30 60 27% fine aggregate 8 sieve no.50 60 21% fine aggregate 9 sieve no.100 60 16% fine aggregate 10 sieve no. 200 95 8% fine aggregate 11 pan 85 0% filter sum 1130 rizki, m., et al., classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker, (p. 21 – 31) 28 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 source: processed data in table 2, the results obtained that the coarse and fine aggregates derived from kedak kediri village and lumajang sand are held back 1/2 to 200, with the percentage of sieve held for various. in accordance with the results obtained in the sieve gradation test, fine and coarse aggregates can be categorized in accordance with the provisions of the 6th division of the clan. figure 7. sieve gradation test results source: research documentation figure 7 shows that the results of the sieve gradation test are weighed and placed in a container to obtain a percentage of the retained aggregate. the percentage results are spelled out and corrected based on general specifications as described in table 3. table 3. aggregate grouping results by general specifications 2018 no. sieve asphalt concrete(ac) comulative percentage information wc bc base escape (%) ac-bc/wc/base (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 1 sieve no. ¾ 100 90-100 100% ac-bc 2 sieve no. ½ 100 90-100 76-90 89% ac-bc 3 sieve no. ⅜ 90-100 75-90 60-78 75% ac-bc 4 sieve no. 4 77-90 66-82 52-71 54% ac-bc 5 sieve no. 8 53-69 46-64 35-54 37% ac-bc 6 sieve no. 16 33-53 30-49 23-41 32% ac-bc 7 sieve no. 30 21-40 18-38 13-30 27% ac-bc 8 sieve no. 50 14-30 12-28 10-22 21% ac-bc 9 sieve no. 100 9-22 7-20 6-15 16% ac-bc 10 sieve no. 200 6-15 5-13 4-10 8% ac-bc 11 pan 4-9 4-8 3-7 0% ac-bc source: processed data rizki, m., et al., classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker, (p. 21 – 31) 29 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 table 3 obtained the result that the aggregate tested randomly in the field belongs to the category asphalt concrete ac-bc road pavement. the results are obtained from the qualified cumulative percentage and adjusted to the aggregate gradation limit table according to the general specifications of bina marga. conclusion based on the gradation test results, the aggregate tested from kedak, kediri, and lumajang sand with numbers 1/2, 3/8, 4, 8, 16, 30, 50, 100, 200 were tested in the asphalt concrete ac-bc category in accordance with bina marga division 6. acknowledgments: the researcher wants to support kadiri university, especially the engineering faculty, for giving a chance for doing the research and composing the report. references agency, u. s. e. p., american public health association, american water works association, water environment federation, rodda, n., carden, k., armitage, n., name, l., name, f., training, o., training, p., darin, c., training, r. o., kimberly, m., deepa, g., board, e., principal, e., primary, i., systems, f., … aggregates, c. (2015). sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates significance. wsdot material manual m 46-01.23, june, 1–14. ali, y., irfan, m., ahmed, s., & ahmed, s. (2017). permanent deformation prediction of asphalt concrete mixtures – a synthesis to explore a rational approach. construction and building materials, 153, 588– 597. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.07.105 ar, s., & hazmi, f. (2010). ( ac-wc ) terhadap nilai parameter marshall berdasarkan spesifikasi bina marga tahun 2010. 2010, 149–155. budianto, m. d. i., & lubis, z. (2020). alternatif penggunaan agregat halus batu kapur mantup dalam campuran aspal panas ac-wc. ukarst, 4(1), 54. https://doi.org/10.30737/ukarst.v4i1.702 cahyono, a. i., qiram, i., & rubiono, g. (2019). pengaruh sudut kemiringan dan kecepatan putaran saringan pada unjuk kerja mesin pengayak pasir tipe rotary. 4(1), 7–9. datu, s. a., rachman, r., & selintung, m. (2020). the effect of additional sugar palm fibres on the durability of mixed laston ac-wc. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 419(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1755-1315/419/1/012063 dell’aquila, r. (2007). automatic sieve-shaker for determining soil aggregate stability and dimensional distribution using a vertical oscillation system. italian journal of agronomy, 2(4), 401. https://doi.org/10.4081/ija.2007.401 el-sayed, s. a., & mostafa, m. e. (2014). analysis of grain size statistic and particle size distribution of biomass powders. waste and biomass valorization, 5(6), 1005–1018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12649-014-9308-5 gaus, a., tjaronge, m. w., ali, n., & djamaluddin, r. (2015). compressive strength of asphalt concrete binder course (ac-bc) mixture using buton granular asphalt (bga). procedia engineering, 125, 657– 662. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2015.11.097 gomathi, p., & sivakumar, a. (2014). fly ash based lightweight aggregates incorporating clay binders. indian journal of engineering and materials sciences, 21(2), 227–232. gunarto, a. (2019). penelitian campuran aspal beton dengan menggunakan filler bunga pinus. ukarst, 3(1), 37. https://doi.org/10.30737/ukarst.v3i1.351 rizki, m., et al., classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker, (p. 21 – 31) 30 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 hunggurami, e., simatupang, p., & lori, a. (2015). studi kelayakan penggunaan tanah putih sebagai pengganti agregat halus (pasir) terhadap kualitas beton. jurnal teknik sipil nusa cendana, 4(1), 29–38. ks, r. l., & suhendra, s. (2018). pengaruh variasi gradasi pada agregat terhadap nilai kuat tekan cement treated base (ctb). jurnal talenta sipil, 1(2), 80. https://doi.org/10.33087/talentasipil.v1i2.11 manege, p. m. n., allo, e. k., & elektro-ft, j. t. (2017). rancang bangun timbangan digital dengan kapasitas 20kg berbasis microcontroller. 6(1), 57–62. nekkanti, h., putman, b. j., & danish, b. (2019). influence of aggregate gradation and nominal maximum aggregate size on the performance properties of ogfc mixtures. 2673(1), 240–245. https://doi.org/10.1177/0361198118821628 petit, a., cordoba, g., paulo, c. i., & irassar, e. f. (2018). novel air classification process to sustainable production of manufactured sands for aggregate industry. journal of cleaner production, 198, 112– 120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.07.010 prayogo, n., natakusuma, j. c., wulandari, p. s., & patmadjaja, h. (2020). pengaruh variasi gradasi agregat dari batas bawah hingga batas tengah pada campuran aspal emulsi dingin. jurnal dimensi pratama teknik sipil, 9(1), 180–187. rahman, s., abul, m., & azad, k. (2020). effect on properties of coarse aggregate with respect to different sources. january. sangiorgi, c., tataranni, p., simone, a., vignali, v., lantieri, c., & dondi, g. (2017). a laboratory and filed evaluation of cold recycled mixture for base layer entirely made with reclaimed asphalt pavement. construction and building materials, 138, 232–239. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.02.004 sumiati, & sukarman. (2014). influence of aggregate gradation on asphalt concrete characteristic value (ac-bc). journal of civil engineering, 10(1), 85–91. teymen, a. (2019). estimation of los angeles abrasion resistance of igneous rocks from mechanical aggregate properties. bulletin of engineering geology and the environment, 78(2), 837–846. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10064-017-1134-0 yan, w., cui, w., & qi, l. (2020). effect of aggregate gradation and mortar rheology on static segregation of self-compacting concrete. construction and building materials, 259, 119816. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2020.119816 yu, l., liu, z., zhang, h., & sun, q. (2020). study on microstructure influence mechanism to mechanical behavior of ogfc asphalt mixture. canadian journal of civil engineering, 47(5), 506–515. https://doi.org/10.1139/cjce-2018-0782 yusuf, f. a., ridwan, a., & setianto poernomo, y. c. (2019). penelitian penambahan bahan serbuk dolomite dan pasir brantas pada campuran aspal beton. jurnal manajemen teknologi & teknik sipil, 2(2), 214. https://doi.org/10.30737/jurmateks.v2i2.513 zhang, y., luo, x., onifade, i., huang, x., lytton, r. l., & birgisson, b. (2019). mechanical evaluation of aggregate gradation to characterize load carrying capacity and rutting resistance of asphalt mixtures. construction and building materials, 205, 499–510. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2019.01.218 rizki, m., et al., classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker, (p. 21 – 31) 31 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 zhang, y., ma, t., ling, m., & huang, x. (2019). mechanistic sieve-size classification of aggregate gradation by characterizing load-carrying capacity of inner structures. journal of engineering mechanics, 145(9), 04019069. https://doi.org/10.1061/(asce)em.1943-7889.0001640 © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). classify aggregates in asphalt pavement layers (a.c-b. c) using sieve shaker methodology this research was conducted at the laboratory of the department of civil engineering, kadiri university. the experimental research method used with the sieve gradation testing method using the sieve shaker machine with aggregate objects(prayogo et al.... 1. tools and materials a. research materials b. research tools 2. data analysis results and discussion 1. test results conclusion references 55 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 literature study of political communication based on politic identity and symbolic interactionism: the role of middle class in information of democratization muhamad ferdy firmansyah1*, apip kurniawan2 1faculty of economics, universitas siliwangi, tasikmalaya 2faculty of social and political science, universitas padjadjaran, sumedang muhamadferdy77@gmail.com * abstract: political communication is a very important part of the development of politics in indonesia. every general election will be filled with various kinds of propaganda targeting various segments of society. identity politics is a form of public political expression that uses slogans that contain every political message. the characteristics of the use of identity politics can be identified through the concept of symbol interactionism. this study uses a qualitative approach with literature studies and focuses on analyzing the relationship between identity politics by identifying it with the concept of symbol interactionism and connecting it with acemoglu's three-class model with a focus on middle-class voters. the purpose of this study is to find out the impact of the movement of using identity politics targeting the lower middle class on efforts to mature democratization in political communication. this research will combine the phenomenon of identity politics with symbol interactionism to a simplified pattern of political communication. the results obtained are the phenomenon of identity politics which is identified by symbol interactionism and mathematical modeling is formed as an explanation for the classification of each phenomenon. the classification of each phenomenon found in this study includes elements of (1) revolution, (2) repression, and (3) coup. by referring to the literature associated with the identity politics model in symbol interactionism, it is found that the role of the middle class is very small in the revolution, very high for starting repression, and very unlikely to start a coup. keywords: identity politics; symbolic interactionism; human behavior; politics introduction politics is a phenomenon that affects people who always live in society. we know that humans have nature as social beings who will always live and develop dynamically. therefore, it can be said that politics is a symptom that manifests itself in the context of a person's development process, as part of that manifestation and the people are at the heart of politics. as stated by h. djawamaku (1985) which states that a human being has a basic unit to understand the empirical aspects of political analysis in his life. this shows that political science, cannot leave the human factor in it. the meaning of the use of the word politics itself refers to an individual’s actions and personal characteristics. the term politics over time is growing. the word politics is then absorbed into the term in indonesian, which has three meanings (wjs poerwadarminta, 183: 763), namely all affairs and actions (policies, tactics, and so on) regarding the interaction of a state government system with other countries, deception or cunning, and is used as a whole scientific discipline which is named political science. many experts put forward the definition of politics, but in short, politics can be understood as the process of forming and sharing power in society, which can be in the form of a process of policy mailto:muhamadferdy77@gmail.com 56 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 formation in a country. politics is also a tool used by citizens in realizing the common good. every country has a certain political system, including indonesia. the political system is the "vein" for every nation, which is the vital breath of a healthy, prosperous, and stable nation. the functioning of a healthy and prosperous political system depends on the great hope of the nation-state to express the "blood flow" for the growth and development of various aspects of state life. discussing about the political system, in the course of life this country has gone through various eras since its independence. starting with the development from the independence revolution to the present reform era. over time, many political groups emerged with identities in them. both concerning the religion, social, and culture of a group. such politics is often referred to as identity politics, which has the meaning that the implementation of politics prioritizes the interests of group members based on similar identities or characteristics, be it race, ethnicity, gender, or religion. identity policy is a political action that aims to influence politics, to control the distribution of what is considered a value, to the most basic demand, and primary self-determination. in its journey, identity politics is often used by the majority group to gain power. the use of identity politics in gaining power is felt to exacerbate differences and encourage conflict. identity politics seems to form an essentialist whole regarding the existence and recognition of certain social groups based on their primordial identification. according to agnes heller, identity politics is a political concept and movement that refers to differences as part of the main political strategy. in general, two main factors make ethnic-religious appearances attractive, as if used, and influential in the political process. first, when religious ethnicity is threatened with extinction, it is necessary to maintain or protect the identity of the group. second, when the political process is competitive. this means that the political process forces identity groups to face each other, no one is dominant, so it is not very clear who will win. elections, including pilkada (local general election in indonesia), are political processes in which various factors, such as identity, are threatened. it all depends on the actors involved how to manage issues such as ethnicity and religion that are proposed. the issue of the relationship between religion and politics is an issue that will always surround human life and still leaves debate in it. the answer to this question always provokes debate about the position of religion in the political arena, which in practice will always involve two opposing groups. one party campaigns for religion to be included in every political consideration (hidayat, 2017). this idea is hereinafter called theocracy or government based on religion. as a result, religion becomes the highest umbrella in every political cycle. on the other hand, the other side rejects religious interference in political affairs. religion must be separated from public discourse, understood as a private matter that only concerns personal interests. religion is nothing more than a ritual that describes the relationship of human dependence on god. therefore, there is no good reason for the state to take care of religion, just as an individual has no right to bring religion into the political arena. it can be seen that religion is not only a trigger for social cohesion but also has the potential to cause social conflict. this condition is mainly determined by the position of religion, especially when it is in public discourse. public discourse can accelerate the internalization of the value of social conflict in society. there are different views regarding the existence of religious "interference" in the political sphere. if we observe together that there is a fundamental difference between the two things. religious teachings about direction, rituals of worship, and morality. meanwhile, politics in practice is more about the basic rules for the struggle for power in the context of state life. however, the two can be combined, as we see in the teachings of islam, in history, where religion and politics cannot be separated from the time of the prophet until now. this is different from christian teachings which strictly separate the rights of church and state. this can be seen in christian societies in the west, where there is a clear separation between religion and state. religion is a private matter. the state should not interfere in it. the state protects and regulates a person as a citizen, not a shepherd of the faithful. 57 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 the development of identity politics can also be seen from the composition of adherents of the dominant religion in a country. by looking at the composition of the indonesian people, who are predominantly muslim, it is considered "natural" for religion to try to play a role in politics. this is also supported by historical factors, which as we know that religion had a close relationship with politics at the time of the prophet muhammad, although this also caused quite serious political problems. conflicts and problems between islamic dynasties have never subsided and are still raging. the emergence of political power struggles seasoned with religious legitimacy. an example is a dispute between saudi arabia and its ally, iran, which plays a major role in the middle east conflict. both sides claim to be supporters of islam, but both have different political agendas. in islamic society, there is always an obsession to establish a system of government in the form of an "islamic state". by using the verses of the qur'an and hadith as the basis of the state, the reference and agenda of each policy will be taken. in short, it can be understood that religion is felt to be included in the space of the state political system. this is due to the strong influence of religious symbols on politics. thus, indonesia is no exception in the islamic world, the role of ulama is very significant in every election process. the middle class is a group that mediates between the poor and the rich. the middle class is not only required to pay taxes but also requires some income redistribution provided by the government. the poor class has a tendency to pay less taxes (or in some government policies will be exempt from tax obligations) and for developing countries will have a fairly large mass mobilization. in addition, the poor tend to receive the greatest benefits from income redistribution in the form of social and health assistance to support their welfare. on the other hand, the rich have very high tax obligations and can take care of their own needs without help from the government. the middle class has an important role in creating a democratic balance and controlling stable political communication between the characteristics of the poor and the rich which have very large differences. one of these democratizations can be used by the middle class through the use of balanced political communication to maintain the political system and socio-political stability in their environment. in conclusion, the middle class is the most important key decision of democratization. the existence of democratization depends on the incomes of the middle class. because they are middle-class voters, they can lead the political system in part or in full. increasing the share of middle-class income will change the behavior of the middle class, who demand a lower income redistribution from the government. we can see in practice, the election process that took place in indonesia in 2019 (intan, 2019). that the issue of religious identity is still very strong is used as a basis for politics for some elements in society. not only religion is used as a tool to get people's votes, but identity politics, such as race, ethnicity, and other social groups, is also widely exploited in this democratic party. this is also the impact of the politicization of religion that surfaced in the pilkada dki jakarta (general election of special capital city of jakarta) which took place in 2017 ago (nasrudin, 2018). this leaves a hard mark for some people in the use of identity politics in elections. so that it can be used again in the 2019 election, it may continue in the next election. other than that, the strengthening of political identity politicized religion that occurred during the new order. one of the impacts of the suppression of freedom of expression in the public sphere. today, when islam is given space for expression, it is being misused by politicians to gain votes. religion concept many opinions state that the term religion comes from sanskrit, namely "a" which means not, and "gama" which means chaotic. so the term religion can be interpreted as not chaotic (orderly). thus religion can also be interpreted as a regulation, namely a regulation that regulates the human condition, as well as regarding something supernatural, regarding character and social life together. 58 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 according to daradjat (2005), religion is a process of human relations, which is felt about something where he believes that there is something higher than humans. religion is interpreted by some experts as a system of symbols, belief systems, value systems, and institutionalized behavioral systems, all of which focus on issues that are manifested as the most meaningful (ultimate mean hypothetical). cliffort geertz termed religion as a system of symbols that refers to the regulation of a strong mood of motivation. this is what penetrates endures in man, formulating the idea of a general order of existence. moreover, he wraps these concepts in such a glimmer of reality that his moods and motivations are realistic (geertz, 1992). religion is described by hadikusuma in agus (2006) as teaching revealed by god as a guide in human life. some describe religion as a universal feature of human social life in the sense that all societies have a way of thinking and behaving which is called "religion" which consists of symbols, images, beliefs, and values. the specific way in which people interpret their existence, which contains a ritual component. there are several other terms for religion, including religion, religion (english), religie (dutch), religio / relegare (latin), dien (arabic), religion (english). the word religie (dutch) comes from the mother tongue of both languages, in particular from the latin root "religio" "relegare", which means obligatory. according to cicero, relegare means doing something with great suffering, that is, the type of worship that is done repeatedly and continuously. lactancius defines the word relegare as binding together in a common union. in arabic, religion is known as al-din and al-milah. the word aldin itself contains various meanings. it can mean al-mulk (royal), al-khidmat (service), al-izz (glory), aldzull (disgrace), al-ikrah (coercion), al-ihsan (benevolence), al-adat (habits of ), al-ibadat (devotion), al-qahr wa al-sulthan (power and government), al-tadzallulwa al-khudu (submission and obedient), altha'at (obedience), al-islam al-tauhid ( surrender and unite god). identity politics theoretically, identity politics is politics to advance the interests of group members, because they have the same identity or characteristics, regardless of race, ethnicity, gender, or religion. identity politics is another form of different politics. identity policy is a political action that aims to direct aspirations to influence politics, to control the distribution of values that are valued for the most basic demand, namely pre-determination of self-determination. ethnic-based identity politics is reflected in efforts to incorporate values into regional regulations, separate government areas, seek special autonomy, and separate themselves. at the same time, identity politics can be more narrowly defined as a sign for an activist who moves politically (cressida, 2007). whereas in a broad sense, identity politics refers to liberation from marginalized situations that specifically involve group voters (membership) in a wider context or for biological purposes. examples are race politics and gender politics. according to agnes heller, identity politics is a political movement that focuses on diversity as the main political category. identity policy stems from individual awareness to develop a certain identity in the form of relations in the original ethnicreligious identity. however, in the next journey, the identity policy was hijacked and adopted by the majority group to assert its supremacy. the use of identity policies to seize power, which exacerbates differences and conflicts of contention, does not mean that it is not sharply criticized. identity politics seems to emphasize the existence of essentialist integrity in the existence of certain social groups based on initial identification. agnes heller defines identity politics as the political concept of a movement that focuses on differences as the main political category (sabhana, 2002). in every community, although they have ideologies, they have the same goal, it cannot be denied that there are different types of individuals who have their individuality and identity. 59 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 so, in general, the general theory of identity policy results. different research results show that two main factors make ethnic religion attractive. use to be influential in the political process. first, when ethnic religions are threatened. there is a need to preserve or protect some kind of identity. second, when the political process is competitive. this means that the political process forces identity groups to face each other, no one is dominant, so it is not clear who will win in the long run. elections, including pilkada, are a political process in which various factors, such as identity, are threatened. it's just a matter of how threatened the actors involved in managing these ethnic-religious issues are. symbolic interactionism the idea of symbolic interaction theory was popularized by herbert blumer in 1939. the theory of symbolic interaction was put forward by many world sociologists such as john dewey, chales horton cooley, to gh mead (1932) . this theory focuses on the use of expressions of symbols (vocals, physical movements, body expressions, and other media that are done consciously) with the interaction between individuals consciously causing reciprocity. (siregar, 2011). the theory developed has its characteristics but in general, the theory developed by gh mead (1932) regarding symbolic interaction has become one of the references in several studies (siregar, 2011; setiawati, 2011; pramitha 2020; shintaviana, fv, & yudarwati, ga, 2014 ). the theory developed by gh mead (1932) is based on ideas about individuals' relationships with society. at the heart of symbolic interaction is a typical human activity, namely the communication or exchange of sensible symbols. gh mead (1932) illustrates that the main prerequisite that needs to be achieved from a process of unifying the human segment is through symbols that are believed and adhere to a uniform definition that embodies cultural unity. (setiawati, 2011). from this point of view, it can be assumed that human behavior should be considered as a process that allows people to shape their behavior, taking into account the expectations of others with whom they cooperate (blumer, 1969). the definitions they give to other people, situations, objects, and even themselves, determine human behavior. in this context, meaning is constructed in the process of interaction; the process is not a neutral environment that allows social forces to play their role but is the real ingredient of a social organization of social forces. according to the theory of symbolic interaction, social life is primarily a human interaction that uses symbols, they are interested in the way people use symbols that represent what they mean to communicate with each other. and also the impact of the interpretation of these symbols on the behavior of the parties in social relations. in conclusion, the theory of symbolic interaction is based on the prerequisites (1) individuals respond to symbolic situations, (2) meaning is the result of social interaction, and (3) meanings interpreted by individuals can change from time to time. the important concept that mead (1932) puts forward in this regard is contained in his book mind, self and society (pramitha, 2020). mead (1932) takes three concepts that are necessary to influence each other to build a theory of symbolic interaction. symbolic interactions specifically describe language, thoughts, and reflection social interactions (siregar, 2011; setiawati, 2011; pramitha 2020; shintaviana, fv, & yudarwati, ga, 2014). thought, as a social phenomenon, is not a process of talking to oneself. thought originates in a social process. social processes precede thought, and social processes are not products of thought (soekanto, 2009). the thought itself can evoke not only one response but the response of society in general (ritzer, 2007). this means that the mind responds to a particular organization. when a person has that answer within himself, that is what is called thought. after the mind is formed, attention will focus on the interaction, where a nonverbal or verbal cue can be formed that can influence people's thoughts in interacting. an interaction can be a form of a symbol that has a special meaning (a significant symbol). (siregar, 2011). in pragmatic practice, thinking also includes thinking processes that lead to problem-solving. the real world is full of 'problems' it is a function of the mind trying to solve problems to enable one to be more productive in life. 60 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 mead (1932) (1932) also has a view of the self (self). the self is the ability to accept oneself as an object and, on the other hand, as a subject (mead (1932). in social relations, the self often acts as the subject. the self appears to develop when there is social communication or communication between humans. in mead (1932) 's thought, we can focus on the concept of symbolic interactionism which has a focus on the philosophy of pragmatism and psychological behaviorism, first in the philosophy of pragmatism covering several sociologically oriented aspects and second for psychological behaviorism, which is a self-perspective that creates stimuli or behaviors that elicit responses. (dalmenda & elian, 2016). the self also allows a person to participate in conversations or interact with others. having a role here means that a person can understand what they are saying, listen to what is being said to others, and then decide what to say about their relationship with the other person. to achieve self, one must leave oneself or be "outside oneself" to see oneself as an object that can be rationally reflected without using emotions. people cannot feel themselves directly, but by placing themselves indirectly, especially from the perspective of others. because of this reflection, the self becomes one with the social group. mead (1932) speaks of society in general, which means the endless social process that precedes self-thought. society is very important for the growth and development of the mind. society is also a collection of organized responses that make up the individual. society will determine its values and norms for its community (soekanto, 2009). norms or rules in written institutions (constitutional law, applicable law, sanctions according to applicable official law) unwritten (ordinary law, custom, sanctions are social or moral sanctions (eg expulsion). community institutions mean general responses in society or customs this life habit is the result of social interactions that shape and are shaped by society (shintaviana, fv, & yudarwati, ga, 2014). according to mead (1932) , social institutions should only define what individuals should do in a very broad sense. general, providing sufficient space for individuals with creative abilities. the role of middle class in democratization in daron acemoglu's paper he explains the two-order model i ∈ [r, p] that the rich and the poor have an impact on democratization. democratization function is 𝒇𝒇(𝝁𝝁, 𝒌𝒌, 𝝋𝝋, 𝜽𝜽, 𝝉𝝉𝒊𝒊, 𝜹𝜹) 𝝁𝝁 = cost of revolution 𝒌𝒌 = cost of repression 𝝋𝝋 = cost of coup 𝜽𝜽𝒓𝒓 = an income shared of rich people, 𝜽𝜽𝒑𝒑 = an income shared of poor people 𝑽𝑽𝒊𝒊 = indirect utility of consuming government policy 𝜹𝜹𝒓𝒓 = a proportion of rich people 𝜹𝜹𝒑𝒑 = a proportion of poor people 61 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 in non-democratic conditions, the rich have de jure power to determine what they prefer. tax rate 𝝉𝝉𝒊𝒊 while the poor have a de facto force, which is a collective action revolution against the rich. revolution occurs when the transfer is not enough means that the rich set low tax rates to maximize their indirect utilities. since the revolution is always successful. և the rich get nothing after the revolution. the likelihood of democratization increases as the rich choose to democratize to prevent a revolution. it is the expected payment for the rich in a nondemocratic environment higher than the poor because it can set a tax rate that can maximize their consumes useful. 𝑽𝑽𝒓𝒓(𝑵𝑵𝑵𝑵) > 𝑽𝑽𝒓𝒓(𝑵𝑵) note that 𝝉𝝉𝒓𝒓 < 𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑 𝒚𝒚𝒓𝒓 − 𝝉𝝉𝒓𝒓𝒚𝒚𝒓𝒓 + (𝑪𝑪(𝝉𝝉𝒓𝒓) − 𝝉𝝉𝒓𝒓)𝒚𝒚� > 𝒚𝒚𝒓𝒓 − 𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑𝒚𝒚𝒓𝒓 + (𝑪𝑪(𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑) − 𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑)𝒚𝒚� however, the rich still have a choice: either repression or democratization when the poor choose to make a revolution. repression is more attractive in a poor society, as the rich may realize that the cost of repression is lower than the price of democratization. because democratization with higher transfers be expensive for the rich, the rich prefer repression to democratization. so, the likelihood of democratization decreases. with the two-class model, assuming that citizens are poor, they make up the majority people, which means that they have the power to act collectively against the elites. we: know that the elites are rich, they do not want to pay high taxes, the poor they can make a revolution when they worry about being the remnants of a post-revolution higher than staying under non-democracy. de jure power can be transfer from the rich to the poor by revolution or democratization (acemoglu, 2003). 𝑽𝑽𝒑𝒑(𝑹𝑹, 𝝁𝝁) > 𝑽𝑽𝒑𝒑(𝑵𝑵𝑵𝑵) (𝟏𝟏 − 𝝁𝝁)𝒚𝒚� 𝜹𝜹𝒎𝒎 + 𝜹𝜹𝒑𝒑 > 𝒚𝒚𝒑𝒑 − 𝝉𝝉𝒓𝒓𝒚𝒚𝒑𝒑 + (𝑪𝑪(𝝉𝝉𝒓𝒓) − 𝝉𝝉𝒓𝒓)𝒚𝒚� before the transition to democracy, elites can exert pressure to stop the poor development of the poor. repression occurs when the poor are very poor. the rich realize that in a democracy, there is a higher price to pay than tax the cost of repression, as the poor can impose higher taxes in a democracy. therefore, the rich prefer to use repression in a poor society. 𝑽𝑽𝒓𝒓(𝑶𝑶|𝒌𝒌) > 𝑽𝑽𝒓𝒓(𝑵𝑵) (𝟏𝟏 − 𝒌𝒌)𝒚𝒚𝒓𝒓 > 𝒚𝒚𝒓𝒓 − 𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑𝒚𝒚𝒓𝒓 + (𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑 − 𝑪𝑪(𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑))𝒚𝒚� in a democracy, de jure power belongs to the majority of voters who are poor. they can set their preferred tax 𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑. coups are being carried out by the rich it only happens in a democracy. when the poor set a high tax rate, it means the rich should give them a higher transfer, the price of staying in democracy relatively higher than the cost of the coup. higher tax rates make it more attractive coup for the rich. consequently, the probability of remaining in a democracy decreases. the following equation shows the indirect benefit of a coup when the tax rate is high because the rich are better off. the greater the tax burden on the rich, the greater the tax burden the more social conflict. 𝑽𝑽𝒓𝒓(𝑪𝑪, 𝝋𝝋) > 𝑽𝑽𝒓𝒓(𝑵𝑵) (𝟏𝟏 − 𝝋𝝋)𝒚𝒚𝒓𝒓 > 𝒚𝒚𝒓𝒓 − 𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑𝒚𝒚𝒓𝒓 + (𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑 − 𝑪𝑪(𝝉𝝉𝒑𝒑))𝒚𝒚� moreover, the middle class plays an important role in development of democracy. first, the middle class can change the political system democracy, in particular, it has greater power in the context of partial democracy. second, that can spread political power over the poor և partially turn into full democracy. third, the middle class can be a buffer between the rich and the poor. finally, average class as a linear, which has more power than solid lines to smoothly transition to a democratic race. in conclution of acemoglu’s work, the model is focusing to the rich and poor position in democratization with different role. in model we assume that rich people prefer to non-democracy because of future allocation is more costly. in the other hand, the poor people prefer the democratization to gain the public policy for social care and any other program for wealth. this gap because poor people need higher transfer from government 62 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 than the rich people want to pay lower tax. in the population, we have known and assume that poor people most populated than rich people and make them to majority vote, especially in developing country. method the library research method or another term is library research, which is a technique where data is collected by reviewing literature from various sources such as books, reports, notes and literature related to a problem that you want to study. solved (nazir, 2003). literature study is a series of activities related to the method of collecting library data by reading, taking notes, and processing research materials (supriyadi, 2016). according to danandjaja, library research is a research method in the form of a bibliography that is systematically arranged scientifically in which there are bibliographic materials related to research targets, research techniques, data collection using library methods, as well as organizing and presenting data (danandjaja, 2014). in a literature study methodology generally used is an approach in the form of a qualitative approach that produces information in the form of descriptive data and notes under study. the use of this literature study is used, among others, to seek and find information related to the problem under study, examine a theory that is the basis for the topic to be studied, seek a theoretical basis and also try to deepen the knowledge of researchers about a problem and field. to be studied (setiawan, 2020). results the development of identity politics in indonesia humans are social creatures who need other people, cannot live alone, each individual must interact with each other. all individuals certainly want both economic, cultural, social, political, and so on. to do this, of course, can be done in different ways the well-being of each individual is relative. in the process of achieving prosperity, of course, not all positions can be held by every individual. of course, there will be competition to achieve it, namely prosperity, which can change the main goal. any means to achieve goals, but holding a position in a larger, larger institution, system, or organization, pursuing certain interests, ideals, can be said to have such behavior. political. according to deliar noer politics is all behavior related to power with a specific purpose to influence, change or maintain agreement in society. (nambo & peluhuluwa, 2005) as for identity, it is an element of characteristics or distinctions between one or more people. the so-called national identity, which is a character or identity of a country. likewise, an identity must exist in humans, as well as politics in society. therefore, there is something called political identity in recent times. identity politics is a political way to unite groups based on similarities with themselves, be it race, ethnicity, religion, and even gender. (nasrudin, 2018) in this ethnic format, according to cressida heyes, according to her, identity politics is a sign or characteristic of political activity. (nasrudin, 2018) in a broad definition, identity politics is for interest and liberation from the marginalized system specifically from membership and more broadly. therefore, it can be said that a development related to identity politics in indonesia stems from the awareness that identifies the community as a group. so from this awareness finally emerged solidarity for the group itself. according to klaus von beyme, this identity politics has undergone several developments, starting from the pre-modern stage to the post-modern stage. (habibi, 2018) fundamental divisions, the emergence of socio-political movements from these groups in a comprehensive way. in this case, under the leadership of a leader who aims to seize power from the old ruler to the new ruler. in modern times, he uses this stage with a conventional (early) approach. as a result of the split, of course, requires movement from top to bottom to get balance. in this stage, the role of a leader is no 63 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 longer dominant and the ultimate goal of the struggle is equal distribution of power. after that, came the post-modern stage. it is a movement that derives from its dynamics so that there arose criticism and protest from several groups because there had been various individualist opportunities. although no one is dominant in the division of a group, the pattern of actions and activities of the group no longer has its territory (territory). (habibi, 2018). the goals of each group are, of course, different from those of the classical nationalists. they do not want self-confidence (determinism) from a group or nation in a region (country). however, it will be more of protection and advancement for the group for the parties involved in it in an existing country or group. although no one is dominant in the division of a group, the pattern of actions and activities of the group no longer has its territory (territory). (habibi, 2018). the goals of each group are, of course, different from those of the classical nationalists. they do not want self-confidence (determinism) from a group or nation in a region (country). however, it will be more of protection and advancement for the group for the parties involved in it in an existing country or group. although no one is dominant in the division of a group, the pattern of actions and activities of the group no longer has its territory (territory) (habibi, 2018). the goals of each group are, of course, different from those of the classical nationalists. they do not want self-confidence (determinism) from a group or nation in a region (country). however, it will be more of protection and advancement for the group for the parties involved in it in an existing country or group. in indonesia, the democratic process is something that cannot be separated from religion or ethnicity. this can be seen in the participation of political parties in general elections in previous years, in regional mayoral elections. the strengthening of the political identity of political representation automatically appears as a result of the opening of political participation from the reform era to the present. so, in general, it can be said that identity politics shows that there are two factors where religion and ethnicity are very influential in the political process. first, religion and ethnicity are factors that are at stake. because to protect the identity of each group: to protect. second, politics is competitive. this leads to the fact that identity groups face each other, no one being too dominant. so, in general elections, including local elections, that identity is very important and has a strong influence on him. therefore, the task of the actors involved is to manage issues such as ethnicity and religion in matters that affect politics. a success from the application of political identity in crime was during the 2019 presidential election because in this activity it had become a raw model for several regions to use political identity as the main foundation in political activities, both formal and informal. the practice of democracy in indonesia seems to have shifted from deliberation to competition for those who know neither friend nor foe. the danger of excessive political identity will certainly lead to fascism, or even fall into a much worse condition, namely separatism. this political identity was created by some of these groups to create a state of self-isolation. forcing the indonesian people to lose their memory of the history of its diversity. in short, identity politics cannot be countered with a more lenient identity politics. of course, it must be opposed, it must be emphasized that religion should not be introduced in the political field. religion is a religion for each of its adherents, as a moral guide both individually and socially. because religion emphasizes faith, personality rituals: morality. while politics itself emphasizes the struggle for power within the state. if religion is included in politics, there will be community violence on the horizon, democracy, the spirit of democracy that was opposed in 1998, will be in vain. apart from religious figures, as well as islam, buddhism, christianity, confucianism, protestantism, and other religions, he called for not appearing among religious groups by certain groups to satisfy themselves and their families with power. in a book entitled “the good, the bad and the ugly of identity politics” published by princeton university, united states, he gives an example of an activity using identity politics in canada. he also said that identity politics is a global disease that must be cured because discrimination has occurred and then the new jersey supreme court has decided to make anti 64 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 discrimination legislation (wartika, 2020). this case did not only appear in indonesia, but also canada and america. even though the us is more concerned with human rights and democracy, it is still unimaginable if a muslim can become a president in the us, but it is a very burdensome thing because of the religious beliefs that are embraced in it. so, it is only natural that this situation appears similar in indonesia. first, the majority of religions in indonesia are islam. second, the relationship between religion and politics has always been unified even though this has also caused problems in politics. identity politics in the 2019 general election: role of middle class this identity politics in indonesia is increasingly embedded in the local realm along with the politics of deternalization. after the enactment of law no. 22 of 1999, this identity politics has become increasingly clear. many political actors take advantage of this consciously by using the issue of power-sharing (habodin, 2012). as reported by kompas.com on 9/4/19, intelligence and security observer, stanislaus riyanta said that the 2019 election is inseparable from identity politics which can cause chaos and have the potential to cause conflict in society. therefore, according to stanislaus, regarding identity politics, attention must be paid to this. because it should be noted that conflicts that occur in indonesian society are the result of an identity background. in addition, one of the things that triggers a conflict is the spread of fake news (hoax). this event was once brought up by the presidential and vice-presidential candidates in the 2019 election to win. therefore, these two aspects must certainly get the attention of several parties and the community. because it will cause a very big conflict. (erdiato, 2019) as reported by komnasham.go.id on february 19, 2019, the deputy chairperson of komnas ham, hairansyah, participated in a discussion related to the prevention and handling of election actions, especially identity politics, organized by the legal division of the national police headquarters. this action is to get support from the same community, both race, ethnicity, culture, religion, and so on. the danger of such action is vulnerable to conflict and division. therefore, to minimize this, of course, all parties take an active role in the supervision to harmonize a common point of view (komnasham, 2019). reporting from cnn indonesia, komnas ham said that in indonesia identity politics has always been the root of the problem in the issue of racism. thus, a person or group who lives in one identity will usually exercise supremacy because that group is superior to other groups. this racism case has been going on for so long, that komnas ham surveyed 2011-2018. it turned out that in 2016 and 2017, it turned out that this racial case was quite increasing with as many as 77 cases, most of which occurred in jakarta, indonesia as many as 34 cases. followed by diy with 25 cases, west sumatra with 6 cases, north sumatra with 6 cases, and west java with three cases related to racism (cnnindonesia, 2021). during the 2019 presidential election campaign, it became a way for the public to get information about the ideas or mindsets of candidate pairs. thus, the public is looking forward to the emergence of various pragmatic stories that can be the basis for making their choice on august 17th. but unfortunately, the campaign that has been going on for more than five months is still dominated by sara, identity politics, hate speech campaigns (falsification), hate speech campaigns, and political mockery of non-content circles. in a campaign that was intensified by mass media activities, including through buzzers to accelerate the dissemination of questions to promote a quality electoral process, this case has added to the system of public incitement; intensify the movement for golput in general elections. with this incident, the center for political studies at the university of indonesia (puskapol ui) examined this by researching "managing political identity: counter-narrative stratification against identity political politicians in the 2019 elections through the involvement of candidate campaign teams". by conducting this research, the aim is to get a clearer and more detailed picture of the issue map and how to manage identity politics issues in the 2019 elections as well as to prepare 65 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 recommendations to encourage programmatic campaigns and counter-narrative strategies against identity issue politicians. the research system carried out is fgd and in-depth interviews with various parties from digital world experts, academics, election activists, media crews, and also representatives from each candidate pair campaign. the research was carried out in addition to fgds, but also nationally in three regions that have a high level of vulnerability to elections. based on data from the 2018 bawaslu-ri ikp, areas that are prone to high elections are the special region of yogyakarta, north sumatra (medan), and west kalimantan (pontianak). (ui, 2019) in this research activity, some very important disclosures need very serious attention, especially not only made by the two pairs of candidates, but also by stakeholders from the 2019 election. first, when contestation during the current presidential election is a residue. from the sharp polarization and issues related to identity politics that also occurred in the 2014 presidential election and the dki jakarta gubernatorial election in 2017. so it can be said that from these issues both dynamically and contestation are still being treated to this day. second, the electoral design that continues to set the presidential threshold, which also increases political intensity, because politically it only opens up opportunities for two candidates. third, the phenomenon of the emergence of the political consulting industry, influencers, and buzzers in candidate digital campaigns. digital platforms are very important in issue production and amplification of election-related content, their role can also exacerbate political polarization and the issues of politicization of identity in it. it can be seen clearly, that every non-programmatic issue is continuously produced and glorified by the cyber army of each camp. fourth, in the 2019 election, issues related to the presidential election were more dominant and eliminated or marginalized the public's attention to the legislative elections, both dpr-ri, dpd, and regional dprd. fifth, the media which is used as a means of information for the public at that time tend to study more related to non-programmatic issues in their reporting. digital platforms are very important in issue production and amplification of election-related content, their role can also exacerbate political polarization and the issues of politicization of identity in it. it can be seen clearly, that every non-programmatic issue is continuously produced and glorified by the cyber army of each camp. fourth, in the 2019 election, issues related to the presidential election were more dominant and eliminated or marginalized the public's attention to the legislative elections, both dpr-ri, dpd, and regional dprd. fifth, the media which is used as a means of information for the public at that time tend to study more related to non-programmatic issues in their reporting. digital platforms are very important in issue production and amplification of election-related content, their role can also exacerbate political polarization and the issues of politicization of identity that exist within them. it can be seen clearly, that every non-programmatic issue is continuously produced and glorified by the cyber army of each camp. fourth, in the 2019 election, issues related to the presidential election were more dominant and eliminated or marginalized the public's attention to the legislative elections, both dpr-ri, dpd, and regional dprd. fifth, the media which is used as a means of information for the public at that time tend to study more related to non-programmatic issues in their reporting. their role can also exacerbate political polarization and the issues of politicization of identity that exist within it. it can be seen clearly, that every non-programmatic issue is continuously produced and glorified by the cyber army of each camp. fourth, in the 2019 election, issues related to the presidential election were more dominant and eliminated or marginalized the public's attention to the legislative elections, both dpr-ri, dpd, and regional dprd. fifth, the media which is used as a means of information for the public at that time tend to study more related to non-programmatic issues in their reporting. their role can also exacerbate political polarization and the issues of politicization of identity that exist within it. it can be seen clearly, that every non-programmatic issue is continuously produced and glorified by the cyber army of each camp. fourth, in the 2019 election, issues related to the presidential election were more dominant and eliminated or marginalized the public's attention to the legislative elections, both dpr-ri, dpd, and regional dprd. fifth, the media which is used as a means of information for the public at that time tend to study more related to non-programmatic issues in their reporting. 66 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 from the points listed above, it can be seen and found in the three regions that have a high level of vulnerability to elections. the narrative in the campaign is more dominant in discussing campaigns at the national level so that it marginalizes local issues such as campaigns for legislative candidates and political parties at the regional level. tkd and bpd, in general, only transmit content from the center as a form of framing issues that are not following the context and political constellation at the regional level. with this, the candidates at the local level are in a complicated situation because it has divided the concentration of political parties between their focus on the legislative and presidential elections. so that legislative candidates and political parties experience a dilemma when they want to manage the issue of the presidential election campaign in the electoral district which is more characterized and diverse. (ui, if these findings continue, the campaign will continue and will not benefit the voting community, especially for the undecided voice group. in addition, the wider community even with the existence of these issues will certainly give negative assumptions. from the debate between the two candidates, the public wants a healthy fight by using the ideas or ideas of each candidate instead of bringing each other down. because with this, of course, it will be vulnerable to cause major conflict and a division. with this case in the 2019 pilkada, identity politics will also threaten the pilkada in the following years and will even become stronger as in the 2020 pilkada. the political polarization in the 2020 election is based on irrationality, which includes malicious campaigns, fake news. , slander and sara will strengthen in the 2020 elections. the role of social media is the main tool for reviewing developments related to campaigns, hoaxes, slander, and so on. if it is seen from that the use of social media indonesia is ranked 3rd in the world with the number of facebook users as many as 132 million users, twitter users as many as 50 million users, and instagram users around 45 million users. (kurnia, 2018) so that social media is likened to a double-edged sword. as a result of the political polarization that has occurred in 2019, identity politics has become a very powerful instrument for mobilizing the masses and voices. this identity politics will apply to people who have a high religious level, education level, and economic level. from these actions, people often become victims when consumed by negative narratives. this will certainly damage the existing democratic system in indonesia and prioritize aspects of opinion justice, especially in the election of a leader based on belief, vision-mission, quality, program, and so on regardless of ethnic origin and religion. as a nation that is intelligent in democracy, of course, it will put aside things or actions that discriminate against one another. because one of the goals of the election is to choose a leader who is trustworthy, responsible, honest, and can prosper the people. and each individual must also prioritize a high sense of tolerance between fellow human beings so that conflicts and divisions can be avoided. for this reason, to prevent the act of political identity from being carried out together. first, political parties need to carry qualified and integrity cadres in the elections so that the campaigns carried out do not carry sara, slander, hate speech, and so on. but, by holding this election, should focus on programs that can develop both at the regional and national levels. second, create a digitally literate society. by improving the field of education to make wise use of digital and maintain sustainable and also consolidated stakeholders, such as elections, kpu, bawaslu, kominfo, kemdikbud, menpora, and other institutions. (wartika, 2020) one of the conditions of the 2019 election which is thick with identity politics is where the public is already at a stage where they mock others for having different political choices. even between relatives, friends, and even parents, if there are political differences, there will be a tendency to break the ties of brotherhood. based on the polmark survey, 5.7% of respondents felt that this election had damaged the ties of brotherhood (bbc, 2019). mocking, making fun of is unavoidable. according to a sociologist from the university of brawijaya, i wayan suyadnya from the same source, 67 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 he said that it was as if this condition was allowed by the political elite. this political elite is responsible for the current conditions. the narrative that develops is that if you choose one candidate, you will go to heaven, and if you choose another, you will go to hell. identity politics is a weapon to achieve victory coupled with a post-truth strategy, namely the condition of objective facts no longer has much influence on the formation of public opinion, but beliefs and emotional attachments that are used as a basis for action (ristianto, 2019). in advance, we con to clasification the identity politics as the repression movement by the middle class and low class people. in the other side, the rich or we can to clasify the entrepreneur need to don’t focus with political communication tragedy but if the politic communication impact to business environment the rich will be act for represion for democatization. the revolution will be according to repression to govenrment policy. well the low, middle and high class in indonesian politic have to decicded the repression choice because this is the best way to accommodate all interests. we can to identify the politics is more brutal than the previous election (permana, 2019). the repression way in political communication happen in indonesia and it will be the “political maturity” to indonesian political system. according to them, the use of identity politics is used to get the most islamic predicate so that political opponents are associated with being un-islamic. analysis of symbolic interactionism theory on identity politics and the role of middle class after seeing how strong identity politics occurred in the 2019 general election, where the presidential and vice-presidential elections were held, this time we will discuss identity politics, especially about religion, which is still in demand among the public. symbolic interactionism theory can be explained in terms of basic forms and ideas about individuals and their interactions with society. human behavior is seen as a process that can shape behavior, regulate behavior, by paying attention to the expectations of others. social life is based on human interactions related to symbols, how humans or individuals use these symbols to represent what is meant, is by following influence that can arise from an interpretation of symbols. if you look at the case of the 2019 election, starting from the pre-campaign period to postelection, identity exploitation is used as a political propaganda tool, namely ethnicity, religion, race, and intergroup (sara). with one candidate taking a cleric with a large support base as his running mate, and another candidate pair supported by a religious organization, this means that the 2019 election is thick with identity politics based on religion, especially islam. jargons such as 2019 change the president (tagline supporter for ganti presiden), partai allah vs partai setan (god's party vs satan's party), people power (ardipandanto, 2019), coupled with news from the media that said one of the candidate pairs was close to a pesantren (religion school). this religious sentiment is realized because they see that people in their lives are very close to religion, especially if you look at it in the context of islam. this is shown by the existence of large islamic organizations such as nahdlatul ulama (nu), muhammadiyah which have a large follower base, so that the involvement of religion in the social life of indonesian society is still very strong. if we look into the theory of symbolic interactionism, it can be interpreted that the 2019 elections are based on the premise of the symbolic interactionism theory as follows: 1. individuals respond to a symbolic situation. if you see candidates creating certain symbols such as religion, society or individuals will see and respond to these symbols in a certain action. referring to the 2019 election, the desired response is that the community or individual will choose the candidate pair. 2. meaning is a product of social interaction. with the interaction between the candidate pair and the community or individual, meaning is created from the use of language. 68 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 3. the interpreted meaning will change from time to time in line with changing situations found in social interactions. this change occurs because individuals can carry out mental processes, namely communicating with themselves. this mental process can be used as a step or a way to make a respond to the symbol given to consider the eligibility of the candidate pair. mead (1932) put forward important concepts in symbolic interactionism, namely mind, self, and society. these concepts are needed to influence one another to construct symbolic interactionism. this symbolic interactionism sees that the community in determining their choices and actions in the context of the 2019 election is due to the process that mead (1932) says is mind, self, and society. this concept is seen to explain the above case. mead (1932) defines thought as the process of talking to oneself. this thought appears to develop in a social process. the idea is the ability of the individual to come up with not just one answer, but the answer of the whole community. according to mead (1932), it is also a process where individuals interact with themselves to see existing symbols. society or individuals see the pairs of candidates create a symbol used to get a response from the individual. in the process, individuals will think to themselves by looking at the symbols created by the two pairs of candidates. he also said that through this process of thinking with oneself, individuals will choose which of the stimuli to respond to. this is the beginning of individuals in choosing pairs of candidates in the context of the 2019 election. according to mead (1932), there are also four stages of interconnected actions, namely impulse, perception, manipulation, and consumption stage (upe, 2010). impulse is a spontaneous stimulus associated with the actor's sense of responsibility to the stimulus. when an individual receives a stimulus in the form of a statement or statement from a candidate pair through a symbol in the form of religion, it is an impulse. when one of the presidential candidates announces his partner and information is received by the individual, there is an impulse and reaction to the information that has been received. perception is when an actor or individual investigates, responds to a stimulus. information received from individuals will be considered for the selection of one of the two pairs of candidate candidates. by seeing the two pairs of candidates carrying an identity politics, what is given to the public is information, which can be said to be the most 'religious' one. information that comes to the community or individual then becomes a consideration for taking an action. manipulation is the stage where the individual determines the action. after the individual obtains the information, the decision has been made to choose who to choose. this stage is important so that the responses do not occur spontaneously. after understanding the information received, the individual will choose who he will choose in the election here, the individual begins to side with only one partner. the consumption stage is the stage where the actor or individual takes an action, such as defending the candidate pair he supports. the occurrence of actions such as mocking each other, ridiculing others who do not agree with him is proof of the entry of identity politics into the minds of individuals. any extreme action taken is the result of a person's thinking by looking at the stimulus he receives. according to mead (1932), self is the ability to accept oneself as a subject from the point of view that comes from society, and the self as a subject, a special ability. seeing oneself means consciously placing oneself in the environment of others, acting according to what one thinks, so that the individual or person can examine himself as others do. self allows you to play a role in communicating with other people, which means that the individual can be aware of what he is saying, listening to what is being conveyed to others. in a reciprocal relationship, as subject: subject, the 69 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 object is indicated by the concept of 'me' while the subject is indicated by the concept of 'i'. 'me' is the self that is seen by others, while 'i' is the self that pays attention to myself. when a stimulus or symbol is created by the candidate pair, they tries to place himself in another person in this context is society. with the politics of religious identity, the candidate pair tries to bring their religious side to society. the symbols carried are jargon such as takbir and others. these candidate pairs must understand that the community also has its own symbol where the community, especially traditional ones, is very close to religion so that the thoughts of the candidate pair will be felt and closer to the community through a religious approach, especially during campaigning. on the other hand, the community will see that the approach taken by the candidate pair is in line with what the community wants so that they feel represented and become one unit. mead (1932) also talks about society, which means that social processes will endlessly precede self-thought. society will influence individual actions, criticize and control them. on the other hand, he also has thoughts about social institutions which are a shared response or habit of living in a community. characteristics of institutions such as symbols of values, goals, norms, and others. the circumstances of the surrounding community can also influence the choices of individuals. when institutions in society already exist in this context of religion, then the choice to choose a candidate pair who carries a religious identity, especially one religion, has a greater chance for the individual to follow a joint decision because as stated that the institution is binding and relatively long. by looking at the explanation above, the entry of identity politics into the community is very wide open. the factor is because the identities carried by the two pairs of candidates are close to the identity of the community. the identity of the two candidate pairs regarding who is the most islamic is very close to a society where the religious culture is strong. the religious symbols used to make the individual or society respond in accordance with the symbols created. a stronger symbol is to feel that he is the most islamic and his opponent is associated with un-islamic. this becomes a process of interaction with symbols that occurs in individuals, so that in the end the individual will choose and perform an action according to the given stimulus. with symbols such as the devil's party vs allah's party, one candidate pair is close to the ulama, the other candidate is close to the pesantren, by making these claims and dropping the opponent as if it is not islamic, they respond to individuals to think that their choice is right and the others are wrong so that the response occurs namely mocking, making fun of and even between families becoming enemies. in identity politics, ties of ethnicity, race, religion, between groups, are like symbols of great potential, becoming a force for political action. this has an impact on political recognition and the desire to be treated, just as identity politics will be able to maintain cultural preservation and loyalty to the people (habibi, 2018). in general, this identity politics exists because it reconstructs a big story that they reject in principle, and builds a concept that can control the factors that are the main differentiator from the previous one (habibi, 2018). identity politics has positive aspects, such as efforts to preserve the cultural values inherent in the group so that the culture survives. the strengthening of this identity exists if the previous identity only accommodates some groups and cannot unite them. while the negative impact of identity politics is that this movement is an attempt to create a special group and prioritize that group. conclusions the 2019 election is full of identity politics. both pairs of candidates feel that they are the most religious, thus creating symbols that are accepted by the community. this opportunity is open because the candidate pairs know that religious identity is an issue that is very close to the community. seeing that several religious organizations in indonesia are very large and strong and supported by a very large number of masses, it proves that religion, especially islam, is very close to 70 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 the community, so it is felt that by taking advantage of this, the opportunities for winning in political contestation are wider. identity politics has become an appropriate and effective formula for mobilizing the masses and influencing public opinion to raise voices with an identity spice. symbolic interactionism sees the behavior of individuals to choose based on the existence of symbols received by individuals in the form of religious symbols. to achieve an action now, there is a process that occurs, mind, self, and society are concepts that are intended to see that the actions taken by individuals are due to these processes until they reach the taking of a response or action that interacts with the created symbols. the symbol of identity politics in the form of cornering political opponents with religious symbols makes the response given by the individual (society) difficult to control. mocking, making fun of is a response given because of the interaction with the symbols created so that this can happen. with these activities, these groups have a goal, namely to get the best and superior position among other groups. with this treatment, the government from several experts who are engaged in politics, that this political identity is very dangerous for a country because it can cause big conflicts and divisions. this is to minimize these cases, namely the government, the parties involved and the public must be literate about the political activities that will be held. because the involvement between religion and ethnicity is a very influential thing for a candidate to determine a privilege by taking advantage of all means that are carried out in an unhealthy (negative) way. with this case in the 2019 elections, identity politics will also threaten the elections in the following years and will even become stronger as in the 2020 elections. the political polarization in the 2020 elections is irrational based on which there are unethical and unethical campaigns. evil, fake news, slander, and sara will strengthen in the 2020 elections. meanwhile in the role of middle class study for the literature identification found that the voters (including low, middle and high class) have the position to be repression act for political communication and decision. identity politics has become a very powerful tool for mobilizing the masses and voices. this identity policy will especially apply to people who have a high level of religion, education, and economy. people often fall victim to this act when they are consumed by negative stories. this will certainly damage indonesia's democratic system, by prioritizing the aspect of fairness of opinion, especially in the election of leaders based on belief, vision, mission, and quality, program, regardless of ethnicity or religion. as a person who is intelligent in democracy, of course, he will put aside discriminatory things or actions. because one of the goals of the election is to choose a leader who is trustworthy, responsible, honest, and can prosper the people. and each individual must prioritize a high sense of tolerance between others so that there is no conflict or division. for this reason, to prevent the act of political identity from being carried out together. first, political parties must have qualified and complete cadres in elections so that their campaigns are not trapped in politics that smells of sara, slander, hate speech, and so on. however, with this election, the focus should on programs that can develop both at the regional and national levels. second, create a digital literacy society. the danger of identity politics is that it can create division and conflict so that parties such as politicians, policymakers, academics and, religious and ethnic leaders say that religion and ethnicity cannot be used as content in the political field. if viewed from religion, of course, the views of these religions are very different, for example from the history and teachings of islam, religion and, politics since the time of the apostles until now can still be united. this is different from christianity when christians prefer the theory of secularism when talking about politics. religion should not be included in politics, religion is sufficient as a living belief a moral guide in itself social. this case does not only occur in indonesia, but also canada and the united states. identity politics has positive aspects, such as efforts to preserve the cultural values inherent in the group so that the culture survives. the strengthening of this identity exists if the previous identity 71 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 only accommodates some groups and cannot unite them. while the negative impact of identity politics is that this movement is an attempt to create a special group and prioritize that group. so, of course, the situation is similar in indonesia. first, most religions in indonesia are islam. second, the relationship between religion and politics is always unified, although it also creates problems in politics. .acknowledgments: in this section, you can acknowledge any support given, which is not covered by the author's contribution or funding sections. this may include administrative and technical support, or donations in kind (e.g., materials used for experiments). conflicts of interest: declare conflicts of interest or state “the authors declare no conflict of interest.” authors must identify and declare any personal circumstances or interests that may be perceived as inappropriately influencing the representation or interpretation of reported research results. references abbas, t., & manan, w. k. (2005). keterkaitan antara demokrasi politik, demokrasi ekonomi dan sistem ekonomi kerakyatan. mimbar: jurnal sosial dan pembangunan, 21(3), 429-439. abdullah, a. (2018). membaca komunikasi politik gerakan aksi bela islam 212: antara politik identitas dan ijtihad politik alternatif. an-nida', 41(2), 202-212. acemoglu, d. robinson, j. a. 2003. economic origins of dictatorship and democracy agus, b. (2006). agama dalam kehidupan manusia. jakarta: pt. raja grafindo persada. alfaqi, m. z. (2016). memahami indonesia melalui prespektif nasionalisme, politik identitas, serta solidaritas. jurnal ilmiah pendidikan pancasila dan kewarganegaraan, 28(2). ardipandanto, a. (2020). dampak politik identitas pada pilpres 2019: perspektif populisme. politica vol. 11 no. 1, 43-63. arifin, z. (2012). buru babi: politik identitas laki-laki minangkabau. humaniora, 24(1), 29-36. arikunto. (1990). prosedur penelitian suatu pendekatan praktek. jakarta: rineka cipta. asshiddiqie, j. (2010). konstitusi ekonomi. penerbit buku kompas. bbc. (2019, april 26). politik identitas: pilpres 2019 ungkap potensi keretakan sosial di masyarakat. retrieved from bbc.com: https://www.bbc.com/indonesia/indonesia-48062051 blumer, h. (1969). symbolic interactionism : perspective and method. new jersey: prentice hall. cressida, h. (2007). identity politic. amerika serikat: stanford encyclopedia of philosophy. dalmeda, m. a., & elian, n. (2017). makna tradisi tabuik oleh masyarakat kota pariaman (studi deskriptif interaksionisme simbolik. jurnal antropologi: isu-isu sosial budaya, 18(2), 135150. danandjaja, j. (2014). metode penelitian kepustakaan. jurnal antropologi ui no. 52, 82-92. derung, t. n. (2017). interaksionisme simbolik dalam kehidupan bermasyarakat. sapa-jurnal kateketik dan pastoral, 2(1), 118-131. dwita, d. (2014). televisi dan kepentingan pemilik modal dalam perspektif teori ekonomi politik media. jurnal ipteks terapan, 8(4), 252-261. erdiato, k. (2019). pengamat: pemilu 2019 tak lepas dari politik identitas dan hoaks. jakarta: kompas.com. fauzia, a., prihatna, a. a., abubakar, i., al-makssary, r., pranawati, r., aziz, s. a., ... & kamil, s. 72 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 (2011). islam di ruang publik: politik identitas dan masa depan demokrasi di indonesia. fernandes, a. (2018). politik identitas dalam pemilu 2019: proyeksi dan efektivitas. centre for strategic and international studies. firmansyah, m. f. (2019) pengaruh komunikasi politic entertainment melalui iklan terhadap tingkat keterpilihan partai politik pada pemilihan umum 2019. jurnal gama societa, 3(1), 9-18. firmansyah, m. f. (2021). impact of political institution role to anti-corruption perception index: an experience from indonesia. international journal of community service & engagement, 2(1), 20-41. geertz, c. (1992). kebudayaan dan agama. yogyakarta: kanisius. habibi, m. (2018). analisis politik identitas di indonesia. researchgate. habodin, m. (2012). menguatnya politik identitas di ranah lokal. jurnal studi pemerintahan vol. 3 no. 1, 120-121. hakiki, k. m. (2011). politik identitas agama lokal (studi kasus aliran kebatinan). analisis: jurnal studi keislaman, 11(1), 159-174. harahap, n. (2014). penelitian kepustakaan. jurnal iqra' vol. 8 no. 1, 68-73. hemay, i., & munandar, a. (2016). politik identitas dan pencitraan kandidat gubernur terhadap perilaku pemilih. politik, 12(1), 1737. hermanto, a. b. (2018). politik hukum dalam demokrasi ekonomi indonesia. jurnal hukum dan bisnis (selisik), 4(1), 4-28. hidayat, komaruddin. 2017. agama dan politik. https://geotimes.id/kolom/politik/agama-danpolitik/ (diakses pada 17 april 2021) intan, ghita. 2019. politisasi agama kental warnai pemilu 2019. https://www.voaindonesia.com/a/politisasi-agama-kental-warnai-pemilu2019/4901972.html (diakses pada 17 april 2021) komnasham. (2019). ancaman politik identitas dalam pemilu 2019. jakarta: komnasham.go.id. kusmanto, h. (2014). partisipasi masyarakat dalam demokasi politik. jppuma: jurnal ilmu pemerintahan dan sosial politik uma (journal of governance and political social uma), 2(1), 78-90. kurnia, t. (2018). 5 negara dengan jumlah media sosial terbnayak, indonesia berapa? jakarta: liputan6.com. maarif, a. s., maarif, a. s., ali-fauzi, i., & panggabean, s. r. (2010). politik identitas dan masa depan pluralisme kita. pusat studi agama dan demokrasi (pusad), yayasan wakaf paramadina. mead (1932) , g. h. (1932). the philosophy of the present. chicago: university of chicago press. muhtadi, b. (2019). populisme, politik identitas, dan dinamika elektoral: mengurai jalan panjang demokrasi prosedural. intrans publishing. nambo, a. b., & peluhuluwa, m. r. (2005). memahami tentang beberapa konsep politik (suatu telaah dari sistem politik). mimbar vol. 21 no. 2, 265-266. nasrudin, j. (2018). politik identitas dan representasi politik (studi kasus pada pilkada dki periode 2018-2022). hanifiya: jurnal studi agama-agama, 1(1), 34-47. nazir, m. (2003). metode penelitian. jakarta: ghalia indonesia. https://geotimes.id/kolom/politik/agama-dan-politik/ https://geotimes.id/kolom/politik/agama-dan-politik/ https://www.voaindonesia.com/a/politisasi-agama-kental-warnai-pemilu-2019/4901972.html https://www.voaindonesia.com/a/politisasi-agama-kental-warnai-pemilu-2019/4901972.html https://www.voaindonesia.com/a/politisasi-agama-kental-warnai-pemilu-2019/4901972.html 73 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 1 september 2021 noerdin, e. (2005). politik identitas perempuan aceh. women research institute. pernandi, i. (2017). pola komunikasi pendidikan pesantren salafiyah studi kajian interaksionisme simbolik pondok pesantren misbahulkhoir bojong purwakarta. doctoral dissertation, unpas. permana, r. h. (2019, april 9). politik identitas dinilai lebih brutal di pemilu 2019. retrieved from alinea.id:https://www.alinea.id/pemilu/politik-identitas-dinilai-lebih-brutal-di-pemilu-2019b1xet9iwc pramitha, d. (2020). revitalisasi kepemimpinan kolektif-kolegial dalam membangun efektifitas komunikasi organisasi pesantren (studi interaksionisme simbolik di pondok pesantren jombang). evaluasi: jurnal manajemen pendidikan islam, 45-69. ristianto, c. (2019, mei 29). politik identitas dianggap sebagai "winning template" di pilpres 2019. retrieved from kompas.com: https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2019/05/29/20001181/politik-identitas-dianggapsebagai-winning-template-di-pilpres-2019 ritzer, g. (2007). sosiologi ilmu pengetahuan berparadigma ganda. jakarta: grafindo persada. sabhana, a. (2007). politik identitas dan nasionalisme kebangsaan. jakarta: lp2m uin syarif hidayatullah. sari, e. (2016). kebangkitan politik identitas islam pada arena pemilihan gubernur jakarta. kritis: jurnal ilmu sosial dan ilmu politik universitas hasanuddin, 145-156. salim, k. (2016). politik identitas di maluku utara. politik, 11(2). saputro, a. (2018). agama dan negara: politik identitas menuju pilpres 2019. asketik: jurnal agama dan perubahan sosial, 2(2), 111-120. setiawati, d. (2011). interaksionisme simbolik dalam kajian sejarah. agastya: jurnal sejarah dan pembelajarannya, 1(1), 99-115. shintaviana, f. v., & yudarwati, g. a. (2014). konsep diri serta faktor-faktor pembentuk konsep diri berdasarkan teori interaksionisme simbolik. siregar, n. s. s. (2012). kajian tentang interaksionisme simbolik. perspektif, 1(2), 100-110. soekanto, s. (2009). sosiologi suatu pengantar. jakarta: rajawali press. supriyadi. (2016). community of practitioners: solusi alternatif berbagai pengetahuan antar pustakawan. jurnal lentera vol. 2 no. 2, 83-93. syukur, a. (2011). islam, etnisitas dan politik identitas: kasus sunda. dalam miqot. jurnal ilmu-ilmu keislaman, 35(2). tanasaldy, t. (2007). politik identitas etnis di kalimantan barat. politik lokal di indonesia, 461-490. ui, p. (2019, july 15). politik identitas dalam kampanye pemilu 2019. retrieved from puskapol.ui.ac.id: https://www.puskapol.ui.ac.id/publikasi_puskapol/politik-identitas-dalamkampanye-pemilu-2019-2.html wartika. (2020). politik identitas: ancaman dalam pilkada 2020. jakarta: indonews.id. wibowo, a. (2018). analisis interaksionisme simbolik masyarakat maya terhadap wacana agama di media sosial facebook. fikrah, 6(1), 163-186. © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). literature study of political communication based on politic identity and symbolic interactionism: the role of middle class in information of democratization introduction politics is a phenomenon that affects people who always live in society. we know that humans have nature as social beings who will always live and develop dynamically. therefore, it can be said that politics is a symptom that manifests itself in the c... many experts put forward the definition of politics, but in short, politics can be understood as the process of forming and sharing power in society, which can be in the form of a process of policy formation in a country. politics is also a tool used ... identity policy is a political action that aims to influence politics, to control the distribution of what is considered a value, to the most basic demand, and primary self-determination. in its journey, identity politics is often used by the majority... the issue of the relationship between religion and politics is an issue that will always surround human life and still leaves debate in it. the answer to this question always provokes debate about the position of religion in the political arena, which... it can be seen that religion is not only a trigger for social cohesion but also has the potential to cause social conflict. this condition is mainly determined by the position of religion, especially when it is in public discourse. public discourse ca... there are different views regarding the existence of religious "interference" in the political sphere. if we observe together that there is a fundamental difference between the two things. religious teachings about direction, rituals of worship, and m... the development of identity politics can also be seen from the composition of adherents of the dominant religion in a country. by looking at the composition of the indonesian people, who are predominantly muslim, it is considered "natural" for religio... in islamic society, there is always an obsession to establish a system of government in the form of an "islamic state". by using the verses of the qur'an and hadith as the basis of the state, the reference and agenda of each policy will be taken. in s... the middle class is a group that mediates between the poor and the rich. the middle class is not only required to pay taxes but also requires some income redistribution provided by the government. the poor class has a tendency to pay less taxes (or in... we can see in practice, the election process that took place in indonesia in 2019 (intan, 2019). that the issue of religious identity is still very strong is used as a basis for politics for some elements in society. not only religion is used as a too... religion concept in daron acemoglu's paper he explains the two-order model i ∈ [r, p] that the rich and the poor have an impact on democratization. democratization function is 𝒇(𝝁,𝒌,𝝋,𝜽,,𝝉-𝒊.,𝜹) in non-democratic conditions, the rich have de jure power to determine what they prefer. tax rate ,𝝉-𝒊. while the poor have a de facto force, which is a collective action revolution against the rich. revolution occurs when the transfer is not enough... ,𝑽-𝒓.,𝑵𝑫.>,𝑽-𝒓.,𝑫. note that ,𝝉-𝒓.<,𝝉-𝒑. ,𝒚-𝒓.−,𝝉-𝒓.,𝒚-𝒓.+,𝑪,,𝝉-𝒓..−,𝝉-𝒓..,𝒚.>,𝒚-𝒓.−,𝝉-𝒑.,𝒚-𝒓.+,𝑪,,𝝉-𝒑..−,𝝉-𝒑..,𝒚. however, the rich still have a choice: either repression or democratization when the poor choose to make a revolution. repression is more attractive in a poor society, as the rich may realize that the cost of repression is lower than the price of demo... ,𝑽-𝒑.,𝑹,𝝁.>,𝑽-𝒑.(𝑵𝑫) ,(𝟏−𝝁),𝒚.-,𝜹-𝒎.+,𝜹-𝒑..>,𝒚-𝒑.−,𝝉-𝒓.,𝒚-𝒑.+(𝑪,,𝝉-𝒓..−,𝝉-𝒓.),𝒚. before the transition to democracy, elites can exert pressure to stop the poor development of the poor. repression occurs when the poor are very poor. the rich realize that in a democracy, there is a higher price to pay than tax the cost of repression... ,𝑽-𝒓.,𝑶|𝒌.>,𝑽-𝒓.,𝑫. (𝟏−𝒌),𝒚-𝒓.>,𝒚-𝒓.−,𝝉-𝒑.,𝒚-𝒓.+(,𝝉-𝒑.−𝑪,,𝝉-𝒑..),𝒚. in a democracy, de jure power belongs to the majority of voters who are poor. they can set their preferred tax ,𝝉-𝒑.. coups are being carried out by the rich it only happens in a democracy. when the poor set a high tax rate, it means the rich should... ,𝑽-𝒓.,𝑪,𝝋.>,𝑽-𝒓.,𝑫. (𝟏−𝝋),𝒚-𝒓.>,𝒚-𝒓.−,𝝉-𝒑.,𝒚-𝒓.+(,𝝉-𝒑.−𝑪,,𝝉-𝒑..),𝒚. moreover, the middle class plays an important role in development of democracy. first, the middle class can change the political system democracy, in particular, it has greater power in the context of partial democracy. second, that can spread politic... method the library research method or another term is library research, which is a technique where data is collected by reviewing literature from various sources such as books, reports, notes and literature related to a problem that you want to study. solved... in a literature study methodology generally used is an approach in the form of a qualitative approach that produces information in the form of descriptive data and notes under study. the use of this literature study is used, among others, to seek and ... results conclusions references 157 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 the relationship between unsafe action and unsafe condition with the incident on workers accidents in welding shop, west aceh 1susy sriwahyuni1, darmawan2, yolanda oktaria3, sakinah4 1,2faculty of public health, teuku umar university, indonesia 3faculty of public health, diponegoro university, indonesia 4faculty of scince, sultan zainal abidin university, malaysia . susysriwahyuni@utu.ac.id1* abstrak: welding shop is a business place specializing in welding service for various types of metal in various ways ; manually through electric welding, carbide, argon, lathe, acetylene, or using the help of robotic or laser welding machines. the work accidents on worker in welding shop is often found.the research problem proposed is what factors are the risk factors for work accidents in welding shop of west aceh regency. the research design used cross-sectional method with person correlation analysis. the results of the study found a strong relationship between unsafe acts and work accidents on welding shop workers in west aceh regency. the p value of the variable is 0.000 <0.05, it means there is a moderately strong relationship between unsafe conditions and work accidents for welding shop worker in west aceh regency, because the p value of the variable is 0.023 <0.05. suggestions for this research is the need to provide education and information about risk factors that can cause work accidents in welding shop workers in west aceh district. keywords: unsafe action, unsafe condition, work accident introduction informal sector is an informal business environment where job seekers are self-generated such as rice mills, and the informal sector recognizes its workers as casual workers. (ramdan & handoko, 2016). welding shop is a business place specializing in welding service for various types of metal in various ways ; whether it is manual through electric welding, carbide, argon, lathe, acetylene, or using the help of robotic or laser welding machines(hikmawan, 2016). other causes of accident risk are in the form of unsafe action and unsafe condition because unsafe action and unsafe condition are worker actions and conditions from the work environment that have the potential to increase the risk of work accidents in a company, both formal and informal. (ratman, 2020). the cause of accident risk is in the form of unsafe actions and unsafe conditions. both are an act of workers and conditions of the work environment that allow the risk of work accidents in a company, both formal and informal (ratman, 2020). according to the international labor organization (ilo), globally 2.78 million workers die due to occupational accidents or diseases every year, while 374 million suffer from non-fatal work accidents. based on data obtained from the employment social security administration (bpjs) of indonesia, it is found the number of work accidents is increase every year where in 2019 there were 114,235 work accident cases and in 2020 it increased to 177,161 work accident cases. (work accident data, 2020) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:susysriwahyuni@utu.ac.id sriwahyuni, et al., the relationship between unsafe action and unsafe condition with the incident on workers accidents in welding shop, west aceh, (p. 157 – 160) 157 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 based on the preliminary survey conducted at wielding shop in meulaboh, it was found several cases of work accidents and the level of risk of minor work accidents include sprains, slips, and falling objects from a high place. therefore, researchers are interested in conducting this research. research method the cross-sectional research design is a study to investigate the dynamics of the correlation between risk factors and effects, by means of an observational approach, or data collection. (bmj, 2020) the population in this study were all welding shop workers in west aceh regency as many as 235 workers. the sampling technique used purposive sampling, in which a sample is selected from a population by upholding certain criteria or considerations. in determining the number of samples in this study using the lameshow formula, while in survey research using binomunal proportions. the sample in this study were 72 samples. (rizkapisceliya&mindayani, 2018). result table1. correlation of unsafe action to the work accident unsafeaction work accidents degree of relationship there is correlation unsafe action pearson corelation 1 0,761 strong correlation pvalue 0,000 n 72 69 work accidents pearson corelation 0,761 1 pvalue 0,000 n 72 69 the correlation between unsafe action and work accidents based on pearson calculations -0.761 with a very strong degree of correlation and p value 0.000 this is because a <0.05, then there is a rejection of ho which means there is a relationship between unsafe action and the incidence of work accidents in welding workshops in west aceh regency table2. correlation unsafe condition on work accidents unsafe condition work accidents degree of correlation there is correlation unsafe condition pearson corelation 1 0,542 medium correlation pvalue 0,023 n 72 69 work accidents pearson corelation 0,542 1 pvalue 0,023 n 72 69 source: primary data, 2021 sriwahyuni, et al., the relationship between unsafe action and unsafe condition with the incident on workers accidents in welding shop, west aceh, (p. 157 – 160) 158 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 the correlation between unsafe conditions and work accidents based on pearson calculations 0.542 with a strong correlation degree and p value 0.023 this is because a <0.05, then there is a rejection of ho which means there is a relationship between unsafe condition and the incidence of work accidents in welding shops, west aceh. discussion the relationship between unsafe action and the incidence of work accidents at the welding workshop this research is also in accordance with rakhmawati's (2020) conducted on fishermen group workers which showed that unsafe action or unsafe behavior at work had a significant relationship with the incidence of work accidents after analyzing reviews from various journals regarding unsafe action with the incidence of work accidents to people who work as fishermen. (rakhmawati, 2020) unsafe actions are triggered by the behavior of workers consciously and independently, while unsafe conditions are generally due to a system that is not available (non-available) or beyond the control of the worker. for example, when a worker is not provided with ppe while he is in a high risk area, then this is an unsafe condition. however, if ppe has been provided and the worker is reluctant to use it, then this is an unsafe act. in practice, we will find a combination of actions and unsafe conditions. this is what is called an accident event. (wen et al., 2020) this is in line with domino's theory, that the main cause of work accidents is the human factor or unsafe action, namely dangerous actions from workers triggered by various causes such as lack of knowledge and skills, inability to work normally, not functioning one part of the body due to invisible defects, fatigue and boredom, unsafe attitudes and behavior, confusion and stress because they do not understand new work procedures, have not mastered/skilled with new machine tools, decreased concentration of workers when doing work, worker indifference, low job satisfaction, as well as self-injurious attitudes. (greer & ksaibati, 2019) the most important factor in working is complying with the regulations in the company where you work, both formal and informal companies by implementing a work safety culture, with the aim of protecting worker safety so that it can benefit a company such as increasing the company's productivity. (khoshnava, et al., 2020). the relationship between unsafe condition and the incidence of work accidents on cv. rimo tani this study is also in accordance with nisatin's (2020) research conducted in the tofu industry which showed that unsafe conditions had a significant relationship with the incidence of work accidents, p-0.0043, meaning <0.05 with a 9.3 times greater risk of work accidents to people who have unsafe conditions or unsafe conditions at work compared to people who are safe conditions or safe conditions at work. (asilah&yuantari, 2020). the informal industry has a high risk of work accidents. deaths caused by work accidents in the informal sector are more than workers in the formal sector, unsafe conditions that exist in the industry are one of the causes of accidents, examples include scattered items in the workplace, the amount of dust in the work area and lack of air ventilation in the workplace.(zhang et al., 2016). for all living beings, safety is very important. safety is also something that is not cheap to make it happen. each job has its own risks that can endanger the safety of other workers. work safety itself is something that must always be considered by every party in the construction process, first by workers, especially jobs that do have a very high level of accident risk. for this reason, every human being must pay sriwahyuni, et al., the relationship between unsafe action and unsafe condition with the incident on workers accidents in welding shop, west aceh, (p. 157 – 160) 159 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 attention to the attitude and condition of the project environment in order to minimize the risk of the accident itself. (zolnikov, et al., 2021) in the world of work at a company, there are many supporting aspects that support the running of a company, for example, employees, work equipment, work environment and others. these things need to be considered so that the achievement of goals in the company can run well. what we will discuss here is the problem of the work environment because the work environment is very influential on the state of the employees in a company. by paying attention to the work environment, it is hoped that it can increase enthusiasm at work. if employee morale increases, employee productivity will automatically increase. if this can go well then the achievement of the goals of a company will go well. (abdillah, 2013) conclusion and suggestion based on the resultsin the welding workshop industry in west aceh regency, it can be concluded there is a relationship between unsafe acts, unsafe conditions, and the incidence of work accidents. it is hoped that there will be dissemination, information, and education regarding the risk factors for work accidents in the welding workshop of west aceh regency. conflict interest the author declares that the author has no affiliation involvement in any organization or entity with any financial or other equity interests in this article. reference abdillah, f. (2013). jurnal kesehatan masyarakat 2013, volume 2, nomor 1, tahun 2013 online di http://ejournals1.undip.ac.id/index.php/jkm. jurnal kesehatan masyarakat, 2(1), 1–10. http://ejournals1.undip.ac.id/index.php/jkm asilah, n., & yuantari, m. c. (2020). analisis faktor kejadian kecelakaan kerja pada pekerja industri tahu. penelitian dan pengembangan kesehatan masyarakat indonesia, 1(1), 1–10. bmj. (2020). case control and cross sectional study. https://www.bmj.com/about-bmj/resourcesreaders/publications/epidemiology-uninitiated/8-case-control-and-cross-sectional data kecelakaan kerja. (2020). bpjs ketenagakerjaan. https://www.bpjsketenagakerjaan.go.id greer, n., & ksaibati, k. (2019). development of benefit cost analysis tools for evaluating transportation research projects. transportation research record, 2673(1), 123–135. https://doi.org/10.1177/0361198118821675 hikmawan, m. (2016). kata kunci :umur, kecelakaan kerja, pengecatan. 1–10. khoshnava, s. m., rostami, r., zin, r. m., mishra, a. r., rani, p., mardani, a., & alrasheedi, m. (2020). assessing the impact of construction industry stakeholders on workers’ unsafe behaviours using extended decision making approach. automation in construction, 118(september 2019), 103162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.autcon.2020.103162 lusiani, j. (2018). jumlah kecelakaan kerja dunia. international labour organization. https://www.ilo.org/jakarta/info/public/pr/wcms_616368/lang--en/index.htm rakhmawati, j. (2020). unsafe action dan unsafe condition pada nelayan. 11(2), 291–300. http://www.journal.stikeskendal.ac.id/index.php/pskm/article/view/1338 ramdan, i. m., & handoko, h. n. (2016). kecelakaan kerja pada pekerja konstruksi informal di kelurahan “ x ” kota samarinda work accident of informal construction sriwahyuni, et al., the relationship between unsafe action and unsafe condition with the incident on workers accidents in welding shop, west aceh, (p. 157 – 160) 160 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 workers in district “ x ” samarinda city. kecelakaan kerja pada pekerja kontruksi informal di kelurahan “x” kota samarinda, 12(1), 1–6. ratman, e. (2020). gambaran tindakan tidak aman ( unsafe action ) dan kondisi tidak aman ( unsafe condition ) pada pekerja proyek kantor perakilan bank indonesia (kpwbi) di kota kendari tahun 2019. jurnal kesehatan dan keselamatan kerja universitas halu oleo, 1(1), 28–35. rizka pisceliya, d. m., & mindayani, s. (2018). analisis kecelakaan kerja pada pekerja pengelasan di cv. cahaya tiga putri. jurnal riset hesti medan akper kesdam i/bb medan, 3(1), 66. https://doi.org/10.34008/jurhesti.v3i1.25 wen, h., tang, z., zeng, y., & zhang, k. (2020). a comprehensive analysis for the heterogeneous effects on driver injury severity in single-vehicle passenger car and suv rollover crashes. journal of advanced transportation, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1155/2020/1273605 zhang, y., shao, w., zhang, m., li, h., yin, s., & xu, y. (2016). analysis 320 coal mine accidents using structural equation modeling with unsafe conditions of the rules and regulations as exogenous variables. accident analysis and prevention, 92, 189–201. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aap.2016.02.021 zolnikov, t. r., furio, f., cruvinel, v., & richards, j. (2021). a systematic review on informal waste picking: occupational hazards and health outcomes. waste management, 126, 291–308. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.wasman.2021.03.006 © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusiberbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 62 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 characteristics analysis of modification asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70 ari sujiartono1, sri wiwoho mudjanarko2* department of civil engineering, universitas narotama surabaya correspondent author: sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id2 abstract: in the framework of handling the bending pavement road, natural materials in the form of asphalt as a binding material in a hot paved blend are needed. one of the abundant natural asphaltic that has not been used to its fullest is asbuton. the government through the ministry of public works which is currently transformed into the ministry of public works and public housing has issued public works regulation no. 35 of 2006 on increasing the utilization of buton asphalt for road maintenance and development. because various things that cause permission to use 100% asbuton in hot paved blends can not be issued, the use of asbuton is still limited to improving the quality of asphalt pen 60/70. this research aims to obtain an optimal composition in the use of asbuton using the type of asbuton grain b 50/30. it is hoped that the results of the research can be an additional reference for asbuton producers as well as a new insight for civil engineering students who explore the path of bending pavement. the results showed that asbuton granular b 50/30 can be used in improving the quality of asphalt pen 60/70 with an optimal composition of 25% asbuton granular b 50/30 and 75% asphalt pen 60/70. keywords: asbuton granular b 50/30, asphalt pen 60/70, spesifikasi umum bina marga 2018 introduction roads are one of a variety of infrastructure built and maintained from year to year to support the economic rate of all regions in indonesia. along with the increasing number of activities on the highway, maintenance and repairs must continue to be implemented. roads with flexible pavement in indonesia mostly already use natural asphalt in the form of asbuton. the use of asbuton continues to be encouraged by the government because the indonesian state is the largest producer of asphalt buton in the world located on buton island. exploration and exploitation of asbuton have been carried out since 1926 (kramer, 1989 in pravianto, 2013). pravianto (2013) mentioned that many manufacturers of asbuton processors became asbuton semi extraction. but each of these processing manufacturers has asbuton processed products with different qualities (suaryana, 2016). but to date, permission to use 100% asbuton in hot paved blends has not been issued. to take advantage of this potential, research was conducted to modify asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70 to improve the quality of asphalt pen 60/70, asphalt pen 60/70, and mixed variations between asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70 and find out the percentage of use of asbuton granular b 50/30 that can improve the physical properties of asphalt pen 60/70 by spesifikasi umum bina marga 2018. literature review 1. flexible pavement construction  using asphalt for binding material  the nature of this pavement is to shoulder and spread a load of traffic to the ground.  its effect on load reps is the onset of rutting.  its effect on the decline of the ground, the bumpy road (following the ground). https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id sujiartono, a., mudjanarko, s. w., characteristics analysis of modification asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70, (p. 62 – 71) 63 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 the construction of the flexible pavement can be seen in figure 1. figure 1. component of the flexible pavement (source: kardinanawassa.blogspot.com/2013/04/sekilas-mengenai-perkerasan-jalan.html, 08/10/2021) 2. material of the flexible pavement 1) aggregates, according to sukirman (1992) are pieces of broken stone, gravel, sand, or other minerals, both of natural and artificial origin in the form of solid minerals in the form of large or small sizes or fragments. 2) asphalt, is a hydrocarbon material that contains little sulfur, oxygen, chlorine, and adhesive, is brownish-black, resistant to water, and viscoelastic (asphalt will be solid at room temperature and liquid when heated). 3) fillers, serve to increase the viscosity of bitumen material and to reduce the susceptible properties to temperature. another advantage of the presence of fillers is that it can increase the volume of bitumen because the filler material is widely absorbed in bitumen material. 3. current types of asphalt a) natural asphalt, one of which is asbuton and which has been produced in fabrication and manual currently includes (setiawan, 2011): 1. asbuton granular, is the result of the processing of solid-shaped asbuton that is broken down with a stone breaking tool (crusher) or other suitable breaking tools so that it has a certain grain size. 2. extraction asbuton can be done in total to get pure asbuton bitumen or to take advantage of the advantages of the mineral asbuton as a filler, extraction is done until it reaches certain bitumen levels. asbuton extraction products in paved mixtures can be used as asphalt additives or as binding materials as well as standard ready-made asphalt or hard asphalt equivalents. b) asphalt oil (asphalt derived from petroleum), divided into 3 (three) types (fang, et al, 2020): 1. asphalt cement / ac, usually distinguished based on its penetration value, and indonesia in general uses ac with penetration of 60/70. 2. cut back asphalt, asphalt produced by dissolving hard asphalt uses oil-based solvents, and is used in liquid and cold conditions. 3. emulsion asphalt, asphalt produced from the process of the emulsion of hard asphalt. this process aims to separate hard asphalt particles and then disperse them into water-containing emulsifiers. c) modified asphalt, is a hard asphalt fraction that is improved in quality by adding added materials such as polymers, latex, bitumen asbuton and others (spesifikasi umum bina marga 2018). in this research, the road pavement materials tested and discussed the results were natural asphalt asbuton granular b 50/30, oil asphalt pen 60/70, and asphalt modification between asbuton granular surface course base course subbase course subgrade https://kardinanawassa.blogspot.com/2013/04/sekilas-mengenai-perkerasan-jalan.html sujiartono, a., mudjanarko, s. w., characteristics analysis of modification asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70, (p. 62 – 71) 64 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70 with provisions as in table 1 and table 2. table 1. specifications of asbuton granular b 50/30 no test item technical specifications a asphalt asbuton granular b 50/30 1 nature of original form the grain size of asbuton granular escaped sieve 3/8” (9,5 mm); % 100 asbuton bitumen levels; % min. 20 water content; % maks. 4 2 properties of bitumen extraction results and recovery solubility of trichloroethylene; % min. 99 penetration of bitumen asbuton at 25oc, 100g, 5 sec; dmm 40 – 70 softening point; oc min. 48 ductility at 25oc; cm min. 100 heating loss after tfot; % maks. 2 penetration after tfot, at 25oc, 100g, 5 sec; (%) min. 54 source: spesifikasi umum bina marga, 2018 table 2. specifications of asphalt pen 60/70 no test item technical specifications 1 penetration at 25oc (dmm) 60-70 2 kinematic viscosity at 135oc (cst) ≥ 300 3 softening point (oc) ≥ 48 4 ductility (cm) ≥ 100 5 flash point (oc) ≥ 232 6 solubility of trichloroethylene (%) ≥ 99 7 density (gr/ml) ≥ 1,0 thin-film oven testing (tfot) 8 heating loss (%) ≤ 0,8 9 penetration at 25oc (%) ≥ 54 10 ductility at 25oc (cm) ≥ 50 source: spesifikasi umum bina marga, 2018 methodology the materials used to conduct this research include: a. asbuton granular b 50/30. b. asphalt pen 60/70. this research uses two stages of testing, that’s are: 1) stages of material characteristic testing (asbuton granular b 50/30 and asphalt pen 60/70) with the following steps: a. prepare the material. b. testing the level of bitumen in asbuton granular b 50/30. c. testing the physical properties of asphalt levels asbuton granular b 50/30. d. testing the physical properties of the asphalt pen 60/70. sujiartono, a., mudjanarko, s. w., characteristics analysis of modification asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70, (p. 62 – 71) 65 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 2) stage of asphalt blend variations testing with the following steps: a. calculations of the composition material of asphalt mixed according to the test plan with code k1 k5 for each test object. b. manufacture of test objects with code k1 k5. c. testing the physical properties of asphalt modification k1 – k5. d. results and conclusions. some of the testing processes that have been done in the laboratory, among others: 1) asphalt penetration testing, is done to get penetration numbers and is done on hard or flaccid asphalt where the results of this test can then be used to control the quality of hard asphalt used in the field. formula: 𝑋𝑋� = 𝑋𝑋1��� + 𝑋𝑋2��� …………………….…………………………………………………………………….... (1) where: 𝑋𝑋� = average penetration value 𝑋𝑋1��� = average penetration value of 5 penetration points of test object 1 𝑋𝑋2��� = average penetration value of 5 penetration points of test object 2 figure 2. penetration data capture (source: author 2022) 2) asphalt viscosity testing, is done to find out the viscosity of asphalt at certain temperatures so that it can know the performance of asphalt under the desired conditions. formula: 𝑋𝑋� = 𝑋𝑋1+𝑋𝑋2 2 …….………………….……………………………………………………………..…….…. (2) where: 𝑋𝑋� = average viscosity value 𝑋𝑋1 = viscosity value of test object 1 𝑋𝑋2 = viscosity value of test object 2 figure 3. viscosity data capture (source: autor 2022) sujiartono, a., mudjanarko, s. w., characteristics analysis of modification asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70, (p. 62 – 71) 66 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 3) asphalt softening point testing, conducted to find the number of soft spots of asphalt that range from 30oc to 200oc by way of ring and ball. formula: 𝑋𝑋� = 𝑋𝑋1+𝑋𝑋2 2 …….………………….………………………………………………………………...……. (3) where: 𝑋𝑋� = average value or temperature of softening point 𝑋𝑋1 = softening point value or temperature of test object 1 𝑋𝑋2 = softening point value or temperature of test object 2 figure 4. softening point data capture (source: autor 2022) 4) asphalt ductility testing was performed to determine the fineness value of asphalt, measured from the longest distance, between two molds containing hard bitumen, pulled before breaking at 25oc and a speed of 50 mm/minute. formula: % elasticity = 10 − χ 10 ×100 ……………………………….………………………………………..…… (4) where: χ = length after elasticity figure 5. ductility data capture (source: autor 2022) 5) asphalt flash point testing was conducted to see the highest temperature where the asphalt lights up and starts to burn, this highest temperature is an indicator of asphalt safety on the ground in receiving heat from environmental conditions. sujiartono, a., mudjanarko, s. w., characteristics analysis of modification asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70, (p. 62 – 71) 67 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 formula: 𝑋𝑋� = 𝑋𝑋1+𝑋𝑋2 2 …….………………….………………………………………………………………..….…. (5) where: 𝑋𝑋� = average value or temperature of the flashpoint 𝑋𝑋1 = value or temperature of the test object's flashpoint 1 𝑋𝑋2 = value or temperature of the test object's flashpoint 2 figure 6. flashpoint data capture (source: autor 2022) 6) asphalt solubility testing in trichloroethylene, is done to determine the degree of solubility in trichloroethylene (tce) in asphalt materials that contain no or little minerals. formula: insoluble materequal × 100% ………………………………………………………...………..…… (6) soluble materials = 100% − �c−a b × 100%� …………………………………………………..…… (7) where: a = empty gooch cup b = weight of test objects c = the weight of a gooch cup with insoluble material figure 7. solubility data capture in trichloroethylene (source: autor 2022) 7) asphalt density testing, is done to determine the weight of the type of solid asphalt which can then be used in mixed planning work as well as road pavement quality control. sujiartono, a., mudjanarko, s. w., characteristics analysis of modification asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70, (p. 62 – 71) 68 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 formula: δ = (c−a) (b−a)−(d−c) …………………………………………………………………………………….…... (8) where: δ = density of asphalt a = weight of the picnometer (with cover) (gram) b = weight of a water-filled picnometer (gram) c = weight of picnometer containing asphalt (gram) d = weight of the picnometer contains asphalt and water (gram) figure 8. density data capture (source: autor 2022) 8) weight loss testing (thin-film oven testing/tfot), is done on the asphalt by looking for the amount of weight loss of oil and asphalt that is using a thin layer. weight loss of oil and asphalt is the difference in weight before and after heating at a certain thickness at a certain temperature. formula: weight loss = a − b a ×100% ………………………………………..…………………….…..……….. (9) where: a = weight of the original test object b = weight of test objects after heating figure 9. weight loss data capture (tfot) (source: autor 2022) 9) penetration and ductility testing after tfot, is done to determine the percentage (%) of penetration values after tfot against the testing value before tfot and to find out the value of sujiartono, a., mudjanarko, s. w., characteristics analysis of modification asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70, (p. 62 – 71) 69 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 ductility after tfot. results and discussion 1) results of material characteristic testing (asbuton granular b 50/30 and asphalt pen 60/70). a. testing of asbuton granular b 50/30 includes grain size, asphalt levels, moisture content, and solubility in trichloroethylene, penetration, softening point, ductility, heating loss after tfot, and penetration after tfot. especially for asbuton must first be done extraction and recovery asphalt produced by distillation. the results of the test on asphalt asbuton granular b 50/30 can be seen in table 3. table 3. results of properties testing asbuton granular b 50/30 no test item technical specifications test result 1 nature of original form the grain size of asbuton granular escaped sieve 3/8 inch (9,5 mm): % 100 100 asbuton bitumen levels; % min. 20 21,83 water content; % maks. 4 2 properties of bitumen extraction results and recovery solubility of trichloroethylene; % min 99 99,993 penetration of bitumen asbuton at 25oc, 100g, 5 sec; dmm 40 – 70 54,50 softening point; oc min. 48 56,40 ductility at 25oc; cm min. 100 136,5 heating loss after tfot; % maks. 2 0,283 penetration after tfot, at 25oc, 100g, 5 sec; (%) min. 54 83,67 source: test results b. testing of asphalt pen 60/70 includes everything required by the spesifikasi umum bina marga 2018. but only 10 types of testing will be done, in table 4 below is the result of asphalt pen 60/70 testing. in the table, it is seen that the asphalt pen 60/70 used in this research meets the requirements of the spesifikasi umum bina marga 2018. table 4. results of properties testing asphalt pen 60/70 no test item technical specifications test result 1 penetration at 25oc (dmm) 60-70 64,50 2 kinematic viscosity at 135oc (cst) ≥ 300 667,50 3 softening point (oc) ≥ 48 48,10 4 ductility (cm) ≥ 100 > 140 5 flash point (oc) ≥ 232 292,5 6 solubility of trichloroethylene (%) ≥ 99 99,998 7 dencity (gr/ml) ≥ 1,0 1,035 thin-film oven testing (tfot) 8 heating loss (%) ≤ 0,8 0,018 9 penetration at 25oc (%) ≥ 54 81,86 sujiartono, a., mudjanarko, s. w., characteristics analysis of modification asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70, (p. 62 – 71) 70 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 no test item technical specifications test result 10 ductility at 25oc (cm) ≥ 50 > 140 source: test results 2) results of testing variations of asphalt blends modification. testing of variation asphalt blend between asbuton granular b 50/30 and asphalt pen 60/70 includes 10 types of testing required by the spesifikasi umum bina marga 2018 and refers to the physical properties of asphalt pen 60/70. table 5 below is the result of testing the variation of the asphalt blend between asphalt granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70. table 5. results of properties testing variations of asphalt blend between asphalt granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70 no test item technical specifications of asphalt pen 60/70 test result k1 k2 k3 k4 k5 1 penetration at 25oc (dmm) 60-70 62,60 62,00 61,30 58,80 58,30 2 kinematic viscosity at 135oc (cst) ≥ 300 717,50 792,50 830,00 852,50 897,50 3 softening point (oc) ≥ 48 51,10 51,60 52,40 53,10 53,80 4 ductility (cm) ≥ 100 137,5 131 122,25 111,5 97 5 flash point (oc) ≥ 232 297 301,5 308 311,5 317 6 solubility of trichloroethylene (%) ≥ 99 92,707 88,698 84,606 80,750 76,794 7 dencity (gr/ml) ≥ 1,0 1,047 1,081 1,118 1,124 1,182 thin-film oven testing (tfot) 8 heating loss (%) ≤ 0,8 0,021 0,127 0,170 0,200 0,281 9 penetration at 25oc (%) ≥ 54 81,94 82,75 83,36 83,84 84,39 10 ductility at 25oc (cm) ≥ 50 134,5 122,5 111,0 98,0 93,0 source: test results from the results of the above test, it can be determined that the code of the k4 test object with a composition of 25% asbuton granular b 50/30 and 75% asphalt pen 60/70 is a modification of the most optimal blend variation in the use of asphalt granular b 50/30 as a material to improve the quality of asphalt pen 60/70. this determination is based on a ductility value of 112 cm and a softening point temperature of 53.1oc that still meets the requirements. where the value of ductility determines the elasticity of the asphalt material, so that if the asphalt when pulled is still above 100 cm based on the requirements of asphalt pen 60/70 is still declared flexible or not shaken so that the asphalt is still good to be used as a pavement connective material, as well as after the test of heating loss for code of k4 test objects when pulled the value of ductility is still above 50 cm based on asphalt pen 60/70 requirements. while the soft point value to determine the sensitivity of asphalt material to temperature changes, if the test temperature is still above 48oc based on the requirements of asphalt pen 60/70 is still well expressed because sensitivity to temperature changes is still smaller than the requirements given. conclusion based on the tests that have been done, the material asbuton granular b 50/30 and asphalt pen 60/70 have asphalt properties by the requirements in the spesifikasi umum bina marga 2018. so that it can be continued for use in the manufacture of modification variations between asbuton granular b 50/30 and asphalt pen 60/70. the test results showed that asphalt modification with a code of k4 which sujiartono, a., mudjanarko, s. w., characteristics analysis of modification asbuton granular b 50/30 with asphalt pen 60/70, (p. 62 – 71) 71 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 has a composition of 25% asbuton granular b 50/30 and 75% asphalt pen 60/70 is an optimal modification. based on the results of the research, the opportunity to increase the use of asbuton is still very large, so more research is needed by using other types of asbuton and if possibility coupled with other substances or materials so that asphalt modification using asbuton can be further improved and a tool that can homogenize the blend so that the test results are better. references direktorat jenderal bina marga kementrian pekerjaan umum (2018), spesifikasi umum, direktorat jenderal bina marga kementrian pekerjaan umum, jakarta. fang, m, et al, (2020), geometric composition, structural behavior and material design for asphalt trackbed: a review, construction and building materials journal, volume 262. kementerian pekerjaan umum (2006), nomor 35 tahun 2006 tentang peningkatan pemanfaatan aspal buton untuk pemeliharaan dan pembangunan jalan, jakarta. national asphalt pavement association. (1996), hot mix asphalt materials, blend design and construction, 2nd edition. lanham: napa. pravianto, w. (2013), kumpulan teknologi asbuton, puslitbang jalan dan jembatan, bandung. setiawan, a., dkk. (2011), studi penggunaan asbuton butir pada campuran beton aspal binder course (ac-bc), jurnal rekayasa dan manajemen trasportasi, vol.1 no.2. hal. 99-118. suaryana, n. (2016), performance evaluation of stone matrix asphalt using indonesian natural rock asphalt as stabilizer, international journal of pavement research and technology, vol. 9 issue 2. sukirman, s. (1999), perkerasan lentur jalan raya, penerbit nova, bandung. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). abstract: in the framework of handling the bending pavement road, natural materials in the form of asphalt as a binding material in a hot paved blend are needed. one of the abundant natural asphaltic that has not been used to its fullest is asbuton. t... introduction literature review methodology results and discussion conclusion 140 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 attributes of sorghum products: "nasi bakar and nasi bento" which affect consumers among high school endang noerhartati 1*, diana puspitasari 2 , endang retno wedowati 3 1,2,3 universitas wijaya kusuma surabaya *endang_noer@uwks.ac.id, diana.puspitasari@uwks.ac.id, wedowati@uwks.ac.id abstract: understanding consumer product attributes can provide a competitive assessment, exceptionally high school students as young consumers. this study uses a descriptive qualitative approach to obtain broad and in-depth information related to the research objectives. collecting data using observation, interview, and documentation techniques. sources of data in this study were 105 high school students on sorghum products: "nasi bakar and nasi bento" the results showed that 1) the parameters of taste, color, appearance, packaging, and nutritional content were important attributes; 2) consumers value the hierarchical importance of various food attributes; 3) attributes of sorghum products: "nasi bakar and nasi bento" that affect high school students as young consumers; 4) attributes of a product play an important role as a medium to convey product value to consumers. keywords: sorghum products; food attributes; high school students; consumer preference; consumer product attributes introduction the importance of exploring the attributes of food and beverage products so that consumers better understand these products and will be able to provide the best reviews so that they can consume them sustainably. this product attribute is also intended to show consumers the product's superiority, the difference between one product and another, as part of a promotion, as a basis for testing consumers in product selection (christofi et al., 2021; dong, sharma, mehta, & torrico 2021 ) consumers as objects in entrepreneurial success, as well as activities to promote and market products that will affect purchasing decisions, so producers, in this case, entrepreneurs, must first understand what attributes can trigger these purchasing decisions. product attributes can also be used as essential attributes for determining price and product quality, can also be extended to food safety and health benefits, and environmental and social attributes of consumers. by knowing the attributes, consumers can appreciate, understand, and identify preferences for these products, benefits for health, and enriches interactions between consumers and food products (gratz et al., 2021; zhang & jakku, 2021). rice as a staple food, is very important to maintain its availability, and various new creativity and innovations are needed to meet various consumers and support their sufficiency. the attributes of each food product need to be researched, especially new products as support in promoting the product's advantages and benefits to consumers and as an integral part in increasing the marketing of sorghum products. sorghum is an entrepreneurial product that can continue to be developed as an alternative food, as one of the raw materials is sorghum rice and flour, bran, and sorghum stalks. as an entrepreneurship product based on sorghum rice, it is "nasi bakar and nasi bento sorghum". https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:endang_noer@uwks.ac.id mailto:diana.puspitasari@uwks.ac.id mailto:wedowati@uwks.ac.id mailto:wedowati@uwks.ac.id noerhartati, attributes of sorghum products: "nasi bakar and nasi bento" which affect consumers among high school, (p. 140 – 144) 140 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 the potential consumers of these products are high school students, who are also aspiring young entrepreneurs (chavan et al., 2009; endang noerhartati et al., 2019) method this study uses a descriptive qualitative approach to obtain broad and in-depth information related to the research objectives. collecting data using observation, interview, and documentation techniques. questionnaires were given to 105 students of sma giki 2 surabaya, students assessed the product attributes "nasi bakar dan nasi bento sorghum", and organoleptic tests were carried out with parameters of taste, color, aroma, and appearance, with a score of 1: dislike; score 2: somewhat like; score 3: neutral; score 4: like; score 5: very like, then the data analysis was carried out using descriptive statistical analysis (satimanon & weatherspoon, 2010). results based on the results of the research, the attributes that are important and trusted by consumers of the product include nutritional content, consumer value of food attributes, taste, color, flavor, appearance, and packaging. the results of testing the product attribute "nasi bakar and nasi bento sorghum" are presented in figure 1. figure 1. attributes of “nasi bakar and nasi bento” sorghum in figure 1, the results of the assessment of the "nasi bakar" attribute of sorghum produce the highest percentage on the nutritional content parameter (23%), consumers value of food attributes (21%), taste (20%), packaging (12 %), appearance (10%), color (8%), and flavor (6%). while the results of the attribute assessment of "nasi bento" sorghum yield the highest percentage on appearance parameters (21%), consumers value of food attributes (20%), taste (19%), nutritional content (18%), packaging ( 8%), color (8%), and flavor (6%) (dudinskaya et al., 2021; ganatsios, nigam, plessas, & terpou, 2021). nutritional content; sorghum has a calorific value (332 calories), based on this, its nutritional content can be equated with rice (360 calories), wheat (365 calories), and corn (361 calories); carbohydrate content of sorghum (73 g), rice (78.9 g), wheat (77 g), and corn (72.4 g); protein content of sorghum (11 g), rice (6.8 g), wheat (8.9 g), and corn (8.7 g); fat content of sorghum (3.3 g), rice (g), wheat (g), and corn (g); ca content of sorghum (mg), rice (0.7 mg), wheat (1.3 mg), and corn (4.5 mg); fe content in sorghum (4.4 mg), rice (0.8 mg), wheat (1.2 mg), and corn (4.6 mg); p content of sorghum noerhartati, attributes of sorghum products: "nasi bakar and nasi bento" which affect consumers among high school, (p. 140 – 144) 141 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 (287 mg), rice (140 mg), wheat (106 mg), and corn (380 mg); and levels of vit b1 sorghum (0.38 mg), rice (0.12 mg), no wheat, and corn (0.27 mg). apart from the nutritional content, sorghum is very beneficial for health with the presence of antioxidants, gluten-free, high fiber, low glycemic index, and also contains tannins, so that on this basis it makes sorghum a healthy alternative food for consumers (dabija et al., 2021; noerhartati, e., hernanda, p y., mujianto, m., simamora, d., widiartin, t., maslihah, m., karyanto, 2020; e noerhartati et al., 2020) consumer ratings of food attributes; food attributes, especially sorghum products "nasi bakar and nasi bento" are very important to know, considering that these products are new products and must continue to be promoted so that consumers know the advantages, advantages, and benefits of these products, as well as a means of promotion, can be used as a tool to take advantage of these products. the decision to buy the product and also from the producer's point of view can be a means of increasing product sales (tandon et al., 2021). taste; the attribute of the taste of a product is a specific choice of consumers for various products, so food producers must adapt, understand, and understand consumer tastes. taste assessment is based on the presence of chemical responses by the tongue (taste sense), so what has to be done is to explore the terminology rather than the organoleptic attributes that are close to being applied in the production of processed sorghum (schubert et al., 2021). color; is the attribute of color that characterizes food and becomes the main attraction for consumers. color is the first impression of a food product which is a characteristic that determines the food product by consumers. “ nasi bakar and nasi bento” sorghum have the distinctive color of sorghum, namely red for red sorghum, and white for white sorghum, this is a special attraction for consumers (campbell et al., 2021). flavor; the attributes of the flavor of sorghum products are very distinctive, and this requires understanding from consumers that sorghum is different from other products. the quality of food products, one of which is determined by the parameters of the aroma of the food, where is influenced by the substances contained in the sorghum product (wang et al., 2021). appearance; the attribute of appearance, for the product "rice bento", is an important attribute, this is very relevant to the desires of consumers from various groups, ranging from children, teenagers, or the elderly. the physical condition of a food product greatly determines the appearance of the product. the variety of serving of sorghum bento rice makes this product an alternative choice for consumers (mcclements et al., 2021). packaging; packaging attributes to maintain better shelf life, cleanliness, ease of consumption, and transportation. consumers appreciate the attributes of food choices from packaging, choosing the right packaging will attract consumers, it is necessary to promote their products, provide more education about healthy food, and show the advantages of sorghum products compared to other products. (metcalf, wiener, & saliba 2021; saunders, guenther, saunders, dalziel, & rutherford, 2021) the results of the organoleptic tests "nasi bakar and nasi bento sorghum" are presented in figure 2. noerhartati, attributes of sorghum products: "nasi bakar and nasi bento" which affect consumers among high school, (p. 140 – 144) 142 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 figure 2. organoleptic test results of “nasi bakar and nasi bento” sorghum in figure 2, organoleptic testing is a test of liking for the product, and the results obtained from the organoleptic test of the sorghum roasted rice product, the taste parameter has a score of 4,3 (liked), the color score was 4,5 ( very liked), the aroma score was 4,1 (liked), the appearance score was 4.5 (liked very much). while the results of the organoleptic test of the sorghum bento rice product, the taste parameter has a score of 4,3 (liked), the color score was 4,1 (liked), the aroma score was 4,3 (liked), the appearance score was 4,6 (very like). this means that the products of grilled rice and sorghum bento rice can be accepted by consumers, as well as organoleptic testing of the appearance parameters of the rice sorghum bento very favored by consumers, is presumably because variations in product presentation are the choice of consumers (adeyeye, 2016; agustina & fadhil, 2021; wulandari et al., 2017). conclusions parameters of taste, color, appearance, packaging, and nutritional content are important attributes, consumers assess the hierarchy of interests of various food attributes, product attributes of sorghum: “nasi bakar and nasi bento” that affect high school students as young consumers, and attributes of a product as a medium for conveying the value of the product to consumers, as well as an important element that is used as the basis for making purchasing decisions. references adeyeye, s. a. o. (2016). assessment of quality and sensory properties of sorghum–wheat flour cookies. cogent food & agriculture, 2(1), 1245059. agustina, r., & fadhil, r. (2021). organoleptic test using the hedonic and descriptive methods to determine the quality of pliek u. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 644(1), 12006. campbell, j., sarkhosh, a., habibi, f., gajjar, p., ismail, a., tsolova, v., & el-sharkawy, i. (2021). evaluation of biochemical juice attributes and color-related traits in muscadine grape population. foods, 10(5), 1101. chavan, u. d., patil, j. v, & shinde, m. s. (2009). nutritional and roti quality of sorghum genotypes. indonesian journal of agricultural science, 10(2), 80–87. christofi, m., mourtzinos, i., lazaridou, a., drogoudi, p., tsitlakidou, p., biliaderis, c. g., & manganaris, g. a. (2021). elaboration of novel and comprehensive protocols toward determination of textural properties and other sensorial attributes of canning peach fruit. journal noerhartati, attributes of sorghum products: "nasi bakar and nasi bento" which affect consumers among high school, (p. 140 – 144) 143 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 of texture studies, 52(2), 228–239. dabija, a., ciocan, m. e., chetrariu, a., & codină, g. g. (2021). maize and sorghum as raw materials for brewing, a review. applied sciences, 11(7), 3139. dong, y., sharma, c., mehta, a., & torrico, d. d. (2021). application of augmented reality in the sensory evaluation of yogurts. fermentation, 7(3), 147. dudinskaya, e. c., naspetti, s., arsenos, g., caramelle-holtz, e., latvala, t., martin-collado, d., orsini, s., ozturk, e., & zanoli, r. (2021). european consumers’ willingness to pay for red meat labelling attributes. animals, 11(2), 556. ganatsios, v., nigam, p., plessas, s., & terpou, a. (2021). kefir as a functional beverage gaining momentum towards its health promoting attributes. beverages, 7(3), 48. gratz, m., sevenich, r., hoppe, t., schottroff, f., vlaskovic, n., belkova, b., chytilova, l., filatova, m., stupak, m., & hajslova, j. (2021). gentle sterilization of carrot-based purees by highpressure thermal sterilization and ohmic heating and influence on food processing contaminants and quality attributes. frontiers in nutrition, 8, 69. mcclements, d. j., weiss, j., kinchla, a. j., nolden, a. a., & grossmann, l. (2021). methods for testing the quality attributes of plant-based foods: meat-and processed-meat analogs. foods, 10(2), 260. metcalf, d. a., wiener, k. k. k., & saliba, a. (2021). comparing early hemp food consumers to nonhemp food consumers to determine attributes of early adopters of a novel food using the food choice questionnaire (fcq) and the food neophobia scale (fns). future foods, 3, 100031. noerhartati, e., hernanda, p y., mujianto, m., simamora, d., widiartin, t., maslihah, m., karyanto, n. w. (2020). sensory evaluation of sorghum cakes: substituting sorghum flour for rice flour, sticky rice flour and wheat flour. jurnal iop. noerhartati, e, hernanda, p. y., mujianto, m., simamora, d., widiartin, t., maslihah, m., & karyanto, n. w. (2020). sensory evaluation of sorghum cakes: substituting sorghum flour for rice flour, sticky rice flour and wheat flour. journal of physics: conference series, 1469(1), 12132. noerhartati, endang, karyati, p. d., soepriyono, s., & yunarko, b. (2019). entrepreneurship sorghum towards industry 4.0. international conference on innovation in research (iciir 2018)–section: economics and management science. satimanon, t., & weatherspoon, d. d. (2010). hedonic analysis of sustainable food products. international food and agribusiness management review, 13(1030-2016–82887), 57–74. saunders, c., guenther, m., saunders, j., dalziel, p., & rutherford, p. (2021). consumer preferences for attributes in food and beverages in developed and emerging export markets and their impact on the european union and new zealand. australian and new zealand journal of european studies, 8(1). schubert, e., rosenblatt, d., eliby, d., kashima, y., hogendoorn, h., & bode, s. (2021). decoding explicit and implicit representations of health and taste attributes of foods in the human brain. neuropsychologia, 162, 108045. tandon, a., kaur, p., bhatt, y., mäntymäki, m., & dhir, a. (2021). why do people purchase from food delivery apps? a consumer value perspective. journal of retailing and consumer services, 63, 102667. wang, s.-t., tsai, c.-c., shih, m.-c., & tsai, m.-l. (2021). flavor-related applications of chitin and chitosan in foods: effect of structure and properties on the efficacy. chitosan for biomaterials iii, 169–202. noerhartati, attributes of sorghum products: "nasi bakar and nasi bento" which affect consumers among high school, (p. 140 – 144) 144 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 wulandari, e., sukarminah, e., lanti, i., & sufmawati, f. (2017). organoleptic characteristics of cookies from sorghum composites flour. kne life sciences, 506–517. zhang, a., & jakku, e. (2021). australian consumers’ preferences for food attributes: a latent profile analysis. foods, 10(1), 56. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusiberbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ attributes of sorghum products: "nasi bakar and nasi bento" which affect consumers among high school introduction method results conclusions references 32 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement learning assistance for blind students to improve mathematical ability dian permatasari1*, anisa divani salma2, lusiana novi andani3, dian ayu andini4, aninda aulia rahayu5 uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta corresponding author: dian.permatasari@uin-suka.ac.id1* abstract: in indonesia, an education system is implemented where students with special learning needs can get an education in public schools. one type of child with special needs accepted by public schools is blind. blind children usually have various things during learning, such as difficulty in understanding abstract concepts, low learning motivation, slow to understand the material, and need to understand repetitive material. therefore, community service is required to provide special assistance to blind students to help students learn mathematics. partners in this service are two blind students from man 2 sleman. the stages of this service consist of 3 stages, namely the preparation, assistance and evaluation stages of learning. the results of the community service show that there is an increase in mathematical understanding for blind students. in addition, students become easier to understand keywords: community service, learning assistance, blind student, mathematics introduction all individuals have the right to education, including students with special needs, which is guaranteed by various regulations in indonesia. for example, one of the regulations states that "every citizen has the right to education". thus, education is guaranteed for every citizen regardless of the circumstances. to implement these regulations, an education system called inclusive education emerged. therefore, in indonesia, an inclusive education system has been implemented where students with special needs are allowed to attend education together with students in general (purnomo, 2016). students with special needs are students who have special characteristics or are different from students in general, where these students have limitations in terms of mental, physical, emotional, or intelligence (geniofam, 2010). usually, students with special needs have learning and developmental barriers. therefore, special-needs students need educational services following the obstacles experienced (ariyanti et al., 2021). in indonesia, inclusive schools have been developed. yogyakarta is one of the provinces that has implemented inclusive schools. there are several inclusive elementary schools in yogyakarta, one of them is man 2 sleman. one of the children accepted into inclusive schools is a blind student. blindness is a disorder in a person so that a person's vision cannot function optimally (camalia et al., 2016). blindness is a type of disturbance in a visual function where a person cannot use his vision completely so that in his daily life, the person is like an alert person (atmaja, 2014; ernawati, 2018). a child is said to be blind, that is, if the visual acuity is less than 6/21, meaning that based on the test, he is only able to read letters at a distance of 6 meters, while by alert people, it can be read at a distance of 21 meters (widjaya, 2013). thus, a person who is blind is said to need special tools and media in his learning activities so that a blind person can learn with conditions without vision or with limited vision. in general, the blind are classified into 2, namely low vision and total blindness (khaeroh et al., 2020). mild visual impairment is a mild visual impairment that is still able to participate in learning and carry out activities like people in general by using the rest of their visual function (ernawati, 2018). https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:dian.permatasari@uin-suka.ac.id permatasari, d., et al, learning assistance for blind students to improve mathematical ability, (p. 32 – 38) 33 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 people classified as mildly blind have visual acuity between 20/70 feet to 20/200 feet. low vision blind people still have the residual vision but cannot read in normal size, but their vision function can be improved through optical aids or environmental modification. for example, low vision may be able to read if the writing is enlarged, but it will also be helpful to learn braille or use audio recordings. conversely, total blindness is a visual impairment where the visual function cannot work so that it cannot see dark or light. total blindness is a condition where people cannot receive information using their sense of sight, so they only rely on their sense of touch and hearing in the learning process. people who are classified as blind have visual acuity of 20/200 feet or less or more than 20/200 feet but their visual acuity is not greater than 20 degrees. for example, to read blind people using braille which is read by means of fingertips, or listening to audio recordings through hearing. mathematics is a subject that students learn from elementary to college because mathematics is important. after all, almost all branches of science involve mathematics. however, students perceive mathematics as something that is considered difficult and less liked by students in regular schools and inclusive schools (aziz & prabowo, 2015; pramitasari et al., 2019). it is not uncommon to find obstacles in teaching basic mathematics concepts to students, including children with special needs (fransisca et al., 2021). the service implementation team conducted interviews with mathematics teachers at the school where the service was carried out and obtained information that blind students had difficulty and were slow to accept mathematics lessons, especially in trigonometry material. the term trigonometry comes from the words trigono and metro, which in greek can mean "three angles" and "measure", so based on these two words, trigonometry can be defined as a branch of mathematics in terms of angles in triangles and trigonometric functions such as sine (sin), cosine (cos), and tangent (tan) (kariadinata, 2018). according to jelatu et al. (2019), trigonometry is important to be taught to students, especially at the high school level. students need to understand trigonometry because it is a prerequisite for understanding topics in newtonian physics, architecture, surveying, and other engineering branches. in addition, trigonometry is one of the earliest mathematical materials to connect algebraic reasoning, geometry, and graphs. trigonometry is also an important starting point before understanding calculus. with these problems, it is necessary to carry out learning by applying fun methods and using learning media. therefore, the implementing team took the initiative to do service in the form of assistance in learning mathematics in mathematics subjects for blind students at inclusive schools in yogyakarta. methodology community service activities were carried out in 2 schools that held inclusive schools in yogyakarta province. service activities in the form of providing learning assistance. the purpose of this community service is to assist in learning, especially for blind students, in materials that are considered difficult. this assistance was attended by two students with special needs, namely the blind. students who take part in assistance are determined based on the considerations of the teacher because the teacher better understands the conditions and abilities of students. the implementation of assistance is carried out according to a schedule that has been agreed upon by the team and students. the stages in its implementation follow the flow presented in figure 1. figure 1. stages of community service implementation learning preparation learning assistance evaluation permatasari, d., et al, learning assistance for blind students to improve mathematical ability, (p. 32 – 38) 34 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 learning preparation is the initial stage in the implementation of community service activities. at this stage, observations of the condition of schools and students were carried out. in addition, the team also conducted interviews with teachers and students to find out the problems in implementing learning for blind students. it determines students' needs so that the methods or learning media offered can be applied properly. in addition, it is hoped that this assistance can significantly influence the success of learning. after knowing the needs of the target, the implementing team designed the lesson and made a service instrument in the form of questions to determine the community service's success. the next stage is learning assistance. in the beginning, students are given an initial test containing math questions to determine the child's mathematical understanding. at this stage, the team will provide individual learning with students using previously designed learning methods. next, students begin to learn about the concept of mathematical material. at the end of the assistance activity, blind students were given questions to determine student understanding. the last stage is the evaluation stage of the assistance activities that have been carried out. evaluation of this service is in the form of giving a test. the test is used to determine the ability of students after assistance. in this activity, the indicator of success used is that there is an increase in the ability of blind students to understand mathematics. results and discussion the implementation of service activities follows the steps that have been formulated, namely learning preparation, learning assistance, and evaluation. the following are the details of the activities carried out during the service activities. learning preparation based on the results of interviews and observations with mathematics teachers, it was found that the slow learner students' mathematics learning outcomes were still lacking. therefore, assistance schedules and learning methods are prepared with input from teachers and students. the target in this service consists of 2 students with blind disabilities. the materials and strategies used in learning are presented in table 1. table 1. student data, material, and assistance strategies student disability material assistance strategy student 1 blind student trigonometric ratio drill method and with a props student 2 low vision discovery learning with a props student 1 is a student who has been severely blind (absolutely unable to see) since birth, so he has never seen how students commonly use triangles and numbers with normal vision. that's why we made braille. when we met the student, he was very open and communicated well, telling us some of the difficulties he felt, especially in learning mathematics. they had never even used props. at first, when given the questions we read, students continue to wrongly determine the right angles of the triangle, the front side, the side, and even the hypotenuse of the right triangle, so that in answering questions, they still tend to be wrong. so the initial score obtained is only around 33.75. student 2 has low vision, so he can barely see. low vision blind people still have residual vision but cannot read in normal size, but their vision function can be improved through optical aids or environmental modification. for example, if the writing is enlarged, low vision may be able to read. the initial condition of students before the implementation of learning is that students have difficulty in determining the values of sinus, cosines, and tangent when there is one side of a right triangle that is not yet known. as a result, students can less reconstruct the pythagorean theorem material with trigonometric comparisons of right triangles. permatasari, d., et al, learning assistance for blind students to improve mathematical ability, (p. 32 – 38) 35 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 meanwhile, the learning props for flat stick sticks were given. figure 2 shows an example of the props. (a) (b) figure 2. the props for learning assistance: (a) the props are embossed triangles and embossed braille figures; (b) the props in the form of a triangle and a ruler learning assistance assistance activities last 1-1.5 hours. for student 1, the learning carried out by the team was by giving a treatment to investigate and determine whether a given treatment could affect a variable to be studied. in this study, researchers provide treatment by using visual props to help students understand the material. in the other 2, for student 2, the model used in this trigonometric comparison study of right triangles uses the discovery learning method with a worksheet. in addition, this learning is also assisted by teaching aids that researchers have made. discovery learning was chosen so that the mathematical concept can be understood by blind students independently and is expected to make students reconstruct the new material they get with what students have learned. in addition, the discovery learning model is in line with the 2013 curriculum (k13), where the learning process is student centered so that students can construct their understanding of the material being taught with what they have learned (kartikasari et al., 2018). the community service team emphasized the ability of the student's sense of touch and hearing. students use triangle props to feel the surface so that students get an idea of what a right triangle looks like. while the way to use a special ruler is the same as a ruler, in general, is to find out the length of an object by counting the number of lines. permatasari, d., et al, learning assistance for blind students to improve mathematical ability, (p. 32 – 38) 36 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 (a) (b) figure 3. learning assistance: (a) learning assistance for student 1; (b) learning assistance for student 2. evaluation at the evaluation stage, students who have been assisted at the last meeting are given math questions or posttests to determine the results of learning mathematics after the assistance is carried out. posttest questions are given according to the abilities of children with special needs. the results obtained by students before and after assistance are presented in table 2. table 2. data on math scores before and after assistance siswa pre-test score post-test score student 1 33,75 79,5 student 2 55 82,5 the success of the service activities can be seen from the increase in the pretest and posttest scores for the mathematical abilities of children with special needs for visual impairment who participate in assistance. it shows that the expected success indicators have been achieved. using these embossed teaching props, student 1's abilities have rapidly increased. at first, they only imagined and guessed the sides of the triangle, but with this teaching aid, students could feel the shape of the triangle, angle, and side of the triangle directly. in the intervention phase, students can determine the side of the triangle and the length of the side of the triangle so that they can answer questions more precisely than during the pretest. in this phase, the average student score becomes 79.5 on (a scale of 100). this value increased by 45.75, then the pretest value. permatasari, d., et al, learning assistance for blind students to improve mathematical ability, (p. 32 – 38) 37 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 on the other hand, the condition of student two after the learning was carried out was that the students experienced an increase in their ability to determine the values of sinus, cosines, and tangent. in addition, students can also reconstruct the pythagorean theorem with trigonometric comparisons in right triangles. it can be seen from students' activeness during learning and the increase in evaluation results. conclusions this service activity, which was carried out involving children with special needs for visual impairments, was very well received by the principal and mathematics teachers. in general, the assistance of children with special needs who are visually impaired in understanding mathematical concepts is going well. in addition, this service activity has met the indicators of success where there is an increase in students' understanding abilities after assistance is provided. acknowledgments: the author would like to thank uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta, the principal, mathematics teacher, and students of man 2 sleman, who have provided opportunities and facilities and were involved in this community service. references ariyanti, g., sari, a. e. r. m., & david ary wicaksono. (2021). pendampingan pemahaman konsep matematika dan kepercayaan diri anak berkebutuhan khusus di kota madiun. panrita abdi jurnal pengabdian kepada masyarakat. https://journal.unhas.ac.id/index.php/panritaabdi/article/view/10924 atmaja, j. r. (2014). pendidikan dan bimbingan anak berkebutuhan khusus. 2018, 2(1). aziz, a. n., & prabowo, a. (2015). analisis proses pembelajaran matematika pada anak berkebutuhan khusus ( abk ) slow learner di kelas inklusif smp negeri 7 salatiga. 6(2), 111–120. camalia, f., susanto, h., & susilo, s. (2016). pengembangan audiobook dilengkapi alat peraga materi getaran dan gelombang untuk tunanetra kelas. upej unnes physics education journal, 5(2), 66–75. https://doi.org/10.15294/upej.v5i2.13623 ernawati. (2018). pengaruh media sempoa dalam menngkatkan kemampuan menyelesaikan oprasi hitung perkalian bagi siswa tunanetra low vision kelas vii pada pembelajaran matematika di sekolah khusus negeri 01 kota serang. unik (jurnal ilmiah pendidikan luar biasa), 3(3). fransisca, n. o., pujiastuti, n. a., ningrum, p. p., & ... (2021). pendampingan siswa berkebutuhan khusus dalam pembelajaran matematika pada sekolah inklusi di kota madiun. in jurnal solma. https://journal.uhamka.ac.id/index.php/solma/article/download/7520/2572 geniofam. (2010). mengasuh dan mengsukseskan anak berkebutuhan khusus. jelatu, s., kurniawan, y., kurnila, v. s., mandur, k., & jundu, r. (2019). collaboration tps learning model and m-learning based on android for understanding of trigonometry concepts with different cognitive style. international journal of instruction, 12(4), 545–560. https://doi.org/10.29333/iji.2019.12435a kariadinata, r. (2018). trigonometri dasar edisi revisi. bandung: cv pustaka setia. kartikasari, d., medriati, r., & purwanto, a. (2018). penerapan discovery learning model dengan pendekatan saintifik untuk meningkatkan kemampuan berpikir kritis siswa pada konsep kalor dan perpindahan kalor. jurnal kumparan fisika, 1(2), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.33369/jkf.1.2.1-7 khaeroh, i., advelia, f., rosyid, a., & supena, a. (2020). pelaksanaan pendidikan inklusif untuk siswa dengan hambatan penglihatan (low vision) di sekolah dasar. jpi (jurnal pendidikan inklusi), 4(1), 11. https://doi.org/10.26740/inklusi.v4n1.p11-21 pramitasari, k., usodo, b., subanti, s., magister, p., matematika, p., sebelas, u., & surakarta, m. permatasari, d., et al, learning assistance for blind students to improve mathematical ability, (p. 32 – 38) 38 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 (2019). proses pembelajaran matematika untuk siswa slow learner di kelas inklusi smp negeri 7 klaten kelas viii. jurnal elektronik pendidikan matematika, 3(7), 777–786. http://jurnal.fkip.uns.ac.id purnomo, e. (2016). kebutuhan guru sekolah dasar inklusi dalam meningkatkan kompetensi melalui media video. jurnal kwangsan, 4(2), 95. https://doi.org/10.31800/jkwangsan-jtp.v4n2.p95--109 widjaya, a. (2013). seluk beluk tunanetra. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). learning assistance for blind students to improve mathematical ability introduction methodology community service activities were carried out in 2 schools that held inclusive schools in yogyakarta province. service activities in the form of providing learning assistance. the purpose of this community service is to assist in learning, especially ... the stages in its implementation follow the flow presented in figure 1. learning preparation is the initial stage in the implementation of community service activities. at this stage, observations of the condition of schools and students were carried out. in addition, the team also conducted interviews with teachers and s... the next stage is learning assistance. in the beginning, students are given an initial test containing math questions to determine the child's mathematical understanding. at this stage, the team will provide individual learning with students using pre... results and discussion learning preparation learning assistance evaluation conclusions references 145 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya sugiarti1*, sri wiwoho mudjanarko2 civil engineering, narotama university surabaya suggiarti28@gmail.com, sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id abstract: parking is one element of the facility that cannot be separated from the system road transport as a whole. with the increase in the population of a city, this will lead to an increase in the need to carry out various activities. semut station surabaya is one of the public facilities with a fairly high level of activity. however, in reality the parking lot at the surabaya semut station is often full and disturbing the surrounding traffic. therefore, it is necessary to analyze the performance capacity and parking space at the surabaya semut station. the method used is first conducting a literature study on parking, a preliminary survey at the studied site, collecting primary data and secondary data, then proceed with data analysis in the form of performance capacity and parking space. the results of this study show that the parking characteristic have a maximum parking volume of 247 motor bikes/day and 160 cars/day, the average duration of parking for motor bikes is 5.66 hours and cars is 4.62 hours, the maximum parking accumulation for motor bikes is as much as 87 vehicles/day and 64 cars/day, the maximum parking index for motorbikes and cars are 2.18% and 2.56% respectively, and the parking space requirement for motorcycles (srp) is 95 srp and for cars is 52 srp. keywords: parking performance, parking space requirement, station introduction background as one of the second largest cities after jakarta, surabaya city is a metropolitan which is the center of business, trade, industry, and education in indonesia. with a population of 3 million people, surabaya is the main and central commercial trade city in eastern indonesia. in 1870, the dutch east indies government, transporting land and plantations in the inland of east java for the first time using the train which is owned by staatsspoorwegen (ss) which is located at surabaya kota station, the other name of the surabaya semut station. the route dedicated at that time from malang to tanjung perak port is still being pioneered starting from surabaya-malang and pasuruan. on o may 16, 1878, the station was inaugurated and functions for the pasuruan-travel trip and malang-probolinggo. however, in the process of development, problems arise and failure in achieving service to consumers, especially on problems of comfort, safety and preservation of the building, this makes semut station damaged and not maintained, so that in the end in 1899 the old station building finally demolished and replaced with a new building to date. in order for the transportation system to be efficient, a busy place has many activities which generate travel movements and it must provides service facilities that adequate (sholikhin and mudjanarko, 2017). parking facility is a specified location as a temporary stopping place for vehicles to carry out activities at a certain time (zaimuddin, mudjanarko, et al, 2019). it is necessary to be considered that the existence of an activity center must be kept to a minimum so as not to cause disruption to the surrounding traffic flow. parking has a good purpose and it is must be easy to access. yet, if a person can't park his vehicle, they can't carry out activities as they should (yulmida, mudjanarko, et al, 2017). the increasing number of residents in the city of surabaya will lead to an increase in the need for various kinds of inter-trade activities and consumer activities around semut station surabaya. to https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:suggiarti28@gmail.com mailto:sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 146 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 overcome traffic jams because of consumer and vehicle activities, can be made easier by providing parking space. it needs to be solved by conducting a field survey in order to find out existing problems appropriately by conducting a survey of vehicle calculations in the area station. the results of this calculation are expected to help the handling steps furthermore, in order to create an orderly, safe and comfortable environment. solution to problem can be done by making parking lots and structuring parking areas. formulation of the problems based on the background above, the formulation of the problem from the research that will be discussed in the final project, among others: 1. what is the maximum parking performance for both two-wheeled and four wheeled at surabaya station? 2. how is the parking performance for now and the next five years (parking duration, parking accumulation, turnover rate, parking capacity, parking index, average parking duration, number of parking spaces needed) at surabaya kota station? 3. what recommendations can be given to the surabaya city station parking manager? scope of problem in order to avoid deviations from the discussion of the problems and topics taken, the preparation of this final project uses problem boundaries which include: 1. parking vehicle data is taken for 6 days which is divided into 1 month. on the wrong one on weekdays and one on holidays starting at 07.00 – 17.00 wib. 2. the data analyzed are all motorcycles and cars that enter the country surabaya semut station parking area. location the location of the surabaya semut station where the research was carried out is located at station kota street no. 9, surabaya, east java 60161. figure 1. location of surabaya city station (source: google maps, 2021) https://maps.google.co.id/ literature review according to the parking facility planning guidelines, the directorate general of land transportation (1998) parking is a temporary immobile state of a vehicle. included in the definition of parking is every vehicle that stops at certain places, whether stated by signs or not, and not solely for the purpose of raising and lowering people or goods pp no. 43 of 1993 explains the definition of parking is a condition where the vehicle does not move for a certain period of time or is not temporary. https://maps.google.co.id/ sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 147 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 types of parking according to placement a. parking in the road agency (on-street parking) parking on the street means parking the vehicle on the street, anywhere or along the sidewalk street, as opposed to parking it in a parking garage. but some have limits, some most of these restrictions are presented on traffic signs. sometimes only one parking is allowed side of the road, and parking is not permitted on the side of the road at all. b. parking off road agency (off street parking) namely parking that is located off the road. this type of parking is very expensive big or expensive. parking by vehicle several types of parking vehicles can be classified as follows: a. parking for two-wheeled bicycles but does not use gasoline (bicycles). b. parking for two-wheeled vehicles using gasoline (motorcycles). c. parking for three-wheeled or four-wheeled vehicles, and uses more gasoline (public transport, car and truck). parking space unit (srp) parking space unit (rsp) is a measure of the effective area for placing vehicles, however must consider the free space and width of the door opening. data analysis techniques with the parameters used to calculate the parking characteristics (srp) are: 1. parking volume parking volume is the number of vehicles that enter the parking lot at a certain time (hobbs, 1995). 𝑉𝑉𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑢𝑢𝑚𝑚𝑒𝑒 = 𝐸𝐸𝑖𝑖 + 𝑋𝑋…………………………………………………………………………..………... (1) where: ei = number of incoming vehicles (vehicles) x = vehicles that existed before the time of the survey (vehicles) figure 2. standard vehicle dimensions for passenger cars source: technical guidelines for parking facilities operation, 1997 2. parking duration parking duration is the length of time the vehicle is parked, calculated based on the difference in time of entry and parking vehicle exit times (oppenlander, 1976). but the time used parking can be classified as follows: a) short time parking (short park) namely parking that uses a parking space of less than one hour. b) medium time parking (middle park) namely parking that takes between 1-4 hours for shopping purposes. c) long time parking (long park) sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 148 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 that is parking that uses the parking space for more than 4 hours, usually used for work purposes. 𝐷𝐷 = 𝑇𝑇𝑥𝑥 − 𝑇𝑇𝑖𝑖……………………………………………………….………………………………... (2) where: t x = recorded time when the vehicle exits the parking location t i = the time recorded when the vehicle enters the parking location 3. parking capacity parking capacity consists of 2 types, namely static capacity and dynamic capacity. capacity static is the number of parking spaces available in a parking lot. dynamic capacity is the ability of a parking lot to accommodate vehicles (mcshane, 1990). 𝑃𝑃 = 𝐾𝐾𝑠𝑠 𝑥𝑥 𝑇𝑇 𝑥𝑥 𝐹𝐹 𝐷𝐷 ……………………………………………………………………………(3) where: ks = static capacity (srp) t = length of observation in the parking lot (hours) d = average parking duration during the observation time period (hours f = reduction factor, the amount is between 0.85 to 0.95 4. accumulation accumulation is the number of parking vehicles in a certain period of time. the unit of accumulation is the vehicle (hobbs, 1995). accumulation = 𝑋𝑋 + 𝐸𝐸𝑖𝑖 − 𝐸𝐸𝑥𝑥………………………………………..……………...…………………….(4) where: x = number of existing vehicles ei = entry (number of vehicles entering the parking location) ex = entry (vehicles that exit at the parking location) 5. parking index the parking index is a comparison between the accumulation of parked vehicles and the available parking capacity. this parking index is used to determine whether the number of parking plots available at the research site meets or not to accommodate parked vehicles (hobbs, 1995). 𝐼𝐼𝑃𝑃 = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝑥𝑥 100% 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝑃𝑃𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ……………………………………………….…………………….(5) 6. parking turnover the parking turnover rate will indicate the level of use of the parking space that obtained from the division between the numbers of vehicles parked during the observation time (oppenlander, 1976). 𝑃𝑃𝑇𝑇𝑃𝑃 = 𝑁𝑁𝑡𝑡 (𝑆𝑆)𝑥𝑥 (𝑇𝑇𝑠𝑠) …………………………………………………...….…………………………….(6) where: pto = parking turnover rate (vehicles/plot/hour) nt = number of parking vehicles (vehicles) s = number of parking plots (parking plots) sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 149 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 ts = length of survey period (hours) 7. parking space needs parking needs analysis parking space requirement is the number of places needed to accommodate vehicles that require parking based on facilities and functions of a land use. to determine the need for parking in an area that is in the study (suprianto and mudjanarko, 2015). 𝑍𝑍 = 𝑌𝑌 𝑥𝑥 𝐷𝐷 ……………………………………………………………..……………………………… (7) 𝑇𝑇 where: z = parking space required y = number of vehicles parked during the study period (vehicles) d = average parking duration t = length of observation time (hours) research methodology research sites the research location is at semut station surabaya because the location is adjacent to the atom market shopping whole sale center which causes a mix of goods expedition land (people who interact at atom market) with people traveling by train at semut station surabaya, this makes the land suitable for transportation. inadequate to make consumers who go to park temporarily outside whether people park online or not so that it interferes with traffic around the station and congestion often occurs. research time the vehicle entry and exit survey at the semut station surabaya was carried out for 1 month divided into the first week of the month, followed by the middle of the month, and the end of the month on one weekdays and holidays. data collection is carried out at 06.00 – 17.00, this is adjusted to the time of departure or arrival of the train. design process flowchart the steps in the performance analysis of parking space and capacity at semut station surabaya can be seen in figure 3. sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 150 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 figure 3. design process flowchart field survey data table 1. parking survey data at semut station surabaya on thursday, 02 december 2021 no parking time in flow out flow motorcycle in flow out flow car entering exiting entering exiting 1 06.00 07.00 58 18 21 5 2 07.00 -08.00 37 31 23 7 3 08.00 09.00 20 13 14 9 4 09.00 10.00 19 16 10 14 5 10.00 11.00 9 20 27 15 6 11.00 12.00 15 25 15 19 7 12.00 13.00 9 23 10 25 8 13.00 14.00 1 7 5 19 9 14.00 -15.00 2 6 6 20 10 15.00 16.00 7 9 9 10 11 16.00 17.00 5 21 11 14 total 182 189 151 157 source: data analysis,2021 sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 151 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 table 2. parking survey data at semut station surabaya on sunday, december 5, 2021 source: data analysis, 2021 table 3. parking survey data at surabaya semut station on tuesday, december 14, 2021 no parking time in flow out flow motorcycle in flow out flow car entering exiting entering exiting 1 06.00 07.00 33 21 11 15 2 07.00 -08.00 25 15 13 17 3 08.00 09.00 15 12 19 9 4 09.00 10.00 19 29 10 11 5 10.00 11.00 22 18 17 12 6 11.00 12.00 15 51 12 19 7 12.00 13.00 21 25 16 19 8 13.00 14.00 19 16 15 19 9 14.00 -15.00 13 11 11 19 10 15.00 16.00 15 10 12 19 11 16.00 17.00 17 9 15 19 total 214 217 151 19 source: data analysis, 2021 no parking time in flow out flow motorcycle in flow out flow car entering exiting entering exiting 1 06.00 07.00 47 31 11 15 2 07.00 -08.00 26 24 18 17 3 08.00 09.00 10 15 25 9 4 09.00 10.00 21 38 10 14 5 10.00 11.00 30 18 35 14 6 11.00 12.00 22 51 12 19 7 12.00 13.00 25 25 23 29 8 13.00 14.00 26 16 15 19 9 14.00 -15.00 11 11 11 20 10 15.00 16.00 19 10 12 15 11 16.00 17.00 13 9 15 5 total 250 248 187 176 sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 152 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 table 4. parking survey data at semut station surabaya on sunday, december 19, 2021 no parking time in flow out flow motorcycle in flow out flow car entering exiting entering exiting 1 06.00 07.00 41 32 11 15 2 07.00 -08.00 42 35 13 17 3 08.00 09.00 21 21 11 9 4 09.00 10.00 26 29 10 11 5 10.00 11.00 19 18 17 12 6 11.00 12.00 25 21 12 11 7 12.00 13.00 21 25 16 12 8 13.00 14.00 24 16 15 12 9 14.00 -15.00 21 11 11 20 10 15.00 16.00 21 25 12 15 11 16.00 17.00 17 9 15 5 total 278 242 143 139 source: data analysis, 2021 table 5. parking survey data at semut station surabaya on sunday, december 26, 2021 no parking time in flow out flow motorcycle in flow out flow car entering exiting entering exiting 1 06.00 07.00 51 23 21 13 2 07.00 -08.00 25 25 11 12 3 08.00 09.00 35 28 8 8 4 09.00 10.00 23 33 10 12 5 10.00 11.00 21 23 12 15 6 11.00 12.00 23 25 13 11 7 12.00 13.00 12 25 16 11 8 13.00 14.00 11 16 14 18 9 14.00 -15.00 14 21 14 18 10 15.00 16.00 21 25 8 12 11 16.00 17.00 17 6 12 5 total 253 250 139 135 source: data analysis, 2021 sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 153 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 table 6. parking survey data at surabaya semut station on tuesday, december 28, 2021 no parking time in flow out flow motorcycle in flow out flow car entering exiting entering exiting 1 06.00 07.00 36 27 15 15 2 07.00 -08.00 38 35 13 17 3 08.00 09.00 29 21 11 9 4 09.00 10.00 18 29 10 15 5 10.00 11.00 15 19 12 14 6 11.00 12.00 25 25 16 11 7 12.00 13.00 15 25 21 19 8 13.00 14.00 12 16 24 18 9 14.00 -15.00 21 11 11 20 10 15.00 16.00 21 25 12 15 11 16.00 17.00 17 9 15 5 total 247 242 160 158 source: data analysis, 2021 results and discussion parking characteristics are found in the existing parking space of semut station surabaya 1. parking volume based on the results of data collection in the field, it was found that the volume of motorcycles was 247 vehicles/day, and cars were 160 vehicles/day. volume calculation results on weekdays have a higher volume compared to holidays. 2. parking duration table 7. results of the analysis of the duration of motorized vehicles parked at the surabaya semut station source: data analysis, 2021 table 7 above shows the average duration of parking for motorbikes and cars for parking vehicles within a span of 3 hours. this shows that the majority of station visitors have long-term needs, even days. day parking vehicle parking time (minute) total vehicle parking time x total vehicle average duration average duration (1) (2) (3) (3)/ ∑ (2) (hour) tuesday, december 14, 2021 motorcycle 660 214 72720 339,81 5,66 tuesday, december 28, 2021 car 660 160 44340 277,13 4,62 sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 154 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 3. parking capacity table 8. parking capacity static capacity motorcycle (srp) car (srp) 40 25 source: data analysis, 2021 table 8. results of parking dynamic capacity analysis at semut station surabaya day type of vehicle static capacity average duration dynamic capacity srp hour srp tuesday, december 14, 2021 motorcycle 40 5,66 66 tuesday, december 14, 2021 car 25 4,60 51 source: data analysis, 2021 based on table 8 above, the dynamic capacity of motorbike and car parking is 66 srp and 51 srp. 4. accumulation based on the results of field data collection, the largest accumulation of vehicles entering the parking lot occurred on thursday, december 2, 2021, at 09.00 – 10.00 with 87 vehicles for motorcycles and 64 vehicles for cars. 5. parking index table 9. results of parking index analysis at semut station surabaya day type of vehicle static capacity max accumulation index of parking srp vehicle % thursday, december 2, 2021 motorcycle 40 87 2,18 thursday, december 2, 2021 car 25 64 2,56 source: data analysis, 2021 based on the results of table 9 above, it is found that the highest parking index for motorbikes is 2.18% and cars is 2.56%. this is because parking at semut station is problematic, namely the motorcycle and car parking index exceeds the normal capacity or capacity. 6. parking turnover table 10. result of parking turnover analysis at semut station surabaya day type of vehicle parking volume static capacity turnover vehicle srp sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 155 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 sunday, december 19, 2021 motorcycle 309 40 0,70 sunday, december 05, 2021 car 215 25 0,78 source: data analysis,, 2021 based on table 10 above, the largest parking turnover rate for motorcycles is 0.70 times for sunday, december 19 2021 and 0.78 times for cars on sunday, december 5 2021. so it can be concluded that the rate of change in car parking is greater than motorcycles. 7. parking space needs table 11. results of analysis of parking space requirements at semut station surabaya day type of vehicle total vehicle length of observation time (hour) average duration (hour) srp needs y t d (y x d)/ t sunday, december 19, 2021 motorcycle 278 11 5,35 135 sunday, december 05, 2021 car 187 11 4,53 77 source: data analysis, 2021 based on the results of table 11 above, the parking space requirements at semut station surabaya are 135 srp and 77 srp for motorbikes and cars. so the lack of parking at the surabaya semut station, namely motorcycles 135 – 40 = 95 srp and cars of 77 – 25 = 52 srp. conclusions and suggestions based on the calculation of data analysis, the following conclusions are obtained. the maximum parking volume for motor bikes at semut station surabaya occurs on sunday, december 19, 2021, at 309 vehicles/day and for cars on sunday, december 5, 2021, at 215 vehicles/day. the average duration of parked vehicles is more than 3 hours. the available parking capacity is 40 srp for motorbikes and 25 srp for cars, while the dynamic parking capacity is 158 srp for motorbikes and 56 srp for cars. the largest accumulation of vehicles entering the parking lot occurred on thursday, december 2, 2021, at 09.00-10.00 wib, with 87 motor cycles and 64 cars. with the highest parking index for motor cycles at 2.18% and cars at 2.56%. so the need for parking space at semut station surabaya cannot accommodate vehicles for station’s visitors. meanwhile, based on the results of the analysis, it is found that a good parking solution for additional parking spaces is 95 srp for motorbikes and 52 srp for cars. references d. a. yulmida, s. w. mudjanarko, m. i. setiawan, and a. d. limantara, “analisis kinerja parkir sepanjang jalan walikota mustajab,” u karst, vol. volume 1, nomor1, pp. 39–46, 2017, doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.30737/u%20karst.v1i1.81 direktorat jendral perhubungan darat. (1996). pedoman teknis penyelenggaraan fasilitas parkir. keputusan direktur jendral perhubungan darat jakarta. http://dx.doi.org/10.30737/u%20karst.v1i1.81 sugiarti & mudjanarko, evaluation of parking performance at semut station surabaya, (p. 145 – 156) 156 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 direktorat jendral perhubungan darat. (1998). pedoman perencanaan dan pengoperasian fasilitas parkir. direktorat bina sistem lalu lintas angkutan kota jakarta.warpani, s. (1990). merencanakan sistem perangkutan. itb. mcshane, william r. (1990). traffic engineering, prentice hall polytechnic series in transportation. new jersey. muhammad alvie zaimuddin, slamet winardi, sri wiwoho mudjanarko, benediktus anindito, (2019), sistem booking parkir mall dengan identifikasi plat nomor kendaraan berbasis android, jurnal tam, vol. 10, no. 2, stmik pringsewu publisher. munawar, ahmad, 2006, “manajemen lalu lintas perkotaan”, beta offset, jogjakarta. hobbs, f. d, terjemahan suprapto dan waldijono. (1995). oppenlander, j.c. and box p.c. (1976). manual of traffic engineering studies. fourth edition. institue of transportation engineering washington dc. pemerintah republik indonesia. (1993). peraturan pemerintah nomor 43 tahun 1993 t enang prasarana dan lalu lintas jalan. jakarta. perencanaan dan teknik lalu lintas, edisi kedua, gadjah mada university press. yogyakarta. riyadlus sholikhin, sri wiwoho mudjanarko, (2017), analisis karakteristik parkir di satuan ruang parkir pasar larangan sidoarjo, teknika journal, vol 1, no. 2. faculty of engineering, universitas maarif hasyim latif publisher. tamin, o. z. (2008). perencanaan dan pemodelan transportasi: teori. contoh soal dan aplikasi, institut teknologi bandung: bandung © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusiberbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ keywords: parking performance, parking space requirement, station formulation of the problems scope of problem location literature review types of parking according to placement parking by vehicle parking space unit (srp) research sites research time design process flowchart 178 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 the impact of online misinformation on covid-19 vaccines: a literature review faradita1*, setya haksama1 ¹department of health policy and administration, faculty of public health, universitas airlangga, indonesia faradita-2017@fkm.unair.ac.id1* abstract: the spread of covid-19 misinformation has contributed to what has been labelled as a crisis of trust. this decline in trust has been reinforced by legitimate criticism of government responses to the pandemic and the exacerbation of pre-existing mistrust in governments and health services, particularly amongst marginalized groups. this study aims to analyse the covid-19 vaccines misinformation and its impact to the life aspect of the society. this study was a literature review discussing about covid19 vaccines misinformation and its impact. based on the database and keywords, 15 articles were obtained, but only 7 articles had relevant topics. covid-19 vaccines misinformation can lead to several impacts namely the damage on the prevention and control action regarding to covid-19. moreover, this misinformation also can be as the stimulus undermines the covid-19 individual responses that will affect the willingness of society’s vaccines uptake. misinformation of covid-19 vaccines can be classified into several types such as misleading contents, manipulated content, false content and fabricated content. those misinformation lead to the condition of society’s acceptance toward covid19 vaccines and damage the management of covid-19 prevention and control actions that are conducted by the government. keywords: misinformation, covid-19, vaccine introduction the covid-19 pandemic has produced a massive demand for information concerning, for instance, the origin of the virus, routes of transmission, prevention, disease severity, and disease management. it has also generated misinformation, often grounded in conspiracy theories, which are readily believed in spite of the fact that such claims may be implausible and are not verified as accurate. the world health organization (who) has referred to the problem of large amounts of misinformation spread during the covid-19 pandemic as an “infodemic” (lewandowsky et al., 2021). false information about vaccines is heterogeneous, spread by groups ranging from anti-vaccine libertarians protecting civil liberties to concerned parents and health conscious people (mills and sivelä, 2021). the indonesia’s ministry of communication and information noted that there were thousands of hoax cases as of october 2020 which were divided into 4 social media platforms, namely facebook as many as 1,497, twitter 482, youtube 21, and instagram 20 (priastuty et al., 2020). looking at these numbers, it appears that facebook seems to be the most widely used social media as a medium for spreading hoaxes. this is also supported by the high number of facebook account users in indonesia, as many as 82% of the total population, which means that almost all indonesians have accounts and are able to access facebook. thus, the large number of facebook users balanced by hoaxes that are also widely spread in the media is certainly a great opportunity for misguided content to develop and influence the community. the spread of covid-19 misinformation has contributed to what has been labelled as a ‘crisis of trust’. this decline in trust has been reinforced by legitimate criticism of government responses to the pandemic and the exacerbation of pre-existing mistrust in governments and health services, particularly https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:faradita-2017@fkm.unair.ac.id faradita & haksama, the impact of online misinformation on covid-19 vaccines: a literature review, (p. 178 – 185) 178 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 amongst marginalized groups (lockyer et al., 2021). therefore, this study aims to analyse the covid19 vaccines misinformation and its impact to the life aspect of the society. methods this study was a literature review discussing about covid-19 vaccines misinformation and its impact. covid-19 vaccines are still new innovation in our global world and all the health sector, thus articles that discuss about covid-19 vaccines misinformation impacts are limited. google scholar, science direct, and pubmed were chosen as the database for being subscribed by various open access journals. this study applied a qualitative approach by elaborating results descriptively. it utilized database from articles published from 2020 until 2021 on those sites. keywords used were “covid-19 vaccines” and “misinformation” which are relevant to the topic of this study. this literature review on covid-19 vaccines misinformation analysed how the misinformation about covid-19 vaccines happened and how the impact of those misinformation about covid-19 vaccines. based on the database and keywords, 18 articles were obtained, but only 7 articles had relevant topics. the results of the literature review were then explained in tables. results and discussion misinformation misinformation refers to claims or descriptions of inaccurate, manipulated, or partial information intended to mislead others misinformation is false or inaccurate information deliberately intended to deceive. in the context of the current pandemic, it can greatly affect all aspects of life, especially people’s mental health, since searching for covid-19 updates on the internet has jumped 50% – 70% across all generations. misinformation in a pandemic can negatively affect human health. many false or misleading stories are fabricated and shared without any background or quality checking. much of this misinformation is based on conspiracy theories, some introducing elements of these into seemingly mainstream discourse (paho & who, 2020). covid-19 vaccines misinformation misinformation about covid-19 including covid-19 vaccine is a global public health threat. in terms of covid-19 vaccine misinformation, it will lead to an increasing number of vaccine rejections. exposure to covid-19 misinformation that continuously occurs in public can cause the negative effect, such as the emergence of doubts about the covid-19 vaccine (haikal, 2020). the impact of covid-19 vaccines misinformation vaccines, which in fact are predicted to be the solution to this deadly disease, will eventually encounter problems because there are many people who seem to want to thwart the project. in terms of communication, which means the process in which the communicator sends a message to be received and understood by the communicant, which will be said to be effective if it is able to achieve the same purpose as the communicator, in the end there is a bias between effective and non-effective (germani and biller-andorno, 2021). for the government, with the noise in the form of fake news that spreads, it certainly becomes ineffective because the message conveyed is not able to reach what is expected. as for certain individuals, it can be said to be effective because the noise which is a message for them is actually able to be received by the communicant in accordance with existing expectations. this is a challenge for today's communication world, especially in the era of information disruption where messages can easily faradita & haksama, the impact of online misinformation on covid-19 vaccines: a literature review, (p. 178 – 185) 179 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 be modified and disseminated from various media. whereas the main purpose of communication is understanding (west, richard; turner, 2007) regarding the covid-19 vaccine, if this is continuously allowed, then this could have an impact on society in general where there will be a crisis of trust in the government and increasingly indifferent to the existence of covid-19. this arises because in accordance with the communication process, receiving different messages with non-uniform literacy levels will affect how people think and act. the most important thing about this problem is that communication on social media, in fact, can often lead to misguided information, so to get more accurate information, it must be obtained from official channels (priastuty et al., 2020) willingness to accept a covid-19 vaccine and susceptibility to misinformation is found to depend on a number of socio-economic factors (these findings are likely to be more robust since the survey ensures consistent misinformation exposure across different demographics). females, ethnic minority groups, those without university degrees, and low-income groups were less willing to accept a vaccine (loomba et al., 2021). respondents who did not report even a single source of trust were significantly more susceptible to misinformation than those who did, echoing research from the uk and ireland which found that “those who were resistant to a covid-19 vaccine were less likely to obtain information about the pandemic from traditional and authoritative sources and had similar levels of mistrust in these sources (murphy et al., 2020). the levels of vaccine hesitancy are likely to change over time due to many other factors, including changes in covid-19 infection and death rates, legitimate reports about vaccine safety, and other factors32. public opinion is very sensitive to the information ecosystem and sensational posts tend to spread widely and quickly (kerr et al., 2021) poor communication can damage vaccine acceptance in the community. in middle and low income countries, lack of communication resources are some of the factors that limit the capacity to fight negative information about vaccines and it is difficult to get public support for vaccination programs (goldstein et al., 2015). furthermore, the addition of detailed information about covid-19 vaccines misinformation will be explained in table 1. table 1. covid-19 vaccines misinformation and its impact no authors aims results 1. barua et al., 2020 to test a conceptual framework considering general misinformation belief, conspiracy belief, and religious misinformation belief as the stimulus; and credibility evaluations as resilience strategy; and their effects on covid-19 individual responses covid-19 vaccines misinformation 1. the relationships between general misinformation beliefs and covid-19 individual responses (t = 4.13, β = −0.18, p < .001); conspiracy beliefs and and covid-19 individual responses (t = 5.47, β = −0.23, p < .001); religious misinformation beliefs and covid-19 individual responses (t = 5.57, β = −0.24, p < .001); and credibility evaluations and covid-19 individual responses (t = 8.46, β = 0.37, p < .001) were uncovered significant. 2. misinformation as the stimulus undermines the covid-19 individual responses 3. misinformation on social media has found to be more popular and is highly prevalent the impact of covid-19 vaccines misinformation faradita & haksama, the impact of online misinformation on covid-19 vaccines: a literature review, (p. 178 – 185) 180 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 no authors aims results 1. misinformation can severe the condition of covid-19. there is no vaccine and confirmed treatment, the possible best approach to counteract and slow down the spread of covid-19 is knowing the true and accurate information about its causes and how it spreads. 2. the dissemination of vaccines misinformation would contribute to the poor management of the current century's greatest public health disaster. policy recommendations 1. conducting the “stop the spread” campaign of who is trying to raise the awareness of covid-19 misinformation, as well as the joint campaign is targeted to encourage the public to evaluate the credibility of the information by double-checking it with trusted sources like who and other regional and national health agencies. 2. encouraging the imams or moulanas as “expert communicator” agreed to spread the health-related news before or after the ‘namaz’ (praying) time on their megaphone and will help to debunk the misinformation about diagnostic and treatment of the disease 3. conducting online training programs for both healthcare providers and general people with the intention to -(i) support national readiness and preparedness for covid-19 2. alkaff et al., 2021 assessing exposure to covid-19 vaccine misinformation and related factors and identifying the relationship between exposure to covid-19 vaccine misinformation and willingness to be vaccinated. covid-19 vaccines misinformation exposure 1. one-third of the respondents (30.8%) reported having misinformation exposure of covid-19 vaccine between augusts to september 2020. 2. there was a significant association between having an internet quota and misinformation exposure. 3. no significant relationship for other assessments of self-efficacy related to misinformation of covid-19 vaccine, such as confidence of respondents in their ability to distinguish misinformation and to verify whether the information is true or false so misinformation could be avoided. 4. respondents who had ignorant friends to spreading misinformation had more chance to faradita & haksama, the impact of online misinformation on covid-19 vaccines: a literature review, (p. 178 – 185) 181 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 no authors aims results get exposure to the misinformation of the covid-19 vaccine covid-19 vaccines misinformation impact 1. the respondents who were exposed to the misinformation of covid-19, 20% of them wished to have the vaccination, while 24.8% of respondents who did not get the misinformation had no willingness to get vaccinated. 3. priastuty et al., 2020 identify the covid-19 vaccine misinformation and its impact by looking at the types of hoaxes and their intensity categories. the type of covid-19 vaccines misinformation 1. the types of hoaxes in indonesia’s channel are divided into several types, namely misleading content, manipulated content, false content, and fabricated content. 2. misleading content is the most familiar in indonesia. this content itself means that the information shared is basically correct information but the details of the content are then twisted and reformulated so that it creates a different narrative and tends to be misguided. 3. the type of misleading information can be explained by several examples, such as: vaccines microchip, the price of covid-19 vaccine in indonesia is 100% more expensive than in brazil, vaccine can change the dna of human being, and etc. the covid-19 misinformation impacts 1. the intensity of misinformation regarding covid-19 vaccine is increasing between october 2020 november 2020. 2. the existing intensity can indicate a tendency that there are elements who deliberately want to thwart the government's efforts in handling covid-19 with vaccines. 3. erroneous conclusions contain content that tends to scare people into being afraid to do vaccines and lead opinions so that people doubt the solutions offered by the government in solving the covid-19 problem through vaccines. 4. the more information and news about the covid-19 vaccine, the higher the number of hoaxes about the vaccine being distributed. 4. loomba et al., 2021 to quantify how online misinformation impacts covid-19 vaccine uptake intent and identify socio-economic qualitative assessment to appeal scientific misinformation 1. in the uk, respondents who reported that they would definitely not vaccinate to protect themselves before exposure to faradita & haksama, the impact of online misinformation on covid-19 vaccines: a literature review, (p. 178 – 185) 182 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 no authors aims results groups that are most atrisk of non-vaccination and most susceptible to online misinformation. misinformation were 10.6% (3.0, 18.1) more likely than those who would “definitely” get vaccinated to have seen similar misinformation. in both the uk and us, respondents in the control group who reported that they would “definitely not” vaccinate were significantly less likely to have seen similar factual information the impact of misinformation on vaccination intent 1. 54.0% (95% percentile interval [pi], 52.3 to 55.9) of respondents in the uk and 41.2% (39.0, 43.0) in the us report that they will “definitely” accept a covid-19 vaccine to protect themselves 2. exposure to misinformation induces significant decreases in the number of respondents reporting that they would “definitely” accept a vaccine: a 6.4 (3.8, 9.0) percentage point (pp) fall in the uk and a 2.4pp (0.1, 5.0) fall in the us. 3. a factor that is associated with increased chance of rejecting the vaccine, and of being more susceptible to misinformation, compared to the baseline group (same as previously stated with no social media baseline). 4. respondents across both countries who trust television news, government briefings, health authorities, and (perhaps surprisingly) celebrities tend to have higher pre-exposure inclination to vaccinate. 5. pierri et al., 2021 to analyze how vaccination rates and vaccine hesitancy are associated with levels of online misinformation about vaccines shared by 1.6 million twitter users geolocated at the u.s. state and county levels. association between covid-19 vaccine online misinformation and vaccination uptake 1. an increase in the mean amount of online misinformation is significantly associated with a decrease in daily vaccination rates per million (b = –3518.00, p < .01) 2. as levels of misinformation increase, democratic and republican counties converge to the same level of vaccine hesitancy 3. social media users are not representative of the general public, existing evidence suggests that vaccine hesitancy flows across online social networks33, providing a mechanism for the lateral spread of misinformation offline among those connected directly or indirectly to misinformation spreading online. faradita & haksama, the impact of online misinformation on covid-19 vaccines: a literature review, (p. 178 – 185) 183 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 no authors aims results 6. purike and baiti, 2021 to search the relationship between vaccine information available on social media that is accessed by the public with the attitude taken by the community towards the vaccination program and what steps can be taken by the government of the republic of indonesia to make it well implemented. covid-19 vaccines belief factors based on misinformation 1. refusal to get vaccinated for fear of serious side effects 2. perception of distrust of vaccine makers or doubts about the ability of pharmaceutical companies to make and distribute safe and effective covid-19 vaccine 3. the erosion of public trust in the consequences of its fragmented information that spread during the covid-19 pandemic 4. trust in policy makers (governments) can also affect public perceptions of the benefits of the covid-19 vaccine. a global survey of the potential acceptance of the covid-19 vaccine beginning june 2020 found that countries with high vaccine acceptance tend to be countries with strong trust in central governments, such as china and south korea (lazarus et al., 2020). 5. there is substantial research on covid-19 misinformation and the role of social media in disseminating covid-19 misinformation (center for informed democracy & social cyber security, 2020). this is due to the lack of reliable information provided by the government so that people trust more false information (hoax) that is spread on social media. 6. socio-demographic characteristics can also lead to significantly different perceptions or acceptance of vaccines 7. social acceptance from peers or members of social networks also affects an individual's level of trust in the benefits of vaccines. individual attitudes and behaviors are influenced by members of their social networks. 7. saling et al., 2021 to investigate how these individuals, engage with misinformation and to see how this compares with the more general population. the impact of covid-19 vaccines misinformation on willingness to share unverified contents 1. of the 1397 participants, 339 (24%) indicated that they had shared unverified content. a series of independent samples t-tests were undertaken to compare the group who shared such content and the group who did not. a significantly higher belief in science was found in the group who did not share possible misinformation (m = 35.22, sd = 5.57) compared to those who did (m = 34.08, sd = faradita & haksama, the impact of online misinformation on covid-19 vaccines: a literature review, (p. 178 – 185) 184 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 no authors aims results 5.92), t(1303) = 3.14, p = .002, mean difference = 1.14, 95% ci 2. lower conspiracy mentality was found in the group who did not share possible misinformation (m = 19.53, sd = 5.21) compared to those who did (m = 20.29, sd = 4.89), t(1352) = -2.31, p = .021, mean difference = -.75, 95% ci [-1.39] covid-19 vaccines misinformation impacts 1. 24% of this cohort were willing to share possible misinformation and 31% had shared information that they later discovered to be false. participants were asked why they shared information of whose truth value they were uncertain. approximately 37% indicated that it seemed interesting, 38.3% shared to get a second opinion about the claim’s veracity and 12.4% shared information for its entertainment value 2. vaccine acceptance was positively predicted by belief in science and negatively predicted by conspiracy mentality. conclusion misinformation of covid-19 vaccines can be classified into several types such as misleading contents, manipulated content, false content and fabricated content. those misinformation lead to the condition of society’s acceptance toward covid-19 vaccines and damage the management of covid19 prevention and control actions that are conducted by the government references alkaff, r. n. et al. (2021) ‘public health study program, faculty of health sciences, uin syarif hidyatullah jakarta jl. kertamukti no.5, pisangan, ciputat, 15419, indonesia’, jurnal kesehatan reproduksi, 12(1), pp. 1–13. doi: 10.22435/kespro.v12i1.4794.1-13. barua, z. et al. (2020) ‘effects of misinformation on covid-19 individual responses and recommendations for resilience of disastrous consequences of misinformation’, progress in disaster science, 8, p. 100119. doi: 10.1016/j.pdisas.2020.100119. germani, f. and biller-andorno, n. (2021) ‘the anti-vaccination infodemic on social media: a behavioral analysis’, plos one, 16(3 march), pp. 1–14. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0247642. goldstein, s. et al. (2015) ‘health communication and vaccine hesitancy’, vaccine, 33(34), pp. 4212– 4214. doi: 10.1016/j.vaccine.2015.04.042. haikal, h. (2020) ‘persepsi masyarakat terhadap hoax bidang kesehatan’, jurnal manajemen informasi dan administrasi kesehatan (jmiak), 3(2), pp. 7–11. doi: 10.32585/jmiak.v3i2.836. kerr, j. r. et al. (2021) ‘effect of information about covid-19 vaccine effectiveness and side effects on behavioural intentions: two online experiments’, vaccines, 9(4), pp. 1–22. doi: 10.3390/vaccines9040379. lewandowsky, s. et al. (2021) ‘the covid-19 vaccine communication handbook. a practical guide for improving vaccine communication and fighting misinformation.’, pp. 1–21. available at: faradita & haksama, the impact of online misinformation on covid-19 vaccines: a literature review, (p. 178 – 185) 185 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 https://sks.to/c19vax. lockyer, b. et al. (2021) ‘understanding covid-19 misinformation and vaccine hesitancy in context: findings from a qualitative study involving citizens in bradford, uk’, health expectations, 24(4), pp. 1158–1167. doi: 10.1111/hex.13240. loomba, s. et al. (2021) ‘measuring the impact of covid-19 vaccine misinformation on vaccination intent in the uk and usa’, nature human behaviour, 5(3), pp. 337–348. doi: 10.1038/s41562-021-01056-1. mills, m. c. and sivelä, j. (2021) ‘should spreading anti-vaccine misinformation be criminalised?’, the bmj, 372(february), pp. 1–3. doi: 10.1136/bmj.n272. murphy, j. et al. (2020) ‘preparing for a covid-19 vaccine: identifying and psychologically profiling those who are vaccine hesitant or resistant in two general population samples’, 44(0). doi: 10.31234/osf.io/8dtnq. paho & who (2020) ‘understanding the i nfodemic and misinformation in the fight against covid19 | digital transformation toolkit’, digital transformation toolkit. pierri, f. et al. (2021) ‘the impact of online misinformation on u.s. covid-19 vaccinations’. available at: http://arxiv.org/abs/2104.10635. priastuty, c. w. et al. (2020) ‘hoaks tentang vaksin covid-19 di tengah media sosial’, prosiding seminar nasional unimus, 3, pp. 391–399. available at: https://prosiding.unimus.ac.id/index.php/semnas/article/view/641. purike, e. and baiti, a. (2021) ‘informasi vaksin di media sosial dan program vaksin covid-19: langkah apa yang dapat dilakukan oleh pemerintah republik indonesia?’, cross-border, 4(2), pp. 58–69. available at: http://journal.iaisambas.ac.id/index.php/crossborder/article/view/635. saling, l. l. et al. (2021) ‘no one is immune to misinformation: an investigation of misinformation sharing by subscribers to a fact-checking newsletter’, plos one, 16(8 august), pp. 1–13. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0255702. west, richard; turner, l. h. (2007) pengantar teori komunikasi edisi 3 analisis dan aplikasi. 3rd edn. jakarta: salemba humanika. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusiberbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 92 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 provision of learning room facilities for school age children to increase learning motivation in semen village, gandusari, blitar regency, east java sri wiwoho mudjanarko1,*, muhammad ikhsan setiawan1, agus sukoco2, rofik jalal rosyanafi3 , rizal bahaswan1, i putu artaya4, purwanto5,agung sihono6, alfa izza ramadhani7, mesakh yunanto7, ekki erlangga8 1civil engineering, narotama university, surabaya 2master in management, narotama university, surabaya 3paud, narotama university, surabaya 4management and business, narotama university, surabaya 5village head, cement village, gandusari district, blitar 6head of planning, semen village, gandusari district, blitar 7students of civil engineering, narotama university, surabaya 8computer system students, narotama university, surabaya 1sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id, ikhsan.setiawan@narotama.ac.id, agus.sukoco@narotama.ac.id, rofik.jalal.rosyanafi@narotama.ac.id, rizal.bahaswan@narotama.ac.id, putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id abstract, blitar city is part of blitar regency in east java province. here, there is also the tomb of bung karno, the first president of the republic of indonesia and the proclaimer of indonesian independence. the existence of bung karno's grave is part of the tourism program in blitar. in addition, there are other tourist attractions such as in the semen village, gandusari district, blitar. the existence of this tour will make the community around semen village to improve the quality of their education. this educational process requires a good learning space so as to make the educational process more comfortable. this is often done with the learning process carried out at home or around the house due to the covid 19 pandemic era. this service is carried out to improve the educational learning process in semen village, gandusari district, blitar by providing and increasing the space with a wider capacity. the methodology used is to build a study room using technology as a result of research that has been carried out by the main author. the building is made of precast composite concrete. in addition, the authors conducted a survey on the existence of the construction of learning spaces to the user community. the hope of this service is that the existence of this increased study space will further increase the enthusiasm of the younger generation to learn and be ready to increase the tourism potential in semen village, gandusari district, blitar. keywords: community service, learning room, covid 19 pandemic. introduction community service background one of the real contributions to the world of higher education is the tri dharma higher education activity, one of which can be implemented through community service activities. through this program, the performance of a university can be measured by both the ministry of education and culture, research and technology and the wider community. through community service activities, long-term synergy is created between the community and the campus world. the process of building a learning space for the semen gandusari village community is an integrated step with the development of the tourist destination environment for the semen gandusari village, blitar, which is a tourist spot located in semen village, gandusari district, blitar regency, east java, indonesia. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:*sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id mudjanarko, at al, provision of learning room facilities for school age children to increase learning motivation in semen village, gandusari, blitar regency, east java, (p. 92 100) 93 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 tourism village in the village of semen gandusari blitar is a tourist spot that is crowded with tourists on weekdays and holidays. this place is very beautiful and can give a different sensation to our daily activities. tourism village in the village of semen gandusari blitar has a charm of beauty and is a source of income for the local village (fatmawati, 2016). there is a lot of tourism potential in blitar that deserves to be developed and has a selling value. the tourism village in semen gandusari village, blitar, is very suitable to fill vacation activities and learning activities that have a natural nuance, especially during long holidays such as national holidays or other holidays. the beauty of the tourism village in semen gandusari village, blitar, is suitable for learning for all age groups for local residents and residents outside the city. through outdoor learning in tourist villages, it adds knowledge and insight for school-age children aged 6 to 14 years. the existence of the provision of learning spaces in tourist areas is very appropriate and able to increase the interest and motivation of school students at certain times and can be a variation of the atmosphere for them in an effort to minimize student boredom when exploring daily learning activities at school (indarto, 2014). with a mountainous feel, semen gandusari village is a village in blitar regency, east java province, indonesia which has economic value for increasing the income of residents in that location. with a strategic location, village tourism objects located on the western slopes of mount kawi are easily accessible from all directions and become an alternative tourist destination that is worth a visit (fahrudin, 2021). partner profile the profile of semen village, gandusari sub-district, blitar district, east java is presented in full below: tabel 1. demographic profile of semen gandusari village, blitar district, east java no. total population gender number of family heads number of poor families man women 2.701 665 1. 8.280 4.197 4.083 the ratio and population condition of semen village can be seen in table 1 above, with a population of 8,280 sufficient to support the process of developing facilities and infrastructure at the village location. the mindset of the community that is still not 100% modern is the potential to be developed through various forms of integrated counseling and training through community service activities so that the local community can be trained, skilled, have adequate knowledge and insight as a driving force for development in the village. tabel 2. education level of the residents of semen gandusari village, blitar, east java no. level of education total total neighborhood association total citizens association number of village institutions 1. sd 2.967 58 14 4 2. smp 1.285 3. sma 937 as seen in table 2 above, the education level of the local community in semen gandusari village is still at the maximum level of high school graduation. this is a deficiency or obstacle for local villages in developing village potential. because to achieve this goal, the maximum education that residents have is a bachelor's level or a certain level of education whose graduates are trained and skilled in accommodating problems in the village so that they are able to independently find solutions in development (chaeruman, 2020). the state of indonesia still has obstacles and limitations in the process of developing the skills of its population, in an effort to support the development of social and economic conditions, especially in rural areas. whatever the natural potential and population of a village, it is a resource that should be developed by a second party, such as local government, academics, civil society and other parties who have expertise mudjanarko, at al, provision of learning room facilities for school age children to increase learning motivation in semen village, gandusari, blitar regency, east java, (p. 92 100) 94 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 in their fields. thus, this contribution is able to provide a positive value in the development of facilities and infrastructure needed by rural residents such as the one in semen village, gandusari sub-district, blitar district, east java. tabel 3. livelihoods of the villagers of semen gandusari, blitar, east java no. livelihoods total village credit agency community education institute 1. farmer 4.633 11 11 2. breeder 1. 866 3. state civil apparatus 912 4. driver 126 5. other 743 the data display in table 3 above, reflects the diversity of the patterns of residents who are still agrarian. of course, the condition of the local village still relies on economic life based on natural and agricultural products. however, one sector that strongly supports the development of village progress is the tourism sector in the form of tourist villages. village tourism potential that can be developed more optimally can be seen in the image below: figure 1. the natural potential and tourism destinations of gandusari that deserve to be developed to increase the income and welfare of the residents figure 1 above provides a new vehicle in the process of providing a learning space whose location is integrated with a tourist atmosphere with a rural location. even learning rooms built in village tourist sites, if developed properly in addition to providing benefits for village residents, especially school-age children, the available buildings can actually become profitable economic potential (istifadah, 2020). the existence of a learning room if developed professionally can bring potential income for villagers because the room if built en masse can be rented out to city dwellers who come to the village to study while traveling (damanik, 2019). this can be done for students who are in the city coming to the village on the weekends. of course, mudjanarko, at al, provision of learning room facilities for school age children to increase learning motivation in semen village, gandusari, blitar regency, east java, (p. 92 100) 95 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 the design of learning at tourist sites will provide their own motivation for these students because their learning locations become more varied and not monotonous in their classrooms only. actually, the potential for developing learning spaces like this is still not widely developed in indonesia (asmuni, 2020). the learning process of school students actually cannot be separated from the influence of nature. for most students, schools in the open with adequate facilities will give strength to the soul and spirit of students in increasing students' knowledge and insight about nature. furthermore, the development of such potential on a large scale requires the role and contribution of investors (liunardi & carina, 2020). methods in the process of implementing community service activities, the community service team or pkm team at narotama university surabaya, carries out the following activity stages: 1. preparation of activities, forming a team of implementing activities led by the chief executive of abdimas activities, that is dr. ir. h. sri wiwoho mudjanarko, team members involved lecturers across study programs, that is civil engineering and management studies, civil engineering students and activity partners that is semen gandusari village, blitar, east java. 2. the activity partner is semen village, gandusari, blitar district, east java province. semen village was chosen because this village is located in a tourist destination, which greatly supports the integration of future facility development, especially those related to the provision of learning facilities and increasing the provision of facilities and infrastructure for the progress and welfare of the villagers. 3. evaluation of activity results, in the process of implementing community service activities, the pkm team is always accompanied by the semen village apparatus, in discussion activities, receiving input and other directions as part of one of the activities in the partnership. evaluation basically aims that everything that is done can accommodate and be in accordance with the wishes of the villagers of semen. 4. measurement of achievement indicators, in the process of implementing pkm activities, the pkm team conducted interviews and filled out questionnaires to residents of semen village. the goal is to measure the level of success and achievement of pkm activities in accordance with the wishes and desires of the villagers. through the measurement of achievement indicators, it can be seen the level of achievement of the implementation of community service activities regarding the provision of learning spaces. result and discussion work implementation before the learning room construction process is carried out, at the initial stage it is necessary to prepare the design of the building, especially related to land area, building location, exterior design properly and carefully. the design of the building has been discussed with village officials and community representatives to suit their designation and needs. the construction of the learning room is in a green open space without destroying nature with a strategic location in the middle area of the village which is integrated with village tourism activities in semen gandusari village, blitar. so that the process of selecting the location for the placement of the building being built does not interfere with the infrastructure and facilities of other villages in the semen village. the process of designing buildings and learning rooms is as follows: mudjanarko, at al, provision of learning room facilities for school age children to increase learning motivation in semen village, gandusari, blitar regency, east java, (p. 92 100) 96 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 figure 2. design or design of learning space 2021 the design of the learning room shown in figure 2 above is a follow-up to the development process that was carried out in 2019 in the form of a joglo using a hollow foundation and was built through a community service grant program. the view of the 2019 joglo building looks like picture 3 below: figure 3. the results of the implementation of community service in 2019 this community service activity in 2021 is actually a development of community service activities in 2019 with the same location or place. only the shape of the building is different, if it used to be a joglo, the current building is a room. however, the goal is the same, namely to provide a learning space for residents, especially school-age children. the process of working on this learning room looks like the following: mudjanarko, at al, provision of learning room facilities for school age children to increase learning motivation in semen village, gandusari, blitar regency, east java, (p. 92 100) 97 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 figure 4. stages of the learning room construction process along with building drawing designs this building model is designed using precast composite concrete so that an efficient, vibrationresistant house is obtained, a more affordable cost and a more guaranteed building quality. in the future, all types of buildings tend to be more suitable to use this model design. the impact of the modernization of building design but without leaving the quality of the foundation and physical building in the long term. the construction of a learning room with a size of 6x3 meters is quite spacious and can accommodate schoolage children up to 25, because the interior design is made in such a way with many windows so that air circulation is well maintained and healthy. the modeling of buildings like this was very enthusiastically welcomed by local residents because of the multifunctional design of the buildings and rooms. for community service programs, the shape of the building will actually be more developed but still have the principle of cheap buildings but still maintain quality and of course also healthy. implementation of fgd (focus group discussion) this activity is focused on the tasks of each team member who has responsibility in their field. the purpose of the fgd is of course to discuss if obstacles or problems are found, so that team members can give each other the best solutions. the fgd (focus group discussion) activities are shown in the image below: mudjanarko, at al, provision of learning room facilities for school age children to increase learning motivation in semen village, gandusari, blitar regency, east java, (p. 92 100) 98 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 figure 5. fgd activities as a monitoring tool for overall activity readiness learning room development goals in accordance with the concept and purpose of implementation, the construction of this learning room is focused on meeting the availability of space which can basically be used as a multifunctional space for villagers. so if the villagers have certain activities and need room facilities then this building is ideal for use. however, community life in the village always requires a special room that can be used at any time when they carry out certain activities, for example, study groups for school-age children, recitation rooms, meeting rooms for family welfare education women, village meeting rooms and so on. with the presence of this building, although the shape is simple, the benefits for the villagers are felt. this is part of the government's concern for the lives of villagers and the general public so that their lives are more prosperous under any conditions. the implementation of this abdimas activity is due to the 2021 mbkm policy research program funding assistance program and pts research results-based abdimas which is an assistance scheme managed and developed by the secretariat of the directorate general of higher education, research and technology, the directorate general of higher education, research, and technology. , ministry of education, culture, research and technology. by considering the support for pts in terms of research and community service, it is hoped that it can spur pts to improve the science and technology culture, and play a role in socio-economic activities towards a more prosperous indonesia. in the future, the provision of learning spaces to support learning facilities should be increased in rural areas. the goal is to catch up with the education of the villagers. measuring achievement indicators one of the tools to indicate whether or not the implementation of the activity is achieved or not, in accordance with expectations, according to or not with the objectives as revealed by damayanti et al, 2017 it is necessary to carry out a series of tests which can be in the form of post-test, analysis of consumer satisfaction indicators or test models. others, to determine the percentage of achievement of an activity implementation. in providing this learning room facility, interviews and filling out questionnaires have been carried out on 84 residents of semen gandusari blitar village as representatives or samples of activity subjects. the formulation for the achievement indicator is as follows: 1. if the percentage of activity achievement indicators, the value is equal to or greater than 85%, then the provision of learning space in semen gandusari blitar village is considered capable of meeting the desires and needs of the residents for learning facilities. 2. if the percentage of activity achievement indicators, the value is less than or less than 85%, then the provision of learning space in semen gandusari blitar village is considered not able to meet the desires and needs of the residents for learning facilities. mudjanarko, at al, provision of learning room facilities for school age children to increase learning motivation in semen village, gandusari, blitar regency, east java, (p. 92 100) 99 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 table 4. activity achievement indicators no. indicator indicator value amount va a d da 1. accuracy of building location 31 38 8 7 84 2. building legality 48 34 0 2 3. usability and benefits 31 52 0 1 4. create togetherness 42 28 9 5 5. improving village facilities 39 35 6 4 6. creating economic value 54 12 9 9 7. meets basic needs 61 11 8 4 8. beneficial for all parties 49 26 7 2 9. integrated with village environment 32 39 4 9 amount 387 275 51 43 662/756=87,56% explanation: va=very agree, a=agree, d=disagree, da=do not agree if you look at the results in table 4 above, the achievement indicator value is 87.56% greater than 85%, this means that the activities carried out in the semen gandusari village, blitar, east java, are accepted by the residents and are considered to have benefits according to the wishes and needs of the current residents. this. so that it can be concluded that partners in the activity of providing learning space recognize the implementation of work that is carried out well. conclusion there are several conclusions that can be underlined in the implementation of this community service activity, i.e: 1. the existence of the building, its location and its designation have received legality from local residents and village officials. so that there are no problems or obstacles in the field. 2. the designation of the learning room building has been recognized for its shape, design and usefulness by the residents, so that the presence of this learning room is in accordance with the wishes and needs of the residents. 3. the building erected on a plot of land is multifunctional for the needs and benefits of the villagers, so that all levels of the population in the village can use it as needed. 4. the learning room building has been integrated with the tourist area environment in the village of semen gandusari, blitar, east java, so that the process of its establishment does not violate the rules that apply in the village. 5. in the future, residents want this kind of program to continue and they welcome it enthusiastically. 6. future use of the learning space is left entirely to the residents in coordination with the local kelurahan in the maintenance process and so on. acknowledgements the authors thank to sekretariat ditjen pendidikan tinggi, riset dan teknologi direktorat jenderal pendidikan tinggi, riset dan teknologi kementerian pendidikan, kebudayaan, riset dan teknologi, indonesia, for their grants financial support scheme, program penelitian kebijakan merdeka belajar kampus merdeka dan pengabdian masyarakat berbasis hasil penelitian dan purwarupa pts 2021. conflicts of interest mudjanarko, at al, provision of learning room facilities for school age children to increase learning motivation in semen village, gandusari, blitar regency, east java, (p. 92 100) 100 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 there is no conflict of interest in the writing of this article, either between fellow authors or with outside parties as research partners or other parties who contribute references asmuni, a. (2020). problematika pembelajaran daring di masa pandemi covid-19 dan solusi pemecahannya. jurnal paedagogy, 7(4), 281-288. azhari, u. l., & kurniady, d. a. (2016). manajemen pembiayaan pendidikan, fasilitas pembelajaran, dan mutu sekolah. jurnal administrasi pendidikan, 23(2). chaeruman, u. a. (2020). ruang belajar baru dan implikasi terhadap pembelajaran di era tatanan baru. kwangsan, 8(1), 142-153. damanik, b. e. (2019). pengaruh fasilitas dan lingkungan belajar terhadap motivasi belajar. publikasi pendidikan, 9(1), 46-52. damayanti, n.a., pusparini, m., djannatun, t., ferlianti, r.,(2017). metode pre-test dan metode post-test sebagai salah satu alat ukur keberhasilan kegiatan penyuluhan kesehatan tentang tuberkulosis di kelurahan utan panjang jakarta pusat. prosiding snapp2017 kesehatan, 144-150 fahrudin, a. (2021). model aplikasi komunikasi daring sebagai fasilitas pembelajaran di era pandemi covid 19. indonesian journal of islamic communication, 4(1), 74-98. fatmawati, m. r. (2016). pengaruh fasilitas pembelajaran dan disiplin belajar terhadap prestasi belajar matematika siswa kelas ii sd muhammadiyah 4 kandangsapi tahun ajaran 2015/2016 (doctoral dissertation, universitas muhammadiyah surakarta). herliandry, l. d., nurhasanah, n., suban, m. e., & kuswanto, h. (2020). pembelajaran pada masa pandemi covid-19. jtp-jurnal teknologi pendidikan, 22(1), 65-70. indarto, p. (2014). modifikasi fasilitas sport court multi fungsi dalam pembelajaran pendidikan jasmani untuk sekolah dasar di kota surakarta. indonesian journal of sports science, 1(1), 218333. istifadah, i. (2020). desain ruang pembelajaran outdoor bagi kelompok belajar (kb) paud terpadu alfurqan jember. genius: indonesian journal of early childhood education, 1(2), 173-188. kartika, s., husni, h., & millah, s. (2019). pengaruh kualitas sarana dan prasarana terhadap minat belajar siswa dalam pembelajaran pendidikan agama islam. jurnal penelitian pendidikan islam,[sl], 7(1), 113-126. khusniyah, n. l., & hakim, l. (2019). efektivitas pembelajaran berbasis daring: sebuah bukti pada pembelajaran bahasa inggris. jurnal tatsqif, 17(1), 19-33. liunardi, n., & carina, n. (2020). ruang pembelajaran kreativitas di bsd. jurnal sains, teknologi, urban, perancangan, arsitektur (stupa), 2(1), 767-780. priyanto, o. c. (2020). karakteristik ruang pembelajaran menggunakan kumpulan karya simulasi. lintas ruang: jurnal pengetahuan dan perancangan desain interior, 8(2), 19-25. saifulloh, a. m., & darwis, m. (2020). manajemen pembelajaran dalam meningkatkan efektivitas proses belajar mengajar di masa pandemi covid-19. bidayatuna: jurnal pendidikan guru mandrasah ibtidaiyah, 3(2), 285-312. tian, m., kusmindari, c. d., & hardini, s. (2021). ruang belajar online sebagai implementasi pembelajaran daring pada murid sekolah dasar muhammadiyah 22 meranjat. jurnal pengabdian kepada masyarakat bina darma, 1(1), 43-56. yuliana, w. (2020). efektifitas pembelajaran daring di tengah wabah pandemi covid-19 di universirtas abdurachman saleh situbondo. jurnal ika pgsd (ikatan alumni pgsd) unars, 8(2), 417-428. yulyani, r. d. (2020). pengaruh media pembelajaran google classroom, fasilitas pembelajaran dan minat belajar mahasiswa terhadap motivasi belajar daring selama pandemi covid-19. ed-humanistics: jurnal ilmu pendidikan, 5(2), 703-714. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusiberbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 101 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement lecturer's behavior finance in making investment decisions on financial assets from the perspective of psychological factors yuniningsih yuniningsih*1, bowo santoso2, nanda farah zhafirah3, difa rachmayanti4, dina anggraini5 1,2,3,4,5universitas pembangunan nasional “veteran” jawa timur, indonesia yuniningsih@upnjatim.ac.id abstract: this research is a continuation of research year 1 with the title “lecturer financial asset investment interest in surabaya”. in the first year of research, the research was limited to investment interest as an endogenous latent variable. 3 exogenous latent variables were consisting of financial literacy, attitude, and motivation. there is also 1 moderating variable, namely family. the purpose of this study was to determine the behavior of lecturers in surabaya in making investment decisions. 3 factors as exogenous variables are investment interest, risk perception, and risk tolerance. these factors affect investment decisions as endogenous variables. the analysis tool used is sem pls and with 56 participant’s data. the results show that investment interest greatly influences investment decisions. while the other two variables, risk perception, and risk tolerance do not affect investment decisions. the dependent variable or as an endogenous variable in this study is investment decisions and 3 exogenous latent variables, namely investment interest, risk perception, and risk tolerance. . keywords: investment decision, investment interest, risk perception, risk tolerance introduction most of the world community, including indonesia, began in early 2020 facing the covid-19 pandemic. the high level of transmission from the pandemic affects the health and economy of the community. the impact of the economy is felt at the level of investment in each country. the level of investment in both financial assets and real assets is highly dependent on the behavior of economic actors or investors, both individually and institutionally. many factors influence investment decisions, ranging from demographics, psychology, fundamental factors, and other macro factors. demographic factors can be seen in terms of gender, profession, age, income level, family (chavali and mohan raj 2016); (yuniningsih yuniningsih and santoso 2020). psychological factors in terms of attitude, evaluation, financial literacy, herding, motivation, loss aversion, regret aversion, and the illusion of control, (y yuniningsih and taufiq 2019) (yuniningsih yuniningsih et al. 2020), (yuniningsih yuniningsih and santoso 2020). other psychological factors can be investment interest, risk perception, overconfidence, and others. the theoretical basis of this research uses prospect theory developed by (kahneman 1979), (kahneman and tversky 2013) which explains the behavior of people in making decisions are faced with two choices in a gain position or a loss position. this study examines how a lecturer makes investment decisions with factors of interest, risk perception, and risk tolerance. the courage to invest in an investor or lecturer should indeed consider the investment risks that must be faced. according to (seo, goldfarb, and barrett, 2010), risk-taking is divided into two, namely less risk-taking or risk-averse and greater risk-taking or risk-seeking. based on opinion (seo, goldfarb, and barrett, 2010), the magnitude of risk-taking carried out by investors will determine whether they are classified as risk-taking or risk-seeking investors and vice versa as riskaverse. investors' investment interest can be seen from several characteristics such as efforts to find out about the type of investment, learn, and practice or implement (cahya, 2019). (situmorang, andreas, and natariasari 2014) state the characteristics of investment interest such as spending time studying and understanding investments, trying to invest in that type of investment, or increasing the portion of investments that have been made previously. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:yuniningsih@upnjatim.ac.id yuniningsih, et al., lecturer's behavior finance in making investment decisions on financial assets from the perspective of psychological factors, (p. 101 109) 102 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 it can be concluded that if someone is interested, they are likely to have a very large curiosity about investment. the more interested in investing, the more influencing investment decision-making. risk perception in making investment decisions plays an important role, especially in conditions of uncertainty. an investor who invests will pay attention to various possible risks and how much risk he will face later. risk perception is a self-perception of losses caused by investing in shares in the capital market (fahreza 2020). this opinion supports the research conducted (nosić and weber 2010) states that the behavior of investors in making investment decisions is related to the subjective attitude in dealing with risk. another psychological factor in this study is risk tolerance. risk tolerance discusses how an investor understands the magnitude of the risk faced and how solutions must be taken. as said by (ainia and lutfi 2019) that to get the expected rate of return in the future from an investment, investors must understand the magnitude of the risk of the chosen investment, as well as the opportunities that will be received. investors who have high-risk tolerance will be more daring to make an investment decision and invest their funds in the chosen investment. fundamental factors and financial behavior will determine the investment decisions that will be made. the courage of a lecturer in making investment decisions cannot be separated from how to behave daily, mindset, environment, and understanding of the importance of investing, especially in financial assets. based on the explanation above, the research will focus on “lecturer's behavior finance in making investment decisions on financial assets from the perspective of psychological factors”. based on the description above, this research hypothesizes h1. investment interest has a positive impact on investment decisions h2. risk perception has a positive impact on investment decisions h3. risk tolerance has a positive impact on investment decisions . method the population is lecturers in surabaya, both teaching at state universities (ptn) and private universities (pts). samples were taken from lecturers who have nidn and have received lecturer certification (serdos). data collection was carried out by distributing questionnaires and with a total of 56 data being processed. the measurement of variables is done with the linkert scale. investment decisions are measured by 5 indicators which are divided into 2 indicators referring to (subash 2012) namely knowledge of investing in financial assets, knowledge of investing money. meanwhile, 3 indicators refer to andini, ra (2019), namely investment decisions after consideration, decisions based on information available in the market, investment decisions based on self-confidence. investment interest is measured using 5 indicators that refer to (fishbein and ajzen 1975) namely believing in the benefits of investment, being responsible for investment rules, complying with the rules set by the institution, considering the amount of capital invested, dividing time between investment efforts and routine work. risk perception uses 4 indicators out of 10 indicators from (pasewark and riley 2010) namely a high level of security, interest payments (dividends), projected income, investment returns. risk tolerance is measured using 3 indicators that refer to research (grable and lytton 1999) in (ainia and lutfi 2019) namely the comparison of profit and security, investment preferences, and investment situation. the analysis tool uses partial least square (pls). results statistical analysis the picture below shows the influence between the independent variables of investment interest (x1), risk perception (x2), and risk tolerance (x3) on investment decisions. the explanation in figure 1 is shown by a series of analyzes which will be presented in several tables. yuniningsih, et al., lecturer's behavior finance in making investment decisions on financial assets from the perspective of psychological factors, (p. 101 109) 103 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 figure 1. direct testing with 61 of data from a total of 61 data, it turns out that after being analyzed there are values for the outer loading indicators x1.1, x3.1, and y1 has a value below 0.7 causing the data to be declared invalid. after evaluation, it turns out that there are several answers from the indicator variable that are not valid. as result 5 participants with inconsistent answers were excluded. so in this study using as many as 56 data in the analysis. below is an image with 56 data. figure 2. direct testing with 56 of data figure 2 shows the outer loading value of more than 0.7 for all indicators indicating the validity of the data. furthermore, the evaluation of the measurement model is presented in table 1, table 2, and table 3. measurement model evaluation the results of the evaluation of the measurement model are presented in table 1 showing the value of cronbach’s alpha, rho_a, composite reliability and average variance extracted (ave). yuniningsih, et al., lecturer's behavior finance in making investment decisions on financial assets from the perspective of psychological factors, (p. 101 109) 104 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 table 1. construct reliability and validity cronbach's alpha rho_a composite reliability average variance extracted (ave) investment interest (x1) 0.874 0.877 0.909 0.667 risk perception (x2) 0.846 0.873 0.895 0.682 risk tolerance (x3) 0.835 0.893 0.898 0.746 investment decision (y) 0.853 0.863 0.895 0.631 source: data processed based on table 1, internal consistency is indicated by cronbach's alpha and composite reliability. internal consistency with cronbach's alpha value is used to assess internal consistency which is calculated based on the inter-correlation of construct indicator values. table 1 shows that cronbach's alpha value for all latent variables is more than 0.7. thus, it can be concluded that the latent variables used in this study have high internal consistency. internal consistency test to test the suitability of other models using the reliability test with composite reliability. the measure of internal consistency of the indicators of each variable used in this study shows the composite reliability value of more than 0.7. this shows that there is a good internal consistency of each research construct (ghozali and latan 2015). the high internal consistency in this study is indicated by the cronbach's alpha value which is also supported by the composite reliability results that meet the requirements in the study. the rule of thumb used for composite reliability values is greater than 0.7 and cronbach's alpha value is greater than 0.7 (ghozali and latan 2015). based on table 1, convergent validity is indicated by the value of average variance extracted (ave). convergent validity shows the extent to which an indicator is positively correlated with other indicators in the same construct. table 1 shows that the ave value of each construct is more than 0.5. this means that each construct explaining more than half of the variance does come from its indicators (r. hair and jj n.d.), (j. f. hair, ringle, and sarstedt 2011) discriminant validity is a value that indicates that a construct is different from another construct. discriminant validity was tested at the indicator level and construct level. discriminant validity at the indicator level is seen from the cross-loading value. according to (barclay, smith, and watts 1995), the value of the outer loading of an indicator for a construct must be greater than the value of the outer loading indicator of another construct. the results of discriminant validity are shown in table 2. table 2. cross loadings investment interest (x1) risk perception (x2) risk toleraance (x3) investment decision (y) x1.1 0.755 0.588 0.607 0.714 x1.2 0.880 0.687 0.664 0.725 x1.3 0.871 0.746 0.534 0.695 x1.4 0.799 0.706 0.421 0.631 x1.5 0.769 0.562 0.573 0.625 x2.1 0.471 0.740 0.285 0.445 x2.2 0.588 0.806 0.373 0.481 x2.3 0.798 0.876 0.538 0.662 x2.4 0.744 0.873 0.540 0.662 x3.1 0.452 0.337 0.796 0.354 x3.2 0.609 0.456 0.878 0.554 x3.3 0.680 0.568 0.913 0.656 yuniningsih, et al., lecturer's behavior finance in making investment decisions on financial assets from the perspective of psychological factors, (p. 101 109) 105 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 y1 0.671 0.478 0.607 0.738 y2 0.561 0.432 0.427 0.787 y3 0.734 0.674 0.490 0.845 y4 0.738 0.714 0.546 0.870 y5 0.575 0.406 0.413 0.723 source: data processed table 2 shows that the cross-loading values of each construct are investment interest (x1), risk perception (x2), and risk tolerance (x3). the yellow cells show the outer loading value of each indicator of each construct. these values are greater when compared to the outer loading value of the other construct indicators. it is concluded that the discriminant validity at the indicator level is good and in accordance with the provisions. the next step after the research shows that discriminant validity has met the requirements, it is necessary to compare the ave value of a construct with the correlation of the construct with other constructs. these results are shown in table 3 table 3. fornell-larcker criterion investment interest (x1) risk perception (x2) risk toleraance (x3) investment decision (y) investment interest (x1) 0.817 risk perception (x2) 0.807 0.826 risk tolerance (x3) 0.690 0.544 0.864 investment decision (y) 0.834 0.696 0.631 0.795 source: data processed table 3 shows the comparison of the ave root values of each construct. according to the criteria of fornell and larcker (1981), the ave root value of each construct (yellow cells) is greater than the correlation value of one construct with other constructs. structural model evaluation after evaluating the measurement model, the structural model evaluation is then carried out. evaluation of the structural model in the form of collinearity at the construct level in table 4, coefficient of determination (r2) in table 5, effect size f 2 in table 6. collinearity assessment at the construct level is needed to determine whether there is a high correlation between the constructs used. collinearity testing at the construct level is carried out using the vif value presented in table 4. table 4. inner vif values investment interest (x1) risk perception (x2) risk tolerance (x3) investment decision (y) investment interest (x1) 3.854 risk perception (x2) 2.870 risk tolerance (x3) 1.910 investment decision (y) source: data processed table 4 shows that the vif value of all constructs is less than 5 (vif < 5). it can be concluded that there is no collinearity problem at the construct level. coefficient of determination (r2) the coefficient of determination (r2) shows the magnitude of the combined effect of the exogenous latent variable on the endogenous latent variable. the coefficient of determination (r2) in yuniningsih, et al., lecturer's behavior finance in making investment decisions on financial assets from the perspective of psychological factors, (p. 101 109) 106 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 this study is shown in table 5. table 5. r square r square r square adjusted investment decision (y) 0.703 0.686 source: data processed table 5 shows the magnitude of the coefficient of determination of 0.703, which means that the influence of the exogenous latent variable on investment interest, risk perception, risk tolerance to the endogenous latent variable on investment decisions is quite high (moderate). the exogenous latent variable explains the endogenous latent variable of 0.703, the remaining 0.297 is explained by other variables. influence value f 2 was obtained by comparing the value of r2 when all exogenous variables are included in the trajectory model analysis ith one of the exogenous variables omitted the value of r2 in path analysis. the influence value (f 2) shows how much the latent exogenous influence is at the structural level. the value of f 2 is categorized as a weak influence if the value is 0.02, the value of 0.15 have a sufficient influence and a value of 0.35 is categorized as a strong influence. the results of f 2 in this study are shown in table 6. table 6. f square investment interest (x1) risk perception (x2) risk tolerance (x3) investment decision (y) investment interest (x1) 0.431 risk perception (x2) 0.006 risk tolerance (x3) 0.020 investment decision (y) source: data processed table 6 shows that the exogenous latent variables risk perception (x2) and risk tolerance (x3) have a weak influence at the structural level. meanwhile, the exogenous latent variable of investment interest (x1) has a strong influence at the structural level. path coefficient value and significance the path coefficient shows the relationship between variables stated in the hypothesis. the path coefficient has a value between -1 and +1. the path coefficient value close to +1 indicates a very strong positive relationship, while the path coefficient value close to -1 indicates a very strong negative relationship. the results of data processing are shown in table 7. the significance level used in this study is 5%. table 7. mean, stdev, t-values, p-values original sample (o) sample mean (m) standard deviation (stdev) t statistics (|o/stdev|) p values conclusion investment interest (x1) investment decision (y) 0.702 0.693 0.151 4.663 0.000 accepted risk perception (x2) investment decision (y) 0.071 0.086 0.148 0.481 0.631 rejected risk tolerance (x3)  investment decision (y) 0.107 0.090 0.102 1.057 0.291 rejected source: data processed based on table 5, the results of the study showed a. the hypothesis of the investment interest variable affects investment decisions b. the hypothesis of the risk perception variable does not affect the investment decision c. the risk tolerance variable hypothesis does not affect investment decisions yuniningsih, et al., lecturer's behavior finance in making investment decisions on financial assets from the perspective of psychological factors, (p. 101 109) 107 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 discussion research shows that investment interest influences investment decisions in a positive direction. these results support the hypothesis of this study. this shows that the amount of investment interest of lecturers in surabaya greatly influences the size of the investment decision-making. the size of the investment interest of surabaya lecturers is strongly influenced by how deep financial literacy is. a better understanding of investment conditions and financial information is one of the factors in investment decisions. what demographic conditions, especially family conditions, income conditions, and family welfare conditions play an important role. the size of the motivation, belief in the benefits of investment, ownership of responsibility, understanding of investment rules, time, and capital owned will determine in making investment decisions. if these factors are very strong, it will affect the greater investment interest for a lecturer so that the impact will determine whether he is strong or brave in risk-taking investment. the more daring someone makes investment decisions, the more likely they are to have risk-seeking behavior. according to (cahya 2019), people who have a high investment interest will try to find out about the type of investment, learn, and practice. (situmorang, andreas, and natariasari 2014) also said people who are interested in investing will take the time to learn, understand, and try to invest in this type of investment or will increase the portion of investments made previously. this can be concluded if someone is interested, it is more likely that there is a very large curiosity about everything related to any information from the investment to be made. on the other hand, people who are not interested are not accompanied by hard efforts by digging deeper into the investment information. the results of the research on risk perception show that it does not affect investment decisions and this result is contrary to what was hypothesized. risk perception from (fahreza 2020), as an opinion, thought or self-belief about losses due to investing in shares in the capital market. the insignificance of risk perception with investment decisions is due to differences in psychological factors that cause different perspectives on risk. various kinds of perceptions such as perception of risk, perception of profit, perception of company prospects, and perceptions to reinvest from lecturers will not affect investment decisions. investment decisions made by a lecturer are based on the desire and understanding of the investment itself. investment understanding can be obtained from literacy, mastery of information technology, family environment, academic environment, daily interactions, and others. this insignificance is also supported by the fact that most of the existing lecturers' time is used to carry out tri dharma tasks in the fields of teaching, research, service, and other supports as performance achievement in the main task. the size of a lecturer's risk perception tends to be related to how to interpret risk if he does not perform well in tri dharma activities that have an impact on the income received and future career paths, not on the investment decisions made. research shows results that are not in accordance with the hypothesis. the high and low risk tolerance of a lecturer on an investment does not have an impact on investment decisions. this is due to the high and low risk tolerance of a lecturer not only in investment but risk tolerance largely rests on the main obligations of a lecturer that must be carried out in the tri dharma. the size of the risk tolerance for profits and risks, the best choices, and situations that may arise from the main task of the lecturer. the main task of the lecturer requires the fulfillment of minimum obligations to receive the lecturer certification allowance (serdos). lecturers in jobs are usually careful planning about what to do each semester which requires extra effort but not in the investment decisions made. in investing, especially in financial assets, it is necessary to understand the level of risk and risk tolerance. while the courage or risk-seeking in stock investment decisions or financial assets in this study is strongly influenced by literacy and understanding of investment both from belief in benefits, great responsibility for stock investment rules, capital needed, family, income, ability to it, and own funds. a lecturer tends to choose conditions of certainty over uncertainty. this certainty can be obtained from the income of the main profession, especially lecturers, and the possibility of real asset investment. this statement is supported by research (yuniningsih yuniningsih et al. 2019), that investment in real assets tends to provide a more definite return than in financial assets. this research is not in accordance with research (wulandari and iramani 2014) states that the higher the level of risk tolerance, the respondents will be more courageous in making investment decisions. this research is also not in accordance with the research (chavali and mohan raj 2016) which shows that risk tolerance has a positive influence on investment decisions. conclusions a lecturer is at the forefront of education at universities, either state universities (ptn) or private yuniningsih, et al., lecturer's behavior finance in making investment decisions on financial assets from the perspective of psychological factors, (p. 101 109) 108 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 universities (pts). the increasing demands of a lecturer's obligations are not only in terms of teaching but also in terms of research, service, and other supports. to carry out these obligations requires extra effort regardless of time. a lecturer will invest in stocks if the lecturer has a high interest in investing in stocks and is equipped with understanding and knowledge in investing, family support, capital, and the courage to get out of the comfort zone of a lecturer. the lecturer's risk perception and risk tolerance are aimed at the obligations that must be carried out to support the income, sustainability, and improvement of the lecturer's career in the future. the size of the risk perception and risk tolerance does not affect the size of the investment made but is related to the lecturer's career as the main job. acknowledgement i would like to thank lppm upn “veterans” east java, indonesia for their support in this research. references ainia, nadya septi nur, and lutfi lutfi. 2019. “the influence of risk perception, risk tolerance, overconfidence, and loss aversion towards investment decision making.” journal of economics, business, & accountancy ventura 21(3): 401–13. andini,rw, pengaruh minat investasi terhadap pengambilan keputusan investasi di pasar modal, skripsi, uny, 2019 barclay, michael j, clifford w smith, and ross l watts. 1995. “the determinants of corporate leverage and dividend policies.” journal of applied corporate finance 7(4): 4–19. cahya, bayu tri. 2019. “pengaruh motivasi dan kemajuan teknologi terhadap minat investasi saham.” al-masharif: jurnal ilmu ekonomi dan keislaman 7(2): 192–207. chavali, kavita, and prasanna mohan raj. 2016. “impact of demographic variables and risk tolerance on investment decisions: an empirical analysis.” international journal of economics and financial issues 6(1): 169–75. fahreza, muhammad. 2020. “pengaruh pengetahuan investasi, persepsi risiko, dan persepsi kontrol perilaku terhadap minat investasi saham.” fishbein, martin, and icek ajzen. 1975. “intention and behavior: an introduction to theory and research.” ghozali, imam, and hengky latan. 2015. “partial least squares.” konsep, teknik dan aplikasi menggunakan program smartpls 3. grable, john, and ruth h lytton. 1999. “financial risk tolerance revisited: the development of a risk assessment instrument.” financial services review 8(3): 163–81. hair, joe f, christian m ringle, and marko sarstedt. 2011. “pls-sem: indeed a silver bullet.” journal of marketing theory and practice 19(2): 139–52. hair, risher, and sarstedt jj. “m., & ringle, cm (2019). when to use and how to report the results of pls-sem.” european business review. kahneman, daniel. 1979. “tversky a.(1979).” prospect theory: an analysis of decision under risk: 263– 92. kahneman, daniel, and amos tversky. 2013. “prospect theory: an analysis of decision under risk.” in handbook of the fundamentals of financial decision making: part i, world scientific, 99–127. nosic, alen, and martin weber. 2010. “how riskily do i invest? the role of risk attitudes, risk perceptions, and overconfidence.” decision analysis 7(3): 282–301. pasewark, william r, and mark e riley. 2010. “it’sa matter of principle: the role of personal values in investment decisions.” journal of business ethics 93(2): 237–53. seo, myeong-gu, brent goldfarb, and lisa feldman barrett. 2010. “affect and the framing effect within individuals over time: risk taking in a dynamic investment simulation.” academy of management journal 53(2): 411–31. situmorang, masri, andreas andreas, and riska natariasari. 2014. “pengaruh motivasi terhadap minat berinvestasi di pasar modal dengan pemahaman investasi dan usia sebagai variabel moderate.” subash, rahul. 2012. “role of behavioral finance in portfolio investment decisions: evidence from india.” wulandari, dewi ayu, and rr iramani. 2014. “studi experienced regret, risk tolerance, overconfidance dan risk perception pada pengambilan keputusan investasi.” journal of business & banking (jbb) 4(1): 55–66. yuniningsih, y, and muhamad taufiq. 2019. “investor behavior in determining investmen yuniningsih, et al., lecturer's behavior finance in making investment decisions on financial assets from the perspective of psychological factors, (p. 101 109) 109 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 on real asset.” mix: jurnal ilmiah manajemen 9(2): 293227. yuniningsih, yuniningsih et al. 2020. “risk taking investment as the interaction effect of loss aversion and information (pilot test).” calitatea 21(175): 107–12. yuniningsih, yuniningsih, and bowo santoso. 2020. “does family environment moderate the effect of financial literacy, attitudes and motivation on investment interest.” atestasi: jurnal ilmiah akuntansi 3(2). yuniningsih, yuniningsih, muhamad taufiq, eni wuryani, and rahmat hidayat. 2019. “two stage least square method for prediction financial investment and dividend.” in journal of physics: conference series, iop publishing, 12212. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ introduction method results 82 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition asep nugraha1, icuh komala2 1faculty of performing arts, institut seni budaya indonesia bandung 2faculty of engineering, computer, and design, nusa putra university corresponding author; kangasepnugraha@gmail.com abstract: in 1883 the tea plantation in the parakansalak sukabumi region brought workers from the local plantation community to amsterdam, to participate in de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling. the planter, mr. holle, promoted the commodity of tea by including the original culture of the colony's land, precisely the sundanese ethnicity. sundanese cultural presentations include gamelan and dance performances and cultural tours of sundanese society. europeans directly witnessed people from the colonies playing music and dancing and carrying out daily life activities through village society. this paper describes the existence of the sundanese society through the parakansalak plantation group in amsterdam in 1883, uses a qualitative approach with literature studies, and focuses on situational analysis that examines the activities of the sundanese people through the parakansalak tea plantation group at the exposition activity in 1883. the purpose of this study was to determine the impact of the existence of the sundanese people in a new place in amsterdam europe by introducing sundanese culture during the exposition activity. the results obtained were the astonishment of the european community who saw the culture of the colonized nation. the first impression, europeans see a group of sundanese people who practice low and primitive culture. still, it united people of different religions, ethnicities, and skins to fundraising for the mount krakatoa disaster in the dutch east indies. keywords: amsterdam, exposition, parakansalak, sundanese society. introduction the colonizers get to a place in nusantara's territory in the 17th century cohesive to the 'magnet' of sumptuous spices in the european marketplace. one of these colonizers was a dutch merchant company that 'forage' for herbs through vereenigde oostindische compagnie (voc), founded in 1602. voc purchased spice commodities at subtraction prices conversely sold them at significantly additional prices.1 the vantage from the trade was the price for expenditure on their war fleet contrary to the pirates. consequently, voc transformed into a 'horrible' company inasmuch as its war-robust fleet that safeguarded their trading acclivity. the monarchy in the nusantara testifies to the robustness of the voc's war fleet. accordingly, they recapitulated their merit in forming a coalition or cooperating with the dutch trading company. moreover, furthermore definite their kingdoms will arise preponderantly and be respected by other domains. 1 a person who has a small bag full of spices, to be sure, will have enough for the rest of his life. he could buy a house with a gabled roof in holborn, complete with servants who catered to his every need. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:kangasepnugraha@gmail.com nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 83 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 indigenous kingdoms emphasized concession from the voc to sustain opposition or battle with other domains, and some invoked fruitfulness in the warfare of succession and acquired the royal throne. the established collaboration was about the nusantara entering the gap of a needle extension in the colonialism era. the dependence of the indigenous kingdom on the dutch effective it easier for the voc to intervene in the royal authority, including the fraud 'divide' strategy amongst the indigenous rulers that tend not to cohere. over time, the nusantara territory began known as the dutch east indies because it was under the rule of the dutch kingdom. 2 the voc acclivity was free to espouse their trading offices in the dutch east indies and establish fortifications with extraterritorial rights. notwithstanding they realized it or refused, the natives or indigenous kings could not enter without a license. in the end, they would come into contravention and be distracted by a voc war fleet armed with machine guns and cannons. in two centuries, the voc established territory and monopolized spice commerce (nutmeg, paprika, cloves, and cinnamon). however, the voc went insolvent due to monetary problems, which led to official corruption and the massive sumptuous war. on december 31, 1799, the voc disbanded, and all its assets constituted the possession of the dutch empire (sumodiningrat, 2005:41). in the future, the voc territory belonging to the netherlands altered its appellation to the dutch east indies.3 in the end, the dutch east indies administration could possess the island of java fully.4 during the occupation of the dutch east indies, they constructed modern plantations by prioritizing the cultivation of vegetation that constituted divas in the european marketplace. the original farmers in the colony the dutch east indies had to arise the diva plant, harvest it, and squire it at a very minimal price, not comparable whether compared to market prices. the system was cultuurstelsel (forced cultivation).5 the cultuurstelsel mechanism handed over surveillance to the sultan, regents, and low heads from the nobility who bound the native peasants to cater for them. however, liberal intellectuals in the amsterdam parliament opposed the cultuurstelsel, which prosecuted a shift at administration in the colony (setiono, 2003:254). this criticism engenders article 128 of the regulations of 1854 concerning establishing a school for bumiputra and the agrarian law in 1870, which allowed private investors to invest in plantations in the dutch east indies. the private sector's obligation to lease plantation land for 75 years (erfpach) increases profits for the dutch east indies government community. the amount of income increased to f.f. 165.486.24 (setiono, 2003:255 & latifah, 2007:21). privately administered plantations indite successful, wealthy, and personable planters. they administer the plantation employees from the natives more prudent and humanely. things are distinct when the government administers plantations by implementing the cultuurstelsel method. praise aimed at the attainment of the planters, such as suiker lord (sugar noble), thee jonkers van 2 in central java, the voc executed adu domba (schism) politic so that indigenous power was divided into two, namely between pakubuwono (surakarta) and hamengkubuwono (yogyakarta). even in surakarta, there was another split of power where the voc gave power to r.said (adipati mangkonegoro i) to establish the mangkunegaran kingdom. these three kingdoms were involved in intense competition and complicated alliances (sumodiningrat, 2005:40-41). 3 the dutch east indies (nederlands(ch)-indië) was a colony of the netherlands. the head of state of the dutch east indies was the queen or king of the netherlands with a governor-general as his representative who had full power. the dutch east indies resulted from the nationalisation of the bankrupt vereenigde oostindische compagnie (voc) colony. 4 the kings and their relatives received money substitute for land controlled by the dutch east indies government. these kings were no longer permissible in government affairs, except for the city environment. they only took care of the arts and literature and various feudal ceremonies, and they got luxurious clothes like european generals and had stars that filled their chests. the aristocrats and court officials were busy collecting luxury items from europe that adorned the palace. so the sultans and officials of the javanese palace have completely surrendered (setiono, 2003:253). 5 cultuurstelsel provided many advantages not only for the dutch east indies government but also for the dutch royal government in amsterdam. in consequence of political stability and security has comfortable this has resulted in considerable cost savings. it was different because, for more than two hundred years, the dutch government (read voc) has carried out various wars, which of course, cost much money (setiono, 2003:254). nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 84 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 preanger (priangan tea prince), koffie baronnen (king of coffee), kina boeren (lord of kina), and tubaks boeren (lord of tobacco gardens) (kunto, 1986:281). in priangan the proprietary of the private administered plantation are van der huchts, ardriaan walrafen holle, rudolf e. kerkhoven, karel albert rudolf boscha, and karel frderick holle (wawa, 2011:30; and kunto, 1986:281). they are plantation administrators who initiate their service record as labor administration by being on duty at the sukabumi parakansalak tea plantation.6 the owners of private plantations in priangan indite a significant role in thriving the dutch east indies, especially in bandung, dole funds to establish educational and scientific facilities.7 this paper attempts to investigate the promotion of the parakansalak tea plantation in its commerce affairs, exploring the exoticism of the socio-cultural life of the colonized people. it is a unique attraction considering that the exposure of regional cultural entities to the dutch east indies (now indonesia) in the international world transpired during the dutch occupation. it means that in advance of indonesia achieved independence, and the international community had already appreciated the socio-cultural entities of the sundanese people through art and cultural performances by the parakansalak tea plantation troupe in amsterdam in 1883. results and discussion a.w.holle, the owner of parakansalak plantation, loves sundanese culture. the involvement of sundanese culture in trade momentum at de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling in amsterdam in 1883 constituted with the background of ardriaan walraven holle, which associated with sundanese cultural entities. the connexion ardriaan with a sundanese culture was espoused when he took up residence in the dutch east indies (indonesia) for the first time in 1844 (berg, 1991:117). at that time, he was 12 years old. on august 25, 1832, holle was born in the netherlands (berg, 1991:238). in the dutch east indies, he abides in his mother's older brother, williem van der hucht, who established the parakansalak tea plantation enterprise (berg, 1991:117). eventually, a. w. holle materializes as the testator who administers the plantation for most of his life, initiated as an administrator from his uncle, van der hucht, and subsequently incarnate an administrator and a plantation owner (berg, 1991: 117). during his abode at parakansalak on the slopes of mount salak on the verge of the sukabumi region, a. w. holle incarnated as a part of the sundanese people’s life in the priangan realm. a. w. holle arises up in a dutch family. nevertheless, every day, he has corresponded in the social sphere of plantation workers, most of whom have sundanese cultural backgrounds. a. w. holle's favorable participation with the surrounding sphere made holle a plantation administrator who was 'close' to indigenous workers. witness of his proximity to sundanese culture is the capability to present sundanese gamelan, especially the fiddle instrument (ross, 2016:98). the dutch written report notes it as follows: 6 the availability of parakan tea plantation salak is a place of early education for plantation administrators in priangan. finally, their experience while working at parakansalak sukabumi became a practical experience that led them to become plantation administrators who successfully managed their tea plantations spread across the south bandung and garut areas. rudolf e. kerkhoven, karel albert rudolf boscha, and karel frderick holle are planters who had internships at the parakansalak plantation. 7 one of the traces of preanger planters that exist until now are schools and educational institutions such as kweekschool (sekolah guru) on jalan merdeka, technische hoogeschool (now itb), blinden instituut (blind institution), doofstommen institute (lembaga mute deaf), and gemeentelijk ziekenhuis juliana (now a rshs). in the south there is the telefoon maatschappij voor bandoeng en de preanger office (now the pt inti building), in the center of the city there is de bandoengsche electriciteits maatschappij (now pln), and in the north there is taman hutan raya or bosscha strerrenwacht (ridwan hutagalung, pikiran rakyat, 22 february 2016). nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 85 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 adriaan walraven was daarnaast sterk geïnteresseerd in de gamelan muziek, die hij zelf ook beoefende. met name de rebab, het tweesnarig strijkinstrument van de gamelan, werd door hem actief bespeeld (berg, 1991:117). adriaan walraven was interested in gamelan music, which he plays as practice. in particular, holle is good at playing the rebab, a two-stringed gamelan instrument, actively (berg, 1991:117). figure 1. aw holle sat on a chair and played the rebab among tea plantation workers played gamelan (kitlv). additional information, aw holle and his brother, karel frederik holle, produced books for edification in the dutch east indies, notably in the territory priangan school, the book entitled kitab pangadjaran basa soenda (1849/1850) and tjarita koera-koera djeung monjet (1851), printed in the netherlands (moriyama, 2005:82). haryoto kunto, in the book semerbak bunga di bandung raya (1986), depicts the personage of this tea plantation owner who takes a humanist approach to his employees and loves sundanese culture very much. every day he always wears traditional sundanese clothes (kunto, 1986:281). not surprisingly, to promote tea plantation output in the european marketplace, a.w holle evinced a sundanese cultural entity as a promotional icon. holle's strategy is to indite experiences and the beauty of interacting with the colony's culture, which is personable between eastern and western cultures. although the cultural entity reflected is only a complement to the promotion of the tea it sells. accordingly, the sale and promotion of tea became more enthralled. unmitigated a.w. holle brought indigenous employees on the parakansalak plantation who provide gamelan with dancers to europe; as part of the promotion of plantation products.8 parakansalak tea plantation at expo amsterdam the amsterdam exhibition in 1883 was the initiative of entrepreneur edouard agostini, a french businessman who collaborated with the dutch kingdom. the orientation of this exposition was the international market, notable commodities from the colonies district (terwen, 2003: 107). twenty countries participated in the international trade and export fair (de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling in amsterdam), enforced on may 1, 1833, where the kings and queens of the netherlands attended. 8 in addition, something 'new' has never happened before. the ideas of a.w. holle were speculative because his success was minimal, considering that at that time, europeans still looked down on the socio-cultural life of the people in their colonies as barbarian, primitive, and ancient. nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 86 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 the parakansalak tea plantation actively participated by devolving 60 villagers who constituted workers on the plantation. they also delivered horses, buffalo, and tigers to satisfy the exhibition corner, which subsists for six months, from may to october (terwen, 2003:107). in the course of the exhibition, the parakansalak tea plantation troup presented a realistic impression of the socio-cultural life of the sundanese people from the dutch colony. parakansalak tea plantation indites a realistic impression by establishing a sundanese village at the exposition venue (called kampong) to abide for people/families from the parakansalak tea plantation (nugraha, 2019). parakansalak tea workers reside their daily lives at the event as though they were still in their hometown (sukabumi). figure 2. the village and the activities of the sundanese people who live in it in de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling in amsterdam 1883 (kitlv). figure 3. kampong at de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling in amsterdam 1883 (kitlv). nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 87 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 the divergence was that their life acclivity was in the midst of a paradoxical european-style concrete building with village architecture made of wood and bamboo. uniquely, all their daily acclivity has become an exotic spectacle for visitors to the exposition in amsterdam. this paradox evince the parakansalak troupe arise unique and remarkable for exhibition visitors. the acclivity of the villagers from the parakansalak troup as reported by the dutch who cited: zoalsvlechten hoeden (making headbands), het weven van indischestoffen (weaving cloth), and het beploegen van steeds hetzelfde akkertje (plowing the fields) (terwen, 2003:107). the rijks museum facilitated an extensive field for the territory of kampoeng. in addition, the dutch east indies colonial government construct a building called pendhapa. the name constitutes the designation of the building in java. however, the building did not reflect the pendhapa in java. at that time, the perspective of the dutch had a taste for european and middle eastern buildings designed by william ary stortebeker. terwen wrote the reasons for the differences in the physical form of the pendhapa in the following quote: de achtergrond van deze onindische vormen was gelegen in het feit dat de organisatoren naar hun mening in indië zelf geen geschikte bouwkundige vormen aantroffen die gebruikt konden worden voor representatieve tentoonstellings gebouwen: de inlandse huizenbouw was te pover en de compacte vormen van de oude hindoeïstische tempels warden niet geschikt bevonden om voor tentoonstellingshallen te gebruiken. bouwkundige vormen uit de islamitische wereld waren daarom next best, temeer daar men kon verwijzen naar het feit dat in deislamitische were wekkende profane bouw vinden was (terwen, 2003:107) the background of these unindian forms lies in the organizers in the indies' opinion. no architectural form is suitable for a representative exhibition building: the house's original construction is too poor, and the compact form of the ancient hindu temple is not ideal for use in the exhibition hall. therefore, architectural firms from the islamic world follow the best, all the more so because one can refer to the fact that the secular constructions of the islamic world are the best. figure 4. pendopo architecture in the style of middle eastern buildings on de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling in amsterdam gamelan parakansalak in amsterdam 1883 the pendhapa at the exhibition occupation with acclivity in the evening whilst the salak parakan tea workers present gamelan accompanied some dances. de lange, who had regard gamelan nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 88 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 performances from a troup of musicians from the mangkunegaran castle in arnhem in the antecedent four years, appreciate the player's gamelan that was steadfastly not competent. nevertheless, it was evident inasmuch as the musicians were laborers in the parakansalak plantation in priangan or did not thoroughly dedicate themselves as professional gamelan musicians (terwen, 2003:110). the dutch report transcribes the appellation of the gamelan performer and dancers, with their faces caught on camera. the artist was sundanese from the parakan plantation troup. the plantation only contracted one javanese, sonto taroeno, a puppeteer from surakarta. the dancers named amsa and eno are from (cicurug) sukabumi and semani are from buitenzorg (bogor). meanwhile, the group leader from parakansalak was sidin ahoem (fiddle player) and other musicians from parakansalak sukabumi: rimboe, wadi, ansissin, empang, saminan, jamam, maih, ueta, andut, salir, and elor (terwen, 2003:110). figure 5. gamelan parakansalak personnel in amsterdam 1883 at the exhibition's opening, daniël veth opinion it would be preferable whether the dutch king listened to the wilhelmus song sung by the indigene of the dutch east indies (colonial land). gamelan nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 89 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 parakansalak parakan accompanies the dutch national anthem, wilhelmus, which has a diatonic scale (barendregt, 2014:86 & terwen, 2003:113). surprisingly, the parakansalak gamelan, which has a pentatonic scale, accompanies the diatonic scale song. these were two scales with distinct pitch scales. musicians may anticipate tonal limitations in the parakansalak gamelan by replacing missing notes with notes on the gamelan, with tones that represent or give the impression of harmonious music. the voluptuous thing about the gamelan acclivity in collaboration with the diatonic scale song in de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling in amsterdam 1883 is the cross-cultural momentum carried out by musicians from parakansalak. the probability of their musical collaboration is the first collaboration event carried out by artists from indonesia who are very far from their hometown. the events that transpired in the past are recidivous and resonating at present, marked by the collaborative employment of gamelan crossed with musical instruments from other national cultures or in the form of contemporary musical compositions. nowadays, many performing artists claim that the collaboration of gamelan with foreign music is a 'modern' event initiated by them. this claim was understandable inasmuch as of their ignorance, especially regarding the history of the parakansalak gamelan, which carved 'gold ink' as the accompaniment of wilhelmus' song, performed in advance of the king of the netherlands, ere indonesia gained independence, and long before the indonesian composers who claimed it was born. fundraising for the eruption of mount krakatoa by the parakansalak troupe in leiden 1883 in the course of de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling, concurrently in the dutch east indies, a natural disaster transpired in the eruption of mount krakatoa on august 27, 1883. the disaster-induced 36,000 casualties and devastation due to fire, rocks, and mud crashing the land inhabited by residents; the volcanic eruption in the sunda strait caused a disastrous tsunami influx to scuttle the littoral of west java and east sumatra. the dutch authorities profess the tidings in amsterdam utilizing the radiotelegraph, followed by studenten gezelschap india orientalis to gather funds for the indies at the stadsgehoorzaal (city auditorium) leiden. 16 people from the parakansalak plantation group to the exhibition in amsterdam, involved in participating in performing arts to gather funds (terwen, 2003:115). in the fundraising event, the troup from parakansalak played gamelan that was already available at the ethnographisch museum. the parakansalak troupe presented art materials they had never shown the opposite throughout the exhibition, namely wayang golek, topéng dance, and angklung, which lasted all night until six in the morning. during the charity performance of the krakatoa eruption from evening to morning, the dutch liberal daily newspaper, algemeen handelsblad (1883), made negative comments about the show's duration being too long for the size of the performance in europe. the reviews are: eenig denkbeeld, zeg ik; het ware een dwaasheid, te eischen dat de voorstelling in holland even zoo zou zijn als eene op java (some people comment: it is stupid, equating the show in holland with in the netherlands indies) (ah, 2-10-1883). the fundraising committee anticipated pessimistic sentiments that doubted the success of the show. the committee provided a music chapel to accommodate europeans who did not like original performances from the dutch east indies (performing art from the parakansalak plantation, indonesia) to continue contributing funds to the krakatoa disaster in the dutch east indies (terwen, 2003:117118). newspaper reviews of the charity show in leiden informed that the parakansalak troupe from the exhibition site in amsterdam undertake part in a fundraising event in leiden. the review concerns artistic content with the artist: nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 90 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 de wajang karoesjil (golèq): negri siloeman werd in leiden vertoond door den dalang (koens toekang rebab) sidin uit de prijangan. de wajang poerwå door den mandoer pgnijagan sonto taroeno, uit surakarta. in leiden the puppeteer (koens toekang rebab) sidin from prijangan, performs wayang karoesjil (golèq): negri siloeman. wayang purwa by foreman pgnijagan sonto taroeno, from surakarta. journalists wrote mask dance performances predicated on their european 'glasses', namely a form of pantomime (pantomime) that tumultuous the leiden public, where dancers from the amsterdam exhibition (parakansalak) appear in that section (terwen, 2003:115). other reviews about dancers amsa and eno from the salak parakan troupe are as follows: na de pauze maakten we kennis met de angkloeng en het tjongkakof dikonspel. terwijl de angkloeng bespeeld werd, zaten amsa en eno, de twee ronggèngs der tentoonstelling, het dakonspel te spelen (terwen, 2003:115). after the break, we got acquainted with the angkloeng and tjongkakof dikon performances. while the angkloeng music was playing, amsa and eno, two exhibition ronggèng, played a dakon game. figure 6. dakon game (left) and angklung performance (right) (kitlv collection) during the donative show, the whole dutch public adores gamelan performances and dances from the dutch east indies colony. the presence of the parakansalak troupe had contributed to acquaint nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 91 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 their performing arts to the international community in leiden, holland. even able to collect charitable funds for the disaster of mount krakatoa in enormous amounts. after the charity concert, newspaper reviews took a 180-degree turn. they wrote: de verslaggever besloot zijn relaas met de wens: 'de opbrengst voor de slachtoffers in indië moge ruim zijn, wij twijfelen daar niet aan, want de zaal was geheel bezet (terwen, 2003: 118). the journalist ended his story with the hope: 'the payoff for the victims in the indies was probably quite large, we have no doubts about it, as the audience filled the theatre. the parakansalak troupe who performed gamelan and traditional performing arts entities had distorted the views of europeans to recognize the beauty of culture and art from the colonial lands. the international community's response to the parakansalak forces the existence of the parakansalak plantation at de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling in amsterdam in 1883 was not just a promotion of the priangan tea commodity. more than that, for six months, the socio-cultural acclivity of the village society indite the content of appreciation in the exhibition. a historical event that occurred considering that the cultural entity of the colony had not yet become a marketable commodity. unlike the case of tea commodities in the international market. the exhibition's success rate indicator comes from the european community's substantial interest in appreciating the culture of the colonized peoples, which was still intensive due to the ethnocentric perception in europe in the 19th century (nakagawa, 2000: 9). ethnocentric causes european society appreciated colonized culture as inexpensive, barbarian, and primitive, so it was no surprise that colonization was legitimate and approved to europeans who were said to have a superior culture. at the commencement of their advent in amsterdam, the parakansalak group experienced the leverage of ethnocentrism in europe through rejection comments that embellish sundry newspapers. the dutch east indies colonial government worked around this by slowly presenting the cultural content of the colonies. one of them elaborates on eastern and western cultural entities, in the pendhapa building as the center for the exhibition of the dutch east indies colony, which has middle eastern and european architectural styles. a prominent note concerning the pendhapa building is that the feature of the building is similar to the locus, which is open (without walls) and supported by roof supporting poles and functions as a place for performing arts. as often discovered in the dutch east indies, traditional villages emerge not far from the location of the pendhapa. wood and bamboo were the building materials, while straw was the raw material for the roof. the settlements may represent primitive and backward structures from the colony's lands. however, the six-month event provided a long enough time for the european public to intensely recognize the colonized people's situational culture. like it or not, whether they like it or not, sooner or later, they get used to this cultural contrast. some excursionists even participated in weaving cloth, making headbands, and plowing the fields with buffalo. they also dance with the ronggeng accompanied by gamelan from parakansalak at the pendhapa location. f.w. van eeden, director of the colonial museum in haarlem, wrote the exceptionally popular reflection in nieuws van den dag (1883). he did not only discuss knowledge and comments about the colonial world, but the events of the troup parakansalak and the culture displayed at international exhibitions is a beautiful moment for europeans to get to be familiarized with the character of the dutch east indies population who emerge pristinely. nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 92 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 eeden converse lyrically about the artistic thrill of the dutch east indies population and demands readers to look at the objects in the showcase, such as the following quote: notice the soft colors, though dull, but so visually pleasing compared to aniline paints in europe which are 'hard', 'screaming' and 'sharp' to the eye. the colors come from vegetable ingredients; red from stocklak (tree trunk hardened by parasitic shellac lice), mangkudu tree roots, sapphire wood; rose of safflower; yellow from curcuma; indigo blue, bast soybean chocolate. these are the colors of nature, as they are in their landscapes, and the use of ornamentation, always following the laws of nature, limiting the odd colors to the minor surfaces. (nieuws van den dag, 8-10-83) eeden's outpouring of the realm in the socio-cultural acclivity of the village society – parakansalak plantation workers – at the exhibition gleam in a synthesis of the discourse of western advancement contrary to indigenous primitivism from the colonies. eaden quipped that europeans no longer pay consideration to nature. the paradox is with the village community as human protagonists and tools as servants. at the same time, europeans lead a spoiled life because of machine tools and easy activities by pressing a button (terwen, 2003:115). in short, the village community sight is stunning and purvey the image (trademark) of a nation. that is what is missing from european identity, as eeden puts it: "our national character no longer speaks of our identity, but a very defective image inasmuch as of the orientation to italy, rome, and greece. we europeans are true barbarians" (terwen, 2003: 115). the existence of the parakansalak gamelan during the exposition was a pioneer in reversing the appreciation of europeans who disparage indigenous culture (colonial lands). modern consideration appraises progress, western culture, and western music as superior at that time. in contrast, gamelan music – something that was monotonous and indite people slumberous – was the low-grade music of the sons of the earth (barendregt, 2014:174). there is an accretion stigma that playing gamelan is down to earth, or literally, 'down to earth' (barendregt, 2014:174). in other words, it is the same as playing retarded material and returning to being primitive. at that time, only one’s composer was impressed by the existence of the parakansalak gamelan. his name was daniel de lange. however, de lange commented on the concert of gamelan performances called onderschikten (bottommost). the inexpensive level of appreciation of the sociocultural life of the colonized people when gamelan used to accompany the dutch national anthem, wilhelmus. lange's critique ends with a suggestion to put away the gamelan brought from parakansalak and replace it with the saléndro gamelan stored in the leiden museum (terwen, 2003:113). despite de lange's suggestion, it does not solve the problem of false notes according to the size of the diatonic scale. neither pélog nor saléndro will match the notes on the diatonic scale because of the different pitch intervals. nevertheless, at least de lange's criticism shows the attention of dutch musicians who appreciate the parakansalak gamelan performances in amsterdam and leiden. conclusions de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling amsterdam 1883 was momentum for the parakansalak tea plantation group to provide an image (identity) of the existence of the indonesian nation before the international public. even though foreign nations and names still colonized indonesia, indonesia is still known as the dutch east indies. during the exhibition, this plantation group was able to reverse the oblique comments about cultural backwardness in the colony as an entity with exotic and natural values and high value. the socio-cultural activities of the people in the colony, which were presented with kampong, gamelan, and nugraha, a., komala, i., from sukabumi to amsterdam 1883: sundanese society through parakansalak tea plantation exposition, (p. 82 – 93) 93 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 art, opened the eyes of the european community. subsequently, they flocked to be interested in conducting studies on the socio-cultural activities of the people in the colony. the exciting thing about the presence of the parakansalak troupe at the de internationale koloniale en uitvoerhandel tentoonstelling event at the time of the krakatoa eruption disaster. through performing arts performances from the colonized lands, it turns out that all nations, ethnicities, colonial groups, and colonized people can unite to achieve one goal, namely to raise funds to help humanity who is experiencing difficulties due to disasters. it is the embodiment of bhineka tunggal ika (unity in diversity), which in 1945 bung karno placed as the motto of the state of indonesia, which turned out to be universal in its implementation in all parts of the world. references barendregt, bart., dan els bogaerts. (2016). merenungkan gema perjumpaan musikal indonesia belanda. jakarta: yayasan pustaka obor indonesia. berg, norbert van den. (1991).“een mijner beste indische vrienden’ de relatie tussen cd. busken huet en a.w. holle.” in. indische letteren jaargang 6. werkgroep indisch-nederlandse letterkunde. kunto, haryoto. (1986). semerbak bunga di bandung raya. bandung: pt granesia. latifah, hendarti. (2007). menepis kabut halimun: rangkaian bunga rampai pengelolaan sumber daya alam. jakarta: yayasan pustaka obor indonesia. moriyama, mikihiro. (2005). semangat baru: kolonialisme, budaya cetak, dan kesastraan sunda abad ke-19. jakarta: kepustakaan populer geramedia. nakagawa, shin. (2000). musik dan kosmos: sebuah pengantar etnomusikologi. jakarta: yayasan obor indonesia. nugraha, a. (2019). the existence of gamelan, kampong, and mount krakatoa eruption fundraising in amsterdam exhibition in 1883. the 5th rajabath university national & international research & academic conference, 317–322. https://doi.org/10.31227/osf.io/4962g ross, laurie margot. (2016). the encoded cirebon mask: materiality, flow, and meaning along java's islamic northwest coast (studies on performing arts & literature of the arts & literature of the islamicate world). boston: brill academic pub. setiono, benny g. (2003). tionghoa dalam pusaran politik: mengungkap pakta sejarah tersembunyi orang tionghoa di indonesia. jakarta: elkasa. sumodingrat, gunawan & riant nugroho. (2005). membangun indonesia emas: model pembangunan indonesia baru menuju negara-negara yang unggul dalam persaingan global. jakarta: elex media komputindo. terwen, jan willem. (2003). “de lange en de gamelan: een negentiendeeeuwse ontmoeting tussen oost en west.” desertasi. universiteit van amsterdam. wawa, jannes eudes. (2011). ekspedisi citarum: sejuta pesona dan persoalan laporan jurnalistik kompas. jakarta: pt kompas media nusantara. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 171 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 empowerment of “terasi rebon” seafood processed industry craftsmen for the development of leading potential for highly competitive coastal areas in tuban, east java mahmudah enny widyaningrum1, muslichah erma widiana2*, abdul fattah3, soehardjoepri4 1,2,3 faculty of business and economic, bhayangkara university 4 faculty of mathematics, computation, and data science, institut teknologi sepuluh nopember erma@ubhara.ac.id2* abstract: one of the superior products from processed sea fish in the famous tuban coastal area is terasi. regional superior product development program (pppud) entitled empowerment of processed sea product industry craftsmen “terasi rebon” for the development of leading potential for highly competitive coastal areas in tuban, east java. the problem with partners in terms of production in individual companies is the strengthening of production. so far, operational activities have not been carried out in a professional manner, still with a family system and there is no variety of flavors and packaging, so it is necessary to strengthen the operational management functions which include marketing, finance and tax management, information, human resources and production. for product development, partners need to innovate and be creative with flavor variants and packaging of rebon shrimp paste. individual partner companies in marketing their products are done in a conventional way so that marketing is still limited around the east java area. solutions to this community service program are: improving the quality, energy efficiency and processing time of rebon shrimp paste production through the design of the "tray dryer" machine as a bamboo and shrimp paste dryer, increasing knowledge and ability in scientific management operational functions which include marketing management to maintain stability and business development partner individual companies need to innovate and create flavors and packaging of rebon shrimp paste product development, financial and tax management, information and human resources by opening a store. design and update product information through ecommerce in order to expand the market. prepare business and product standardization. keywords: entrepreneurship; community service; community empowerment introduction in terms of tourism objects and geography, the city of tuban has the potential to attract tourists. one of the marine resources of tuban regency that has been used as an export commodity is the potential of shrimp. in addition to food crops, exports of various marine commodities are of significant value, such as shrimp at around rp. 5.4 billion and anchovies worth rp. 46.2 billion. because marine products in the form of shrimp are very abundant, via processes them into food seasoning in the form of shrimp paste. terasi is a type of food flavoring in the form of pasta, has a distinctive smell from fermented shrimp, fish or a mixture of both with salt or other additives. almost all countries in south and southeast asia have this product, namely hentak, ngari, and tungtap in india, bagoong in the philippines, terasi in indonesia, belacan in malaysia, ngapi in myanmar, ka-pi in thailand. fish or shrimp paste is usually made from various types of freshwater and marine fish and shrimp (nugraha, 2006). tuban not only saves natural potential but also business potential that has high economic value, including the following: https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:erma@ubhara.ac.id widyaningrum, et al., empowerment of “terasi rebon” seafood processed industry craftsmen for the development of leading potential for highly competitive coastal areas in tuban, east java, (p. 171 – 177) 171 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 a. agricultural potential: rice, corn, peanuts. b. plantation potential: siwalan fruit, gayam chips, etc. c. fisheries and marine potential: rebon shrimp paste, anchovy processing, seaweed cultivation, coral reefs. d. craft potential: gedok batik, pottery, woven bamboo, bird cage. the ukm partners are the craftsmen of processed shrimp products, namely the rebon shrimp paste via. rebon shrimp paste is one of the larger products of the tuban area. the address is at karang agung barat rt/rw: 01/01 ds. karang agung kec. palang tuban, east java, and the owner is mr. m. sya'ronie with the business name hm. son of the sea. the shrimp paste traded in general can be divided into two types based on the raw materials, namely shrimp paste and fish shrimp paste. shrimp shrimp paste usually has a reddish brown color, while fish shrimp paste is black. as mentioned above, ideally the raw material for making shrimp paste is fresh fish or shrimp (rebon). the benefits of shrimp paste: a savory flavor enhancer with a distinctive aroma that arouses the appetite for various types of food, especially chili sauce, stir-fry and soup dishes. the following are partner problems in terms of the operational management function aspect: 1. marketing marketing problems experienced by sole proprietorship hm. putra bahari is limited in market accessibility. it is unfortunate because the rebon terasi has a large market opportunity for both household consumers and cooking business organizations because it is a basic ingredient that has a unique taste that cannot be replaced by other products, and has competitive prices so that hm. putra bahari with rebon shrimp paste products has no difficulty in obtaining markets outside east java, outside the islands and even export markets considering that not all regions can produce them. because hm. putra bahari has not fully used marketing techniques to open and serve new markets because it does not yet have a showroom or website to display its products. 2. production during this time in the production process of hm. putra bahari invested funds for the expansion of the business premises, 2 units of milling machine, 5 units of wood mixer, 20 wood printing equipment, 200 pieces of shrimp paste drying boxes, 2 mitsubishi l 300 fleets but do not yet have a dryer from bamboo shoots as raw material or shrimp paste which has been produced so that the drying process uses a land size of 8m x 10m so that the land is not productive, the focus of attention is on the unsanitary processes that are taking place and the fluctuating hot air. 3. finance there is an imbalance in the circulation of the flow of funds because the raw materials have so far been purchased using the cash system, while sales, among others, are with a selling point system, where money is taken whenever there is a terasi product that sells for a souvenir center. and also restaurants. there is no accounting system and periodic tax reports. 4. information so far, for information activities using a face-to-face system, hp, wa for marketing information systems for consumers are still waiting for consumers to come to the sales agents/gift center. 5. hr currently, there are 8 permanent employees who are their own family. and 20 non-permanent employees who come from the area around hm. putra bahari is producing. the 20 non-permanent employees work according to their needs and the system is wholesale. widyaningrum, et al., empowerment of “terasi rebon” seafood processed industry craftsmen for the development of leading potential for highly competitive coastal areas in tuban, east java, (p. 171 – 177) 172 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 can be submitted hm. putra bahari in carrying out its business activities is carried out traditionally without involving technology and other people. starting from planning and recording raw materials, it is still done simply by the owner himself, mr. m.sya'ronie. the problem that was agreed to be resolved within 3 years is the problem of operational management functions which include: marketing management, production, finance, information, hr. literature review micro, small and medium enterprises (smes) seeing the scale of their business, srundeng craftsmen can be categorized as small and household industries. the definition of small and household industries follows the definition of msmes based on law no. 20 of 2008 article 6 (uu no 20, 2008). micro enterprises are business entities that have a net worth of not more than rp.50,000,000.00 (fifty million rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; or have annual sales proceeds of not more than rp. 300,000,000.00 (three hundred million rupiah). small business is a business entity that has a net worth of more than rp.50,000,000.00 (fifty million rupiah) up to a maximum of rp.500,000,000.00 (five hundred million rupiah); does not include land and buildings where the business is carried out; or have annual sales proceeds of more than rp. 300,000,000.00 (three hundred million rupiah) up to a maximum of rp. 2,500,000,000.00 (two billion and five hundred million rupiah). mujiyadi and gunawan (2007: 34) say that there are several steps in empowering the poor: 1. community empowerment is a prerequisite for poverty reduction efforts. the concrete step is to increase people's critical awareness of their position in the socio-political structure in which these poor people live. 2. efforts to break the exploitative relationship with the poor. this means allowing the critical awareness of the poor to emerge to carry out reorganization in order to increase work productivity and quality of life. 3. instill a sense of togetherness (egalitarian) and provide an image that poverty is not destiny but as an incarnation of social construction. 4. realizing the formulation of development by fully involving the poor. 5. the need for social and cultural development for the poor 6. the need for a more equitable redistribution of development infrastructure. local wisdom of the tuban coastal area in general, the meaning of local wisdom is ideas, values or views from a place that has a wise and good value character which is followed and believed by the people in that place and has been followed from generation to generation. local wisdom has several characteristics, namely: 1. have the ability to control. 2. is a fortress to withstand the influence of outside culture. 3. having the ability to accommodate outside cultures. 4. have the ability to give direction to cultural development. 5. having the ability to integrate or unite external cultures and indigenous cultures. local wisdom is explicit knowledge that emerges from a long period of time and co-evolves with the community and environment in the area based on what has been experienced. so it can be said, local wisdom in each region varies depending on the environment and the needs of life. widyaningrum, et al., empowerment of “terasi rebon” seafood processed industry craftsmen for the development of leading potential for highly competitive coastal areas in tuban, east java, (p. 171 – 177) 173 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 community economic empowerment based on local wisdom efforts to encourage stakeholder participation in social development can be done through: (1) reorientation of the bureaucracy towards effective relations with the community through a community network coalition; (2) increased sense of responsibility where people develop themselves, awareness of understanding their needs, problems, abilities and potentials; and (3) facilitate communication between various local stakeholders. it is necessary to apply the guiding principle, namely coming to the people, living with the people, learning from the people, planning and collaborating with the people, starting with being known by the people, building and developing, teaching by example, introducing patterns not showing off, showing the system not creating obstacles, harmonizing perceptions, changing creative patterns, and provide creative freedom (moeljarto, 1991). the concept of people-centered development with a focus on community empowerment is a strategic approach, in which creative initiatives from the people form the basis of development policies. building community welfare needs to involve the people in the process so that policy makers understand carefully the real problem. key success factors are: (1) commitment to policy makers; (2) the ability of the facilitator to assist the community; (3) the environment supports mutual change; and (4) there is a guarantee for change and study results as a source or reference in making policies. interventions are needed in strengthening and understanding the community to identify and develop certain sectors through a participatory approach. this can help the community to know and understand the resource management process, so that the implementation of development programs becomes more sustainable (moeljarto, 1991). based on the information technology-based relational marketing model, a more targeted local wisdom-based community economic empowerment can be implemented, so that the goals and objectives of development that take place in the regions can be achieved, namely: 1. the implementation of efforts to accelerate local economic development through the involvement of the government, business community, local communities and civil society organizations in a participatory process. 2. developed and developed strategic partnerships and alliances in an effort to accelerate local economic development among stakeholders in a synergistic manner 3. development of economic facilities and infrastructure that support efforts to accelerate local economic development. 4. the realization of the development and growth of smes in an economical and sustainable manner. 5. the realization of an increase in people's income, reduced unemployment, a decrease in the level of poverty. 6. the realization of increased equity among community groups, between sectors and between regions. 7. the creation of resilience and economic independence of local communities. methods develop a link and match process between universities, industry and local governments and the wider community. the solution agreement for the proposing team from ubhara surabaya and its surabaya with hm partners. putra bahari, the solutions offered in this program refer to the objectives of the program, the problems faced by partners, and the capacities of the universities. it should also be noted that this program not only provides benefits to partners, but also provides benefits to related parties, including: upt for quality development of industrial products and creative technology surabaya, industry and trade office, east java provincial government, district fisheries and livestock service office. tuban in this program so that this mutually beneficial partnership can run continuously. widyaningrum, et al., empowerment of “terasi rebon” seafood processed industry craftsmen for the development of leading potential for highly competitive coastal areas in tuban, east java, (p. 171 – 177) 174 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 results of all the activities, the team and partners are still focused on achieving good synergy until in the end it takes 2 (two) months to be able to start mentoring activities in partner locations. thus, the process that has begun to take shape needs to be followed up that is faster than the scheduled time. these activities include: preliminary visits to partners i and ii preparations include: a) conduct initial communication about planned activities between the implementing team and the two partners. determine the schedule for the implementation of activities that have been mutually agreed upon between the implementation team and the two partners with guidance according to the schedule from its. determine and discuss the types of partner participation to support each activity proposed by the community service implementation team. this activity has gone according to plan. b) improving the production process to improve the quality of results using technology by doing design (engineering), training, practice, and assistance of spinning machines. so that in the implementation of production it is more efficient for production, it does not change quickly and is durable. this activity has been carried out with the help of a spinning machine. c) conduct training, practice, and assistance in the preparation of a business plan as a form of preparation for a professional business. the business plan serves to design the initial business strategy and plan. a business will be difficult to develop if it is run without a business plan or plan. for this reason, it is very important for an entrepreneur to compile a business plan so that the business they are engaged in is more focused and oriented correctly and can achieve success. fig.1. graphic showing production of terasi rebon in tuban 2020 d) in the graph, it can be seen that there was an increase in production starting from june after using the modern tools provided, while the decline in production from february to may was due to a decrease in supply production due to a decrease in demand due to the covid-19 pandemic. widyaningrum, et al., empowerment of “terasi rebon” seafood processed industry craftsmen for the development of leading potential for highly competitive coastal areas in tuban, east java, (p. 171 – 177) 175 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 e) finding sources of funds from a business plan that has been prepared is useful for bringing in parties such as investors, banks or others who will help run the business. this means that the business plan that has been made can become a kind of proposal or complement to the proposal that will help get business capital. f) business plans can also be used to predict the future of the business that you are running. because, when compiling a business plan, you will see a short, medium and long term picture for the business to be run. business plans can also increase the level of business that is being run. a well-prepared business plan and design will create a special passion for business people to run their business. fig.2. documentation of activities with terasi rebon sme partners and technology transfer conclusions the regional superior product development program (pppud) is entitled pppud for empowering craftsmen of the processed sea products “terasi rebon” with tray dryer technology for the development of flavor variants and packaging potential for superior competitive coastal areas ds. karang agung kec. cross tuban, east java. pppud partner is hm. putra bahari, the owner as well as the leader, is mr. m. sya'ronie, who produces rebon shrimp paste products for unique culinary flavors. partner problems are viewed from the production aspect in hm sole proprietorship. putra bahari are as follows: 1. the existence of a brand image in msmes is expected to show the identity of the shrimp paste product. so that every marketing carried out by the msme uses and distributes its products with the "via" brand. so that the pppud solution at this stage is to strengthen partner institutions through the shrimp paste brand mark that has been given by disperindag. the implementation method is through counseling, practice and assistance in increasing knowledge in the operational functions of hr management, marketing, finance, information and production. 2. the way to market products is still using the marketing system of word of mouth, storage and selling plainly. so that the market share achieved is only a small scope. the pppud solution at this stage is to help prepare a showroom for increasing partner marketing in tuban and other cities in east java while continuing to run the marketing system that is already running. 3. so far, production activities at the milling stage still use a grinder using gasoline so that the aroma of the mixture cannot be completely contaminated sometimes. the pppud solution at this stage is to increase knowledge and ability in the field of production with a wet grinder machine with electric power, which is expected to not contaminate the resulting aroma. 4. in the second year pppud activities can result in product development, namely fish paste that has not been sold/produced by other ikm because this product is the only one that is innovative by making petis made from fish. the pppud solution at this stage is the ttg heat gun machine widyaningrum, et al., empowerment of “terasi rebon” seafood processed industry craftsmen for the development of leading potential for highly competitive coastal areas in tuban, east java, (p. 171 – 177) 176 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 to glue the lid of the fish paste package so it won't spill. the implementation method is through counseling, practice and assistance in increasing knowledge in the field of production functions. 5. sole proprietorship hm. putra bahari in marketing their products is done in a conventional way so that marketing is still limited around the east java area. so the solution for pppud in year 3 is to design and update product information through e-commerce in order to expand the market. with the implementation method through training, practice and mentoring to increase hr competence through e-marketing to add insight and expand the marketing of rebon shrimp paste products and north coast marine products online outside the east java region, outside the island and even exports. training and mentoring of entrepreneurial spirit within the sole proprietorship of hm putra bahari. acknowledgments the author would like to thank the director of research and community service, directorate general of research and development strengthening, kemenristek-brin which has provided funding for community service pppud scheme. conflicts of interest there is none conflicts of interest between the author or regarding the partnership of this community services. references christy, p., & ellyawati, j. (2014). pengaruh desain kemasan (packaging) pada impulsive buying. jurnal penelitian ekonomi, 12(43), 1–14. retrieved from http://ejournal.uajy.ac.id/7009/1/jurnal.pdf dewi lestari. (2016). pengaruh varian produk, harga dan kualitas layanan terhadap minat beli konsumen pada zyvi cell pangkalpinang, 0–17. hakiim, a., karawang, u. s., karawang, k., barat, p. j., karawang, u. s., karawang, k., & barat, p. j. (n.d.). pengeringan terasi lokal karawang : sinar matahari – tray. i‟in endang mardiani, o. j. i. (2013). analisis keputusan pembelian konsumen melalui media. jurnal ekonomi, 4(2), 151–161. nugraha, a. (2006). tinjauan pustaka. praktek kerja lapangan, 5–22. rinaldi, f. (2015). pengertian fungsi dan tujuan manajemen keuangan. retrieved from https://www.kembar.pro/2015/03/pengertian-fungsi-dan-tujuan-manajemen-keuangan.html panduan pelaksanaan penelitian dan pengabdian masyarakat, di perguruan tinggi edisi xii, direktorat penelitian dan pengabdian kepada masyarakat, direktorat jendral pendidikan tinggi, kementrian pendidikan dan kebudayaan 2013. rose, janelle and fogarty, gerard, 2006. determinants of perceived usefulness and perceived of easy of use in the technology acceptance model : senior consumers adoption of self service banking technologies, academy of world business, marketing & management development, conference proceedings, volume 2 no 10, july 2006. suseno, t.w, sulistyo, firma dan desembriarto, dionysius. 2005. reposisi usaha mikro kecil dan menengah dalam perekonomian nasional. yogjakarta: universitas sanata dharma. suyitno, ade. 2013. paper pendidikan kewirausahaan : teori dan praktik.mahasiswa universitas pendidikan indonesia. bandung, 3 tan, firwan. 2007. arah dan pembinaan serta pengembangan usaha kecil dan menengah dalam era globalisasi. jurnal ekonomi. www.openpdf.com. diakases pada april 2014. widyaningrum, et al., empowerment of “terasi rebon” seafood processed industry craftsmen for the development of leading potential for highly competitive coastal areas in tuban, east java, (p. 171 – 177) 177 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 tracey s. dagger and timothy k. o’brien, 2010. does experience matter? differences in relationship benefits, satisfaction, trust, commitment and loyalty for novice and experienced service users, european journal of marketing, vol. 44 no. 9/10, 2010, pp. 1528-1552. undang-undang nomor 20 tahun 20087 tentang usaha mikro, kecil dan menengah (umkm). widiana, m.e, 2011. pengaruh perceived ease of use terhadap perceived usefulness, relational benefit dan marketing outcome konsumen produk batik pada umkm di jawatimur. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ empowerment of “terasi rebon” seafood processed industry craftsmen for the development of leading potential for highly competitive coastal areas in tuban, east java introduction literature review micro, small and medium enterprises (smes) seeing the scale of their business, srundeng craftsmen can be categorized as small and household industries. the definition of small and household industries follows the definition of msmes based on law no. 20 of 2008 article 6 (uu no 20, 2008). micro... mujiyadi and gunawan (2007: 34) say that there are several steps in empowering the poor: 1. community empowerment is a prerequisite for poverty reduction efforts. the concrete step is to increase people's critical awareness of their position in the socio-political structure in which these poor people live. 2. efforts to break the exploitative relationship with the poor. this means allowing the critical awareness of the poor to emerge to carry out reorganization in order to increase work productivity and quality of life. 3. instill a sense of togetherness (egalitarian) and provide an image that poverty is not destiny but as an incarnation of social construction. 4. realizing the formulation of development by fully involving the poor. 5. the need for social and cultural development for the poor 6. the need for a more equitable redistribution of development infrastructure. local wisdom of the tuban coastal area community economic empowerment based on local wisdom methods results references 122 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594-4777 (online) 2597-4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency dadang supriyatno1*, sri wiwoho mudjanarko2, satriana fitri mustika sari3 1,3department of civil engineering faculty of engineering, state university of surabaya 2department of civil engineering faculty of engineering, narotama university surabaya dadangsupriyatno@unesa.ac.id abstract: sidoarjo is part of the gerbangkertosusila which is a metropolitan area, so facilities and infrastructure are needed that are able to support the needs of the city together with the covid-19 pandemic, it is necessary to revitalize fundamental public transport. according to a survey conducted using the ahp method, the model y= 0.158x1 + 0.187x2 + 0.135x3 + 0.156x4 + 0.126x5 + 0.131x6 + 0.066x7 + 0.042x8. the calculation results show that the city of sidoarjo is ready to be developed. the development carried out is to develop the existing transportation route purabaya terminal porong terminal into road-based mass transportation, namely medium buses with a capacity of 30 passengers, which has a circulation time of 1 hour 49.25 minutes/trip, with a load factor of 77%, headway 11.55 minutes , and a fleet that requires 12 units of the fleet, as well as the temporary tariff determined according to the bok of rp. 8.334,-. the revitalization of existing transportation is by scraping by rerouting existing transportation to be used as feeders, rejuvenating existing transportation, selling it outside the city, and if it is not roadworthy, old iron scrap is sold using the kiloan method. keyword : development, revitalization, public transportation, mass transportation, pandemic introduction sidoarjo regency is part of the gerbangkertosusila development area, with its position as part of the surabaya metropolitan area, which has rapidly encouraged this area to grow and develop. the consequence of these developments is the emergence of traffic flows that demand the provision of adequate facilities and infrastructure as well as reliable transportation management, in connection with the transportation function as the main support for community activities. the success of development is strongly influenced by the role of transportation as the lifeblood of political, economic, socio-cultural, and defense-security life. the development of the transportation sector is directed at the realization of an effective and efficient transportation system in supporting and simultaneously driving the dynamics of development, supporting the mobility of people, goods and services, supporting national distribution patterns and supporting regional development, especially east java province. the consequence of these developments is the emergence of traffic flows that demand the provision of adequate facilities and infrastructure as well as reliable transportation management, in connection with the transportation function as the main support for community activities. in carrying out the journey of people and the movement of goods, the transportation used is according to the perceptions and needs of each service user, including air, sea and land. sidoarjo regency, the main type of transportation infrastructure is road transportation with the main transportation node being the purabaya type a terminal and 5 supporting c terminals, namely the prohibition terminal, wadung asri terminal, sukodono terminal, krian terminal and taman terminal. the function of road transportation is increasingly important with the existence of an air transportation node at juanda airport. during the covid-19 pandemic there was a decrease in the number of users or users of public transportation which greatly impacted operators, where operational costs increased while the transport load factor never touched 70%, so that reform and development of transportation needs to be carried out in conjunction with the covid-19 pandemic. fundamental improvements to public transportation in sidoarjo and will be completed when the covid-19 pandemic is over. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:dadangsupriyatno@unesa.ac.id supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 123 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 the revitalization and development of public transportation as a means of transportation in sidoarjo regency is expected to be able to become the backbone of urban and inter-city passenger transportation, so that it can become one of the main drivers of the east java economy. literature review public transport public transportation (known as public transportation or mass transportation) is a passenger transportation service by a group travel system available for use by the general public, usually managed according to a schedule, operated on a defined route, and charged for each trip. public transportation modes include city buses, trams (light rail), lyn transportation, bison, and trains. most public transport systems run along fixed routes with stopping points with prearranged schedules. public transport services can be driven by profit by usingratebased on distance or funded by government subsidies where a flat rate fare is charged to each passenger. according to ministerial regulation no. 15 of 2019 article 1 paragraph 25 mass transportation is a service for transporting people using public motorized vehicles in urban areas using buses with mass transport capacity and equipped with special lanes. public transportation according to warpani (1990) public transportation is a paid or rented transportation system. the main purpose of public existence is to provide good and proper transportation services for the community because of its mass nature, it is necessary to have similarities between passengers among passengers with regard to origin and destination. public transportation is organized in an effort to meet the needs of safe, safe, comfortable, and affordable transportation. public transportation of people and/or goods is only carried out by public motorized vehicles. public transportation is a mode of transportation that is intended for many people, shared interests, receives shared services, has the same direction and point of interest, and is bound by predetermined route regulations and predetermined schedules. this is if they have chosen this public transportation. public transport service optimal service to prospective passengers, the number of available city transportation must meet the needs, but the number of existing city transportation must also be proportional to the number of users of urban transportation services so that the existence of urban transportation becomes efficient. in other words, the quantity supplied must be equal to the demand. transportation services for people using public transportation or public transportation are carried out using buses or passenger cars. transportation of people by public transportation is served by: a. fixed and regular routes are transportation services that are carried out in a fixed and regular route network with a fixed or unscheduled schedule for people transportation services. b. not on the route, the transportation of people by public transportation not on the route consists of:  transportation by taxi  rental transportation  transportation for tourism purposes public transport performance public transport performance is assessed based on certain quantitative and qualitative parameters regarding the characteristics of the transportation system being reviewed. these parameters can be used as the basis for calculations used in determining the number of public transportation fleets, one of which is city transportation. the standard values for public transport performance are summarized from: a. decree of the director general no.687/aj.206/drjd/2002 concerning technical guidelines for the implementation of public transport. https://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/tarif supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 124 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 b. ministry regulation (pm) no. 98 of 2013 concerning minimum service standards for transportation of people by motorized vehicles. as in the table below: tabel 1 service parameters no parameter value sat. value standard less = 1 medium = 2 well = 3 1 rush hour load factor % >100 70-100 <70 2 load factor not busy hours % >100 70-100 <70 3 travel speed km/hour <5 6-10 >10 4 headway minute >15 10-15 <10 5 travel time minutes/km >12 6-12 <6 6 service time o'clock <13 13-15 15 7 frequency drive/hour <4 4-6 >6 8 number of operating vehicles % <80 80-89 90-100 9 waiting time second >120 61-199 <60 10 total passenger kend/day <180 180-250 >250 11 circulation time minute >120 120-60 <60 in table 1, with three weighting criteria, namely the weight of 1 is the service at a poor level. the weight of 2 is in the medium level of service and the weight of 3 is the service with a good level. the exact number of fleets according to the needs, it is difficult to be certain that what can be done is the number that is close to the magnitude of the need. the basics of calculating the number of fleets according to the technical guidelines of the ministry of transportation of the republic of indonesia (2002). as follows : a. load factor is a comparison between the capacity sold and the available capacity for one trip which is usually expressed in percent (%) b. vehicle capacity is the passenger load capacity of each public transport vehicle, which can be seen in the following table. c. the basis for calculating vehicles on a type of route is determined by vehicle capacity, circulation time, vehicle stopping time at the terminal and intermediate time. tabel 2 vehicle capacity type of transport vehicle capacity passenge r capacity sit down stand up total passenger car 8 8 250-300 small bus 19 19 300-400 medium bus 20 10 30 500-600 single floor big bus 49 30 79 1,0001,200 double floor big bus 85 35 120 1500-1800 notes :  vehicle capacity figures vary depending on vehicle seating arrangement  0.17m/passenger standing space research methods the research uses relevant and valid methods in determining the results of studies related to the development of public transportation in sidoarjo regency supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 125 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 ahp method. analytic hierarchy process is a framework for making effective decisions on problems by simplifying and accelerating the decision-making process by breaking the problem into its parts, arranging variables in a hierarchical order, assigning numerical values to subjective judgments about the importance of each variable and synthesizing various considerations for assigning variables. which one has the highest priority and acts to influence the outcome of the situation. according to saaty (1993) the hierarchy in question is defined as a representation of a complex problem in a multi-level structure, where the first level is the goal, followed by the level of factors, criteria, sub-criteria and so on down to the last level of alternatives. using a hierarchy, a complex problem can be broken down into groups which are then arranged into a hierarchical form so that the problem will appear more structured and systematic. the stages of decision making with ahp are as follows: a. define the problem and determine the desired solution b. creating a hierarchical structure starting with the main goal c. determine paired comparison research using a hierarchical rating scale. d. the calculation in the ahp method uses a comparison matrix (reciprocal) if aij = a then aji = 1/a. e. calculating the eigenvalues and testing for their consistency f. repeat steps c, d, and e for all levels of the hierarchy g. calculating priority vector h. check for hierarchical consistency, the expected consistency is less than or equal to 10%. state preference by definition stated preference means a preference statement about an alternative compared to other alternatives. stated preference is different from revealed preference whose data is obtained from observations of actual behavior or behavioral reports in the past. revealed preference records the actual travel choice decision including indicators of all components on which the decision was made. this method has been widely used in the field of transportation because this method can measure/estimate how people choose a mode of travel that does not yet exist or see how they react to a new regulation. this technique uses statements of preference from respondents to determine alternative designs. stated preference is an approach to respondents to find out their response to different situations. each individual was asked about their response if they were faced with a given situation in actual circumstances (what was their preference for the choices offered). most stated preferences use experimental designs to develop alternatives that are presented to respondents this design is usually made orthogonal, meaning that the combination of attributes presented varies independently of each other. the advantage is that the effects of each response attribute are easier to identify. the main characteristics of stated preference survey techniques are: a. stated preferencesbased on the respondent's opinion about how they respond to several alternative hypotheses. b. each option is represented as a packet of different attributes such as time, cost, headway, reliability and others. c. researchers make alternative hypotheses in such a way that the influence of individuals on each attribute can be estimated, this is obtained by experimental design techniques (experimental design). d. questionnaire interview tools must provide alternative hypotheses that can be understood by respondents, neatly arranged and can make sense. e. respondents express their opinion on each option choice by ranking, rating and choosing their best opinion from a pair or group of statements. supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 126 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 f. responses as answers given by individuals are analyzed to get a quantitative measure of the importance (relatively) of each attribute. the ability to use stated preference lies in the freedom to make experimental designs in an effort to find wide variations for research purposes. this capability must be balanced by the need to ensure that the response is sufficiently realistic. regression analysis regression analysis is a statistical method to study and measure statistical relationships that occur between two or more variables. in simple regression, two variables are studied, while in compound regression, more than two variables are studied. in regression analysis, a regression equation will be determined and used to describe the pattern or form of the relationship function that exists between the dependent variable (dependent variable or response variable) and is usually plotted on the vertical axis (y-axis). while the independent variable (independent variable or explanatory variable) is a variable that is assumed to have an influence on the variation of the dependent variable and is usually plotted on the flat axis (x-axis). according to tamin (2008), linear-regression analysis is used to study the relationship between the nature of the problem being investigated. the linear-regression analysis model can model the relationship between two or more variables. the dependent variable (y) has a functional relationship with one or more independent variables (x1). binomial logit analysis binomial logit analysis is an analysis used to determine the probability of each mode. according to dhani yudha (2005), the binomial logit model must meet the axioms of independent of irrelevant alternative (iia) the data collection of this research was obtained from certain sources: a. secondary data 1) population data from bps sidoarjo district 2) data on land use conditions from bps sidoarjo regency b. primary data 1) ahp interview observation 2) observation interview stated preference 3) number of passengers bison and lyn jsp 4) transport performance c. determining sample 1) the sample in the ahp survey uses the suharsimi ari kunto (2010) method by taking 10% of the population. 409 of the bison passenger population sample = 409 x 10% = 40.9 respondents so the respondents who will be surveyed in the ahp interview are 41 respondents. 2) determination of the sample in the stated preference survey using the slovin method. (setiawan, 2007) 𝑛𝑛 = 𝑁𝑁 1 + 𝑁𝑁𝑒𝑒2 𝑛𝑛 = 409 1 + 409 (0,12) = 80.35 respondents supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 127 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 so the respondents who will be surveyed in stated preference interviews are 80 respondents, which were divided into two locations, namely 40 at purabaya terminal and 40 at porong terminal. figure 1. research flowchart discussion city readiness for development through the analytical hierarchy process. data processing uses the ahp method to speed up the decision-making process by solving the problem into its parts, arranging variables in a hierarchical arrangement. ( saaty, 1997) analytical hierarchy processused to determine the results of the weighting of each of the influential criteria in the development of public transportation that has been surveyed, interviewed 41 sources who are considered experts, then formed in a readiness model to determine readiness in the development of public transportation. 1. recapitulation of weight assessment tabel 3 value weighted recapitulation economies of scale and regional fiscal capability transport policy land use public transpor t integratio n tickets and travel time supportin g infrastruct ure city function city size economies of scale and regional fiscal capability 1.00 1.00 0.33 1.00 3.00 1.00 2.00 5.00 transport policy 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.00 2.00 1.00 2.00 5.00 land use 3.00 1.00 1.00 0.40 0.33 1.00 1.00 3.00 supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 128 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 economies of scale and regional fiscal capability transport policy land use public transpor t integratio n tickets and travel time supportin g infrastruct ure city function city size public transport integration 1.00 0.33 2.50 1.00 2.00 1.00 3.00 3.00 tickets and travel time 0.33 0.50 3.00 0.50 1.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 supporting infrastructur e 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 city function 0.50 0.50 1.00 0.33 0.50 0.50 1.00 1.00 city size 0.20 0.20 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 1.00 1.00 amount 8.03 5.53 10,17 7.57 10,17 6.83 14.00 24.00 2. normalize the reciprocal matrix to get the priority vector values tabel 4 normalization economies of scale and regional fiscal capability transport policy land use public transpor t integratio n tickets and travel time supportin g infrastruct ure city function city size economies of scale and regional fiscal capability 0.1245 0.1807 0.0328 0.1322 0.2951 0.1463 0.1429 0.2083 transport policy 0.1245 0.1807 0.0984 0.3965 0.1677 0.1463 0.1429 0.2083 land use 0.3734 0.1807 0.0984 0.0529 0.0328 0.1463 0.0714 0.1250 public transport integration 0.1245 0.0602 0.2459 0.1322 0.1677 0.1463 0.2143 0.1250 tickets and travel time 0.0415 0.0904 0.2951 0.0661 0.0984 0.1463 0.1429 0.1250 supporting infrastructure 0.1245 0.1807 0.0984 0.1322 0.0984 0.1463 0.1429 0.1250 city function 0.0622 0.0904 0.0984 0.0441 0.0492 0.0732 0.0714 0.0417 city size 0.0249 0.0361 0.0328 0.0441 0.0328 0.0488 0.0714 0.0417 amount 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 3. priority vector value tabel 5 priority vector criteria priority vector economies of scale and regional fiscal capability 0.158 transport policy 0.187 land use 0.135 public transport integration 0.156 supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 129 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 criteria priority vector tickets and travel time 0.126 supporting infrastructure 0.131 city function 0.066 city size 0.042 4. before the priority vector value is used, its consistency must be tested, as follows: a. finding the vector value of k b. finding the value of the vector eigen value (e) c. look for𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 d. looking for consistency index e. testing the consistency of priority vector values 0.094≤0.1 (consistent) so based on the results of the analysis above, it is known that the consistency test of the vector value gets consistent results, then the vector value can be used. furthermore, it is stated in a percentage, namelyeconomic scale and regional fiscal capability by 15.8%, transport policy by 18.7%, land use by 13.5%, integration of public transport 15.6%, tickets and travel time by 12.6%, supporting infrastructure 13 .1%, city function 6.6%, and city size 4.2%. from the results of data processing, it is then entered into the linear regression equation: y=0.158x1+0.187x2+0.135x3+0.156x4+0.126x5+0.131x6+0.066x7+0.042x8 processing of the value scale of factors x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7, and x8 that affect the development of public transportation this score assessment is based on the existing conditions in the field tabel 6 value scale attribute factor value scale x1 regional economies of scale and fiscal capacity 0 x2 transport policy 0.75 x3 land use 0.75 x4 public transport integration 0.75 x5 tickets and travel time 0.75 supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 130 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 attribute factor value scale x6 supporting infrastructure 0.75 x7 city function 0.75 x8 city size 0.75 the value scale in the existing condition is included in multiple linear regression to determine the readiness of public transportation development, the readiness scale is in the table below; tabel 7 readiness scale no readiness value (y) information 1 < 0.50 public transportation has not yet been developed 2 between 0.51 – 0.61 public transportation is not yet fully developed 3 between 0.61 – 0.70 public transportation is ready to be developed 4 between 0.71 – 1.00 public transportation is more ready to be developed 5 >1 public transportation is very ready to be developed source: ofyzar z. tamin from the results of the observed value scale of existing conditions that have been known to be calculated using a linear regression equation, based on the calculation, the result is 0.632. so from the results of 0.632 sidoarjo district is ready for the development of public transportation. development of public transportation lyn jsp and bison into mass transportation transport performance of jsp lyn tabel 8 jsp transport performance no parameter unit results weight 1 load factor % 100% 2 2 frequency kend/hour 39 3 3 headway minute 1.94 3 4 speed km/hr 20-33 3 it was concluded that the jsp lyn transportation performance was categorized as good because the average weight was 3. bison transport performance tabel 9 bison transport performance no. parameter unit results weight 1 load factor % 92.86 2 2 frequency kend/hour 30 3 3 headway minute 1.91 3 4 speed km/hr 30-50 3 it is concluded that the performance of bison transportation is categorized as good because the average weight is 3. supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 131 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 the development of existing transportation to mass transportation must be in accordance with the conditions of the city of sidoarjo, data on the number of passengers, determination of modes, travel time, road length, headway, circulation time per trip, prediction of vehicle speed is required. 1. determination of vehicle type the type of vehicle that will be used for the development of public transportation to mass transportation is a medium bus with a capacity of 30 passengers. 2. circulation time circulation time with an average speed setting of 20 km per hour with a deviation of 5% of the travel time. with the formula: ctaba = (tab + tba) + (σab +σba) + (tta + ttb) ctaba = (50 + 45) + (2.5 + 2.25) + (5 + 4.5) = 109.25 minutes or 1 hour 49.25 minutes. 3. load factor lf =𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽ℎ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝑃𝑃𝐽𝐽𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝐾𝐾𝐽𝐽𝑃𝑃𝐽𝐽𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐽𝐽𝐾𝐾 𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝐴𝐴𝐽𝐽𝐾𝐾 × 100% lf =23 30 × 100% = 77% 4. headway h =60.𝐶𝐶.𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑃𝑃 h =60.30.0.77 120 = 11.55 minutes 5. fleet needs k =𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽ℎ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝐽𝐽𝐽𝐽𝑃𝑃𝐽𝐽𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝐴𝐴𝐽𝐽𝑃𝑃𝐽𝐽𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐽𝐽𝐾𝐾 𝐽𝐽𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝐴𝐴𝐽𝐽𝐾𝐾 k =360 30 = 12 vehicles. 6. vehicle operating costs the value of the bok for medium-sized buses has its own estimated price of rp. 8.334, stated preference survey results response to travel cost difference(∆x1). tabel 10 response to cost difference difference in cost of bus – lrt (rp)(∆x1) number of respondents each rating. total 1 2 3 4 5 -0 39 4 13 3 26 85 -250 39 4 12 2 28 85 -500 39 4 12 2 28 85 -1,000 44 2 12 0 27 85 -1,500 25 2 11 0 47 85 supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 132 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 difference in cost of bus – lrt (rp)(∆x1) number of respondents each rating. total 1 2 3 4 5 -2,000 24 2 11 1 47 85 -2,500 24 2 11 1 47 85 -3,000 24 2 10 1 48 85 response to travel time difference tabel 11 response to the difference in travel time travel time difference (minutes)(∆x2) number of respondents each rating. total 1 2 3 4 5 -30 21 2 6 2 54 85 -27 20 2 6 5 52 85 -24 20 3 6 3 53 85 -20 22 2 6 3 52 85 -16 24 1 7 3 50 85 -12 49 1 7 3 25 85 -8 46 1 9 2 27 85 -4 45 1 10 2 27 85 response to changes in departure frequency tabel 12 response to frequency changes difference in departure frequency (veh/day)(∆x3) number of respondents each rating. total 1 2 3 4 5 -16 54 1 7 2 21 85 -14 54 1 7 2 21 85 -12 54 1 7 2 21 85 -10 49 5 8 2 21 85 -8 47 4 9 2 23 85 -6 44 2 11 4 24 85 -4 30 7 11 4 33 85 -2 28 2 10 10 35 85 data analysis stated preference data that has been obtained through a survey in the form of a qualitative scale is transformed into a probability scale form and then converted into a symmetric scale form which will later become a utility scale that corresponds to the probability scale. tabel 13 symmetrical scale scale response probability scale (p) ln utility� 0,9 1−0,9 � 1 definitely choose the bus 0.9 2.1972 supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 133 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 2 maybe choose the bus 0.7 0.8473 3 balanced 0.5 0.0000 4 maybe choose lrt 0.3 -0.8473 5 definitely choose lrt 0.1 -2.1972 after the symmetric scale is known, the next step is regression analysis to obtain utility where the symmetric scale will be the dependent variable while the independent variable is the difference between each attribute. by using linear regression it will be obtained constants and efficient for each utility model can be suggested (ub – utv) = b0 + b1(∆x1) + b2(∆x2)……..+ bn(∆xn) from the utility model obtained, the probability of mode selection will be obtained using the binomial logit. the responses from the passengers obtained were then analyzed using spss so that the constants and regression coefficients of each model were obtained. then we get the utility forum which is used to find the probability of selecting the mode with the binomial logit model. travel cost attribute in selecting the mode of transportation, the ticket price is one of the considerations for service users to determine the choice of mode to be used. based on the regression analysis, the constant value is 2.558 and the coefficient is -0.001904. so that we get the utility equation (ub – utv) = b0 + b1(∆x1) (ub – ulrt) = 2.558 0.01904 x1 the equation for calculating the bus and lrt probabilities is as follows: ( ) ( )lrtb lrtb b b uu uu uu u b e1 e ee e p − − + = + = lrt lrtb p1p −= so that the bus probabilities and lrt probabilities are as follows: tabel 14 travel expenses utility no �x1 (ub -ulrt) pb domestic worker 1 0 2,558 0.928 0.072 2 250 2.082 0.889 0.111 3 500 1,606 0.833 0.167 4 1000 0.654 0.658 0.342 5 1300 0.083 0.521 0.479 6 1500 -0.298 0.426 0.574 7 2000 -1,250 0.223 0.777 8 2500 -2.202 0.100 0.900 9 3000 -3,154 0.041 0.959 the interpretation and conclusion of the above model are as follows; a. the constant in the model is 2.558, this means that if the two modes have the same ticket price, the difference in utility is 2.558. in this condition the probability of the bus is 0.928 while the probability of lrt is 0.07 so that passengers tend to choose the bus over the lrt when the ticket price is the same. supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 134 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 b. coefficient�x1is -0.001904 this coefficient can be interpreted that if the bus and lrt ticket prices increase by 1 rupiah, the bus utility will increase by 0.001904, so the coefficient will result in the probability of choosing the lrt c. the value of the coefficient of determination of 78.5% indicates that the cost of travel contributes 78.5% to the choice of travel mode. d. when the ticket price difference is rp. 1.300, then the probability of choosing the bus is 0.521 while the user chooses lrt is 0.479, from these results the difference in travel costs is rp. 1.300 the user tends to choose the bus, and vice versa if the difference is more than rp. 1300 then users tend to choose lrt. e. so when the maximum price of rp. 6.300, then the probability increases, so users tend to choose to use bus transportation to travel from purabaya terminal porong terminal. travel time attribute in selecting the mode of transportation, travel time is one of the considerations for service users to determine the choice of mode to be used for travel. based on regression analysis using spss software, a constant value of 3.179 was obtained with a coefficient of -0.212. so that the utility equation is obtained (ub – utv) = b0 + b2(∆x2) (ub – ulrt) = 3.179-0.212 x2 the equation for calculating the bus and lrt probabilities is as follows: ( ) ( )lrtb lrtb b b uu uu uu u b e1 e ee e p − − + = + = lrt lrtb p1p −= so that the probability of bus and lrt is obtained as follows: tabel 15 travel time utility no �x2 (ub -ulrt) pb domestic worker 1 30 -3.181 0.040 0.960 2 27 -2.545 0.073 0.927 3 24 -1.909 0.129 0.871 4 20 -1.061 0.257 0.743 5 16 -0.213 0.447 0.553 6 15 -0.001 0.500 0.500 7 12 0.635 0.654 0.346 8 8 1,483 0.815 0.185 9 4 2,331 0.911 0.089 the interpretation and conclusion of the above model are as follows; a. the constant in the model is 3.179, this means that if the two modes have the same travel time, the probability of choosing a bus will increase. b. the coefficient is -0.212, it is interpreted that if the difference between the travel time of the bus and the lrt increases by one minute, the bus utility will increase by -0.212, resulting in an increase in the probability of the bus. c. the value of the coefficient of determination is 74.1%, indicating that the travel time contributes 74.1% to the choice of travel mode. d. when the travel time is 15 minutes faster than the lrt, the bus utility will increase so that the probability of the bus increases. so respondents tend to choose the bus over the lrt. on the other supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 135 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 hand, if the travel time is 15 minutes slower than lrt, the probability of lrt increases, so respondents tend to choose lrt. e. so when the travel time for purabaya terminal porong terminal is 40 minutes, the probability of the bus will increase, so users tend to choose the bus for the mode of travel. departure frequency attribute departure frequency is one of the considerations in determining the choice of transportation mode. based on the regression analysis using spss, a constant of -0.1726 and a coefficient of 0.314 were obtained, so that the following utilities were obtained; (ub – utv) = b0 + b1(∆x1) (ub – utv) = -1.726+0.314 x3 the equation for calculating the bus and lrt probabilities is as follows: ( ) ( )lrtb lrtb b b uu uu uu u b e1 e ee e p − − + = + = lrt lrtb p1p −= so that the bus probabilities and lrt probabilities are as follows: tabel 16 trip frequency utility no �x3 (ub -ulrt) pb domestic worker 1 16 3,298 0.964 0.036 2 14 2,670 0.935 0.065 3 12 2.042 0.885 0.115 4 10 1.414 0.804 0.196 5 8 0.786 0.687 0.313 7 5.5 0.001 0.500 0.500 8 4 -0.470 0.385 0.615 9 2 -1.098 0.250 0.750 the interpretation of the above model is a. the constant in the model is -1.726, if both modes have the same frequency, then the bus probability is 0.151 while the lrt probability is 0.750. so in this condition users tend to choose lrt b. the coefficient is 0.314 which can be interpreted if the difference in the frequency of bus and lrt departures increases by one time, the utility increases by 0.314, so that the increase in the coefficient results in an increase in the probability of the bus. c. the coefficient of determination of 57.1% indicates that the frequency of travel departures contributes 57.1% to the choice of travel mode. d. if the frequency of departure is 5.5 times more than lrt per day, the utility will increase and the probability of the bus will increase, and respondents tend to choose the bus. and vice versa if the bus departure frequency is less than 5.5 times per day compared to the lrt, the probability of the lrt will increase and the user will choose the lrt e. on the condition that the frequency of bus departures is 20 times per day, the probability of the bus will rise and users will tend to choose the bus as transportation transportation from purabaya terminal porong terminal. stages of the planned mass transport operation route according to the calculations that have been made, the fleet needs of 12 units will be procured 3 times with the distribution of routes as follows; supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 136 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 revitalization of public transportation to mass transportation the revitalization of public transportation carried out in this research is the existing public transportation which intersects with the planned mass transportation. the revitalization of this transportation refers to the performance of each transportation as shown in the table: tabel 17 existing transport performance no code route route extend permission rill load factor headway (minute) 1 hb2 krian – sidoarjo – prohibition 89 103 75% 10 2 ltp ps. prohibition – tanggulangin – telasih – jatilang – pejangkung – kedungsugo – kedungwonokerto – prambon 34 28 52% 8 3 mobile phone ps. prohibition – prasug – darmasih sedati 2 9 the form of revitalization/reform of lyn transportation is as follows; 1. refers to the performance of transportation if the level of service can be improved by correcting the cause of the poor service level, so that the service can be optimized 2. if the load factor is large, the transportation can be increased, but if the load factor is small, then transportation is reouted to another route. 3. if the load factor is excessive and the headway tends to be small, it is necessary to replace a larger transport capacity. 4. cut off the route on the main route route passed by mass transportation. so to support the beheading, sub-terminals are needed to make it easier for service users to change modes. 5. the decapitation of the existing transportation will certainly have an impact on the income of the transportation manager, so it can be done by adding routes for zones that have not been reached (blankspot). below is the sub-terminal layout and the beheading that will be done terminal purabaya terminal porong 8 armada terminal puabaya-terminal krian 4 armada supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 137 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 figure 2. lay out beheading plans and sub-terminals on the main line the lyn transportation that serves the main road as in the layout above is being revitalized; 1. referring to the load factor and headway on the lyn hb2 route, the revitalization carried out is to replace the transportation capacity to a larger one, namely a mini van with a capacity of 17 passengers, and beheading in cemengkalang which will then be made a sub-terminal in the beheading area, 2. referring to the load factor and headway for the lyn ltp route, the form of revitalization carried out is the beheading of the tanggulangin area, which coincides with mass transportation on the main road. then a sub-terminal will be given to the beheading area. 3. referring to the load factor and headway on the lyn hp route, the revitalization efforts carried out are by beheading the sedati area, and a sub-terminal will be built. transport development scenario the development of existing transportation, namely lyn jsp and bison, was scraped with the aim of avoiding overlapping transportation with the planned mass transportation and rejuvenating transportation that was not feasible to become mass transportation. the technical implementation of scraping is by selling jsp lyn and bison out of town or diverting to another route (rerouting) by being used as feeders and rejuvenating them, and if they are not, it is not very feasible to sell scrap metal using the kilo method. then the next step is to create a consortium or cooperative that aims to manage public transportation. so that transportation entrepreneurs and owners of lyn jsp and bison transportation are not harmed by this mass transportation, it is necessary to conduct socialization for fleet owners with the aim that the transportation offerings they have can be invested in medium bus mass transportation where the comparison made for lyn is 1 medium bus. : 4 vehicles lyn, meaning of perbathe solution is that for 1 medium bus, the invested lyn is 4 lyn units, and for bison the ratio is 1 medium bus: 3 bison, then 1 medium bus means 3 bison units invested. another thing that can be an option for transportation entrepreneurs is to be given subsidies from the government but are willing to run or operate in accordance with the terms and standards specified. and there is also another option used in the offer is to use a rental system conclusion from the results of the discussion related to the study of transportation reform and development in the midst of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, referring to the results of the analysis of the supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 138 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 performance of the lyn jsp public transportation and byson transportation on the route between porong purabaya surabaya terminal, it is necessary to reform public transportation towards public transportation. mass by referring to ministerial regulation no. 15 of 2019 article 1 paragraph 25 and minister of km 7 of 2010. the development of public transportation is seen from the current performance of transportation, which is no longer able to serve the movement of passenger transportation in the corridor, so it is necessary to develop efforts to mass transportation. based on the results of the ahp analysis, sidoarjo district is ready to develop public transportation towards mass transportation. the route being developed is the purabaya terminal porong terminal route, which is on the main route using medium bus mass transportation with a capacity of 30 passengers, load factor 77%, headway 11.55%, circulation time needed 1 hour 49.25 minutes/trip, and needs bus fleet is 12 vehicles. revitalization is carried out on existing transportation, one of which routes coincides with mass transportation on the main road, namely lyn hb2, ltp, and hp. the form of revitalization carried out is different depending on the performance conditions and the load factor of the transport. the forms of revitalization carried out are: 1. improve service performance 2. rerouting to another route 3. additional transport capacity 4. decapitation of overlapping routes is added with sub-terminals in each beheading area, 5. adding routes to zones that have not been reached by transportation (blankspots) recommendation from the results of the development and revitalization of other public transport which currently serves the west-east, east-south and north-south corridors, it is necessary to recommend it to the sidoarjo regency government 1. in order to realize the plan to develop mass public transportation based on the porong-purabaya corridor bus, it is necessary to provide bus stop infrastructure facilities at the gathering points for passenger movements. 2. in the medium and long term, in an effort to realize modern mass transportation, the sidoarjo regency government needs to synergize with spatial planning related to modern transportation traces (lrt and mono rail). 3. to support the revitalization plan for other lyn public transportation, which is in the category of route cuts, the government needs to provide sub-terminal infrastructure, so that the performance of mass public transportation in the porong-purabaya corridor-terminal is not compromised. regarding the route cut, the routes served will remain the same or add routes to areas that have not been served by public transportation. (needs further study related blankspot). 4. scrapingexisting public transportation that has the potential to coincide with mass transportation, and reduce existing public transportation that is no longer feasible to operate. the actions taken were by rerouting routes, selling them out of town, rejuvenating them, and selling scrap metal using the kilo method. 5. establishment of a consortium or cooperative that serves as the manager of mass transportation. references arikunto, s. 2010. research procedures a practical approach. jakarta; rineka cipta decree of the director general no.687/aj.206/drjd/2002 concerning technical guidelines for the implementation of public transport in fixed and regular routes. ministerial regulation no. 98 of 2013 concerning minimum service standards for transportation of people by motorized vehicles. setiawan, n. (2007). determination of sample size using the slovin data table krejecte-morgan formula to study the concept and its application. bandung; unpad supriyatno, et al., study of transport reform and development in the middle of the covid-19 pandemic in sidoarjo regency, (p. 122 139) 139 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 saaty, tl (1990). decision making the analytical hierarchy process. united states of america; mcgraw-hill warpani, suwardjoko, 1990. planning a transportation system. bandung ; itb © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusiberbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 110 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia i putu artaya1, sri wiwoho mudjanarko2*, achmad muchayan3 , made kamisutara4, muhammad roesli5 1,2,3,4narotama university surabaya 5merdeka university surabaya putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id1, sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id2, achmad.muchayan@narotama.ac.id3, made.kamisutara@narotama.ac.id4, roesli.unmer@gmail.com5 abstract, this research was conducted in three cities that have the highest number of hybrid entrepreneurs in indonesia. the approach in this research is to prioritize primary data by looking for facts in the field related to hybrid entrepreneurial activities. the total number of business owners is 73 people spread across surabaya, malang, and denpasar. where these entrepreneurs have managed to run their business well in a hybrid way for approximately six years. based on the research we did, we found that there were four main factors supporting their success in running a hybrid entrepreneurship, that is digital promotion, product identity and legality, resource strength, market analysis capabilities. based on associative analysis and testing, it is proven that these four variables have a significant influence on hybrid entrepreneurial activities. the limitation of our research is that it does not include a wider range of forms or types of variables. it only involves four variables whose strength has been recognized by entrepreneurs in the three cities. the implications of this research activity will be to be able to provide a clear picture of the development of hybrid business activities and what aspects should be considered for someone when they want to start a hybrid entrepreneur. there has never been and there are not many references to research activities that specifically discuss and examine hybrid entrepreneurial activities. keywords: ability and strenght, hybrid entrepreneur, asosiatif analysis. introduction the easing of the covid-19 pandemic has left various problems in the economic world, many individuals or workers have lost their jobs and then switched professions, many industries are closed and not operating because they are unable to survive. many do not work and think how to survive. such conditions force many people to be creative and try to do business in the economic field. as a result, many small businesses have sprung up that are run by the community to support the family's economic life. the growth of various kinds and forms of home-based businesses that eventually grow into microenterprises due to the expression of individual strengths and skills that are forced when economic conditions are not conducive to running a business with normal conditions. why is it easy for a homebased business to appear in the family environment, for various reasons, including imitating other people's successful businesses, trying their luck because each family actually has expertise in a particular field that has the opportunity to be used as a business and support the family economy when jobs are not reliable when the economy is in recession and not profitable. actually, micro-enterprises owned by a family or family group generally come from home-based businesses that are able to develop well because the business is well managed and focused. so that in a certain time it can grow bigger. in fact, if a home-based business is managed better by involving various parties such as the government, the private sector, academia and consultants, of course, a home-based business has the potential to grow and develop better, become bigger and professional which in the end is able to support the national economy. most home-based businesses develop without good attention and support from various relevant agencies, so that these businesses develop and grow as they are, even less professional. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 111 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 various training and assistance should be appropriate for home-based businesses or microenterprises so that they can develop faster, such as training in the field of production processes, training on the use of alternative raw materials, online sales training, online shop design training, sales network design training and many more. other trainings that have a positive contribution to their activities to progress faster include brand rights training for their products and product legality certification. because currently in the era of business digitization, there is no market limit when business actors sell their products, especially through online media. increasing the advantages of micro-enterprises must be viewed from many angles, because many factors influence it. these factors can be divided into two, internal factors and external factors. problems regarding the application of hybrid marketing are still often found in the management of microenterprises in east java, the main cause of mentoring and training activities in this field is still not implemented optimally. for this reason, it is necessary to cooperate with all parties between the government, private institutions, academics and other parties who have relevance in the field of hybrid marketing. on the other hand, there are many changes in the environment such as the rapid development of information technology, business actors who are not yet familiar with these changes should be a top priority, they are a priority for change. the goal is that they are able to fit in all conditions, both traditional and modern. so that slowly and in the long run they are able to compete with their own strength. many business actors in east java in particular have mainstay and superior products, but because they are not accompanied by improvements in their internal strengths, their products are just ordinary products that are not touched by the market, and are not touched by change. one step that is not too difficult to do is to instill hybrid power in the field of marketing to these micro business actors according to the conditions and demands of the times (brewer & gibson, 2014). with the application of the hybrid method, slowly their business activities and products become changed and more easily recognized according to changes in consumer behavior and market desires. literature review hybrid marketing model in the world of marketing, the term hybrid arises because of a method that combines the traditional and online marketing capabilities of business actors in managing their business according to the latest technological developments, so that from this combination will give birth to a complete strength that has been applied for a long time in efforts to improve marketing activities. . with a hybrid in the marketing field, the marketing process will be faster, more accurate and more effective, because it uses digital media. many micro-enterprises that have superior products are only satisfied with the traditional ways they do, eventually they forget the process that the next most important business development is product and service development. they do not realize that one product has a life cycle and can be saturated in the eyes of consumers, in the world of marketing, once there is a new product from a competitor, then consumers can easily switch to another product. with the development of a hybrid marketing pattern, the cycle of business and product will be maintained (malabay et al, 2016). in the short term, actually the implementation of hybrid in marketing activities is able to increase product introduction to consumers, through attractive advertisements, flexible packaging displays, and more attractive promotional offers. this condition is able to increase interest and ultimately increase product demand and sales (firmansyah, 2020). even though the society 5.0 era seems difficult to implement, all micro-enterprises must be able to implement it, because in this era every micro-business owner must be able to adopt the latest technological developments, both web-based and mobile-based. with the adoption of the latest technology, all communication activities and processes become faster in finding, seeking and cooperating with business partners and being able to more quickly improve services to customers or customers who in recent years have demanded that everything be fast and practical. this condition must trigger micro business actors to improve quickly, by adjusting all forms of internal business processes to become more modern and based on information technology, so that the business they run does not lose market share. the role of the development of information technology today is very fast, this condition is actually beneficial for micro business owners in the field of communication and seeking information related to the management process, cooperation process, product introduction, sales process, payment and so on. therefore, micro business owners must be responsive to take advantage of these advances and changes to be able to obtain all forms of financial and non-financial benefits. artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 112 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 based on research results bicho et al. (2017), several factors that can support the success of hybrid marketing are product brands, product strengths, product competitiveness, the products offered must be in accordance with consumer desires. then the combination of marketing models is a combination of traditional marketing models that have been carried out by micro entrepreneurs and combined with new marketing methods that are more modern and adopt advanced technology. what is conveyed is indeed true, because the company's customers generally consist of old customers and new customers (jan, 2013). where old customers may be accustomed to marketing, promotion and advertising patterns that are delivered in accordance with the perceptions of old consumers, while new consumers or customers may have different perceptions, placing more emphasis on technological advances when consumers ask for or buy products in terms of ordering models. , the method or form of delivery of goods, payment methods, even how to make a complaint if there is a loss that occurs to the consumer. such a pattern of consumer behavior must be distinguished and still get the service that consumers want. because in the marketing and sales process, it cannot be justified if the seller or producer imposes a certain will on their customers or consumers because such actions can cause counter-productivity to business activities. understanding of hybrid entrepreneur fundamentally or simply, based on the results of research conducted by folta et al (2010), in the study it was explained that hybrid entrepreneur is the implementation of entrepreneurial activities carried out, to try challenges or find new or additional income even though the person concerned already has a permanent job in an agency or institution. if this hybrid activity is successful, then a person has the opportunity to achieve success in piles. the same thing was also expressed by byun et al. (2019), in the study it was said, when someone is trying to find additional income, there is actually something that causes, among others, pressure at work, boredom, classic problems with coworkers, wanting to try to apply challenges in the field of entrepreneurship and much more that a person experiences so that he becomes motivated. to carry out business activities in a hybrid manner. because if the business being carried out is successful, then he no longer needs to feel pressured from anyone and is relaxed about living it. this is the avoidance of a person when they encounter a situation that does not allow them to fight or overcome, so that this hybrid activity is born in the field of entrepreneurship. stimulus for the emergence of hybrid entrepreneurs according to solesvik (2017), in his research said that a hybrid entrepreneur appears when someone tries to combine the two strengths in him to become a global class entrepreneur. this strength, an individual works in another company to learn something until they understand and are proficient then the knowledge he gains is used or applied to manage his own business so that it can grow and develop in the future. while the opinion of brewer & gibson, (2014) disclose hybrid entrepreneurs is a transfer of self-power that initially a person only acts as an ordinary employee in a particular company, because he gains extraordinary knowledge and knowledge, then that person finally tries to enlarge his business activities to become faster. by working elsewhere, some important aspects of developing a business can be obtained as capital for self-strength when a person is really serious about managing his business activities in a focused manner so that he can run stably in the future without experiencing obstacles. so it can be concluded that if someone wants to develop quickly when he runs a business, he must have enough knowledge, knowledge and very deep understanding and focus when he decides to run and own his own business. without this phase the probability of failure is quite large. we can think that when we manage other people's gardens, we can learn many things about seeds, fertilizers, how to cultivate land, plant care processes and so on. when we understand correctly, then one of our trees is grafted, then we plant it in our own garden with a method that is almost the same as what we learned on our own in someone else's place or garden. hybrid can also be interpreted as managing a business in the old or traditional way but we develop ourselves to be more modern with all the strengths and abilities we learn ourselves. the end result that we get is not much different from other efforts that have been advanced but are carried out with slightly different methods. thus we can know why someone wants to become a global entrepreneur, of course that person has gained the strength and knowledge that can be used as the key to success moving forward. the capital to gain self-strength comes from the opportunities that individuals get to deepen and focus more, as a thorough preparation in running their business (ciambotti & pedrini. 2021). this factor is not easily obtained by other people when they want their business to develop more advanced. the process of mastering skills and knowledge about a particular business is a process of transferring knowledge from other people's businesses that we are in well, to absorb the keys to success, then secretly used as strength or capital in running the business artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 113 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 that we build. in this way the level of success is easier to achieve compared to using different methods which are sometimes full of risk of failure (grassl, 2014). tabel 1. percentage of entrepreneurs in several countries in 2020 country total population number of entrepreneurs percentage of number of entrepreneurs united states of america 411.552.000 56.820.000 14% china 1.506.750.000 221.340.000 15% singapore 6.115.000 730.000 12% india 1.609.330.000 131.940.000 8,0% indonesia 284.560.000 7.114.000 2,5% source: antaranews (2021) table 1 above shows that the number of entrepreneurs in indonesia is still very small compared to the total population. among the four other big countries in table 1, indonesia occupies the fifth position with the number of entrepreneurs not more than 3%, a very small number when compared to other countries. the number of micro, small and medium enterprises in indonesia is relatively large, that is almost 65 million business actors, of which 50.6% are micro-enterprises and the remaining 49.4% are small and medium-sized enterprises (antaranews, 2021). this condition is a big enough potential to be developed in the future in growing interest and willingness in the field of entrepreneurship. this number has the potential to become entrepreneurs if the government and related parties are able to empower them in all ways according to the facilities they need. indonesia is currently working hard to develop a digitization system for msme players through the implementation of qris, a standard qr code payment system for the indonesian payment system developed by bank indonesia and the indonesian payment system association (aspi), so that the transaction process can be carried out using a pull payment method. merchants through acquirers charge payments directly to customer accounts. this qris system has the potential to help and support and become one of the important facilities that must be developed to accelerate the progress of msmes in indonesia. with this method, it is easier for any business actor located in indonesia to connect and conduct trade transactions with buyers from any country quickly and accurately. cause of failure hybrid entrepreneurs in indonesian although a hybrid entrepreneurs is able to claim himself as a business actor who is able to recognize and master various aspects of driving business progress, there are still many hybrid entrepreneurs who fail to run their business, the failure is divided into six main factors (putri, 2020): 1. the business is developed in a small and limited market condition, the product differentiation offered is minimal and unclear, the product position is poor, business actors do not understand the wants and needs of customers. product marketing seems forced. 2. the first condition above has an impact on the second factor, that is the process of returning the investment rate that has been issued so far has been slow and low, this condition greatly affects the smooth running of the business, if this condition arises then slowly the business being carried out will stagnate and then close or fail. 3. misunderstanding consumer culture when the product is introduced, so to build an image about the product takes a long time, and eventually it is difficult to develop, this condition is common when the product is developed in a relatively new market, the possibility of failure tends to be high. 4. technical failure, that is the product has low benefits and usability in the eyes of consumers, packaging design is unattractive and unable to create attractiveness, and low communication in promotion so that it cannot enter the segment targeted by business actors. 5. organizational failure, sometimes problems arise when the business begins to be operational, many individuals who join do not have a mature soul in running the organization, low spiritual strength, make wrong decisions and individuals who join are not supportive, because the business is run too artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 114 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 forced. finally, the people who work have a different perception of the organization's mission and deviations appear. 6. failure of the business environment. when the business has been running, the regulations issued by the government regarding business activities are less supportive and become an obstacle, there are errors in the marketing process, the organization's internal resources are still lacking, the macroenvironmental conditions are not friendly, as a result, it becomes a boomerang or a big obstacle for a new business being run. under these conditions, benefits are difficult to measure, and business activities run on their own without being properly controlled. the six factors above most often lead to failure for an individual when starting a business. according to santos & birkholz (2015), in his research said that failure is often due to low ability in the field of experiential marketing which must be the strength and spearhead of support when someone dares to engage in hybrid business activities. experiential in the hybrid field is a group of people who really really want to start a business when they have been able to master certain skills they learned long ago. it is clear that the success of running a hybrid business cannot be separated from the influence of the community, which usually appears informally. this community can actually lead to the exchange of information and the creation of networks between fellow hybrid business owners. method research subjects and samples those who are the subjects of this research are bachelor's degrees in management and business science, who have graduated from college for a long time, and have started to build a hybrid business. their total number is 73 people. they are in three cities, that is surabaya, malang, and denpasar. research variables indicators of success for graduates in implementing and running a hybrid business use four main variables consisting of: 1. business analysis ability, able to read opportunities correctly against business plans that have high business growth, so it can be read what products need to be managed and which consumers will be served. 2. support resources, various forms of strength and the main capital that directly provides the main support for business processes and operational activities. 3. product identity and legality, meaning that the product being marketed has adequate legality, guaranteed by laws and regulations, so that the product meets minimum eligibility when it is marketed. 4. digital promotion. electronic media that can be used as a communication tool with prospective consumers when the product being marketed wants to convey a message to potential consumers. hybrid business activities can run well if the four elements above are fulfilled properly and perfectly (putri, 2020). because this is a minimum requirement for a hybrid business to run. data analysis model for this study, we used an associative data analysis model, meaning that the strength of the exogenous variable was really tried to be estimated using the strength of the value of the indogenous variable. so that an estimator number appears that can be used as the basis for further hypothesis testing. the equation of the multiple linear regression analysis model can be formed as follows (santoso, 2015): y = b0 + b1.x1 + b2.x2 + b3.x3 + b4.x4 + e where y is the dependent variable whose value is highly dependent on changes in the value of the x1 to x4 variables. explanation about b0, b1, b2, b3, and b4 are regression coefficients, as a measure of changes in the value of the dependent variable on the basis of changes in the value of the independent variable (santoso, 2015). while the variable ‘e’ is an error variable, it means that other variables cannot be estimated because of the limitations of the model equation that is formed. however, artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 115 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 these variables can spoil the discussion. through partial hypothesis testing, we can see the estimated value of each independent variable on the dependent variable, along with the amount of contribution. conceptual research through the picture below, we can find out how the role and influence of each independent variable on the formation of strengths and the development of hybrid entrepreneurs. in full it can be displayed as follows: figure 1. the process of the emergence of a hybrid entrepreneur. the picture above shows that hybrid entrepreneurs are actually born from a group or community of business actors who have been thirsty for novelty in the process of developing their business in the future. the skills they get from one place can be used as capital in taking advantage of opportunities to open a business. when they run a hybrid business on a full-time basis, it means that business owners must be able to recruit other people who can work with super dedication. on the other hand, if the business owner works outside on a part-time basis, it is certain that the business is able to run their business without requiring a lot of energy. because after all a hybrid entrepreneur will not be able to close their window of information needs all the time when they already have a business. the emergence of a hybrid entrepreneur fits perfectly with the dynamics of economic improvement after the covid-19 pandemic. several superior products, which were previously delayed in development, are now continuing to be supported by the presence of digital marketing. this is an opportunity that really supports local level economic development. indicators of achieving the expectations of hybrid business actors can be measured using the appropriate formula applied in the iso 9001: 2015 quality management system in the form of key performance indicators, that is [total score 1 + total score 2] divided by the total number of respondents for the four indicators. if the percentage of the results is above 75%, it means that the four indicators used are able to meet the respondent's expectations in building hybrid business strengths (mahendra, 2016). result indicator of achievement of expectations the number of hybrid business actors in the economic field who are willing to be interviewed as respondents is 73 people. where there are 44 male genders and 29 female genders. the businesses they run are on average nearly six years old. some of the products they offer on a hybrid basis include beauty salon services, herbal beauty products, places to hang out/cafes, various kinds of drinks, herbal health products and so on. following are the responses of respondents to aspects of hybrid entrepreneurs which they believe can support a person's success in starting a business in a hybrid way. through this simple calculation, we can measure the expectations of respondents or hybrid business actors in a simple way to find out whether the variables used to estimate the success of running a hybrid business can be known. the benchmark is the percentage value that appears using a special calculation. through this calculation, we can find out whether hybrid business actors have a tendency to reject or accept the use of these four variables, because in this research activity the use of independent variables is very limited in number. successfully running a hybrid business desire / drive in starting / building a business trigger variables: market/business analysis strength, resource support, product identity and legality, digital promotion artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 116 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 tabel 2. respondents' answers to aspects involved in business activities hybrid in three cities of surabaya, malang, and denpasar no. indicator respondent's answer total vi i ntp ni 1. must have ability in market analysis 41 14 11 7 73 2. professional in accommodating resources 52 4 8 9 3. build product identity and legality 38 31 3 1 4. ability in the field of digital promotion 28 20 15 10 156 69 292 description: vi=very important; i=important; nti=not too important; ni=not important. now we measure using indicators of achievement, whether by using the strength or contribution of market analysis, resources, legality & product development, and digital promotion, hybrid business actors will feel optimistic that what they are going to run or are currently running will be successful and successful?. to measure and answer this condition, we need to calculate the achievement indicator by [156 + 69]/[73 x 4]=[225/292]=77,05%. because the percentage value of the achievement indicator is above 75%, it can be concluded that the indicators or aspects used in building the strength of hybrid entrepreneurship can be trusted or the contribution of the four variables used, that is market/business analysis, resource support, product identity and legality, and digital promotion can be used significantly to measure the achievement of the strengths or abilities of hybrid entrepreneurs. multiple linear regression analysis results to perform the estimation process and hypothesis testing, we need to analyze the data using multiple linear regression, but the results shown below are only necessary and cannot be displayed in its entirety. through associative analysis, we can estimate as well as test both the anova test and the partial test to prove whether or not several independent variables in the model are significant to the dependent variable acting as the exogenous variable. so that later it can be decided about each of the properties and behavior of the variables. tabel 3. summary of multiple linear regression analysis model summary model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate dim ens on0 1 ,708a ,501 ,472 ,368 a. predictors: (constant), ability to run digital marketing, building product identity and legality, resource support, market analysis ability table 3 above shows that the contribution of the four independent variables used in the regression equation model is only 47.2%, the remaining 52.8% (called the error variable) is due to other variables not discussed in the regression model. although the contribution of the error variable is 52.8%, but because the value is considered random, the error variable cannot be part of the discussion specifically in the model. while the number 0.708 shows the strong relationship between the four independent variables (x1, x2, x3, x4) together on the strength or behavior of the y variable (ability to run hybrid entrepreneurs) for a person when running the hybrid business activity. 0.368 indicates the error rate in the formation of the regression model equation, the smaller the number, the better. to reduce the error rate of the model, it is usually done by adding the independent variables in the model equation, for example to five or six variables as long as the added independent variables are still relevant and empirical to be used as estimation tools for the dependent variable (y). tabel 4. anova test result anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 9,238 4 2,309 17,068 ,000a residual 9,201 68 ,135 total 18,438 72 a. predictors: (constant), ability to run digital marketing, building product identity and legality, resource support, market analysis ability b. dependent variable: successfully running a hybrid business artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 117 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 table 4 above shows that the output of the anova test is 17.068 with an error rate of 0.000, meaning that all independent variables have a significant role/influence on the variables of strengthening hybrid entrepreneur activities. the main purpose of conducting the anova test is as a legal basis to continue the next regression analysis so that the results of the regression analysis have an adequate statistical basis. as explained in the theory of regression analysis in his book santoso (2015). however, the anova results above must be re-confirmed using a partial test as shown in the image below: tabel 5. the value of the estimated coefficient in multiple linear regression coefficientsa model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients b std. error beta 1 (constant) 1,068 ,424 market analysis ability ,139 ,068 ,215 resource support ,161 ,079 ,205 building product identity and legality ,216 ,065 ,307 ability to run digital marketing ,256 ,108 ,249 a. dependent variable: successfully running a hybrid business coefficientsa model t sig. 1 (constant) 2,519 ,014 market analysis ability 2,038 ,043 resource support 2,042 ,041 building product identity and legality 3,302 ,002 ability to run digital marketing 2,369 ,021 a. dependent variable: successfully running a hybrid business table 5 above shows an explanation that the variables used in the multiple linear regression equation, as a whole, are real and have a significant effect on the variable strength of the hybrid entrepreneur. this real effect can be seen in the sig column (the last column in the table above), all the error rates for the independent variable are below 5% of its value, so all independent variables in the regression model have a real and positive effect on the hybrid entrepreneur variable. if it can be explained that the success or success of building a hybrid entrepreneur is very dependent on four supporters or four pillars, that is: market analysis ability, resource carrying capacity, product identity and legality, and the power to carry out digital promotional activities. the four independent variables used in the model equation, it turns out that based on the results of multiple linear regression analysis, the four independent variables can be used as estimators of success in running a hybrid business. the basis of the decision is the error rate of each independent variable (the number in the sig column) all of which have an error rate of below 5%. here we present the form of the estimation equation from the analysis results: y = 1,068 + 0,139.x1 + 0,161.x2 + 0,216.x3 + 0,256.x4 the number 1068 is a value that has a constant without being affected by any variables. however, it can be interpreted specifically, that is if the values of x1 to x4 are equal to zero, then y or the strength of the hybrid entrepreneur remains unchanged, only limited to 1,068. the value or number 0.139 then 0.161 then 0.216 and finally 0.256 is called the regression coefficient, a number that can change the value of each variable into a parameter of change, in the estimation process. based on the regression coefficient value above, the variable that has the highest value is x4, that is digital promotion, meaning that hybrid entrepreneur activities can run well if digital promotion activities are also running well, because digital promotion is the main supporting factor in this activity according to technological advances in the field marketing. because the other independent variables have coefficients lower than the coefficients of the x4 variable, it can be decided that the three independent variables in the regression estimation equation are considered the main supporters of the success or success of digital marketing activities, which in turn can create success in hybrid business activities. in a regression analysis based on numerically qualitative data, the results of the estimation equation that appear can be used as a valid basis for estimating the size of the dependent variable, artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 118 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 provided that the normality of the data used in the estimation equation is normal or has a normally distributed appearance. so that the change in the independent variable is able to explain the change in the dependent variable. the coefficient figures that appear in the estimation equation are actually estimates only, where the actual number cannot be known with certainty. this is due to the influence of the error variable which has been eliminated in such a way that the parameter error rate in the regression model is assumed to be normal or reasonable. figure 2. a graph depicting the level of linearity of the independent variable on the dependent variable figure 2 above shows that the behavior of the data from the entire independent variable (x) is linear with respect to variable y. so that the variance values that occur in variable x can be used as the basis for estimation of changes in variance of all data from variable y. there is a statement market analysis ability , resource support, building product identity and legality, and ability to run digital marketing that success in carrying out business activities in a hybrid manner using explanatory variables can be justified and accepted. figure 3. the form of the estimation results using the regression equation about entrepreneurial activities in hybrid form artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 119 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 figure 3 above shows the results of the estimation of the strength of market analysis ability, resource support, building product identity and legality, and ability to run digital marketing on the strength or success of business actors in a hybrid way in managing their business in the three cities of surabaya, malang, and denpasar. the number 30.5 shows the strength of an individual or business actor in developing his business if the four core strengths above can be fulfilled or carried out optimally, but if only half-assed and still have many weaknesses, the result is not optimum and only reaches 25.3. this condition can occur because the conditions in the three cities mentioned above have different individual characters and market sizes. in the market development process for hybrid business actors, the four supporting forces that is market analysis ability, resource support, building product identity and legality, and ability to run digital marketing are absolutely necessary as the main stimulant for their business development process. the weakness of this hybrid business, cannot be owned by many individuals in the development process, because most of these businesses are in the form of family businesses which are increasingly shifting their location from shopping centers to tourist destination locations, because they are more integrated with nature. this is a form of service that is starting to be liked by the community, traveling while shopping. meanwhile, business actors in shopping centers have started to look bored, because consumers only come from one city, it is different if the business is run in tourist destinations, consumers or people who come there come from many cities. the current phenomenon is that capital owners or business actors prefer to build shopping centers in tourist destinations, including building hotels and inns for tourist visitors who come there, the service is as complete as shopping centers in the middle of the city. in the future, this condition is very good for business development for hybrid business actors. only government regulations that we cannot include in this research activity, because it requires legal review. this study only looks at development from one side, that is the economy. conclusion based on the results of the multiple linear regression analysis that has been discussed above, it turns out that all independent variables have significant test results on the variable strength of the hybrid entrepreneur. it means that all independent variables, that is market analysis ability, resource strength, product identity and legality, and digital promotion activities have a real role and influence on the power of hybrid entrepreneurs. if the four independent variables mentioned above are better managed, the strength in building hybrid business activities the better the results. if we arrange it based on the coefficient value, the arrangement of the independent variables becomes as follows: 1. digital promotion, can be done by learning something or the right ways so that when applied a little deviation. this requires a continuous process for entrepreneurs. although here tends to be a tool or media, but its success depends on the individual or human or the perpetrator. 2. product identity and legality, identity can be in the form of a brand, logo, name, or a combination of them. product identity is very important because identity will act as an identification tool for consumers or customers when they distinguish various kinds of products in the field. the brand or logo must be self-made as one of the legal principles of a product/service. legality here can be in the form of eligibility, and the feasibility of a product or service is generally in the form of a certification code issued by the relevant party. with feasibility, the product means that it is safe for consumption, safe to be marketed without space and time limits, while for quality problems it depends on the consumer or customer. 3. strength of resources, every business actor or entrepreneur must have thought carefully about the readiness and support of the resources they have. whether to use internal strength or use external strength when the entrepreneur is trying to meet the strength of its resources. resources, of course, related to production factors, such as land, location or place of business, skilled and adequate personnel, capital adequacy for the procurement of production equipment, legality or business licenses, models or methods of cooperation if the business is run in a cooperative manner, markets or consumers are served, the area or breadth of the market coverage – within the city, outside the city, outside the province or wider. or this business is run only to serve certain groups. the ability to manage, manage is also part of the resources or power. the products that are being sold are added, changed, changed or whatever, all need analysis and planning. artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 120 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 4. the ability of market analysis, this section is still related to the strength of resources. an entrepreneurial activity that is carried out starting with a market analysis tends to understand how or methods and strategies must be carried out in an effort to meet and serve the intended consumers. only individuals or groups who have good resource strength can carry out a good and targeted market analysis. because this is related to future goals and business development models in a certain period of time. 5. if the government wants it, it must be able to open regulations for the development of this hybrid business, as long as the process of building and developing this hybrid business does not have an impact on natural damage due to the movement of business locations from urban areas to tourist destination areas the arrangement of the variables above is for the results of the estimation equation, the strength of the variables, their roles and functions according to the serial number above, in contrast to the model equations that were formed when the initial arrangement was reversed. so now it can be concluded that if someone wants to explore hybrid entrepreneurial activities, first, he has a good form of digital promotion method. second, any product that is marketed in any form must have clear legality and can be developed well in the future. third, having and being able to manage the strength of resources that are directly related to business activities, these resources act as the main supporting factors for entrepreneurial activities. fourth, to develop the business in the future, business owners must have the ability to analyze the market, so that the products offered are always in accordance with market needs, and in accordance with the needs and tastes of their consumers. when it comes to hybrid entrepreneurs, the important thing here is to forge humans as entrepreneurs or business executives, but forging the human element is not enough, it must be equipped with facilities and facilities. acknowledgments: the author would like to thank all stakeholders, and those who have helped, during the data collection process, the analysis process, so that this research activity can be completed properly. conflicts of interest: there is no conflict of interest in the writing of this article, either between fellow authors or with outside parties as research partners or other parties who contribute. references austin-breneman, j., & yang, m. (2013). design for micro-enterprise: an approach to product design for emerging markets. in international design engineering technical conferences and computers and information in engineering conference (vol. 55928, p. v005t06a042). american society of mechanical engineers. alvstam, c. g., & ivarsson, i. (2014). the ‘hybrid’emerging market multinational enterprise the ownership transfer of volvo cars to china. in asian inward and outward fdi (pp. 217-242). palgrave macmillan, london. antara news, (2021). peran perempuan dalam umkm di indonesia sangat besar. 11-10-2021. retrieved from: https://www.antaranews.com/berita/2451669/peran-perempuan-dalam-umkm-diindonesia-sangat-besar. diakses tanggal 11-10-2021. barinaga, e. (2014). microfinance in a developed welfare state: a hybrid technology for the government of the outcast. geoforum, 51, 27-36. berge, l. i. o., bjorvatn, k., & tungodden, b. (2015). human and financial capital for microenterprise development: evidence from a field and lab experiment. management science, 61(4), 707-722. bicho, m., nikolaeva, r., lages, c., & ferreira, f. a. (2017). exploring the success factors of hybrid micro-enterprises. in academy of marketing science world marketing congress (pp. 177-188). springer, cham. byun, h., raffiee, j., ganco, m., (2019). discontinuities in the value of relational capital: the effects on employee entrepreneurship and mobility. organization science. 30(6). https://doi.org/10.1287/orsc.2018.1262. brewer, j., & gibson, s. w. (eds.). (2014). necessity entrepreneurs: microenterprise education and economic development. edward elgar publishing. artaya, at al, take advantage of tourism development opportunities through hybrid business activities in indonesia, (p. 110 121) 121 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 ciambotti, g., & pedrini, m. (2021). hybrid harvesting strategies to overcome resource constraints: evidence from social enterprises in kenya. journal of business ethics, 168(3), 631-650. dewanti, r., melati, i., & simbolon, f. (2013). pengembangan model daya saing umkm batik melalui ecs. binus business review, 4(1), 41-57. ferine, k. f., & indrawan, m. i. (2021). analisis pengaruh keunggulan bersaing dan motivasi terhadap kinerja ukm binaan bank sumut cabang kampung baru medan. prosiding konferensi nasional ekonomi manajemen dan akuntansi (knema), 1(1). firmansyah, m. a. (2020). pengantar e-marketing. penerbit qiara media. folta, t. b., delmar, f., & wennberg, k. (2010). hybrid entrepreneurship. management science, 56(2), 253-269. grassl, w. (2012). business models of social enterprise: a design approach to hybridity. acrn journal of entrepreneurship perspectives, 1(1), 37-60. hatta, i. h. (2014). analisis pengaruh inovasi, pengambilan resiko, otonomi, dan reaksi proaktif terhadap kapabilitas pemasaran ukm kuliner daerah di jabodetabek. jurnal manajemen pemasaran, 8(2), 90-96. jan, s. f., (2013). financing microenterprises: creating a potential value-based hybrid model for islamic microfinance. international journal of management and business research, 2(2), 108-122. johanson, j. e., & vakkuri, j. (2017). governing hybrid organisations: exploring diversity of institutional life. routledge. mahendra, r., (2016). key performance indicators dalam iso 9001. 18-04-2016. retrieved from https://isoindonesiacenter.com/key-performance-indicators-dalam-iso-9001/. diakses tanggal 01 nopember 2021. malabay, m., gamal, g., & viter, j. (2016). pemodelan terapan teknologi informasi melalui produk kreatif sebagai upaya inspirasi dan inovasi usaha mikro kecil menengah. in seminar nasional multi disiplin ilmu unisbank 2016. stikubank university. permana, s. d. h. (2019). analisis hasil improvisasi seo dengan metode hybrid modified mcdm untuk peningkatan peringkat dan trafik kunjungan website umkm. jurnal sisfokom (sistem informasi dan komputer), 8(1), 85-91. putri, s. l., (2020). penyebab kegagalan produk hybrid. retrieved from: https://manajemen.unidha.ac.id/2020/05/20/asinkron-mandiri-penyebab-kegagalan-produk-baruhybrid-unidha/. 20-05-2020. diakses tanggal 11-10-2021. raharja, s. u. j., & natari, s. u. (2021). pengembangan usaha umkm di masa pandemi melalui optimalisasi penggunaan dan pengelolaan media digital. kumawula: jurnal pengabdian kepada masyarakat, 4(1), 108-123. romdonny, j., & rosmadi, m. l. n. (2018). peran media sosial dalam mendukung pemasaran produk organisasi bisnis. ikra-ith ekonomika, 1(2), 25-30. santoso, s.,(2015). mengukur sikap dan kepuasan konsumen. elex media komputindo, jakarta. santos, f., pache, a. c., & birkholz, c. (2015). making hybrids work: aligning business models and organizational design for social enterprises. california management review, 57(3), 36-58. sulistyowati, y., & harsono, s. u. (2021). pola pemasaran sambal tradisional chilia di purwodadi menembus pasar internasional (doctoral dissertation, universitas muhammadiyah surakarta). sutrisno, t. f., effendy, j. a., & prathivi, m. d. (2019). hybrid strategy study: the role of entrepreneurial orientation and total quality management in msmes. jurnal manajemen dan kewirausahaan, 7(2), 124-131. solesvik, m. z. (2017). hybrid entrepreneurship: how and why entrepreneurs combine employment with self-employment. technology innovation management review, 7(3). 33-41. https://doi.org/10.22215/timreview1063 tykkyläinen, s., & ritala, p. (2021). business model innovation in social enterprises: an activity system perspective. journal of business research, 125, 684-697. wijoyo, h., cahyono, y., ariyanto, a., & wongso, f. (2020). digital economy dan pemasaran era new normal. insan cendekia mandiri. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusiberbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ microsoft word 08 basuki gis_195-199 195 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the use of geographical information system in visual fishery information in east java m. basuki rahmat1*, farizi rachman2, r. a. norromadani yuniati3, ryan yudha aditya4 politeknik perkapalan negeri surabaya correspondent author: mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id1* farizirachman@ppns.ac.id,norromadani.y@ppns.ac.id, ryanyudhaadhitya@ppns.ac.id abstract: this article presents considerations made to show how important it is to use current information to help make a decision. we are currently faced with major social and technological challenges. the main purpose of this discussion is to gain knowledge about the level of use of information technology to create geographic information systems or visual maps of fishery potential in east java and advantages of gis in fishing industry. studies are based on the idea of the need to implement measures aimed at the development and enhancement of fishery potential. the methodological basis for the discussion is an analysis of the literature and case studies. the results showed that the division of four (4) clusters, namely: clusters a, b, c and cluster d, showed quite good results, where the distribution of clusters corresponds to the grouping of data. keywords: gis, visual map, fishery introduction the fisheries sector has an important role for business actors in indonesia. data from the national bps states that the percentage of capture fisheries production in indonesia increased from 2016 to 2019 by 17.35%, namely from 6,580,191 tons to 7,071,453 tons in 2017, 7,361,116 tons in 2018, and 7,722. 095 tons in 2019. the rapid development of technology and easy access to information requires easy access to information and data in order to help make decisions, so it is necessary to map potential and business strategies in the fisheries sector based on current technology. the geographic information system (gis) is present as a new innovation that is considered capable of being a solution to this problem, which utilizes a computerized system to be able to store, manage, process and analyze geographic and non-geographical data related to business analysis which is formed based on fishery clusters for each area that has been previously mapped use accurate variables. gis is expected to be able to direct business actors in the fisheries sector to be more selective and adaptive in conducting market analysis and implementing sustainable business as well as achieving value added as a business orientation. based on previous research by yuniati, rachman and basuki [2016], a visual cluster with a web-based integrated clustering system was developed in the form of a geographic information system (gis) as part of the ongoing research phase on a national scale in stages during the current research period. this system is used to obtain comprehensive and detailed information about the potential for capture fisheries in indonesia which is spread over each district/city in each province which is made in stages. this application can be easily implemented and used widely via smartphones which can be accessed from various regions in indonesia. this geographical information system (gis) based geographical information system (gis) visual cluster map is specifically designed to support business actors in the fishery sector to achieve economic independence [lucie vankova, 2022]. the main goal is to produce a geographic information system that can provide accurate information regarding the potential of the fisheries business in indonesia. rahmat, m d., et al., the use of geographical information system in visual fishery information in east java, (p.195 199) 196 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 gis is defined as “a set of tools and is universally applicable to capture, transform, manage, analyze and present information especially in spatial data” [biadacz and biadacz, 2016] [wan-mohamad and abdul-ghani, 2011]. in addition, the use of gis technology to analyze and demonstrate makes data visualization real. visual display data allows users to better understand compared to analytical, statistical or reporting products. this paper, presents three important uses of gis discussed such as data integration, data visualization and data presentation [chen, et al, 2021] [yaning an, et al 2023]. 1. data integration there are various data found such as in reports, books, photos and others and integrating them will give better results. when integrating data from multiple sources, it will take less time to retrieve data and data will be more systematic and organized. 2. data visualization integrated geotechnical data will be useful and easily understood by users as the data is represented in the map view. typically, a site model will be created from the integrated data and the model is represented in a map view. typically, a site model will be created from the integrated data and that model will be used to visualize and analyze the site model. models are made by multiple layers and superimposed. thus, the combined data layer can be turned on and off as needed. in addition, data can be represented with symbols to show relationships with features and others. 3. data presentation presentation of data is the last step when storing data in gis format. typically, data is represented in layouts and can be created for use in reports, papers, posters, and more. information such as scales, labels, symbols, north arrow, and text can be added to create meaningful maps and information. well presented data, complete with meaningful information and well edited and printed maps will satisfy clients and consultants alike. methodology the procedures of this study can be summarized according to the following chart. figure 1. structure of the research identify literature review primary data data analysis gis map conclusion secondary data rahmat, m d., et al., the use of geographical information system in visual fishery information in east java, (p.195 199) 197 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 results and discussion data related to these seven (7) variables were taken from several areas in east java, namely banyuwangi, lamongan, bangkalan, sumenep, probolinggo, pasuruan, tuban, sampang, pamekasan, pacitan, tulungagung, malang, situbondo, sidoarjo, gresik, probolingg, surabaya, trenggalek, blitar, lumajang, jember, and pasuruan. the results of the analysis produce regional potential clusters. clusters are divided into 4 namely clusters a, b, c and cluster d. where cluster a is banyuwangi, lamongan, bangkalan, and sumenep. cluster b is probolinggo, pasuruan, tuban, sampang and pamekasan. cluster c is pacitan, tulungagung, malang, situbondo, sidoarjo, gresik, probolinggo and surabaya. cluster d is trenggalek, blitar, lumajang, jember and pasuruan. the results of the clustering process are as shown in the following figure 2. figure 2. cauterization in addition to the clustering process, a swot analysis process is also carried out on fishery potential. the feasibility study process has been carried out. all cluster data and swot analysis as well as the results of the feasibility study are displayed visually in a gis-based information system which can be accessed on the page https://www.petavisualperikanan.com/ (figure 3) a. multi-variable east java sea fisheries clustering map this display is the front view of the web. the following fishery cluster results are the results of fuzzy kmeans clustering. figure 3. gis web front view rahmat, m d., et al., the use of geographical information system in visual fishery information in east java, (p.195 199) 198 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 b. table of fishermen / fish farmers data display this display is a database of marine fisheries and public waters for 38 districts/cities of east java from 2016 to 2020. table 1. database of marine fisheries c. example of multi-variable marine fisheries clustering results for pacitan district this display is an example of the profile of pacitan district which is a cluster c d. user app privileges / benefits (swot analysis) to strengthen the results of this visual map, gis-based information system products have received figure 4. cluster c profile rahmat, m d., et al., the use of geographical information system in visual fishery information in east java, (p.195 199) 199 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 conclusions geographic-based information systems (gis) provide easy information for fisheries data users. on the visual map displayed on the web, it is clear that the grouping is based on the grouping data. groupings are marked with different colors to make it easier to read the data visually. acknowledgments this paper has been done with funding from the ministry of education and culture. conflicts of interest the authors declare that they do not have any competing interests or personal relationships influence the work reported in this paper. references lucie vankova, zdenek krejza, gabriela kocourkova, jan laciga. (2022). geographic information system usage options in facility management. procedia computer science 196 (2022) 708–716 renata biadacz, marek biadacz. (2015). the use of modern information technology in tourist information systems on the example of city of czestochowa. procedia computer science 65 ( 2015 ) 1105 – 1113 w. n. s. wan-mohamad, a. n. abdul-ghani.the use of geographic information system (gis) for geotechnical data processing and presentation.procedia engineering 20 ( 2011 ) 397 – 406 yan chen, zhenhua huang, hongshan ai, xingkun guo, fan luo.the impact of gis/gps network information systems on the logistics distribution cost of tobacco enterprises. transportation research part e 149 (2021) 102299 yaning an, tianyi chen, lei shi, chye kiang heng, jinglin fan. solar energy potential using gis-based urban residential environmental data: a case study of shenzhen, china .sustainable cities and society 93 (2023) 104547 yuniati, n., rachman, f., & basuki. 2016. pemetaan sektor perikanan laut kabupaten/ kota jawa timur dengan metode fuzzy k-means clustering. seminar nasional maritim, sains, dan teknologi terapan, vol. 01, pp. 15-22. © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 94 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 experimental test analysis of light steel composite concrete panels cristian daud wibisono1, sri wiwoho mudjanarko2* civil engineering, universitas narotama surabaya corresponding author: sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id abstract: the need of innovation in construction technology has driven involved parties within the industry to keep researching for new methods or materials in which could bring efficiency, yet more reliable. in this research, composite concrete panels which has become commonly used, is going to be modified by implementing lightweight steel as its concrete reinforcement. three model of lightweight steel composite concrete panels were designed and tested for its compressing strength after 14 days. the proposed model was designed for low budget small housing and should be easily implemented. moreover, all of the model used 1:2:3 concrete mix design without adding addictive solvent or other composite material. the tests result for model a is 5000 kn, for model b is 4600 kn and lastly for model c is 6000 kn. based on these compressing strength test results, the designed models are able to be implemented for small housing construction. key words; compressing strength, light steel introduction innovations in the use of additional materials as admixtures in the manufacture of concrete structures are growing and the materials mixed in concrete are also increasingly varied. in this study, concrete panels made from standard materials, namely with a ratio of 1:2:3 with k-225 quality, will be combined with the use of lightweight steel as a substitute for concrete reinforcing iron. the research method used is to design the composition of the concrete mix for each content and then produce concrete samples in the form of concrete panels to then test the strength of the concrete. furthermore, an analysis of the test results was carried out and compared the strength of each concrete composition produced. this study aims to seek optimization between the weight and strength of reinforced concrete structures. it is necessary to understand that cast concrete is formed from various types of material mixtures, such as cement, sand, gravel and water. each of these aggregates is mixed with different compositions to obtain different concrete qualities. in this case, the government has approved the normal composition contained in the indonesian concrete regulation (pbi) sni 2847-2019. however, the use of lightweight steel as a substitute for reinforcement in concrete is still not popular in indonesia. so that by doing this research it is hoped that it can provide additional alternatives, especially to be able to reduce the production costs of concrete panels and in the end can save on overall construction costs. this study will analyze the differences in the flexural strength of concrete beams using lightweight steel reinforcement and calculate the differences in the stiffness values. good quality concrete has several advantages including having high compressive strength, resistance to corrosion or decay by environmental conditions, resistance to weather (hot, cold, sun, rain). concrete also has several weaknesses, which are weak to tensile strength, expands and contracts when temperature changes occur, is difficult to be completely waterproof, and is brittle. furthermore, to be https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id wibisono, c. d., mudjanarko, s. w., experimental test analysis of light steel composite concrete panels, (p. 94 – 101) 95 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 able having a better understanding for the research, the previous related researches were reviewed and constructed as table 1. table 1. the previous researches within the subject no title year author(s) methodology 1 testing strong flexible hollow precast lightweight concrete slab panels with the addition of silica fume nov, 2015 ario, wahyu, gumilang flexural strength precast 2 utilization of rubber seed as coarse aggregate on the workability and compressive strength of lightweight concrete july, 2018 sumiati, mahmud compressing strength test 3 compressive strength study, strong tensile strength, flexural strength and sound attenuation in lightweight concrete wall panels with plastic pet waste aggregate and sawdust waste dec, 2014 itsna fauziah royani, achmad basuki, sunarmasto compressive strength, tensile strength, flexural strength and sound attenuation 4 overview of the flexural strength of lightweight concrete panel walls using styrofoam with wire reinforcement welded mesh netting 2013 zaim nur fahrudin compressive strength, bending strength 5 flexural strength test on coarse aggregated concrete panels pet plastic waste and wire mesh reinforcement sept, 2015 muhammad fauzan, ramadhani achmad basuki, agus supriyadi experimental method 6 study of slump value, compressive strength and modulus of elasticity of concrete with sandstone ash as filler july, 2014 harnung tri, hardagung, kusno adi sambowo, purnawan gunawan compressive strength and modulus of elasticity 7 value of concrete compressive strength at a certain concrete slump 2015 fadli m, van gobel mix design method 8 characteristics of lightweight concrete with styrofoam filling material 2015 agung fadhilah putra compressive strength 9 microstructural analysis of lightweight concrete combined with fly ash and bottom ash june, 2021 fima berlianda experiment method 10 the effectiveness of using mild steel for roof truss structures 2015 h. duppa tensile strength wibisono, c. d., mudjanarko, s. w., experimental test analysis of light steel composite concrete panels, (p. 94 – 101) 96 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 methodology this research were constructed based on methodology as picture in the following flowchart. figure 1. flowchart of the research in general, the research were conducted in two main stages, which firstly mixture design and model casting (concrete molding) and secondly laboratory tests. the first stage was held in universitas narotama’s laboratory and for the second stage were in politeknik negeri malang. the proposed models design are lightweight steel composite concrete panel with module size of 60 cm in length and 33 cm in height (as figure 2). there were three module casted and tested after 14 days. wibisono, c. d., mudjanarko, s. w., experimental test analysis of light steel composite concrete panels, (p. 94 – 101) 97 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 the data were taken when the tested modules deflexed and cracked during the compressive test. the data is the maximum force (p) and converted to determine concrete compressive stress (fc). figure 2. light steel module for composite concrete panel figure 3. composite concrete panel module figure 4. the process of concrete panel fabrication the frame work for the concrete panel is shown in figure 3 and as figure 4 is the process of concrete panel fabrication. these processes were conducted in universitas narotama surabaya. wibisono, c. d., mudjanarko, s. w., experimental test analysis of light steel composite concrete panels, (p. 94 – 101) 98 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 results and discussion mix design and aggregate characteristic tests firstly, the research determined the mix design and aggregate tests. this research is important in order to have a good concrete mix for the designed model. the results are shown as in table 2 for the recapitulation of fine aggregate test and as in table 3 for the recapitulation of coarse aggregate test. the combine aggregate gradation is illustrated as in table 4. table 2. recapitulation of fine aggregate test results sieve stay on the sieve % cumulative number mm gram % stay through 4 4,76 34 8,01% 8,01% 91,99% 8 2,38 40 9,43% 17,45% 82,55% 16 1,19 79 18,63% 36,05% 63,9% 30 0,59 102 24,05% 60,14% 39,85% 50 0,297 82 19,33% 79,48% 20,52% 100 0,149 63 14,85% 94,34% 5,67% pan 0 22 5,18% 100% 0 cumulative fm sand = 424 table 3. recapitulation of coarse aggregate test results tests unit results spec interval results dampness of broken stone % 0,01% max. 2% fulfill absorption of crushed stone against water % 2,6% fulfill the volume weight of crushed stone 1. with poke gr/cm3 1,49 1,4 – 1,9 fulfill 2. without poke gr/cm3 1,43 1,4 – 1,9 fulfill cleanliness of crushed stone against mud % 0,2% max. 2% fulfill specific gravity of crushed stone gr/cm 2 2,22 fulfill wibisono, c. d., mudjanarko, s. w., experimental test analysis of light steel composite concrete panels, (p. 94 – 101) 99 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 aggregate combined gradation figure 4. aggregate combined gradation graph slump test to find out the level of viscosity of the concrete mix, a slump test was carried out. it was noted average of 12,3 cm. concrete unit weight checking the concrete unit weight is carried out when the concrete is 14 days old and testing the unit weight of concrete is known that each type of concrete is made of three pieces. table 4. concrete unit weight no. concrete type module type weight (kg) 1. lightweight steel composite concrete panel a 62 b 62,4 c 61,8 as we can see from the table 4, there are differences in weight value. it might be the case of the weather, temperature and air humidity surrounding the tested modules during those 14 days. wibisono, c. d., mudjanarko, s. w., experimental test analysis of light steel composite concrete panels, (p. 94 – 101) 100 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 concrete compressive strength the 1000 kn compressive strength unit test was used to test the designed modules. the result was as shows in table 5. table 5. the concrete compressive strength result no. concrete type module type days compressive strength (kn) 1. lightweight steel composite concrete panel a 14 5000 b 14 4600 c 14 6000 conclusion 1. based on the results of the composite concrete panel strength test on the quality of the concrete planned using light steel panels without using a series of reinforcing bars, the compressive strength for model type a, b and c are 5000 kn, 4600 kn and 6000 kn respectively. in addition, the sand test obtained results for sand humidity of 0.77%, sand absorption in water of 17.9%, the volume weight of sand without a joist was 1.56 gr/cm3, with a vibration of 1.76 gr/cm3, with a vibration of 1.71 gr /cm3, cleanliness of sand against mud 2.6%. coarse aggregate test results found that the humidity of crushed stone was 0.01%, the absorption of crushed stone to water was 2.6%, the volume weight of crushed stone without being jostled was 1.49 gr/cm3, with joist gr/cm3, the cleanliness of crushed stone against silt 0.2%, crushed stone specific gravity 2.22%. 2. based on the results of the compressive test of concrete panels made of light steel, we can recommend it for the manufacture of small-scale and low budget houses. references fahrudin, zaim nur. “tinjauan kuat lentur dinding panel beton ringan menggunakan campuran styrofoamdengan tulangan kawat jaring kasa welded mesh.” universitas muhammadiyah surakarta (2013): 75. sumiati mahmuda. ” pemanfaatan biji karet sebagai agregat kasar terhadap workability dankuat tekan betonringan,” no. july (2018). itsna fauziah royani “kajian kuattekan, kuattarik, kuat lentur dan redaman bunyi pada panel dinding beton ringan dengan agregat limbah plastik pet dan limbah serbuk kayu,” no. desember (2014). muhammad fauzan ramadhani, “uji kuat lentur padapanel betonberagregat kasar limbah plastik pet dantulangan wiremesh,” no. september (2015). harnung tri. “kajian nilai slump, kuat tekan dan modulus elastisitas beton dengan bahan tambahan filler abu batuparas,” no. july (2014). h. duppa. ” efektifitas penggunaan bajaringan untuk struktur rangka atap gedung,” (2015). mudjarnako. “panel beton.” (2021). fadli m. van gobel. “nilai kuat tekan beton pada slump beton tertentu,” (2015). wibisono, c. d., mudjanarko, s. w., experimental test analysis of light steel composite concrete panels, (p. 94 – 101) 101 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 fahrudin, zaim nur. “tinjauan kuat lentur dinding panel beton ringan menggunakan campuran styrofoamdengan tulangan kawat jaring kasa welded mesh.” universitas muhammadiyah surakarta (2013): 75. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 1 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy muhammad isradi1*, yusra aulia sari2, andri irfan rifai2, amrun rosyid3, abdul hamid4, joewono prasetijo5 1 civil engineering study program, faculty of engineering, mercu buana university, indonesia 2 bachelor program in civil engineering, faculty of civil engineering and planning, batam international university, indonesia 3 management study program, faculty of economics and business, narotama university, indonesia 4 faculty of technical and vocational education, universiti tun hussein onn malaysia 5 faculty of vocational technology, universiti tun hussein onn malaysia corresponding author : isradi@mercubuana.ac.id1* yusra@uib.ac.id2, andri.irfan@uib.ac.id2, amrun.rosyid@narotama.ac.id3, abdulhamid@uthm.edu.my4, joewono@uthm.edu.my5 abstract, the main obstacle in making a scientific paper is due to lack of experience in writing and weak knowledge of strategies in technical writing. this workshop aims to provide insight into writing strategies, train using the mendeley application reference tool, and write citations in journals or scientific papers. this activity was carried out through the zoom meeting application by presenting competent resource persons and divided into several stages, starting from participant registration, education stages and direct practice of using applications on microsoft office word. from the training results, ten universities with 150 participants, of which 52% of them were unfamiliar with the mendeley application. with the evaluation results, 70.47% of participants were able to operate this application. participants stated that they were very interested in using the simple regression results, the r2 value = 0.9691, and the ease of use of the application obtained an r2 value of 0.9702. keywords: writing strategy, citation, reference, mendeley introduction mercu buana university commits to play an active role in fulfilling the mandate of the tri dharma of higher education, one of the pillars of which is the implementation of community service activities (biro penelitian pengabdian masyarakat dan publikasi, 2021). in implementing this commitment, community service (pkm) activities organized by mercu buana university always strive to solve problems faced, especially for lecturers and students who have entered the final stages of their lectures (putra & ghani, 2020). the existence of the obligation to implement the tri dharma of higher education for lecturers and making final assignments for students by the guidebooks for each study program requires the implementers to follow and apply these regulations (briandana et al., 2022), resulting in the availability of several options for the publication of scientific papers. the use of citation software is also one of the requirements for the manuscript to be published in a journal (yusdita & utomo, 2019). this is supported by the accreditation assessment of the writing style assessment section, in which the use of citation applications gets the highest score. this rule requires standard and consistent citations, and the bibliography alone is insufficient. the https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:isradi@mercubuana.ac.id mailto:yusra@uib.ac.id2 mailto:andri.irfan@uib.ac.id mailto:amrun.rosyid@narotama.ac.id5 mailto:abdulhamid@uthm.edu.my mailto:joewono@uthm.edu.my4 isradi, et al., mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy, (p. 1 11) 2 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 compatibility between the cited sources and those in the bibliography can be maintained or guaranteed using citation software. the low number of writers in indonesia makes scientific publications in indonesia still insufficient. in 2019, indonesia published the most scientific papers compared to other asean countries, such as singapore, malaysia, and thailand. however, this figure is still insufficient, so efforts are needed to increase the number and quality of good research writing (wulandari et al., 2021). these problems are also felt in almost every university, including the university of mercu buana. some obstacles cause a low number of writers. the blocks are due to the lack of training and socialization related to techniques and strategies in writing. therefore it is necessary to hold a workshop on strategies for writing scientific papers and using mendeley management reference applications (mardin et al., 2020). the partner problems raised in this community service program are based on the analysis of the situation above, then identified as partner problems, including the lack of socialization and training, as well as the application of the mendeley application in writing scientific papers (harared & iriyansah, 2021). so that with this community service activity, it is hoped that it can improve the ability in scientific writing as well as increase achievements in publishing a work (syaharuddin et al., 2021). methodology the community service program that was prepared was intended to provide knowledge of writing procedures in microsoft word, and the mendeley reference application through workshops or webinars held online through the zoom meeting application. this workshop presents competent resource persons who have become mendeley advisors so that all participants can understand and apply them in their scientific papers (somantri et al., 2020). in addition to presenting mendeley advisory, this workshop will also give several speakers in terms of good citation techniques and making an excellent scientific paper/journal for publication. participants will be provided training modules to maximize the expected achievements (hidayat et al., 2019), recording the workshop implementation activities and a certificate (isradi et al., 2019). the workshop activity began by distributing flyers and registration links through the google form. after registered participants are given online training activities and knowledge of using the application, all participants will participate in direct pratik activities utilizing the application and are guided directly by mendeley advisory. isradi, et al., mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy, (p. 1 11) 3 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 1. abdimas implementation flyer the target audience for this community service activity are lecturers and final year students, especially at the mercu buana university and mbkm campus partners with a target of 100 participants. figure 2. deployment of google forms to training participants results and discussion mendeley's reference management training and writing strategy will be held on wednesday, 09 march 2022, starting at 08.30 am until finished. training implementation the first speaker from tun hussein on malaysia university gave material related to tricks and strategies in writing. isradi, et al., mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy, (p. 1 11) 4 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 3. registration of training participants in zoom room and live youtube in his presentation, he presented the definition of scientific writing, namely scientific writing is a form of writing used to deliver: 1. reports and working papers 2. project study/study 3. results of thesis research/thesis/dissertation figure 4. presentation of speakers 1 which is also presented through seminars or directly involving authors by referring to an authoritative source (books/journals) and then published in the form of journals/articles/books and scientific magazines. isradi, et al., mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy, (p. 1 11) 5 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 5. writing strategy material after the delivery of the first material, it was followed by a question and answer session. from this activity, it was seen that the participants were very enthusiastic in this session. furthermore, the 2nd speaker is a speaker from narotama university surabaya, who is also mendeley advisory. figure 6. 2nd speaker from mendeley advisory in this 2nd material, training is carried out on how to use the mendeley application. this session starts with the procedure for downloading the software and how to operate it. all participants were guided directly using their respective laptops, and simulations were carried out until the guidelines for citing journals and adding them to the bibliography. isradi, et al., mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy, (p. 1 11) 6 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 7. mendeley application usage simulation questionnaire analysis after all, participants were given training materials on the use of the mendeley application, and all participants were given a questionnaire via the google form provided. of the target participants, as many as 100 people, but the participants who attended this training were 150. the participant exceeded the target of the planned number of participants for this activity. figure 8. trainee graphics figure 8 above shows that most participants came from mercu buana university, with as many as 87 participants. from hasyim asy'ari university, as many as 41 participants and batam international university, as many as 10 participants, followed by the ibnu sina university campus in batam, unim bone, insteper yogyakarta, university of kahuripan kediri, pgri semara, university of tanjung pura and uthm-malaysia. isradi, et al., mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy, (p. 1 11) 7 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 9. participant mapping referring to figure 8 above, 52% of participants are not familiar with the mendeley application at all, and 48% are already familiar with the mendeley application. training evaluation before the end of the training, an evaluation was held for all participants to find out the results of this activity. figure 9. training evaluation chart 48% 52% mendeley training participant data already know mendeley 70 79 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 already able to run the application already able to run the application implementation evaluation isradi, et al., mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy, (p. 1 11) 8 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 10. graph of participant's interest in using the application from the results of the evaluation of this training activity, it was found that there was an increase in the ability of participants who were previously unfamiliar with the application to now they are familiar with the application, with the achievement of 70% of participants being able to run the application and 79% are still in the process of installing the application. the participants' interest in using this application in the future shows that 111 participants are very interested, 38 participants are interested, and 1 participant is not yet interested in applying it. it can be seen in the following table a recap of the results of the interest, importance and convenience of all participants in using the mendeley application. table 1. participant responses to using the mendeley app. no participant response total 1 very interested 111 2 interested 39 3 not interested 1 4 very important 56 5 important 87 6 not important yet 7 7 very helpful 90 8 helpful 59 9 hasn't helped 1 referring to table 1 above related to the participant's response to the use of the mendeley application, the results of a simple regression of the relationship between participant interest can be seen in figure 11 below, and the results obtained are y = -55x + 160.33 with r2 of 0.9691 111 38 1 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 very interested interested not interested yet participants' interest in using the mendeley app isradi, et al., mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy, (p. 1 11) 9 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 11. graph of the relationship of participants' interests with application usage for the interests of participants in using this application, it can be seen in figure 12 below; the results of a simple regression obtained are y = -24.5x + 99 with an r2 value of 0.3689. figure 12. graph of the relationship of participant interests with application usage furthermore, the criteria for the ease of use of the application can be seen in the following simple regression results with a value of y = -44.5x + 139 with r2 = 0.9702. isradi, et al., mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy, (p. 1 11) 10 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 13. graph of participant ease of relationship with application use. conclusion based on the results and discussions in this activity, it can be concluded that this training was attended by 150 participants from 10 universities and one from the uthm malaysia campus. 52% of participants are unfamiliar with the mendeley application, and 48% of participants are familiar with this application. the training evaluation results showed that 70.47% of participants were able to operate the application and 79.53% were still in the application installation stage. responses from participants with nine indicators were obtained 111 participants were very interested, 69 participants gave critical answers, and 90 participants gave beneficial responses, with simple regression results showing participants' interest in using the application, r2 = 0.9691, for good, r2 = 0.3689, while for the ease of use of the application, the r2 value is 0.9702. conflicts of interest there is no conflict of interest in the writing of this article, either between fellow authors or with outside parties as research partners or other parties who contribute references biro penelitian pengabdian masyarakat dan publikasi. (2021). buku panduan pengabdian kepada masyarakat internal tahun anggaran 2021 / 2022. universitas mercu buana. briandana, r., wahyudi, s., & rustonomarta, f. (2022). alih teknologi komunikasi: aplikasi konten kreatif melalui drone bagi remaja karang taruna tangerang. pro bono jurnal pengabdian kepada masyarakat, 02(01). harared, n., & iriyansah, m. r. (2021). mendeley: sitasi dalam penulisan artikel ilmiah pada jurnal bereputasi. aksiologiya: jurnal pengabdian kepada masyarakat, 5(3), 381. https://doi.org/10.30651/aks.v5i3.3511 isradi, et al., mendeley management reference application and scientific writing strategy, (p. 1 11) 11 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 hidayat, a., isradi, m., & aly, s. (2019). socialization of good and true trafficking of madrasah ibtidaiyah daarul 'ulum south jakarta. iccd, 2(1), 373–375. https://doi.org/10.33068/iccd.vol2.iss1.234 isradi, m., hidayat, a., & aly, s. (2019). socialization of mass transportation in madrasah ibtidaiyah nurul hidayah kecamatan pancoran, jakarta selatan. iccd, 2(1), 436–439. https://doi.org/10.33068/iccd.vol2.iss1.177 mardin, h., baharuddin, b., & nane, l. (2020). pelatihan cara menulis sitasi dan daftar pustaka jurnal format apa style menggunakan aplikasi mendeley. jurnal abdidas, 1(3), 137–143. https://doi.org/10.31004/abdidas.v1i3.37 putra, y. m., & ghani, a. (2020). pendampingan penerapan tata kelola usaha dan pembukuan berbasis sak-emkm pada sektor usaha kecil di kelurahan meruya selatan. jurnal abdimas bina bangsa, 1(1), 119–127. somantri, o., pratiwi, a. f., & ikhtiagung, g. n. (2020). workshop pelatihan manajemen referensi dan sitasi untuk karya ilmiah menggunakan mendeley. jamaika : jurnal abdi masyarakat program studi teknik informatika universitas pamulang, 2(1), 23–31. syaharuddin, s., mandailina, v., pramita, d., rahmaniah, r., rosada, r., & negara, h. r. p. (2021). peningkatan kualitas publikasi mahasiswa dan sitasi karya ilmiah dosen melalui workshop managemen software mendeley. community development journal : jurnal pengabdian masyarakat, 2(1), 8–13. https://doi.org/10.31004/cdj.v2i1.1367 wulandari, t., lazuarni, s., studi, p., universitas, m., & global, i. (2021). pelatihan mendeley dan grammarly dalam penulisan riset bagi mahasiswa di kota palembang. 4(1), 39–44. yusdita, e. e., & utomo, s. w. (2019). pelatihan pemanfaatan mendeley sebagai reference tool pada artikel ilmiah mahasiswa pendidikan akuntansi unipma. jurnal abdinus : jurnal pengabdian nusantara, 3(1), 36. https://doi.org/10.29407/ja.v3i1.13525 © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusiberbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ microsoft word 09 nanang_aspalt 200-205 200 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 asphalt mixing performance evaluation at province road junction sta 1+700 2+300 nanang tawaf1, ady purnama2 universitas samawa, sumbawa besar, indonesia correspondent author: ntawaf@gmail.com1 abstract: asphalt mixture is a very important component that needs to be taken into account in flexible pavement construction to achieve the durability of a highway construction. in order to achieve the durability of road construction, it is necessary to control the quality of the mixture used to determine the quality of the mixture used in road construction. evaluation of the mixture is carried out in the laboratory to check asphalt content, aggregate gradation and field density which must meet the required tolerances for the working mixture (jmf). evaluation of the asphalt mixture can be done by the extraction method. the extraction method used in this study is the centrifugal extraction method. with this extraction method, the composition of a mixture can be known so that it can be compared with the mixture required in the job mix formula (jmf). in conclusion, there is a decrease in the extracted asphalt content with the planned asphalt content, that is, with an average asphalt content value of extraction results of 6. 58% while the planned asphalt content value is 7.10% with the required tolerance of ±0.3%. in addition to the value of asphalt content, the field density also decreased from that which was planned in the work mix. it is known that the density value in the work mixture is 2,250 g/mm3 while the average field density value is 2,095g/mm3 so that the job standard density (jsd) value is 93.108% and this value is below the tolerance limit. then the aggregate gradation of the semi-gap hrs wc mixture at the intersection section of the lito province on average underwent a gradation change, namely a decrease in the percentage of passing on each sieve. keywords: performance evaluation, core drill test, centrifugal extraction introduction asphalt concrete is a type of pavement consisting of a homogeneous mixture of aggregate and asphalt, with or without additives (silvia sukirman, 2016). asphalt concrete mixture has its own characteristics that must be possessed as a condition for achieving good mix quality, namely stability, durability or durability, flexibility or fatigue, fatigue resistance, surface roughness or shear resistance, water resistance and easy to implement. to get a mixture that meets the characteristics of the criteria, the right mix composition is needed starting from the asphalt, aggregate, and additional ingredients if needed. the strength or durability of a pavement construction layer is largely determined by the ability to design a good aggregate composition. understanding of mixing between aggregate and asphalt in the asphalt mixing plant (amp) and strong quality control in its implementation. the higher the consistency between design, implementation and quality control, the better the resulting pavement construction will be, but if the consistency of these three things is low, it will result in a weak road pavement construction layer which causes the road service life to not be achieved. the service life of the road is greatly influenced by the initial quality of the hot asphalt mixture, traffic loads, heat/temperature, air and water. therefore, besides being properly planned, the road must also be maintained properly so that it can serve the traffic load during the life of the plan. tawaf, n., purnama, a., asphalt mixing performance evaluation at province road junction sta 1+700 2+300, (p.200 – 205) 201 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 methodology field density check table 1. terms of density required density % (jsd) number of test objects per test average minimum density (%jsd) minimum value per single test (%jsd) 98 3-4 5 >6 98,1 98,3 98,5 95 94,9 94,8 97 3-4 5 >6 97,1 97,3 97,5 94 93,9 93,8 % jsd can be calculated using the following formula % jsd = (bj field)/(bj lab) x 100% …………………………………………………..…. (1) information: field bj = obtained from the value of the specific gravity of the core test object (core results) bj lab = required in jmf. %jsd = (job standard density) density of the results of field compaction with a relative density percentage to the density of the work mixture (job standard density) for each core test object. asphalt mixture extraction test extraction is a process of separating two or more mixtures of ingredients by adding a solvent that can dissolve one of the ingredients in a mixture (rsni m-050 2004). in order to know and maintain the quality of a flexible pavement using asphalt binder, it is very important to carry out the extraction of asphalt mixtures. extraction testing can be carried out with a socket or centrifugal extraction machine. according to sni 03-6894-2002 the equations that can be used in the extraction of bitumen content using the centrifuge method are: k = ( j)/d x 100% ……………………………………………………………………….. (2) k = bitumen in mix (%) j = wt of bitumen in mix (gram) d = wt before extraction (gram) aggregate gradation check sieve analysis or aggregate gradation serves to determine compliance with the provisions stipulated in astm c 33 specifications relating to the number of light particles in coarse aggregate and fine aggregate. what is meant by sieving analysis is determining the percentage by weight of aggregate grains that pass through a set of sieves and then the percentage figures are depicted in the form of a grain distribution chart (sni 03-1968-1990). field density test results (density) the field density for all types of compacted asphalt mixtures shall not be less than the provisions set out in table 1 above against the standard work density (job standard density). field density calculation (density) refers to sni 03-6757-2002 with the following equation. 𝐺𝑚𝑏 = …………………………………………………………………………. (3) tawaf, n., purnama, a., asphalt mixing performance evaluation at province road junction sta 1+700 2+300, (p.200 – 205) 202 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 table 2. recapitulation of the mixed field density test results of hrs wc no sample point dry weight (gram) weight in water (gram) surface dry weight (gram) field density specificati on information 1 1+700 1973 1082 2016 93.89 97% fulfil 2 1+800 1292 713 1340 91.58 does not meet 3 1+900 1153 631 1193 91.18 does not meet 4 2+000 1199 657 1238 91.72 does not meet 5 2+100 990 553 1025 93.22 does not meet 6 2+200 2358 1298 2389 96.06 fulfil 7 2+300 1569 857 1598 94.11 fulfil average 93.11 does not meet the table above shows that the density of the field at the intersection of the provincial road lito (sjpl) is below the predetermined specifications. in the 2018 general specification it is required for an average field density value of 97.5% for the number of test objects > 6, while the results of laboratory testing obtained a standard job density value of 93.11%, this value is below the set standard. asphalt content extraction test results inspection of bitumen content from core test specimens or test specimens after field compaction. the results of the hrs wc mixed asphalt content extraction test on the province-lito road intersection section can be seen in the following table: table 3. recapitulation of bitumen content extracted no sample recapitulation of asphalt content value (%) 1+700 7.04 1+800 6.97 1+900 6.88 2+000 6.98 2+100 5.48 2+200 7.09 2+300 5.68 average 6.59 from the laboratory test results, it was found that the average asphalt content value on the lito province-road intersection was smaller than the asphalt content value specified in the job mix formula, it was known that the asphalt content required in the job mix formula (jmf) was the average asphalt in the field is 6.59%, this amount does not meet the job mix formula (jmf) and is below the tolerance limit set in the 2018 general specifications, namely ±0.3% against jmf. tawaf, n., purnama, a., asphalt mixing performance evaluation at province road junction sta 1+700 2+300, (p.200 – 205) 203 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 figure 1. graph of extracted bitumen content, (source: research results) in the graph of asphalt content above, it can be seen that the decrease in asphalt content that occurred at the simpang jalan province-lito section. the difference in asphalt content that is too large at sta 2+100 and sta 2+300 is caused by the loss of a large amount of aggregate material due to damage to grain release and peeling of the asphalt film at sta 2+100 and sta 2+300. aggregate gradation test results after examining the asphalt content in the pavement samples taken at the simpang jalan province lito (sjpl) section, then an examination of the aggregate was carried out, namely testing the aggregate gradation. the results of the hrs wc asphalt mixture gradation test at the province-lito road intersection section can be seen in the table below. table 4. recapitulation of aggregate gradation tests n o sieve number filter aperture sample number % pass the sieve averag e jmf 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 3/4 19.0 97.4 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 99.6 2 1/2 12.5 84.9 84.4 90.8 90.4 88.9 91.8 88.8 91.46 88.6 3 3/8 9.5 76.9 72.5 83.8 82.4 80.9 85.6 82.6 70.35 80.7 4 8 2.4 42.4 41.7 50.0 43.4 48.8 48.1 47.5 50.37 46.0 5 30 0.6 20.4 24.0 26.1 18.8 23.6 23.2 23.0 31.02 22.7 6 50 0.3 14.6 8.9 19.1 14.7 15.9 19.1 17.0 21.07 15.6 7 200 0.075 9.1 6.4 12.0 10.6 8.1 15.0 11.0 6.24 10.3 table 4 above shows the recapitulation of the results of the aggregate gradation test from 7 samples of core specimens taken at the provincial road intersection lito. changes in the gradation of field aggregates with jmf can also be seen in graph 2. the results of the gradation test from the average gradation of core samples or core drill results from 7 samples can be seen in figure 2 as follows. tawaf, n., purnama, a., asphalt mixing performance evaluation at province road junction sta 1+700 2+300, (p.200 – 205) 204 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 figure 2. ascorbic acid gradation test results, (source: research results) the average gradation graph shows that there is a reduction in the percentage of aggregate that passes the no. sieve. 50, no. 30 and no. 8 which was caused by damage to the release of granules that occurred at the lito province road intersection. the large amount of aggregate that passes the no.200 sieve will affect the binding strength of the asphalt and the interlocking properties of the materials. if there is material in the aggregate mixture that passes sieve no. 200 which is quite a lot, it also indicates that the material or aggregate used in the flexible pavement construction at the lito province road intersection (sjpl) has a low level of cleanliness considering that one of the requirements for the aggregate used is that it must be clean. conclusion 1. from the results of field observations, it was found that there were damage types of surface defects such as peeling of asphalt films, holes, cracks, and grain release that occurred at sta 1+700, sta 1+800, sta 1+900, sta 2+000, sta 2+100, sta 2+200 and sta 2+300. the types of asphalt film peeling damage, grain release and pitting are caused by poor mix quality, and inadequate field compaction. 2. from the tests that have been carried out in the laboratory at the lito province intersection, it was found that the asphalt mixture for the lito province road intersection has decreased density, where the density required in the jmf is 2.250 g/cm3 while the average field density obtained from laboratory tests is 2.095 g/cm3 so that the percentage of working standard density is 93.11% below the required standard. in addition to density at the lito province road junction, asphalt content also decreased and changes in aggregate gradation, this can be seen from the results of extraction tests carried out in the laboratory by obtaining an average field asphalt content value of 6.59% < jmf (7.10 %) so that the asphalt mixture on the simpang jalan province-lito section does not meet the specifications required in the jmf. references departemen pekerjaan umum. 1990. sni 03-1968-1990. metode pengujian tentang analisis saringan agregat halus dan kasar. pusjatan balitbang pu. departemen pekerjaan umum. 2004. rsni 052004 cara uji ekstraksi kadar aspal dari campuran beraspal menggunakan tabung refluks gelas. badan standar indonesia. 0,0 10,0 20,0 30,0 40,0 50,0 60,0 70,0 80,0 90,0 100,0 0,01 0,1 1 10 100 % l o lo s saringan tawaf, n., purnama, a., asphalt mixing performance evaluation at province road junction sta 1+700 2+300, (p.200 – 205) 205 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 direktorat jenderal bina marga (dirjen bm). spesifikasi umum 2010 revisi 2. jakarta: kementerian pekerjaan umum. direktorat jenderal bina marga (dirjen bm). spesifikasi umum 2018. jakarta: kementerian pekerjaan umum. direktur jendral bina marga. 2017. panduan pemilihan teknologi pemeliharaan preventif perkerasan jalan. jakarta. kementrian pekerjaan umum dan perumahan rakyat karisma candra, sonya sulistyono, ririn endah b. 2014. evaluasi hasil pengujian ekstraksi menggunakan metode sentrifugal dan refluk pada campuran ac-wc. fstpt international symposium. sukirman silvia. 2016. beton campuran aspal panas. bandung. institut teknologi nasional. © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). microsoft word 10 basuki_floating solar_206-212 rev 1 206 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 performance evaluation of floating solar power plant in sidobandung bojonegoro mohammad basuki rahmat1, joessianto eko poetro2*, annas singgih setiyoko3, hendro agus widodo4, purwidi asri5, edy prasetya hidayat6, arie indartono7, sri wiwoho mudjanarko8 1,2,3,4,5,6,7department of marine electrical engineering, politeknik perkapalan negeri surabaya 8department of civil engineering, universitas narotama surabaya corresponding author: joessianto@ppns.ac.id2* abstract: sidobandung village is a village that will develop the potential as a tourism village. one of the potentials that has been successfully built is a reservoir. with the construction of the reservoir in this village, tourism activities began to be seen. the number of visitors who came increases the village's income. yet, currently it only open on daytime conditions. therefore, in its development, there is a desire to open services at night. the problem is how to reduce electricity costs. one of the facilities to support this is to build a floating generator (plts) which was built in collaboration with one of the expert vocational colleges in the field of floating buildings located in surabaya. this floating plts is a renewable energy source, in accordance with the village's wish to become an educational tourism village. this floating plts is expected to be able to supply 30 lamps which each having a power of 50 watts for street lighting around the reservoir. the total lamp load is about 100 watts. the plts system that was built consists of 10 solar cell panels, each solar cell panel has a capacity of 330 wp. with a total of 4 batteries with specifications of 12 volt 200 ah. this system is being evaluated. the evaluation results show that the battery capacity is only able to supply 15 lamps for 12 hours. so to supply all the required load, 12 batteries are needed. keywords: plts, floating, battery, new renewable energy introduction to meet the increasing demand for energy, the government continues to develop various alternative energies, including renewable energy. renewable energy potential, such as biomass, geothermal, solar energy, water energy and wind energy has not been widely utilized, even though the potential for renewable energy in indonesia is very large [spencer et al, 2018]. population growth continues to increase resulting in energy needs also continue to increase. this is in contrast to the dwindling availability of fossil energy which has been the main fuel. fossil energy itself is non-renewable energy because it takes a very long time to form [yousuf et al, 2020]. to use solar energy for small-scale power generation, a voltage regulator is needed so that the resulting voltage is constant. in addition, a battery is also needed as a medium energy storage. from the battery the resulting voltage is then used to supply the load [srivastava et al, 2022]. the lighting on this floating plts is a lamp that is installed in the reservoir (named sidobandung bojonegoro) with a total of 30 light pole points surrounding the reservoir with a lamp power used of 50 watt. the purpose is to illuminate the reservoir and optimize the operation of the reservoir at night. this lamp is generally installed for lighting, so it requires a bright light. it is very effective and efficient in supplying electricity to the lamp. moreover by using solar energy stored in the battery it can be used automatically at night without having to use electricity from pln. rahmat, m b., et al., performance evaluation of floating solar power plant in sidobandung bojonegoro, (p. 206 – 212) 207 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 basic theory solar power plants or abbreviated as plts are power plants with solar energy sources. this power plant is based on new and renewable energy in its operation. plts is an alternative generation system that is appropriate for applications in areas that are difficult to access by large power generator systems such as the pln network [ramadhani, 2018]. plts is also a solution to overcome the fuel crisis and the lack of electricity in remote areas, small islands. the aim of this floating plts is to optimize the use of reservoirs to generate electricity from solar panel modules which are supported by panel frames and floating buildings which will later be used to light the entire reservoir area to cover the shortage of electricity supply. so that the whole system can operate more economically and efficiently. in the operation of this floating plts, there are several things that need to be considered, including [medina et al, 2018]: a. load characteristics or fluctuations in energy usage (load profile) in which during 24 hours the load distribution is uneven for each time. this load profile greatly affects the supply of energy. to overcome these problems, a combination of energy sources between renewable energy sources and diesel generators or pln is the answer. b. characteristics of power generation, especially taking into account the natural energy potential to be developed. c. characteristics of the natural conditions themselves, such as the change of day and night, seasons and others. in general, floating plts works in the following order [yuliarto, 2017]: a. in low load conditions, 100% of the load is supplied from the battery and the pv module during the full battery condition will be used for another load. b. for loads above 75% of the inverter load (depending on each parameter) or when the battery is empty to the level indicated as a charger (converts ac voltage to dc voltage) to charge the battery. c. in peak load conditions, if the electricity supply is not reached, a battery will be added to increase the voltage to the load to achieve the required peak load. the floating solar power plant (plts) system implemented in the sidobandung kec.bojonegoro regency reservoir is shown in figure 1. methodology to get good evaluation results, the method used is as follows: 1. retrieval of measurement data data is obtained by measuring the output or output of the solar cell panel with a certain time span. this is to see the change in voltage generated from the solar cell panels. 2. data analysis. the data is then analyzed to find out whether the system built is in accordance with the load requirements desired by the reservoir tourism manager. 3. write reports. the results of the analysis are used as a basis for providing input to managers to increase the capacity or capability of the plts system. rahmat, m b., et al., performance evaluation of floating solar power plant in sidobandung bojonegoro, (p. 206 – 212) 208 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 figure 1. floating plts system and wiring results and discussion measurements were taken when the sun was in position at 07.00 wib until 18.00 wib when the intensity of the sun began to decrease in the afternoon. the measurement results are shown in table 1. table 1. calculation of measurement results measurement time (wib) array voltage (dc) (v) current arrays (dc) (a) 07.00 403.9 40.9 08.00 404 40.8 09.00 405.1 40.7 10.00 403.4 40.9 11.00 406 40.6 12.00 405 40.7 13.00 406.2 40.6 14.00 388.7 42.4 15.00 383.4 43.0 16.00 370.7 44.5 17.00 wib 356.2 46.3 18.00 wib 349.3 47.2 from the data above, the voltage from 10 solar panels is obtained in series where for the average output value of 1 solar panel alone can supply a voltage of 40 volts or 400 volts if all 10 panels are serialized so that the voltage of one panel will be multiplied by the total of the panels in series and of the total if the voltage is used for a 50 watt power load for the lamp, the current flowing in the installation rahmat, m b., et al., performance evaluation of floating solar power plant in sidobandung bojonegoro, (p. 206 – 212) 209 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 has an average of 0.125 a. with real-time measurement data, it can be calculated as follows: 1. electrical loads on the sidobandung reservoir, bojonegoro the load supplied by the solar cell power supply is the dc load on the lamp of 50 watt ac and 100 watt dc for tenants which are turned on for 11 hours, where for this dc load there are 30 lampposts surrounding the reservoir as a whole so the daily ac load is 16500 wh or 16.5 kwh for a 50 watt lamp and 33000 wh or 33 kwh for a dc daily load for a 100 watt tenant. to determine the total ac load if the lamp has a power of 50 watt, use equation (1) total load (ah/day) = 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝐶 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 ( 𝑊ℎ 𝑑𝑎𝑦 ) 𝑆𝑦𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑚 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 …………………………..……………………………...(1) = = 343.75 ah/day ac load output energy = 343.75 ah/day meanwhile, to determine the total ac load and inverter voltage input for lighting lamps in a floating plts-based reservoir is to use equation (2) and (3) ein-inverter = ………………………..……………………(2) = 16500 0,94 = 17.553 wh/day ah/day ac load = ………………………..……………………..(3) = 16500 48 = 343.75 ah/day so the total load ah/day of electrical load is 343.75 ah/day and the available power in the inverter is 17,553 wh/day 2. calculation of batteries in the sidobandung reservoir, bojonegoro then to calculate the capacity of the battery to be used can be found by equation (4) nbat series = ………………………………..………………..(4) is known: vsystem = 120 volts vbat = 12 volts nbat series = 120 12 = 10 so the number of batteries used in the floating plts in the sidobandung reservoir, bojonegoro is 10 series batteries. rahmat, m b., et al., performance evaluation of floating solar power plant in sidobandung bojonegoro, (p. 206 – 212) 210 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 3. calculation of total storage capacity, energy and battery load current calculation of the capacity of the battery to be used can be found by equation (5), as follows: totalstorage capacity = 𝑈𝑠𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝐴ℎ) (𝑀𝐷𝑂𝐷) ……………………..……………….(5) = , = 250 ah so the storage capacity of the battery is 250 ah then to determine the battery energy is by equation (6) as follows: great = vbat x ahbat x nbat x dod % …………………………………..………………….(6) = 12 v x 200 x 16 x 80 % = 30720 wh or 30.7 kwh so the battery energy is 30720 wh or 30.7 kwh and for the load current can be calculated as follows: total load current = dc load current + ac load current = 1500/11 + 100/11 = 145.45 so the total load current on the floating plts in the sidobandung reservoir, bojonegoro is 145.45a. 4. battery spare time calculation to determine the battery spare time is by equation (7) as follows: discharge time = % ………………………...……………..(7) = % = 18 hours 5. inverter capacity calculation in accordance with the existing inverter specification data, the dc load that enters the inverter can be determined by equation (8), as follows: dc load = …………………………………………………..…………..(8) = . = 17.533 wh/day so the dc load needed by the inverter is 17,533 wh/day. 6. pv power effectiveness calculation in accordance with the specification data of pv modules that are serialized to generate electricity with the most effective hours of operation at hours can be determined by equation (9), as follows: rahmat, m b., et al., performance evaluation of floating solar power plant in sidobandung bojonegoro, (p. 206 – 212) 211 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 power / pv unit = power x units ………………………………………… …………………(9) = 330 volts x 10 units = 3300 wp pv power = power x units x hours of effective operation …………………………(10) = 330 volts x 10 units x 4 hours = 13200 wp or 13.2 kwp so the power per unit of pv and the overall power of the supplied pv is 330 wp and 13200 wph. results and discussion in this discussion, where planning the maximum current of the modules in one string that the planner wants to achieve is 10 a. by using 10 solar panel modules in series with a capacity of 3300 wp and a nominal voltage of 330 v, if using the equation i = p/v, then i = 330 / 42 = 7.85 a, then the output of each string on the system is installed with a 10 ampere mcb and the output of the 10 strings is installed with a 100 ampere mcb. however, after measurements and equations were carried out to calculate the array output, the maximum current of the array was 29.3 amperes. the result is a calculation of impp x nstring, where the impp of the module is 2.93 and the number of strings is 10 strings, so 2.93 x 10 = 29.3 amperes. so the actual current is in accordance with the installed module circuit where there are 10 modules with a power capacity of 330 wp and a maximum voltage of 42 v per module and a maximum current of 2.93 amperes. however, the measurement results also prove that the largest current is 31.7 amperes. in this system, the battery spare time should be able to supply at least from 16.00 wib to 07.00 wib where there is no more sunlight, so the spare time should not be more than 15 hours. however, after calculating with the equations used, the battery can supply up to 11 hours of spare time. in general, in this, it is planned that the spare time for the batteray to supply lighting is 1 day equal to 11 hours. conclusion solar module with a power capacity of 330 wp with vmax = 42 volts and imax = 7.85 amperes. where there are 10 solar panel modules that are serialized to form an array, each module is installed in series and in very bright conditions it can produce the largest voltage from the array with a value of 406.2 volts at 13.00 wib, while the largest current is with a current value of 47. 2 amperes at 18.00 wib. references bagus ramadhani, 2018, instalasi pembangkit listrik tenaga surya; dos & don’ts, (giz), jakarta 2018 medina, i. a., giriantari, i. a., & sukerayasa i., (2018). kajian dan evaluasi sistem suplai energi listrik plts dan pltb di kampus teknik elektro universitas udayana bukit jimbaran bali. majalah ilmiahteknologi elektro, 17(3), 311. doi:10.24843/mite.2018.v17i03.p02 10.24843/mite.2018.v17i03.p02 shobhit srivastava, satyanarayana kumbha, sanjay kumar gupta, kapil dev sharma, pavan chaudhary, surendra kumar yadav, design of floating solar panel: case study, neuroquantology | august 2022 | volume 20 | issue 10 | page 6129-6139| doi: 10.14704/nq.2022.20.10.nq5560 spencer, r. s., macknick, j., aznar, a., warren, a., & reese, m. o. (2018). floating pv: assessing rahmat, m b., et al., performance evaluation of floating solar power plant in sidobandung bojonegoro, (p. 206 – 212) 212 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the technical potential of photovoltaic systems on man-made water bodies in the continental u.s. environmental science & technology. doi:10.1021/acs.est.8b04735 yousuf, h., khokhar, m. q., zahid, m. a., kim, j., kim, y., cho, e.-c., yi, j. (2020). a review on floating photovoltaic technology (fpvt). current photovoltaic research, 8(3), 67–78. https://doi.org/10.21218/cpr.2020.8.3.067 yuliarto, b. (2017). memanen energi matahari. bandung: itb © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 102 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 fish boat building as a supporting facility for lobster cultivation in banyuwangi budianto1, mohammad basuki rahmat2*, yuning widiarti3, imam sutrisno4 1department of ship building engineering, politeknik perkapalan negeri surabaya,indonesia 2,3,4department of marine electrical engineering,politeknik perkapalan negeri surabaya,indonesia corresponding author: mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id2* budianto@ppns.ac.id1, yuning.widiarti@ppns.ac.id3, imams3jpg@yahoo.com4 abstract: the economic condition of the coastal communities of east java, especially in banyuwangi, is strongly influenced by the tourism and fishing sectors. this condition needs to be developed with supporting facilities such as the procurement of fishing vessels. procurement of fishing vessels must be designed with a feasibility study on vessel operations. in general, coastal conditions have shallow water depths and are often used by coastal communities for lobster cultivation. the supporting fishing vessels must be able to maneuver properly and not damage the ecosystem so that the existence of coral reefs is maintained. the fishing boats that support lobster aquaculture are designed with good maneuverability by taking into account the speed, the result of the waves formed and the capacity of the ship. the results of the design of fishing boats supporting lobster cultivation obtained that the main size of the ship is 13.00 meters long, 3.00 meters wide and 0.8 meters draft with a speed of 12 knots, reaching a designed mileage of 30 km in shallow water operational conditions. keywords: fishing boats, lobsters, design, shallow waters, supporting facilities. introduction indonesia is a maritime country and has the largest archipelago in the world. one island and another island are separated by the sea, but that is not a barrier for every ethnic group in indonesia to interact with the tribes on other islands. since nautical times, shipping and inter-island trade have developed using various types of traditional boats. our ancestors became reliable sailors who explored to make contact and interact with outsiders. even more surprising, the voyages carried out by the indonesians (nusantara) in the maritime age had reached madagascar. the evidence of the news itself is based on research conducted, namely the same type of boat used by the people of kalimantan to sail "fantastic" (djatmiko, 2012). in the maritime era, it has become a trademark that indonesia is a maritime country (agus sabarudin, 2019). indonesia is a maritime country that has many islands. the vastness of the sea is the main capital for building this nation. indonesia is an "archipelagic country", indonesia is an "archipelago", indonesia is a "maritime country", and indonesia is a "maritime nation". "maritime spirit" and "my ancestors were seafarers" are not just slogans. the sea is used as a livelihood field. the sea is also used as a place to gather strength. having a strong naval fleet means being able to defend the kingdom from outside attacks. indeed, the sea, in this case, has become very important since ancient times until today (geologisia, 2019). optimizing the potential of the sea to make the indonesian nation advanced because indonesia has enormous potential to develop the sea. the sea will provide very vital benefits for the growth and development of the indonesian economy and trade in particular (battacharyya, 1978) the economic condition of the coastal communities of east java, especially in banyuwangi, is strongly influenced by the tourism and fishing sectors. this condition needs to be developed with supporting facilities such as the procurement of fishing vessels. the procurement of fishing vessels must be designed with a ship operational feasibility study (bertram, 2011). https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id mailto:budianto@ppns.ac.id mailto:yuning.widiarti@ppns.ac.id mailto:imams3jpg@yahoo.com budianto, et al.., fish boat building as a supporting facility for lobster cultivation in banyuwangi, (p. 102 – 107) 103 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 in general, coastal conditions have shallow water depths and are often used by coastal communities for lobster cultivation. banyuwangi sea waters have been known as one of the producers of export-quality lobster. even the ministry of maritime affairs and fisheries (kkp) is interested in establishing a lobster center in banyuwangi. the area, which is one of the locations for lobster cultivation in banyuwangi, is on the beach of grand watu dodol (gwd), banyuwangi. there is also a lobster cultivation pilot unit from the marine and fisheries research and human resources agency, bangsring kkp fisheries training and extension center. the problem that then arises is when fishermen or lobster cage farmers in their daily life monitor the existence of lobster cultivation on this beach. where every morning and evening they have to flock to attract cages to adjust to tidal conditions (mansour, 1972). they must always monitor the presence of floating cages when adjusting the tides due to limited funds and very shallow coastal conditions. so it is necessary to design a fishing boat that supports lobster cultivation according to the capacity of fishermen by considering the geographical factor of shallow coastal depth (budianto, artha, priyambodo, & ruddianto, 2021), and conduct a study of the magnitude of the ship's resistance and the wave patterns formed (auriga, 2020). methodology in the analysis of environmental conditions, one of the most important things before conducting a literature study is the search for data on pandati depth, the geographical structure of the beach itself, and so on (evans, 1959). after analyzing the environmental conditions, a literature study was carried out, namely the search for references and learning of cases that had occurred. this literature study was carried out so that the mistakes made by previous researchers were not repeated (fyson). in the design of this ship, including the ship's resistance, is the ship's ability to withstand the working fluid force. the greater the value of the ship's resistance, the greater the main engine power required to propel a ship. the factor that influences the value of the resistance to be large or small on the ship is the shape of the hull at operational speed (braun, 2018).environmental conditions and ship resistance as a reference to determine the main size of the ship to be planned (bki, 2001) after doing the design, an analysis of ship resistance is needed. the analysis of ship resistance is used to find out whether or not a design of ship resistance is made (harvald, 1992). in this analysis, the process is done using maxsurf software. the ship line plan is made based on the main size of the ship that has been obtained. the shape of the body plan, sheer plan, and hull shape can be determined from the lines plan (manning, 1956). of course, the design made can be following the circumstances and needs of the ship itself. the general plan is a plan to determine the layout of the room and the size and equipment needed on the ship (budianto t. w., 2018). on this tourist ship, an effective and efficient ship will be planned for passengers. needs analysis design is a step to find out the needs of the system to be built (budianto i. s., 2019). the analysis aims to simplify the process of designing the ship design to be built. the technologies that will be required are as follows: where in the need for hardware to support running ship design, a hardware device is needed, namely a laptop with a quad-core processor and 2 gb of memory, as well as a 1 gb hard drive for storage and modeling. software is safe in a ship design that is used when calculating ship resistance. it requires software to support the system as for the software needed, among others. such as ms excel student, edition maxsurf student edition, and autocad student edition. the design of shallow water fishing vessels for shallow coastal waters, which we will work on in this research, is as shown in figure 1, a block diagram of the ship's plans as follows: budianto, et al.., fish boat building as a supporting facility for lobster cultivation in banyuwangi, (p. 102 – 107) 104 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 figure 1. block diagram of research results the line plan is the outer side of the ship's hull in a curved shape. in some cases, there is bending. the depiction of the ship's hull on a piece of drawing paper is called. the shape of the hull in general must follow the needs of buoyancy, stability, speed, engine strength, maneuverability, and so on. the line plan consists of an orthographic projection of the intersection of the hull surfaces and three sets of perpendicular planes. the sheer plan shows the intersection of the hull surface with the center plane, a vertical plane on the ship's center line, and a vertical plane parallel to it (center plane). the halfbreadth plan shows the intersection of the hull surface with a plane parallel to the base plane. the base plane is the horizontal plane that passes through the baseline. the intersection of these fields will produce a waterline plan. the body plan shows the shape of the station, which is the intersection between the surface of the ship's hull and the plane perpendicular to the buttock plane and the waterline plane. in general, the depiction of the body plan is divided into two left and right sides, the left side for the rear half and the right side for the front half. the surface of the hull referred to above is the surface of the molded/molded surface, which is the surface formed by the outer side of the ship's tusk or the inner side of the skin. the number of stations/sections is generally 21. between the front vertical line and the back vertical line divided by 20 intervals, station identification starts from ap (station number zero) to fp (station number 13). the result line plan obtained on fishing vessels supporting lobster cultivation is shown as follows: figure 1. lines plan ship resistance is a fluid force acting on the ship's hull in such a way that it acts against the ship's motion. the power needed by the ship to move on the water is very dependent on the efficiency of the propulsion system against the resistance received by the ship. the resistance of the ship depends on the variables of the hull shape, displacement, and speed. some of the main components of ship resistance are: • friction resistance • pressure resistance • wave resistance • additional resistance in waves • air resistance input principle dimension data create lines plan main engine calculation create general arrangement budianto, et al.., fish boat building as a supporting facility for lobster cultivation in banyuwangi, (p. 102 – 107) 105 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 analyze using hullspeed with the following results: figure 2. resistance analysis the general plan of a ship can be defined as a design that determines or marks all of the required space, such as cargo space, engine room space, and accommodation, in this case, referred to as the superstructure (upper building). in addition, it is also planned to place equipment and determine the location of roads and several other systems and equipment. the manufacture of a ship includes several jobs which are broadly divided into two groups of work, namely: the first group is the design and construction of the hull, while the second is the design and installation of ship machinery. the rooms provided on this ship are as follows: • cargo fish is a source of income, so large volumes of cargo fish are cultivated. • two rooms can transport fish after catching them. • a store is a storage place that supports the netting and transportation of fish. • a crew room includes a crew resting place, navigation room, galley or kitchen, toilet, and right above the engine void. a gear room is an equipment room that supports ship engines. figure 3. general arrangement budianto, et al.., fish boat building as a supporting facility for lobster cultivation in banyuwangi, (p. 102 – 107) 106 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the dimension of the ship: ship name = fishing boat losbtary loa = 13.00 m b = 3.00 m h = 1.50 m t = 0.80 m cb = 0.75 cp = 0.60 cm = 0.7 m sailing radius = 30 km service speed = 12 knots conclusion the supporting fishing vessels must be able to maneuver properly and not damage the ecosystem so that the existence of coral reefs is maintained. the fishing boats that support lobster aquaculture are designed with good maneuverability by taking into account the speed, the result of the waves formed, and the capacity of the ship. the results of the design of fishing boats supporting lobster cultivation obtained that the main size of the ship is 13.00 meters long, 3.00 meters wide and 0.8 meters draft with a speed of 12 knots, reaching a designed mileage of 30 km in shallow water operational conditions. references agus sabarudin, s. m. (2019). pengaruh arah serat pada serat ampas tebu polymer composites. momentum, 156-161. auriga, r. (2020). performance properties of plywood composites reinforced with carbon fibers. composite structures, 112533. battacharyya, r. (1978). dynamics of marine vehicles. new york: john wiley and sons ltd. bertram, h. s. (2011). ship design efficiency and economy, second edition. bki. (2001). bki volume ii. jakarta: bki. braun. (2018). the indian ocean. budianto, artha, i. p., priyambodo, & ruddianto. (2021). perancangan rencana umum kapal ikan trimaran mv. bisikan untuk perairan laut selatan jawa. seminar master 2021 (pp. 11-18). surabaya: ppns. .budianto, t. w. (2018). strength analysis on ship ladder using finite element. journal of physics, 012043. djatmiko, e. b. (2012). perilaku dan operabilitas bangunan laut di atas gelombang acak. surabaya.: its press. evans, j. h. (1959). basic design concepts. . naval engineers journal, vol. 71. . fyson, j. (n.d.). design of small fishing vessel. geologisia. (2019). kondisi geografis pulau jawa yang khas dan membedakannya dengan pulau lain di indonesia. geologisia.com. harvald, s. a. (1992). resistance and propulsion of ships. florida usa: melbourne. manning, g. (1956). the theory and technical of ship design. london: the technology press of mit, jon willey, and sons, new york & chapmand and hall. mansour, a. e. (1972). probabilistic design concepts in ship structural safety and reliability. design concept in the ship, 67-73. m. basuki rahmat, budianto, imam s. (2019). vibration analysis of ship-ruv structure in operational conditions. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 012045 budianto, et al.., fish boat building as a supporting facility for lobster cultivation in banyuwangi, (p. 102 – 107) 107 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). fish boat building as a supporting facility for lobster cultivation in banyuwangi introduction methodology in the analysis of environmental conditions, one of the most important things before conducting a literature study is the search for data on pandati depth, the geographical structure of the beach itself, and so on (evans, 1959). after analyzing the en... after doing the design, an analysis of ship resistance is needed. the analysis of ship resistance is used to find out whether or not a design of ship resistance is made (harvald, 1992). in this analysis, the process is done using maxsurf software. the... needs analysis design is a step to find out the needs of the system to be built (budianto i. s., 2019). the analysis aims to simplify the process of designing the ship design to be built. the technologies that will be required are as follows: where i... figure 1. block diagram of research results the line plan is the outer side of the ship's hull in a curved shape. in some cases, there is bending. the depiction of the ship's hull on a piece of drawing paper is called. the shape of the hull in general must follow the needs of buoyancy, stabilit... figure 1. lines plan ship resistance is a fluid force acting on the ship's hull in such a way that it acts against the ship's motion. the power needed by the ship to move on the water is very dependent on the efficiency of the propulsion system against the resistance rece... figure 2. resistance analysis figure 3. general arrangement conclusion the supporting fishing vessels must be able to maneuver properly and not damage the ecosystem so that the existence of coral reefs is maintained. the fishing boats that support lobster aquaculture are designed with good maneuverability by taking into ... references agus sabarudin, s. m. (2019). pengaruh arah serat pada serat ampas tebu polymer composites. momentum, 156-161. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. basic arduino programming training for high school students aan darmawan, ratnadewi, erwani merry sartika, novie theresia br. pasaribu, riko arlando 74 basic arduino programming training for high school students aan darmawan 1 , ratnadewi 2 , erwani merry sartika 3 , novie theresia br. pasaribu 4 , riko arlando 5 12345 universitas kristen maranatha *email ratnadewi.bandung@gmail.com, abstract: electronic devices have become a part of human life today that can not be ignored. community service program conducted by prodi electrical engineering, maranatha christian university aims to increase knowledge, increase interest, form the ability of cooperation, improve creativity and improve the fighting power of high school students on the operation of electronic devices, in the form of arduino programming training . arduino is an open source electronic kit specifically designed as a controller that regulates the working process of electronic circuits. the method used in this pkm is participatory action research (par) in the form of lecture method to describe the material that has been prepared by pkm team, the method of practice in the form of arduino programming and assembling the electronic component connected with arduino, the method of mentoring when the students do the programming and stringing electronic components, and discussion methods in the form of inter-group cooperation to solve the case given. the results of this training can be a provision for high school students in the form of programming skills, the ability to assemble electronic components, the ability to work with groups to solve existing problems, and increase confidence in designing and operating electronic devices keyword: smu, devotion, participatory action research, arduino introduction electronic devices have become a part of human life today that can not be ignored. starting from electronic devices at home, in the office, and in school. the existence of electronic devices is so important then the necessary human resources who can design, realize, and operate the electronic devices it’s also important. we often have difficulty when dealing with the reality to realize something electronic equipment, mailto:riyu.choirul57@gmail.com the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. basic arduino programming training for high school students aan darmawan, ratnadewi, erwani merry sartika, novie theresia br. pasaribu, riko arlando 75 to control other desired electronics components so that "community service program" conducted by prodi electrical engineering, faculty of engineering, maranatha christian university of bandung is aimed at improving knowledge, increase interest, ability to work together, increase creativity and increase the fighting ability of smak 4 penabur jakarta students and smak penabur tasikmalaya on the operation and design of electronic devices, in the form of arduino programming training held for 2 days (thursday and friday) on 5 and 6 october 2017 at mechatronics laboratory of electrical engineering program of maranatha christian university with a target of 30 people. this activity continues with other high schools with different schedules according to the agreements and disagreements of each school. heri andrianto and aan darmawan in their book of arduino[1] said that arduino is an open source electronic kit specifically designed as a controller that regulates the workings of other electronic circuits, to facilitate the users either technicians, designers, and anyone interested in creating objects or developing electronic devices which can interact with a variety of sensors and electrical equipment. in the devotion to the community used arduino uno which can be seen in figure 1 figure 1. arduino uno the number of electronic devices shows one of the improvements in technology and the progress of a society. technology improvement affect people's lifestyles, change in human lifestyles, and their influence in the socio-cultural field. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. basic arduino programming training for high school students aan darmawan, ratnadewi, erwani merry sartika, novie theresia br. pasaribu, riko arlando 76 technology improvement have negative and positive impacts that can be overcome by synergizing the roles of family, education, community, and country have been exposed by muhamad ngafifi[2]. improvement of education in the form of creativity development through handicraft has been done by budi purwantiningsih and m. rasikhul islam [3] in the foster children of al-amin geluran taman sidoarjo. in this training, foster children are given skills training to make handicraft from materials available for their life. according to mamat supriatna [4], the concept of life skills is learning to know, learning to do, learning to be, and learning to live together is important things that need to be given to education method the method used in community service is done using participatory action research (par). par has three main pillars, namely research methodology, action dimension, and the dimension of participation. that is, par is implemented with reference to a particular research methodology, should aim to encourage transformative action, and should involve as many citizens or community members as the implementers of the par themselves. on community service here par is implemented: 1. lecture method to describe the material that has been prepared by the team of dedication to the community. 2. practical method of arduino programming and assembling electronics components connected with arduino. 3. mentoring methods when students work on programming and assembling electronic components. 4. methods of discussion in the form of cooperation between groups to solve the case given. results and discussions the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. basic arduino programming training for high school students aan darmawan, ratnadewi, erwani merry sartika, novie theresia br. pasaribu, riko arlando 77 the results of this training can be a provision for high school students in the form of programming skills, the ability to assemble electronic components, the ability to work with groups to solve existing problems, and increase confidence in operating electronic devices. on community service here par is implemented: 1. lecture method to describe the material that has been prepared by the team of dedication to the community. material given in the form of explanations of electrical principles, formulas on calculation of electrical circuits, electrical terms and quantities, how to read resistor components, introduction of electrical circuit components such as led and switch, arduino explanation starts from arduino history, arduino types , and the use of arduino ide software. 2. practical method of arduino programming and assembling electronics components connected with arduino. in this activity high school students are guided directly by faculty and assistant lecturers and students to assemble electronic components to fit the circuit scheme, and also guided to program the arduino device in order to control the circuit of the electronics. the drawing of the electronic circuit can be seen in figure 2. participants learning to program with the ide arduino software can be seen in figure 3. figure 2. the series of electronics made by high school students the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. basic arduino programming training for high school students aan darmawan, ratnadewi, erwani merry sartika, novie theresia br. pasaribu, riko arlando 78 figure 3. high school students are learning to program with the arduino ide software 3. mentoring methods when students work on programming and assembling electronic components. in this assistance 4 students are accompanied by one teacher / assistant so that every activity well monitored and directed as in figure 4. figure 4. assistance by teachers / assistant lecturers and students 4. methods of discussion in the form of cooperation between groups to solve the case given. participants are given cases to control on the basis of material already taught. here the participants work together with their group to solve the existing cases. group cooperation can be seen in figure 5. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. basic arduino programming training for high school students aan darmawan, ratnadewi, erwani merry sartika, novie theresia br. pasaribu, riko arlando 79 (a) (b) figure 5. group collaboration to resolve cases of control (a) groups of girls students (b) groups of boys students at the end of the event the students are certified after attending a community service program and taking pictures together (figure 6). . the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. basic arduino programming training for high school students aan darmawan, ratnadewi, erwani merry sartika, novie theresia br. pasaribu, riko arlando 80 figure 6. in part of participants of pkm arduino activity questionnaires to get feedback on the results of pkm activities are distributed to participants and answers to questions given are grouped into four categories: 1. very good, 2, good, 3 good enough, 4. less. from the result of questionnaire filled by participants of pkm arduino obtained input that is: the material given 100% replied "very good", assessment of the teacher who delivered the material 82% answered "very good" and 18% answered "good". assessment of the assistant lecturers and students who guided the practice 100% answered "excellent". conclusion participants are very interested if the prodi re-organizes the pkm with different materials, it indicates that the pkm runs well and improves students' ability to understand the material electronics and arduino well. after the pkm program is expected the students can learn more and can provide the basis of their ability to take part in the community so that the ability and independence of the indonesian nation can be better again. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. basic arduino programming training for high school students aan darmawan, ratnadewi, erwani merry sartika, novie theresia br. pasaribu, riko arlando 81 references [1] h. andrianto and a. darmawan, “arduino belajar cepat dan pemrograman,” bandung inform. bandung, 2016. [2] m. ngafifi, “kemajuan teknologi dan pola hidup manusia dalam perspektif sosial budaya,” j. pembang. pendidik. fondasi dan apl., vol. 2, no. 1, 2014. [3] b. purwantiningsih and m. r. islam, “pengembangan kreativitas anak asuh melalui handycraft panti asuhan al-amin geluran taman sidoarjo,” engagement, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 65–76, 2017. [4] mamat supriatna, dkk. (2005). konsep pendidikan berorientasi kecakapan hidup di sekolah menengah pertama. jakarta: depdiknas. improving learning processes with online teaching 101 improving learning processes with online teaching febri liantoni1, rachman arief2, nanang fakhrur rozi3 1,2,3faculty of information technology, adhi tama institute of technology surabaya 1febri.liantoni@mail.ko2pi.org abstract institutions of higher education do not only act as media for the educational process but must also become learning organizations. various learning support facilities are widely available in this age of technology. one means that can be used is the internet. the internet is a useful tool for accessing information in various formats from all over the world. the internet provides convenience in the world of education as a learning medium. based on these conditions, online lecture training is conducted with the aim of improving the learning process during lectures. the training is carried out with google classroom application material and the creation of learning video content. using google classroom can give students access to online learning. the training is carried out by direct practice using each lecturer's notebook. the results obtained during the training showed very high lecturer enthusiasm. the training makes the lecturers have the ability to better manage the lecture material, the skills of lecturers also increase by doing the practice directly. the ability of lecturers in interpersonal communication also increases with class collaboration. through training can make changes in cognitive abilities, motor skills, values of affection, emotional values, and spiritual values. keyword: google classroom, technology, training. received revised published 3 december 2018 12 february 2019 30 march 2019 introduction higher education is a higher education institution that has the task and function of carrying out an optimal learning process. learning organizations are needed by universities, because as part of efforts to address the main issues of higher education (syuaiban, 2018). this is an effort to create graduates with national standard qualifications. the implementation of learning in order to carry out the tri darma task of higher education that must pay attention to the quality of lecturers in planning, conducting, and assessing the process of tri dharma tertiary education. higher education is a higher education institution that has the task and function of carrying out an optimal learning process. learning organizations are needed by universities, because as part of efforts to address the main issues of higher education (syuaiban, 2018). this is an effort to create graduates with national standard qualifications. learning media has a very significant role in determining the smooth process of the lecture (kurnia & nugroho, 2017; nurchaili, 2010). learning media can be in the form of technology, one of which utilizes the internet. the application of learning media greatly helps success in the teaching and learning process (baragash & al-samarraie, 2018).the learning process through internet media has often been carried out in various institutions. this aims to improve student learning independence through learning media such as virtual classes (sohibun & ade, 2017). one of the media used is google drive which is useful for sharing documents. the use of learning mailto:1febri.liantoni@mail.ko2pi.org improving learning processes with online teaching 102 media can arouse desires, new interests, can motivate and stimulate learning activities and even affect students' psychology (hayati & harianto, 2017; setyorini, 2016). the learning process at itats, among others, is by conducting lecturer and student faceto-face meetings in one semester with 14 meetings for 14 weeks. if the lecturer is unable to attend, the lecturer must change at a different time. to overcome conditions where if it is difficult to find free time as a substitute, then the lecturer can meet with students through online lectures. therefore, online lecture training is held for itats lecturers. in this training online learning will be applied that utilizes one of the google class applications (classroom.google.com) with a collaborative learning model approach. google classroom is a learning application issued by google in learning. by using this application, lecturers can give material online so that students can get the material more easily. the process of giving assignments and quizzes can also be done online, making it easier for the teaching and learning process. students can provide direct questions through comments on material that is not yet understood. other students can also interact with each other so that class discussions can work well. other training provided is the creation of video conferences as lecture material. the training was held for 2 days and divided into 4 sessions for all itats lecturers. materials and methods the implementation of the learning process by utilizing the integration of computers with technology in the field of telecommunications (internet) has made humans into an advanced information age. this information and communication technology (ict) has contributed a lot to the learning process in the world of higher education. ict users themselves are very wide ranging from adults, teenagers, even children. in the training activities, the learning process for lecturers is done by utilizing technology as a method of e-learning learning, especially with google applications. through e-learning, students are required to be more active in receiving lecture material. the use of e-learning is more efficient because it does not require time and place (eliana, senam, & jumaidi, 2016; hubalovsky, hubalovska, & musilek, 2018). google classroom binds google drive, google documents, spreadsheets and slides, and gmail together to help educational institutions. google calendar is then integrated to help determine due dates, field visits, and class speakers. google calendar can also help in giving assignments to students better that can be planned regularly. the training is carried out by teaching directly through laptops or smartphones of each lecturer. lecturers are taught how to open a class, add lecture materials, assign assignments, and create class codes which are then distributed to students. besides that, the lecturers are also taught to make quiz through google form which can do an automatic assessment so it is very helpful for the lecturer in carrying out the learning process. another training is making videos as a lecture tool, where the lecturer makes presentation material through a video. the application used as the media for making videos is obs studio. free and open source software for live streaming and screen recording. this application is open source and easy to use so that it can be understood by lecturers from various fields. training on making video conferencing through youtube means is also provided to make it easier to deliver material to students. improving learning processes with online teaching 103 result and discussion the training activities were carried out beginning with the presentation of the university's vision conveyed by the vice chancellor of the academic field. the material presented is about the importance of the lecture learning process. in one semester consisting of 14 weeks of meetings. during the lecture period, lecturers and students are expected to always conduct face-to-face class meetings. if you are unable to attend and cannot make changes on another day, the lecturer can apply to open an online course. before entering the training phase, the speaker gave material about the google classroom program socialization. program socialization was carried out to introduce the program and how to use itats lecturers. in this stage, it was also agreed on the commitment to participate to do full time learning for one semester, one of them through classroom media. the next activity is to do training on the use of classroom as a learning media for lecturers. the training includes creating a google classroom account, how to open a class and create a class code, add lecture material, create a list of attendance for students, make quizzes or assignments and assess methods. the training is also taught to create collaboration classes, wherein one class in one subject can be filled by more than one lecturer. lecturers who have the ability in the same field can contribute to giving material to other classes. display of google classroom taught as shown in figure 1. figure 1. display of google classroom the training stage was carried out in order to provide opportunities for lecturers to immediately practice what the speaker had taught. lecturers try to open classes and add teaching materials and make quizzes or assignments. improving learning processes with online teaching 104 figure 2. display of class making figure 2 shows the results of the addition of lecture material and assignment. students who take part in the class that is opened will receive the material and assignments given by the subject lecturer. the lecturer also tried to make short material videos for 5 minutes. videos made later were uploaded on youtube to be shared with students via google classroom. the lecturers also tried a youtube conference that can be used to communicate with each other through far distance.training using obs and youtube applications as shown in figure 3. figure 3. youtube view and obs application the lecturers look enthusiastic when trying to use the classroom application. the lecturer can try it himself how to open the class and add lecture material. lecturers can also create a file sharing documents that are on google drive students and lecturers. figure 4 shows the training process and assistance to lecturers. improving learning processes with online teaching 105 figure 4. online training activities the training also carried out a dialogue phase on the learning media training used. this stage is carried out with the aim of providing opportunities for training participants to ask questions, exchange opinions, convey ideas and ideas needed and exchange experiences about difficulties in understanding the learning media encountered during the training. the enthusiasm of the trainees was very high during the training. this can be seen from the enthusiasm of the lecturers to try various menus in the classroom application provided. in addition, it was shown the number of questions that emerged during the training, some of the input delivered by participants in each training session. conclusion based on the training carried out conclusions include: it appears that the lecturers have realized the importance of online learning media during lectures. online lecture training through classroom media makes the lecturers have the ability to better manage lecture material, can arrange quiz schedules or tasks regularly every week, the ability of lecturers in interpersonal communication also increases with class collaboration. improving learning processes with online teaching 106 references baragash, r. s., & al-samarraie, h. (2018). blended learning: investigating the influence of engagement in multiple learning delivery modes on students’ performance. telematics and informatics, 35(7), 2082–2098. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tele.2018.07.010 eliana, e., senam, w., & jumaidi. (2016). the effectiveness of project-based e-learning to improve ict literacy. jurnal pendidikan ipa indonesia, 5(1), 51–55. hayati, n., & harianto, f. (2017). hubungan penggunaan media pembelajaran audio visual dengan minat peserta didik pada pembelajaran pendidikan agama islam di sman 1 bangkinang kota. al-hikmah: jurnal agama dan ilmu pengetahuan, 14(2), 160–180. hubalovsky, s., hubalovska, m., & musilek, m. (2018). assessment of the influence of adaptive e-learning on learning effectiveness of primary school pupils. computers in human behavior. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2018.05.033 kurnia, e. d., & nugroho, y. e. (2017). pelatihan pembuatan media pembelajaran aksara jawa bagi guru bahasa jawa sma di kabupaten rembang. jurnal pengabdian pada masyarakat, 2(2), 101–112. https://doi.org/10.30653/002.201722.22 nurchaili. (2010). pengaruh media pembelajaran berbasis teknologi informasi dalam proses pembelajaran kimia terhadap peningkatan hasil belajar siswa. jurnal pendidikan dan kebudayaan, 16(6), 648–658. https://doi.org/10.24832/jpnk.v16i6.493 setyorini, s. (2016). pengaruh penggunaan media pembelajaran video dan metode curah pendapat terhadap motivasi belajar siswa. jurnal penelitian dan pendidikan ips, 10(3), 356–362. sohibun, s., & ade, f. y. (2017). pengembangan media pembelajaran berbasis virtual class berbantuan google drive. tadris: jurnal keguruan dan ilmu tarbiyah, 2(2), 121–129. https://doi.org/10.24042/tadris.v2i2.2177 syuaiban, m. (2018). peran organisasi pembelajaran pada perguruan tinggi dalam penanganan isu-isu pokok pendidikan tinggi. jurnal ilmiah widya, 4(3). the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya ani wulandari 1 influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya ani wulandari narotama uni versity wulandari88@gmail.com abstract the purpose of this study is to analyze the effect of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance in j trust bank branch office surabaya. the result showed that education has positive and significant effect on work motivation, seen from t count (3,866) > value of t table (1,682), it can be said that there is a partially significant influence from educational variable to work motivation in j trust bank branch in surabaya amounting to 46,1%. work experience has a positive and significant effect to work motivation, seen from t count (3,150)> from t table (1,682), it can be said that there is a partially significant influence from work experience variable to work motivation in j trust bank branch in surabaya which equal to 37,5%. education has a positive and significant effect to work performance, seen from t count (2,764) > from t table (1,682), it can be concluded that there is a partially significant influence from educational variable to achievement of work atj trust bank branch in surabaya at 35.7%. keywords: education, work experience, work motivation and job performance. introduction j trust bank is one of a banki ng business entity engaged in indonesia with many branches, one of the branch office is located in surabaya. surabaya branch office consists of four units of work underlying also conti nue to strive to improve the performance of its work unit, one of them is by improvi ng the achievement of the company that could only be achieved if all indi viduals within the company are able to show their best performance through achievements. in addition, j trust bank must also be able to mi nimize the possibility of labor irregularities that may occur i nside the company, because this will be related to service performance that is expected to conti nue escalating and providing satisfactory services that will make customers entrust more liquidity managed by j trust bank. to achieve that, of course, there are mailto:wulandari88@gmail.com the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya ani wulandari 13 many things that need to be considered related to work performance by observing factors that may be the cause, ranging from educational background, work experience, and work motivation of the workforce(barid, wajdi, ummah, & etikasari, 2017) education is all learning experiences that take place in all environments and throughout life and education can be interpreted as teachi ng held i n schools as formal education i nstitutions, mudyaarjo (2006: 3). based on the results of the study (rina rahayu, 2015) education is equal to 0.265 with the level of significance amounti ng to 0.002 < 0.05. this means that there is a partial influence of the education variable to financial deviation behavior of pt meratus line. work experience is as a measure of the length of time or period of work a person has taken in understandi ng the tasks of a job and has done well (foster, 2001: 40). according to wibowo (2010: 379), motivation is the impetus to a series of processes of human behavior on the achieveme nt of goals. while the factors contai ned in the motivation includes the elements of generating, directing, maintai ning, showing intensity, continuous and existence of purpose. based on research (kurniawan and alimudin, 2015) work moti vation, and discipline partially significant to the performance of employees of pt. salt (persero), validated the truth. among motivation, work experience and work discipline, the most influential variable to the employee producti vity of pt global teleshop surabaya is motivation, this is indicated by the value of partial determination coefficient of 0.384 or 38.4% larger than the other variables. (ni ngtias prawita, 2015). according to djauzak (2004: 57), the factors that can affect one's work experience is time, frequency, type of task, application, and results. experience wi ll help the company to improve service quality and create customer loyalty. this is similar to the results of research by (alimudi n and yoga, 2015) that stated a combination for product innovation and the market is a must to do to build and improve customer loyalty. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya ani wulandari 14 in addition, there are also some things to determine whether or not an employee is experienced i n work, which can also be an indicator of work experience according to (foster, 2001: 43), namely: a. duration of time or work period the length of time a person has gone through until he or she can understand the tasks of a job and able to handle the job well. b. level of knowledge and skills c. mastery of work and equipment mastery level of a person i n the implementation of engi neering aspects of equipment and work techniques h1: there is an effect of education on work moti vation i n j trust bank surabaya branch h2: there is influence of work experience to work motivation at j trust bank surabaya branch h3: there is an influence of educational i nfluence on job performance i n j trust bank surabaya branch h4: there is an effect of work experience on job performance at j trust bank surabaya branch h5: there is an effect of education on job performance through work moti vation at j trust bank surabaya branch h6: there is an effect of work experience on job performance through work motivation at j trust bank surabaya branch h7: there is an i nfluence of work motivation on job performance i n j trust bank surabaya branch method in this research, the research approach used is quantitative method. the quantitati ve approach is one of the scientific inquiry based on logical positivism that operates with strict rules of logic, truth, laws and prediction (watson, in danim 2002 ). the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya ani wulandari 15 population i n this research is employees of operational section i n j trust bank surabaya branch as much 45 people. the data collection is done by census. to analyze the data, path analysis technique is utili zed. path analysis is an extension of multiple regression analysis, or the use of regression analysis to estimate the relation of casuality between predefined variables based on theory (ghozali, 2005: 160). the path diagrams provide explicitly the relationship of i nter -variable quality based on the theory. the arrows show the relationship between variables. the model moves from left to right with the priority implications of variable causal relationships close to the left. each path value (p) represents the path and path coefficients. in this study the i ndependent variables are education (x1), work experience (x2), and work motivation (z), while the dependent variable is work achievement (y). so the research flow is described as follows (ghozali, 2005: 160). the equations in this model consist of two stages: z = b1x1 + b2x2 + e1 (1) information : z: work achievement x1: education x2: work experience x3: work moti vation b1: education coefficient b2: work experience coefficient e1: residual y = b1x1 + b2x2 + bzz + e2 (2) information : y: work achievement x1: education x2: work experience z: work moti vation b1: education coefficient the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya ani wulandari 16 b2: work experience coefficient bz: work moti vation coefficient e1: residual result analysis and discussion 1. education influence towards work moti vation the influence of education on work moti vation for t count (3,866) > of t table (1,682), therefore it can be said that there is partially significant i nfluence of education variable on work motivation i n j trust bank surabaya branch, and regression coefficient value equal to 0,461. the positive value is inline with worker moti vation in j trust bank surabaya branch. from this, it is able to be concluded that the education of each worker is able to boost the increase of their work motivation in work. 2. work experience influence towards work motivation the i nfluence of work experience on work motivation for t count (3,150) > from t table (1,682), thus it seen that there is partially significant i nfluence from work experience variable to work moti vation in j trust bank surabaya bra nch and regression coefficient value equal to 0.375. the positive value is in line with worker motivation in j trust bank surabaya branch. it is clear that work experience of each worker is able to motivate them in working to show maturity in their job. 3. 3. education influence on job performance the effect of education on job performance for t count (2,764) > of t table (1,682), therefore it is concluded that there is a partially significant i nfluence of education variable on job performance in j trust bank surabaya branch. and regression coefficient value is 0,357. the positive value is i nli ne towards worker achievement in j trust bank surabaya branch. as for that, the education of the worker could determine their work achievement later on. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya ani wulandari 17 4. work experience influence on job performance the effect of work experience on job performance for t count (3.013) > from t table (1,682), thus there is a partially significant influence from work experience variable on job performance in j trust bank surabaya branch, and regression coefficient value of 0.389 . the positive value is inline with worker achievement in j trust bank surabaya branch. it can be stated that the experience of each worker can determine the work performance they will achieve later. 5. education influence on job performance through work motivation the effect of education on work achievement through work moti vation for t count of education (2,764) and t count of motivation (6,312)> from t table (1,682), therefore there is a partially significant influence from education variable to work performance through work moti vation in j trust bank surabaya branch, and the value of regression coefficient of education amounti ng to 0.357 and moti vation regression coefficient of 0.694. the positive value is i nli ne with worker achievement through work moti vation at j trust bank surabaya branch. from that case it can be concluded that education affects job performance through work motivation variable which means that the education of the workers generates a motivation to ac hieve the best work performance. 6. work experience influence on job performance through work motivation the influence of work experience on job performance through work motivation for t count (3.013) > of t table (1,682), thus there is a partially significan t influence from work experience variable to work performance through work motivation i n j trust bank surabaya branch, and regression coefficient value of education equal to 0,389 and regression coefficient of moti vation equal to 0,694. the positive value is inline with worker achievement through work motivation at j trust bank surabaya branch. from that case it can be stated that work experience is affecting job performance through work moti vation variable which means work experience of the workers creates a motivation to show maturity in their work and therefore they can achieve the best work performance. 7. work moti vation influence on job performance the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya ani wulandari 18 the influence of work motivation on work achievement for t count (6,312)> from t table (1,682), therefore there is a partially significant influence of work motivation variable on job performance in j trust bank surabaya branch, and regression coefficient value of 0.694. the positi ve value is inline with achievement in j trust bank surabaya branch. it is clear that work moti vation of the workers both from themselves and the company has been able to help improving their work performance. conclusion education has a positive and significant impact on work motivation, it seen from the value of t count (3.866) > of ttable (1.682), we can conclude that there is a partially significant influence of education variables on work moti vation in j trust bank surabaya branch of 46 , 1%. work experience has a positive and significant effect o n work moti vation, it is observed from t count (3,150) > of t table (1.682), it can be said that there is a partially significant i nfluence of work experience variables on work moti vation in j trust bank surabaya branch by 37.5%. education has a positive and significant impact on work performance, it is acknowledged from the value of t count (2.764) > of t tabel (1.682), therefore there is a partially significant i nfluence of educational variables on work performance i n j trust bank surabaya branch of 35.7%. work experience has a positive and significant impact on work performance, showed on the value of t count (3.013) > of t table (1.682), therefore it is clear there is a partially significant influence of the work experience variables on job performance i n j trust bank surabaya branch at 38.9%. education has a positive and significant impact on job performance through work moti vation, it is described on the value of education tuition (2.764) and t count motivation (6,312) > of t table (1.682), it can be concluded that there is a partially significant influence of education variables towards work achievement through work motivation i n j trust bank surabaya branch of 31.9%. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya ani wulandari 19 work experience has a positive and significant impact on work performance through work motivation, it is observed from the value of work experience (3.013) and t count of moti vation (6,312) > from t table (1.682), thus there is a partially significant influence of variable work experience on job performance through work motivation i n j trust bank surabaya branch by 26%. motivation of work have a positive and significant impact on work performance, it is seen from the value of t count moti vation (6,312) > from t table (1,682), it can be stated that there is a partially significant influence of work motivation variable on work performance through work moti vation in j trust bank surabaya branch by 69.4% suggestion j trust bank surabaya branch have to further improve the quality of its workers by doing better recruitment process. one of them is related to the prerequisite to become an employee, where i n general, educational background and work experience become an important point to be considered. background of study also must be highlighted, since at present all majors could apply and joinans bank employees, however it is better to have employees with a suitable education background which is related to the world of banking to support a better work performance. furthermore, in addition to improve the work performance of the employees, motivation has to be gi ven both ways, in form of material compensation and emotional moti vation. the company is also expected to create or support a conducive working environment for the employees as well as providing access and opportunities for them to advance in career levelling. that makes it open for a further research recommendation. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya ani wulandari 20 references as’ad, mohamad. 2001. psikologi industri. yogyakarta : liberty. bambang s. soedibjo, 2005, pengantar metode penelitian, stie-stmik pasim, bandung barid, m., wajdi, n., ummah, y. c., & etikasari, d. (2017). ukm development business loan, 1(1), 99–110. dwi fitri wijayanti (2012). pengaruh faktor motivasi terhadap kinerja karyawan pada biro perencanaan pt pelindo iii (persero) surabaya ghozali, imam. 2006. aplikasi analisis multivariate dengan program spss. semarang handoko, hani. 2014, manajemen personalia dan sumber daya manusia, yogyakarta : bpfe hasibuan, malayu s.p. 2008, manajemen sumber daya manusia, jakarta : bumi aksara hamid, sanusi. 2014, manajemen sumber daya manusia lanjutan, yogyakarta : budi utama m. nazir. 2003. metode penelitian. jakarta : ghalia indonesia, cet ke-5. hal 27 nasution, mulia. 2000. manajemen personalia, jakarta : djambatan ningtyas prawita (2015). pengaruh motivasi, pengalaman kerja, dan disiplin kerja terhadap produktivitas kerja karyawan pt global teleshop surabaya novi ri zkiyani (2013). pengaruh relationship marketing terhadap loyalitas nasabah dengan kepuasan sebagai variabel intervening sunarto, kamanto. 2004. pengantar sosiologi, jakarta : lembaga penerbit fe ui sutisna, perilaku konsumen dan komunikasi pemasaran, (bandung : remaja rosddakarya, 2002) hal 145 sutrisno, edy. 2011. manajemen sumber daya manusia. cetakan ketiga. jakarta : kencana perdana media group vina verginia wongadi (2014). pengaruh masa kerja dan motivasi terhadap kinerja kerja karyawan pt asuransi ji wa x kantor pemasaran surabaya the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. increase community income in the village putat jaya through batik gardens wiwik handayani universitas pembangunan nasional veteran jawa timur wiwik.em@upnjatim.ac.id abstract dolly is part of the putat jaya urban village which is a prostitution localization and is given kebun jeruk. kebun jeruk that has negative connotation. based on these concerns, the researchers came up with an idea to change the image of the region. the change of image from the term kebun jeruk will be kebun batik. one of the efforts that will be done in community service in the dolly region is to provide batik skills. provision of training is done gradually begins with the manufacture of batik dipup followed by batik and batik naturally. batik training aims to achieve the creation of image area in accordance with the goal to be achieved that is the image image kebun jeruk into kebun batik. if people in the dolly area are able to make batik, then there will be many batik sales so that the image of the area will change, just like the village of batik. the change of image or image will lift the good name of the region, the community as well as provide income to the community in a good way. the results of the monitoring showed that the training was fruitful because there was a continuity of activity that is still the residents who continue to make batik, and even the result of the show was displayed in the store of various sme products in ds store (dolly saiki point) to be sold. keywords: reimage, orange garden , batik garden , improvement of skills introduction kebun jeruk is a term given by the community for the dolly region. dolly is part of putat jaya urban village and it is a prostitution localization. its name by kebun jeruk because it is a refreshing place for the masseen man. in this region, the prostitution business is very mushrooming with more than 100 families who opened it. this business is very promising for the owner of the guesthouse and the surrounding community, so it grows rapidly and its existence is supported by the surrounding community. the condition of kelurahan putat jaya is also described earlier(handayani, mulyaningsih, & widayati, 2017). this becomes a concern for the 112 mailto:wiwik.em@upnjatim.ac.id the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. academics and municipalities. based on the abive problems, then the companion initiated to change the image of the region. the change of the image of the region from the term of kebun jeruk become kebun batik. by changing the environmental conditions, it will change the image of the society as well. image according to kotler & keller (2012) is a belief, idea, and an impression which according to a person about an object. the image is what gives the impression of the people and will stick or be stored in their minds. the image will bring a positive influence to a community environment. it will attract the outsiders to come to a place which have a good image. an area or place will also become famous for its image. so, creating a good image in a region or society is very important. but it is not easy to change the image, it needs a business that is able to remove the negative image which has been stuck in the minds of the community. the existence of the community around dolly who do not have enough skills to perform the activities or other than open a store or keep parking, this becomes a constraint in making the changes to the image of this region. for that, we need hard effort from the society of the higher education and the government to change to the hope image. one of the efforts that will be done in the community service of the dolly region is to provide the batik skills. the training begins with batik dye or jumputan, batik tulis and natural batik. batik cloth is a textile with ornamental technique (moersid) 3 . batik in indonesia has many varieties. based on the origin of the region, it can be as many cities in indonesia. for example in east java such as batik madura, surabaya, banyuwangi, and others. according to the story of batik’s ancestor, initially batik is only a dress for the palace but now many people wear it in all circles. the provision of training is done gradually and begins with the manufacture of batik dye because its manufacture using techniques is easy to use as the initial stage of learning. batik training aims to achieve the creation of the image area in accordance with the goal to be achieved that is the image from kebun jeruk into kebun batik. if people in the dolly are able to make batik, then there will be many batik sales, so that the image of the area will change just like the village of batik. the change of the image 113 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. will lift the good name of the region, the community and also provide the income for the community in a good way. method the community service activities are using the community development methods. this strategy is used to improve the ability of the citizens, especially the housewives of dolly localization. in this devotional activity involving the head of kelurahan putat jaya who give a permission to do the devotiation in its territory. the trainees are the housewives of putat jaya who are in dolly neighborhood and want to be able to make batik in order to have the income in a better way. the training and the practice is done directly by the localization of dolly residents and it is done in putat jaya village hall for three days from thursday to saturday starting at 09:00 to 14:00 in november 2012. result and discussion batik is a work of art that has human selling value. the traditional batik is still made with high skill standard as pure batik (roojen, 2001). the types of batik drilled in this service are: 1) batik dye or batik jumputan, it is done by a particular pattern kby bonding or seeds (hamzuri, 1985). to make batik dye or batik jumputan is very simple and easy to do without candles and canting (ningsih, 2001). a good result for this type is a fabric with natural fiber materials such as cotton or silk. the types of the motifs include: cow’s eye, line, circles, spiral, baste, random and knot.; 2) batik tulis is batik which is done by using canting which is the tool to hold malam (batik candle) with small channel pipe for malam out in forming the initial picture (prasetya & kato, 2011). in the process of making it, need to take patience, diligence, skill and creativity. the batik motifs which are created very influenced by the creativity and the drawing skills. batik with a smooth result will be determined by the favric, colowing, and the process of the workmanship. each area has different characteristics of batik according to its difference. each style of batik is made with its meaning and its purpose in accordance with the customs or life order of its territory. 3) natural batik is a batik which its coloring using the colors that come from the nature like plants, fruits or 114 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. gowns. such as yellow color can come from turmeric, purple color comes from the skin of cassava, the green color of the betel nut, the red color of the mangosteen skin (purwanto, kwartiningsih, & mastuti, n.d.). batik can be an icon of an area like batik solo, batik madura and others. based on that experience, then there is a chance for dolly area opportunity to be the center of batik in surabaya. the existence of these opportunities also make the change to the image of the region. it can even be a story of the past if dolly is kebun jeruk with negative connotations, and become kebun batik which means the batik producing region. henslowe (2003) defines the image is the impression gained by the level of knowledge and understanding of the facts about people, products and situations. so the image is a person’s understanding of people, products, and situations, this means a person’s understanding of dolly region. from the implementation of this training, it is expected to change the image of dolly into batik producing areas in surabaya or even becomes an industrial areas batik. training implementation in implementing the program of community service in the form of training, it is implemented by the following methods: 1. the process of presenting the material using the adult learning methods such as lectures, discussions and frequently asked the questions. with these learning methods are expected to be able to increase their motivation to make batik with various types of the variations and designs, able to sell and able to run the independent business. 2. the method of practice and mentoring in this method, the participants are given the learning and the direct practice of making batik with two types of batik dye and batik tulis. the training which is done is : making batik dye or batik jumputan. it is implemented in the hall of putat jaya village in the second week of november 2012 with the participants of putat jaya urban village. 115 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. figure 1: training on making dye or jumputan the residents are following the training activities of making batik dye gor jumputan. batik dye or jumputan is a traditional culture which exist in some regions in indonesian with the different terms. batik dye is made by binding the dye with natural fiber fabric such as cotton or silk. figure 2: the result of batik dye training or jumputan batik dye training conducted at putat jaya village hall on the week of novemner 2012 with the participants are the housewives of kelurahan putat jaya. figure 3: batik training the housewives of putat jaya are making batik. batik tulis begins by sketching the image on a width fabric with many various motifs which are referred. 116 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. figure 4: the result of batik tulis making training this picture shows the result of batik tulis which have been made by the residents in the training by sharing the colors of motifs. monitoring activities the result of the monitoring showed that the training was success because there was a continuity of the activity and the residents still continue to make batik, and even the result of the show is displaye4d in the store of ukms various result to sell. this can be seen on batik display picture at ds store (dolly saiki point) below. figure 5: display th etraining result at ds store (dolly saiki point) this conditions shows the success of the training. however, there are things that have not been achieved in total, it is the lack of the people who continue the training results. out of the thirty people who attend the training, only 11 persons still continue to make batik joined in three ukms, 6 persons from jaga arum, one person from alpujaba and four person from canting surya. sales turnover is still relatively low. according to the current observations, the cause is still difficult to market the product so as to reduce the spirit of the citizens to continue to perform the production process. in addition, 117 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. almost every region in surabaya has a batik craft which displays regional motifs or regional characteristics it also adds the competition. the price offered is relatively expensive. the next training hopes to provide a solution to the situation faced today, so that the income of the citizens increase and the image of the regions becomes better. the effort to change the image of this region is also supported by the continuous training programs conducted by surabaya city government and the government of east java province. dolly saiki point is a place to show off and sales of ukms facilitated by surabaya city government. currently dolly has a lot of visits both from abroad and from within the country. the visits include brunei, singapore, colombo plan delegation, uk. from within the lcountry include irian jaya, central sulawesi, kalimantan, semarang and official of east java province councils. it was an effort to introduce that dolly region has changed so that the image is also changed. they come to see firsthand the changes that occur and also learn how the city of surabaya is able to make the changes to increase the love of social welfare through the cooperation with many universities and other parties. conclusion the training is done as a first step to change the image of dolly region into a better one. with the training, it is hoped to provide the benefits for dolly residents to be able to perform batik production activities that will raise the good name of the region. after being given the training, then the current residents especially the housewives are able to produce batik and market it through doll saiki point. thereby increasing the household income. furthermore, the devotional activities are directed at 1) training the design of batik better to enrich the motive and the character of the region. 2) increasing the knowledge of batik and the technology usage. 3) offline and online marketing training. 4) build the character in order to have a strong soul and not to return to the business of the past. with the change of knowledge and condition of the territory, tye reimage achievement of dolly area will increase. 118 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. references hamzuri. (1985). batik klasik. djambatan. handayani, w., mulyaningsih, s., & widayati, w. (2017). community empowerment school closure localization dolly in kelurahan putat jaya sawahan surabaya. engagement, 1(2), 210–217. henslowe, p. (2003). public relations: a practical guide to the basics. kogan page publishers. kotler, p., & keller. (2012). marketing management. prentice hall: pearson education. ningsih, r. (2001). mengenal batik jumputan. yogyakarta: adicita karya nusa. prasetya, a., & kato, m. (2011). the effect of financial and non-financial compensation to the employee performance. in the 2nd international research symposium in service management. yogyakarta, indonesia. purwanto, a., kwartiningsih, e., & mastuti, e. (n.d.). pembuatan zat warna alami dalam bentuk serbuk untuk mendukung industri batik di indonesia. jurnal rekayasa proses, 6(1), 26–29. roojen, p. van. (2001). batik design. amsterdam, the pepin press. 119 microsoft word 02 120-127 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        120    website management training tourism village in sumber pakel padang district lumajang riza bahtiar sulistyan stie widya gama lumajang rizabahtiars@gmail.com abstract such sites are generally in indonesia, lumajang has a tourist location that has the concept of village tourism. one was found in the village of padang district responsibility. tourism is developed in this area is a tourist village pakel source. some tours are being designed is natural tourism, fishing, cultural tours, culinary tours, tourist smes, farm tours, farm tour and plantation tours. the purpose of the community services is (1) creation and management of websites village tourism resources pakel as a promotional tool that is effective and efficient, as well as training to manage the website, (2) training of the drafting of the products that will be promoted on the site. this event was held for one month. method of implementation is through training, discussion and practice. also, physical assistance for making tools in the form of internet access and cable modem connections to facilitate the capture signal or network. the goal of this activity is a member pokdarwis sumber pakel as manager of the website. the results of this activity are the implementation of the training activities of managing a site, a survey for the promoted products are posted on the web as well as drafting and grammar. there was also an increase in the means for support in managing the sumber pakel tourism village website. keywords: website creation, training, management introduction tourism is a sector that is being developed at this time. especially in indonesia, which makes travel as a significant sector in its development. the new three-year tourism sector is already contributing to the defeat foreign oil and gas sector. with the increase in tourist arrivals, the number of awards, destination development priorities and the rise in tourism competitiveness, proven that tourism in indonesia is overgrowing. there are some current trends related to travel such as mass tourism (mass tourism), ecotourism (ecotourism), geotourism (geotourism), adventure the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        121    tourism (adventure tourism), natural tourism (nature), cultural tourism (cultural tourism), marine tourism ( marine tourism), edutourism (educational tours), senior tourism, tourism lawful (halal tourism), dark tourism, sport tourism.(www.kompasiana.com/huntzdar/ 59e87814a01dff61ba4a0c82 /). tourism is an activity carried out in the form of vacation or recreation and may require some preparation. preparation is not only financially but also in the way of nonfinancial forms such as physical condition. along with the development, is now a tourist destination not only in the form of nature tourism and nautical tourism but other tours such as culinary tourism, education tourism, sports tourism and so on. known tourist attractions society today, of course, is supported by several factors, such as the promotion and helped with good service quality. also, the facility is also a determinant of whether tourists come would recommend others to visit the tourist place. these factors constitute an excellent marketing concept in developing a business. marketing is the process of an organization or a company in creating a sustainable relationship with consumers or customers. marketing also is a combination of art and science that is formulated in forming a good relationship between the consumer or customer with the goal of the organization or company. (kotler and armstrong, 2008; kotler and keller, 2009). as at sites in indonesia, lumajang is one of the districts located in east java that has a unique tourism concept. besides tourism in lumajang also receive full support and attention of the department of tourism and culture of lumajang(alimudin, simangunsong, barid, & wajdi, 2017). in the event, east java tourism awards night 2017, lumajang awarded and included in the five counties that have a high commitment performance development of the tourism sector. lumajang has dozens of tourist destinations with some tours as featured. tourist attractions are managed by communities and villages to support economic growth. (lumajangsatu.com/baca/bersama-5-kabupaten-lain-lumajang-terima-anugerah-par iwisata-java-eastern-2017). lumajang itself has tourist sites with a concept that was developed is a tourist village, one of them contained in the corporate village, padang subdistricts. tourism is formed in this area is a tourist village pakel source. some tours are being developed is natural tourism, fishing, cultural tours, culinary tours, tourist smes, farm tours, farm tour and plantation tours. tourism village pakel source responsibility village, padang district, lumajang stand by the decree. menkumham number: ahu 0003716.ah 01:07. 2017. location to get to the center of the tourist village pakel sources namely: a. line surabaya, namely from surabaya to minak koncar terminal (terminal lumajang) and headed into the path of malang through south line. arriving at the traffic light first straight towards sub sukodono, traffic light both turn right, traffic light third turn right towards the village of dawohan lor, village market dawuhan the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        122    lor turn right, the fork sdn 01 responsibility turn left, about 300 meters going up in central village tourism resources pakel, precisely in nature sumber pakel. b. south line lumajang and jember, i.e. from the border district of jember and lumajang the district and the district yosowilangun jombang headed to downtown lumajang (square lumajang). continued heading west until the traffic light first (gladak abang) turn right, traffic light second (klojen) straight, traffic light three (sman 2 lumajang) straight, traffic light four (smpn 1 sukodono) straight until the traffic light four (dawuhan lor) turn left. follow the path up to the dawuhan market lor-junction turn right sdn 01 responsibility turn left, about 300 meters going up at the tourism village resource centers pakel, precisely in nature sumber pakel. currently, the road signs pointing to the location of sumber pakel tourism village is quite complete so that tourists who visit there do not need any more confusion to find a way. however, the obstacles faced today is the promotion. along with the low level of education in the area so that the tourism village pakel relationship challenging to develop and widely known. during this travel promotion through word of mouth (worth of mouth) to less than the maximum and only known to the local community(wulandari, n.d.). tourism village pekel source other than the support of the local government also supported from college. support in the form of promotion to increase the number of tourists yag visiting the tourism village pakel source. literature wordpress is a popular application used to create a blog. this application uses the php programming language and driven. database mysql both are open-source software. it can be used as a blog, wordpress also has begun to be used for a cms (content management system), this is due to its ability to be easily modified and adapted to the needs of the user. currently, the wordpress into a content management system platform for some of the leading sites such as cnn, the new york times, techcrunch and so on. (id.wikipedia.org/wiki/wordpress). figure 1 sumber pakel tourism village website source:desawisatasumberpakel.com the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        123    method problems partner in this pokdarwis pakel source responsibility village, padang district, lumajang especially concerning promotions in the form of a website. therefore the chief proponent through community service high school of economics widya gama lumajang chooses troubleshooting methods that are considered appropriate in the kind of a model of training, discussion and practice. the training participants are members pokdarwis sumber pakel then at the end of the activities to be evaluated and selected to be the manager of the website entirely. that the lack of knowledge and skills of trainees who are members of the village pakel pokdarwis source responsibility, padang district, lumajang as the manager of the tourism village pakel source can be resolved. this is because of the support, willingness, and enthusiasm of participants to promote village tourism resources pakel. through the program's activities, community services chairman proposer offers a variety of solutions to overcome the constraints mentioned above. such solutions are the training sessions, discussions and practices that can improve the quality of the participants in this case members of pokdarwis sumber pakel, namely: a. training manage the website village tourism resources pakel village responsibility, padang district, lumajang the training was attended by all members of pokdarwis sumber pakel to know the ability of each member. in addition to developing awareness of members of the importance of this training. it also needs to complement the equipment used to manage websites independently by pokdarwis sumber pakel. this kit form making tools for such internet access and cable modem connections to facilitate the capture signal or network the material presented in training village tourism resources managing websites pakel to participants is: 1) introduce the site in the form ofwordpess.com 2) training and discussions 3) practicing together the same result of training the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        124    figure 2 training website management b. training used the drafting of promotional products that will be posted on the website in the preparation of this training, the chief proponent will need to be collected on the material posted on the web, in the form of products which are used as like natural tourism, fishing, cultural tours, culinary tours, tourist smes, farm tours, farm tour and plantation tours. the material presented in the form: 1) the joint survey on the results published in the website product 2) introducing the way to arranging the language used 3) practicingsurvey results to the website have been compiled language c. evaluation methods and selection of participants to serve as the manager of the website operator. this method is very useful due to the perception of the operator as the manager so that the language used is also appropriate(handayani, mulyaningsih, & widayati, 2017). more details community services activities are applied in promotional activities pakel village tourism resources corporate village, padang district, lumajang through website management training described in the framework. it is intended that these activities more effective and by the original objectives. the image concept implementation of activities community services to partners as follows: the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        125    figure 2 concept application event community services to partner   pemerintah daerah dinas pariwisata dan kelompok sadar wisata (p kd i ) pengembanga n desa produk wisata:  wisata alam  wisata pancing  wisata b da a permasalahan: promosi desa wisata sumber pakel melalui website solusi: pelatihan mengelola website desa wisata sumber pakel  pelatihan penyusunan draf yang dampak:  desa wisata sumber pakel akan lebih dikenal masyaraka t luas  desa wisata sumber pakel menjadi the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        126    implementation based on the problems a partner in this pokdarwis sumber pakel village responsibility, padang district, lumajang, then chairman of the proposed activities community services college of economics widya gama lumajang has been implementing the program of activities has been prepared. the events are as follows: 1. training manage the website village tourism resources pakel village responsibility, padang district, lumajang before practice, there are several stages of coordination with the chairman pokdarwis sumber pakel, mr. edy nana sofyan hadi held on march 1, 2018, at 11:00 -12.00 hrs. located at the residence of mr. edy sofyan hadi nana. the next stage of signing a contract with a partner of chairman pokdarwis sumber pakel. held on march 5, 2018, at 09:00 pm located at mom's house as a secretary pokdarwis ngatsuri sumber pakel. the training was conducted in two stages as follows: a. the first session was held on march 9, 2018, held at the nature resources pakel joglo. starting at 09.00 until 12.00. participants numbered 20 people. material presented in the form of the introduction of the website and a wideranged. at the end of discussion activities. b. the second training was held on march 10, 2018, held at the nature resources pakel joglo. starting at 09.00 until 12.00. participants numbered 20 people. material presented in the form of website management through wordpress.com as well as the benefits of this website. at the end of discussions and practical activities to manage the site. 2. training drafting used promotional products that will be posted on the website a. survey products that will be posted on the site. conducted december 12 to march 15, 2018, at 9:00 to 11:00 pm. then the draft used the promotion and posted on the web. b. training to enter the draft that had been developed into a website. held on 17th and march 18th, 2018 at 9:00 to 12:00 pm. at the end of the activities a discussion of the results of practice. 3. methods of evaluation and selection of participants to serve as the manager of the website operator a. the first event was held on march 29, 2018, at 9:00 to 12:00 pm. participants practice the results of the training. b. the second activity will be held on march 30, 2018, at 9:00 to 12:00 pm. other participants continued its practice of training results. after all the participant's practice was evaluated and selected two operators to manage the website. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        127    conclusion based on the above, the conclusion that can be drawn from the activities of community service high school of economics widya gama lumajang with the partner that is pokdarwis sumber pakel village responsibility, padang district, lumajang divided into three groups of activities: a. training activities website management to all participants are members of pokdarwis sumber pakel and installation of the internet has been running smoothly. b. survey activities for the promoted products are posted on the web as well as drafting and grammar have been running smoothly. then, in inserting into the website also went smoothly. c. the final evaluation of all participants to be the operator in managing the website has been right on target, which is taken two participants master the training materials. references alimudin, a., simangunsong, p., barid, m., & wajdi, n. (2017). the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency. international journal of society development and engagement, 1(1), 2597–4777. handayani, w., mulyaningsih, s., & widayati, w. (2017). community empowerment school closure localization dolly in kelurahan putat jaya sawahan surabaya. engagement, 1(2), 210–217. https://desawisatasumberpakel.com. https://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/wordpress.  https://www.kompasiana.com/huntzdar/59e87814a01dff61ba4a0c82/trend-trend-pariwisatazaman-now-manakah-yang-paling-menarik-menurutmu.  http://lumajangsatu.com/baca/bersama-5-kabupaten-lain-lumajang-terima-anugerahpariwisata-jawa-timur-2017. indah, i. n., dan yulianto, l. (2011). pembuatan website sebagai sarana promosi produk kelompok pidra desa gawang kecamatan kebonagung kabupaten pacitan. journal speed, 3(4), 30–33. https://doi.org/10.3112/speed.v3i4.1155. kotler, philip., dan armstrong, gary. 2008. prinsip-prinsip pemasaran. edisi 12. jilid 1. jakarta: penerbit erlangga. kotler, philip., dan keller, kevin lane. 2016. manajemen pemasaran. edisi 13. jilid 1. jakarta: penerbit erlangga. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        128    wulandari, a. (n.d.). influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya. the spirit of society journal, 1(1), 12–20. retrieved from http://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/article/view/364 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 138 the empowerment of community communication network for dissemination of disaster information in dayeuhkolot bandung nuning kurniasih1, engkus kuswarno2, suwandi sumartias3, nindi aristi4, evie ariadne shinta dewi5 1,2,3,4,5the faculty of communication science, universitas padjadjaran, bandung, 45363, indonesia email: nuning.kurniasih@unpad.ac.id abstract dayeuhkolot sub-district is an area which prone to the flood disaster. for decades, the regional has been flooded in every rainy season. there are several things that caused the flood disaster in dayeuhkolot sub-district, such as due to the existence of its territory which is between citarum river basin (citarum) and cikapundung river, the planning of the less good area and many piles of garbage. the flood disaster will certainly result in many losses, either loss of property, psychological or loss of life. however, it is expected with the cooperation of many various elements, the loss can be minimized. one effort that can minimize the effects of this flood disaster is by the dissemination of disaster information. the dissemination of disaster information should empower the various communications networks that exist in the community so that the public will be more concerned about the various disaster that might befall them and prepare for the possibility of the disaster. the activities undertaken to achieve this goal is through focus group discussion (fgd) and counseling. fgd was conducted by inviting the resource persons from the regional disaster management agency (bpbd), village and subdistrict officials, disaster volunteer and other elements in dayeuhkolot sub-district. fgd and counseling was attended by 16 representatives from dayeuhkolot sub-district, 1 source from bpbd and 5 ppm priority team from fikom unpad. all fgd participants and counseling are active in responding and entering on the issues related to the disaster information dissemination. the result of this ppm activity become an entry for bpbd in increasing the community participants, especially for those who are the members of community communication network nodes to play a role in disseminating disaster information. bpbd will also convey this input to the related parties in order to empower the community communication network more optimally. keywords : empowerment, communication network, information dissemination, dayeuhkolot, bandung, disaster introduction dayeuhkolot is one district in bandung regency which has five villages and one sub-district that is cangkuang kulon village, cangkuang wetan village, citeureup village, dayeuhkolot village, pesawahan cillage and sukapura village. dayeuhkolot region has a fascination as an industrial area that has a high population density. with mailto:nuning.kurniasih@unpad.ac.id the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 139 an area about 10, 786 km and a population of 116,889 people in 2014, the population density in dayeuhkolot district is 10,837.10 inhabitants /km2. topography, dayeuhkolot district is the lowest area of bandung raya which is located in citarum river basin (citarum) and cikapundung river. this causes nearly 94% or an area of 879.8 ha of dayeuhkolot region are potentially affected by flooding in every rainy season. in march 2016, dayeuhkolot region become one of the worst affected areas due to the flooding in addition to fifteen other areas in bandung regency affected by the flood. bbc indonesia released that based on the result of rapid assessment of regional disaster management agency (bpbd) bandung regency, in early march 2016 as many as 5.900 people of 24.000 people are affected by the floods, 18,000 of them are the residents of dayeuhkolot. of these, 3,000 people were displaced, two were declared dead and three were declared missing. one of the dead victims was a 13-year-old boy in dayeuhkolot district who was electrocuted during a flood. such conditions are certainly very alarming because the flood disaster has become a routine agenda during the rainy season in dayeuhkolot district, but there are still people trapped by the floods that are resulted in causalities. with the example of the case mentioned above, the priority ppm team considers the need to empower the communication networks of various elements of the community in dayeuhkolot district to disseminate the disaster information. the dissemination of disaster information is needed to keep the public alert and minimize the consequences of the disaster. the empowerment of communication network for disaster information dissemination means that there is an increasing role and existence of the community communication network to disseminate the disaster information. the increasing role and existence of this community communication network includes the capacity building from management, human resources institutional and community activities. the communication network that can be empowered are through the nodes bpbd, local government (sub-district and village), institutions in sub-districts and villages such as karang taruna, pkk, lkmd, etc.), puskesmas, industry (private), volunteers, well organized volunteers in an organization or individuals, the religious leaders, etc. the communication network empowerment activities can be done in various ways, such as those mentioned in the regulation of the minister of communication and information of republic indonesia no. 08/per/m.kominfo/6/2010 on guidelines for the development and empowerment of social communication institutions chapter iv, article 7, such as policy formulation, technical guidance, facilitation of model development, facilitation of communication networks, facilitation ofvthe facilities and infrastructures, workshops, forums, provision of the information materials, activity simulations, competitions and awards for the national achievers at the regular intervals and facilitations of comparative studies. these activities are carried out with the principles of the development and the empowerment of the institute of social communication, namely synergy, structured, measurable, integrated, participatory and sustainable. the activities undertaken by pkm fikom unpad team to achieve this goal is through focus group discussion (fgd) and counseling. through fgd with bpbd, the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 140 village and sub-district apparatus, volunteers and other elements in dayeuhkolot district are expected to be identified source/ media information and nodes of the existing communication network. the result of this fgd become the material for the ppm and bpbd team in providing the counseling for the empowerment of community communication network in dayeuhkolot district. 1. the source of inspiration for this team of community service. the community service activity this year is aimed to apply the research result in 2015. the result of this research are: 1. the disater-affected coomunities in baleendah area, andir urban village, bojongsoang village and dayeuhkolot are very passive in seeking the health information so that the health workers from puskesmas should pro-actively dissemintae the health information to the community (kurniasih & sukaesih, 2015). 2. the community volunteers in bandung regency have a very significant potential in disseminating disaster information in bandung regency (kurniasih, 2016). based on these two research results, it can be seen that there is a need for the empowerment of community communication network so that the community can participate in disseminating the disaster information, especially in dayeuhkolot district. the activities undertaken to achieve this goal is thrpugh fgd with bpbd, village and sub-district appararus, volunteers and other elements that exist in dayeuhkolot district. through fgd, it is expected to be the identified source / media information and the nodes of existing the communication networks. the results of this fgd become the material for pkm and bpbd team in giving the counseling for the empowerment of the community communication network in dayeuhkolot sub-district. method the methods used in this activity are the forum group discussion (fgd), identifying the media or disaster information sources in dayeuhkolot sub-district, identifying the community communication network nodes in dayeuhkolot sub-district and counseling with the theme “community communication network empowerment for dissemination of disaster information in dayeuhkolot sub-district”. the steps taken in this priority ppm activity include the following steps: a. the preparation the preparation stage is the initial stage before the implementation of ppm. in this stage there are several activities which are conducted, such as the internal coordination, it is conducted by the team to plan the conceptual, operational and job description, determining fgd participants, making ppm activity instruments and preparation of the consumption, publication, location, invitation, documentation, etc. b. fgd implementation and counseling forum group discussion (fgd) with bpbd, representatitives of the sub-districts or village apparatus, community leader and volunteers in dayeuhkolot district to seek and identify a communication network that can be empowered in the context of disaster the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 141 information dissemination which can be applied in dayeuhkolot district. the fgd was held on wednesday, august 24, 2016, starting at 08:00 until finish. furthermore, the results of fgd become the basis in the dissemination of the extension materials about the empowerment of communication of the disaster information in bandung regency. the counseling resource is from the ppm team and the representatives from bpbd. c. activity evaluation the evaluation of priority ppm activities is undertaken by the evaluation program plans and the implementation and also the feedback from ppm partners. these activities take account of the followings: a. human resources with (1) the equality of the perception for all components of the community, both from bpbd element, the sub-district and village apparatuses, the heads of community institutions, the head of puskesmas, the mosque officials, the industry actors and the volunteers in dayeuhkolot district, about the importance of the empowerment of community communication dissemination (2) the improvement of knowledge and dissemination skills of disaster information. b. system, where (1) it is necessary to formulate the policy of the empowerment of community communication network to disseminate the disaster information at subdistrict and village level in dayeuhkolot region in coordination with bpbd of bandung regency. (2) it is necessary to stimulate the empowerment of community communication network for the disaster information dissemination, (3) to develop a model or empowerment of community communication network for the disaster information dissemination. c. facilities infrastructure, where the necessary provision of the media information disaster and the communication media between the community communication networks. d. budget, it needs a special budget to publish the disater information media and communicate it to the community through a community communication network. result and discussion 4. result of the community service activities (ppm) 4.1. focus group discussion (fgd) activities fgd activities with the theme “the empowerment of the community communication network for disaster information dissemination in dayeuhkolot district bandung regency” was held on wednesday, august 24, 2016 at dayeuhkolot the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 142 district office. the fgd was opened by the dayeuhkolot district secretary and was attended by 16 participants representing many various elements of the community in dayeuhkolot district, representing bpbd and ppm priority team from faculty of communication sciences of padjajaran university. fgd was guided by ppm team from fikom unpad. all fgd participations are actively giving their opinions regarding the issues of the information dissemination on the hazard that have been felt by the participants. from the fgd result can be seen as the followings: a. the participants acknowledge that the disaster coordination between the various elements of society during this time is usually only implemented during a disaster, so they thank the team from padjajaran university who have initiated the meeting so that they can discuss related to the disaster information problem. b. the nodes of the community communication network, such as district and village apparatuses, community leaders and various volunteer communities have not optimally delivered the disaster information during the pre-disaster. this is due to the lack of the coordination among the elements of the community communication network. c. the dissemination of the disaster information during the pre-disaster has been done by some communication network nodes in dayeuhkolot districts, among sub-district/ village apparatus, religious leaders (mui) and volunteer communities such as eco village, community based disaster preparedness team (sibat), cadets on disaster alert (tagana) d. the disaster information during the pre-disaster, emphasize the importance of maintaining the environmental cleanliness. eco village in this case has a clean friday program, where people are invited to work together to clean up the environmental on friday by cooperating with tni e. fgd participations agreed that the dissemination of the information during the pre-disaster times is necessary to minimize the disaster risk. f. disaster information in the event of a disaster is considered to be confusing because of the incomplete information. g. in the event of a disaster, all elements of the society participate in disseminating the disaster information. h. the dissemination of disaster post-disaster information was felt not optimal due to the lack of post-disaster coordination among the community communication network nodes. i. bpbd acknowledges that it has not been optimal in utilizing the community communication network nodes to disseminate the disaster information. j. the participants provided many inputs to bpbd in order to empower the community network nodes in disaster information dissemination. k. bpbd records the feedback from the participants and states that inputs under bpbd authority which will be followed up by bpbd and the inputs related to the authority of the other agencies and will be submitted to the relevant agencies. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 143 4.2. counseling the counseling with the theme “the community communication network empowerment for the dissemination of the disaster information in dayeuhkolot district bandung regency” was held on wednesday, august 24 2016 at dayeuhkolot district office. the speaker in this extension activity are from bpbd and ppm fikom unpad team. the extension participations consisted of 16 participations representing many various community elements in dayeuhkolot sub-district who also sttended the fgd in the previous session. the extension materials are tailored to provide the solution to the problems presented by the participants in the fgd. the material presented by bpbd includes the potential disaster in bandung regency, especially in dayeuhkolot district, the role of bpbd in disasater information dissemination, the information of dissemination activities that have been done by bpbd, the coordination bpbd with related agencies and coordination bpbd with the volunteers. the extension materials presented by ppm fikom unpad team are the approach to the community, the empowerment of the community network nodes for the disaster information dissemination and the effective communication. conclusion from ppm priority activities that have been done can be concluded: 1. the community communication network for the disaster information dissemination in dayeuhkolot district consists of several nodes such as the subdistrict apparatus, village apparatus, community leader, health workers and volunteer communities eco village, sibat, ksb, and tagana as well as the private companies. 2. the nodes of the community communication network in dayeuhkolot district realize the need for the optimal dissemination of disaster information both during pre-disaster, disaster and post-disaster. therefore, the routine meetings for the coordination between the network nodes are required. 3. bpbd as the center of disaster management command in bandung regency will continue to increase the participation of various elements of the society in helping to disseminate the disaster information in dayeuhkolot district. 4. fgd and counseling activities were welcomed by the participants. this is evidenced by the presence on time and active involvement of the participants during fgd and counseling which are held by ppm fikom unpad team. 5. fgd participations agreed that the dissemination of the information during predisaster times is necessary to reduce the disaster risk. 6. fgd participants agreed that the information during and after a disaster must be more detailed in order for the disaster relief to be effectively implemented. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 144 acknowledgment this activity is an activity of the community service program (ppm) priority scheme wich is funded by padjajaran university. we should like to thank the leaders and all civitas akademika of padjajaran university, the head and the secretary of dayeuhkolot district, the head of regional disaater management agrncy (bpbd) and all representatives of dayeuhkolot community elements who have participated so that this priority ppm activity can be done well. references bbc indonesia. 2016. banjir di kabupaten bandung, ribuan mengungsi. 13 maret. diakses maret 30, 2016. http://www.bbc.com/indonesia/berita_indonesia/2016/03/160313_indonesia_b anjir_jawabarat. kurniasih, nuning. 2016. “the model of disaster information dissemination based on volunteer communities: a case study of volunteer communities in bandung regency, west java, indonesia.” international conference on library and information science. kyoto: ibac. 285-313. kurniasih, nuning, dan sukaesih. 2016. perilaku informasi kesehatan masyarakat di daerah rawan bencana banjir di kabupaten bandung. akhir penelitian pnbp, jatinnagor: fikom unpad. menteri komunikasi dan informatika. 2010. “peraturan menteri komunikasi dan informatika republik indonesia nomor : 08 /per/m.kominfo/6/2010.” peraturan menteri komunikasi dan informatika republik indonesia nomorpedoman pengembangan dan pemberdayaan lembaga komunikasi sosial. jakarta: kementerian komunikasi dan informasi, 1 juni. 12 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 implementation adaptive decision feedback equalizer for timereversal communication in shallow water environment yuning widiarti1, mohammad basuki rahmat2*, adianto3 politeknik perkapalan negeri surabaya corresponding author: mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id2* yuning.widiarti@ppns.ac.id1 abstract: underwater wireless communications are growing very fast along with human needs for applications such as defense, state security, underwater control and monitoring systems. until now, an acoustic signal is a practical way to achieve long distance communication in the ocean. however, the underwater acoustic channel faces many challenges including limited available bandwidth, long delays, time-variability, and doppler-spread. these challenges can reduce the reliability of the communication system and the achievement of high data-rate becomes a challenge. adaptive decision feedback equalization is a method to compensate for the distortion of information signals on the underwater acoustic channel. on the other hand, time reversal is an effective method of overcoming intersymbol interference (isi) problems which is the effect of multipath phenomena in underwater channels. spatial focusing on time reversal can reduce the co-existing system disturbances and its temporal focusing makes the received power concentrated within a few taps so that the equalizer design work becomes much simpler. the temporal focusing can also increase the transmission rate. this paper shows that the combination of time reversal and adaptive dfe (tr-dfe) has superior performance than tr and dfe itself. by modifying the step-size parameters in the adaptive dfe, the tr-dfe level of convergence and performance can be improved. the geometry-based modeling which is used proves that distance and multipath variation greatly affect the quality of time reversal communication on the underwater acoustic channel. keywords: underwater acoustic communication; passive time-reversal; adaptive dfe; multipath propagation; inter-symbol interference (isi) introduction the underwater acoustic communication (uac) system has received much attention from most researchers today. underwater acoustic sensor networks are widely studied for having potential applications in marine fields such as marine exploration, underwater robots, offshore oil industry exploration, pollution monitoring and many other examples of applications. currently, designing a reliable underwater communication system is an active research area. it is important to know the purpose of using underwater acoustic communication before designing a communication system. take knowledge of the direction of communication on an underwater acoustic channel as an example. vertical underwater communication has a lighter challenge because there is usually only a small amount of multipath. while horizontal underwater communication is strongly influenced by long and unpredictable multipath reflections, especially in high-frequency underwater communications. in the deep ocean, the signals rarely interact with the sea surface. this causes communication channels to be time-invariant, possibly sparse and widespread delays. in shallow water environments, experiencing reflections with sea surface and sea bottom can’t be avoided and faced with obstacles more often. in addition, signals interact with noise derived from ocean waves, shipping traffic, and marine life. depth, geometry system, water column chemistry are unique parameters found in every marine environment. therefore until now, there has been no universal model of the underwater acoustic channel. to get an underwater channel model is usually adjusted based on in-situ measurements. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id2* mailto:yuning.widiarti@ppns.ac.id widiarti, y., et al., implementation adaptive decision feedback equalizer for time-reversal communication in shallow water environment, (p. 12 – 20) 13 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 the reason why most acoustic signals are used for underwater communication is due to the facts that electromagnetic waves and laser always experience with high path loss in the underwater environment. electromagnetic waves are also commonly used in terrestrial communication, but when applied for short-range in underwater communication, they will experience with high attenuation. in the range of megahertz to gigahertz radio frequency is only able to propagate a few meters before weakening and in the optic range (especially blue-green light) can reach about hundreds of meters. in contrast, the acoustic signals can propagate at long distance in the sea and have relatively low attenuation. acoustic signals can also reach up to thousands of kilometer and are used in almost all underwater environments (kilfoyle and baggeroer, 2000). however, the level of complexity in underwater acoustic communication is higher when compared to radio channel communications. one of the main obstacles of underwater acoustic communication with limited-bandwidth is the inter-symbol interference (isi). if the spread of multipath on the radio channel moves about two or three symbol intervals, then the acoustic channel underwater can increase up to several tens of symbol intervals. over the last ten years, much research has focused on equalizer design to overcome isi and compensate for channel variations (stojanovic, 1993) ;(yang, 2000). this equalization technique requires complex computation, algorithm stability, and channel parameter selection (yang, 2005). moreover, to improve the performance of the communication system, the single-channel receiver is developed into a multichannel receiver system. however, the multichannel system requires the equalization technique with high computational complexity (stojanovic, 1993) ;( qureshi, 1985). currently, ppc (passive phase conjugation) or time reversal has been widely applied to several studies in the field of underwater acoustic communication with a relatively simple approach and has a low level of computational complexity (rouseff, et.al, 2001); (widiarti et.al, 2020). temporal focusing of tr property can minimize isi, while its spatial focusing can reduce the channel fading effect and improve the signal-to-noise ratio (snr). the concepts and experiments of active time reversal communication have been shown (rouseff, et.al, 2001); (song. et.al, 2006). to reduce the complexity of a receiving array, the tr passive technique requires only one-way communication. in passive tr spatial diversity is obtained by sampling the sound field with multiple receivers. reduction of multipath which is obtained by ppc has its own challenges in the presence of a time-varying channel environment so that the perfect channel estimation can’t be gained. the delayed multipath arrivals cause inter-symbol interference (isi) so they can damage the transmitted information, therefore an equalizer is needed to eliminate the isi. although the focusing property of tr can overcome isi, the resulting side lobes can’t be simply removed. there are several commonly used equalization techniques such as zero-forcing, mmse, and block equalization. decision feedback equalization (dfe) is an effective equalization technique because it eliminates isi in addition to compensating for channel changes. if the communication channel is not known, then the adaptive equalization technique can be used to extract the channel response from the symbol training sequence first and then compensate for channel distortion in the arrival data symbol (proakis, 1989). this paper presents a combination of passive time reversal and adaptive equalization techniques by using adaptive dfe to overcome the residual isi. this paper also models the shallow water environment by using geometry-based model and environmental parameters. the geometry-based model used refers to the real conditions of the towing tank where the experiment will be conducted (widiarti et.al, 2018). the channel impulse response obtained by weighting of multipath signals that are attenuated by reflection, absorption, and so on. the contributions of this paper are: 1. performance analysis of passive reversal time communications system combined with adaptive equalization (tr-dfe) with data simulations on the multipath environment that varies in a shallow water environment 2. the analysis of modified dfe and unmodified dfe equalization to achieve the better system performance. widiarti, y., et al., implementation adaptive decision feedback equalizer for time-reversal communication in shallow water environment, (p. 12 – 20) 14 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 methodology the underwater acoustic channel has time-varying multipath characteristics due to the reflection of the sea bottom and sea surface, as well as transmitting through the internal wave (blomgren. et.al, 2008). to compensate for the effects of the channel then an adaptive equalizer is required. in conventional signal processing, the tap coefficient on the equalizer is determined using the minimum mse criteria, while the tap count is determined by the physics-multipath channel (19). most of the poor performance gained comes from a neglected time range. 1. passive time-reversal technique basically, the concept of ppc and tr are the same, both use vertical arrays to suppress isi. in the communication process, the information signal consists of a series of symbols that are notated in and each symbol has a duration of t, then the baseband data signal can be expressed as follows: 𝐬𝐬(𝐭𝐭) = �𝐈𝐈(𝐧𝐧)𝐠𝐠(𝐭𝐭 − 𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧) 𝐧𝐧 (𝟏𝟏) where g (t) is a pulse shape function for each symbol, so that: 𝐠𝐠(𝛕𝛕) = � 𝟏𝟏, 𝐟𝐟𝐟𝐟𝐟𝐟 𝟎𝟎 ≤ 𝛕𝛕 < 𝐧𝐧 𝟎𝟎, 𝐟𝐟𝐭𝐭𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐟𝐟𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐬𝐬𝐨𝐨 (𝟐𝟐) signals received on the j-th receiver in the uac can be expressed by the following equation: 𝐟𝐟𝐣𝐣 = 𝐨𝐨𝐣𝐣 ∗ 𝐬𝐬(𝐭𝐭) + 𝐨𝐨𝐣𝐣(𝐭𝐭) (𝟑𝟑) in the above equation, hj is the impulse response channel, wj is a band-limited noise, while the notation * shows the convolution of the transmitter filter and the receiver filter with the impulse response function. in the equation, the match-filtering process on the received signal is applied, and the output produced after the match-filtering process can be expressed as follows: 𝑧𝑧𝑗𝑗 = ℎ𝑗𝑗(−𝑡𝑡) ∗ 𝑟𝑟𝑗𝑗(𝑡𝑡) = ℎ𝑗𝑗(−𝑡𝑡) ∗ (ℎ𝑗𝑗(𝑡𝑡) ∗ 𝑠𝑠(𝑡𝑡) + 𝑤𝑤𝑗𝑗(𝑡𝑡)) = ℎ𝑗𝑗(−𝑡𝑡) ∗ ℎ𝑗𝑗(𝑡𝑡) ∗ 𝑠𝑠(𝑡𝑡) + ℎ𝑗𝑗(−𝑡𝑡) ∗ 𝑤𝑤𝑗𝑗(𝑡𝑡) = 𝑄𝑄𝑗𝑗(𝑡𝑡) ∗ 𝑠𝑠(𝑡𝑡) + ζj (4) qj (t) in the above equation is the autocorrelation of the impulse response function hj (t), while ζj (t) is filtered noise. the performance of the passive reversal time depends on the function of qj (t). if qj (t) does not approach the dirac function, then the side lobes of qj (t) may cause isi. the isi can be reduced by time reversal refocusing. it is assumed that there are k receivers and using equal weight combining, then one channel output can be written as follows: 𝒛𝒛(𝐭𝐭) = �𝐳𝐳𝐣𝐣(𝐭𝐭) = �𝐐𝐐𝐣𝐣(𝐭𝐭)𝐬𝐬(𝐭𝐭) + �𝛇𝛇𝐣𝐣 𝐊𝐊 𝐣𝐣=𝟏𝟏 𝐊𝐊 𝐣𝐣=𝟏𝟏 𝐊𝐊 𝐣𝐣=𝟏𝟏 (𝐭𝐭) = 𝐐𝐐(𝐭𝐭) ∗ 𝐬𝐬(𝐭𝐭) + 𝛇𝛇(𝐭𝐭) (𝟓𝟓) where q (t) represents the total autocorrelation response of qj (t) summed for all k receivers/channels. 2. decision feedback equalizer as nonlinear equalizer dfe has a common form as follows: 𝐼𝐼�𝑘𝑘𝑛𝑛 = ∑ 𝑎𝑎𝑘𝑘 𝑗𝑗𝑉𝑉𝑘𝑘 𝑛𝑛−𝑗𝑗 + ∑ 𝑏𝑏𝑘𝑘 𝑗𝑗𝐼𝐼𝑘𝑘 𝑛𝑛−𝑗𝑗𝑁𝑁𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑗𝑗=1 0 𝑗𝑗=−𝑁𝑁𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+1 (6) where a = {𝒂𝒂𝒌𝒌 𝟎𝟎, … , 𝒂𝒂𝒌𝒌 𝑵𝑵𝑵𝑵𝑵𝑵−𝟏𝟏}* and bk = {𝒃𝒃𝒌𝒌 𝟏𝟏, … , 𝒃𝒃𝒌𝒌 𝑵𝑵𝑵𝑵𝒃𝒃}* are tap coefficient vectors for feedforward and feedback filters with each length nff and nfb. 𝑰𝑰�𝒌𝒌 𝒏𝒏−𝒋𝒋 denotes the symbol of the best decision result that widiarti, y., et al., implementation adaptive decision feedback equalizer for time-reversal communication in shallow water environment, (p. 12 – 20) 15 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 approximates the estimated symbol 𝑰𝑰�𝒌𝒌 𝒏𝒏−𝒋𝒋. figure 1 shows the block diagram of dfe. when compared to the linear equalizer, in the dfe there is a feedback loop where filter bk (z) uses 𝑰𝑰�𝒌𝒌 𝒏𝒏 as input so that dfe becomes non linear. 𝑾𝑾𝒏𝒏𝒌𝒌 denotes the additive noise, ak (z) and bk (z) denotes the z transforms of tap, ak and bk coefficients for forward feed filters and feedback where z = ejωt. the bk value is uniquely determined by the cir and the value of nfb = l-1 is absolutely necessary. although nff is independent of cir, ak and bk are interrelated. assuming that the previous symbol is correctly detected in the feedback filter, the tap coefficient is obtained by minimizing the mse output. tr communication based on back-propagation utilizes focusing property to overcome isi. the focusing on tr consists of two aspects: (1) temporal focusing determined by independent time delayed arrivals, and therefore the rate of channel variation determines the duration of time from temporal focusing, (2) spatial focusing obtained from spatial diversity [21] so that the physical condition of the medium affects the quality of spatial focusing. 𝐽𝐽𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚(𝑎𝑎𝑘𝑘, 𝑏𝑏𝑘𝑘) = 𝐸𝐸 ��𝐼𝐼𝑛𝑛 − 𝐼𝐼𝑘𝑘𝑛𝑛� 2 � (7) the focusing of the tr can be interpreted as matched-field processing when the sound field in a water column is sampled with multiple independent hydrophones. it is assumed that the channel information is captured perfectly by many hydrophones, so the focusing function denoted by the q function approaches the sinc function [19] where the width of the main lobe is determined by the signal bandwidth. this physical limitation that causes isi can’t be removed simply by focusing tr. in fact, the underwater channel is time variant, where focusing will decrease with time. therefore, an adaptive equalizer is required to eliminate residual isi as well as to detect the channel variations. figure 1. block diagram of adaptive dfe figure 2 shows a block diagram of the tr receiver combined with adaptive dfe. the least mean squares (lms) algorithm is used in adaptive equalization here. the advantage of lms is in its simplicity and low level of computational complexity. the lms algorithm also does not require the measurement of correlation or inverse matrix functions. the convergence rate is determined by spreading the eigenvalue of the correlation matrix from the input symbols. the downside of the lms algorithm is that when the eigenvalue spread is large the lms algorithm will be slow because it requires a certain number of iterations to converge. for that required step modification to get a better convergence level. widiarti, y., et al., implementation adaptive decision feedback equalizer for time-reversal communication in shallow water environment, (p. 12 – 20) 16 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 2. block diagram of joint passive time reversal and adaptive dfe results and discussion the geometry-based channel model is done in accordance with the towing tank conditions used for the experiment. the towing tank has dimensions of 200 m x 12 m and a depth of 6 m. the medium condition is uniform, there are no waves, and no transient noise in the environment around the towing tank. table 1 is an underwater acoustic channel parameter used to calculate the length of the direct and multipath. in this paper, it is assumed that the main error source is multipath interference and the background noise is assumed to be gaussian distributed. table 1. underwater acoustic channel parameters parameter values depth 6 m sound speed 1498 m/sec transmitter height (tx) 3 m receiver height (rx) 4 m tx-rx distance 40 m; 80 m; 100 m assuming that the wind speed in the room is 0.22 knot and referring to the paper (santoso et.al., 2016) the speed of sound propagation in water is 1498 m / sec. the distance between the transmitter and receiver is 100 m, and the transmitter height from the bottom of the pool is 3 m, while the receiver's height from the bottom of the pool is 4 m. figure 3 shows the performance of a tr communication system in the underwater acoustic channel. the bit error rate (ber) parameter of the signal to noise ratio (snr) value is used to see how the combined passive time reversal and adaptive dfe works. in this paper, the modulation scheme used is bpsk with carrier frequency used is 10 khz. the data sequence containing 106 bits and 5 x 103 bits training symbols are transmitted from the transmitter to the receiver through the underwater acoustic channel. the simulation compares the performance of a single carrier system between mse linear equalization, combined time reversal and mse linear equalization, time reversal without equalization, dfe adaptive equalization, and the combination of time reversal and adaptive dfe. widiarti, y., et al., implementation adaptive decision feedback equalizer for time-reversal communication in shallow water environment, (p. 12 – 20) 17 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 3. ber value of various methods from the resulting curve, we can see that ber value on tr-dfe is the best among other methods used. there is a large gap between dfe and tr-dfe on the resulting ber value in the range of snr value. while the curves generated by tr and tr-mse tend to coincide. however, there is a little difference in the value of ber at snr between 5 db to 10 db where tr-mse is superior to tr without equalization. in general, the combined tr and equalization have superior system performance than tr without equalization and the adaptive equalization is superior to the linear equalization of underwater acoustic communication. furthermore, the performance of tr-dfe is compared to the variation of the distance between the transmitter and receiver. by using the geometry-based model, the performance of tr-dfe was observed at 40 m, 80 m, and 100 m variations. the resulting ber value of tr-dfe at a distance of 40 m has the best performance compared to the other two distances. figure 4. ber value comparison of tr-dfe at various distance while at a distance of 80 m and 100 m the performance of tr-dfe is superior when compared to the communication with the single carrier using only adaptive equalization or linear equalization mse at 100 m distance. the conditions where the system performance at a distance of 40 m is better than the system performance at distances of 80 m and 100 m are due to the greater distance resulting in attenuation experienced by the signal is also getting bigger. however, 40 m is too short for underwater acoustic communication, whereas the experiment uses a minimum distance of 100 m between the widiarti, y., et al., implementation adaptive decision feedback equalizer for time-reversal communication in shallow water environment, (p. 12 – 20) 18 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 transmitter and receiver. the resulting ber value can still be increased by adding the number of array elements to the receiver by considering the efficiency of the system. the result of the ber value is represented in figure 4. figure 5. ber value comparison of multipath variations multipath in shallow water environment varies according to an environmental condition such as the number of multipath and the resulting attenuation coefficient value. this will affect the performance of the time reversal communication system on the underwater acoustic channel. thus, by using the geometry-based channel model, the effect of the multipath variations and signal attenuation to the system performance can be analyzed. it can be shown in figure 5 that the environment with the smallest number of multipath has a superior ber value. in the simulation, the system performance with 5 taps is the best compared to 9 taps and 21 taps multipath. in more widespread multipath environment conditions, the higher equalization capability is needed to eliminate isi. the resulting ber curve shows that at the higher snr there is a larger gap between tr-dfe with 5 taps and tr-dfe with 9 taps or 21 taps. performance analysis of modified adaptive dfe to improve the work performance of tr, then on the receiver side tr technique combined with adaptive dfe. in this study lms algorithm based dfe is used. by using 5 x 103 bits training symbol and a step size of 0.045 then the convergence of tr-dfe can be achieved. however, characteristic of the lms algorithm is a slower rate of convergence, hence required a modification to its step size. in this study modification of step size in lms is done by multiplication with the absolute value from the difference of the last two errors. thus, the modified dfe results are faster in convergence than before modification. at the 100th iteration, the mse value in the modified dfe is close to zero. if compared to dfe without modification, the same mse value is achieved at the 300th iteration. in figure 6 can be shown that the tr-dfe system with modified lms step size is better in terms of its convergence rate compared to tr-dfe before modification. the modified tr-dfe is shown by red curve and tr-dfe before modification is shown with the blue curve. the number of training symbol also affects the adaptive dfe performance. by transmitting 106 information bits, the superior system performance can be obtained when dfe uses 5 x 103 bits of training symbol. in this simulation, the number of bits in the training symbol is made varies 103 bits, 3 x 103 bits and 5 x 103 bits. widiarti, y., et al., implementation adaptive decision feedback equalizer for time-reversal communication in shallow water environment, (p. 12 – 20) 19 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 6. convergence of tr-dfe with modified dfe figure 7. comparison of ber value with a variation of the number of training symbols the simulation result shows that the most superior ber is obtained in 5 x 103 bits training symbol. the optimal number of training symbols is required for efficiency and equalizer performance improvement. what should be avoided is the inefficiency of the number of training symbols more because the level of convergence will also decrease. the simulation result can be seen in figure 7. conclusions in this paper, the shallow water channel modeling based on geometry and environmental parameters have been done. tr-dfe is a powerful technique in overcoming multipath effects in the shallow water environment. the simulation results show that the combination of both adaptive dfe and tr techniques is capable of improving the performance of underwater acoustic communication system as evidenced by the resulting bit error rate (ber). the results also prove that the propagation losses are one of them influenced by the distance between transmitter and receiver. multipath that varies in shallow water environment affects the system performance and dfe work. the sparse multipath distribution is more conducive than the dense multipath distribution in obtaining the superior system performance. lms-based adaptive dfe performance can be increased in convergence rate with step size modification. by using 5 x 103 bits training symbol and a step size of 0.045 then the convergence of tr-dfe can be achieved. the mse value and the convergence rate are used as adaptive dfe performance parameters. the optimal number of training symbols is also needed to get the better performance of tr-dfe system in underwater acoustic communication. by transmitting 106 information widiarti, y., et al., implementation adaptive decision feedback equalizer for time-reversal communication in shallow water environment, (p. 12 – 20) 20 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 bits, the superior system performance can be obtained when dfe uses 5 x 103 bits of training symbol. references d.b.kilfoyle, a. b. baggeroer, (2000). the state of art in underwater acoustic telemetry, ieee j.oceanic. eng., vol, 25(1), pp.4-24, 2000. m.stojanovic, l.freitag, (2003). acquisition of direct sequence spread spectrum acoustic communication signals, oceans’2003 proceedings, vol. 1, pp.22-26. m. stojanovic, j. a. capitovic, and j. g. proakis,(1993). adaptive multichannel combining and equalization for underwater acoustic communications, j. acoust. soc. amer., vol. 94, pp. 1621– 1631. t. c. yang, (2004). differences between passive-phase conjugation and decision-feedback equalizer for underwater acoustic communications, ieee j. ocean. eng., vol. 29, no. 2, pp. 472–487. t. c. yang, (2005). correlation-based decision-feedback equalizer for underwater acoustic communications, ieee j. ocean. eng., vol. 30, no. 4, pp. 865–880. d. rouseff, d. jackson, w. fox, c. jones, j. ritcey, and d. dowling, (2001). underwater acoustic communications by passive-phase conjugation: theory and experimental results, j. ocean. eng., vol. 26, pp. 821-831. widiarti, y, wirawan and suwadi (2020). joint time-reversal precoding and spatial diversity technique for acoustic communication in shallow water environment, international journal of intelligent engineering and systems. 13 1 pp 237-247. h. song, w. hodgkiss, w. kuperman, m. stevenson, and t. akal,(2006). improvement of time reversal communications using adaptive channel equalizers, j. ocean. eng., vol. 31, pp. 487-496. s. qureshi, (1985). adaptive equalization, proceedings of ieee, vol. 73, no. 9, pp. 1349-1387, 1985. proakis, j.g, (1989). digital communications; mcgraw-hill: new york, ny, usa, pp. 680–693. y. widiarti, suwadi, wirawan, and t. suryani, (2018). a geometry-based underwater acoustic channel model for time reversal acoustic communication, in: proc. of the ieee international seminar on intelligent technology and its applications, pp. 345-350. p. blomgren, p. kyritsi, a. d. kim, and g. papanicolaou, (2008). spatial focusing and intersymbol interference in multiple-input-single-output timer reversal communication systems," ieee j. ocean. eng., vol. 33, pp. 341-355. t. b. santoso, e. widjiati, wirawan and g. hendrantoro, (2016). the evaluation of probe signals for impulse response measurements in shallow water environment, ieee transactions on instrumentation and measurement, vol. 65, no. 6, pp. 1292-1299. © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). introduction methodology the underwater acoustic channel has time-varying multipath characteristics due to the reflection of the sea bottom and sea surface, as well as transmitting through the internal wave (blomgren. et.al, 2008). to compensate for the effects of the channel... 1. passive time-reversal technique basically, the concept of ppc and tr are the same, both use vertical arrays to suppress isi. in the communication process, the information signal consists of a series of symbols that are notated in and each symbol has a duration of t, then the baseban... 𝐬,𝐭.=,𝐧-𝐈,𝐧.𝐠(𝐭−𝐧𝐓). (𝟏) where g (t) is a pulse shape function for each symbol, so that: 𝐠,𝛕.=,,𝟏, &𝐟𝐨𝐫 𝟎≤𝛕<𝐓-𝟎, &𝐨𝐭𝐡𝐞𝐫𝐰𝐢𝐬𝐞 (𝟐).. signals received on the j-th receiver in the uac can be expressed by the following equation: ,𝐫-𝐣.=,𝐡-𝐣.∗𝐬,𝐭.+,𝐰-𝐣.,𝐭. (𝟑) in the above equation, hj is the impulse response channel, wj is a band-limited noise, while the notation * shows the convolution of the transmitter filter and the receiver filter with the impulse response function. in the equation, the match-filterin... 𝒛,𝐭.=,𝐣=𝟏-𝐊-,𝐳-𝐣.,𝐭.=,𝐣=𝟏-𝐊-,𝐐-𝐣.,𝐭.𝐬,𝐭.+,𝐣=𝟏-𝐊-,𝛇-𝐣....,𝐭.=𝐐,𝐭.∗𝐬,𝐭.+𝛇,𝐭. (𝟓) where q (t) represents the total autocorrelation response of qj (t) summed for all k receivers/channels. where a = {,𝒂-𝒌-𝟎.,…,,𝒂-𝒌-𝑵𝒇𝒇−𝟏.}* and bk = {,𝒃-𝒌-𝟏.,…,,𝒃-𝒌-𝑵𝒇𝒃.}* are tap coefficient vectors for feedforward and feedback filters with each length nff and nfb. ,,𝑰.-𝒌-𝒏−𝒋. denotes the symbol of the best decision result that appr... figure 2 shows a block diagram of the tr receiver combined with adaptive dfe. the least mean squares (lms) algorithm is used in adaptive equalization here. the advantage of lms is in its simplicity and low level of computational complexity. the lms al... results and discussion conclusions references the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 62 strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah stie kh. ahmad dahlan lamongan, indonesia mama_stiead@yahoo.com abstract the development of education in indonesia is inseparable from the role of the library, because the library is an information center or information center. so to increase the visit to the library required facilities and infrastructure in accordance with its development. this study aims to analyze the factors that can affect the increase of student visits to the library. this study aims to explain whether the convenience variables, collections, facilities and interests can increase the number of visits students read. population in this research is all visitor of student of public library and archive of lamongan regency. the entire population and sample were 80 students who used total sampling or whole population were sampled because the population was less than 100. the instrument used in this study was questionnaire. based on the results of data analysis shows that the indicators used in this study interest in student visits and quality library showed significant results with the value of t count of convenience 41,630, collection 7, 003 and 7,849 facilities. this value is greater than 1.96. in addition, a significance level of 0.000 (p <0.05) was obtained. therefore to increase interest in student visits significantly influenced by the quality of the library including convenience, facilities, and collections. students' perceptions of strategies to increase traffic applied by lamongan public library and archives are getting better (positive), so student visits to the general archives and regional archives of lamongan district will increase. with the addition of convenience, facilities and collections so as to provide excellent service to students. keywords: strategy, public library, convenience, facilities and collections introduction the development of education in indonesia is inseparable from the role of the library, because the library is the center of information or information center. so to increase the visit to the library needs of facilities and infrastructure in accordance with the current development of which should include comfort factors, collections, facilities and reading interest that aims to increase the visit of library users. comfort factor is spatial arrangement, temperature space, ventilation (circulation) air and good lighting. a mailto:mama_stiead@yahoo.com the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 63 collection of libraries that have a collection of fiction and fiction, a convenient, open and easy-to-use facility. the factors affect reading interest are socioeconomic factors and reading habits(setiawan, sukoco, dhaniarti, & hasyim, 2017). one of the libraries that have an important role in education in indonesia is public library. public libraries are located in the city of a district or are in the capital. public libraries that are usually in addition to functioning as libraries also serve as the institution responsible for the regional archives(sekolah tinggi agama islam attahdzib, 2016). public libraries have an important role in community life. the library is a neutral institution, the library provides information needed by the community, among others, on the different principles held by the community, where the citizens are easy to know the information needed without coercion about the various news that concern them (siregar, 2004). according to law number 43 year 2007 about library pasal 1 ayat 1, the library is the institution managing the collection of written papers, prints, and / or professional record work with a standard system to meet the needs of education, research, conservation, information and recreation readers. then in article 1 paragraph 6 of law number 43 year 2007 explains, public library is a library that is intended for the wider community as a lifelong learning tool regardless of age, gender, ethnicity, race, religion, and socioeconomic status. as stipulated in article 14 paragraph 2 to 6 of law number 43 of 2007, it can be concluded that the library should pay attention to aspects of convenience convenience, safety and health for library users, in addition to the library is also required to provide facilities and infrastructure needed, the location is easy to access, safe, comfortable, good spatial arrangement and has public facilities and special facilities. the presence in public libraries and lamongan regional archives is an integral part of the students as visitors, who have always experienced a decrease in the number of the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 64 students to the library in the last 3 years. in 2014 the number of students visiting public libraries and lamongan area archives is a number of 22,370 visitors or an average of 62 people per day. year 2015 slightly decreased to 21,877 visitors or an average of 60 visitors per day. then in 2016 again experienced a decrease in the number of students who visited the library, even the decrease in the number of visits this time quite significant, to 15,652 people or an average of 42 students per day (data visitors of public libraries and archives of the year 2014 to 2016). literatur review the research (ridwan siregar, 2004) indicates that public libraries and regional archives have not been successful in attracting citizens to visit them. this is mainly due to the weak management of public libraries, where librarians do not make strategic planning documents and do not use their efforts to raise strategic issues related to public library services in the future so as to become public. attention and decision makers at the parent institution level.then research (moh roby septiawan, 2014) whose research results show that there is a significant influence between the level of comfort of the library room with the visit of visitors who become respondents to the library of 64% of visitors who visit the library feel comfortable, because the library room has an interior design consisting of space, color, lighting, air circulation and good sound system so that visitors feel comfortable in the library. from the results of previous research as described previously, efforts should be made to make public libraries and archives of the region need effort in order to increase the number of user visits to the library by improving the quality and quantity of facilities and infrastructure and other facilities support between, in addition to public libraries and archives area also requires a strategy to increase the level of comfort of the library space so that visitors feel at home in the library. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 65 research methodology this study is an explanatory research, which aims to explain the relationship between variables of student interest to the library, and library quality variables include ease, collection, facilities and reading interest. the population in this study were all students who visited public libraries and archives in lamongan district as many as 80 students. the sample to be used in this research is 80 respondents or visitors of general library and archives of lamongan district to meet the measurement requirements with sem model. sampling technique by means of total sampling means the entire population is sampled. data analysis techniques in this study using structural equation model (sem) through multigroup or multisample analysis to test whether there is influence between exogenous and endogenous variables. results and discussion model evaluation evaluation of convergent models convergent validation test convergent validity evaluation is the first check to know the validity of each indicator in the model, by looking at the loading factor value of each indicator. the value of the loading factor as the criterion used should be greater than 0.5. if the indicator has a loading factor value, then the indicator is said to be valid. whereas if the loading factor value, then the indicator must be removed from the model. the hypothesis used in testing convergence validity is: h0 : loading factor can not measure latent variable  0i h1 : loading factor can measure latent variables  0i the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 66 convergent validity test for university library quality interest convergent validity test results for each indicator of student interest interest with library quality in the following table 1.based on table 1 it can be seen there are indicators that have value loading factor, so the indicator is removed from the model and re-validated. validation is done until the value of loading factor with some literacy analysis. but in addition to paying attention to the value of loading factor, also need to note the test results of the measurement model parameters. the parameter test using bootstrap resampling is 200, since 200 is the largest resampling used in this research. in the initial analysis of library quality indicators to be excluded from the model is a collection, whereas for the indicator of interest of student visit there is no indicator issued. in literacy 1 there is no indicator of the quality of the library to be issued ie facilities, comfort and reading interest. these indicators can be said to be valid. table 1 convergent validity test results for student visit interest test discriminant validity subsequent examination of discriminant validity indicating that the indicators (manifest variables) with different (latent variable) constructs are not highly correlated (ghozali, 2012). discriminant validity can be seen from the value of cross loading which the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 67 describes the correlation between indicator interest of student visit and quality of library. the hypothesis used is as follows h0 : latent variables are not able to predict the indicator compared to other latent variables h1 : latent variables are able to predict the indicator compared to other latent variables the result of discriminant validity test at the last iteration between indicator of interest of student visit and library quality is as follows table 2 discriminant validity test results between student visit interest and library quality based on the above table 2, it can be seen that in the interest of student visits and library quality, each indicator has a higher correlation with latent variables than other latent variables. this shows that each latent variable is able to predict the indicator better than other latent variables test reliability subsequent examination is the examination of the reliability of latent variables, namely by looking at the output composite reliability. reliability tests are performed to prove the accuracy, and consistency and accuracy of indicators in measuring latent variables. if the value of composite reliability is greater than 0.5 then the indicator can the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 68 be said to be consistent in measuring the latent variable. the hypothesis used in the reliability test is as follows: h0 : the indicator is inconsistent in the size of its latent variable h1 : the indicator is consistent in the size of its latent variable the results of the reliability test on the interest of student visit and the quality of the library are as follows: table 3. result of reliability test of student visit interest and library quality based on the above table it can be seen that all latent variables on interest of student visit and library quality have composite value of reliability> 0.5. so the indicator can be said konsinsten in measuring latent variable. figure 1 interest line chart of student visits and library quality the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 69 based on the picture above can be seen the value of loading factor of each indicator greater than 0.5. it is also known that the indicators can measure the latent variables in the interest of student visits and the quality of the library. indicators that can measure the quality of the library are facilities, convenience, and collections. calculation of parameter significance is done by bootstraping procedure. the hypothesis used for testing the significance of the measurement model is as follows. h0 : indicator is not significant to latent variables h1 : indicator is significant to latent variables table 4. test results significance indicators of library quality based on the above table 4 can be seen the indicators that significantly affect the latent variable after bootstraping 200 samples. the indicator is viewed based on the value of t arithmetic is greater than t table for the 1.96. evaluation of structural model evaluation of measurement model has been fulfilled, so that can be done next analysis that is examination to structural model. examination of the structural model includes the significance of the relationship between the latent variables by looking at the coefficient value of the path and evaluating the value of r2. the calculation is done by bootstrapping procedure, using different samples. the hypothesis used for testing the significance of the structural model is as follows. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 70 h0 : exogenous latent variables no significant effect on endogenous latent variables  0 11  h1 : exogenous latent variables have significant influence on endogenous latent variables  0 11  evaluation of structural model after counseling with bootstrapping procedure, using different samples that are 100, 150, 200, and 250 can be made table 5. table 5. inner evaluation model interest of student visits with library quality based on the above table, we can know the path coefficient for structural model and t value of each sample. if we look at the difference between the sub sample mean and the path coefficient, we can choose the bootstraping process using resampling 150. since the mean value of the sub sample is closer to its original sampling value (path coefficient value) is 0.647. so for further analysis used bootstrap with sample 150. the influence of library quality with interest of student visit is positive. it can be seen also that the quality of the library has a significant effect on the interest of student visits. it can be seen that t value of bootstrap result is bigger than t table value is 8,427> 1,96.this is in line with research(alimudin, 2015) that states that students will be interested to follow if they benefit in their learning activities. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 71 conclusions and recommendations the interest of students to visit (x1), influenced significantly and comfortably (y2), facility (y2) and collection (y3) at lamongan district public library and archives. this gives meaning, if the students' perceptions of the strategy to increase student visits to libraries implemented by the public library and regional archives of lamongan district the better (positive), then the convenience, facilities and collection of students visitors public library and archives of lamongan district will increase. thus, comfort, facilities and collections must be improved, among others, by providing comfort and modern facilities and add adequate collections. with the addition of convenience, facilities and collections so as to provide services to students who visit the library better. managerial implementation associated with this is the management of public library and regional archives of lamongan district should be improved so that strategies undertaken to increase student visits to the library and comfort, facilities and collections can really increase student visits to the library. references alimudin, a. (2015). strategi pengembangan minat wirausaha melalui proses pembelajaran. e-jurnal manajemen kinerja, 1(1). sekolah tinggi agama islam at-tahdzib, m. b. n. (2016). at-tahdzib : jurnal studi islam dan muamalah. at-tahdzib: jurnal studi islam dan muamalah (vol. 4). retrieved from http://ejournal.kopertais4.or.id/mataraman/index.php/tahdzib/article/view/2369 setiawan, m. i., sukoco, a., dhaniarti, i., & hasyim, c. (2017). the development of the central business district (cbd) based on public-private partnership. ijti (international journal of transportation and infrastructure), 1(1), 9–14. retrieved from http://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/ijti/article/view/327 anam, muhammad, 2012, faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi minat mahasiswa dalam the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 72 memanfaatkan perpustakaan di universitas muhammadiyah ponorogo, skripsi universitas muhammadiyah, ponorogo. arikunto, suharsini, 2009, manajemen penelitian, rineka cipta, jakarta. berry danparasuraman, 2007, pengaruh kualitas pelayanan terhadap kepercayaan, jurnal, vol. 21 24-30. ghozali, imam. 2001. aplikasi analisis multivariate dengan program spss: semarang: badan. penerbit universitas diponegoro. ghozali, imam. 2005. aplikasi analisis multivariate dengan program spss. semarang: badan. penerbit universitas diponegoro. ghozali, imam. 2006. aplikasi analisis multivariate dengan program spss. semarang: badan. penerbituniversitas diponegoro. hermawan, rachman dan zulfikar zen, 2006, etika kepustakawanan: suatu pendekatan terhadap profesi dan kode etik pustakawan indonesia. jakarta: sagung seto. hirokoe, 2010, analisis faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi kunjungan mahasiswa ke perpustakaan, hirokoe.blogspot.com martono, siswo dan sulistiowati, 2007 faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi motivasi belajar mahasiswa (studi kasus di stikom surabaya), jurnal prodi sisteminformasi, stikom, surabaya. milburga, larasati, 1991, membina perpustakaan sekolah, yogyakarta. pujadi, arko, 2007, faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi motivasi belajar mahasiswa (studi kasus pada fakultas ekonomi bunda mulia, business dan management journal bunda mulia, vol. 3 no. 2 setember 2007. roby setiawan, moh., 2014, pengaruh desain interior perpustakaan its surabaya terhadap kenyamanan pengguna, jurnal unair surabaya. siregar, ridwan. a, 2008, manajemen perpustakaan perguruan tinggi, usu, sumatera utara. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. strategy improving students 'visit to library through convenience, facilities and collections and interest to read (case study: public library and archives of lamongan district) mu`ah 73 sugiyono, 2003, metode penelitian bisnis, alfabeta, bandung ________, 1999, statistik non-parametrik untuk penelitian, alfabeta, bandung undang-undangnomor 43 tahun 2007 tentang perpustakaan 52 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design mohammad basuki rahmat1, joessianto eko poetro2*, annas singgih setiyoko3, rona riantini4, hendro agus widodo5, purwidi asri6 department of marine electrical engineering, politeknik perkapalan negeri surabaya, indonesia corresponding author: joessianto@ppns.ac.id2* mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id1, asinggih@ppns.ac.id3, hendro.aw@ppns.ac.id5, purwidi@ppns.ac.id6 abstract: the ship electrification process is the process of installing or providing electric power to supply all the electrical power needs for ships. in general, main electricity supply will be provided, and emergency supplies in the form of batteries or emergency generators that are able to survive supplying emergency loads such as navigation equipment, navigation lights, and emergency lighting for about 3 hours. another consideration in the electrification process on fishing vessels is also aimed at reducing dependence or even replacing conventional fuel. of course, not all machines or equipment that are usually operated with conventional fuel can be directly replaced with electrical energy. the implementation of electrification on fishing boats takes into account the technological and cultural aspects of fishermen so that not all of them will be directly replaced by electrical energy. keywords: ship; electrification; fishing vessels introduction indonesia is the largest archipelagic country in the world, has a total of 13,466 islands, a land area of 1,922,570 km2 and a water area of 3,257,483 km2. the data is based on data from the geospatial information agency (big). indonesia's marine area reaches 63% of the total area of the republic of indonesia which is one of the potential fields for capture fisheries (s. irianto et al., 2021). to support the increase in marine capture fisheries, it is necessary to fulfill adequate facilities and infrastructure, such as ships, fishing gear, fishing ports, supporting industries and the big role of various parties to develop it. the state fisheries management area of the republic of indonesia or often abbreviated as wpp nri is a fishery management area for fishing, conservation, research, and fishery development which includes inland waters, archipelagic waters, territorial sea, additional zones, and the indonesian exclusive economic zone (zeei). several studies have conducted studies on activities in fishing ports. according to (suherman & dault, 2009) ppn brondong has a strategic role in the development of fisheries and marine affairs, namely as a center or center for marine fisheries activities, especially those in the lamongan regency, east java. ppn brondong, apart from being a liaison between fishermen and users of the catch, both direct and indirect users such as: traders, processing factories, restaurants and others, is also a place for interaction of various interests of the coastal community located around ppn brondong. brondong ppn that functions properly will be a beneficial meeting point (terminal point) between economic activities at sea and economic activities on land. while fishing areas by fishermen are mostly in the masalembu, makasiri, kramean and around bawean areas. the length of the day at sea is 7-12 days, apart from one day fishing (mahulette & widodo, 2011). https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:joessianto@ppns.ac.id mailto:mbasuki.rahmat@ppns.ac.id mailto:asinggih@ppns.ac.id mailto:hendro.aw@ppns.ac.id mailto:purwidi@ppns.ac.id rahmat, m. b., et al, 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design, (p. 52 – 61) 53 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 in this study, a study of electrification was conducted. where the consideration in the electrification process on fishing vessels is aimed at reducing dependence or even replacing conventional fuel. the implementation of electrification on fishing boats takes into account the technological and cultural aspect of fishermen so that not all of them will be directly replaced by electrical energy figures should be cited in numerical order. methodology this research method was prepared by considering several previous studies with the following steps (cadick et al., 2012; lee et al., 2014; lim et al., 2019; zahedi & norum, 2013): first time doing needs identification. the occurrence of overfishing (fully-exploited and overexploited) in the majority of wppnri makes the first step to conduct electrification studies on fishing gear so that they are able to explore areas that are still moderately-exploited or towards the open sea. based on the roaming area and the appropriate design category, the technology needed for fishing, exploration and safety aids will be determined, and then the electricity needs will be calculated. the next step is mapping. this activity was started by conducting field surveys and interviews at one of the fishing ports in east java to better map out the types of vessels and fishing gear used. this information will be useful for consideration of the placement and size of the module/prototype designed according to the general dimensions of the ship. the next stage is design and prototype. from the data collection in the 2 steps above, the design and prototype of the required electrification system will then be made with a possible combination of alternative energy uses. the final step is to do the analysis. the analysis is carried out on the principle of benefits, advantages and disadvantages of the electrification system compared to the conventional system. including consideration of the weight and size of the installed module/prototype as input regarding reduction of catch and safe installation. results and discussion the object of research is a fishing vessel with the following specifications: • length overall (loa): 21.00 m • length waterline (lwl): 18.95 m • breadth (b): 4.10 m • draft (t): 1.60 m • speed: 7 – 10 knots • main motor:170 hp/1500 rpm • fuel tank : 3500 ltr • fresh water tank : 2500 ltr ships with the above specifications are designed to sail (fish) for 3-5 days with a crew of 16 people. 1. load identification the load/equipment that uses electrical energy is shown in table 1 and table 2. the equipment installed on this ship does not operate simultaneously. some equipment operate continuously (continuous) and some operate temporarily (intermittent). from this loading data, it will be used in determining the power supply capacity requirements that must be able to supply the installed equipment. 2. loading balance calculation load calculation is carried out by considering the loading characteristics of each equipment. there are equipments that operate continuously (continuous) and there are those that operate temporarily (intermittent). this data is used to determine the capacity requirements of all power sources that must be able to supply the installed equipment. calculation of the need for power sources refers to rahmat, m. b., et al, 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design, (p. 52 – 61) 54 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 the terminology of the rules of the indonesian classification regarding the need for electrical power (rules for classification and construction part 1 vol. iv rules for electrical installation, 2022), chapter 3. the power balance of electrical equipment must be carried out to ensure the adequacy of power generating units, storage units and units that transform electrical energy. the power balance calculation is done by detailing which loads operate continuously and which operate intermittently, as well as considering the diversity factor for intermittent loads. table 1. dc power load data table 2. dc power load data no items vol. (unit) power/unit (w) voltage (v) 1 emergency lamp 3 15 12 2 mast light 2 40 12 3 side light 2 40 12 4 stern light 1 40 12 5 anchor light 1 40 12 6 red light 1 40 12 7 hf radio 1 75 12 8 gps map + fish finder 1 75 12 9 radar 1 75 12 10 ssb radio 1 100 12 11 wiper 1 45 12 12 clear view screen (cvs) 1 45 12 13 horn 1 25 12 14 bilge pump 2 150 12 no item vol. (unit) power/unit (w) voltage (v) 1 wheel house lamp 1 20 220 2 lampu crew room atas 1 20 220 3 captain room lamp 1 15 220 4 lampu crew room bawah 2 15 220 5 gang way lamp 2 15 220 6 canopy lamp 1 15 220 7 stering gear lamp 1 15 220 8 crew store lamp 1 15 220 9 lampu sorot ac 2 100 220 10 engine room lamp 1 15 220 11 pompa dinas umum 1 750 220 12 blower kamar mesin 2 250 220 13 bilga pump ac 1 550 220 14 fresh water pump 1 300 220 rahmat, m. b., et al, 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design, (p. 52 – 61) 55 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 the power balance calculation is expressed in tabular form and is called the electric power consumption table (sakai et al., 1989). in this calculation, the first step is to separate the use of loads into continuous and intermittent categories. after being separated, for each category, the load power is added up. especially for intermittent loads, after meeting the total load power value, it is then multiplied by the diversity factor. the value of the diversity factor based on discussions with the engineering department is given a value of 0.8 which indicates a safe and realistic number from the experience of the engineering department. so at the time of sailing the total power is: pt= pcont. + (kxpint.) (1) pt= 525 + (0,8 x 540) pt= 957 w when this power is supplied by a battery that has a voltage of 12 v, the current that flows is: 𝐼𝐼 = 𝑃𝑃 𝑉𝑉 (2) 𝐼𝐼 = 957 12 𝐼𝐼 = 79,75 𝐴𝐴 the complete results of power balance calculations for dc loads are summarized in table 3 and for ac loads in table 4. with a calculated current value of 79.75 a, the battery with a capacity approaching is a battery with a capacity of 100 ah. this 100 ah battery when used to supply a current of 79.75 a will be able to last for 1 hour 15 minutes. batteries with a capacity of 100 ah can use dry or wet types. based on the two tables (table 1 dan 2), the generator needs to supply both ac and dc loads can be calculated. the calculation of the generator power requirement is to consider the optimal power that is usually used by the generator for operation of 0.8 of its maximum power so that the generator power is obtained: pgenset = (pload-dc + pload-ac)/0,8 (3) = (957 + 2140)/0,8 = 3097/8 w = 3871,25 w rahmat, m. b., et al, 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design, (p. 52 – 61) 56 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 table 3. dc load power balance apparatus n o. load demand factor (%) consumption power (watt) o ffs et o ut pu t in pu t going harbor in & out rest in port % c on t. in te rm it. % c on t. in te rm it. % c on t. in te rm it. no. item (w) (w) (w) (w) (w) (w) (w) (w) 1 emergency lamp 3 15 15 100 45 100 45 100 45 total 3 45 45 45 ii. navigation light 1 mast light 2 40 40 100 80 100 80 100 80 2 side light 2 40 40 100 80 100 80 100 80 3 stern light 1 40 40 100 40 100 40 100 40 4 anchor light 1 40 40 100 40 100 40 100 40 5 red light 1 40 40 100 40 100 40 100 40 t o t a l 7 200 80 200 80 80 200 communication & navigation equip. 1 hf radio 1 75 75 100 75 100 75 100 75 2 gps map + fish finder 1 75 75 100 75 100 75 100 75 3 radar 1 75 75 100 75 100 75 100 75 4 wiper 1 45 45 100 45 100 45 100 45 5 cvs 1 45 45 100 45 100 45 100 45 6 horn 1 25 25 100 25 100 25 100 25 7 ssb radio 1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 t o t a l 7 325 115 325 115 440 iv. pump, vent, etc 1 bilga pump 2 150 300 100 300 100 300 100 300 t o t a l 2 300 300 300 continuous load total (w) 525 525 380 intermitten load total (w) 540 540 685 diversity factor 0,8 0,8 0,8 equivalent cont. power (w) 432 432 548 total required power (watt) 957 957 928 total required power (ampere) 79,75 79,75 77,33 rahmat, m. b., et al, 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design, (p. 52 – 61) 57 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 table 4. dc load power balance 3. determination of delivery and security determination of the conductor of the electric power system begins with calculating the current absorbed by each load. results from the table above, the current required load is calculated and is shown in table 5. the total amount of current that must be supplied by the battery is 88.75 a, so the base/mains safety that must be used is a fuse with a capacity of 100 a. with this fuse capacity, based on the bki apparatus no. load demand factor (%) consumption power (watt) o ffs et o ut pu t in pu t a going harbor in & out rest in port % c on t. in te rm it. % c on t. in te rm it. % c on t. in te rm it. no item (w) (w) (w) (w) (w) (w) (w) (w) i general light 1 wheel house 1 20 20 100 20 100 20 100 20 2 crew room atas 1 20 20 100 20 100 20 100 20 3 captain room 1 15 15 100 15 100 15 100 15 4 crew room bawah 2 15 30 100 30 100 30 100 30 5 gang way 2 15 30 100 30 100 30 100 30 6 kanopi 1 15 15 100 15 100 15 100 15 7 stering gear 1 15 15 100 15 100 15 100 15 8 crew store 1 15 15 100 15 100 15 100 15 9 lampu sorot ac 2 100 200 100 200 100 200 100 200 10 engine room 1 15 15 100 15 100 15 100 15 total 375 375 375 ii general equipment 1 pompa dinas umum 1 750 750 100 750 100 750 100 750 2 blower kamar mesin 2 250 250 100 500 100 500 100 500 3 bilga pump ac 1 550 550 100 550 100 550 100 550 4 fresh water pump 1 300 300 100 300 100 300 100 300 total 1050 1050 1050 1050 550 1550 continuous load total (w) 1050 1050 550 intermitten load total (w) 1425 1425 1925 deversity factor 0,80 0,80 0,80 equivalent cont. power (w) 1140 1140 1540 total required power (watt) 2140 2140 2090 rahmat, m. b., et al, 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design, (p. 52 – 61) 58 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 regulation (rules for classification and construction part 1 vol. iv rules for electrical installation, 2022), parts 5, copper conductors used is a cross-sectional area of 50 mm2 which has a currentcarrying capability of 133 a when arranged with other measuring cables/control cables, 104 a when arranged with other power lines, and 157 a when separated from other wiring. while the busbar used to divide the load is 15 mm x 3 mm which has the ability to carry a current of 200 a. the conductor and safety values above are installed for each battery, if the number of batteries is added to increase capacity table 5. calculation of current value at dc load voltage 12 v the total amount of current that must be supplied by the battery is 88.75 a, so the base/mains safety that must be used is a fuse with a capacity of 100 a. with the capacity of the fuse, based on the bki regulation, (rules for classification and construction part 1 vol. iv rules for electrical installation, 2022) parts 5, copper conductors used is a cross-sectional area of 50 mm2 which has a currentcarrying capability of 133 a when arranged with other measuring cables/control cables, 104 a when arranged with other power lines, and 157 a when separated from other wiring. while the busbar used to divide the load is 15 mm x 3 mm which has the ability to carry a current of 200 a. the conductor and safety values above are installed for each battery, if the number of batteries is added to increase the capacity (ampere-hour, ah) it must be installed safety and delivery. table 6. determination of safety and conductor for dc load voltage 12 v no items vol. (unit) daya/ unit (w) current (a) rating fuse (a) conductor (mm2) 1 emergency lamp 3 15 3,75 4 1,5 2 mast light 2 40 6,67 8 1,5 3 side light 2 40 6,67 8 1,5 no items vol(unit) power/unit (w) current (a) 1 emergency lamp 3 15 3,75 2 mast light 2 40 6,67 3 side light 2 40 6,67 4 stern light 1 40 3,33 5 anchor light 1 40 3,33 6 red light 1 40 3,33 7 hf radio 1 75 6,25 8 gps map + fish finder 1 75 6,25 9 radar 1 75 6,25 10 ssb radio 1 100 8,33 11 wiper 1 45 3,75 12 clear view screen (cvs) 1 45 3,75 13 horn 1 25 2,08 14 bilge pump 2 150 25,00 total 88,75 rahmat, m. b., et al, 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design, (p. 52 – 61) 59 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 4 stern light 1 40 3,33 4 1,5 5 anchor light 1 40 3,33 4 1,5 6 red light 1 40 3,33 4 1,5 7 hf radio 1 75 6,25 8 1,5 8 gps map + fish finder 1 75 6,25 8 1,5 9 radar 1 75 6,25 8 1,5 10 ssb radio 1 100 8,33 10 1,5 at the load supplied by the ac generator, for wiring efficiency it is necessary to group the load on the conductor group. the conveying group is intended to supply loads from adjacent conveyance locations and lines. based on the load grouping based on the conductor that supplies it in the table 6, it can then be determined the size of the conductor and the required safety. for alternating current (ac) loads, the conductors installed for each group use a minimum cross-sectional area of 1.5 mm2 which has a maximum current carrying strength of 12 a when several conductors are installed close together. based on the total value of the secured current of 14.72 a, the generator set outgoing safety is 16 a. while the busbar as a load divider is used which is 15 mm x 3 mm which has a maximum current carrying strength of 200 a. to connect the output a generator with a busbar is used as a conductor with a cross-sectional area of 2.5 mm2 which has a maximum current carrying strength of 25 a. with a current of 14.72 a and a load voltage of 220 v, the generator needs as a power supplier are: p = v x i x 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐φ (4) 𝑃𝑃 = 220 𝑥𝑥 14,72 𝑃𝑃 = 3238,4 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 gensets, under normal operating conditions are usually operated at 80% of their capacity. overhead 20% is used as a backup to anticipate loads which in their starting conditions require relatively high starting currents, usually motor loads. thus, the capacity of the generator required is equal to; p = 3238,4/0,8 watt p = 4048 watt with this power requirement, generators with a power range of 5000 watt are widely available in the market, both premium and gas fueled. table 7. the summary result of the electrical design no items (conductor grouping) vol. (unit) power/unit (w) current/load (a) load current (a) 1 wheel house lamp (1) 1 20 0,09 0,09 2 crew upper room lamp(1) 1 20 0,09 0,09 3 captain room lamp (2) 1 15 0,07 0,07 4 crew bellow room lamp (2) 2 15 0,14 0,28 5 gang way lamp (1) 2 15 0,14 0,28 6 canopy lamp (1) 1 15 0,07 0,07 7 steering gear lamp (3) 1 15 0,07 0,07 8 crew store lamp (3) 1 15 0,07 0,07 9 spotlight ac (4) 2 100 0,91 1,82 rahmat, m. b., et al, 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design, (p. 52 – 61) 60 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 conclusion in planning the electrical system, it is very important to pay attention to ac loads and dc loads. dc load, namely navigation and safety equipment, is supplied by a battery with a capacity of 100 ah with a duration of 1 hour 15 minutes. while the ac load is supplied by a generator set with a capacity of 5000 watt. meanwhile, an ac load will receive a supply from a generator with a capacity of 5000 watt. where there are several equipment whose wiring is combined. the conductors used have a crosssectional area of 1.5 mm2 except for the dc bilge pump which requires a conductor with a crosssectional area of 2.5 mm2. acknowledgments: thanks are given to the ministry of education and culture for funding this initial research. also addressed to the leadership of ppns who supported the implementation of the initial research activities. and lastly, for not to forget to support the shipyard partners in banyuwangi. conflicts of interest: the researchers stated there was no conflict of interest. everything is done in his capacity as a researcher and observer of shipping issues and supporting technology. references rules for classification and construction part 1 vol. iv rules for electrical installation, iv (2022). www.bki.co.id cadick, j., capelli-schellpfeffer, m., neitzel, d., & winfield, a. (2012). electrical safety handbook, 4th edition. mcgraw-hill professional. https://doi.org/doi:10.1036/9780071745147 lee, d. k., jeong, y. k., shin, j. g., & oh, d. k. (2014). optimized design of electric propulsion system for small crafts using the differential evolution algorithm. international journal of precision engineering and manufacturing green technology. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40684-014-0029-9 lim, c. og, park, b. cheol, lee, j. chul, kim, e. s., & shin, s. chul. (2019). electric power consumption predictive modeling of an electric propulsion ship considering the marine environment. international journal of naval architecture and ocean engineering. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijnaoe.2019.02.011 mahulette, r. t., & widodo, a. a. (2011). potensi tangkapan ikan laut pada tempat pelelangan ikan di pulau jawa, bali dan nusa tenggara barat. jurnal kebijakan perikanan indonesia. https://doi.org/10.15578/jkpi.3.2.2011.159-168 s. irianto, b., warka, m., & yudianto, o. (2021). law enforcement in indonesia’s exclusive economic zone in the framework of indonesia’s national interest in the marine sector. international journal of multicultural and multireligious understanding. https://doi.org/10.18415/ijmmu.v8i9.3010 sakai, h., akizawa, h., kitano, y., & yamane, k. (1989). study on electric power consumption table for fishing and training vessel. journal of the marine engineering society in japan. https://doi.org/10.5988/jime1966.24.10_436 suherman, a., & dault, a. (2009). pengembangan pelabuhan perikanan nusantara (ppn) pengambengan jembrana bali. j saintek perikanan. 10 engine room lamp (3) 1 15 0,07 0,07 11 general service pump (5) 1 750 3,41 3,41 12 engine room blower (6) 2 250 2,27 4,54 13 bilga pump ac (7) 1 550 2,50 2,50 14 fresh water pump (8) 1 300 1,36 1,36 total 14,72 rahmat, m. b., et al, 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design, (p. 52 – 61) 61 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 zahedi, b., & norum, l. e. (2013). modeling and simulation of all-electric ships with low-voltage dc hybrid power systems. ieee transactions on power electronics. https://doi.org/10.1109/tpel.2012.2231884 © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 30gt fishing vessel electrical system design introduction methodology this research method was prepared by considering several previous studies with the following steps (cadick et al., 2012; lee et al., 2014; lim et al., 2019; zahedi & norum, 2013): first time doing needs identification. the occurrence of overfishing (fully-exploited and over-exploited) in the majority of wppnri makes the first step to conduct electrification studies on fishing gear so that they are able to explore areas that are... from the data collection in the 2 steps above, the design and prototype of the required electrification system will then be made with a possible combination of alternative energy uses. the final step is to do the analysis. the analysis is carried out ... results and discussion the object of research is a fishing vessel with the following specifications:  length overall (loa): 21.00 m  length waterline (lwl): 18.95 m  breadth (b): 4.10 m  draft (t): 1.60 m  speed: 7 – 10 knots  main motor:170 hp/1500 rpm  fuel tank : 3500 ltr  fresh water tank : 2500 ltr ships with the above specifications are designed to sail (fish) for 3-5 days with a crew of 16 people. 1. load identification the load/equipment that uses electrical energy is shown in table 1 and table 2. the equipment installed on this ship does not operate simultaneously. some equipment operate continuously (continuous) and some operate temporarily (intermittent). from th... 2. loading balance calculation load calculation is carried out by considering the loading characteristics of each equipment. there are equipments that operate continuously (continuous) and there are those that operate temporarily (intermittent). this data is used to determine the c... table 1. dc power load data table 2. dc power load data the power balance calculation is expressed in tabular form and is called the electric power consumption table (sakai et al., 1989). in this calculation, the first step is to separate the use of loads into continuous and intermittent categories. after ... when this power is supplied by a battery that has a voltage of 12 v, the current that flows is: the complete results of power balance calculations for dc loads are summarized in table 3 and for ac loads in table 4. with a calculated current value of 79.75 a, the battery with a capacity approaching is a battery with a capacity of 100 ah. this 100... table 3. dc load power balance table 4. dc load power balance 3. determination of delivery and security determination of the conductor of the electric power system begins with calculating the current absorbed by each load. results from the table above, the current required load is calculated and is shown in table 5. the total amount of current that must be supplied by the battery is 88.75 a, so the base/mains safety that must be used is a fuse with a capacity of 100 a. with this fuse capacity, based on the bki regulation (rules for classification and construction... table 5. calculation of current value at dc load voltage 12 v the total amount of current that must be supplied by the battery is 88.75 a, so the base/mains safety that must be used is a fuse with a capacity of 100 a. with the capacity of the fuse, based on the bki regulation, (rules for classification and const... table 6. determination of safety and conductor for dc load voltage 12 v at the load supplied by the ac generator, for wiring efficiency it is necessary to group the load on the conductor group. the conveying group is intended to supply loads from adjacent conveyance locations and lines. based on the load grouping based on... gensets, under normal operating conditions are usually operated at 80% of their capacity. overhead 20% is used as a backup to anticipate loads which in their starting conditions require relatively high starting currents, usually motor loads. thus, the... with this power requirement, generators with a power range of 5000 watt are widely available in the market, both premium and gas fueled. table 7. the summary result of the electrical design conclusion references the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 37 the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudi n 1 , partomi simangunsong 1 , muh. barid ni zaruddin wajdi 2 1 magister manajemen universitas narotama 2 stai miftahul ula nganjuk arasybest@gmail.com abstract the need for residential location is one of the basic needs of the community and the attractiveness of the residential location is a unique feature where this feature is not made by the respective occupants, but by external factors from the residential environment in the area. this study aims to analyze the factors that are considered as the basis that affect the price of land. this research uses quantitative approach with associative research method. linear analysis with quadratic method. ordinary least square (ols). from the analysis of this research model obtained log-linear f-accounting 70,162 while the value of f-table (0,05; 5,48) is 2,45. because f-count> f-table, ho means rejected and explanatory variables include distance to city center, distance to main road, distance to toll gate, road width, and security simultaneously can be explained significantly at land sale price. keywords : residential location, respecti ve occupants, land prices, introduction the need for residential location is one of the basic needs of many people, in addition to the need for food and clothi ng. real estate enterprises increasingly wriggle with the minister of home affairs letter no. 648/1062 / sj on the acceleration of housi ng developme nt so that the developers of both large and middle scale are all vying to get a location permit to build settlements. sidoarjo is a regency i n east java which is in the development of settlement including the most prominent in east java province. settlement and residential development must adhere to the general plan of urban spatial planning (rutk) in order to form a city that is neat, comfortable so as to create peace for its residents. due to the rapid increase of population will result in the narrowness of settlement land and if this is left will have an impact on the ecology of the regency(barid, wajdi, ummah, & etikasari, 2017). the development of settlement i n accordance with the spatial city in sidoarjo directed in the east and west. the development of this region is done on the grounds that in the area can still be developed, because the availability of large land and mailto:arasybest@gmail.com the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 38 simultaneously the area is intended as a buffer reservoir of people who work in downtown. in both areas has been built various types of houses, designs and locations offered by the developers of the settlement, so it will add to the impact of many alternati ve choices for consumers. on the other hand an increasingly critical consumer attitude, requires developers to be more professional in providing services to consumers. the attractiveness of residential locations is a unique characteristic because these characteristics are not at all formed by i ndividual residents, but are caused by external factors from the settlement environment i n the area. therefore, the price of land is strongly influenced location other than the quality of the environment and residential facilities it has. where the current reality, the distance of a location to the center of the city is not a factor affecti ng the price of land, because the location of residential land even though it is located far from downtown or central busi ness area, the price of land is sometimes relatively higher than the price of land close to the city center or busi ness area. this is possible because the mileage is felt shorter due to increasingly easy transportation. in addition, due to the external factors of a good residential environment, so the environmental quality becomes better. the above symptoms are caused by transportation infrastructure (accessibility), residential infrastructure, and public facilities (city) around the site, based on this it is necessary to exami ne the external factors of settlement which affect the price of land and how its influence. literature review the value of the soil is a measure of the ability of the land to produce something that directly gi ves an economic advantage, while the price of land is nomi nal for the applicable extent. both problems have a functional relationship, ie the price of land is determined by changes in the value of the land. for example, a plot of good soil produces good crops, but because of i nadequate transportation to the market leads to small economic benefits, the price of the land is low. if one day the transport route becomes smooth, the land will gi ve a big economic benefit, so the value of the land will increase and eventually the value of the land will rise (eckert et.al, 1990; noor m, abd rahman, 1997) the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 39 according to eldred (1987: 20-25), there are four factors that determine good value: (1) demand, (2) utility, (3) scarcity, and (4) transsferability. demand is indicating the availability and fi nancial ability to obtain certai n goods, demand analysis is the analysis of needs, wants and willingness and ability to pay consumers because demand is an individual desire and purchasing power where someone will only buy if you have feelings of need and able to pay. utility is the ability that can arouse the desire to have it, utility concerns regulations that restrict the use of property, the type of rights and property restrictions, the location of the environmental state of the property, the size, shape and capacity of the land, and what buildi ngs can be bui lt on the ground. everyone has a desire to own the land because of its usefulness for shelter, agriculture, commercial business, and so forth. scarcity indicates a lack of quantity or supply of goods. this concept refers to the relati ve supply of property encountered by potential buyers or tenants. when the buyer faces a number of choices, the value tends to be low. conversely, the more rare a property while the other remai ns, its value will rise. transferability means ownership and use can be transferred. this concept refers to marketi ng (marketing), negotiation and real estate transactions are relatively less open. one reason the transfer process becomes so important to the value of a property is that buyers and sellers fi nd it difficult to come face-to-face. market participants do not have complete information while the buyer is less aware of all sales strategies and the seller does not know exactly what the buyer wants. based on the four determi nants of value, so here the researcher only discusses the issues concerning the net utility, which is the difference between the utility with disutility over ownership and utilization of the land, hereinafter referred to as productivity (damayanti, a., & alfian, s, 1998). there are fi ve factors that determine the productivity of land use, namely physical characteristics, legal characteristics, psychological characteristics, locational characteristics, and environmental characteristics. based on the description of the theory formulated a model of estimate of land prices as an abstraction of reality developed based on theoretical framework of reality developed based on theoretical and empirical framework. where the variables suspected to affect the price of land in this study are external factors of residential the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 40 environments, namely: accessibility to the city center, residential environment conditions, and the availability of public transportation routes. accessibility to the city center is determi ned by the distance variables to the city center (square) and the toll gate, the environmental conditions of the settlements are represented by variable width of the residential road while the avai lability of public transportation routes is determined by the distance of the main road-the path through which the public transport. from these variables can be formed a model that can be prepared to solve the problem of this research is: the land price = f (dcc, dtr, wrr, dpr,rs) information: dcc = distance to city center or city hall (km) dtr = distance to toll road entrance (km) wrr = width of residential road (m) dpr = distance to public road (km) rs = residential security the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 41 conceptual framework and hypotheses research conceptual framework based on the background of the problem and literature review it can be formulated conceptual framework as follows : research hypothesis basing on the background of problems and literature review then can be submitted research hypothesis as follows: there is a negati ve and significant i nfluence between, distance to downtown, distance to toll gate, distance to public road to land price and positive influence between road width, and settlement security system to land price. research methods this research uses quantitati ve approach with associative research method. the study population is the residential environment built by developers in kecamactan sidoarjo region. in this study, the samp le used is population sampli ng, where the entire population of the existing btn partner developers in sidoarjo regency is taken as a sample member. the analytical tool used to determine the effect of external factors on land prices is the least squares method (ordi nary least square / ols) (hadi, s., 2004). economic apriori test this criterion concerns the issue of signs and intensity of the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 42 economic relationships studied. the economic theories have determi ned the mark and the magnitude of the coefficient so as to make a benchmark. commonly used criteria are regression coefficient and standard deviation deviation. the regression coefficients are used to measure the degree of economic relationships studied, whereas standard deviations are used to measure the dissemination of the true value (winarno, h. w., 2011) to test the symptoms of multicolinearity among independent variables can be identified by looking at the vif value of independent variables, if the vif value is more than 8 then there are symptoms of multicoli nearity between i ndependent variables. heterokedastisitas test i n this study using d urbi n watson to detect heterokedastisity, durbin watson) that is between 1 -4, it can be concluded there are no symptoms of heterokedastisitas on the observed data. while kolmogorov smirnov test is conducted to determine whether the distribution is normal or not, can be seen or not from probability value compared with α value, if probability value> α, it means the data is normal. (santoso, s., 2014). the li near test means that the contribution of the free variables together must have equal weight in affecti ng the dependent variable. to detect can be by looking at the value of r2 and r2 are adjusted. in general the better the model used between r2 and adjusted r2 the smaller the difference (nugroho, b. a., 2005). research results and discussion from result of regression analysis of log-li near model resulted then got result of formulation of regression test as follows : the land price = 5,214 – 0,131 dcc – 0,126 dtr + 0,661 wrr – 0,185 dpr + 0,187 rs r 2 : 0,8796 adjusted r 2 : 0,8674 f –hitung : 70,1620 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 43 dw –hitung : 2,176 furthermore, to know whether or not the multiple regression model using cross section data, it is necessary to test. in this case the test is done by usi ng 3 criteria, the first criterion is a priori economy, the second criterion is classic assumption test and the third is a priori ekonometri. 1. a priori economy test a. test direction (sign). looking at the results of regression and the sign of the hypothesi zed regression coefficient, then obtained the comparison as follows: table 1 test direction (sign) explanatory variables the hypothesi zed sign estimated results distance to city center distance to toll road width of residential road + + distance to public road residential security + + 2. classic assumption test a. heteroskedastik test after the test using d urbin watson value, then got the result that for the influence between the i ndependent variables to the dependent variables contai ned in this study amounted to 2.176 which means the relationship between the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 44 each independent variable wi th the residual value is not significant, and things this means that there is no heteroskedastik for the observed variables. b. normality test referri ng to the result of the plot analysis in this study which shows the linear pattern and its distribution follow the direction of the diagonal line, it can be said that the regression equation in this research is li near. c. linearity test linearity test means that the contribution of independent variables together has the same weight i n affecti ng the dependent variable. to detect can be by looking at the value of r2 and adjusted r2 in the model used seen between r2 and adjusted r2 the smaller difference i ndicating the model used is good (supranto, 1995: 113). d. multikolinearity test based on the results of calculations i n this study obtai ned vif value of each independent variable that is below the value of 8 and thus can be interpreted there are no s ymptoms of multicoli nearity on the observed independent variables. e. statistik test from the selected model, there will be a statistical discussion which includes t-test, f test and coefficient of determi nation. a. t-test, this test is conducted to determi ne whether independent variables individually have a significant effect on the i ndependent variables. the t-test is done by comparing t-count values and t-table values. with degrees of freedom (df) = n-k = 54-6 = 48 and α = 0.05, obtai ned t-table = 2,021 smaller than t count 3.071 . b. test f is performed to test statistically whether the whole variable is statistically free whether the overall independent variable consisting of distance to city center, distance to main road, distance to toll gate, road width, and security simultaneously or whole give a real influence to variable of land price. from the results of this research model analysis in the form of log-li near obtai ned f-count value of 70.162 while the value of f-table (0,05; the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 45 5,48) is equal to 2,45. because f-count> f-table means ho to be rejected and explanatory variables include distance to city center, distance to mai n road, distance to toll gate, road width, and security simultaneously can explain significantly on variable land prices. c. test the coefficient of determination (r 2 ). this coefficient shows how much percentage of variation of independent variable or explanatory variable can be explained the dependent variable. based on the regression analysis obtained r2 of 0.879 which means that about 87.9% variation of land price variable can be explained by the variation of independent variables ie distance to city center, distance to main road, distance to toll gate, road width, and security. conclusions and recomendations simpulan the hypothesis of this study was answered through the results of calculations with descripti ve statistics showing that the variables under consideration of the selection of residential locatio n is the distance variable from the city center (square) people are more interested in the residential location that has a distance of 2.1 4.3. km to 58.3%. similarly, the distance to the toll gate people prefer a residence located at a distance of 3.4 to 5.7 km which covered 50.0% of the housi ng environment, people prefer a residential neighborhood with a width of the road between 6-7 m of 47.2 %, while the security system for residential settlements guarded by security guards for 24 hours is found i n 63.9% of people who want it. while the formulation of the second problem is answered through the f test results where f-count> f-table meaning variable explanation cover distance to city center, distance to mai n road, distance to toll gate, road width, and security can simultaneously explain the change significantly. in variable land prices. regression analysis obtained r2 equal to 0,879 which mean that about 87,9% variation of variable of land price can be explained by variation of independent variable that is distance to city center, distance to mai n road, distance to toll gate, width of road of residential, and security of residential . the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 46 recomendations 1. in development planni ng, the city government should pay attention to the improvement of the transportatio n system, either through road construction or public transportation procurement. this transportation system can reach to residential neighborhoods in all parts of sidoarjo region evenly, where the transportation system is easy to reach other public facilities, such as: schools, hospitals, and other public services, maki ng it easier in doi ng all activities. 2. related to the determination of the value of objects of tax objects (njop) of the united nations, especially for the sidoarjo sub-district shows that the factors worth considering in the estimate of residential land prices are variable distance to toll gate, road width, distance to main road and settlement security reference barid, m., wajdi, n., ummah, y. c., & etikasari, d. (2017). ukm development business loan, 1(1), 99–110. eckert, j.k, 1990, property appraisal and assessment administration, iaao, chicago illinois. p. 151-180. eldred, gary, 1987, real estate analysis and strategy, harper & row, publisher newyork. p. 4. damayanti, a., & alfian, s. (1998). upaya mengendalikan harga tanah melalui pendekatan spasial. jurnal survai dan penilaian properti , 11, 29. hadi, s. (2004). analisis regresi. penerbit andi. noor m, abd. rahman., 1997, penilaian harta tanah, program kerjasama bplk dengan itm mura malaysia, malang. p. 125. nugroho, b. a. (2005). strategi jitu memilih metode statistik penelitian dengan spss. santoso, s. (2014). statistik parametrik: konsep dan aplikasi dengan spss edisi revisi. sugiyono, d. (2008). metode penelitian bisnis. bandung: pusat bahasa depdiknas. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. the factors affecting land prices in housing location in sidoarjo regency arasy alimudin et al 47 supranto, j. (1995). ekonometrik buku satu. penerbit fakultas ekonomi fakultas indonesia, jakarta. winarno, h. w. (2011). pengaruh aspek keruangan terhadap nilai tanah pertokoan (studi kasus pertokoan di wilayah kota bandung). 161 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 feasibility assistance for housing project development progress veronika nugraheni sri lestari1*, gitta aulia putri kharismanda2, chandra kartika3, nurmawati4 1,2,3 fakultas ekonomi dan bisnis, universitas dr. soetomo,surabaya 4fakultas teknik industri, universitas 45, surabaya venugra@unitomo.ac.id1*, kharismanda22@gmail.com2, chandrakartika@uwp.ac.id3, info@univ45sby.ac.id4 abstract; technological developments and monetary development need an improvement in the quality and nature of human resources who are solid, gifted and prepared to work. hence, it is important to make a procedure for delivering dependable, gifted and prepared to work who can apply their insight and abilities in the field of work which at last can diminish joblessness rate in a country. housing planning and development which is engaged in housing project development requires the feasibility of the progress of the housing project development process. this is carried out from the stage of land acquisition, construction, to housing marketing. the result of this study demonstrates that skills in making reports or projects should be improved by going to preparing or non-formal training in the field of bookkeeping and pc applications. then, at that point, while encountering issues in carrying out the lodging program help, we want to ask different representatives who are really understanding or more senior so the work can be finished appropriately. in helping the lodging progrees, every individual is expected to have high liability, meticulousness, exactness, trustworthiness, tolerance and reliability for every relegated undertaking and occupations, and furthermore that discipline in observing and agreeing with guidelines and time discipline is our obligation so the given errand can be finished appropriately and on schedule. keywords; feasibility assistance, housing, project development introduction technological developments and economic growth demand an increase in the quality and value of human resources who are reliable, skilled and ready to work. therefore, it is necessary to create a system of producing reliable, skilled and ready to work who are able to apply their knowledge and skills in the field of work which eventually can reduce unemployment rate in a country. the current situation and conditions demand mastery of the knowledge in the field of education and to be applied in the world of business or work. skills and knowledge should be directed to develop a stable system between the world of education and business. discussion on the importance of the feasibility of the progress of housing project development related to population settlements. settlements are formed on the unity between humans and the surrounding environment. suparno sastra m. and endi marlina stated that settlement is a system consisting of several elements including nature, humans, society, buildings or houses and networks. (2006:39). housing planning and development which is engaged in housing project development requires the feasibility of the progress of the housing project development process. this is carried out from the stage of land acquisition, construction, to housing marketing. the success or failure of the procurement of a project also depends on a good operational management system. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:venugra@unitomo.ac.id1* mailto:kharismanda22@gmail.com2 mailto:chandrakartika@uwp.ac.id3 mailto:info@univ45sby.ac.id4 lestari, et al., feasibility assistance for housing project development progress, (p. 161 – 170) 162 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 operational management which includes planning, organizing, actuating and controlling is an important aspect in a project management organization. this will facilitate long-term planning and regeneration in the field of human resources. literature review property in english law, goods and everything that is legally owned by a person or legal entity is called personal property, while land and buildings are usually called real property. sometimes to clarify the characteristics of the type of property, the term real estate is often used for land and buildings. according to kyle (2002), distinguishing levels of property ranging from land and inherent natural resources (land), all man-made developments that exist and are attached to the land (real estate) as well as the existence of ownership rights to land and all developments protected by valid law (real property). housing and settlements housing is a group of houses that function as a residential or residential environment that is equipped with environmental infrastructure including basic physical environment equipment, such as the provision of drinking water, waste disposal, availability of electricity, telephone, roads, which allow the residential environment to function properly. the house is a place to release fatigue, a place to hang out, and foster a sense of kinship among family members, a family shelter and store valuables, and the house is also a social symbol status (azwar, 1996; mukono, 2000). according to who, a house is a physical structure or building for shelter, where the environment is useful for physical and spiritual health and social conditions are good for health. families and individuals (who commission on health and the environment, 2001). according to the american public health association (apha) a house is healthy if: (1) it meets basic physical needs such as a lower temperature than the outside air, adequate lighting, comfortable ventilation, and 45-55 db.a. noise; (2) meeting psychological needs; (3) protecting its residents from the transmission of infectious diseases by having clean water supply, waste disposal facilities and sanitary sewers that meet health requirements; and (4) protecting the occupants from the possibility of accidents and fire hazards, such as a solid house foundation, stairs that are not steep, fire hazards due to electric short circuits, poisoning, and even from the threat of traffic accidents (sanropie, 1992; azwar, 1996). housing and settlements based on law no. 4 of 1992 concerning housing and settlements, there are several basic definitions, including: a. a house is a building that functions as a place to live or a residence and a means of fostering a family. b. housing is a group of houses that function as a place to live or a residential environment equipped with environmental infrastructure and facilities. c. settlements are part of the environment outside the protected area, both in the form of urban and rural areas that function as a residential environment or residential environment and a place for activities that support livelihoods and livelihoods. d. a house as a building is part of a complete settlement, and is not merely a place of shelter to protect oneself from all dangers, disturbances, and mere physical influences, but also a place to live, a place to rest after undergoing the struggles of daily life. (c. djemabut blaang, housing and settlements, 1986: 28), lestari, et al., feasibility assistance for housing project development progress, (p. 161 – 170) 163 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 e. housing and settlements are a functional unit, because housing development must be based on a comprehensive settlement pattern, which does not only include the physical construction of houses, but is also equipped with environmental infrastructure, public facilities and social facilities, especially in urban areas that have multiple and multidimensional problems. according to suparno sastra m. and endi marlina (housing planning and development, 2006:29) housing is a group of houses that function as a residential environment or residential environment equipped with environmental infrastructure and facilities. residential elements according to suparno sastra m. and endi marlina in housing planning and development (2006:39), settlements are formed on the unity between humans and the surrounding environment. settlement is a system consisting of several elements. 1. nature geological and topographical factors have a significant impact on location considerations. the feasibility of the building is due to the need to take into account the condition of the underlying rocks and the slope of the land. this impacts the safety and comfort of the occupants and avoids the dangers that arise. 2. human in a residential area, humans are the main actors of life, in addition to living things such as animals, plants and others. as the most perfect creature, in human life, humans need various things that can support their survival, be it biological needs (space, air, temperature, etc.), feelings and perceptions, emotional needs and the need for moral values. 3. community society is a unitary group of people (families) in a settlement that forms a particular community. matters related to the problems that occur in the community who inhabit a residential area are: 1. population density and composition 2. social group 3. customs and culture 4. economic development 5. education 6. health 7. law and administration 4. building or house a building or house is a place for humans. in principle, buildings that can be used throughout the operations of human life can be categorized according to their respective functions: 1. community service houses (schools, hospitals, etc.) 2. recreational or entertainment facilities 3. shopping mall 4. industry 5. transportation hub 5. networks. networks are artificial and natural systems that provide facilities for the operation of a residential area. for artificial systems, the level of fulfillment is relative, where the settlement areas are not the same with each other. artificial systems whose existence is required in an area include: 1. clean water network system 2. electric grid system 3. transportation system 4. communication system lestari, et al., feasibility assistance for housing project development progress, (p. 161 – 170) 164 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 5. drainage and dirty water 6. physical layout types of house based on the construction, the house is divided into: table 1. criteria of house based on construction criteria permanent semi permanent non permanent foundation yes yes no wall bricks half wall & half wood/bamboo bamboo/wood roof rooftile rooftile rooftile / others floor plaster/ceramic plaster/ceramic soil source: id.scribd.com based on the size, the standard comparison of the number of large houses, medium houses and small houses is 1:3:6 1. large house plot area: 120 m² – 600 m² (type 70) 2. medium house plot area: 70 m² – 100 m² (type 45-54) 3. small house plot area: 21 m² – 54 m² (type 21-36) to determine the average minimum area of the plots of land must consider the factors of human life, natural factors and local building arrangements. building physical condition based on id.scribd.com, the physical condition of the building can be classified into 3 groups: 1. a permanent house, characterized by the walls of the building, cement or ceramic floors, and the roof made of tile. 2. semi-permanent houses, characterized by half walls and half bamboo, roofs made of tile or zinc or asbestos, often found in small alleys. 3. non-permanent house, the characteristics of the house are wooden, bamboo or gedek walls, and do not have a floor (earth floor), the roof of the house is made of zinc or asbestos. land ownership status according to law no. 5 of 1960 concerning basic regulations on agrarian principles, land rights can be owned by individuals, groups or legal entities. these rights can be used to use the land in question. the types of land rights include: 1. property rights property rights are hereditary, strongest and fullest rights that people can have on land. property rights can be transferred and transferred to other people. 2. cultivation rights title cultivation rights title is the right to use land which is directly controlled by the state, this right occurs because of a government decree which has a certain period of time. 3. building rights title lestari, et al., feasibility assistance for housing project development progress, (p. 161 – 170) 165 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 building right titles is rights to construct and own buildings on land that are not their own for a certain period of time. 4. right of usage over land the right to use or use the proceeds of land directly controlled by the state or land owned by others. 5. lease lease is the rights to use or use the proceeds from other people's land that has been rented. housing and settlement requirements a housing and settlement has a basic requirement before being established, including: a. basic housing requirements according to sni 03-1733-2004 concerning procedures for planning for residential environments in urban, the location of the housing environment must meet the following conditions: the location of housing must be in accordance with the land use plan stipulated in the local spatial planning (rtrw) or other planning documents stipulated with the local regional regulation, with the following criteria: 1. safety is achieved by considering that the location is not a protected area (catchment area), agricultural processing, production forest, factory waste disposal area, building-free area in airport area, area under high voltage electricity network; 2. health is achieved by considering that the location is not an area that has air pollution above the threshold, surface water and deep ground water pollution; 3. comfort is achieved by ease of achievement (accessibility), ease of communication (internal/external, direct or indirect), ease of activity (available environmental infrastructure and facilities); 4. beauty/harmony/regularity (compatibility), achieved by reforestation, maintaining the existing topographical and environmental characteristics, for example not leveling hills, filling all swamps or lakes/rivers and so on;, mengurug seluruh rawa atau danau/ setu/ sungai/ kali dan sebagainya; 5. flexibility, achieved by considering the possibility of physical growth/expansion of the housing environment associated with the physical environment and infrastructure integration; 6. distance affordability is achieved by considering the distance of achieving the ideal ability of people to walk as users of the environment to the placement of environmental facilities and infrastructure; and 7. environmental identity is achieved by considering the relationship with the socio-cultural character of the local community, especially the contextual aspects of the local traditional/local environment. 8. the location of the housing plan must be on land that has clear ownership status, and meets administrative, technical and ecological requirements. 9. the integration between the order of activities and the natural surroundings, taking into account the type, growth period and age reached, as well as its effect on the environment, for plants that exist and may grow in the area in question. b. basic settlement requirements an ideal form of settlement in a city is a question that requires a comprehensive answer, because housing and settlements involve human life, including human needs which consist of various aspects. so that it can be formulated simply about a good provision for a settlement, which must meet the following requirements: 1. the location is not disturbed by other activities such as factories which generally can have an impact on air pollution or other environmental pollution. 2. have access to service centers such as education, health, trade, and others. 3. have drainage facilities, which can drain rainwater quickly and not to cause puddles despite heavy rain. lestari, et al., feasibility assistance for housing project development progress, (p. 161 – 170) 166 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 4. have clean water supply facilities, in the form of a distribution network that is ready to be distributed to each house. 5. equipped with dirty water/stool facilities that can be made with individual systems, namely septic tanks and seepage fields, or communal septic tanks. 6. settlements must be served by garbage disposal facilities on a regular basis so that the residential environment remains comfortable. 7. equipped with public facilities such as playgrounds for children, fields or parks, places of worship, education and health according to the scale of the settlement. 8. serviced by electricity and telephone lines housing marketing strategy in marketing housing or property to consumers, the right strategy is needed. new projects have sprung up offering various concepts and diverse market segments. in today's millennial era, digital marketing or online marketing strategies are certainly needed to attract consumers to buy property or housing. according to property inside (27 november 2018) there are 10 effective and easy strategies to market property: 1. new projects are emerging offering various concepts and diverse market segments. 2. pay attention to competitors. what are other marketers doing in your area? what is their website like? how active are they on social media? record what competitors are doing, learn and then avoid their mistakes 3. easy to contact, enter your contact info on every page of your website or social media. ideally, create an impressive and attention-grabbing contact page. 4. create an impressive business card, prepare a cool business card. consumers will love business cards that are unique, attractive and look like motivational greeting cards. 5. take advantage of the image of the surrounding environment, you are not only selling the house, you are selling the entire area or area. show off the best regional view in the area you offer, with beautiful and high-quality photos, ranging from regional landmarks or facilities such as malls, hospitals. or now, it is also necessary to add an instagramable area. 6. use the services of a professional photographer, image display for beautiful areas is very dependent on photography. a bad photo will detract from interest, for even the biggest companydeveloped property projects. hire a professional photographer with experience photographing homes and architecture. 7. prepare virtual tour content in big cities, time is very valuable. clients want to understand as much as possible about the property on offer before visiting in person. virtual tours are a great way to provide a comprehensive and accurate property preview for potential buyers. 9. prepare tvc (video commercial) content, consider providing quality commercial video. currently, video content has become the most popular content, of course this can be a powerful and powerful marketing tool in marketing products. in the past, promoting videos had to be expensive (via television & cinema), now everyone can easily & free upload promotional content through google's youtube channel. 10. ensure mobile-friendly marketing websites, tech-savvy consumers spend a lot of time on their mobile devices. in fact, research shows that 80% of internet users use mobile devices for online activities. it is very important that your website is mobile-friendly. better yet, consider creating a mobile app that potential buyers can use to review projects. 11. become a columnist for a magazine or property website. writing a column for a magazine or property website is a great way to get the word out about your project. you can write columns by not appearing to be a flashy salesperson. consumers today don't like fancy offers, instead, try to show off your knowledge of real estate investing, for example. write about how rising house prices in the market or how to invest in profitable property will attract more potential customers. lestari, et al., feasibility assistance for housing project development progress, (p. 161 – 170) 167 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 research method the approach used in this study is a qualitative approach. while the descriptive explanatory technique is used to allow users to express ideas, experiences about the feasibility of a property for a housing project in accordance with the research objectives. the participants of this research are property developers in the grand royal hill housing estate with various facilities. a literature review was conducted to identify the first problem for research purposes. after these phases, the telegram application's conversational equipment will be used as a tool for analyzing the forms of communication that occur in blended learning. after retrieving the data from the posting, we coded the data using content analysis used in qualitative research. in addition, the data is categorized based on a given code. result and discussion project description a. housing concept government policies, especially local governments that encourage the role of the private sector in providing housing for the community. the concept of this project development refers to the development of housing cluster locations that meet housing criteria for middle and upper middle income communities with beautiful, environmentally friendly and minimalist nuances. the development will be carried out in stages with an indent system with a target of completing 168 housing units within 12 months. it prioritizes efficiency and effectiveness in development and involves local communities as stakeholders in the physical work of house construction. 1. executive summary designation : construction of 168 units of residential type 36/72, 45/72, 45/74, 45/84 location area : 20.000m2 number of units : 168 residential units project period : 12 months 2. relation to the physical building specific specifications regarding selling power in order to attract buyers and related to building design that affects the physical appearance of the building (minimalist and simple). public facilities: the location of this project is quite strategic for the middle and upper middle-income class. the location of the housing is close to a number of public facilities, including: traditional markets, banks, restaurants, shopping centers, hospitals, educational facilities and is accessible by public transportation. the access road to the project is quite congested, but is still in the widening stage so that it can be adequate as a means of traffic for the main residential road. 3. market potential and segmentation the need for representative housing is very urgent for every community/family. the location of the grand royal hill housing estate is expected to meet the needs of the middle class community. this is because the housing location is in a quite strategic position, one of which is caused by a lot of real estate around the housing location. the real estate area around the property's location is inhabited by upper middle class people/population with per capita income that continues to increase every year. with the conditions as elaborated, it can be estimated that the selection of the upper middle market segment is sufficient to be taken into account. lestari, et al., feasibility assistance for housing project development progress, (p. 161 – 170) 168 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 4. marketing strategy the marketing strategy that will be used is to apply a marketing mix strategy, namely by utilizing promotional media intensively. promotional media include attractive leaflets, brochures, promotional balloons, installation of banners and banners, and door to door to institutions that are considered potential for proper class. what can be done to accelerate the sale of this housing is to find a target market that has a steady income and is not disturbed by the situation and condition of the indonesian economy. an extensive network is one of the important assets to have potential buyers from outside the city. 5. utility project based on the marketing strategy and the data obtained, the use of land for the development of house construction can be more optimal within a period of one year. utilities/networks around the location include pln, telkom, pdam and other supporting networks. 6. technical aspect 1. preparation stage a. planning plan and conduct a feasibility study on the project to be worked on. b. licensing after conducting a project feasibility study and the results are feasible and if profitable. then the next stage of licensing to the local government to get a building permit. c. land clearing after obtaining permission from the local government, then prepare the existing project site including construction preparation, heavy equipment, and workers. in general, the project implementation timetable is in accordance with the following table: table 2. time table for housing project development assistance i ii iii iv v vi vii viii ix x i perijinan ii penguasaan lahan iii pekerjaan persiapan lokasi iv pekerjaan prasarana v pekerjaan bang. rmh & sarana pekerjaan persiapan pekerjaan tanah pekerjaan pondasi pekerjaan struktur pekerjaan dinding pekerjaan kusen, pintu& jendela pekerjaan lantai pekerjaan atap pekerjaan plafond pekerjaan kunci & penggantung pekerjaan sanitair pekerjaan listrik pekerjaan finishing vi marketing booking / down payment penjualan vii akad pembiayaan pengembalian pinjaman viii operasional bulan uraian pekerjaanno source: processed data lestari, et al., feasibility assistance for housing project development progress, (p. 161 – 170) 169 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 2. construction stage the construction of houses and facilities and infrastructure will take 6 months. the material used is in accordance with the technical specification table below. table 3. technical specification table no. type of work home specifications 1 foundation river stone 2 wall the bricks are plastered and repaired 3 floor ceramic 4 roof truss light steel 5 roof cover equivalent to a concrete tile 6 ceiling plywood 7 electricity 1300 w 8 door double plywood 9 sills borneo wood equivalent 10 bathub fiberglass 11 water boreholes 12 window borne wood equivalent + glass source: processed data table 4. sales estimation table no no. plot/block type (m2) nominative (consumer) selling price 1 block d 36/72 243.000.000 2 block c 45/72 262.500.000 3 block b 45/78 268.800.000 4 block a 45/84 299.250.000 source: processed data 7. financial aspect source of funds the initial investment used for licensing and working capital for facilities, infrastructure, construction and overhead costs is obtained with the composition of own capital. for project financing needs, the company's management plans to meet funding sources with the following composition: a. 50% sourced from the bank b. 50% sourced from own funds lestari, et al., feasibility assistance for housing project development progress, (p. 161 – 170) 170 the spirit of society journal volume 5, number 2 march 2022 conclusion and recommendation conclusion 1. skills in making reports or programs need to be improved by attending training or non-formal education in the field of accounting and computer applications. 2. when experiencing problems in implementing the housing program assistance, we need to ask other employees who are more understanding or more senior so that the work can be completed properly. 3. in assisting the housing progrees, each individual is required to have high responsibility, thoroughness, accuracy, integrity, patience and loyalty for all assigned tasks and jobs. 4. discipline in following and complying with work regulations and discipline in time is our responsibility so that the tasks given can be completed properly and on time. recommendation a. for the company esxperts need to attend seminars, workshops and training related to the property sector with the aim of adding insight into the process of the property sector from land acquisition to unit sales and good and correct new land development. b. increase housing promotion through exhibitions and through social media, so that sales targets can be increased. refferences daily, investor. (2011). gurihnya bisnis property premium di jakarta. http://www.bakriebrothers.com/mediarelation/detail/1313/gurihnya-bisnisproperti-premium-di-jakarta jawa pos, prospek properti 2019, februari 2019, p.7 id.scribd.com kuncoro. mudrajad. ph.d. strategi bagaimana meraih keunggulan kompetitif, penerbit erlangga, jakarta, 2005 hal. 51 portal resmi pemerintah kota bekasi, 2013, peluang investasi kota bekasi, [online], (http://www.bekasikota.go.id, diakses tanggal 25 maret 2013). property inside (27 november 2018) suparno sastra m. dan endi marlina, perencanaan dan pengembangan perumahan, penerbit andi, yogyakarta, 2006 sni 03-1733-2004 tentang tata cara perencanaan lingkungan perumahan di perkotaan suparno sastra m. dan endi marlina, perencanaan dan pengembangan perumahan (2006:39): undang-undang no 4 tahun 1992 tentang perumahan dan permukiman undang – undang no. 5 tahun 1960 tentang peraturan dasar pokok-pokok agraria © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusiberbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://www.bakrie-brothers.com/mediarelation/detail/1313/gurihnya-bisnisproperti-premium-di-jakarta http://www.bakrie-brothers.com/mediarelation/detail/1313/gurihnya-bisnisproperti-premium-di-jakarta http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ housing and settlements residential elements types of house building physical condition land ownership status housing and settlement requirements table 3. technical specification table home specifications type of work selling price microsoft word 03 128-137 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        128    exclusive breastfeeding socialization social impacts on the core family and environmental direction yogi pasca pratama1 , bhimo rizky samudro2, ratna dewi kumalasari3 , anang pra yogi4 1,2 fakultas ekonomi dan bisnis, universitas sebelas maret 3 ikatan bidan indonesia (ibi) cabang sukoharjo 1,2,4 researcher at kesatuan intelektual masyarakat independen (kimi) institute yogipasca@gmail.com, bhimosamudro@yahoo.com, ratnadewi19@yahoo.co.id, prayogianang@gmail.com abstract the purpose of this activity is to improve information that is known by the community in relation to patterns, ways, mechanisms of exclusive breastfeeding. method of implementation in the form of counseling and socialization with material about exclusive breastfeeding, the method is coupled with simulation activities and counseling process. success in this activity is measured by the focus group discussion process aimed at identifying obstacles to exclusive breastfeeding and how problem solving does not leave local wisdom. the results of the activities are the dissemination of information to health volunteers, which are expected to assist in disseminating information on the location of each residence and in the core family of the socialization participants. keywords: exclusive breastfeeding; socialization; health cadres. introduction government regulation no. 33 of 2012 on exclusive breastfeeding in article 6 explains that every mother giving birth has an obligation to give exclusive breastfeeding to the baby she is born with. if the conditions are not possible, described in article 7, which causes the baby to be unable to obtain exclusive breastfeeding rights due to medical indications recommended by doctors, maternal deaths, and mothers apart from infants. therefore, exclusive breastfeeding should still be cultivated because it is the right of the baby and the obligation for the mother. the stability of infant's weight and baby's nutrition is one measure in looking at baby's health. the medical facts speak that enough baby weight and proper nutritional intake can be matched by breastfeeding. so breastfeeding behavior, especially exclusive breastfeeding, is a point of attention that can not be ruled out as an effort to build a healthy and quality indonesian human being. in the end, ensuring toddlers get their rights to get exclusive breastfeeding, it also ensures that indonesia cares about the development of healthy indonesians who are sufficiently nutritious to become the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        129    qualified human beings. exclusive breastfeeding problems, however, are quite complicated when viewed from the many aspects that surround and ultimately provide encouragement or rejection of exclusive breastfeeding decisions. the coverage of low breastfeeding could have an impact on the quality of life of the nation's generation as well as on the national economy. breastfeeding in sustainable development goal (sdgs) is one of the first steps for a human being to get a healthy and prosperous life. everyone is aware of it, so for indonesia 9 out of 10 mothers never give milk to the baby. urgency & rationalization breast milk is a natural food in the form of liquid with adequate nutrients and suitable for the needs of the baby, so the baby grows and develops well. the first mother's milk is a clear yellowish liquid (colostrum), very good for the baby because it contains immune substances against the disease. exclusive breast milk is given to infants aged 0-6 months without providing additional food or other beverages. the advantages of breast milk are as follows: contains nutrients according to the baby's need for growth and physical development and intelligence; contain immune substances, protect babies from allergies; safe and secure hygiene, because it is immediately fed to the baby in a fresh state, will never be stale, has the right temperature and can be given anytime and anywhere; helps improve the reflexes of sucking, swallowing and baby breathing the objectives of sdgs that are closely related to breast milk are as follows: (1) exclusive breastfeeding can contribute around 302 billion usd each year to the world's economy. this is of course in line with the objectives of sdgs no. 1, 8, and 10 that is to eradicate poverty, economic growth and reduce injustice within and between countries. (2) the best source of nutrition can be obtained from breastfeeding activities with bioactive composition that can improve maternal and child health status, this is in line with the objectives of sdgs number 2 and 3, namely the prevention of hunger, health problems and welfare. (3) higher iq and better performance will be obtained by babies who get breast milk with gold standard baby food so that have a decent job and income, which in the end of course continuous with goal of sdgs number 4 that is guarantee equal distribution of quality education. (4) equality of rights and obligations between men and women in childcare will also be obtained from exclusive breastfeeding which is in line with the goal of sdgs number 5 namely gender equality. (5) breastfeeding may also reduce the expenditure of households destined for infant formula, which is in line with the goal of sdgs number 12, which is responsible consumption. the achievement is important for national life, it is necessary to develop and develop human resources as the basic capital of national development. community involvement becomes the "key" to the success of the achievement foundation that has been declared by the government. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        130    literature review human development three development goals according to todaro and smith (2011) are, firstly realize the increasing availability and expansion of the distribution of essential necessities of life. both seek to improve decent living standards. third, seek to expand the economic and social choices available to individuals and the nation as a whole. economic development is no longer a matter of economic growth. amartya sen reveals (in todaro and smith, 2011) that economic growth should not be viewed as a goal because development must pay more attention to improving the quality of life and freedom that we enjoy. increasing income per capita is not an end goal, but how development policies can facilitate human beings in improving the quality of life is more feasible. mubyarto (2000) asserts that the shift from the stage of economic development to human development is important, because then there will be a shift in the development paradigm from which it emphasizes economic growth to growth through equity. health in human development: exclusive breastfeeding position according to effendi (in raharjo, 2015) explains that the formation of qualified human resources includes two dimensions, namely, qualitative and quantitative dimensions. it also includes physical and non-physical aspects and requires adequate health and nutrition programs. in this regard, the exclusive breastfeeding initiation (imd) and exclusive breastfeeding program is a program that has a large proportion of the development of qualified human resources(wulandari, n.d.). raharjo (2015) added that breast milk has a big role in the formation of children's intelligence, so success in breastfeeding is a valuable investment in the development of quality human resources. it also explains that breastfeeding efforts in supporting human resource quality improvement in the future are not a neglected incident, but require a systematic effort from the government. based on government regulation no. 33 of 2012 about exclusive breastmilk, asi is defined as a secretion of maternal gland secretion. raharjo (2015) added that breast milk proved to be the best food for babies, complete nutritional content to meet the nutritional needs for babies with a balanced. the types of breast milk (chumbley, 2003), among others: a. colostrum (collostrum) the first type is colostrum (collostrum). colostrum produced nursing mothers in the first few days after childbirth. this type of milk is very rich in protein and antibodies, and very thick. after the baby is born and the mother begins to breastfeed, the amount of colostrum the mother eats is very little, maybe just a teaspoon. but this is not a problem because it needs a baby with a very small size of the stomach only the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        131    a number of it. this fluid contains many antibodies, inhibitors of growth of viruses and bacteria, proteins, vitamin a, and various minerals so it is recommended to be given to infants (afifah, 2007). b. foremilk the second type of milk is called foremilk. this type of breast milk is stored in the breast feeding channel of the breast-feeding mother, so it will come out at the time the baby starts feeding on her mother. foremilk produced nursing mothers amounted to quite a lot because it serves to eliminate the thirst of infants who want to suckle at his mother. c. hindmilk the third type of milk is called hindmilk. this type of milk comes out after the foremilk is sucked out by the baby or when the breastfeeding process is almost complete. hindmilk has advantages in its content, which is very rich, thick, and full of fat vitamin. therefore it is important to know especially breastfeeding mothers to breastfeed their babies to completion or when the baby is feeling full and release the feeding. breastfeeding is the process of giving milk to infants with breast milk from the mother's breast, while the baby trying to suck in order to get milk (utami, 2011). in the explanation of government regulation no. 33 of 2012 on exclusive breastfeeding, explained how the best feeding patterns for infants from birth to 2 years old. this explanation is also related to the pattern of breastfeeding described earlier. breastfeeding is best for infants according to this government regulation, among others: a. breastfeeding the baby immediately within 1 (one) hour of birth or termed early breastfeeding initiation (imd). b. giving only breast milk from birth to 6 months or termed as exclusive breastfeeding. c. provide proper breastfeeding food (mp-asi) from the age of 6 (six) months. d. continue breastfeeding until the child is 2 (two) years old the explanation of pp no. 33 of 2012 on exclusive breastmilk provides an explanation of some of the benefits of breastfeeding. from a health perspective, breastfeeding can reduce the risk of acute infection such as diarrhea, pneumonia, ear infections, haemophilus influenza, meningitis and urinary tract infections. breastfeeding also protects babies from diseases that could potentially infect babies after growing up, such as type 1 diabetes and type 2 diabetes. this government regulation also explains that breastfeeding during infancy is associated with a decrease in blood pressure and prevents overweight and obesity in adolescence and adulthood. in addition breastfeeding can delay the return of a woman's fertility and reduce the risk of postpartum hemorrhage, breast cancer, pre menopause and ovarian cancer. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        132    purpose of activities the achievement is important for national life, it is necessary to develop and develop human resources as the basic capital of national development. community involvement becomes the "key" to the success of the achievement foundation that has been declared by the government. a clear boundary has been raised by the directorate of community role of the department of health of the republic of indonesia in relation to the term cadres, ie local community members selected and reviewed by the community and able to work voluntarily. a person who volunteers to serve the interests of society and the environment is the spearhead targeted by this devotional activity. thus, society no longer acts as an object of development, but is a "partner" for development itself. javanese culture supports the term gethok telular, or word of mouth, where the role of cadres is tested for disseminating information, adapted to local customs and culture, so that biased information can be avoided and even eliminated altogether. development of hypothesis the environment has a major role in shaping the perception of breastfeeding. for example, the physical environment between urban and rural areas in information access to exclusive asi where urban areas have advantages over rural areas, so that urban areas may be better in exclusive breastfeeding behavior. but urban and rural comparison is not that easy, as it may be that rural societies with a social and symbolic environment can exhibit better exclusive breastfeeding behavior. this is because breastfeeding in rural areas tends not to be negatively symbolized than in urban areas where breastfeeding is considered traditional and not a modern behavior. method 1. counseling in the indonesian language, the term counseling comes from the basic word "torch" which means the giver of light in the midst of darkness. thus, counseling can be interpreted as a process to enlighten the public about everything "not yet known (clearly)". however, the illumination is not merely "illuminating", but the illumination must be continuous until everything that is explained is understood, comprehended, and implemented by the community (mardikanto, 1993). the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        133    the essence of any development effort conveyed through extension activities, basically aimed at achieving changes in community behavior for the realization of quality improvement of life covering many aspects, whether: economic, social, cultural, ideological, political and defense and security. therefore, the message of development that is promoted should be able to encourage or lead to changes that have the nature of 'renewal' commonly referred to as 'inovativeness' (mardikanto, 1992). associated with the communication process in counseling, can be drawn the main points of understanding as follows: 1. communication process in the counseling should be a reciprocal process and not a direct communication that is often done in the lighting process done through mass media 2. the position of extension is parallel with its clients and other stakeholders. this means that every counselor should appreciate and listen to the response given by the community who became his client in the learning process together. 3. the response given by the client does not have to be as expected of the counselor. (mardikanto, 2001). 2. socialization according to soekanto (1987), there are two types of socialization, namely formal and informal socialization. formal socialization occurs through authorized institutions according to the prevailing provisions of the state, such as education in schools and military education. while informal socialization is found in the community or in the social relationship, such as between friends, friends, fellow club members, and social groups that exist in the community. the socialization agent is the party that conducts or conducts the socialization. there are four main socialization agencies, namely families, play groups, mass media, and school educational institutions. vembriarto (1982), concluded that socialization is a. the learning process, ie the process of accommodation by which the individual withholds, changes the impulses in himself and takes the way of life and culture of his society. b. in the process of socialization, the individual learns the habits, attitudes, ideas, patterns, values and standards of behavior in the society in which he lives. c. all attitudes and abilities learned in the process of socialization is organized and developed as a unity of the system in his personality. result and discussion the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        134    this dedication resulted in increasing knowledge related to exclusive breast milk. knowledge that is transmitted through the process of counseling and socialization in the form of legal basis of breastfeeding, breastfeeding excellence, breastfeeding time and how to give it, how to breastfeed the good and right, the benefits of breastfeeding, and refreshing on the task force cadres health. the benefits of breast milk are as follows: contains nutrients according to the baby's need for physical growth and development and intelligence; contains immune substances.; protects babies from allergies; safe and guaranteed hygiene, because it is directly fed to the baby in a fresh state; it will never be stale, has the right temperature and can be given anytime and anywhere; helps improve reflexes sucking, swallowing and baby breathing. the timing of breastfeeding and how to give it can be described as follows: before breastfeeding the mother should be sure to breastfeed her baby and get support from the family; the baby is immediately breastfed as soon as possible no later than 30 minutes after delivery to stimulate the milk to quickly get out and stop the bleeding; feed the baby as often as possible until the milk is released, after which breastfeeding the baby's needs, the time and duration of breastfeeding need not be limited, and breastfeed from both breasts in turn; give only breast milk until the baby is 6 months old. after infants 6 months of age, in addition to breast milk is also provided complementary foods (milk-milk) in the form of pulverized foods and amounts appropriate to the development of baby's age; breastfeeding continues until the baby is 2 years old. a good and correct breastfeeding method is as follows: before breastfeeding the baby, first wash her hands with clean water and soap; then clean both nipples with cotton soaked in warm water first; breastfeeding time of the baby, should the mother sit or lie down casually, the mother's mind should be in a state of calm (not tense); hold the baby behind his shoulder, not at the base of the head; strive for the baby's body facing the mother's body, raise the chest of the baby with the mother's breast or the bottom of the breast; stick the baby's chin on the mother's breast; keep the baby's nose from the mother's breast by pressing the baby's bottom with the inner mother's arm; the baby is breastfed alternately from the milk on the left, then to the right until the baby feels full; after breastfeeding, the baby's mouth and baby's cheeks are cleaned with cotton soaked in warm water; before being put to sleep, the baby should be buried first so that the sucked air can come out by placing the baby perpendicular to the mother and slowly rubbing it back until the belch. air will come out by itself. the benefits of breastfeeding can be described as follows: for mother: establish an affectionate relationship between mother and baby; reduces bleeding after childbirth; accelerate the recovery of maternal health; delaying the next pregnancy; reduce the risk of breast cancer; more practical because breast milk is more easily given at any time the baby needs. for baby: babies are healthier, lithe and not crybaby; babies do not often get sick. for families: practical and no need to pay for the purchase of formula milk and its equipment; it does not take time and effort to provide formula milk, such as boiling water and washing equipment. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        135    how to maintain the quality and amount of milk production are as follows: eat balanced nutritious foods, eat lots of vegetables and fruits. eat more than usual; drink plenty of water at least eight glasses a day; enough rest with a nap / lie for 1-2 hours and keep the peace of mind; feed the baby as often as possible from both left and right breast alternately until the baby is calm and satisfied. some things to keep in mind to help exclusive breastfeeding success include the following: the support of husbands, parents, mother-in-law, and other families is indispensable for the exclusive breastfeeding effort for six months to succeed. mothers who work still can give exclusive breastfeeding to babies, how: give breastmilk before leaving for work; during work, the infant can still be breastfed by way of surgery before leaving for work and housed in a clean glass and closed to give to the baby at home; after work, the baby is breastfed as usual. how to store breast milk at home is as follows: breast milk stored at home in a cool place will last 6-8 hours; breast milk stored in a thermos of ice cubes will last for 24 hours; breast milk stored in the refrigerator will last 3 times 24 hours; breast milk stored in the freezer will last for 2 weeks. how to give breast milk that has been stored is as follows: wash hands with soap and rinse with clean water; if breast milk is placed in a cool room, give it immediately before the shelf ends (8 hours); if the milk is stored in a thermos or refrigerator, the milk stored in a closed clean cup is warmed by soaking in a bowl of warm water, then wait until the milk is warm (not cold); breast milk is given with a clean spoon, do not use bottles or pacifiers, because bottles and teats more difficult to clean and avoid confusion of the nipple in infants conclusions and recommendations conclusion information on exclusive breastfeeding methods and their impact on household health and economics is carried out by a community service team assisted by asi counselors. invited cadres are village health cadres with representatives from each hamlet in salam village, karangpandan sub-district, karanganyar regency. the socialization activities of good and true breastfeeding methods are carried out by: 1. socialization to the health cadre, where the activity is performed by the team of servant with asi counselor by holding a meeting with the cadres in salam village area. 2. counseling to cadres and representatives of newborns and pregnant citizens 3. good and true breastfeeding training is done through practice method with the help of dolls, and technical assistance is directly assisted by experienced asi counselors in their field. the evaluation model chosen to be implemented is the evaluation of outcomes, where evaluation is carried out after the extension and socialization activities are undertaken, technically by simulation and counseling process to improve the mental and the willingness of the mothers and the environment in succeeding the intended breastfeeding business. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        136    recommendations based on the results of this dedication to the community, the suggestions that can be given by the devotees team are as follows: 1. should in carrying out socialization to the health cadres implemented by conducting training activities directly followed by officers in the village concerned to be more effective and also can further deepen the material given. 2. in conducting exclusive breastfeeding and awareness-raising activities should be participants not only of cadre representatives, it would be better if the training is conducted within the scope of the relevant stakeholders so as to save time and cost. 3. there is a need for more intensive assistance from health actors and cadres in the development of socialized breastfeeding methods in order to help solve the problems faced by households, especially novice households, so as to support the development of this method of breastfeeding in an appropriate manner. 4. there should be other activities besides socialization with counseling and, which will be useful for improving the skill of nursing mothers in applying the correct method. references afifah, diana nur. 2007. faktor yang berperan dalam kegagalan praktik pemberian asi eksklusif (studi kualitatif di kecamatan tembalang, kota semarang tahun 2007). tesis, dipublikasikan. program pascasarjana universitas diponegoro. semarang. diakses dari https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/11702480.pdf pada tanggal 29 juni 2017 jam 16.23 wib. chumbley, jane. 2003. practical parenting: breastfeeding. london: hamlyn octopus. terjemahan susiati puspitasari. 2004. menyusui: panduan para ibu untuk menyusui dan mengenalkan bayi pada susu botol. jakarta: erlangga. mardikanto, t. 1992. komunikasi pembangunan. sebelas maret university press. surakarta .1993. penyuluhan pembangunan pertanian. uns. press surakarta. .1994. bunga rampai pembangunan pertanian. uns press. surakarta 1997. dasar-dasar komunikasi pembangunan. pt. balai pustaka (persero). surakarta 2001. redevinisi dan revitalisasi penyuluhan pertanian. prima theresia pressindo. surakarta mardikanto, t. 1993. penyuluhan pembangunan pertanian. uns. press surakarta. mardikanto, t. 2001. redevinisi dan revitalisasi penyuluhan pertanian. prima theresia pressindo. surakarta the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement   volume 1 number 1 2017   issn : 2597‐4777 (online) – issn : 2597‐4742 (print)   this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution‐ sharealike 4.0 international license.        137    mubyarto. 2000. membangun sistem ekonomi.yogyakarta: bpfe-yogyakarta. peraturan pemerintah republik indonesia no 33 tahun 2012 tentang pemberian air susu ibu eksklusif raharjo, bambang budi. 2015. momentum emas pembentukan sdm berkualitas (kajian sosial budaya inisiasi menyusui dini dan asi eksklusif di masyarakat kendal jawa tengah). disertasi, dipublikasikan. satya wacana university press. salatiga. diakses dari http://repository.uksw.edu/handle/123456789/7053 pada tanggal 3 mei 2017 jam 14.01 wib. soekanto, s. 1987. sosiologi suatu pengantar. rajawali pers. jakarta todaro, michael p dan stephen c. smith. 2011. pembangunan ekonomi. edisi ke sebelas jilid satu. jakarta: erlangga. utami, reni nugraheni. 2011. faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi tindakan ibu menyusui dalam penggunaan susu formula untuk bayi di kota surakarta. skripsi, dipubikasikan. jurusan sosiologi fakultas ilmu sosial politik universitas sebelas maret. surakarta. diakses dari https://digilib.uns.ac.id/dokumen/detail/23291/faktor-faktor-yangmempengaruhi-tindakan-ibu-menyusui-dalam-penggunaan-susu-formulauntuk-bayi-di-kota-surakarta pada 20 maret 2017 jam 23.30 wib. vembriarto, st. 1982. sosiologi pendidikan. yayasan paramita. yogyakarta wulandari, a. (n.d.). influence of education and work experience on work motivation and job performance at branch office of bank j trust bank surabaya. the spirit of society journal, 1(1), 12–20. retrieved from http://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/article/view/364   72 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 micro business segmentation using categorical test approach in supporting sales network in east java indonesia che zalina bt zulkifli1, i putu artaya2*, wasana boonsong3,sengguruh nilowardono4 1universiti pendidikan sultan idris malaysia, 2,4,universitas narotama surabaya indonesia, 3rajamangala university of technology srivijaya songkhla thailand. correspondent author: putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id2 chezalina@fskik.upsi.edu.my1; awasana.b@rmustsv.ac.th3; sengguruh@narotama.ac.id4 abstract: the main purpose of this research is to see or position the region in east java, especially micro-enterprises by segmenting their products. there are five effective areas in east java which are well-known centers of micro-enterprises, i.e mojokerto, pasuruan, malang, gresik and lumajang with their local wisdom products. there are 160 micro business actors in the five regions of east java. where their products have the opportunity to be developed into mainstay products in the province of east java. based on the results of the categorical test, an overview of the test results is obtained, i.e: for microenterprises in malang and gresik they have the same character (dimension 1, i.e: innovation, product attractiveness, product originality, raw materials and environmentally friendly) both management and products so that because they have similarities , the two regions deserve to develop a joint business in a sales network. as for dimension 2 (selling value, market value, quality and market opportunity) microenterprises in pasuruan, malang and gresik can form a group together in the sales network in facing market opportunities and increasing sales. whereas micro-enterprises in lumajang city (are in a neutral segment (not dimension 1 and not dimension 2), micro-enterprises in lumajang district may compete with four other cities in fighting for market opportunities, both locally and globally because in the categorical test the position of micro-enterprises lumajang is categorized as having a special character and is different from the other four cities, i.e malang, gresik, mojokerto and pasuruan, so that only micro-enterprises in lumajang district may not participate in the sales network. keywords: micro business, sales network, categorical test introduction the local government in an effort to improve the competitiveness of micro-enterprises in the global market, has made various real efforts, such as the pasuruan district government. by launching the application for the center for strategy and economic services for maslahat or known as satrya emas. in the decree of the president of the republic of indonesia number 61 / tk / 2017 concerning the awarding of the satya lencana development honors, it is stated that the pasuruan district has a high commitment in alleviating poverty, unemployment, and consistency in facilitating capital, exhibitions, and bds (business development service) assistance by micro business innovation clinics, partnerships, and equipment grants, internships and technical guidance provided as stimulants or drivers of increasing micro business turnover. until now there are about 4800 micro-enterprises in pasuruan city, to realize healthy micro-enterprises and have competitiveness in the free market (mea), one of the paths taken is that existing micro-enterprises must become members of cooperatives, and until now it's around 950 cooperatives that are still active as a forum for the development of micro business activities. the satrya emas program has an important role in introducing and promoting micro business products so that they can enter the free market. this program is considered effective because pasuruan benefits from its position in the golden triangle area which has considerable economic and investment potential, this is a distinct advantage for the district in developing micro-enterprises in the future. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id2 zalina, c., et al, micro business segmentation using categorical test approach in supporting sales network in east java indonesia, (p. 72 – 81) 73 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 unlike the case with pasuruan district, in mojokerto district until april 2018 there were around 155,354 micro-enterprises, the classic problem faced by micro-enterprises in mojokerto is access to marketing and capital which is still relatively weak. meanwhile, these two factors are still hampering the strength and ability of micro-enterprises in mojokerto in facing free market competition. to revive the activities and competitive advantage of micro-enterprises in the city, the government's focus is more focused on fostering micro-enterprises through csr programs from state-owned enterprises and the private sector. as for gresik district, up to now there are 186,000 micro-enterprises, of which almost 70% of micro-enterprises in gresik have been able to enter the international market. however, the weaknesses that are still an obstacle for gresik regency in developing the strength and competitiveness of micro-enterprises are product standardization, intellectual property rights and the use of technology. discussing the competitive strength of micro-enterprises in an area is something that cannot be ignored because every year, micro-enterprises are enough to make no small contribution to the growth of gross domestic product. with the start of the era of free competition and the implementation of more open market mechanisms between countries such as afta and mea, creating a competitive advantage for micro-enterprises cannot be ignored anymore. micro-enterprises in indonesia must have a competitive edge that is balanced with foreign micro-enterprises that have started to market their products to indonesia. at least with a comparative advantage, indonesian microenterprises are able to exist in the international market. literature review strategy is an action plan that aligns organizational resources and commitment to achieve superior performance. competitive/comparative advantage is a benefit that when a company owns and produces a product and or service that is seen from its target market is better than the closest comparative. according to zaman (2014) the basis for achieving competitive advantage, a microenterprise must be able to recognize various basic elements to achieve this advantage, these elements include: 1. price or value: an entrepreneur who is able to produce low-cost products or services so that the strategy in setting prices (not too high compared to competitors' products/services). if able, it can be added that the product or service has more value (value) compared to the value of competitors' products or services. thus, our products/services have advantages in terms of price and value. customers who are sensitive to price, usually the difference in the price of only rp. 1000 with a competitor's product or service will be a consideration in buying a lower price product. 2. pleasing consumers: the second advantage that must be pursued so that products/services can compete with competitors is to strive for products or services to please consumers. pleasant from various aspects, such as the quality of products / services that are quality and provide satisfaction. for example: satisfactory service, satisfactory communication, and without complaint or at least if there is a complaint, it is immediately responded to or not delayed. 3. consumer experience: good or bad experiences that we convey and those experienced by a consumer, generally will be an important record (often sticks for life). for that, provide the most pleasant or satisfying experience for the stakeholders. the more so for consumers. an experience that is more memorable for all time, and is often issued to consumers' friends. vice versa, bad experiences will quickly spread by word of mouth to friends and closest neighbors. in order for our products or services to be superior, apart from the point of view of price, value, pleasing consumers, provide the best possible experience to consumers. 4. recordable product attributes: the following advantages that must be achieved by an entrepreneur are that all product/service attributes attached to it must be recorded. the benefit of product/service attribute records is that products/services can be improved from pre-existing attributes, at least all product/service attributes can be introduced not only to consumers but also to our employees or zalina, c., et al, micro business segmentation using categorical test approach in supporting sales network in east java indonesia, (p. 72 – 81) 74 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 waiters. thus, both consumers and our employees or waiters are able to recognize all the attributes of our products/services so that nothing is kept a secret (no ambassadors or lies between us so that consumers do not feel cheated either intentionally or not. 5. unique service features: if the four elements have reached a superior position, what is no less important is how the unique service features can be displayed. a good example, you can see how privileged the services provided by singapore airlines are. then the services that we can note include, even though the plane is not or has not been full of passengers or publics, but if the flight schedule shows the same number as the number listed on the ticket for all take-off schedules, then singapore airlines never delays flight schedules. micro business network strengthening factors as stated by sunyoto (2015) in developing micro-enterprises, the approach in creating competitive advantage is absolute and important, because there are several important factors that must be owned by micro-enterprises in order to easily enter the asean free market, i.e: 1. product quality: several local and free market segments abroad, since 2015 have required product quality assurance according to manufacturing standards to ensure that the product has a guaranteed health value, is environmentally friendly and is not contaminated. some of these requirements must be met by micro-enterprises in indonesia so that their products can be well received in the destination market. the specifications of the products produced are also in accordance with the demands of foreign customers, this factor must be gradually fulfilled by all micro-enterprises who need an open market when their exports are carried out to the destination country. 2. the urgency of product packaging: everyone already understands that entering the free market with the aim of countries in the asean region is not easy, but there is one determining factor for the acceptance of local products in their markets, i.e the guarantee of the hygienic value of the packaging used to guarantee product quality at a certain level . many local products are less successful in the asean market due to quality and packaging guarantees that do not meet the demands of foreign markets so they cannot compete with products from neighboring countries. this means that in the future, micro-enterprises must understand and be willing to change and adjust their product packaging according to the specifications desired by foreign markets. 3. strength of collaboration, another factor that triggers the strength of competitiveness of microenterprises is cooperation in a certain form as a forum and means of product development and joint business between local micro-enterprises and foreign micro-enterprises, i.e exchanging commodity products to fulfill potential and power of consumers in each country. for example, the patterns and motifs of west java and east java textiles are highly favored by consumers in asean countries, but on the other hand, traditional textile businesses in java require good raw materials from several asean countries. with this model, a common market is established in the form of a sales network between local and foreign micro-enterprises (soekiman, 2018). strengthening the advantages of micro business networks one of the urgent consequences that micro-enterprises must be ready to face in the mea era is the increasingly tight financing and capital factors sourced from the banking world, this is important because the business sector is very closely related to injections of funds to increase capital, production capacity and product development. based on the agreement, the mea frees up the flow of goods, services, labor, money, and investment between countries in the asean region. indonesia and nine other asean countries have the same opportunity to take advantage of an integrated market in one region. because it has been implemented, there is no other choice for people in asean countries, including the business world, both large and micro, small and medium business segments, other than having to be ready to face the asean open market. access to finance is the most discussed issue in zalina, c., et al, micro business segmentation using categorical test approach in supporting sales network in east java indonesia, (p. 72 – 81) 75 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 the development of micro-enterprises. micro-enterprises are often in a competitive position in seizing financing from financial institutions. from the banking institutions, they prefer entrepreneurs who meet the criteria for granting credit and have a track record. meanwhile, from the side of micro-enterprises, the problems start from the lack of literacy, management ability, limitations in preparing financial reports, minimal business capacity, to the absence of credit guarantees. the survival of micro business actors will be determined by the market, and with its various limitations, it will certainly be difficult to compete with business actors who are part of the global conglomerate network. this includes funding, which will depend on credit disbursement by commercial financial institutions, which understand the data of large companies better than micro-enterprises. the temporary measure that has been taken is that the government creates a people's business credit (kur) program whose interest rate this year is reduced to 9% to help the micro sector. the government and the financial services authority (ojk) also want to encourage banks to lower their commercial loan interest rates to stimulate the business world. the decline in loan interest rates is certainly positive because it will reduce risk and increase credit demand. reducing risk and increasing credit volume will have a chain effect, such as increasing the capacity of guarantee companies to support financing, especially micro-enterprises, to increasing the competitiveness of the business world to face open competition (apriyani, 2016). creating a common market for micro enterprises the meaning of the common market in the era of global competition (keegan, 2006) is a single market that seeks to guarantee the free movement of goods, capital, services, and people without having to be restrained or restricted by restrictive regulations. the main purpose of the common market is to make the movement of commodity exchange between countries conducive to increasing competition, increasing specialization, expanding economies of scale, enabling goods and factors of production to move to areas where consumers have the most value and need, thereby increasing the efficiency of resource allocation. it is also intended to promote economic integration where the economies of previously separate member states become integrated into a broad economy such as the common market of the european union. half of the trade in goods in the free market is covered by legislation harmonized by the countries involved. the creation of the internal market as a single market is a continuous process, with service industry integration still containing gaps. the free market also has an international element, where the free market will later become the single market in international trade negotiations and transactions. stimulants in creating opportunities for micro enterprises according to stiekia (2016), the factors that drive the creation of marketing and micro-enterprises in the common (global) market are as follows: 1. technology: technology is a means to provide goods needed for human comfort and survival. the use of technology by humans begins with converting natural resources into simple tools. technology is a universal factor, not limited to countries and cultures. when a technology is developed, the product released by the company will soon be available worldwide. examples of technologies that give rise to true global marketing are: information and communication technologies such as the internet, satellite impressions, and world television networks. 2. regional economic agreements: the number of multilateral trade agreements (big power trade agreements) has accelerated the steps of global integration. examples are nafta, gatt, and mea. 3. market needs: market needs and economy can be driven by knowing the needs of the market being served. the same market needs can be met with a global approach. for example: food and soft drink needs, investment needs, tourism needs and others. zalina, c., et al, micro business segmentation using categorical test approach in supporting sales network in east java indonesia, (p. 72 – 81) 76 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 4. improved transportation and communication: improved transportation and communication can eliminate time and cost barriers associated with distance and also make it easier to travel and deliver goods between countries. 5. product development: cost product development is an impetus to enter the global market that requires a very large investment or injection of funds and a long period of product development, for example the pharmaceutical industry. 6. quality of resources: quality is one of the global competition that forces companies to improve their quality. when global companies perform benchmarks in terms of quality, competitors must quickly improve their products (budiarto, 2016). 7. world economic growth: which is characterized by three main things, i.e: creating market opportunities that encourage companies to develop globally, reducing resistance against the entry of foreign companies into the local economy, and shifting the world towards deregulation and privatization. 8. global strategy: leverage is some type of advantage that an entire company enjoys based on the fact that the company is leading the business of more than one country. there are three important things in a global strategy, i.e the transfer of experience, saving economies of scale, and resource utilization. 9. global corporations: there are global companies that are ready and proven successful in the global market and make appropriate use of developing technology, communication and transportation. methodology research location and object observation and data collection through interviews in five big cities in east java, shows a significant number of developments regarding the number of micro-enterprises that are able to expand their market, initially local, now shifting to international markets. for more details, the data is presented in the form of a table below: table 1. micro-enterprises in five cities in east java with their various superior products. no. city number of business actors type of products local market export market 1. mojokerto 31 foodstuffs, food products, semi-finished products. kalimantan, sulawesi, ntt malaysia, thailand, taiwan, saudi arabia. 2. pasuruan 28 plantation commodities. jawa barat, bali, sumatera singapore, japan. 3. malang 32 plantation commodities. bali, ntt saudi arabia, madagascar. 4. gresik 48 seafood commodities. bali, ntt malaysia, singapura 5. lumajang 21 plantation and fishery products. bali, ntt, lombok australia source: results of literature review, 2022. the total number of micro-enterprises sampled in this study amounted to 160 people spread across the five cities. these 160 micro-enterprises have successfully entered the global market through their products which have a comparative advantage over other countries. zalina, c., et al, micro business segmentation using categorical test approach in supporting sales network in east java indonesia, (p. 72 – 81) 77 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 data collection technique the process of collecting data for study, analysis and discussion in this study uses three methods or methods, i.e. (santoso, 2015): 1. preliminary survey: at this stage, observations are made on commodities that are the mainstay of micro-enterprises to be traded or exported abroad in an effort to build a common market and exchange commodities with countries invited to cooperate. 2. interviews with micro business actors: community leaders and village heads to collect important data related to the research object. which includes the age of micro business actors, business background, target market area, concentration of products or commodities that are used as business objects. 3. descriptive analysis: carry out mathematical calculations and analysis, regarding whether or not business actors/micro businesses are sampled in this research study, which includes the number of workers absorbed, business licensing/legality, obstacles that arise, local government contributions, regulations and regulations , regional potential, export market absorption capacity and business development opportunities with foreign parties. research data analysis model to assist the decision-making process, it takes a collection of data that has relevance to the object used as study material in research (arikunto, 2012), so that the results of the analysis can be used as estimates in the temporary decision-making process whose interpretation is considered the closest to the truth value. the test equipment in this study uses the categorical test, which is a non-parametric statistical test tool that aims to find several important factors that can be used as stimulants and estimation tools in increasing the comparative advantage of micro-enterprises so that they can create a common market to penetrate the free market (santoso, 2015). results and discussion after conducting a categorical test on the data, it can be clearly seen that there are several dominant factors that appear in two dimensions, i.e dimension one and dimension two. in the first dimension, the more to the right the larger the number, indicating the more dominant the interaction. whereas in the second dimension, the higher you go, the stronger the dominance of the interaction. the dominant variable can be seen or determined from the intersection of the first dimension (flat axis) with the second dimension (vertical axis). if we look at the quadrant of the data test results, it appears that there are two dominant variables, i.e global corporations and product development. this means that these two variables are the determining factors for the creation of a comparative advantage for micro-enterprises. so that with the comparative advantage in these two variables, it is possible for micro-enterprises to create a common market that is supported by several supporting forces, i.e the power of technology and global strategy (in the second dimension) and the quality of resources and variables of transportation and communication. (on dimension one). the four supporting variables, i.e technological strength, global strategy, quality of resources, and transportation and communication will strengthen the two variables above, i.e global corporations and product development as the basis for strengthening the comparative advantage of micro-enterprises in an effort to create a common market between them. zalina, c., et al, micro business segmentation using categorical test approach in supporting sales network in east java indonesia, (p. 72 – 81) 78 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 figure 1. map showing the level of excellence of cities and micro-enterprises commodities. figure 2. map showing the degree of prominence of the factors associated with the commodity in figure 1 above, if we look carefully based on the results of the categorical test, we will see a map or quadrant that describes a position and condition that micro-enterprises located in malang and gresik from the perspective of dimension 1 have advantages in the field of large market opportunities for products. -their products, unlike micro-enterprises in other cities. from the perspective of dimension 1 more broadly, micro-enterprises in malang, gresik and mojokerto, they all have advantages in the field of product originality or the products they produce are not the same in character as the products produced by micro-enterprises in pasuruan and lumajang. however, it has the same character as micro-enterprises in malang and gresik. another advantage for micro-enterprises in malang, gresik and mojokerto is that apart from their original products, in the sense that they do not imitate the products of other micro-enterprises, generally the products are made to have more quality according to the needs of the consumers they are aiming for and finally the products of micro-enterprises in the three districts are more affordable. have a wider market opportunity because the demand from buyers always increases every year. based on dimension 2, the three districts have advantages of micro-enterprises, especially in the fields of: their products are full of innovation for buyers, have attractive advantages for the domestic and global markets and have superior characteristics because the products they produce are more zalina, c., et al, micro business segmentation using categorical test approach in supporting sales network in east java indonesia, (p. 72 – 81) 79 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 environmentally friendly both in terms of raw materials and uses or utility. these three advantages certainly open a better market gap in the long term in the future in an effort to expand the market through sales networks. this factor should be managed better by the local government to be able to provide support for micro business products, especially sales activities and market power. meanwhile, what is unique is (see figure 1 above), micro-enterprises in lumajang district, they are able to produce products with advantages in the fields of raw materials, selling value and market value. different character with micro business products in other districts. with this special feature, it will open up opportunities for micro-enterprises and industrial micro-enterprises in lumajang to encourage product attractiveness and expand their market in the eyes of buyers. micro-enterprises in lumajang are more inclined to differ in developing their products to serve their market. different product characters but still complementary, i.e complementing each other with micro business products located in the other four districts. with the results of the categorical test above, the opportunity to advance in developing businesses for micro-enterprises in five districts in east java has great opportunities in the future, especially to meet the demand for products that have special characteristics in the field of micro-enterprises in general. of course, this condition is very important for micro business actors to establish cooperation and open or build their sales network in a wider area or market area and markets that have export potential, i.e the asean free market and afta. at the end of the discussion using the categorical test, researchers can present data on the level of product excellence in five cities located in east java province in the form of images and have the opportunity to form a sales network so that their market is stronger in competing in maintaining the position of the level of demand for its commodities abroad: figure 3. the coefficient of nine factors indicating the need to build a sales network in increasing the export market based on figure 3 above, it shows three main factors that are urgently needed by microenterprises when they want to maintain and increase market share through their commodity export activities. the three main factors are (stiekia, 2016): 1. market demand: this figure has the highest value, which is 92.6%. this means that commodities and/or products of micro business actors should only be directed to foreign markets that have the highest level of demand among other trading destination countries. the goal is to create optimal efficiency and profitability for products and/or commodities offered in the global market. the sales network formed here is to foster and establish good communication between fellow micro business actors so that they are able to provide and share superior information when there is a market opportunity that has a high level of demand. this is the main benefit of micro-entrepreneurs forming a sales network. by sharing reliable information, none of the micro-enterprises will have the wrong goal when marketing their products or commodities. this step is able to create an efficiency and avoid losses. zalina, c., et al, micro business segmentation using categorical test approach in supporting sales network in east java indonesia, (p. 72 – 81) 80 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 2. the second factor is global operation, which means that in marketing commodities and products, micro business actors must be observant and precise in calculations in the form of avoiding all forms of operational costs that are unnecessary by creating transit routes for their products in several countries that are considered capable of providing benefits. optimally, this step can be realized only if the micro business actors already have a good sales and cooperation network. without a good sales network, communication between them will not be able to run optimally in creating profits. 3. the third factor that is considered important in figure 3 above is the transportation route for most of the commodities and products of micro-enterprises that have been tied to the sales network. transportation is an important activity when micro business actors carry out the process of delivering products or commodities to overseas buyers safely and efficiently. do not let the commodities and or products they send, become defective or damaged when the delivery process is carried out. if this happens, it will reduce or even eliminate buyer confidence in the target market. maintaining the level of buyer trust is the most difficult and complicated condition if it is not supported by good infrastructure and or facilities. conclusion from the results of the categorical test, it can finally be determined that the five district cities in east java province, i.e mojokerto, pasuruan, malang, gresik and lumajang have the opportunity to form a global sales network and they are micro-enterprises able to maintain cooperation by emphasizing the strength of global corporations and continuous product development to increase the added value of products in each country's market. the trick is that each country must be able to measure its market potential to be used as a mainstay commodity when they enter each other's markets. each country is consistent with each other for the flow of commodity exchanges based on multilateral regulations between them. the long-term advantage is that each country will be able to meet the needs of the market economy without having to depend on other countries. if the common market power has been formed and runs well then every country involved in the common market will have the same power in international trade with other countries that are their market destinations. this will be the advantage of a joint sales network between them. one thing that may need to be a bit careful in actual application is the factor of economic agreements between countries (micro-enterprises) involved in trading through sales networks. because economic activity is dynamic and always changing and is strongly influenced by the supply and demand mechanisms of buyers and consumers. if the countries that are the market share are not able to keep their commitments then the sales network that has been formed will be difficult to implement transparently between them. because after all, each country will try to maximize the so-called commodities that have their selling value in order to provide optimal economic benefits in their markets in other countries. in order for the comparative advantage of micro business actors who have joined the global market to have a positive impact in the long term, one important factor that cannot be ignored is increasing the quantity and quality of economic agreements through the sales network formed by them. acknowledgments: the author would like to thank all stakeholders, and those who have helped, during the data collection process, the analysis process, so that this research activity can be completed properly. conflicts of interest: there is no conflict of interest in the writing of this article, either between fellow authors or with outside parties as research partners or other parties who contribute. zalina, c., et al, micro business segmentation using categorical test approach in supporting sales network in east java indonesia, (p. 72 – 81) 81 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 1 september 2022 references apriyani, (2016), usaha mikro pada era mea, infobanknews.com, 13 oktober 2016, (http://infobanknews.com/usaha mikro-pada-era-mea/). arikunto, suharsimi. (2012), manajemen penelitian, rineka cipta, jakarta. budiarto r., (2016), pengembangan usaha mikro antara konseptual dan pengalaman praktis, penerbit: umg press, yogyakarta. david, fred. r., david r. forest, (2016), manajemen strategik: suatu pendekatan keunggulan bersaing, penerbit: salemba empat, jakarta. fajar, siti., heru, tri, (2010), manajemen sumberdaya manusia: sebagai dasar meraih keunggulan bersaing, penerbit: upp stim ykpn, yogyakarta. fitriati, rachma, (2016), menguak daya saing usaha mikro industri kreatif, penerbit: gramedia, jakarta. hill, charles, wl. (2014), bisnis internasional, salemba empat, jakarta. keegan, warren j. (2006), manajemen pemasaran global, prenhallindo, jakarta. kendriatmoko, ag, (2015), kebijakan pengembangan usaha mikro di kabupaten gresik (studi tentang kebijakan pengembangan usaha mikro melalui pola kemitraan dengan pt semen indonesia di kabupaten gresik), jurnal kebijakan dan manajemen publik, volume 3, nomor 1, januari-april 2015. majalah aceh economic review, januari maret (2012), mengintip bisnis kreatif, published on may 2, 2016. santoso, singgih. (2015), menguasai statistik parametrik, pt. elex media komputindo, jakarta. silitonga, parlaguton, (2010), manajemen usaha mikro, penerbit: andi, yogyakarta. siregar, sofyan. 2013, buku statistik parametrik untuk penelitian kuantitatif, bumi aksara, jakarta. soekiman jfxs., baktiono, r agus, artaya, i putu., (2018), optimization of governance model of postfood harest and distribution in msme centers in 5 subdistricts in sidoarjo regency, journal of economics, business & accountancy ventura, vol. 20, no. 3. stiekia, lutfi. 2016, faktor yang mendorong pemasaran global, 16 april 2016, from ( http: // lutfistiekia. blogspot. com / 2016 /04/ faktorfaktoryangmendorong-pemasaran. html) sunyoto, danang, 2015, keunggulan bersaing (competitive advantage) , penerbit: caps, jakarta. tanjung, azrul, 2017, koperasi & usaha mikro, penerbit: erlangga, jakarta. tempo, 2017, klinik usaha mikro kabupaten pasuruan tingkatkan perekonomian,(https://nasional.tempo.co/read/1020539/klinik-usaha mikro-kabupatenpasuruan-tingkatkan-perekonomian). ugly, sri, 2017, perkembangan usaha mikro di kabupaten mojokerto cukup positif, (http://www.industry.co.id/read/7634/perkembangan-usaha-mikro-di-kabupaten-mojokertocukup-positif). zaman, milus, 2014, strategi mencapai keunggulan bersaing, 25 november 2014 (http: //kamiluszaman. blogspot.co.id / 2014 / 11 / strategi –mencapai –keunggulan bersaing. html). © 2022 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 152 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province ice trisnawati1, sri wiwoho mudjanarko2^, koespiadi3 transportation studies, civil engineering, narotama university correspondent author: sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id abstract: this study aims to establish a road development strategy in south sumatra province using a swot analysis approach. this research is located on the road network in south sumatra province, especially in muara enim regency, while the time for this research was planned for 6 months, namely from july to december 2022. the population taken from this study were policymakers in the south sumatra province as the party in charge of developing the road network in muara enim regency. in this study, the sampling technique used non-probability sampling with the purposive sampling method where the sampling technique has predetermined considerations for respondents with a total sample taken of 30 respondents. the results of the internal factor evaluation (ife) and external factor evaluation (efe) analysis place the road network development program in south sumatra province in quadrant 1. position in quadrant 1 means that the program has opportunities and strengths. the strategy that must be taken in these conditions is to support an aggressive growth policy or growthoriented strategy by taking advantage of existing opportunities and the organization’s internal strengths. keywords: road network development strategy, swot, internal factor evaluation (ife), external factor evaluation (efe), growth oriented strategy introduction transportation has a very important role in developing a region, and facilitating interaction between regions (polyzos & tsiotas, 2020). ease of interaction between regions will bring economic and social benefits (adb, 2013). a good road/transportation network will stimulate the rise of population movements to carry out socio-economic activities (headey & jayne, 2014; liu & yamauchi, 2014; platzer, 2021). this shows that the development of a road/transportation network has a reciprocal relationship with a region’s economy to support the growth and development of urban and rural areas (chakwizira, 2015). transportation is defined as an activity carrying out the transportation or transfer of cargo, consisting of goods and people from one place to another, from the place of origin to the destination (dinu, 2018; harumain et al., 2020; lowe, 2012). the journey from the place of origin to the destination is called origin destination travel (polyzos & tsiotas, 2020). the condition of the road network which is mostly damaged and the condition of inadequate infrastructure results in low travel time and level of road service so that transportation costs increase. performance of the road itself (gonzalez et al., 2010; naazie. et al., 2018). these transportation problems can be solved if transportation infrastructure is built and maintained in an integrated manner so that it provides broad benefits and impacts for the community (shahraki, 2019; smits, 2019; yang et al., 2019). handling road infrastructure is a form of concern for the movement of traffic flow of goods/services and people. regarding economic development, the handling of road infrastructure has a broad influence on road users and the region as a whole (ng et al., 2019; van der horst & de ridder, 2007). for this reason, proper studies are needed in handling roads so that they can support regional development and economic growth (adb, 2012). https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 153 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the absence of an organized and planned road network management program in the form of longterm, medium-term, and short-term management has resulted in a unpatroned road network handling system by prioritizing priority scales (schliessler & bull, 2004). due to the limited development budget and the high cost of constructing/maintaining the road network, this requires a change in mindset towards planning and setting priorities for the construction and development of transport infrastructure effectively, according to needs based on the reality of activity patterns, patterns of generation-attraction of movements, distribution of movements and comparative advantages between zone within an area, which is formed in a regional transportation arrangement (leung, 2016). the development of the south sumatra province road network is the initial stage in the road handling program carried out by the south sumatra province which can later be used as a solution in handling the road network. the provincial government of south sumatra is currently planning to develop a road network by opening roads to production centers and district/city areas so that regions can interact with each other. this is the general goal of government policy in road traffic and transportation, namely creating a transportation system in the regions so that the mobility of people and goods can support economic growth and meet the community’s social needs. several previous studies have been conducted on similar topics, namely research conducted by hatefi (2018), makarova et al. (2017), wu & zheng (2021), alexandru (2015), and ghasemi & saberi (2020). this study discusses the use of swot analysis to determine road development strategies. the purpose of this research are: 1. knowing the strengths and weaknesses of the road network development program in south sumatra province. 2. knowing the opportunities and threats of the road network development program in south sumatra province. 3. finding the right road network development strategy to be implemented in south sumatra province. methodology this research is located on the road network in south sumatra province, especially in muara-enim regency, while the time of this research is planned for 6 months, namely from july to december 2022. the population taken from this study is the policymakers in the south sumatra province as the party that handles the development of the road network in muara enim regency. in this study, the sampling technique used non-probability sampling with the purposive sampling method where the sampling technique has predetermined considerations for respondents (etikan et al., 2016; palys, 2008) with a total sample taken of 30 respondents. the data collection technique in this study was a questionnaire. validity and reliability tests are applied to ensure that the resulting data is valid and reliable (bolarinwa, 2015; sürücü & maslakçi, 2020). there are two types of data sources used in this study, namely primary data and secondary data (creswell, 2014). primary data was obtained by distributing questionnaires to respondents (bird, 2009; pozzo & borgobello, 2019) in this case, officials at the office of public works of highways and spatial planning of the province of south sumatra and the office of transportation of the province of south sumatra. secondary data is in the form of rpjmd, a list of south sumatra provincial roads, and other data. data analysis using swot. swot is a strategic planning method used to evaluate strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats in a project (muis, 2017). swot analysis can be applied by analyzing and sorting out the various things that affect the four factors, then applying them in a swot strategy. trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 154 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the steps for processing research data using swot analysis are as follows: 1. identify the internal and external factors of the variables studied in a study; 2. after finding internal and external factors, an assessment is carried out based on the respondent’s answers to the questionnaire; 3. do the calculation of weighting, rating, and score; 4. create a swot matrix and diagram to see the quadrant positions of the road network development plan in south sumatra province, especially in the muara enim regency. the position of the coordinates for the horizontal direction is obtained from the sum of the strong points that have positive values and the points of weakness that have negative values, as well as the coordinates for the vertical direction which are obtained from the sum of the opportunity points with positive values and the threat points with negative values. 5. from the calculation results in number 4, a decision is made based on the location of the analysis result area. result and discussion 1. result a. internal factor weights internal factors originating from the road network development work in south sumatra province, especially in muara enim regency, both in the form of strengths and weaknesses, weight calculations are carried out based on the level of importance ranging from a value of 0.00 (not important) to a value of 1.00 (very important) and where the total weight of the strengths and weaknesses factors should not be more than 1.00. for the internal factors, weights can be seen in the table below. table 1. internal factor weights no strengths code number of questionnaire data weight 1 planning a road network capable of supporting intermodal movement spatial planning s1 142 0,09 2 accessibility across the region s2 145 0,10 3 traveling time s3 139 0,08 4 readiness of resources such as land readiness, human resources, funds, tools, and so on. s4 137 0,08 5 safety factor for road users and beneficiaries. s5 136 0,08 6 road service level. s6 137 0,08 7 compliance with the rules of urban spatial planning s7 138 0,08 total strengths 974 0,59 trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 155 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 no strengths code number of questionnaire data weight weaknesses 1 the structural pattern of the road network is not clear w1 143 0,09 2 exceeded capacity / overload w2 109 0,07 3 coordination between the executors of the development of the movement infrastructure network and the construction of the utility network w3 140 0,09 4 maintenance activities that have an impact on accelerating road damage w4 134 0,08 5 project supervision and awareness of osh procedures among workers w5 136 0,08 total weaknesses 662 0,41 total internal factors 1636 1,00 an example of calculating the weights for internal factors is as follows: 1) the total answers of 30 respondents to the strength factor number 1 are: 4+4+5+5+5+4+5+5+4+4+5+5+4+5+5+4+4+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5=142 2) calculation of the weight of the strength factor number 1: total strength factors + total weaknesses factors =974 + 662 = 1636 number 1 strength factor weight= 142 1636 = 0,087 ≈ 0,09 b. external factor weights external factors originating from the road network development work in south sumatra province, especially in muara-enim regency, both in the form of opportunities and threats, are calculated based on the level of importance ranging from a value of 0.00 (not important) to a value of 1.00 (very important) and where the sum of all the weights of the opportunity and weakness factors should not be more than 1.00. for the external factors, weights can be seen in the table below. table 2. external factor weights no opportunities code number of questionnaire data weight 1 development progress of a region o1 138 0,15 2 increasing the pace of the economy of a region o2 143 0,16 3 increase in road capacity o3 136 0,15 4 road network asset management o4 140 0,15 trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 156 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 total opportunities 557 0,61 threats 1 the growth of roads that are not balanced with the growth of motorized vehicles. t1 106 0,12 2 excavation of roads almost every month with different digging interests (digging of optical cables, pdam pipes, etc.) causes potholes and impedes the smooth running of the road. t2 84 0,09 3 geographical factors and rainfall t3 80 0,09 4 disruption of road functions by community activities such as spilled markets and parking lots t4 79 0,09 total threat 349 0,39 total external factors 906 1,00 an example of calculating the weights for internal factors is as follows: 1) the total answers of 30 respondents to opportunity factor number 1 are: 5+5+5+4+4+5+5+4+5+4+5+4+4+5+5+4+4+5+5+4+5+5+4+4+5+5+5+4+5+5=138 2) calculation of opportunity factor weight number 1: total opportunity factors + total threat factors =552 + 352 = 904 opportunity factor weight number 1= 138 906 = 0,152 ≈ 0,15 c. internal factor evaluation (ife) matrix calculation calculation of the ife matrix is a calculation to determine the weight, rating, and score whereas explained above the weight value does not exceed a total of 1.00, and for the rating value of each factor, a value is given on a scale of 1 (very bad), 2 = bad, 3 = normal, 4 = good, and 5 = very good. the following table results from the calculation of the ife matrix. table 3. ife matrix calculation results no strengths weight ratings score (weight x rating) 1 planning a road network capable of supporting intermodal movement spatial planning 0,09 4,73 0,43 2 accessibility across the region 0,10 4,83 0,48 3 traveling time 0,08 4,67 0,37 4 readiness of resources such as land readiness, human resources, funds, tools, and so on. 0,08 4,57 0,37 5 safety factor for road users and beneficiaries. 0,08 4,53 0,36 6 road service level. 0,08 4,57 0,37 trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 157 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 no strengths weight ratings score (weight x rating) 7 compliance with the rules of urban spatial planning 0,08 4,60 0,37 total strengths 0,59 2,74 weaknesses 1 the structural pattern of the road network is not clear 0,09 4,70 0,42 2 exceeded capacity / overload 0,07 3,63 0,25 3 coordination between the executors of the development of the movement infrastructure network and the construction of the utility network 0,09 4,67 0,42 4 maintenance activities that have an impact on accelerating road damage 0,08 4,47 0,36 5 project supervision and awareness of osh procedures among workers 0,08 4,60 0,37 total weaknesses 0,41 1,82 total ife 1,00 4,56 example of calculating the weight, rating, and score of strength number 1: 1) calculation of the weight as described above, obtained from a total of 30 respondents' answers to the statement of strengths number 1 divided by the total strengths and weaknesses so that the weight of strengths number 1= 142 1636 = 0,087 ≈ 0,09 2) the calculation of the rating is obtained from the total answers of 30 respondents to the power rating number 1 divided by the number of respondents so that the rating is obtained = 4.73. 3) calculation of the score for power number 1 is obtained by multiplying the weight and rating, so the score is obtained = 0.09 x 4.73 = 0.43. d. external factor evaluation (efe) matrix calculation calculation of the efe matrix is a calculation to determine the weight, rating, and score whereas explained above the weight value does not exceed 1.00, and the rating value of each factor is given a value with a scale of 1 (very bad), 2 = bad, 3 = normal, 4 = good, and 5 = very good. the following table results from the calculation of the efe matrix. table 4 efe matrix calculation results no opportunities weight ratings score (weight x rating) 1 development progress of a region 0,15 4,60 0,69 2 increasing the pace of the economy of a region 0,16 4,77 0,76 3 increase in road capacity 0,15 4,53 0,68 trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 158 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 no opportunities weight ratings score (weight x rating) 4 road network asset management 0,15 4,67 0,70 total opportunities 0,61 2,83 threats 1 the growth of roads that are not balanced with the growth of motorized vehicles. 0,12 3,53 0,42 2 excavation of roads almost every month with different digging interests (digging of optical cables, pdam pipes, etc.) causes potholes and impedes the smooth running of the road. 0,09 2,80 0,25 3 geographical factors and rainfall 0,09 2,67 0,24 4 disruption of road functions by community activities such as spilled markets and parking lots 0,09 2,63 0,24 total threats 0,39 1,15 total efe 1,00 3,98 example of calculating the weight, rating, and opportunity score number 1: 1) calculation of the weight as described above, obtained from the total answers of 30 respondents to the statement of opportunity number 1 divided by the total opportunities and threats so that the weight of opportunity number 1= 138 906 = 0,152 ≈ 0,15 2) the rating calculation is obtained from the total answers of 30 respondents to the opportunity rating number 1 divided by the number of respondents, so that the rating is obtained = 4.60. 3) calculation of the score for opportunity number 1 is obtained by multiplying the weight and rating, so the score is obtained = 0.15 x 4.60 = 0.69. 4) then the results of calculating the ife and efe matrix scores are as follows: a. total strengths score = 2,74 b. total weaknesses score = 1,82 c. total opportunities score = 2,83 d. total threats score = 1,15 e. external factor evaluation (efe) matrix calculation the results of calculations on internal and external factor scores can be described in a swot diagram, which can be seen in the image below. the formula for finding coordinates is as follows: coordinate = coordinate internal analysis; coordinate external analysis = 2,74 – 1,82; 2,83 – 1,15 = 1,92;1,68 so, the coordinates are located at (1.92;1.68) trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 159 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 figure 1. swot diagrams from figure 1 the results of calculations on internal and external factors using swot analysis, it can be seen that the coordinate points are in quadrant i. the position in quadrant 1 means that the program has opportunities and strengths. the strategy that must be taken in conditions like this is to support an aggressive growth policy or a growth-oriented strategy by taking advantage of existing opportunities and internal strengths owned by agencies. then the strategy used in each quadrant can be described as follows: internal factor external factor strengths s weakness – w opportunities – o so-strategy create a strategy that uses strengths to take advantage of opportunities wo-strategy create strategies that minimize weaknesses to take advantage of opportunities threats – t st-strategy create strategies that use strengths to overcome threats wt-strategy create strategies that minimize weaknesses and avoid threats figure 2. strategy 4 swot quadrants based on the position of the coordinate points in quadrant i the development of the road network in south sumatra province, especially in the muara enim district has good opportunities and strengths so a more mature road network development plan is needed by using the existing strengths to take advantage of opportunities. -2 -1,5 -1 -0,5 0 0,5 1 1,5 2 -2 -1 0 1 2 weaknesses (w) strengths (s) opportunities (o) threats (t) (1,92;1,68) trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 160 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 2. discussion based on the results of the swot analysis, a strategy can be carried out in developing the road network in south sumatra province, especially in muara enim regency by using strengths and taking advantage of opportunities, namely as follows: 1) first strategy a. maximizing road network planning road network planning must be carried out optimally. the approach through discussions with relevant stakeholders is the regional transportation development planning approach by conducting discussions and accommodating input from stakeholders in the province of south sumatra relating to the development of the regional transportation network system. b. improve accessibility across the region accessibility is a measure of how easily a location can be reached from other locations through the transportation system. the measure of affordability or accessibility includes the ease of time, cost, and effort in moving between places or areas. improving accessibility can be done by carrying out continuous road maintenance in each area, repairing and normalizing each drainage system, and intensively carrying out traffic engineering. 2) second strategy a. prepare land readiness expansion of the road network needs to begin with preparing land readiness. this preparation can be done first by way of land acquisition. the next stage is to carry out land clearing, earthwork, drainage work, road pavement, and compaction. b. preparing hr the aspect of human resources involved in road network development activities is one of the vital aspects. that is why it is necessary to make continuous efforts to improve the quality of human resources, either through the provision of training, and comparative studies, or by providing opportunities for existing human resources in south sumatra province to pursue a higher level of education. c. prepare funds the development of the transportation network in south sumatra province requires adequate financial support. for this reason, the south sumatra provincial government must make maximum efforts to prepare funds to be used to support the development of the road network. d. preparing equipment equipment is also needed to support the south sumatra province transportation network development program. the south sumatra provincial government can cooperate with private parties or contractors in providing the equipment needed for the development of the road network. in addition, the south sumatra provincial government also needs to prepare its equipment that is used routinely in road maintenance and drainage facilities in south sumatra province. 3) third strategy a. speed up travel time travel time for roads in south sumatra province can be increased by implementing capacity management, priority management, and demand management. capacity management can be done by making the use of capacity and roads as effective as possible, so that smooth traffic movement is the main requirement. the currents at the junctions must be surveyed to ensure optimum control and geometric use. the right of way must be organized in such a way that each section has its function, eg parking, pedestrian paths, and road capacity. the use of road space along the road link must be well coordinated. priority management is carried out by determining the priority of selecting modes of transportation, especially passenger vehicles (buses and taxis). meanwhile, demand management can be done by rerouting vehicles on the trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 161 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 network to move vehicles from congested areas to non-congested areas. changing modes of travel, especially from private vehicles to public transport during rush hour. this means priority provision to public transport and control of land use development. b. provide security providing security can be done by optimizing road sections by determining the function of the road and controlling activities that do not match the function of the road. in addition, the provincial government of south sumatra must also improve the quality of road conditions. c. improve road services improving the quality of road services can be done, among others, by improving the smoothness of the road surface by providing a layer of asphalt on bumpy road sections, adding several lighting lamps at points that are considered accident-prone, and controlling activities along the road that has the potential to create congestion or decrease the quality of road services. conclusions the conclusions that can be drawn from this study are: 1. the strengths and weaknesses of the road network development program in south sumatra province are: a. the strengths of the road network development program in south sumatra province that can be identified are: (1) road network planning carried out in south sumatra province can support the spatial layout of the intermodal movement. (2) accessibility throughout the south sumatra province. (3) travel time in the area of south sumatra province. (4) readiness of resources such as land readiness, human resources, funds, tools, and so on. (5) safety factor for road users and beneficiaries in south sumatra province. (6) level of road service in south sumatra province. (7) conformity of road planning in south sumatra province with urban spatial planning principles. b. weaknesses of the road network development program in south sumatra province that can be identified are: 1) the structural pattern of the road network in south sumatra province is unclear. 2) exceeded road capacity/overload in south sumatra province. 3) coordination between the executors of the construction of the movement infrastructure network in south sumatra province with the construction of the utility network. 4) road maintenance activities in south sumatra province have an impact on accelerating road damage. 5) project supervision and awareness of osh procedures among workers in south sumatra province are still low. 2. opportunities and threats for the road network development program in south sumatra province are: a. opportunities for road network development programs in south sumatra province that can be identified are: 1) progress of regional development in south sumatra province. 2) increasing the pace of the economy in the province of south sumatra. 3) increasing road capacity in south sumatra province. 4) management of road network assets in south sumatra province. trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 162 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 b. threats to the road network development program in south sumatra province that can be identified are: 1) the growth of roads that are not balanced with the growth of motorized vehicles in south sumatra province. 2) excavation of roads in south sumatra province almost every month with different digging interests (digging of optical cables, pdam pipes, etc.) causes potholes and hampers the smooth running of the road. 3) geographical factors with hilly shapes and high rainfall in south sumatra province. 4) disruption of road functions in south sumatra province by community activities such as spilled markets and parking lots. 3. the results of the internal factor evaluation (ife) and external factor evaluation (efe) analysis place the road network development program in south sumatra province in quadrant 1. position in quadrant 1 means that the program has opportunities and strengths. the strategy that must be taken in these conditions is to support an aggressive growth policy or growth-oriented strategy by taking advantage of existing opportunities and the company's internal strengths. references adb. (2012). infrastructure for supporting inclusive growth and poverty reduction in asia. asia development bank. www.adb.org adb. (2013). regional cooperation and integration in a changing world. asian development bank. http://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/publication/30224/regional-cooperation-changing-world.pdf alexandru, b. (2015). swot analysis of public transport system in bucharest. management research and practice, 7(1), 14–31. bird, d. k. (2009). the use of questionnaires for acquiring information on public perception of natural hazards and risk mitigation a review of current knowledge and practice. natural hazards and earth system science, 9(4), 1307–1325. https://doi.org/10.5194/nhess-9-1307-2009 bolarinwa, o. (2015). principles and methods of validity and reliability testing of questionnaires used in social and health science research. nigerian postgraduate medical journal, 22(4), 195–201. https://doi.org/10.4103/1117-1936.173959 chakwizira, j. (2015). the urban and regional economy directing land use and transportation planning and development. wit transactions on state of the art in science and engineering, 86, 199–225. https://doi.org/10.2495/978-1-78466-077-2/009 creswell, j. w. (2014). research design : qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approach. sage. dinu, a.-m. (2018). the importance of transportation to tourism development. academic journal of economic studies, 4(4), 183–187. http://media.unwto.org/content/infographics etikan, i., musa, s. a., & alkassim, r. s. (2016). comparison of convenience sampling and purposive sampling. american journal of theoretical and applied statistics, 5(1), 1–4. https://doi.org/10.11648/j.ajtas.20160501.11 ghasemi, a., & saberi, m. (2020). the key factors in transforming birjand city to a smart city : smart mobility , smart government. indonesian journal of electrical engineering and computer science, 19(1), 317–324. https://doi.org/10.11591/ijeecs.v19.i1.pp317-324 gonzalez, j. a., guasch, j. l., & serebrisky, t. (2010). improving logistics costs for transportation and trade facilitation (no. 4558; policy research working paper). https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511809910.014 harumain, y. a. s., nordin, n. a., zaid, s. m., goh, h. c., woodcock, a., mcdonagh, d., al-rashid, m. a., & faiz, k. (2020). understanding factors of using public transportation among women in kuala lumpur. jurnal pengembangan kota, 8(2), 109–115. https://doi.org/10.14710/jpk.8.2.109-115 trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 163 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 hatefi, s. m. (2018). strategic planning of urban transportation system based on sustainable development dimensions using an integrated swot and fuzzy copras approach. global journal of environment science management, 4(1), 99–112. https://doi.org/10.22034/gjesm.2018.04.01.010 headey, d. d., & jayne, t. s. (2014). adaptation to land constraints: is africa different? food policy, 48, 18–33. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodpol.2014.05.005 leung, k. h. (2016). indonesia’s summary transport assessment. in adb papers on indonesia (no. 15). www.adb.org; liu, y., & yamauchi, f. (2014). population density, migration, and the returns to human capital and land: insights from indonesia. food policy, 48, 182–193. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodpol.2014.05.003 lowe, d. (2012). dictionary of transport and logistics, terms, abbreviations and acronyms. kogan page. makarova, i., shubenkova, k., & gabsalikhova, l. (2017). analysis of the city transport system’s development strategy design principles with account of risks and specific features of spatial development. transport problems, 12(1), 125–138. https://doi.org/10.20858/tp.2017.12.1.12 muis, d. u. (2017). swot analysis: a theoretical review. the journal of international social research, 10(51), 994–1006. naazie., a. n., braimah, s. r., & atindana, v. a. (2018). the effects of bad roads on transportation system in the gushegu district of northern region of ghana. american scientific research journal for engineering, technology, and sciences (asrjets), 40(1), 168–185. http://www.asrjetsjournal.org/index.php/american_scientific_journal/article/view/3928/1398 ng, c. p., law, t. h., jakarni, f. m., & kulanthayan, s. (2019). road infrastructure development and economic growth. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 512(1), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/512/1/012045 palys, t. (2008). purposive sampling. qualitative research methods, 2, 697–698. platzer, k. (2021). sustainable transport, sustainable development. united nations. https://doi.org/10.18356/9789210010788 polyzos, s., & tsiotas, d. (2020). the contribution of transport infrastructures to the economic and regional development: a review of the conceptual framework. theoretical and empirical researches in urban management, 15(1), 5–23. https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.2307/26868292 pozzo, m. i., & borgobello, a. (2019). using questionnaires in research on universities: analysis of experiences from a situated perspective. reire revista d innovacio i recerca en educacio, 12(2), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1344/reire2019.12.227010 schliessler, a., & bull, a. (2004). road network management, roads a new approach for road network management and conservation. german technical cooperation. shahraki, a. a. (2019). sustainable regional development through knowledge networks: review of case studies. frontiers of architectural research, 8(4), 471–482. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foar.2019.04.004 smits, m. w. m. (2019). framework for capacity based sustainable design & development: towards resilient communities. frontiers of architectural research, 8(4), 498–512. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foar.2019.07.001 sürücü, l., & maslakçi, a. (2020). validity and reliability in quantitative research. business & management studies: an international journal, 8(3), 2694–2726. https://doi.org/10.15295/bmij.v8i3.1540 van der horst, r., & de ridder, s. (2007). influence of roadside infrastructure on driving behavior: driving simulator study. transportation research record, 2018, 36–44. https://doi.org/10.3141/2018-06 wu, p., & zheng, h. (2021). development strategies of drop and pull transportation based on swot analysis. international conference on internet of things and smart city (iotsc 2021), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1972/1/012063 yang, l., van dam, k. h., majumdar, a., anvari, b., ochieng, w. y., & zhang, l. (2019). integrated design of transport infrastructure and public spaces considering human behavior: a review of state-of-the-art methods and tools. frontiers of architectural research, 8(4), 429–453. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foar.2019.08.003 trisnawati, i., et al., analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province, (p. 152 – 164) 164 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). analysis of road network development strategies in south sumatra province introduction methodology this research is located on the road network in south sumatra province, especially in muara-enim regency, while the time of this research is planned for 6 months, namely from july to december 2022. the population taken from this study is the policymak... there are two types of data sources used in this study, namely primary data and secondary data (creswell, 2014). primary data was obtained by distributing questionnaires to respondents (bird, 2009; pozzo & borgobello, 2019) in this case, officials at ... data analysis using swot. swot is a strategic planning method used to evaluate strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats in a project (muis, 2017). swot analysis can be applied by analyzing and sorting out the various things that affect the fo... the steps for processing research data using swot analysis are as follows: 1. identify the internal and external factors of the variables studied in a study; 2. after finding internal and external factors, an assessment is carried out based on the respondent’s answers to the questionnaire; 3. do the calculation of weighting, rating, and score; 4. create a swot matrix and diagram to see the quadrant positions of the road network development plan in south sumatra province, especially in the muara enim regency. the position of the coordinates for the horizontal direction is obtained from the s... 5. from the calculation results in number 4, a decision is made based on the location of the analysis result area. result and discussion 1. result a. internal factor weights b. external factor weights c. internal factor evaluation (ife) matrix calculation d. external factor evaluation (efe) matrix calculation e. external factor evaluation (efe) matrix calculation 2. discussion conclusions references the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 48 strategy analysis of smes business development (case study smes of goat on junggo village subdistrict prigen, pasuruan district, east java province, indonesia) hamdan suriyok sekolah ti nggi ilmu ekonomi (stie) yadika bangil, pasuruan hamdansuri yok@gmail.com abstract the purpose of this study was to identify internal and external factors of smes of junggo village goat, to analyze the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats faced by junggo goat village smes, to formulate a business development strategy that should be done of smes of goat village junggo . this research uses participatory action research (par) approach to data collection and processing. the data obtained in the form of primary data and secondary data. based on the results of swot matrix analysis, there are several alternative strategies such as increasing the number of permanent customers, increasing sales capacity, increasing production capacity, promoting, performing financial and administration recording system, conducting market research and development, providing quality goats, increasing synergism and partnership, provide supplementary food and preventive medicine and conduct comparative studies. keywords: smes, promotion, swot introduction small and medium enterprises (smes) generally have advantages in utili zing local and labor-intensi ve natural resources (sda), such as food crops, plantations, livestock, fisheries, trade, and restaurants. agricultural, li vestock, forestry, and fishery sectors are busi ness groups that contribute significantly to the structure of gdp and the sector is dominated by small-scale busi ness groups. development of smes in pasuruan consider the potential of local natural resources owned, one of which is a goat. one small and medium enterprises (sme) engaged in the business of buying goat is smes goat of village junggo , district prigen pasuruan. data showi ng smes goat of village junggo has the potential to develop, among others, the number of goats in the district. pasuruan in 2015 amounted to 120,255 heads. with many goat breeders both mailto:hamdansuriyok@gmail.com the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 49 individuals and groups and large traders who have long been involved in this business show that competition in the livestock industry and the sale and purchase of goats is very tight. the objectives of the research to be achieved are: to explore the opportunities, threats, strengths and weaknesses that are being experienced by smes goat junggo village. to formulate a busi ness development strategy undertaken by junggo goat village smes. literatur review capra aegagrus the goats, i ncludi ng small rumi nants horned, have long cultivated humans approximately 8000 to 9000 years ago. in the wild, wild goats li ve in groups of fi ve to twenty. in its nomadic search for food, this goat group is led by the oldest female goat, the goat serves as the security guard of the entourage, the acti ve time foraging day and night, the mai n food is grasses and foliage (devendra, 2000). goats are very important animals i n subsistence agriculture because they are able to adapt and defend themselves from dry environments. goats i ncludi ng versatile animals that can produce milk, meat, skin, feathers and fertilizers (devendra, 2002). in indonesia the type of goat is generally known by the name of goat nuts are kept for beef cattle as meat producers. in addition there are other local goats such as goat gembrong, kosta goat, jawarandu goat and bligon. small medium entreprise(sme) discussion of smes i ncludes i ndustry and trade business. the definition of business i ncludes: at least two aspects items, namely the aspect of labor absorption and busi ness groupi ng aspects in terms of the amount of labor absorbed in the group or business group (partomo and soejoedono, 2010). department of cooperati ve micro the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 50 small medium enterprises (kumkm, 2010) defines small business as economic activities of the people who meet the following criteria: (1) have net worth of rp 200.000.000 (two hundred million rupiah), excluding land and building of business place . (2) has an annual sales turnover of at most rp1,000,000,000 (one billion rupiah). (3) owned by citi zens of the state of indonesia. (4) stand alone, not a subsidiary or branch of a company owned, controlled or affiliated directly or indirectly with medium or largescale busi ness. (5) in the form of a sole proprietorship, a non-legal entity, or a legal entity (including cooperati ves).small industries have a total assets of rp 600,000,000, including houses and land occupied with a workforce of under 250 people (suhendar, 2012). according to law no. 9 of 1995 concerning small businesses, the criteria are viewed in terms of financial and capital owned, namely: havi ng a net worth of at most rp 200 mi llion (excluding land and buildi ng of business premises) has a maximum sales of rp 1 billion / year.smes of trading is a smes that sells products of busi ness or products of others who have been given added value (alimudi n, 2013). participatory action research (par) etymologically the word participation comes from participatie (dutch) and participation (english) which means to participate. the termi nology of participation is the attachment of a person in a process of activity on a voluntary basis and on his own willi ngness without the element of coercion (wijaya, 2004). participatory action research (par) the more of a acti vist approach i n research methods used to strengthen the local community or represented by involving and encouraging people or individuals to identify potential and existi ng problems i n their village, community or business (basuno, 2005). so that community, group or individual take i nitiative to take action of solvi ng its own problem (alimudi n & sasono, 2015). the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 51 strategy analysis strategy analysis is carried out by identifying the influence of political, economic, socio-cultural, demographic, and technological aspects. then conduct a competition analysis by identifying the five competiti ve forces in the industry where the company is movi ng, ie newcomer threats, substitution product threats, bargai ning bargaini ng power, supplier bargaining power, and competition among companies. the results of the analysis will produce a list of opportunities and threats. meanwhile, to analyze the internal factors are done to the strengths and weaknesses of the company. analyzer used is: swot matrix (strengths, weakneses, opportunities dan threats) (alimudi n, 2015; alimudin & yoga, n.d.; david, 2006; freddy rangkuti, 2014). research methodology data and data sources in this study usi ng primary data and secondary data that are qualitative. primary data was obtai ned through i nterview and questionnaire filli ng by owner and manager of junggo goat village goat and direct observation i n the field. while the secondary data obtained from library materials and relevant literature sample in this study the existing population of owners and labor is 6 people. then taken 4 people into the sample who became respondents. existing sample including expert jugdment category, they are considered to be representati ve of junggo village goat goat. two more employees were not i ncluded as respondents because they were not so focused on the management of junggo goat village smes, so that four people who the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 52 became respondents were considered to represent the entire population in this junggo goat village smes. method of collecting data the process of collecti ng data in this research usi ng approach method participatory action research (par), through several stages of pre -condition stage, data collection stage and data validation stage. data analysis to generate and obtain accurate and objecti ve data in accordance with what is the purpose in this study, the data analysis used is a qualitati ve data analysis technique by means of context analysis from literature review and statement analysis from interview result from i nformant. in conducti ng the data analysis the researcher refers to several stages consisti ng of several stages, among others: the collection of i nformation through interviews of key informants are compatible to the research and then direct observation to the field to support the research conducted in order to obtai n the expected source of data. data reductions are the selection process, the focus on simplification, the transformation of rough data arising from field notes duri ng research. results and discussion environmental analysis of junggo goat village smes environmental analysis is needed in order to assess the environment of junggo goat village smes as a whole, which i ncludes external and internal factors that can influence the development and progress of smes in achievi ng the established goals. identification of opportunities, threats, strengths and weaknesses of goat of junggo village goat the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 53 based on the results of external environmental analysis conducted then obtained opportunities and threa ts faced by junggo village goat goat. these opportunities and threats come from the macro environment, the micro environment, and the i ndustrial environment. while based on the internal analysis obtained strengths and weaknesses. these strengths and weaknesses come from functional smes in the form of human resources, production and operations, finance and marketi ng. analysis of external factors analysis of external factors aims to determine trends and events that are beyond the control of a busi ness. the analysis focuses on the key factors posed by threats and opportunities for a business, making it easier for management to determi ne strategies for seizing opportunities and avoiding threats. in this active participatory approach, the analysis was carried out jointly with the owner and manager of junggo goat village sme, although in reality there was a different point of view in analyzi ng a certai n factor, but it could still be compromised by bringi ng together its midpoint. opportunities the existence of polic y support from the local government of pasuruan regency that encourages the development of smes, especially for agriculture and li vestock sector using local raw materials is an opportunity that is captured by smes to expand their busi ness, i n terms of access to capital development business development, or the ease of busi ness licensing. for easy availability of raw materials are also quite abundant because the regional government encourage farmers to culti vate goats as a secondary acti vity to support the family economy. in addition, there is a strategic plan for 2015-2019 from the ministry of small and medium enterprises cooperation (kumkm) that wants to develop small and medium enterprises (smes) with efforts to improve existing human resources capacity, increase and expand access and source of capital either bank or non bank. threat the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 54 the emergence of new competition in the business of buying and selling goats is a business reality that must be addressed appropriately. in the case of government policy approvi ng asean economic community trade agreement (mea) more perceived as a threat by junggo goat village sme, the dominance of large companies that have more capital access and market information can be a serious threat to the development of smes. analysis of internal environmental factors strength smes of goat of village junggo is one of the smes supplyi ng goat meat in prigen and surabaya. in the production and operation factors of junggo goat village smes have the strengths, among others, is the ability to provide goats with a variety of quality in accordance with consumer demand, have the ability to supply goats regularly so that the availability of goods in the customer is always awake. for the needs of the feed has been met both in terms of quantity or quality, the condition of the cage is good enough to support the health of li vestock is always well preserved. marketi ng sme goats is quite effective, there are fixed customers namely cv. abadi adi lestari becomes its own advantages possessed by smes, this can not be separated from the good relationship that always dujaga by goat goat either with the customers or business partners that is fellow goat traders. weakness human resources factor, some goat's sme workforce have low education level. two people did not pass primary school, the owner graduated from junior high school, and the other graduated from high school. for the financial factor is very visible once the weakness. the absence of recordi ng transactions, or financial statements make it difficult for i nternal or external parties in the assessment. assessment is usually seen the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 55 from the existing financial accountability, so that if smes need capital from third parti es will be quite difficult to fulfill, while the capital itself is very limited. production and operation the types and quality of goats that goat's smes get from various suppliers is very diverse, there are good and there are also low quality. often the goats that smes acquire from farmer farmers are sick or underweight, or very dirty and dirty appearance, then by the manager, the goats are kept, treated when there is sickness, treatment, bathi ng, cutti ng of their nails, and fattened by givi ng regular feed. so in about 3 weeks the goat condition changes for the better and can be resold at a higher price. in the production process, all processes are done manually because there is no need machine to assist the production process. human resources human resources of smes is an asset that became one of the success factors in runni ng the busi ness. the workforce in smes junggo goat village amounts to 4 people, with the allocation of different amounts in each section. based on the last educational background, sme workforce has di verse backgrounds, ranging from nonprimary school to high school. finance the financial recording system i n smes of goat of junggo village initially did not exist, although there was still very simple and did not use a standard accounting system. any outgoi ng and incomi ng transactions of money are not recorded i n the financial books, sometimes the records are small torn pieces in cigarette packets and are not immediately transferred to the record books. exit and goat entry data begin to be recorded in september 2016, previously unrecorded historical data. marketing marketing is the end of the business chai n of sme. from effecti ve marketing benefits wi ll be gained. in the marketing system there are marketing models that can be the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 56 chosen by the company as a strategy to reach the market as much as possible. the marketing model undertaken by junggo goat village smes by directly sending goat orders to its target consumers or customers, whether i ndividuals or institutions. for the needs of traditional markets and indi vidual incidental consumers or customers usually come directly to the place so that the existing marketing chai n is relatively short. at the time of idul adha, marketing directly by setting up a tent on the side of the highway and offering to relatives or people known. swot matrix analysis swot matrix analysis is done by comparing systematically the results of strengths and weaknesses of the internal environment with the opportunities and threats of the external environment measurably to produce appropriate busi ness development strategies. s-o strategy the so strategy is a strategy that uses i nternal strengths to take advantage of external opportunities to benefit smes. the alternatives of so strategy are as follows: (a) increasing the number of permanent customers, by utilizi ng internal strength in the form of ability to meet demand in accordance with the needs of consumers, able to maintai n continuity to meet existing demand, already have a fi xed customer but still few in number, and the establishment of good relationships with all business partners can be a capital to take advantage of the existing opportunities of good relations with customers, by utili zing existing trust can be upgraded to a regular customer of junggo goat village goat. (b) increasing the capacity of sales, the existence of the strength factor in the form of feed demand available abundant in nature can be used to exploit the existi ng opportunities that is with the improvi ng indonesian economic conditions followed by i ncreasing purchasing power, and increasing population means to increase market share, this opportunity can be taken by sme kambing desa junggo one of them the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 57 by i ncreasing the sales capacity. (c) increase the production capacity, the strength of smes in the form of regulation factors that have been done well, have skilled workers experienced and have a loyalty and high moti vation, and maintain good relations with all workers and opportunities i n the form of good relations factors with suppliers will facilitate smes kambing of junggo village increase production capacity because of the supporti ng factors already exist. w-o strategy the w-o strategy is a strategy that improves internal weakness by taking advantage of external opportunities to gain profit for smes . as for some alternati ve wo strategies are generated as follows: (a) promoting, by promoti ng more aggressively, goat smes of junggo village can overcome the weakness of the less strategic place because the location is quite far from the mai n road, also t he weakness has not done aggressively. so with the promotion will be able to take advantage of opportunities such as religious social activities such as the spirit to sacrifice and do aqiqah. not only become a spectator but can be a player who is able to take the opportunities that exist. (b) performing a system of financial and admi nistrati ve records, the absence of an existing fi nancial or administrati ve record system is a major weakness that must be addressed immediately. by doing a good record will be known i n writi ng whether the costs incurred by smes are efficient, and also can know what cost items are inefficient so that the margin of junggo village goat goat can be improved. (c) conducti ng market research and development, havi ng only one fixed customer, has its own disadvantages. from the researcher's point of view this can lead to the power of determi ning the price the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 58 to the customer is relatively weak, and if the customer has a problem the impact will also be felt by the goat smes at junggo village. therefore it is necessary to do research and market development to take advantage of existing opportunities. s-t strategy the st strategy is a strategy that uses the power of smes to avoid or reduce the impact of external threats. some alternati ve st strategies i nclude: (a) providing quality goats, the threats posed by weather and anthrax, the increasi ng number of new competitors in the market, and the threat of reduced margi ns due to bargaining power of both buyers and suppliers can be avoided providing goats quality, whether it is resistant to disease, a strong appearance, healthy and clean, so it has a competitive advantage from other sme's goat products. the strategy is supported by using the strengths possessed by the smes, namely the ability to sell goats in accordance with consumer demand, the availability of abundant feed and good livestock health, and supported by the ability of human resources is a factor of skilled labor force and skilled, experienced, have loyalty and high moti vation. (b) increasing synergism and partnership with others, the emergence of competi ng impacts of asean economic community agreements (mea) approved by the government will facilitate the entry of goats from abroad to indonesia, and will certainly increase the number of new players in the national goat market. the threat from withi n the country in the form of domi nance of large companies, or negative stigma of goat meat will further threaten the existence of goat smes of junggo village. therefore, it is necessary to cooperate with other parties by i ncreasing synergism and partnership, because all can not be done alone by smes, good relationship with all parties need to be improved again, so as not to happen unhealthy competition between smes or existing companies. w-t strategy the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 59 wt strategy is a strategy that reduces i nternal weakness and avoids external threats. some of the wt's alternati ve strategies are: (a) providing supplemental food and preventi ve medicine, the threat of disease caused by high rainfall in the prigen area and the endemic antaraks disease is a serious threat to be wary of. while the weaknesses that exist in the internal smes is not to provide additional food and medicine prevent disease in farm animals. by providing additional feeding and preventi ve medicine, threats as well as i nternal weaknesses can be overcome. (b) conducting a comparati ve study to other breeders / smes, to be more advanced we must always learn, be it from personal experience and experience and knowledge from other parties. for that required comparati ve studies to smes / other companies that have been advanced, so that smes goats in junggo village can learn many thi ngs from them. later somethi ng useful from smes / other companies can be applied also to smes goats i n junggo village. conclusions and recommendations conclusion the strategic factor of the internal strength of goat smes in junggo prigen village, pasuruan district, east java province is the ability to sell goats according to the needs of consumers, the ability to supply goats in a sustai nable manner, feed needs are available abundant, good li vestock. health, cage arrangement has done well, skilled enough worker, experienced, have high loyalty and motivation, have good relationship with all workforce, have a fixed customer, establish good relationship with all business partners. while the weakness of smes goat i n junggo village, prigen regency, pasuruan regency, east java provi nce has not provided additional feed, not yet providing medicine to prevent disease, knowledge of market and cultivation is limited, education level is still low, recording system none, strength to price very weak the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 60 because it depends on one market / customer, the impact experienced by sme if market / customer experience problem, not done aggressively, and location of effort less. strategic. the strategic factor of goat ladies' opportunity i n junggo prigen village pasuruan regency, east java provi nce is the government of pasuruan district encourages the development of goat smes in junggo prigen village, whi ch is in line with the program of kumkm strategy department in draft strategy 2015-2019 have program of human resource improvement of sme , increased indonesian economic condition followed by increasing people's purchasing power, i ncreasi ng religious social acti vity, i ncreasing population, increasi ng ease and efficiency. from production costs, good relationships with customers, and good relationships with suppliers. while the threat of smes in junggo prigen village of pasuruan regency, east java province is asean economic community trade agreement (mea), dominance of big company, negati ve stigma to goat meat, weather and anthrax disease, increasing number of new competitor. on the market, changes i n public consumption, decrease in margins, and supply uncerta i nty from supplier farmers. recommendation in an effort to develop its business, the goat's sme i n junggo village must be able to overcome its internal weakness. the weakness is the absence of financial and administrati ve records must be addressed by starti ng to make a neat and orderly financial records, following the usual accounting rules, so the calculation is feasible or not a goat buyi ng and selling busi ness conducted smes goats are really accountable, clearly from the existing fi nancial data. began promotions by using leaflets, brochures, leaflets, famplet, or other promotional media, so that more prospective customers who know the existence of goat's smes i n the village junggo. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. strategy analysis of smes business development (case study on junggo village goat goat subdistrict prigen, pasuruan, east java province, indonesia) khamdan suriyok 61 references alimudin, a. (2013). pengaruh orientasi wirausaha terhadap keunggulan bersaing berkelanjutan dan kinerja pemasaran usaha kecil sektor perdagangan (consumer goods) di kota surabaya. sustainable competitive advantage (sca), 3(1). alimudin, a. (2015). strategi pengembangan minat wirausaha melalui proses pembelajaran. e-jurnal manajemen kinerja, 1(1), 1–13. alimudin, a., & sasono, a. d. (2015). peningkatan daya saing produk konveksi usaha kecil berbasis iptek d i desa tri tunggal kecamatan babat lamongan. seminar nasional teknologi terapan sv ugm. alimudin, a., & yoga, h. (n.d.). strategi meningkatkan loyalitas pelanggan pada usaha kecil produk makanan ringan d i surabaya. basuno, 2005. kaji tindak (action research) pemberdayaan masyarakat pertanian di wilayah terti nggal. laporan penelitian. pusat penelitian dan pengembangan sosial ekonomi pertanian. ipb, bogor. david, f. r. (2006). manajemen strategis. (i. s. budi, ed.) (kesepuluh). jakarta: salemba empat. freddy rangkuti. (2014). teknik membedah kasus bisnis analisis swot : cara perhitungan bobot, rating dan ocai. departemen koperasi. 2008. penyerapan tenaga kerja ukm. departemen kumkm. 2005. rencana strategis pembangunan kukm. partomo dan soedjoedono. 2002. ekonomi skala kecil/menengah dan koperasi. ghalia indonesia. jakarta. sulaeman, s. (2015). pengembangan usaha kecil dan menengah dalam menghadapi pasar regional dan global. infokop, 12(25). wijaya, the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 145 bankruptcy statement and the law consequences suwardi and widyawati boediningsih narotama university maswad0634@gmail.com abstract problems bankruptcy it is important in gave a legal certainty related to wealth of company .the certainty applied with article 22 bankruptcy code who said that since decision statement of bankruptcy spoken each a lawsuit who carried out by third not going to be covered unless that thing it would bring terms of advantages wealth it self. it is also the act of bankruptcy winners give rights to creditors and parties that other concerned parties to ask for a request for the cancellation of over legal action a debtor. keywords: the bankruptcy as an indication of a shortcut. introduction the problem of bankruptcy resulted in a debtor who had been declared bankrupt lost all civil rights to learn what care of a treasure wealth which has been put in and the bankrupt assets of freezing civil rights this imposed by article 22 the act of bankruptcy as of bankrupt spoken since the time of the decision.this is also true of a husband or a wife of the insolvent debtor who marries in union wealth. in principle , as consequences of the provisions of article 22 the act of bankruptcy as shown above , then the entire agreements between the debtor which declared bankrupt with a third party conducted after bankrupt , does not and can not are repaid from and the bankrupt assets of , unless the engagement that bring the advantages for wealth. and hence so lawsuit filed with the purpose of acquiring the fulfillment of engagements and the bankrupt assets, while in bankruptcy , that directly submitted to an insolvent debtor , only be brought in a form of report for matching .in this case meeting was only have the law in the form of matching , but it was enough to see can be presented as one of the damaging evidence he had prevent expired on the rights of the entry into force of in the suit. in the process of bankruptcy use the term peace while terms of laws become main subjects of includes : how do the parties in the problem of bankruptcy ? and how the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 146 is it possible for as a result of laws against the debtor and a creditor or the state as well as all party who engages in connection with such bankruptcy ? literature review bankruptcy is the common confiscation of all the assets of the bankrupt debtor whose management and settlement are carried out by the curator under the supervision of a supervisory judge as regulated in law no.37 of 2004 article 1 paragraph (1). the purpose of bankruptcy statement is really to get a seizure common up wealth debitor (all the wealth of seized / frozen) for the benefit of all people creditor ( creditors ) .bankruptcy principle that is a joint venture to get the payment for everyone creditor fairly .the process of bankruptcy based on legislation no. 37 2004 arranged in article 6 s / d article 11, : stage of registration of bankruptcy request. the applicant submits a request for bankruptcy statement to the chairman of the commercial court. the registrar of the commercial court shall register the application on the date the application is filed and to the applicant a written receipt shall be signed by the competent authority on the same date as the registration date. after registering the request for bankruptcy statement, the clerk shall submit the application to the chairman of commercial court no later than 2 (two) days after the application registered. before the trial begins, the courts through the bailiffs summon the parties, among others: 1) required to call the debtor, in the case of a bankruptcy petition filed by the creditor, the prosecutor, bank indonesia, bapepam, or the minister of finance. 2) can call creditors in the case of a request for bankruptcy statement filed by the debtor (voluntary petition) and there is doubt that the requirements for declaring bankruptcy as referred to in article 2 paragraph (1) of the bankruptcy law have been fulfilled. the summons shall be made by a bailiff with a letter of acceptance no later than 7 days before the first hearing is held. within no later than 3 days after the date of the request for bankruptcy statement is registered, the court shall examine the petition and establish the hearing. the first hearing on the request for bankruptcy statement the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 147 shall be held within no later than 20 (twenty) days after the date on which the application is registered. according to article 6 paragraph (7) of the uuk, the court may suspend the holding of the hearing until at least 25 (twenty five) days after the date of the application being registered. this delay on the request of the debtor and must be accompanied by sufficient reason. article 10 paragraph (1) of the bankruptcy law states that as long as the decision on the request for bankruptcy statement has not been pronounced, any creditor, prosecutor, bank indonesia, bapepam or the minister of finance may apply to the court for. 1) put been seized assurance against part or the entire wealth of debitor, or 2) pointing curator while to scrutinise the management business debitor, and payments to creditors, diversion, or assurance wealth debitor who in bankruptcy is the responsibility of curator. the court may only grant such application if it is necessary to protect the interests of creditors as provided in article 10 paragraph (2) of the bankruptcy act. decision of the commercial court on the request of the declaration bankruptcy must be pronounced no later than 60 (sixty) days after the date of the request for bankruptcy statement is registered. is the result of paillit is: a) the debtor loses all his right to control and take care of his property assets, whether selling, pawning, and so forth and everything earned during bankruptcy from the date the decision of the bankruptcy declaration is pronounced. b) all new debt is no longer guaranteed by it wealth; c) to protect the interests of creditors, as long as the decision on the request for bankruptcy statement has not been pronounced, the creditor may apply to the court for: 1) put been seized assurance against part or the entire wealth of debitor. 2) to appoint a temporary curator to oversee the management of the debtor's business, to receive payments to creditors, transfer or use of the debtor's wealth (article 10 of law no.37 of 2004). should be announced twice in newspaper (article 15 paragraph (4) of law no.37 of 2004). the decision of the bankruptcy statement resulted in the debtor's property being included in the bankruptcy property since the decision was issued. the bankruptcy law does not provide explicit provisions concerning the change of the the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 148 debtor's property status to a bankruptcy property after the decision of bankruptcy declaration. it is only implied by the provisions of the bankruptcy law. the term bankruptcy is used in various articles of bankruptcy law (sutan reny syahdeini, 2002: 197). bankruptcy covers the entire wealth of the debtor at the time of the declaration of bankruptcy declaration is pronounced and everything acquired during bankruptcy (article 21 of law number 37 year 2004). there are two kinds of debtor assets that do not include bankruptcy property. the property is a debtor's asset referred to in article 21 of law number 37 year 2004 and assets not owned by the debtor. the management of the bankruptcy property is done by the curator specified in the decision of the bankruptcy statement. the management of the bankruptcy of the bankruptcy by the curator is instantaneous, valid at that time as from the date of the pronounced bankruptcy verdict. separatist creditors (creditor holders of material rights such as creditor holders of mortgage rights) or third parties under article 137 paragraph (2) of the bankruptcy act may execute their rights as if there were no bankruptcy, will remain before the creditors or third parties execute, 56 paragraph (1) of the bankruptcy act which determines that the right of creditors and third party execution to prosecute their property which is in the possession of a bankrupt debtor or curator shall be suspended for a period not exceeding 90 days from the date of decision of the bankruptcy declaration. method the method used in this research is the normative juridical approach1. the research specification used is descriptive analysis, the method of research by collecting materials in accordance with the actual material then the materials are prepared, processed and analyzed to be able to provide an overview of existing problems. the secondary material obtained will be presented in a systematically arranged description as a complete series. then the method used in the writing of this law is a qualitative method, namely data obtained systematically arranged in the form of description or explanation to describe the results of research. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 149 result and discussion due to bankruptcy to the engagement that has been made by the debtor before the bankruptcy statement is pronounced. a. unilateral engagement and mutual engagement article 1234 of the civil code divides the engagement into: 1. the engagement that gives birth to the obligation to give something; 2. the engagement that gives birth to the obligation to do something; 3. engagement that gives birth to the obligation to do nothing. based on the achievements that must be met can be differentiated :1. achievements that can only be dilaksakan by the debtor itself; 2. achievements which may be exercised by any party in their capacity as representative or power of the debtor. if we try to relate to the division of the engagement under article 1234 of the civil code of achievement it is an achievement to do something. against this "unique" achievement, the verdict of the bankruptcy statement resulted in the removal of the engagement by law and the creditor by law also occupying the same position as the concurrent creditor against the bankruptcy property. in such a case the curator has no authority to take over or to do a good deed implicitly, let alone explicit, declare its intention to keep or not to continue the agreement. especially for the achievement which can be represented or exercised, if at the time of decision of bankruptcy declaration there is a new reciprocal agreement partially fulfilled or even executed altogether, then the party with whom the bankrupt debtor has entered into agreement may request to the curator to provide certainty about continuation of implementation agreement within a specified period of time. the opposing party shall have the right to request the supervisory judge to establish such period, in the event that the receiver does not give a decision or consent to the proposed period of time if within the aforementioned period of time, whether agreed or stipulated by the supervisory judge, the receiver shall not give an answer or the curator expressly declares that he is unwilling to continue the exercise of the treaty, then the treaty is legally declared to be terminated and the counterpart in the contract by law becomes the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 150 concurrent lender on bankruptcy property. on the other hand, if the curator expresses his ability to continue the execution of the agreement, the counterpart in the agreement shall be granted the right to ask the curator to give assurances over his / her gesture to execute the agreement. b. cancellation and cancel by law in the above description it has been explained that the ongoing engagement, in which one or more obligations that have not been executed by the debtor is bankrupt, while the verdict of bankruptcy declaration has been pronounced, for the sake of the law the engagement becomes void, unless according to the considerations of the curator can still be fulfilled from the property bankrupt. and the creditors together become concurrent creditor of bankruptcy property. in addition to the foregoing, the bankruptcy act grants the rights of the creditor and / or other interested parties to request the cancellation of the legal proceedings of the insolvent debtor, which is performed before the declaration of the bankruptcy statement is pronounced which is detrimental to both the bankruptcy property as a whole and against certain concurrent creditor. the important point to emphasize here is that such treaties or deeds are irrevocable and not null and void. this should be returned to the basic principle of the validity of a treaty as formulated in article 1320 of the civil code legislation jo article 1338 book of civil law legislation. this means that as long as the agreement and / or legal deed done do not touch the objective aspect of the terms of the validity of the agreement, the agreement can only be requested for cancellation, on the basis of its unfulfilled terms of competence and / or non-agreement. c. the cancellation of the agreement in principle, the bankruptcy legislation gives a "fair" right to both the curator and the creditor to cancel the contract and / or legal action of the bankrupt debtor made before the bankruptcy declaration is decided but not fully resolved at the time the bankruptcy statement is issued. even in certain respects, both the curator and each of the interested creditors have the right to request the cancellation of a completed legal act before the bankruptcy statement is pronounced. such provision is the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 151 very meaningful in protecting the interests of the creditors as a whole, and in particular to avoid the intention of mischievous debtors who intend badly with certain parties and aim to harm the interests of one or more good ethical lenders, as well as the interests of bankruptcy as a whole. to be able to cancel a legal act that has been done by the debtor bankrupt with a third party before the declaration of bankruptcy is pronounced, which harms the bankrupt property. the bankruptcy act requires that the cancellation of such legal action (harmful) is done by the debtor and the party with whom the legal act is done knowing that the legal act will cause harm to the creditor, unless the act is a legal act that must be done based on the agreement and / or the law. this means that only non-mandatory legal acts can be undone. furthermore, to create legal certainty for parties concerned not only credit, but also the recipient of objects provided by the debtor bankruptcy act stipulates that as long as legal acts that harm the creditors are made within a period of 1 (one) year before the verdict the bankruptcy statement is stipulated, and the act is not obliged to be done by the debtor, unless it can be proven otherwise, the debtor and the party with whom the act is committed shall be deemed to know or should know that such act shall cause harm to the creditor. in article 42 of bankruptcy legislation is clearly spelled out a more concrete meaning of the formulation of "deeds which should be known to harm creditor" into three basic criteria: 1. 1. any legal act which harms the creditors shall be filed within 1 (one) year before the decision on bankruptcy is stipulated. 2. such legal act is a legal act that must be done by the debtor bankrupt 3. such legal act: a. it is the engagement in which the debtor's obligations far exceed the obligations of the party to whom the engagement is committed; b. it is a payment of, or granting a guarantee for, outstanding and unaccountable debt; c. is an affiliated legal relationship that: 1) performed by an individual debtor, with or against: (1) the husband or his wife, adopted child, or family to third degree and (2) a legal entity in which the debtor or party referred to in number 1) is a member of the board of directors or management the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 152 or if such party, jointly or jointly, participates directly or indirectly in the ownership of such legal entity at least 50% fifty percent) of paid up capital. 2) conducted by the debtor who is a legal entity with or against: (1) a member of the board of directors or management of the debtor, or spouse, or adopted child, or family up to the third degree, of the member of the board of directors or management. (2) individuals, either alone or together with a spouse, or adopted child, or family to the third degree of such individuals participating directly or indirectly in the ownership of the debtor of at least 50% (fifty percent); (3) individuals with spouses, or adopted children, or their families up to third degree, who participate directly or indirectly in the ownership of the debtor at least 50% (fifty percent) of the paid up capital. 3) conducted by the debtor who is a legal entity with or against other legal entity, if: (1) every member of the board of directors or management of the two business entities is the same person (2) the spouse, or adopted child, or family up to the third level of each member of the board of directors or management of the debtor is a member of the board of directors or management of another legal entity or vice versa (3) any member of the board of directors or management or members of the regulatory body of a debtor, or husband, wife, or adopted child, or family until the third degree, either alone or jointly participates directly or indirectly in the ownership of another legal entity at least 50 % (fifty percent) of the paid up capital; (4) a debtor is a member of the board of directors or management of another legal entity (5) the same legal entity, or any common person, whether or not together with his spouse and / or adopted children, and his family to the third level participate directly or indirectly in the two legal persons shall be at least 50% (fifty percent) of the paid up capital. 4). conducted by a debtor who is a legal entity with or against another legal entity within a group of legal entities in which the debtor is a member. another provision directly related to the cancellation of the treaty is what in law science is known as action pauliana. this pauliana action can be said to be a breakthrough on the basic nature of the treaty which is only valid and binding among the parties that make it (article 1340 paragraph (1) book of civil code). the breakthrough set forth in the provisions of article 1341, verse 91) of this code of civil law gives the right to the the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 153 creditor to file a cancellation of any unlawful legal action carried out by the debtor, under any name that harms the creditor; to the extent that it can be proved that at the time the legal action is taken, the debtor and the counterpart with whom the debtor takes legal action knows that such action will result in harm to the creditors. if we read further the formulation given in article 1341 paragraph (3) it is clear that implicitly the civil code recognizes the existence of two kinds of unlawful legal action, namely legal action committed or born as a result of a leaded agreement behind, and unilateral legal action. and specifically for the actions performed free of charge by the debtor, the cancellation of such legal act may be applied if the creditor can indicate that at the time the act is committed, the debtor knows that in this way he will harm the creditors, regardless of whether the beneficiary with such legal action also knowing it or not. however, the rights obtained by third parties in good faith in the object of the act of abrogation shall remain respected (article 1341 paragraph (2) of the civil code and the origin of the 1977 paragraph (1) of the law civil, bezit applies as perfect title). in bankruptcy legislation, the importance of actio pauliana as one of the reasons that can be filed by creditors to cancel the legal act of a bankrupt debtor made before the declaration of bankruptcy was announced, remains a concern. if we read the provisions of article 30 jo article 28 of the bankruptcy act we can implicitly say that in the event of a lawsuit against a bankrupt debtor in the form of debt matching, the receiver and / or creditor denying such matching shall be granted the right to request the cancellation of any debtor's conduct ( which gives rise to the right to sue mentioned in article 28 of the bankruptcy legislation) that harms the insolvent property, as long as the act has been committed "intentionally" along with the other party. the provision is slightly different from the provisions of article 41 of the bankruptcy law that grants the right of cancellation of a bankruptcy debtor's act, which is deemed to be detrimental to the creditor's interests by the insolvent debtor before the bankruptcy statement is stipulated. the formulation of article 41 paragraph (3) of the bankruptcy law expressly states that the legal act of the bankrupt debtor which the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 154 must be performed by the existence of the agreement and or the law is exempt from the cancellation pursuant to article 41 of the bankruptcy act. so herein is not preceded by the existence of a suit for matching as referred to in article 28 of the bankruptcy act. in principle, the cancellation pursuant to article 41 of the bankruptcy law is also only to be prosecuted if it can be proven by the debtor and the party with whom the legal act is done knowing that the legal act will result in harm to the creditor. the provision is contained in article 46, which specifically regulates the payment of debts that have been made by the insolvent debtor to the creditor. article 46 of the bankruptcy law stipulates that if. 1. it can be proven that at the time of payment the creditor is aware that the bankruptcy requirements of the debtor have been filed with the court; 2. if the payment is a result of a debtor between a bankrupt debtor and a creditor, which is intended to, by providing such payment, give the creditor an advantage before the bankruptcy declaration is declared cancellation. so the debt payments made by the insolvent debtor to the creditor made by the bankruptcy statement are announced, can be requested for cancellation. in the subsequent provisions, namely in the formulation of article 47 paragraph (1) of the bankruptcy act, this principle of good faith as formulated in article 1341 paragraph (2) of the civil code above can also be met. the provision expressly states that the provisions concerning the cancellation and returns which have been accepted as mentioned above shall apply to the holder of a payment order and a letter of appointment which, due to legal relations of the holder, shall be required to receive payment. in this case the obligation to repay the payment that has been made is the party issuing the payment order, as long as it can be proven that the issuer of the letter, at the time of issuance of the letter is found to meet one of the two conditions mentioned above. any lawsuit aimed at requesting the cancellation and return of all that has been deposited on the basis of such denunciation shall be made by the curator himself, in his capacity as a representative of the bankrupt debtor. although creditors can not request the cancellation directly, the creditor is still given a tub to add to the receipt of the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 155 a request. this provision in principle may be said in tune and in accordance with the provisions of article 28 jo article 30 of the bankruptcy legislation. d. due to bankruptcy to unlawful legal acts. 1. grant. the grant that the debtor said can be requested cancellation if the curator can prove that at the time the grant is made the debtor knows or should know that the action will cause harm to the debtor. furthermore, to create legal certainty for a third party having good faith in the bankruptcy law is also determined that unless it can be proven otherwise, the debtor is considered to know and should know that the grant is detrimental to the creditor if the grant is made within 1 (one) year before the decision of the statement bankruptcy set. 2. unchecked payment. the payment of a debtor's debitable debts may only be withdrawn, if it is proved that the payee knows that the bankruptcy claim has been sought or the reporting for it has been entered, or if the payment is the result of a negotiation between the debtor and the creditor, to make such payments, to give advantage to this latter that exceeds the other creditor. e. trade agreement with timing. one form of reciprocal agreement is an agreement made with the timing, in which one or more parties to the agreement are required to perform one or more achievements within a specified period of time determined in the future. f. agreement with obligation to submit goods. if a reciprocal agreement with such time stipulation is a trade agreement with the pretation to deliver merchandise which may be traded in the course of the delivery of the goods shall be executed at a certain time or shall pass after the bankruptcy declaration, it shall be declared null and void by law. the opposing party can simply volunteer himself as a creditor of the konkuren. furthermore, if by the cancellation of the engagement, the bankrupt property is harmed, then the opponent is obliged to indemnify it. g. lease agreement. article 38 bankruptcy legislation differentiates as a result of bankruptcy statements for lease agreements and advances and no down payment. especially for the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 156 a lease agreement with an advance, if the rental advance has been paid, then the lease agreement can not be terminated, except for the expiry of the prepayment of the said period. with respect to the general lease, both the curator and the leasing party shall be entitled to terminate the lease, taking into account the prevailing provisions of the accelerated termination provided for in the prevailing laws and regulations, treaties and customs, with a grace period not less than 3 ) months of advance notice. since the day the bankruptcy statement is in force, rent is a debt of bankruptcy. h. employment agreement. the bankruptcy statement grants the employee the right to work for the bankrupt debtor and / or the receiver to seek termination of employment by heeding the provisions stipulated in applicable laws and regulations, including any contact or employment agreement signed by and between the respective employee with the bankrupt debtor. conclusion whereas in view of the provisions of article 22 of the bankruptcy act stating that the endorsement of peace which has a definite legal force, simply not denied by the bankrupt debtor, is a right that can be exercised against the bankrupt debtor. against all persons who have become the bearers of all recognized receivables, as well as against debtors' counterparts, for example in the case of joint liability (article 154 juncto article 155 of the bankruptcy act). liber related to bankruptcy that is outside the competence of the commercial court such as an indication of fraud. need to find alternatives to solve the problem of bankruptcy is important to accelerate the time and legal legality process. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 157 references asikin, zainal, law bankruptcy and suspension of in indonesia, the king grafindo persada jakarta, 2002. various guided bankruptcy , the supreme court r.i . 1998 publisher community aditya image, bandung . fuady , in the theory and practice of bankruptcy law, bandung : pt. citra aditya saturday , 1999. ira setiawati , the objective of the interview , the judge the commercial court shall at semarang the capital city of , on the date of the 14 november 2013. fuady , munir , carrier bankruptcy law in the theory and practice of , publisher of the image of the adityas bakti , garbage generated by bandung residents. gunawan widjaja, bankruptcy, jakarta: pt.the king grafindo persada, 1999. harahap, m.john, ( 1995 ): study environment problems execution the field of civil, gramedia main library jakarta 1999. man s.sastrawidjaja , the bankruptcy and suspension of debt payment obligation , pt.alumni: bandung , 200. munir fuady , law of bankruptcy , bandung: pt .image aditya bakti , 2005 ahmad yani and mertokusumo , sudikno , indonesian civil law the event .edition fourth, liberti, yogyakarta , 1993. prodjohamidhojo, martiman, the process of bankruptcy according to the peace a substitute for the law number 1 of 1998 on amendments to the law on bankruptcy, mandar forward bandung, 1999. pusp , pramady, a dictionary law edition of complete, aneka semarang the capital city of indonesi, 1977 . rusli, hardijan, law an agreement indonesia and the common law, ray of hope library please verify the, jakarta, 1996. sugiyono , research methodology quantitative , qualitative , : cv . alfabeta under its belt garbage generated by bandung residents , 2008. soerjono soekanto and sri mamudji .research law normative ( a a brief review ) .the face of an eagle: jakarta at a joint news conference , 2010 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 158 soerjono soekanto, introductory research law, jakarta: ui press, 1986, munir, various agreement, mold balance image aditya bakti, bandung, 1992. 165 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction aswin juniarto1, tatik suryani2* magister manajemen, universitas hayam wuruk perbanas surabaya correspondent author: tatik@perbanas.ac.id abstract: the purpose of this research is to analyze the strength of brand image and store atmosphere in influencing consumer decision making and satisfaction. the research was conducted using a quantitative approach with a questionnaire as a research instrument. the samples in this study were 105 customers at the aiola eatery surabaya restaurant. using the partial least square (pls) data analysis technique, the results show that both brand image and store atmosphere are proven to influence decision making and consumer satisfaction. the implication is that it is important for restaurant management to develop a brand image and create a comfortable atmosphere that can influence consumers to make buying decisions and be satisfied with the services provided. keywords: brand image, decision making, store atmosphere, customer satisfaction. introduction in efforts to improve marketing performance, especially sales, the company will select and implement the right strategy and marketing mix according to the internal conditions and external challenges it faces. strategy and marketing mix are consistently designed to support brand image formation. this is important because brand image can encourage consumers to buy and be satisfied with a product. brand image is the perception that exists in the minds of individuals related to a particular brand (musfar, 2020). therefore the company should design a strategy that leads to the formation of a strong brand image. the existence of an impression on a particular brand in the minds of consumers will be taken into consideration by consumers in making decisions. decision making as an integration process associated with knowledge in evaluating two or more alternatives, to choose one (laela & asdar, 2022). decision making can be based on information or experience related to the product or service needed. this makes management and managers must pay attention to the business environment, one of which is the store atmosphere. store atmosphere is the atmosphere of a shop or place of business that can be enjoyed by the five senses and forms perceptions in the minds of consumers (thirumalazhagan & nithya, 2020). a good atmosphere will make consumers feel comfortable and vice versa. in addition, a good store atmosphere is able to create a sense of satisfaction in consumers. consumer satisfaction is a person's feeling of disappointment or pleasure that is created after comparing performance with expectations (sitanggang & sitanggang, 2021). studies related to the influence of brand image, decision making, store atmosphere on consumer satisfaction have been carried out by previous researchers. one of them is the research conducted by maulida and maya (2020), which obtained the result that there is a significant influence between brand image and decision making. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:tatik@perbanas.ac.id juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 166 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the study conducted by dewi and ekawati (2019) obtained the result that brand image has a significant contribution to decision making. contrary to a study conducted by lubis & hidayat (2017), which obtained the result that brand image did not have a significant contribution to decision making.contrary to a study conducted by mujahid (2018), which proves that brand image has no contribution to decision making. a study conducted by putri and manik (2021), which obtained the result that store atmosphere has a significant effect on consumer purchasing decisions. contrary to the study conducted by rahayu & saputra (2019), which proves that store atmosphere does not have a significant contribution to decision making. a study conducted by febriani & fadili (2021), which obtained the result that store atmosphere has a significant effect on consumer satisfaction. contrary to the study conducted by budiarto & suhermin (2018), which proves that store atmosphere does not have a significant contribution to consumer satisfaction. another study was conducted by handayani et al., (2020), who obtained the result that purchasing decisions have a significant influence on consumer satisfaction. contrary to a study conducted by budiono (2020), which obtained the result that decision making does not have a significant contribution to consumer satisfaction. methodology the research was conducted using a survey method with a quantitative approach and a questionnaire as a research instrument. the sampling technique was carried out by accidental sampling, where the number of samples was determined by the number of indicators, namely 21 multiplied by 5. so the number of samples to be used in this study were 105 customers of aiola eatery surabaya. the operational definitions in this study are as follows: table 1. operational definition and variable measurement variabel definisi indikator brand image (x1) the customer's perception of the brand is a reflection of the consumer's memory of the association with the brand. 1. brand identity 2. brand personality 3. brand association 4. brand attitude and behavior 5. brand benefit and competence. (iskandar, 2020) decisionmaking (x2) opinions and considerations of consumers to buy a product 1. the stability of buying 2. strong consideration to buy 3. tendency to choose 4. the desire to buy in the future. (amrullah, siburian, & za, 2016; senggetang, mandey, & moniharapon, 2019) store atmosphere (x3) one's perception of the situation in the restaurant. 1. cleanliness 2. music 3. smell or fragrance 4. room temperature (temperature) 5. lighting 6. color 7. layouts (hussain & ali, 2015) consumer feelings of customer 1. product quality juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 167 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 satisfaction (y) satisfaction on the performance attributes and strategies of aiola eatery restaurants 2. price 3. quality of service 4. emotional factors 5.convenience(nasution & nasution, 2021) in this study, in analyzing data using the structural equation modeling-partial least square (sempls) method. the tool for processing data is using smartpls 3. according to ghozali (2020) structural equation modeling-partial least square (sem-pls) is a conceptual analysis framework that shifts from testing quality models or theories to component based predictive models. results and discussion description of research subjects figure 1. characteristics of respondents by gender figure 2. characteristics of respondents by year of birth figure 3. characteristics of respondents based on last education based on the graph above, it can be seen that most of the respondents in this study were male (figure 1), with years 1995 and above for year of birth (figure 2) and their last education is diploma/bachelor (figure 3). evaluation of measurement model convergent validity the convergent validity of the measurement model with the reflectance index can be seen from the correlation between the item score/indicator and the construct score. individual reflectance man 54% woman 46% 1930-1980 32% 1980-1995 32% 1995 and above 36% junior high school 2% senior high school 8% d3/s1 71% bachelor post graduate, 19% juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 168 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 measurements are said to be high if they have a correlation greater than 0.70 with the structure being measured. however, at the development research stage, a loading scale of 0.50 to 0.60 is still acceptable (abdillah & hartono, 2015). following are the results of convergent validity in this study: figure 4. pls 1 model tabel 2. outer loading score at sem-pls 1 brand image buying decision store atmosphere consumer satisfactio n x1.1 0,817 x1.2 0,824 x1.3 0,747 x1.4 0,830 x1.5 0,831 x2.1 0,897 x2.2 0,902 x2.3 0,765 x2.4 0,836 x3.1 0,721 x3.10 0,778 x3.11 0,808 juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 169 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 brand image buying decision store atmosphere consumer satisfactio n x3.12 0,843 x3.13 0,820 x3.14 0,647 x3.15 0,447 x3.16 0,715 x3.17 0,850 x3.18 0,855 x3.19 0,783 x3.2 0,769 x3.20 0,754 x3.21 0,778 x3.22 0,731 x3.23 0,777 x3.24 0,794 x3.25 0,690 x3.26 0,780 x3.27 0,757 x3.28 0,740 x3.29 0,738 x3.3 0,747 x3.4 0,830 x3.5 0,798 x3.6 0,819 x3.7 0,824 x3.8 0,802 x3.9 0,816 y1.1 0,878 y1.2 0,874 y1.3 0,874 y1.4 0,852 y1.5 0,854 source: smartpls outputs (2022) based on the model image and table above, it can be seen for the brand image variable that all items obtain a loading value greater than 0.7. the decision-making variable for all items obtains a loading value greater than 0.7. it is known that the stored atmosphere variable for items x3.14, x3.15 and x3.25 has a loading value of less than 0.7. the overall consumer satisfaction variable gets a loading value greater than 0.7. related to this, items x3.14, x3.15 and x3.25 in this study were eliminated in the model. juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 170 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 figure 5. model pls 2 tabel 3. outer loading score at sem-pls 2 brand image buying decision store atmosphere consumer satisfaction x1.1 0,817 x1.2 0,824 x1.3 0,747 x1.4 0,830 x1.5 0,831 x2.1 0,897 x2.2 0,902 x2.3 0,765 x2.4 0,836 x3.1 0,728 x3.10 0,774 x3.11 0,806 x3.12 0,841 x3.13 0,815 x3.16 0,718 x3.17 0,849 x3.18 0,856 juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 171 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 brand image buying decision store atmosphere consumer satisfaction x3.19 0,782 x3.2 0,778 x3.20 0,752 x3.21 0,779 x3.22 0,727 x3.23 0,775 x3.24 0,793 x3.26 0,781 x3.27 0,757 x3.28 0,742 x3.29 0,738 x3.3 0,754 x3.4 0,833 x3.5 0,800 x3.6 0,823 x3.7 0,824 x3.8 0,800 x3.9 0,818 y1.1 0,878 y1.2 0,874 y1.3 0,874 y1.4 0,852 y1.5 0,854 source: smartpls outputs (2022) from the results of data processing with sem pls 2, seen in figure 3 and table 6 above, it shows that all indicators for each variable have a loading value greater than 0.7. this shows that the level of validity is high, so that the model meets convergent validity. so that the analysis can proceed to discriminant validity testing. discriminant validity the discriminant validity index can be observed by crossing the index and its structure. the model is said to have a fairly good discriminant value if the original ave root for each structure is greater than the correlation between that structure and other structures. the model is said to be good if the ave of each structure is greater than 0.50 (ghozali, 2014). the following are the results of the discriminant validity test in this study: table 4. average variance extracted (ave) value average variance extracted (ave) brand image 0,657 decision-making 0,726 store atmosphere 0,620 consumer satisfaction 0,751 source: smartpls outputs (2022) juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 172 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 based on graph 5 and table 4, the result is that for the brand image variable it obtains an ave value of 0.657, the decision-making variable obtains an ave value of 0.726, the store atmosphere variable obtains an ave value of 0.620 and the consumer satisfaction variable obtains an ave value of 0.751. this shows that the ave value for each construct is more than 0.5 or there are no problems with convergent validity. furthermore, a discriminant validity test is carried out, to test whether the indicators of a construct are not highly correlated with indicators from other constructs. discriminant validity of the measurement model with reflective indicators is assessed based on the cross loading of measurements with constructs. if the correlation of the construct with the measurement item is greater than the size of the other constructs, it indicates that the latent construct predicts the size of the block better than the size of the other blocks. table 5. loading and cross loading brand image buying decision store atmosphere consumer satisfaction x1.1 0,817 0,543 0,614 0,612 x1.2 0,824 0,634 0,680 0,676 x1.3 0,747 0,594 0,597 0,558 x1.4 0,830 0,631 0,628 0,681 x1.5 0,831 0,591 0,705 0,707 x2.1 0,645 0,897 0,679 0,708 x2.2 0,639 0,902 0,638 0,674 x2.3 0,633 0,765 0,649 0,608 x2.4 0,602 0,836 0,643 0,681 x3.1 0,702 0,628 0,728 0,662 x3.10 0,662 0,551 0,774 0,623 x3.11 0,647 0,623 0,806 0,664 x3.12 0,647 0,632 0,841 0,634 x3.13 0,627 0,619 0,815 0,642 x3.16 0,595 0,575 0,718 0,627 x3.17 0,643 0,632 0,849 0,660 x3.18 0,623 0,581 0,856 0,694 x3.19 0,606 0,573 0,782 0,627 x3.2 0,671 0,646 0,778 0,704 x3.20 0,547 0,510 0,752 0,582 x3.21 0,536 0,581 0,779 0,635 x3.22 0,498 0,534 0,727 0,581 x3.23 0,546 0,507 0,775 0,568 x3.24 0,548 0,535 0,793 0,575 x3.26 0,649 0,705 0,781 0,731 x3.27 0,548 0,607 0,757 0,710 x3.28 0,509 0,542 0,742 0,646 x3.29 0,529 0,489 0,738 0,689 x3.3 0,711 0,655 0,754 0,689 x3.4 0,744 0,650 0,833 0,699 x3.5 0,666 0,549 0,800 0,586 juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 173 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 brand image buying decision store atmosphere consumer satisfaction x3.6 0,660 0,664 0,823 0,682 x3.7 0,721 0,654 0,824 0,673 x3.8 0,705 0,689 0,800 0,614 x3.9 0,690 0,654 0,818 0,667 y1.1 0,694 0,675 0,672 0,878 y1.2 0,641 0,692 0,614 0,874 y1.3 0,691 0,716 0,678 0,874 y1.4 0,742 0,633 0,642 0,852 y1.5 0,698 0,686 0,638 0,854 source: smartpls outputs (2022) based on the data presented in table 5 above, it can be seen that each indicator on the research variable has the largest cross loading value on the variable it forms compared to the cross loading value on other variables. based on the results obtained, it can be stated that the indicators used in this study have good discriminant validity in compiling their respective variables. reliability the reliability test was carried out to show the accuracy of the consistency and correctness of the instrument in measuring the construct. to measure the reliability of a construct with a reflectance index can be done in two ways, namely cronbachs alpha and composite reliability. the structure is declared reliable if the composite reliability and cronbachs alpha value is greater than 0.70 (abdillah & hartono, 2015). the following are the results of reliability testing in this study: table 6. value of composite reliability and crombach alpha cronbach's alpha composite reliability brand image 0,869 0,905 decision-making 0,872 0,913 store atmosphere 0,975 0,977 consumer satisfaction 0,917 0,938 source: output smartpls (2022) from table 6 it can be seen that the research model is considered reliable because the composite reliability and cronbach's alpha values of all variables are at values above 0.7. thus, it can be concluded that the four variables have reliable reliability because they meet the composite reliability test criteria. evaluation of structural model r-square testing on the structural model is carried out by considering the r-square value as a model fit test. variations in the r-square value can be used to explain the effect of several exogenous latent variables on endogenous latent variables if they have a significant effect. r-squared values of 0.75, 0.50 and 0.25 indicate that the model is strong, moderate, and weak (ghozali & latan, 2020). following are the results of the r-square test in this study: juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 174 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 table 7. value of r square r square decision-making 0,633 consumer satisfaction 0,768 source: output smartpls (2022) based on table 8 above, it can be explained that the decision-making variable can be explained by the brand image variable of 0.633 or 63.3% while the remaining 36.7% is explained by other variables outside the model. the consumer satisfaction variable is explained by brand image, purchase price and store atmosphere variables of 0.768 or 76.8% while the remaining 23.2% is explained by other variables outside the model. f-square in order to know the model quality, the f-square test is needed. f-score value of 0.02, 0.15, and 0.35 can be interpreted as latent variables that have weak, medium and high influence in degree of structural, respectively (abdillah & hartono, 2015). the f-square test results as in table 8. table 8. f square score brand image consumer satisfaction decisionmaking store atmosphere brand image 0,118 0,124 consumer satisfaction decision-making 0,120 store atmosphere 0,188 0,233 sourcer: output smartpls (2022) based on the table above, the f-square value can be explained as follows: 1. the influence of the brand image variable on decision making has a small f2 value of 0.124. 2. the influence of the store atmosphere variable on decision making has an f2 value of 0.233 medium. 3. the effect of brand image on consumer satisfaction has a small f2 value of 0.118. 4. the influence of decision making on consumer satisfaction has a small f2 value of 0.120. 5. the effect of store atmosphere on consumer satisfaction has an f2 value of 0.188 medium. path coefficient estimation hypothesis testing uses the criterion of 1.96, which is declared influential if it obtains a t-statistic value of more than 1.96 (abdillah & hartono, 2015). the following are the results of the partial test in this study: table 9. hypothesis testing t-count and p-value influence coefficient t statistics p values information h1 brand image -> decision-making 0,354 3,162 0,002 accepted h2 brand image -> consumer satisfaction 0,291 2,860 0,004 accepted h3 store atmosphere -> decision-making 0,484 5,222 0,000 accepted h4 store atmosphere -> 0,384 4,084 0,000 accepted juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 175 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 consumer satisfaction h5 decision-making -> consumer satisfaction 0,276 2,300 0,022 accepted source: output smartpls (2022) based on the data presented in table 9 above, the following explanation is obtained: 1. the brand image variable on decision making obtains a t-statistic value of 3.162 more than 1.96 with a p value of 0.002 less than 0.05. this means that the brand image variable is proven to have a significant effect on the decision-making variable, so that h1 is accepted. 2. the brand image variable on consumer satisfaction obtains a t-statistic value of 2.860, more than 1.96 with a p value of 0.004, less than 0.05. this means that the brand image variable is proven to have a significant effect on the consumer satisfaction variable, so that h2 is accepted. 3. the store atmosphere variable for decision making obtains a t-statistic value of 5.222 more than 1.96 with a p value of 0.000 less than 0.05. this means that the store atmosphere variable is proven to have a significant effect on the decision-making variable, so that h3 is accepted. 4. the store atmosphere variable on consumer satisfaction obtained a t-statistic value of 4.084 more than 1.96 with a p value of 0.000 less than 0.05. this means that the store atmosphere variable is proven to have a significant effect on consumer satisfaction variables, so that h4 is accepted. 5. the decision-making variable on consumer satisfaction obtains a t-statistic value of 2.300, more than 1.96 with a p value of 0.022, less than 0.05. this means that the decision-making variable is proven to have a significant effect on consumer satisfaction variables, so that h5 is accepted. discussion the effect of brand image on decision making based on the results of data analysis, the results show that brand image has a significant effect on decision making. this means that the better the brand image that is embedded in the minds of consumers, the consumer's decision making to visit aiola eatery surabaya is increasing. the perception in the minds of the public regarding the aiola brand is taken into consideration in making decisions. from the results of the respondents' responses, it is known that the highest strongly agree answers are related to positive consumer attitude and behavior statements when visiting aiola eatery surabaya. this shows that the willingness of consumers to always maintain order and behavior during visits, and still maintain mutual comfort. consumers always enjoy the menu offered by aiola eatery with a sense of comfort. the existence of a positive perception will make consumers more interested in enjoying every menu offered. in line with the study conducted by maulida and maya (2020), which obtained the result that brand image has a contribution to consumer purchasing decisions. the existence of positive perceptions in the minds of consumers related to certain brands will be taken into consideration in making decisions (kim, 2018). consistent with the study conducted by susilawati, hanfan and anugrah (2021), which proves that brand image has a significant effect on consumer decisions. the effect of brand image on consumer satisfaction based on the results of data analysis, it was found that brand image proved to have a significant effect on consumer satisfaction. this means that the better the brand image embedded in the minds of consumers, the higher the satisfaction level of consumers visiting aiola eatery surabaya. brand image juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 176 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 will provide a positive value in the behavior and perception of consumers in enjoying every menu offered. a good brand image is the key to customer satisfaction. based on the results of the respondents' responses, positive attitudes and behavior while visiting aiola eatery surabaya are a reflection of a good brand image in consumers. satisfied consumers will always follow any existing developments. satisfaction will occur if the reality that consumers receive after visiting is greater than what is expected. this is in line with the study conducted by dewi and ekawati (2019), who obtained the result that brand image has a significant contribution to consumer satisfaction. the higher the brand image that is embedded in the minds of consumers, the consumer satisfaction will increase. consistent with a study conducted by caniago et al., (2019), which proved that the better the brand image, the higher the consumer satisfaction. the effect of store atmosphere on decision making based on the results of data analysis, the result is that the store atmosphere has a significant effect on decision making, so the hypothesis is accepted. this means that aiola eatery surabaya's comfortable and reassuring atmosphere is an attraction for consumers to visit. aiola eatery surabaya's clean conditions, pleasant environment, selection of the right music, availability of internet network will be taken into consideration by consumers in making decisions. based on the respondents' responses, it is known that the biggest strongly agree answer is related to the statement item of the store atmosphere variable, namely 35 respondents related to listening to music creating a relaxed atmosphere while enjoying the menu offered by aiola eatery. this means that choosing the right music can create a comfortable atmosphere for visitors. although in general every individual has different tastes in music. however, the selection of music and sound settings that are suitable give a sense of calm within, which can influence a person's attitude and behavior. in line with the study conducted by putri and manik (2021), which obtained the result that store atmosphere has a significant effect on consumer purchasing decisions. where the better it will have an impact on consumer decision making (mao et al., 2020; sulaiman, suriadi, pratama, veronika, & agusthera, 2020). this is consistent with a study conducted by nurjaya et al., (2020), which proves that store atmosphere is proven to be a determining factor in consumer decision making. the effect of store atmosphere on consumer satisfaction based on the results of data analysis, it is known that store atmosphere has a significant effect on customer satisfaction, so that h4 is accepted. this means that the better the atmosphere of aiola eatery surabaya, the satisfaction of visiting consumers will increase. an atmosphere that is able to provide comfort to consumers when consuming the dishes offered will provide satisfaction in itself to consumers. based on the respondents' responses, playing music at aiola eatery surabaya is an added value for consumers in forming satisfaction. selection of appropriate and varied music does not make consumers feel bored while enjoying the dishes they buy. aiola eatery's management, in an effort to increase consumer interest, also provides live music, although it is not performed every day. on certain days the management provides live music which makes visitors more fun to follow the music and even sing along. in line with the study conducted by febriani & fadili (2021), which obtained the result that store atmosphere has a significant effect on customer satisfaction. a good store atmosphere will create a comfortable atmosphere for consumers, and have an impact on the level of consumer satisfaction (pratiwi & ni nyoman kerti yasa, 2019). consistent with the study conducted by tamam (2021), which proves that store atmosphere has a significant influence on consumer satisfaction. juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 177 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the effect of decision making on consumer satisfaction based on the results of data analysis, the results show that decision making has a significant effect on customer satisfaction, so that h5 is accepted. this means that making the right decision in accordance with the expected needs and desires will have an impact on the level of satisfaction felt by the individual. good consumer decisions to visit and enjoy the menu offered by aiola eatery surabaya, consumer satisfaction will increase. satisfaction felt by consumers can be created after visiting and enjoying the menu they ordered. based on the respondents' responses, it is known that customer satisfaction can be created because transactions at aiola eatery surabaya are very easy. management of aiola eatery surabaya provides various conveniences in transactions. consumers can make cash or non-cash payments. besides making it easier for consumers, this also reduces direct contact between visitors and employees. convenience in transactions, especially non-cash, was enthusiastically welcomed by consumers. this is in line with the study conducted by handayan et al. (2020), which found that purchasing decisions have a significant influence on customer satisfaction. where the higher the level of purchase decision making, the consumer satisfaction will increase (kursan milaković, 2021; novianti, 2019; voramontri & klieb, 2019). consistent with the study conducted by handayani, deriawan and hendratni (2020), which proves that the higher the level of consumer purchases, the consumer satisfaction will increase. conclusion based on the results and discussion in the previous chapter, the conclusions in this study are as follows: 1. brand image is proven to have a significant effect on decision making. this means that the higher the brand image, the decision making will be on aiola eatery surabaya consumers, or h1 is accepted. the implication of this research is that management should be more active in introducing aiola eatery to the public, such as by utilizing social media to build positive perceptions about aiola. where the brand image that enhances, will contribute to consumer decision making. 2. brand image is proven to have a significant effect on consumer satisfaction. this means that the higher the brand image, the consumer satisfaction with aiola eatery surabaya will increase, or h2 is accepted. the implication of this research is that management needs to foster good relations with customers, in order to maintain the brand image that is embedded in the minds of consumers. this can be done by creating a member creation strategy or by communicating through social media with aiola eatery surabaya consumers. 3. store atmosphere is proven to have a significant effect on decision making. this means that the higher the store atmosphere, the higher the decision making for aiola eatery surabaya consumers, or h3 is accepted. the implication of this research is that management must be consistent in maintaining the atmosphere, and actively promote every existing facility and menu, to attract potential customers. 4. store atmosphere is proven to have a significant effect on customer satisfaction. this means that the higher the store atmosphere, the consumer satisfaction with aiola eatery surabaya will increase, or h4 is accepted. the implication of this research is that management needs to maintain a store atmosphere that is clean, comfortable and supported by adequate equipment. so that the needs of consumers while enjoying a meal at aiola eatery can be fulfilled and create satisfaction. juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 178 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 5. decision making is proven to have a significant effect on consumer satisfaction. this means that the higher the decision making, the consumer satisfaction will increase with aiola eatery surabaya consumers, or h5 is accepted. the implication of this research is that management is more active in making innovations to attract consumer purchases, such as with a new menu. reference abdillah, w., & hartono, j. (2015). partial least square (pls) : alternatif structural equation modelling (sem) dalam penelitian bisnis (1st ed.). yogyakarta: andi. amrullah, siburian, p. s., & za, s. z. (2016). pengaruh kualitas produk dan kualitas layanan terhadap keputusan pembelian sepeda motor honda. jurnal ekonomi dan manajemen, 13(2). budiarto, d. n., & suhermin. (2018). pengaruh kualitas layanan, store atmosphere dan word of mouth terhadap kepuasan konsumen. jurnal ilmu dan riset manajemen, 7(4), 1–14. budiono, a. (2020). pengaruh kualitas pelayanan, harga, promosi, dan citra merek terhadap kepuasan pelanggan melalui keputusan pembelian. equilibrium: jurnal penelitian pendidikan dan ekonomi, 17(02). https://doi.org/10.25134/equi.v17i02.2664 caniago, c., siregar, r. t., julyanthry, j., & pakpahan, g. e. (2019). pengaruh kualitas pelayanan dan harga terhadap kepuasan konsumen dengan brand image sebagai variabel moderating pada toko sinar bintang photo pematangsiantar. sultanist: jurnal manajemen dan keuangan, 7(2). https://doi.org/10.37403/sultanist.v7i2.151 dewi, i. g. a. p. r. p., & ekawati, n. w. (2019). peran kepuasan konsumen memediasi pengaruh brand image terhadap repurchase intention. e-jurnal manajemen universitas udayana, 8(5). https://doi.org/10.24843/ejmunud.2019.v08.i05.p05 febriani, f., & fadili, d. a. (2021). pengaruh store atmosphere dan kualitas produk terhadap kepuasan pelanggan (survey pada café patroli kopi karawang). jurnal pemasaran kompetitif, 4(3). https://doi.org/10.32493/jpkpk.v4i3.10100 ghozali, i. (2014). structural equation modeling metode alternatif dengan partial least square (2nd ed.). semarang: undip press. ghozali, i., & latan, h. (2020). partial least squares (edisi 2). semarang: badan penerbit undip. handayani, j., deriawan, d., & hendratni, t. w. (2020). pengaruh desain produk terhadap keputusan pembelian dan dampaknya pada kepuasan konsumen. journal of business and banking, 10(1). https://doi.org/10.14414/jbb.v10i1.2261 hussain, r., & ali, m. (2015). effect of store atmosphere on consumer purchase intention. international journal of marketing studies, 7(2). https://doi.org/10.5539/ijms.v7n2p35 iskandar, h. (2020). analisis pengaruh citra merek terhadap keputusan menginap di hotel x. jurnal hospitality dan pariwisata, 6(2). https://doi.org/10.30813/jhp.v6i2.2417 kim, b. (2018). the role of dedication-based and constraint-based mechanisms in consumers’ sustainable outcomes in the coffee chain industry. sustainability (switzerland), 10(8). https://doi.org/10.3390/su10082636 kursan milaković, i. (2021). purchase experience during the covid-19 pandemic and social cognitive theory: the relevance of consumer vulnerability, resilience, and adaptability for purchase satisfaction and repurchase. international journal of consumer studies, 45(6). https://doi.org/10.1111/ijcs.12672 laela, & asdar, m. (2022). manajemen pemasaran digital kunci sukses masa depan. pekalongan: pt nasya expanding management. lubis, d. i. d., & hidayat, r. (2017). pengaruh citra merek dan harga terhadap keputusan pembelian pada sekolah tinggi ilmu manajemen sukma medan. in jurnal ilman (vol. 5). https://doi.org/2355-1488 juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 179 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 mao, y., lai, y., luo, y., liu, s., du, y., zhou, j., … bonaiuto, m. (2020). apple or huawei: understanding flow, brand image, brand identity, brand personality and purchase intention of smartphone. sustainability (switzerland), 12(8). https://doi.org/10.3390/su12083391 maulida, n., & maya, s. (2020). apakah harga dan brand image berpengaruh terhadap keputusan pembelian? business innovation and entrepreneurship journal, 2(3). https://doi.org/10.35899/biej.v2i3.130 mujahid, a. (2018). analisis pengaruh kualitas produk, citra perusahaan dan kepercayaan konsumen terhadap kepuasan konsumen produk on line. jurnal ekonomi, 8(1), 1–18. musfar, t. f. (2020). buku ajar manajemen pemasaran : bauran pemasaran sebagai materi pokok dalam manajemen pemasaran. in media sains indonesia (1st ed.). bandung: cv. media sains indonesia. nasution, s. m. a., & nasution, a. e. (2021). pengaruh kualitas pelayanan, faktor emosional, biaya dan kemudahan terhadap kepuasan konsumen pada pengguna aplikasi jasa gojek di medan. prosiding seminar nasional kewirausahaan, 2(1). novianti, s. d. (2019). influence diversity of products, price, promotion and location towards customer satisfaction with purchase decision at transmart carrefour plaza medan fair. axiom : jurnal pendidikan dan matematika, 8(2). https://doi.org/10.30821/axiom.v8i2.6344 nurjaya, n., erlangga, h., jasmani, j., sunarsi, d., rifuddin, b., & mujahidin, m. (2020). pengaruh store atmosphere terhadap keputusan pembelian konsumen pada starbucks di wilayah cianjur. jurnal ekonomi efektif, 2(4). https://doi.org/10.32493/jee.v2i4.10698 pratiwi, n. m. i., & ni nyoman kerti yasa. (2019). the effect of store atmosphere, social media marketing, and lifestyle on purchase decision on consumers of the alleyway cafe. european journal of management and marketing studies, 4(4). putri, c. m., & manik, c. d. (2021). pengaruh lokasi dan store atmosphere terhadap keputusan pembelian pada warung kopi jaelansky pamulang. jurnal ilmiah perkusi, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.32493/j.perkusi.v1i1.9977 rahayu, b. s., & saputra, o. a. (2019). pengaruh store atmosphere, harga dan lokasi terhadap keputusan pembelian pakaian di throox store solo. kelola : jurnal bisnis dan ekonomi, 6(1), 54–64. senggetang, v., mandey, s. l., & moniharapon, s. (2019). pengaruh lokasi, promosi dan persepsi harga terhadap keputusan pembelian konsumen pada perumahan kawanua emerald city manado. jurnal emba: jurnal riset ekonomi, manajemen, bisnis dan akuntansi, 7(1). sitanggang, f. a., & sitanggang, p. a. (2021). buku ajar perilaku konsumen. pekalongan: pt. nasya expanding management. sulaiman, suriadi, pratama, a., veronika, & agusthera, d. d. (2020). analysis of the effect of store atmosphere and store image and store location on customer loyalty through purchase decision customer matahari department store in samarinda city. international journal of scientific and technology research, 9(3). susilawati, a. d., hanfan, a., & anugrah, f. h. (2021). pengaruh brand image, brand ambassador, word of mouth dan testimony in social media terhadap keputusan pembelian hijab sulthanah di kota tegal. dialektika : jurnal ekonomi dan ilmu sosial, 6(1). https://doi.org/10.36636/dialektika.v6i1.470 tamam. (2021). pengaruh keragaman produk dan store atmosphere terhadap kepuasan konsumen pada kalibata coffee kalianda. kalianda halok gagas, 4(1). https://doi.org/10.52655/khg.v4i1.9 thirumalazhagan, c., & nithya, g. (2020). the influence of store atmosphere and planogram on customer repurchase intention. international journal of advanced research in management and social sciences, 9(2). voramontri, d., & klieb, l. (2019). impact of social media on consumer behaviour. international journal of information and decision sciences, 11(3). https://doi.org/10.1504/ijids.2019.101994 juniarto, a., suryani, t., strength of brand image and restaurant atmosphere in influencing decision making and customer satisfaction, (p.165 180) 180 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). microsoft word 01 saiful_pesantren 01-12 1 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province saiful umar fisip, universitas 17 agustus 1945 surabaya corresponding author: saipulumar18@gmail.com abstract: pesantren-based educational institutions practically refer to the approach of the national curriculum and compilation with the curriculum of the ministry of religion and the local curriculum which is the policy of each pesantren. the pesantren curriculum tends to be conventional, influenced by salafi principles, which are still considered relevant to today's conditions. this study aims to measure the readiness of education personnel in efforts to modernize islamic boarding school-based educational institutions, as well as to map the potential for administrative readiness and institutional management. this quantitative research uses an exportatory descriptive approach, taking 9 educational institutions at the sd/mi and smp/mts levels in south sumatra province. respondents are educational staff, both teachers and administrative and management staff. the analysis was carried out with inferential statistics to measure the level of school readiness. the results of the study indicate that the education staff has a relatively ready readiness, both education staff at the sd/mi and smp/mts levels. it can be said that education staff have shown their readiness to modernize administration in school management, although there are almost differences in the pattern of readiness at each level, which in education staff at the sd/mi level is more visible in behavioral readiness and emotional attitudes, and in educational staff at the sd/mi level. smp/mts level education shows more readiness in thinking and readiness from emotional attitudes. keywords: educational staff readiness, administrative modernization, pesantren-based schools introduction in the process of modernization, education plays a large enough role. through education, it is hoped that the development of knowledge, skills and values as well as the attitudes needed in the modernization process can be widely transformed among the community, both through informal and non-formal formal education, including pesantren-based education. modernization everywhere has changed various traditional structures and institutions (pesantren). one of them is the fading function of islamic institutions such as schools that are in the management of islamic boarding schools, as the unpreparedness of their educational staff who still tend to maintain a conventional attitude (halil, 2015). pesantren is an islamic educational institution that has strong historical roots so that it occupies a relatively central position in the scientific world. in society, pesantren as a sub-culture was born and developed along with changes in global society. in addition, it is an educational institution that has its own characteristics and is different from other educational institutions (barus, 2017). facing the changing times that are so fast, the world of islamic boarding schools is experiencing a shift towards more positive developments, both structurally and culturally, which involves leadership patterns, patterns of leadership and student relationships, communication patterns, ways of making decisions and so on, which pay more attention to the principles of leadership. scientific management based on islamic values (basyit. 2017). umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 2 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 it is the dynamics of the development of this kind of pesantren that displays the figure of a pesantren that is dynamic, creative, productive and effective as well as innovative in every step it offers and develops. so that pesantren is an adaptive and anticipatory institution to changes and progress of the times and technology without leaving religious values. in its development, islamic boarding schools have gone through various cycles of development, both in the methodological order and in the organization of the pesantren itself (hasyim, 2016). even more so regarding institutional modernization which is a word that is synonymous with the development of pesantren today. modernization has become a general trend in all aspects of life, whether political, economic, social, educational, and even religious. one aspect that is clearly visible is in the world of education, as an aspect that is closely related to modernization. the idea of developing a pesantren institution is the influence of the islamic education modernization program (ichsan, sembiring, & luthfiah, 2020). this modernization program is rooted in the modernization of islamic thought and institutions as a whole. in other words, maintaining institutional thinking, especially traditional islamic schools, will prolong the misery of being left behind by muslims in the progress of the modern world (dahlan, 2018). this raises a question for azra (ichsan, sembiring, & luthfiah, 2020), "what is the real relationship between modernization and education, more specifically with islamic education in indonesia?” the importance of the role of education in the modernization process is also stated by anderson (sagala, 2017) in his writings on the modernization of education. modernization can only be achieved by renewing and expanding education. therefore, the leaders of developing countries prioritize education for the modernization process. the modernization process demands changes and rapid development of society. this requires adjustments to certain knowledge, skills, values and attitudes from the community (siswati, 2018). it can be interpreted that education in development is required to carry out increasingly complex and broad tasks. in indonesia, for example, education is also required to stimulate the community to preserve forests, participate in family planning programs, increase the love of saving in tabanas, and so on. islamic boarding school pesantren-based schools are islamic school institutions that are managed or located in the pesantren environment. pesantren-based schools can be referred to as islamic schools, namely educational institutions that provide students with learning that includes religious knowledge, namely the accompanying islamic religion (bariroh, subekti, & musthofa, 2020). islamic schools contain an educational curriculum in general, but in teaching and learning activities a religious curriculum is also provided, or the definition of an islamic school is an educational institution which in the learning process is added with islamic religious knowledge in the form of materials and other activities (bashori, 2017). in islamic schools students will be provided with more religious knowledge than ordinary formal schools (dahlan, 2018). children will get additional religious knowledge both in learning materials and there is an activity that supports children's religion. for example, in the material children will be taught about sciences such as fiqh, but if in activities children will be invited to practice activities that are usually carried out as a place to worship allah such as praying dhuha in congregation or reading the qur'an properly and correctly (bashori, 2010). 2017). students will be familiar with various activities that encourage religious skills so as to create a foundation within themselves so that they are not easily swayed into negative foreign cultures. children have control over themselves so that they are always on the right path, and can be trained to think clearly in dealing with various life problems (fazlurrahman, 2019). umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 3 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 readiness of school administration modernization administration is the whole process of cooperation between two or more people based on a certain rationality to achieve the goals that have been set. school is an educational institution or organization that has a formal, non-formal and informal nature, established by the state, private sector or a combination of both with the aim of providing education, managing and educating students through the process of teaching and learning activities provided by educators or teachers (rozi, & aminullah, 2021). with these two understandings, it can be concluded that school administration is all activities starting from controlling, managing and regulating activities that involve the cooperation of several parties so that the purpose of establishing schools to provide education through the teaching and learning process can run well (subhan, 2012). rogers (subhan, 2012), explains that modernization is a process of individual change from a traditional way of life to a more complex life, towards technological advances and is a rapid change in way of life. while alatas (sagala, 2017) states that modernization is a process in which modern scientific knowledge covering all aspects of human life is introduced at all levels, with the ultimate goal of achieving a better and more satisfying life (sagala, 2017). according to djazifah (wahidah, 2015), education and modernization have a meeting point in the human aspect. education emphasizes the aspect of actualizing the capital of human independence in order to humanize and civilize themselves and their environment. madjid (2014), explains that modernization emphasizes the resources contained in the repertoire of human life in order to fulfill the needs of human life itself. thus, it can be said that education is an effort within humans and modernization is an effort outside humans, in order to achieve a good life for humans themselves (madjid, 2014). modernization is a change in the object, and change is part of the response to the situation (karo, 2017). in a situation requires a creative process to produce an invention. however, not all reforms are called innovations, because not all individual groups, both formal and informal groups consider something new. educational innovation is very important for the continuity of education, so as to produce the desired impact, and the acceptance of a innovation as a sign of modernization. kristiawan (kamal & mukromin, 2018), said that modernization is a social change, where social change is a change that occurs in community institutions related to values, attitudes, social and behavioral patterns that are influenced by culture both materially and immaterially. it requires some readiness. bandura (utami, et al., 2022; fitriah, & mirianda, 2019), revealed that readiness is divided into three types, namely attitude and emotional readiness, cognitive readiness and behavioral readiness, namely attitude and emotional readiness (emotive attitudeinal readiness). consists of:” a sense of responsibility in doing the task, eager to complete the task, the ability to manage tasks, be independent and feel happy doing the task; cognitive readiness (cognitive readiness) includes the ability to think critically in doing tasks, knowing one's potential, being able to apply the knowledge and skills possessed, realizing the value of the task in itself. then behavioral readiness, which includes being able to work in a team and being able to manage time well.” like several types of readiness through bandura's theory, it can be seen that school readiness is very important to determine future school achievement (nurjannah, et al., 2021; and widayani, 2020). in line with the opinion of the indonesian government that school readiness is something that plays an important role in education for the nation's children. umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 4 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 methodology this study uses a quantitative method with an exploratory descriptive approach. the population in this study is elementary and junior high school educational institutions located in the pesantren environment, and in the management of islamic boarding schools in the province of south sumatra, a total of 317 schools at the sd/mi (madratsah ibtidaiyah) and junior high school levels. mts (madarasah tsanawiyah). sampling was done by using quota purposive sampling technique, the size of the sample was determined by the slovin formula with a margin of error of 0.01 so that the required quota of samples was 76 education personnel. sampling was carried out in 8 districts/cities in south sumatra. table 1. research respondents elementary school junior high school a. instructor 18 45% 16 44% b. administration staff 12 30% 12 33% c. head of education unit 10 25% 8 22% 40 100% 36 100% table 1 is the proportion of the number of sampling between education staff at the sd/mi level and smp/mts which is relatively almost comparable which also shows a comparable sampling background. the research instrument used a questionnaire method designed in the form of a thurstone scale with 5 closed answer choices. furthermore, the results of data analysis carried out by inferential statistical analysis were used to determine the level of readiness of each respondent. results and discussion prior to data analysis, according to the research procedure, the validity and reliability of the measuring instrument were tested, with the results as summarized in the following table. table 2. summary of validity test results for education personnel readiness no. indicator rxy value 1. responsibility on duty 0,642 2. eager to do the job 0,384 3. task management skills 0,422 4. independent and feeling happy 0,545 5. able to think critically 0,638 6. recognizing your potential 0,343 7. apply existing knowledge 0,364 8. realizing values in assignments 0,352 9. applying self-skills 0,457 umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 5 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 10. able to work in a team 0,656 11. able in time management 0,436 the results of the analysis of the validity test show that the value of the validity coefficient moves from a value of 0.343 to 0.656, which means that all indicators in this study have an rxy coefficient value (corrected item total) of more than 0.30 which according to azwar, the validity of the item can be determined by the value of the item discrimination index of 0.30. . so that all the items proposed as research instruments are valid. then the value of the reliability test of the measuring instrument using the cronbach's formula obtained the value of = 0.867 (α> 0.70) which can be said to be the research instrument for the readiness of education personnel used in this study is quite reliable. table 3. summary of the validity test of school administration modernization indicator sub indicator rxy value a. work planning 1. make a work plan 0,436 2. develop a work priority scale 0,364 b. work activity 3. able to operate administrative system 0,524 4. able to apply document management 0,462 c. good administration 5. follow the school administration template 0,386 6. orderly organize the structure of the document 0,678 d. adaptation to change 7. good relationship with colleagues 0,654 8. good communication in the work environment 0,427 the results of the analysis of the validity test show the value of the validity coefficient moves from a value of 0.364 to 0.678, which means that all indicators in this study have an rxy coefficient value (corrected item total) of more than 0.30 which according to azwar the validity of the item can be determined by the value of the item discrimination index 0.30. so that all the items proposed as research instruments are valid. then the value of the reliability test of the measuring instrument using cronbach's formula obtained a value of = 0.894 (α> 0.70) which can be said that the school administration modernization research instrument used in this study is quite reliable. furthermore, the results of inferential statistical analysis that measure the level of readiness of education personnel with efforts to modernize school administration can be illustrated in the following graph. umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 6 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 figure 1. readiness of education personnel with modernization efforts graph figure 1 shows work planning indicators in the aspect of preparing work plans and making a priority scale of 32% shown in the form of behavioral readiness supported by 28% cognitive readiness. similarly, 38% of work activity indicators are shown in the form of behavioral readiness which is supported by 26% of emotional readiness; and the indicators of administrative order show 33% of emotional readiness, supported by 28% of thought readiness; and indicators of adaptation to change which are 29% shown in behavioral readiness and supported by 28% readiness in thinking. efforts to modernize school administration based on pesantren are very dependent on the readiness of human resources, namely educational staff, both at the sd/mi level and at the smp/mts level, which is summarized in the following figure. figure 2. readiness of education personnel figure 2 shows that the sd/mi education staff in the group of teachers or teaching staff have readiness in behavioral aspects that are supported by emotional readiness, this is the same as the head of education unit group, while the administrative staff shows more readiness in thought and action. in the group of 19% 26% 33% 22% 28% 16% 28% 28% 32% 38% 20% 29% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% list pekerjaan dan skala prioritas praktik perkantoran yang baik struktur dokumen administrasi hubungan baik dengan rekan kerja m o d e rn is a s i a d m in is tr a si s e ko la h emotive attitude cognitive behavioral 23% 9% 14% 27% 18% 9% 22% 19% 11% 19% 15% 15% 30% 15% 15% 15% 19% 7% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% tenaga pengajar tenaga administrasi kepala satuan pendidikan tenaga pengajar tenaga administrasi kepala satuan pendidikan sd/mi (n-40) smp/mts (n=36) emotive attitude cognitive behavioral umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 7 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 education staff at the smp/mts level, it shows that the group of teachers or teaching staff shows emotional readiness that is supported by thought readiness; and the administrative staff shows readiness in action which is supported by an almost balanced emotional attitude readiness. meanwhile, the head of the education unit mostly showed readiness from the cognitive aspect. it can be said that the readiness of education personnel at the sd/mi education level with smp/mts has almost a different form of readiness. practically, as the graph above can be exemplified in the tasks of administrative staff in the change process which is dominated by indicators of readiness for behavior (behavior) and thinking (cognitive), such as having to be able to master applications such as microsoft excel, google sheets, microsoft word, google docs, microsoft powerpoint, google slides, google mail and yahoo mail or school email applications in order to be able to carry out administrative tasks well besides that admin staff also need to master cloud storage applications such as google drive, dropbox or microsoft one drive to be able to backup and collaborate with other staff. this ability that demands the readiness of cognitive and behavioral indicators also applies to the duties of educators or teachers, as well as heads of education units. the process of modernizing school administration also requires teachers to be better able to develop all of their competencies, not just pedagogical and professional, which so far have only been proven by portfolios, but practically the competence of social interaction and personality becomes an assessment of their readiness for change. table 4. level of readiness of education personnel readiness indicator sub-indicator of education personnel readiness elementary school junior high school f % f % emotive attitudeal readiness a. responsibility on duty 9 23% 8 22% b. eager to do the job 10 25% 9 25% c. task management skills 9 23% 12 33% d. independent and feeling happy 12 30% 7 19% total respondents 40 100% 36 100% cognitive readiness a. able to think critically 6 15% 5 14% b. recognizing your potential 4 10% 2 6% c. apply existing knowledge 12 30% 12 33% d. realizing values in assignments 4 10% 5 14% e. apply self skills 14 35% 12 33% total respondents 40 100% 36 100% behavioral readiness a. able to work in a team 14 35% 20 56% b. able in time management 26 65% 16 44% total respondents 40 100% 36 100% umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 8 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 the readiness of the education staff on the emotive attitude indicator in the sd/mi group of readiness to modernize is more dominated by the independent aspect and feeling happy in doing the task, while the smp/mts group is more dominated by the ability to manage tasks. on indicators of cognitive readiness, sd/mi and smp/mts education staff are both dominated by aspects of applying self-skills in the process of implementing kbm activities and being able to take advantage of the knowledge they have. as for behavioral indicators, the sd/mi education staff is dominated by the aspect of time management skills, and in the smp/mts group it is dominated by the ability to cooperate with work relations. furthermore, in terms of the level of readiness of education personnel in their efforts to modernize school institutions, both sd/mi and smp/mts, it can be seen in the graph (figure 3) which shows that education personnel are classified as very ready to adjust to the process of modernizing school administration at the sd/mi level. and smp/mts are educators or teachers, including those classified as less prepared. meanwhile, the administrative staff from both sd/mi and smp/mts levels have shown their readiness to follow changes or modernization of school administration. the readiness of an administrative staff can be exemplified in managing their duties, that school administration administrative staff or tu staff will often be faced with various documents that need to be inputted, compiled, and various other activities. this list can be in the form of sticky notes / paper, using digital notes such as excel or using to do list applications such as microsoft todo, evernote, google keep and other applications, with this work list, admins can also make it easier to choose work reporting work that has been done to superior. administrative staff need to compile a list of daily or weekly jobs based on a priority scale. admins must be able to plan work from the most important and urgent so that they can complete the work on time, in addition to making a list of tasks, the admin does not forget to do their work and can even help one team to help if the work is felt to be unable to be done well by itself. the process of modernizing the administration of education personnel, one of which requires administrative staff to optimize their mental abilities to make it easier to carry out their duties. this also applies to the root staff or the head of the education unit. the level of readiness of the education staff can also be seen from the following graph. figure 3. level of readiness of education personnel to modernize administration the yellow line shows the unpreparedness of education personnel in the process of modernizing school administration, this is mostly experienced by school administration staff, however, it is also known 22% 17% 17% 22% 11% 11% 29% 17% 8% 25% 8% 13% 18% 18% 14% 23% 18% 9% 17% 25% 8% 17% 17% 17% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% tenaga pengajar tenaga administrasi kepala satuan pendidikan tenaga pengajar tenaga administrasi kepala satuan pendidikan sd/ mi (n=40) smp/mts (n=36)t in g k a t k e s ia p a n t e n a g a k e p e n d id ik a n sangat siap siap kurang siap tidak siap umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 9 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 that education personnel such as teachers and school leadership are also listed as unprepared in the process of changing the modernization of school administration based on pesantren. this. the gray line also explains the unpreparedness of education staff, especially teaching staff such as teachers in the junior high school/mts teacher group, indicating that they are less ready to make changes to the modernization of school administration which are seen as related to the curriculum. the graph also illustrates that readiness will appear if two conditions occur, namely: a) if a teaching staff such as a teacher is ready to act, he believes he will get a feeling of satisfaction with the targets achieved, b) if a school administration staff or teachers only have the desire to be ready to act but not realized so that a feeling of dissatisfaction arises, c) if a person is not ready to act but is forced to realize his action, so that a feeling of dissatisfaction arises, d) if someone has received strong readiness support, it will lead to a higher level of satisfaction. discussion the results of the data analysis as stated above can provide an illustration that the percentage of education staff readiness, which includes teaching staff or teachers, administrative staff and heads of education units, which includes management or school management. the level of readiness of education personnel in this study shows readiness in the fairly ready category, which means that the education staff has begun to adapt to various changes, and has begun to prepare themselves to interact with various new things, especially the use of technology. for educational organizations such as schools, dealing effectively with change is one of the key skills required for modern school management (hamzah et.al, 2018). readiness for change is important, both at the institutional level and at the individual level in this case the teacher as the main constituent (hamzah et.al, 2018) determining the success of services in new situations (harahap, wahdi, & wulandini, 2020). armenakis (hamzah et.al, 2018) defines readiness for change (rfc) as cognitive antecedents that include beliefs, attitudes, and intentions, for behavior that supports or hinders change efforts. rfcs in the process of modernizing administration in schools, especially schools that are under the management of pesantren, are like public schools, which can be observed from the education staff in their attitudes and intentions of the people within the school. widayani (2020), stated that how important change efforts need to be, and how confident the ability of school managers, especially education staff, is to be able to undergo change successfully. efforts to build readiness for change as an effort to modernize school administration in the pesantren environment have been carried out by changing the cognition of school managers through communication about messages for change.* messages for change need to contain two things, namely; a) there is a need to change, in the form of a gap between what the school wants to achieve and what conditions are currently happening, and b) belief in the ability of education personnel and groups (individual and collective efficacy) affected by change that they are able to change (al-ababneh & alrhaimi, 2020; munif, rozi, & aminullah, 2021). according to hanpachern (bashori, 2017; and fazlurrahman, 2019), school administrators and educators (pondok pesantren) must enrich the readiness for change construct by defining it as the extent to which education actors are mentally, psychologically, and physically ready to act and participate in a change effort. according to the report by bariroh, subekti, and musthofa (2020), there are three attitudes related to change: promoting (supporting change efforts), participating (willing to participate in change efforts), and resisting (rejecting change efforts). readiness for change occurs when someone shows a high attitude towards promoting and participating and low on resisting. the opposite of rfc is resistance for change, namely a condition when someone shows a high attitude towards resistance, and low on promoting and participating. graph (figure 3) shows the existence of score analysis which explains that they are not umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 10 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 ready or even unprepared to face the process of modernizing school administration as the starting point for overall modernization in school management. slameto (gouvara, harahap, & wahdi, 2020) explains that readiness is the overall condition of a person, where he is ready to give a reaction in the form of an answer or reaction to a situation that will occur. according to utami, et al (2022), that readiness is shown in the form of emotional and physical control ability to face every challenge that exists in the process of change, it is relatively necessary, in addition to the readiness of thinking to give birth to various more creative ideas to facilitate the teaching and learning process. the results of data analysis (table 4) can provide an overview of the needs that need to be met immediately, that a teacher or educator must have or be able to make a change or innovation in learning. in the learning process, teachers must be able to make innovations in learning, because each student has their own uniqueness so that educators are asked to be able to meet the needs of students in learning. as the opinion of hamzah et.al, (2018) that modernization is close to innovation, namely a school's readiness to make the latest discoveries in the interaction process between educators and students so that a pleasant atmosphere is achieved and the distribution of knowledge runs optimally and creates behavioral changes in a positive direction. pesantren-based school institutions in principle combine general or academic education with assimilated religious education. this means as a cultural process and instill values. it is said that pesantrenbased education must be able to increase human dignity which lasts throughout life. fitriah and mirianda (2019), explained that education also develops according to civilization and at the same time plays a role in the formation of human civilization so that education must be designed to follow the rhythm of changes in civilization. utami, et., al (2022), suggested that the factors of information and communication technology development and the emergence of market relations in the field of education are related to the practical implementation of ideas and concepts for the formation of a modernized education system. an important thing about the modern education system and the process of its formation is globalization, namely the character of the world with a deep and inherent process, in this case an important part that is considered by islamic boarding schools that oversee school institutions both in sd/mi and smp/mts.* considerations that the manifestation of the process of integration of the modern world and the intense interaction between countries in various areas of people's lives has an impact that supports religious values or vice versa. responding to the swift current of change towards modernization, school institutions both sd/mi and smp/mts in the pesantren environment have prepared support and follow technological developments as learning media and school administration management systems. the challenge for pesantren-based educational institutions is also to pay attention to the readiness of teachers to face technological developments as much as possible accompanied by solutions to overcome existing problems. the first solution is to provide understanding or knowledge to all educators to be able to use technology in learning in order to guide students in using technology. given the many remote and isolated areas, especially in south sumatra, it is also hoped that there will be a system that can facilitate the implementation of education so that it can cover the entire south sumatra region. providing continuous training, mentoring, and evaluation to educators must certainly be done to realize responsive, reliable, and adaptive educators. educators must also make more optimal efforts in order to create innovative learning, thus providing opportunities for children to be creative, solve problems, optimize literacy, collaboration, and critical thinking skills. the armenakis & harris study (al-ababneh & alrhaimi, 2020), states that one of the key messages that need to be included in the message of change is principal support, namely messages related to organizational support (pesantren) related to commitment and resources needed to change. umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 11 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 conclusion the results of the research and discussion show that the readiness of education personnel in schools at the sd/mi and spm/mts levels in south sumatra can be categorized as quite ready. this is shown by the support of school administrators, namely islamic boarding schools which oversee school institutions to meet the needs of change in terms of the use of technology and learning media that are continuously adapted to the needs of technological developments. from the aspect of human resources, both education staff, administrative staff and heads of education units as school managers are quite ready to make changes to the modernization of school administration, although there are some who are still experiencing obstacles in adjusting to the change process. based on the data analysis and discussion studies presented, it is recommended that the school management and the organization of the islamic boarding school foundation that oversees the school should provide continuous training, mentoring, and evaluation to educators to create responsive, reliable, and adaptive educators. it is also recommended to prepare educators to be able to create innovative learning, so as to provide opportunities for children to be creative, solve problems, optimize literacy, collaboration, and critical thinking skills. references al-ababneh, h.a., and alrhaimi, s.a.s (2020). modern approaches to education management to ensure the quality of educational services. tem journal. volume 9, issue 2, pages 770‐778 bariroh, z., subekti, a., and musthofa, i (2020). modernization of islamic religious education curriculum at smp tazkia international islamic boarding school dau malang. vicratina: journal of islamic education. volume 5 number 5, p: 15-24 barus, m.i (2017). modernization of islamic education according to azyumardi azra. journal of al-karim stai-yaptip, vol.3 no.1, p: 1-14 bashori (2017). modernization of islamic boarding schools. mamangan social science journal. volume 6, number 1, p:47-69 basyit. a (2017). renewal of the pesantren model: a response to modernity. coordinates vol. xvi no. october 2, 2017, p:293-323 dahlan, a (2018). modernization of islamic education: sketches of islamic boarding schools. journal of ansiru pai v o l. 2 no. 2, p:1-13 fazlurrahman, m (2019). modernization of islamic education: fazlur rahman's alternative ideas. ta'lim: journal of islamic education studies. vol.1 no.1, p:73-89 fitriah, d and mirianda, m.u (2019). teacher readiness in facing the challenges of technology-based education. proceedings of the national seminar on graduate program education at pgri palembang university, 03 may 2019, p. 148-153 gouvara, w., harahap, s., and wahdi, h (2020). readiness to face changes in elementary school teachers against types of culture and organizational support. jamp-journal of educational administration and management, jamp-journal of educational administration and management, vol. vol.3, no. 4, p. 274-288 umar, s., readiness of islamic boarding school-based education personnel in modern school administration in south sumatera province, (p. 1 – 12) 12 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 halil, h (2015). islamic boarding school curriculum innovation in projecting future alternative education models, journal of islamic studies, 1(2), 1–23\ harahap, s., wahdi, h., and wulandini (2020). readiness to face changes in elementary school teachers against types of culture and organizational support. 359-36 hasyim, m (2016). modernization of islamic boarding school education in the perspective of kh. abdurrahman wahid. cendekia, journal of islamic studies. volume 2, number 2, p:1-25 ichsan, a.s., sembiring, i.d., and luthfiah, n (2020). islamic education faces tradition, transition, and modernization. fitrah: journal of islamic education (fjie). vol. 1 no. 1 kamal, f and mukromin (2018). islamic boarding school modernism as a non-dichotomous islamic educational institution. paramurobi journal, vol. 1, no. 2, p:10-21 karo, t.k (2017). modernization of islamic education in egypt. journal of waraqat volume ii, no. 2, p:97-132 madjid, n. (2014). modern islam and indonesianness. bandung: pt pemuda rosdakarya. munif, m., rozi, f., and aminullah, m (2021). islamic boarding school-based school curriculum development innovation in increasing public trust. manazhim: journal of management and educational sciences, vol. 3(2), p.183-200 nurjannah, s.m., rusdinal, hadiyanto, and adi, n (2021). readiness to accept organizational change in the pandemic period for school administration staff at smpns in payakumbuh city. journal of education tambusai, volume 5 number 3 years, p. 7407-7413 sagala, s. (2017). strategic management in improving the quality of education. bandung: alphabeta siswati (2018). integrated islamic boarding school as a solution to the problems of islamic religious education in the era of globalization. jpii. volume 2, number 2, p:123-138 subhan, a (2012). indonesian islamic education institutions in the 20th century the struggle between modernization and identity, jakarta: kencana utami, s.w., rusdinal, jasrial, and ningrum, t.a (2022). readiness to accept organizational changes during the pandemic for school administration staff in state junior high schools. journal of educational administration and leadership, volume 2 number 3, p 321-324 wahidah, e.y (2015). study on the implementation of traditionalization and modernization of education in islamic boarding schools. muadib-journal of islamic education. vol.05 no.02,p:184-205 widayani, k. (2020). implementation of change management on the performance of educators and education personnel at mts negeri 3 medan. hijri journal of islamic and educational management, vol. 9. no. 1, p. 78 – 86 © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 21 analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo uni versitas wijaya kusuma surabaya pratomo.gigih@yahoo.com abstract developing countries are always faced with various economic development challenges (todaro, 2000). development of social economic infrastructures has an important factor to influence the level of gross domestic product. in coastal areas, infrastructure development is low and not optimal utilization. this study aims to determine the effects of development of social economic infrastructures to the economy of coastal area in east java province during the perion 2008-2015. this study uses secondary data and samples taken by purposive random sampling technique that is the district/city of banyuwangi, jember, probolinggo, trenggalek, sumenep, sampang, bangkalan, lamongan, gresik, malang, dan kota surabaya. this study uses panel data fixed effects model (fem) method with generalized least square (gls) cross section weight.the results of this study indicate that the variable of number school building, roads, and electricities significantly and positively effect to the economy of coastal area in east java province. keywords : infrastructure, social, economic, coastal area, economic development. introduction developing countries are always faced with various economic development challenges (todaro, 2000). the development challenges arise because of improvements in the quality of community life to increase incomes, improve the quality of education, improve health and nutrition standards, eradicate poverty, improve the environment, allocate opportunities, equal distribution of i ndividual freedoms, and refresh the cultural life. c hallenges and demands are inseparable from the existence of physical infrastructure and non-physical infrastructure. infrastructure is an important element i n the production process in the economic sectors such as trade, industry, and agriculture that can improve efficiency i n production activities, consumption and in support of distribution activities. availability of i nfrastructure will be able to reduce mailto:pratomo.gigih@yahoo.com the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 22 production costs, expand market access, and can i ncrease the number of people's income(barid, wajdi, ummah, & etikasari, 2017). infrastructure development is a form of sustainable development that includes a balance of ecological, social, cultural and economic aspects (mulyadi, 2015). the concept of sustai nable development contai ns the assumption that the nature of a development to realize the welfare of society must be based or i n accordance with its infrastructure planning. sustai nable development encompasses environmental, economic and social dimensions, whose concept is a long-term sustainable development, over a period of i ntergeneration and seeks to provide sufficient resources and a healthy environment to support life. sustai nable development is related to socioeconomic order in social life in developing countries which is implemented with society's role i n building a strong economy and dynamics. infrastructure development will encourage economic growth and an increase in gross domestic gross (gdp) in indonesia. economic growth is the development of economic activities that cause the production of goods and services increased so that society will increase the prosperity of society (sukirno, 2015). the infrastructure development is realized by the government through the infrastructure priority program in 2010-2014, the mp3ei program (master plan for the acceleration of expansion of indonesian economic development), which also i ncludes the fulfi llment of the millennium development goals (mdgs). the mdgs program aims to accelerate infrastructure development to meet basic community needs, improve community welfare and expand and increase employment opportunities that will impact poverty reduction. adequate infrastructure will be able to support the economic activities of the community. logically, infrastructure development such as roads and bridges will facilitate the flow of transportation and trade traffic in a region. listrk infrastructure development will support the production and consumption process. the development of social infrastructure such as hospitals, schools, places of worship, markets wi ll provide convenience and the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 23 efficiency in economic transactions conducted by the community. the development of educational infrastructure will provide a framework for the development of qualified human resources as human capital in the labor market. non-physical infrastructure in the form of education and health is an indicator in determini ng the level of community welfare. the quality of non-physical infrastructure development in human resources aspects is reflected through human development index (hd i). hd i is composed of three basic dimensions of health, education, and quality of life standards (bps, 2016). increasing hd i by improving the quality of community education, it is hoped that with a good education a person has a desire to escape from the poverty cycle he suffered, by findi ng innovations i n the management of resources owned, the ability to use science and technology i n everyday life as an effort to develop his ability, of the importance of health, both for themselves and their families. therefore, the development of nonphysical i nfrastructure in the form of school construction is important in achievi ng economic growth objecti ves as expected. infrastructure development to increase economic growth through the increase of gross domestic product (gdp) both nationally and regionally, is expected to produce output that can be felt by all levels of society with the increase of people's welfare. however, the phenomenon that occurs indicates an imbalance in certain community groups. according to todaro (2000), differences i n natural, social and economic conditions of a region affect the economic behavior of people i n the region. economic growth of each region and economic structure will be different, thus causi ng an imbalance i n the welfare of society due to uneven income received. inequality between regions that occur due to differences in natural conditions and natural resources owned, and can be reviewed on the socio-economic conditions of communi ties in coastal areas. infrastructure development is closely related to regional and global dynamics. developing countries should consider global dynamics that focus on the potential a nd resource advantages in creating a sustainable development. the regional structures of the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 24 fisheries and marine wi ll contribute to the economy from fishery and marine resources. potential resources i n east java provi nce surrounded by coastal and mari ne areas are fishery and mari ne resources. east java provi nce has an area of sea and coastal area that reaches twice of land area (bps, 2015). the vast coastal areas of east java show the availability of abundant natural resource potentials, but it is not an ind icator of the high public welfare. east java province is one of the provinces in indonesia which has a wide coastal area of 22 districts / municipalities of a total of 38 districts / municipalities is a district / city with marine and coastal areas within it. the communities in the coastal areas are classified into the poorest groups of society, i n addition to farm laborers, and salt farmers. however, the group is considered difficult to achieve because of the low quality of its resources so that less able to utilize existing facilities and production factors. in addition, coastal areas are outside the growth centers of districts, as they are far from the center of economic acti vity i n a particular district / city. infrastructure development in coastal areas is also considered less when compared to the central growth areas in districts. this can be seen from the lack of adequate road facilities, limited electricity distribution, and low public awareness in the field of education. this study aims to determi ne the influence of social and economic infrastructure development in the form of school buildi ngs, roads, and electrical power installed to the economy of the district / city coastal areas in the provi nce of east java. materials and methods this study uses a quantitati ve approach that emphasizes the testing of theories through the measurement of research variables with numbers and perform data analysis with statistical procedures. quantitative research methods will be able to provide solutions to research problems objectively through econometric analysis. the focus of this research is the development of socio-economic infrastructure and its effect the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 25 on the economy in east java province. this study uses a period of time ie 8 years of 2008-2015. this study uses secondary data because secondary data is primary data that has been further processed and presented by data collectors, which are generally presented in the form of tables or diagrams (sugiharto, 2015). the data needed in this study is the gross domestic product (gdp) data, the number of school bui ldings, the length of the district / city road, and the amount of electrical power installed. this study uses a population of 38 districts / cities in the provi nce of east java, indonesia. the sampli ng technique used in this research is purposive random sampling technique, which is sample selection based on some criteria that can help to understand certain information or research objecti ves to be achieved then selected at random (wijaya, 2013). the criteria determined to determi ne the sample in this study are districts that have coastal or marine areas. east java provi nce is one of the provinces in indonesia which has a wide coastal area of 22 districts / city with sea and coastal areas of the total of 38 districts / cities. based on these criteria, the samples are banyuwangi, jember, proboli nggo, trenggalek, sumenep, sampang, bangkalan, lamongan, gresik, malang and surabaya. the method of analysis used in this research is multiple linear regression of data panel. multiple li near regression is indicated by the number of variables studied over two variables, as well as panel data structures covering the cross section area consisting of 11 districts / city and a period of 8 years ie in 2008-2015. panel data is a sequence of time and cross section data (ariefianto, 2012). this research use multiple linear regression panel data analysis with equation as follows: loggdpit = α0 + α1logsklhit + α2logjlnit+ α3logd ytit + ɛit the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 26 where loggdpit is a logarithm of gross regional domestic product in the regency / city in year. logsklhit is the logarithm of the number of school buildings in the regency / city in year. logsklhit is the logarithm length of roads in the regency / city in year; logd ytit is the number of electrical power installed in the regency / city in year. α0 is a constant. α1 … α3 is the research parameter and ɛit is standard error. results and discussion results in processing data that is panel data, there are three methods that are cem, fem, and rem. to determi ne the use of methods from the three methods, the c how and hausman tests were performed. chow test is done by compari ng the value of f statistic and c hi square value to obtain decision of selected method between cem and fem. based on chow test results, f statistic or 135.512416 greater than the value of f table with numerator 3 and denumerator 84 on α of 5% (0.05) of 2.71. similarly, the probability value f of 0.0000 is smaller than the value of α of 5% (0.05), or can be written 0.0000 <0.05. from these results can be concluded that the exact model used is fixed effects model (fem). table 1 test results panel data modell test result modell chow f statistic > f tabel fem prob. f < α 5% fem hausmann chi square statistic > chi square tabel fem prob. chi-square < α 5% fem α 5% = 0.05 source: data processed, 2017 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 27 according to the selected model results in the chow test, the fem model, the hausman test is then performed to determi ne a more precise model between fem or rem. the hausman test statistic follows the statistical distribution of c hi square with the degree of freedom (df) as much as k (the number of independent variables). in hausmann test, the choice of fem or rem model is determi ned based on chi square statistic or chi square test compared with chi square table value, and chi square probability value compared to α value used in this research is 5%. the result, chi square statistic value is 66.003007. the value is greater than the value of chi -square table is 7.815 or can be written 66.003007> 7.815, and the probability value of chisquare is 0.0000. the value is smaller than the value of α 0.05 (0.0000 <0.05), then the exact model used in this study is the fixed effects model (fem). after conducting chow and hausmann test, it can be concluded that this research uses fixed effect model (fem) model data regression, with 11 units of cross section of district and city having 8 years time series data. in this research, i ndependent and bounded variables are transformed in log form with fi xed effect model and generali zed least square (gls) weighted method. the results show the model equation as follows: loggdp = -8.852983* + 0.767060logsklh* + 0.187125logjln* + 0.231318logd yt* based on the analysis results show that the constant, the number of school buildings, the length of regency / city roads, and installed electrical power, affect the level of grdp in the period 2008-2015. the results of regression research model can be observed from table 3 below: table 2 the findings panel data modell** the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 28 variable coefficient tstatistic probability constants -8.852983 -9.259469 0.0000* logsklh 0.767060 5.665009 0.0000* logjln 0.187125 3.241026 0.0018* logd yt 0.231318 7.559178 0.0000* r-squared 0.991176 adjusted r-squared 0.989626 f-statistic 639.4288* prob(f-statistic) 0.000000* sum squared resid 1.188985 durbin-watson stat 1.237039 information: * significant at α of 5% ** passed the classical assumption test of linearity, multicoli nearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation, and normality source: data processed, 2017 from the analysis results can be seen that the number of school buildings significantly and positi vely affect the gdp in 11 districts / cities in east java. this is shown from the model estimation results that the t-count value of 5.665009 is greater than the value of t-table 1.988961 (5.665009> 1.988961), and the probability value of 0.0000 is smaller than the α of 5 percent (0.0000 <0.05). with the parameter coefficient value of 0.767060, shows the relationship between the number of school buildings and the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 29 gdp, where if the number of school buildi ngs increased 1 percent, then the value of gdp will rise by 0.767060 percent. but if the number of school buildings decreased by 1 percent, then the gdp also decreased by 0.767060 percent. district / cities road infrastructure variables significantly and positively affect the grdp in 11 districts / cities i n east java. this is shown from the model estimation results that the t-count value of 3.241026 is greater than the value of t-table 1.988961 (3.241026> 1.988961), and the probability value of 0.0018 is smaller than the α of 5 percent (0.0018 <0.05). with the parameter coefficient value of 0.187125, shows the relationship between the variable length of road and gdp, where if the length of the district road / cities increased 1 percent, then the value of gdp will rise by 0.187125 percent. however, if the length of district / city roads decreased by 1 percent, then the gdp also decreased by 0.187125 percent. furthermore, the third variable is the i nstalled electric power variables also significantly and positi vely affect the gdp in 11 districts / cities in east java. this is shown from the model estimation results that the t-count value of 7.559178 is greater than the value of t-table 1.988961 (7.559178> 1.988961), and the probability value of 0.0000 is smaller than the α of 5 percent (0.0000 <0.05). with the value of parameter coefficient of 0.231318, shows the relationship between the variable installed power and pdrb, where if the amount of installed power increased 1 percent, then the value of gdp will rise by 0.231318 percent. however, if the installed power decreased by 1 percent, then the gdp also decreased by 0.231318 percent. discussion efforts to promote economic growth and development in indonesia today represent the embodiment of the government of indonesia's commitment to the millennium development goals (mdgs) which is a collecti ve agreement with the heads of state and representatives from 189 other united nations (un) countries. the mdgs the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 30 are the millennium development goals that contain eight points of objectives to achieve people's welfare and community development. the mdgs have become an important reference for development in indonesia, from planning to implementation (lako, 2014). the mdgs outline the government's initial efforts to inventory human development situations related to achieving the mdgs objecti ves, measuring and analyzi ng progress as they make these achievements a reality, as well as identifyi ng and reviewing government policies and programs needed to meet these goals. with the main objective of reducing the number of people with i ncomes below the regional mi nimum wage. acceleration of growth and economic development is carried out i n all economic sectors and reaches all levels of society. this government effort can be seen from the formation of new programs and policies in order to reali ze the goals of community welfare. these programs and policies include the establishment of a national program for independent community empowerment (pnpm mandiri), the master plan for the acceleration and expansion of indonesian economic development (mp3ei). they are not only a program that aims to increase the value of economic growth as high as possible, but also state the development and national income so that it can reach all levels of society, improve welfare, reduce inequality of income and unequal population who can enjoy the results of development. the classification of programs, policies and institutions is tailored to the desired objecti ves, such as pnpm mandiri rural to reach people in rural areas away from the economic center of the city, pnpm mandiri disadvantaged areas, papua development, and pnpm mandiri marine and fisheries whose target is coastal communities . while mp3ei is a government program to accelerate the economic growth of indonesian territory. the development of economic corridors in indonesia is based on the potentials and advantages of each region sprea d throughout indonesia. government efforts to increase economic growth in indonesia can not be separated from infrastructure development. availability infrastructure as a means and the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 31 infrastructure in a region determines the smooth implementation of economic activities. public works infrastructure plays an important role i n supporti ng national economic growth, especially as a liaison between production processes, markets and end consumers whose existence can reflect the ability of society to produce and the level of community welfare as well as social capital for the community in conducting its activities. the availability of public works infrastructure which is a physical building for public interest and public safety, such as roads, irrigation, clean water, electricity, sanitation and other supplementary buildi ngs of other settlement acti vities, is a prerequisite for good economic rotation. infrastructure is the drivi ng wheel of economic growth (atmaja, 2015). infrastructure will be a driving force for the development of the country and region due to a public and private development. this phenomenon is meant by the existence of sustai nable infrastructure development will increase the consumption value of society to various needs of goods and services i n an economy. increased consumption values reflected in the ability of purchasing power have an impact on i ncreasing the productivity of labor to continue to increase its income. the community will tend to improve the quality of its human resources to compete in the labor market to obtain decent employment. decent and adequate employment opportunities will have an impact on improving people's prosperity. development of socio-economic infrastructure related to human resources can be reflected from the aspect of education. educational aspect is an important infrastructure as an approach in i ncreasing the quantity and quality of human resources which in the economy will become human capital. the process of developing educational i nfrastructure in human resource deve lopment must be followed by the development of technology and information (atmaja and mahalli, 2015). infrastructure required in the process of human resource development include school buildings, road the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 32 infrastructure, electrical i nstallations, telecommunications and i nternet networks to keep pace with global developments. one of the physical infrastructure in the development of human resources is the quantity and quality of school buildings. this study shows that the number of school buildings will improve the quality of the economy in coastal areas because people will have higher education and feasibility of learni ng materials. adequate school buildings will provide a condition where adequate educational support facilities and infrastructure for coastal communities in improving the quality of human resources and reducing illiteracy rates. the development of school buildi ng infrastructure is closely related to human resource development through improvi ng the quality of education is also needed to improve the human development index. in the variable of the number of school buildings this study is a school buildi ng from elementary school (sd), junior high school (smp), high school (sma), and equi valent level. school buildi ng infrastructure has a significant and positive influence on the rate of economic growth. thus, the social aspect of improving the quality of education proxied in the school bui lding infrastructure can be an indicator of the economic growth rate of districts / municipalities, especially in the province of east java. figure 1. the value of human development index of coastal area in east java province source: data processed, 2017 0 20 40 60 80 100 ip m banyuwangi jember probolinggo lamongan sumenep bangkalan the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 33 the educational dimension carries two components of the human development index, the school expectancy figures and literacy figures. improvi ng the quality of education will determi ne the value of the human development index with the existence of adequate school buildings is expected to create a good education to cut the circle of poverty in coastal areas. education will create creative ideas and innovations i n the development of technology and information that will be useful for people's li ves and the economy. the value of human development index of all coastal areas in east java province conti nued to increase from 2008-2014, although i n some districts / cities had decreased in 2010. human development index as one of the indicators of community welfare needs to be improved through the improvement of three dimensions of human development index, namely the dimensions of education, health, and a decent life. number of roads is a much needed infrastructure for people especially for land transportation and trade traffic. road is an intercultural liaison in east java province that provides facilities in trade and other economic transactions. in the coastal areas the quality and quantity of roads is the main means of distribution of fishery products to be distributed to consumers and the processi ng industry. the highway will i ncrease the intensity of economic behavior to create a stable economy. the highway also provides a freedom and acceleration of population mobility to increase income. high mobility will have an effecti ve impact on trade processes and industrial acti vities. therefore, road infrastructure is an important factor in the development of coastal areas and improving economic conditions. an important issue in infrastructure development programs in east java province is the more dominant development program conducted in urban centers than coastal areas. this is contrary to the urgency of i nfrastructure development i n deciding the chain of poverty circles that occur in coastal areas. road infrastructure in coastal areas of east java is inadequate and less qualified in supporti ng economic activity. inadequate road infrastructure impacts income inequality between communities in urban the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 34 and rural areas. the number of roads i n coastal areas should be i ncreased i n quality and quantity to reach coastal areas. roads built should be able to connect between fishermen or the general public to the market or the processing i ndustry. another i nfrastructure that is an important i ndicator of the success of economic development is the electricity infrastructure. electricity infrastructure can be reviewed with power capacity i nstalled i n a region. the i nstalled power capacity will show the magnitude of the region's ability to absorb electricity for production, distribution and consumption in an area's economy. electricity is the core requirement of all business entities and sectors i n the economy because it provides an energy i n the economy. an area that does not have adequate electricity i nfrastructure then the economy will tend to be sluggish. this is because all economic sectors require electricity supply for their economic acti vities. the government through the mp3ei program has a primary focus on energy availability. this is due to the need for energy especially from electricity will support the long-term development program. conclusion the number of school buildi ngs, road infrastructure, and installed electrical power infrastructure has a positive effect on gdp. improving the quality of school bui ldings, roads and electricity i nfrastructure will contribute positively to the increase of gdp in east java province. infrastructure school will provide improvements in the qualit y of human resources as development capital. the road infrastructure will lead to the flow of transport and trade traffic in the fishery and marine sector in east java provi nce. electricity infrastructure will support community activities i n the production , distribution and consumption process. the government should pay particular attention to the quality of coastal area i nfrastructure that i ncludes school buildi ngs, roads and electricity. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 35 references ariefianto, m.d. (2012). ekonometrika esensi dan aplikasi dengan menggunakan eviews. jakarta: penerbit erlangga. atmaja, h.k. and mahalli, k. (2015). pengaruh peni ngkatan infrastruktur terhadap pertumbuhan ekonomi di kota sibolga. jurnal ekonomi. 3(4).248-265. badan pusat statistik. (2009). jawa timur dalam angka tahun 2015. surabaya : pusat data, statistik, dan informasi badan pusat statistik. barid, m., wajdi, n., ummah, y. c., & etikasari, d. (2017). ukm development business loan, 1(1), 99–110. ___________________.(2010). jawa timur dalam angka tahun 2015. surabaya : pusat data, statistik, dan informasi badan pusat statistik. ___________________.(2011). jawa timur dalam angka tahun 2015. surabaya : pusat data, statistik, dan informasi badan pusat statistik. ___________________.(2012). jawa timur dalam angka tahun 2015. surabaya : pusat data, statistik, dan informasi badan pusat statistik. ___________________.(2013). jawa timur dalam angka tahun 2015. surabaya : pusat data, statistik, dan informasi badan pusat statistik. ___________________.(2014). jawa timur dalam angka tahun 2015. surabaya : pusat data, statistik, dan informasi badan pusat statistik. ___________________.(2015). jawa timur dalam angka tahun 2015. surabaya : pusat data, statistik, dan informasi badan pusat statistik. __________________.(2016). jawa timur dalam angka tahun 2016. surabaya : pusat data, statistik, dan informasi badan pusat statistik. lako, a. (2014). green economy, menghijaukan ekonomi, bisnis, dan akuntansi. jakarta : penerbit erlangga. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 1 2017 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attrib ution sharealike 4.0 international license. analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province gigih pratomo 36 mulyadi, m, et al. (2015). pembangunan berkelanjutan : dimensi sosial, ekonomi, dan lingkungan. jakarta : pusat pengkajian, pengolahan data dan informasi (p3d i) sekjend dpr ri. sugiarto. (2015). metode statistika bisnis. tangerang: pt. matana publishing utama. sukirno, s. (2015). makroekonomi teori pengantar. jakarta: pt. rajawali pers. todaro, m. p. 2000. pembangunan ekonomi 1. jakarta: bumi aksara. wijaya, t. (2013). metodologi penelitian ekonomi dan bisnis : teori dan praktik. yogyakarta: graha ilmu. microsoft word 11 teaching_estu 213-226 213 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district istu handono1, rudy handoko2, endang indartuti3, ute chairuz m. nasution4 universitas 17 agustus 1945 surabaya correspondent author: istuhandono.bwi@gmail.com abstract: teachers who get certification are entitled to a professional allowance. the government hopes that with this allowance, teachers can improve their welfare and performance. but unexpectedly, after receiving the professional allowance, teachers are not compensated with good quality and competence. related to this, the banyuwangi regency government made improvements through the education office branch. a management system for monitoring and control of performance and allowances (sritanjung) management program was launched to control teacher quality and competency. this study aims to build an implementation model for the sritanjung program as a quality control and appropriate teacher competency. factors that support or inhibit will be sought and try to find a solution. this study uses a descriptive qualitative method by collecting data in the field through interviews and questionnaires to all parties involved. the results showed that 1) the implementation of the program as a quality control and teacher competence in the process there are problems with legality, attitude and character of supervisors and principals, target targets/teachers, and tools. while the supporting factors for program implementation as control are: (a) the existence of implementer intentions and agreements, (b) the existence of a legal umbrella, (c) application support, and (d) the availability of implementor resources that are ready. while the inhibiting factors are (a) policy; assignment legality for school supervisors and principals, (b) tools; teacher's computer equipment, frequent errors, incomplete features, and internet signal, (c) systems and processes; lack of clear information about the program, and (d) from human resources; not all teachers are familiar with applications, honesty of information from teachers, weak mastery of information technology and computers, allocation of allowances and busyness of teachers. meanwhile, the program implementation model for quality control and teacher competence that has been built and is appropriate is the co-han model, which is presumably the initial solution. the co-han model is a combination of the old program implementation model and some elements of the coco control model. this new model involves elements of attitude and characteristics of implementers and targets. involving the elements of attitude and character in the form of goals, commitment, and abilities is considered very important. with a good attitude and character, it is hoped that the program can be implemented properly too, so that the goals will be easily achieved. the combination of management as a system, as well as commitment and ability as a character will greatly influence program objectives. this is considered a very effective, necessary and new combination in a program implementation as control. keywords: control, program implementation, quality and competence, model introduction teachers are moral and intellectual forming actors in schools and are fully responsible for reflective pedagogy, through the teacher's role authentic personal relationships for instilling values for students take place (paul suparno, et al, 2002). related to this, teachers are the spearhead of success in education, and are required to have the required competencies. according to brock & stoner, competence is a qualitative description of the behavior of teachers or educational staff which seems handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 214 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 very meaningful (in mulyasa, 2013). this confirms that teachers who have competence can be called good quality. in practice, to get good quality, it is necessary to carry out an integrated check to obtain or maintain it so that it can run according to existing plans and standards. quality control and competence in teachers are always related to the enforcement of work discipline, so that the overall process can be realized as expected. quality control for teachers is an activity carried out to monitor activities and ensure current teacher's performance (bakhtiar and famelia , 2017). control and supervision are also carried out to ensure that all activities go according to plan. if deviations occur, they can be corrected, so that what is expected can be achieved (sofyan assauri in hayu kartika, 2013). research on quality control has also been carried out by chinyere agatha (2015), devesh & nageswara rao (2017), sukmon (2018). the government's efforts to improve the quality of teachers are carried out through the provision of certificates in an effort to improve the quality and also the welfare of teachers. it is also stated in article 1 paragraph (12) that an educator's certificate is formal evidence as recognition given to teachers as professionals (law no.14 of 2005). certification as an effort to improve the quality and welfare of teachers is aimed at improving the quality of learning in education in indonesia in a sustainable manner (kusnandar, 2011). certification should ideally have a positive impact on performance, because being certified means you are entitled to professional allowances. the existence of these allowances is expected to improve teacher welfare, but unexpectedly, it also creates new problems. the problem is that after receiving professional allowances, teachers are not compensated with good quality and competence. this fact occurs in banyuwangi regency, where there are still many teachers with increased welfare but not supported by improved quality and better competence, especially in terms of moral responsibility in fostering future generations. related to this, the banyuwangi regency government feels the need to make a number of improvements, namely creating a balance between teacher welfare and improving quality and competence. currently, the banyuwangi regency education office has made efforts to improve the quality and competence of both certified and non-certified asn teachers. a management system for monitoring and control of performance and allowances (sritanjung) management program was launched as quality and competency control for the planned organization. in the implementation of the sritanjung program, all processes of routine teacher activities in carrying out obligations and assignments must be reported to the principal for supervision and control according to the active education calendar range. next, the head of school reports the results of the teacher's performance to the supervisor from the office to carry out a feasibility assessment of the recipient of the professional allowance which is decided by the branch head of the education office. in short, statistics on the increase in educational qualifications and teacher competence will be analyzed and made into a report to the higher education office unit. initial control over the implementation of the sritanjung program in the field was running on a standard basis, but several obstacles came from the supervisor, principal and the target (teacher) regarding literal understanding had not all been met. control in the form of emphasis made on targets requires a high awareness of themselves. several components as basic principles must be adopted and understood by them, namely; objectives, commitments, and capabilities, which are currently not visible in practice. coordination between all executors and targets involved in technical control has been carried out, but is considered to be less intensive. by understanding and implementing all of these components in the field and supported by the sritanjung program, it is hoped that quality control and teacher competence will be in accordance with the wishes of the banyuwangi regency education office branch. handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 215 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 this research seeks to build an implementation model for the sritanjung program as a quality control and appropriate teacher competency. related factors that support or hinder will be sought and try to find a solution. it is hoped that after the construction of the sritanjung program implementation model as the new controller, the banyuwangi regency education office branch can improve the quality and competence of state high school teachers with asn status and certification. it is presumed that the high quality and competence of teachers will be more successful in nurturing the younger generation of schools that will come to be superior in banyuwangi regency. methodology the approach used in this research is descriptive and qualitative. the use of this approach is intended to understand phenomena, about what is experienced and felt by researchers holistically described in the form of words and language in a context, especially natural ones, by utilizing various natural methods (moleong, 2017). furthermore, according to moleong, the description aims to collect detailed current information that describes existing symptoms, identifies problems or examines conditions and practices that apply systematically. in descriptive research aimed at describing or describing existing phenomena, both natural phenomena and human engineering. data collection was carried out in natural conditions (natural setting). data collection and processing techniques in this study were mostly carried out by means of observation, interviews, and documentation. while the data analysis technique is done by sorting, coding, and categorizing, the findings are obtained based on the focus/problem to be answered. data analysis involves open data collection, based on general questions and analysis of information from participants (rahardjo, 2014). furthermore, in the data analysis process, it is also carried out interactively and continues continuously until it is complete and the data is saturated. qualitative data analysis can obtain regularity and systematic system (sugiyono, 2017). after all the data has been collected, the final analysis process is data reduction, presenting, and verifying or drawing conclusions. conclusions are drawn by drawing findings based on research variables in the problems found during the research, both during data collection and data presentation. furthermore, researchers will check the results found with the evidence obtained from both primary and secondary data. so the conclusions obtained are really the answers to the problems in this study. if the conclusions are inadequate, it is necessary to re-test by looking for some more data in the field, trying to be interpreted with a more focused focus. results and discussion in order to produce qualified and responsible teachers as mandated by law. the government of banyuwangi regency, through the education office branch, exercises control by implementing the sri tanjung management program. implementation and application as a form of control are in accordance with the original plan and carried out by all related parties. handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 216 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 figure 1. program implementation for quality control and teacher competence implementation as control involves parties, namely branch heads of the education office, supervisors, principals, and teachers who each have duties and responsibilities, with steps that have been formulated from the start. 1. in the aspect of program planning, the basis for the policy used is quality, competence and receiving teacher allowances, namely law no. 14/2005 concerning teachers and lecturers (article 1) and government regulation no. 41/2009. 2. the organizational aspect of the program, the implementation of the program by the education office branch of banyuwangi regency is influenced by each individual and cooperation between members through communication at all related levels. in order to facilitate communication, it is necessary to apply and enforce organizational principles in the form of: (a) chain of command; (b) delegation of authority, (c) authority or authority, and (d) span of control 3. aspects of implementation/program implementation. the desire of the banyuwangi regency education office branch to make improvements to the quality of education and teacher welfare is carried out by increasing their quality and competence. therefore, control over organization is planned. all activities that have been carried out by the teacher in the form of obligations and duties according to the active education calendar must be reported to the principal for supervision and control. the results of the report are then assessed for feasibility by the head of the education office branch for consideration of receiving a professional allowance. in addition, statistics on the increase in educational qualifications and teacher competence are also analyzed and reported to the higher education office units. 4. aspects of monitoring and controlling. the implementation of the program by the office branch heads, supervisors and school principals for controlling teachers is also monitored and controlled manually or online. the aim is to find out the dynamics of the performance and work productivity of asn teachers who will be and have been certified in the banyuwangi district government. the results obtained from monitoring and controlling from school supervisors and principals are submitted to the head of the education office branch, then a decision on eligibility regarding teacher allowances and welfare is obtained based on objective considerations. as well as paying attention handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 217 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 to the financial capacity of the region through the approval of the dprd and in accordance with the provisions of the applicable laws and regulations. evaluation in this activity is an assessment of the performance of supervisors, principals and teachers through the sritanjung application to find out the results of the work by the head of the banyuwangi regency education office branch. globally, evaluation activities by the banyuwangi regency education office branch are intended to measure the performance of supervisors and principals and teachers in their respective work units in developing and improving the quality of performance, so that leaders can identify and take effective action. performance evaluation carried out by the branch head of the education office for supervisors and school principals and teachers can take the form of correcting or repairing work that is not in line with expectations, and follow-up coaching can be carried out. implementation supporting factors as control the discussion of the factors that support and hinder implementation as a quality control and the competence of certified asn teachers starts with findings in the field. the main finding is that there are indications that these implementers have committed and are capable of implementing control for the purpose of improving the quality and competence of teachers through the implementation of the sri tanjung management program. the findings of other supporting factors are obtained from several dimensions, such as the dimensions of policy, tools/applications, implementation processes, implementer human resources, targets and programs as a policy rule. some of these supporting dimensions are; there is already a policy in the form of a program from the government and it is followed up by the education office branch (decree of the head of the banyuwangi regency education office branch no.188.4/ 0.401/10.6.7/2021 concerning minimum completeness of asn performance), there are already supporting tools/applications (sritanjung), there is already an implementor (head of service branch, supervisor, principal) who is prepared according to their respective duties and responsibilities as well as clear elements of goals and objectives (teachers). the findings from the supervisor regarding the supporting factors for the implementation of the program itself are: (a) the existence of a beneficial program for teachers, (b) can encourage teachers to improve performance, (c) support the improvement of teacher quality and competence, (d) can monitor the active role teachers in learning in education units, (e) can control the achievement of teaching hours and teacher attendance, (f) can control the use of certification funds according to their designation, and (g) can improve the quality of education in banyuwangi regency in the future. while the supporting factors in terms of tools/applications are: (a) the sritanjung application is very effective, efficient, practical, (b) it makes it easier for supervisors and principals to see teacher development, (c) the sritanjung application can monitor teacher's performance quickly. different opinions related to factors supporting program implementation as controlling teacher quality and competency were expressed by the principal, that: (a) control becomes more effective, (b) can encourage gtk to improve performance, (c) control does not require expensive and simple costs, ( d) control can identify teachers who obey the rules and are disciplined in fulfilling their administrative obligations, and (e) the branch of the education office can map the quality and discipline of teachers. while the supporting factors in terms of tools/applications are; (a) easy to use, (b) effective and efficient, (c) system-based so it's easy to process, and (d) through this application the education office can retrieve data about teachers in the administrative field. all of these supporting factors indicate that the implementation of the program for control has led to a concept of improving quality of teachers and competence. handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 218 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 implementation inhibiting factors as control in accordance with the results obtained from interviews with the head of the banyuwangi regency education office branch, the inhibiting factors for the implementation of the sritanjung management program for controlling teacher quality and competence, namely: (a) allowance allocations were not appropriate and resulted in teachers being confused when filling out their performance accountability reports. (b) the teacher has not fully mastered the sritanjung application, (c) the teacher's computer equipment is slow because the device is too old, and (d) the teacher has other activities outside of his duties and responsibilities. other findings that were successfully explored by the supervisor were: (a) from a policy point of view, namely the issue of legality for the supervisor as program executor, there was no assignment certificate (sk). (b) in terms of tools/applications, not all teachers are familiar with the sritanjung application, (c) from the system and implementation process, there is no clear information about the program as a whole and after teacher performance reports are submitted, teachers do not receive information about evaluation results and follow-up results performance reports, (d) from human resources (teachers), there is no honesty from teachers in providing correct information in their reports. meanwhile, the opinion of the principal about the inhibiting factors comes from the application. barriers to the sritanjung application in the form of frequent errors, incomplete features, and teachers' unfamiliarity with using the application have often become the subject of discussion. it is suspected that the application error was caused by an inadequate computer belonging to the teacher, and a weak internet signal in parts of banyuwangi regency. sritanjung program implementation model for control the implementation model of the sritanjung management program for controlling in order to improve the quality and competence of teachers at the banyuwangi regency education office is relatively new. sritanjung management, as a program implemented by the head of the service branch as the program leader, supervisors and principals as implementers, and teachers as the target group, has a system consisting of several sub-systems as a process. the process consists of planning, organizing, implementing, monitoring and controlling, and evaluating. in its implementation, measures to control teacher quality and competence by the education office branch, it turns out that there are still some problems in the process. based on the results of the questionnaire that has been carried out, there are processes that are still running that are not optimal and need improvement. viewed on a larger and more complex scale, the implementation of the sritanjung management program for quality and competency control is more important, namely the ability and commitment of the implementer. according to the branch head of the education office, the implementation of the sritanjung management program for quality control and teacher competence has good goals and activities. however, commitment and ability also need to be emphasized to be an important part of the control environment. with the commitment and ability, the control implementation model that has been carried out has similarities to the coco model (2005). this model is felt to be applicable and very much in accordance with the real conditions of program implementation as a quality control for teacher competence in the banyuwangi regency education office. the coco model does prioritize 5 elements, namely commitment, capability, action, monitoring and learning and purpose, but in this, control, monitoring, action (as control) and objectives have already been done and already in the original plan. this was justified by the school supervisors and principals, as quoted from the results of a poll that the education office branch must create a control environment, namely providing fundamental discipline and structure, such as: integrity and ethical values, commitment to competence, functioning of auditors, management philosophy and leadership style, organizational structure, assignment of handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 219 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 authority and responsibility, human resource policies and practices (nurhudah, kasmuri, sutenang, jaenuddin, and nawawi, 2 march 2022). in practice, some of these elements have been carried out, but commitment to improving the quality of competence and ability of teachers (practice from hr) has not been seen. other opinions also state that the elements of commitment and ability in parts of the coco model are very suitable for application to the implementation of control (sulistyono, heri rakhmat, achmad soedarto. mudjib, raudiono, 2 march 2022). the addition to the model is not because the control process with the existing management is not working, but the addition of the new process elements is deemed necessary and will make control activities in the field more effective in the future. the findings from the questionnaire that has been carried out and described previously, in the control process, it turns out that it is important to add elements; purpose, commitment, and ability. related to that, the three processes were adopted and included in the program implementation process model as quality control and pre-existing competencies. changes in the program implementation model for quality and competency control caused by the addition of new process parts are shown in the co-han model as shown below. figure 2. new model of program implementation for quality and competency control in the co-han model above, each executor has the following tasks. 1. branch head of banyuwangi regency education office as program leader, the branch head of the education office is in charge of implementing the program and providing direct instructions to supervisors and principals. furthermore, in this process, the task is also to indirectly control the target group/teacher. however, in the implementation of this program and control, the branch head of the education office continues to monitor all developments. monitoring by the branch head of the education office is an audit of the process and progress of program implementation as control. the branch head of the education office focuses on obtaining information about program implementation as control, namely on the elements of the decision-making process, institutional management, program management, and management of the control process. handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 220 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 monitoring by the branch head of the education office is supervision to find out whether the process of controlling the program has been according to plan or not, the obstacles that have occurred, and how to overcome them. the results of this monitoring are then used as feedback to improve program implementation as control. monitoring by the branch head of the education office is quite effective, because it has replaced the whole system of planning, programming, budgeting and evaluation of implementation. 2. overseer in the implementation of the program as quality and competency control, supervisors only carry out the duties and authority that have been given by the branch head of the education office, namely conveying a description of all the work that must be carried out by the principal related to controlling teacher quality and competence. another task is to participate in supervising and controlling the running of the program, recording obstacles that occur and then finding solutions, informing important findings to the head of the service branch and the head of school so that control can go according to plan. supervisors can carry out all of these tasks and authorities based on their commitment and ability. the commitment and ability referred to in the implementation of this control are; (1) commitment and ability to succeed in all processes of program control, (2) commitment and ability to submit all results of teacher performance reports to the branch head of the education office. this means that supervisors must have the commitment and ability to expressly and dare to convey any results of teacher's performance reports. his actions are indiscriminate, do not hide the good or bad results, the assessment is very objective, everything is delivered according to the results obtained. the results are then submitted or informed to the branch head of the education office to receive awards or sanctions according to the results of the assessment. in essence, the supervisor must have sufficient commitment and ability as a mouthpiece between the teacher and the branch head of the education office regarding the performance results of the implementation of controls. commitment and ability to contribute to giving sanctions or rewards to teachers. 3. principal the role of the principal in program implementation as controlling the quality and competence of teachers is greater than that of the supervisor, but the level of authority is below the supervisor. its main task is to disseminate, monitor and control control through the sri tanjung application for teachers. the role of the principal in implementing the program as controller, is the same as in general, namely as: (1) educator, (2) manager, (3) administrator, (4) supervisor, (5) leader (6) creator of the work climate, and, (7) entrepreneurs, for teachers. the role of the principal as a manager is to direct the efforts to continuously strengthen and develop the quality and competence of teachers. therefore, he must provide opportunities for teachers to continue to improve performance through increased competence, and training to support their professional quality. his job as the head of the work unit in schools must be constructive behavior. his success depends on the ability of the way he leads in an effort to improve the teacher's performance. in controlling the quality and competence of teachers, their duties include; planning decision-making, managing teachers so that their quality and productivity are boosted, providing guidance so that they work efficiently and effectively, so that the results of their work are of high quality. through fostering work discipline, it is hoped that the quality and competency improvements that have been planned can run well. as the controlling leader at the school work unit level, the principal with his management skills can develop effective school programs, create a conducive climate, build performance, monitor and control, assess daily activities, guide and develop teachers. in this coaching he must understand the different characters and habits of each teacher. handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 221 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the problems that often arise are the teacher's behavior in the learning process. the teacher sometimes just conveys the material but does not care about students understanding the material, does not recognize and understand students' needs, lacks mastery of learning tools, often skips classes, and arrives not on time. all of this can be monitored through the sritanjung application. the service branch through the school principal can monitor teachers who lack discipline in complying with their obligations. furthermore, the principal can take preventive action in the form of coaching these teachers. he became the spearhead of program implementation because he deals directly with teachers. furthermore, the principal supervises and controls teachers so that they comply with program objectives, records program obstacles and then finds solutions, informs important findings to the supervisor or service so that controlling teacher quality and competency can proceed according to plan. all of these tasks and authorities can be carried out by the principal based on the commitment and ability he has. commitment and ability in question are; (1) has the commitment and ability to succeed in all control processes with the program, (2) has the commitment and ability to submit all results of teacher performance reports to supervisors and heads of service branches in accordance with the facts. the principal must be committed and capable in a firm and courageous manner, indiscriminately, transparent (not covering up good or bad results). his assessment is very objective, and delivered according to reality. the commitment and ability of the principal in informing the results of the evaluation to the superintendent and the principal also influence and contribute to bringing teachers to be rewarded or sanctioned. the consistent attitude of the principal must be maintained, fulfilled, and proven in real terms to the teacher, so that the teacher can be motivated to improve his quality and competence in the future. the principal's obligations must be to ensure that the implementation of the program to control the quality and competence of state high school teachers with asn status and certification in banyuwangi regency has gone according to plan. quality control and competence in teachers are used by the principal to ensure that strategic things have been achieved, and that he is motivated and re-evaluates the effectiveness of the monitoring, planning, organizing and leadership activities that he is doing. 4. teacher as a control target through a program to improve quality and competence, the main aspect is that teachers must have the ability and understand the program objectives. with that, the teacher will feel motivated and moved to be involved and responsible for the success of the program. in realizing the program objectives of the education office branch, teachers must have the ability to; (1) improve the quality of work, (2) discipline (especially regarding timeliness), (3) being more creative and initiative, increasing skills and teaching skills, and (4) coordinating with all parties related to the learning process. all of this must be put in the form of a performance report and uploaded via the sritanjung application. meanwhile, in efforts to improve professionalism, teachers do the following: (1) continue their education to a higher level, (2) are active in the activities of the teacher working group and teacher community, (3) attend training that supports the quality of learning, (4) follow developments by reading the latest learning books, (5) re-analyzing learning processes or actions and evaluating them, and (6) writing papers. the six steps to improving professional competence will not work without adequate skills. the results of the teacher's performance will always be monitored, controlled, and evaluated by the principal and supervisor. if the results meet the requirements, then the teacher is entitled to receive an award in the form of continuous enrichment to obtain an skpt, and if it does not meet the requirements, then the teacher's ability needs to be coached and postponed to receive an skpt. handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 222 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 on the evaluation side, the supervisor and the principal in assessing the results of the evaluation of the teacher's performance must also have sufficient ability. the assessment of the evaluation results must be authentic and objective, so as to produce quality and competencies that are truly in accordance with the teacher's abilities. the results of the evaluation by the school supervisor and principal are then informed by the branch head of the education office. supervisors and school principals must also be committed to the teacher's performance results, so that the results of the evaluation he is informed of deserve an award or sanction from the head of the education office branch. the teacher's obligation is only to issue all abilities to improve their quality and competence to achieve the success of program goals. findings and implications on the program implementation model as control in the initial model of the implementation of the sri tanjung management program as quality control and teacher competence, they have high motivation. but over time, control began to show a decline. this is presumably because supervisors and principals as well as targets (teachers) already consider the program to be used. from this it is known that the implementation of the program as control has begun to change, so it is necessary to involve the attitude and character of the supervision personnel, the principal and the targets. their lack of commitment and ability starts to emerge and show. various reasons can be the reason, one of which is the lack of time when needed because there are other activities that they consider more important, such as working on the side elsewhere to supplement their income, meetings with teachers' organizations, family matters and so on. meanwhile, from the teacher's point of view, it must require the ability to achieve goals. teachers must have the ability to improve their quality and competence. the consequence of obtaining certification must be carried out and accounted for by the service. because of that, the ability and purpose of the teacher personnel is a separate consideration for changing the program implementation model as control. involving elements of commitment and ability in school supervisors and principals can be considered important for motivating and moving the wheels of control to achieve goals. according to the coco model (2005), commitment is part of the element of achieving a successful goal. because according to the coco model, commitment has a wide range of characteristics, such as: ethical values, integrity, communication, policies, hr management practices, consistency, authority, responsibility and accountability, and trust in supporting the achievement of goals. while the ability according to the coco model has characteristics in the form of; knowledge, expertise, equipment, communication, information, coordination, and control. the many characteristics of the commitment and ability elements of the coco model emphasize that adding elements to the sri tanjung management program implementation model like quality control and teacher competence is considered very important. therefore, in the old/existing program implementation model, aspects of commitment and ability to achieve successful goals should be included. the sri tanjung management program model as a new teacher quality and competency control (co-han) is expected to be a solution to problems in the next period. based on the findings from the research results, the implications can be put forward theoretically, namely: 1. in implementing the sri tanjung management program as a quality control and teacher competence as a program, a clear legal basis is needed, and legality for the implementers. so that implementers get enough space to carry out all activities for the success of program goals. 2. factors that support and inhibit the implementation of the sri tanjung management program, like quality control and teacher competence, can be assessed from the standpoint of policies, systems and implementation processes, human resources and tools. handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 223 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 3. the control implementation model that has been planned must always be updated according to the conditions in the field, then the new model is informed to all implementers which can then be used as operational guidelines/standards. 4. information about the program must be conveyed clearly to all parties involved, including targets/targets, so that the implementation can go according to plan. 5. the objectives, commitment, and ability of controllers must be considered and monitored, as well as targets/targets, to facilitate and expedite program implementation. so that the success rate of program objectives can be achieved optimally. furthermore, the practical implications of this research are: 1. the program implementation model as a new control is expected to have an impact in the form of a stronger commitment, increased capacity for program implementors and targets/targets to achieve goals. 2. with the implementation of the program as control, it is hoped that there will be an increase in the ability in terms of science, discipline, and self-character for implementers and targets/targets to improve their performance results, so that program goals can work well. . 3. it is hoped that the emergence of the co-han model can be used as a guideline or operational standard for program implementation as a quality control for teacher competence in banyuwangi regency. 4. increasing the number of students accepted at state universities (ptn) from all public high schools in banyuwangi regency evenly, as listed in the following table. table 1. number of students passing snmptn until 2022 no. name state high school students pass snmptn year 2020 year 2021 year 2022 1 pesanggaran 23 22 17 2 siliragung no high school no high school no high school 3 bangorejo 11 7 8 4 purwoharjo 34 38 41 5 tegaldlimo 18 8 32 6 muncar 19 5 16 7 cluring 20 17 24 8 gambiran 21 5 26 9 tegalsari no high school no high school no high school 10 glenmore 20 22 27 11 kalibaru no high school no high school no high school 12 genteng 83 51 87 13 srono 16 10 13 14 rogojampi 22 31 59 15 blimbingsari no high school no high school no high school 16 kabat no high school no high school no high school 17 singojuruh 23 13 52 18 sempu no high school no high school no high school 19 songgon no high school no high school no high school 20 glagah 36 52 36 21 licin no high school no high school no high school handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 224 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 22 banyuwangi 21 17 36 23 giri 33 39 46 24 kalipuro no high school no high school no high school 25 wongsorejo 10 12 12 total 410 349 532 from table 1 above, the impact of controlling the quality of teacher competence by the banyuwangi district education office in terms of the distribution of students accepted by ptn in 2022 compared to 2021. there was a significant increase. even though the number of students enrolled at ptn is not that different, the control over sri tanjung turns out to have had a significant impact on bringing positive changes in the future. furthermore, in terms of the number of asn teachers who take/continue to the masters level, can be seen in the following table. table 2. number of asn teachers who are studying masters until 2022 asn educator sertification number of civil servants completed postgraduate education total percent before 2017 year 2017 year 2018 year 2019 year 2020 year 2021 year 2022 833 192 9 2 2 1 1 3 210 25,2 % source: banyuwangi district education office branch, 2022 if seen from table 2 above, controlling the quality of teacher competence has a fairly good influence on competency improvement. this is evidenced by the increasing interest of teachers in continuing higher education (s2). so that in the future the quality of teacher competence in banyuwangi regency will continue to improve. the influence on other things, namely the increasing number of state high school teachers in banyuwangi regency who excel can be seen in table 3 below. table 3. number of achievements of public high school teachersat various levels until 2022 no achievement level achievement level year total <2019 2019 2020 2021 2022 1 district 0 0 2 1 1 3 2 provinces 0 0 0 0 5 0 3 national 15 0 0 0 7 15 total 18 source: banyuwangi district education office branch, 2022 until 2022, the number of state high school teachers who have achieved as many as 13 people compared to 2021, which amounted to 1 people. so it can be concluded that practically controlling has an impact on increasing the quality of competence of state high school teachers in banyuwangi regency. conclusion based on the results of the analysis and discussion of research in the previous chapter, in this study the following conclusions and suggestions can be obtained. handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 225 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 1. whereas the implementation of the sritanjung management program as quality control and competence for certified public high school teachers and asn status was initially quite good, in the process there were several problems related to legality for implementers, insufficient human resources from the attitude and character of supervisors and principals, targets and tools. this shows that the implementation model of the design that was made at the beginning was not appropriate. however, in the next process, the banyuwangi regency education office branch understood and found solutions to all the problems that occurred. 2. whereas the supporting factors for the implementation of the program are controlling the quality and competence of certified public high school teachers and asn status, namely: (a) that the implementer and targets from the start have intended and agreed to implement the program as control, (b) there is already a legal/policy basis namely the decree of the head of the banyuwangi district education office no. 188.4/0.401/10.6.7/2021 concerning the minimum completeness of asn performance), (c) there is already a tool as a support (sritanjung application), and (d) there is already an implementor (head of office branch, supervisor, principal) who is prepared according to the task and obligations of each and clear goals (teachers) and goals. meanwhile, the inhibiting factors for program implementation such as quality control and teacher competency are: (a) from a policy standpoint. legality issues for school supervisors and principals as program implementers must be contained in the assignment certificate (sk). because by obtaining an sk from the head of the banyuwangi district education office branch, supervisors have clear and officially recognized duties and authorities. (b) in terms of tools/applications, the teacher's computer equipment is slow because the device is too old, has errors, incomplete features, and the internet signal sometimes dies, (c) from the system and implementation process, lack of clear information thoroughly about the program, so socialization is needed to all parties involved, (d) from human resources, not all teachers are familiar with this application, there is no honesty from teachers in providing correct information, and their knowledge has not mastered computer information technology (ict). ), the allocation of benefits that are not appropriate, has other activities so he forgets to report the results of his performance. 3. the program implementation model as a quality control and teacher competence, which was initially imperfect, has been updated and adapted to the conditions that occur. it is alleged that the new cohan (coco-handono) model could be the initial solution to the current problems. the co-han model is a combination of the old program implementation model and some elements of the coco control model. this new model involves elements of the attitudes and characteristics of implementing personnel and targets. the involvement of attitude and character elements is considered very important in program implementation as control, because with the attitude and character of the implementer and good targets, of course, program implementation can be carried out seriously and responsibly so that control objectives will be easily achieved. the combination of management as a system and commitment and ability as a character will greatly influence program objectives within the organization. this is considered as an appropriate, necessary and new combination in a program implementation as control. reference bakhtiar, s., & famelia, r. (2017, december). institute role of teachers' education in improving the standard of development achievement rate and standard of teacher and education personals of early childhood education. in international conference of early childhood education (icece 2017). atlantis press. devesh baid, s. v. d. nageswara rao. 2017. management controls of teachers—scale development and validation. sage journals, volume: 18 issue: 3, page(s): 719-733 handono, i., et al., management program implementation of performance monitoring and control systems and benefits as quality control and teacher competence in banyuwangi district, (p.213 226) 226 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 kusnandar. 2007. guru professional implementasi kurikulum tingkat satuan pendidikan (ktsp) dan sukses dalam sertifikasi guru. jakarta: pt raja grafindo persada law of the republic of indonesia no 14 year 2005 about teacher and lecturer moleong, lexy j. (2017). metode penelitian kualitatif, cetakan ke-36, bandung : pt. remaja rosdakarya offset. mulyasa, 2013, pengembangan dan implentasi pemikiran kurikulum. rosdakarya bandung. omebe agatha c. 2015. teachers and quality assurance in education. international journal of humanities social sciences and education (ijhsse). volume 2, issue 4, april 2015, pp 151161 peraturan pemerintah (pp) tentang tunjangan profesi guru dan dosen tunjangan khusus guru dan dosen serta tunjangan kehormatan profesor, 2009 rahardjo, m. (2014). penelitian kuantitatif versus kualitatif. sukmono, r. 2018. pengendalian kualitas bidang pendidikan dan pelatihan. jurnal bppk : badan pendidikan dan pelatihan keuangan, 8(2), 229-243 sugiyono. 2008. memahami penelitian kualitatif. bandung. cv alfabeta suparno, paul. (2002). reformasi pendidikan : sebuah rekomendasi / paul suparno ... [et al.]. yogyakarta :: kanisius,. © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 159 criminal customary of baduy society woro winandi* , endah lestari dwirokhmeiti*, shinta ayu purnamawati** *narotama university ** university of muhamadiyah malang wiwik.em@upnjatim.ac.id abstract the existence of baduy community in lebak regency is classified into 3 (three) groups, namely: a. inner baduy (urang kanekes); b. outer baduy (urang panamping); c. baduy dangka. in general, it can be described that the first group called the baduy dalam (urang kanekes) community is a society that obeys the entire rules or rules set by pu'un (kepala adat). baduy dalam community lives in 3 (three) villages of cibeo, cikartawana, and cikeusik. related to the custom law in baduy dalam, for its adherents there is the enforcement of customary law, that is with the enforcement of customary criminal law for the offenders are subject to strict sanctions.one is the customary criminal society baduy dalam which provides social crime penalties for the community banduy in violation of customary law. philosophically social work penalty is in harmony with the fifth principle of pancasila, which is social justice for all the people of indonesia, in which the value of hard work is included. in carrying out the social work crime, the convicted person is required to work hard in serving the crime. social work crime is the "indigenous culture" of the indonesian nation, because in indonesian customary law is not known criminal deprivation of independence, namely imprisonment and imprisonment. the conformity of values adopted by the indonesian nation with the values of social work crime is a driving force in the successful implementation of social work crime. keywords: penal, customary, social penal introduction the country of indonesia has a wealth of customs and cultures of diverse. cultural diversity contained in various tribes in indonesia is a wealth of indonesians who need to get protection from the government of indonesia. this is in accordance with the contents of the fourth paragraph of the 1945 constitution, the contents of which are stated: "later than that to form an indonesian state government that protects the whole nation and the entire blood of indonesia, and to promote the common prosperity, to educate the life of the nation, and to participate in the implementation of world order based on eternal freedom and social justice, the independence of the mailto:wiwik.em@upnjatim.ac.id the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 160 indonesian nation in a constitution of the state of indonesia, formed in a composition of the state of the republic of indonesia sovereign people based on: belief in the almighty, a just and civilized humanity, indonesian unity, and democracy led by the wisdom of wisdom in deliberation / representation, and by realizing a social justice for all indonesian people ". subsequently, the objectives of the state are translated into article 18 b paragraph (2), jo, article 28 c paragraph (2) and article 32 paragraph (1) of the 1945 constitution. article 18 b paragraph (2) of the 1945 constitution which is stated as: "the state recognizes and respects the unity of indigenous and tribal peoples along with their traditional rights as long as they are alive and in accordance with the development of society and the principle of the unitary state of the republic of indonesia, as governed by law." as for the provisions of article 28 c paragraph (2) of the 1945 constitution, the content is stated: "every person shall have the right to advance himself in his collective struggle for his rights to build up his society, nation, and country". based on the provisions of the 1945 constitution mentioned above, it is clear that the existence of indigenous peoples in indonesia received recognition from the government of indonesia. this means that the government of indonesia places indigenous communities in a strong position and has an important role in the life of the nation and state in indonesia. this provision is the constitutional basis for the right of customary law community to govern itself and uphold its customary law, but cumulatively must meet the following conditions: 1. as long as it is alive. 2. in accordance with the development of society. 3. in accordance with the principle of the unitary state of the republic of indonesia. 4. arranged in legislation. the contents of article 32 paragraph (1) of the 1945 constitution stated: (1) the state promotes the national culture of indonesia in the midst of world civilization by guaranteeing the freedom of society in maintaining and developing its cultural values. departing from the provisions of the 1945 constitution, it can be seen there is good faith from the government of indonesia to protect indigenous peoples in indonesia. in the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 161 order to realize legal protection for indigenous peoples in indonesia, the government of indonesia promulgates law no. 5 of 1960 on agrarian principles, law no. 5 of 1979 on village governance, and law no. 49 of 1999 on forestry. however, the substance in the various laws and regulations mentioned above has negated the existence of indigenous and tribal peoples. this condition can be seen in article 1 of law no. 41 of 1999 which states that: "customary forest is state forest within the territory of customary law community". further clarified with article 66 of law no. 41 of 1949 whose contents are declared: paragraph (2) inauguration and abolition of indigenous and tribal peoples as referred to in paragraph (1) shall be stipulated by a regional regulation. paragraph (3) further provisions in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be governed by a government regulation. furthermore, in article 67 paragraph (1) of law no. 49 of 1999 stipulated on the condition of existence of customary law whose contents: a. the community is still in the form of paguyuban (rechtsgemeenschap); b. there is an institution in the form of its traditional ruling device; c. there is a clear customary law area; d. there are institutions of legal instruments, especially customary justice, which are still adhered to; and e. still collecting forest products in the surrounding forest areas for the fulfillment of daily living needs. in essence, indigenous peoples in indonesia have the characteristics as mentioned in article 67 paragraph (1) of law no. 49 of 1999 above, one of which is the existence of baduy people who live in the south kendeng mountains, located in the administrative area of lebak regency, banten province. the existence of baduy community in lebak regency is classified into 3 (three) groups, namely: a. inner baduy (urang kanekes); b. outer baduy (urang panamping); c. baduy dangka. in general, it can be described that the first group called the baduy dalam (urang kanekes) community is a society that obeys the entire rules or rules set by pu'un (kepala adat). baduy dalam community lives in 3 (three) villages of cibeo, cikartawana, and cikeusik. the second group, the baduy luar community is a group of baduy people who have been influenced by the culture from outside, including the influence of modern technology. the domicile of baduy luar community is in the the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 162 village of cikadu, kaduketuk, kadukolot, gajeboh, cisagu, which surrounds the area of baduy dalam. the third group is baduy dangka is a community who live outside the baduy area. currently there are only 2 villages left, namely padawaras (cibengkung) and sirahdayeuh (cihandam). the function of this kampung dangka as buffer zone (buffer zone) for outside influences to the baduy community. in the background of the problem has been explained that the baduy community has its own customary government under the leadership of pu'un (kepala adat) highest among the baduy community, which is assisted by jaro, who has a position under pu'un. based on the uniqueness of baduy people who have their own customary government institutions, the following problems can be formulated: what is the customary criminal form of baduy dalam society? and what are the principles of criminal social work in customary criminal law of baduy dalam society? method in this research, using descriptive research method, that is research aimed to discuss existing problems by collecting data, compiling, classifying, and analyzing social work crime in criminal adat baduy society. 1) study the document, by studying the books that have something to do with the research conducted.; 2) interview, is a data collection tool that is done by question and answer directly from the source. the form of questions used in the interviews is open using interview guidelines. secondary data sources, ie data collected by others outside the researcher, in the form of document studies. secondary data referred to in this research is data obtained from library materials. inside this secondary data consists of three legal materials, namely : this primary legal material is derived from several laws and regulations relating to the problems in this study, including: a. 1945 constitution of the state of the republic of indonesia; b. law number 1 / drt year 1951 law number 12 year 2005 on ratification the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 163 of the international covenant on civil and political rights (international covenant on civil and political rights); c. law number 39 year 1999 on human rights; 2) secondary legal material. this secondary legal material provides an explanation of the primary legal material derived from several literature and other scientific papers that can explain the problems in this study. 3. data analysis method. this study will only analyze secondary data, by analyzing deductively from the special statement to the general statement. result and discussion legal basis for the enactment of customary criminal law the presence of customary law does not consider or consider whether it will be recognized or not by the power of the state, but because it must arise. words should appear indicating the authenticity of customary law. basically it emerges from within the community itself autonomously and is therefore called authentic. by borrowing the term from hart, the customary law is closer to the primary rules of obligation than the state law made purposeful and therefore closer to the secondary rules of obligation . customary law is incongruous or strongly intertwined with the local culture. the word "culture" here indicates a strong traditional emotional element of the customary law. it is also a law that is heavily laden with certain values of values. even in certain areas of indonesia such as aceh, for its adherents, customary law is identical with religious law. then by accepting and practicing customary law, people feel at once cultured. associated with customary law in indonesia, for its adherents there is the enforcement of customary law, namely with the enforcement of customary criminal law to beagi violators are subject to strict sanctions. one example, in bali there is a written source of customary criminal law as proposed by i made widnyana as follows: first, manawa dharmasastra (manu dharmasastra) or weda smrti (compendium hindu law). the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 164 second, the book of four religion is the book of religion, book of adi religion, book of purwa religion, book of kutara religion. third, awig-awig (banjar, traditional village) are the rules or wishes of local customary law community that are created and legalized through a muyawarah and written on palm leaves or paper. in awig-awig it contains restrictions that the community may not engage in or the obligations to be followed by that society, which if violated results in the imposition of sanctions by the community through its adat leadership. based on the opinion of i made widnyana mentioned above can be seen that customary criminal law in indonesia has existed, born, grow and develop in indonesia since long. the existence of customary criminal law in indonesia is regulated in the provisions of article 1 and article 5 paragraph (3) sub b emergency law no. 1 of 1951 on temporary measures to organize unity of structure, power and events of civil courts. within the provisions of article 1 of act no. 1 of 1951, it is mentioned that except the village court of the entire governing body of the gubernemen, the independent jurisdiction (zelbestuurrechtspraak) except the religious courts if the court is in accordance with the living law is a part of the autonomous court, and the judiciary adat (inhemsee rechtspraak in rechtsreek bestuur gebied) unless the court is in accordance with the law of life is a separate part of the customary court has been abolished. the basic nature of the provision means that act no. 1 of 1951 has eliminated other court bodies except the general, religious and rural courts in the provision of article 5 paragraph (3) sub b of act no. 1 of 1951 stated that: the civil material law and for the time being the civil law criminal law which has been in effect for the territories of the swapraja and those previously tried by the adat tribunal, is still applicable to the subjects and the person with the understanding that a lawful act the living should be considered a criminal act, but unequaled in the criminal code, it is deemed punishable by a sentence no later than three months in jail and / or a fine of five hundred rupiah, that is, as a substitute punishment if the the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 165 customary law imposed is not followed by the parties the convicted person and the intended replacement shall be deemed to be equal by the judge with the greatest degree of conviction, that if the customary judgment imposed by the judge's mind transcends him with the imprisonment or fine referred to above, then the defendant's error may be subject to a substitute sentence of up to 10 years in prison, with the understanding that the punishment of customary law the order of the judges is not aligned with the times always replaced as mentioned above, that an act which according to the living law should be considered a criminal act which is appealed in the criminal code, it is deemed to be threatened with the same punishment as its most similar appeal to a criminal act. departing from the above provisions trdapat 3 basic conclusion provisions of article 5 paragraph (3) sub b drt act no. 1 year 1951, namely: firstly, that an unequaled or unequaled criminal offense in the criminal code (kuhp), which is not as severe or as a minor criminal offense, is a prison sentence with a maximum of three months and / or a fine of five hundred rupiah (equivalent to minor crimes), the minimum as set forth in the provisions of article 12 of the criminal code which is 1 (one) day for imprisonment and a fine of at least 25 cents in accordance with article 30 of the criminal code. however, for customary criminal offenses, the threat of criminal punishment shall be no longer than 10 (ten) years, as a customary penalty servant not served by the defendant. second, customary crimes which are appealed in the criminal code, the threat of criminal punishment is similar to the criminal punishment contained in the criminal code, such as the customary crimes of drati kerama in bali or mapangaddi (bugis), zina (makassar) comparable to the criminal act of adultery as stipulated in article 284 criminal code. thirdly, customary sanctions as mentioned above may be the principal or principal punishment by a judge in examining, adjudicating and adjudicating acts which, according to the living law, are considered to be unequal crimes in the criminal code, the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 166 whereas an offense against which there is an offense in the criminal code should be imposed sanctions in accordance with the provisions of the criminal code. in line with the enactment of customary law as set forth in the act of drt number 1 year 1951 mentioned above, in 2000 issued mpr stipulations governing the implementation of customary criminal law, namely in article 1 number (1) and (2) decree mpr-ri number iii / mpr / 2000 on the source of law and order of legislation regulation that determines the source of law is the legal source used as material for the preparation of legislation stating that the source of law consists of written and unwritten legal sources. thus it can be said that the enactment of customary criminal law in indonesia has a legal basis. understanding customary criminal law the existence of customary law is inseparable from customary law. customary law has the following definitions :1. laws that are not made intentionally; 2. laws that show strong spiritual aspects; 3. laws that are closely related to the basics and the structure of the local community. the dutch east indies law became the formal basis for the enactment of customary law giving the stance on customary law as "de onder hen gelgende, met hunne godsdienten en gewoonten samen hangenden rechtsregelen". if the success of the regulation by law is judged by its usefulness to the common living environment in which the law applies, then in the past the customary law has fulfilled that measure. to borrow a sense in legal anthropology the customary law has fulfilled the ideological function of the law, the rules are perceived by community members as proper rules to channel and control the behavior of their community members. in relation to one of the control functions in customary law, the existence of adat (sanction) is very important to restore the balance that has been torn apart as a result of the violation of customary law itself. the definition of customary crime can be found in several doctrinal views as follows: the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 167 first, ter haar bzn assumes that what is considered a delict is any one-sided disturbance (eenzijding) to equilibrium and every collision in terms of one on the material and immaterial life goods of one person or of the many persons constituting a unity (gangs). such actions give rise to a reaction of a nature and a small size dutentukan by customary law (custom reactie), because the reaction where the balance can and should be restored (mostly by way of payment of violations in the form of goods or money). based on the opinion of ter haar bzn mentioned above, nyoman serikat putra jaya is of the opinion that in order to be called as a customary criminal act, the act must cause a shock in the balance balance of the community. the shock is not only if the rule of law in a society is violated, religious, ethnic and religious norms are violated . in the meantime, van vollenhoven mentioned that indigenous delict was an unlawful act , while hilman hadikusuma mentioned that customary law is living law and will continue to live as long as there is a human culture, customary criminal law can not be removed by legislation, invitation. if a law against which it was wiped out, it would be useless. in fact the criminal law of the legislation will lose its source of wealth, because the customary law is more closely related to anthropology and sociology than legislation . based on some opinions on adat criminal law as described in the above description it can be mentioned that customary law is an act that violates the feelings of justice and propriety that live in society so as to cause disturbance of peace and balance of the community concerned. therefore, to restore peace and the balance occurs custom reactions as a form of restore disturbed magical tranquility with the intention of being a form of nullifying or neutralizing an unlucky state due to a customary offense. customary government baduy society the existence of customary criminal law is closely related to the life of an indigenous people, one of which is the baduy community living in the province of banten, which maintains local cultural values that are owned and believed in amidst the advancement the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 168 of the civilization of the times, despite the many great changes in the towns surrounding kanekes village. the attitude of "keukeuh" held by baduy people does not make the baduy people affected by modern life, this condition that encourages the number of domestic and foreign tourists who visit the traditional village baduy community. baduy customary governance structure in social life, baduy society has two system of government, that is national system by following the rule of unitary state of republic of indonesia and adat system which follow custom of baduy society. both system is well acculturated, thus creating harmonization.system of formal government in baduy society led by the village head called jaro pamarentah. the position of jaro pamarentah is under the camat, while for the adat leader in baduy society is led by the highest leader, pu'un. pu'un's existence is in three villages (tangtu), namely cibeo, cikeusik and cikertawana. position pu'un lasted for generations, but the position is not automatically passed from father to son, but other relatives can be selected to pu'un. the lifting period of pu'un is not specified. in the case of the transition of pu'un's office, the transition is based on the ability to hold office control, while the daily executor of kapu'unan customary government is carried out by jaro which is divided into 4 (four) positions, namely: a) jaro tangtu, has a responsibility to carry out customary law on the citizens of tangtu and to take care of other matters. b) jaro dangka or jaro dependent, jaro dangka in charge of guarding, taking care of, and maintaining the land titipan ancestors in and outside baduy. jaro dangka is 9 (nine) people and added with 3 (three) jaro tangtu called jaro dua belas, while the leader of jaro twelve is called jaro tanggungan. c) jaro pamarentah, customarily serving as a liaison between baduy adat communities and the national government. in carrying out his duties, jaro pamarentah assisted by pangiwa, carik, and kokolot overtime or village elders. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 169 by looking at the customary government structures possessed by the baduy community mentioned above, it can be argued that jaro tangtu, jaro dangka, and jaro tanggungan has a function as law enforcers when customary law baduy community violated or violation of customary law baduy community. criminal principles of social work in customary law of baduy society sanctions or customary crimes in baduy society as a form of adat reactions are imposed in case of violation of customary rules or adherents, then for the offender shall be liable to a penalty adjusted to the offense committed. as for the forms of violation of pikukuh / hukum adat committed by baduy society consists of: 1. serious offenses; and 2. light violation. examples of minor violations committed in the form of bickering between people baduy.bentuk mild punishment for a baduy residents who involved bicker in the form of warning by pu'un to be given a warning. the gross violations for the baduy community are dripping blood (wounding, killing), adultery and dressing with modern clothing like people living in towns surrounding kanekes village. the severe penalties or customary criminal sanctions imposed on the offender were initiated by the local jaro tangtu calling and given a warning, subsequently received severe punishment by being admitted into a customary house of detention under the supervision of jaro dangka for 40 (forty days). the provision of adat sanction for customary law violators baduy community, is a reaction to restore the balance that was torn as a result of violation of customary law baduy community. this condition is related to the settlement of legal issues among the baduy community. concretely, the settlement of legal issues in baduy society is done by way of peace. on this basis one of the efforts to solve the customary criminal case of baduy community is to educate and nurture the attitude of the perpetrators of crimes that violate customary law . however, the settlement of criminal law issues at among baduy the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 170 people can be reached in several ways according to baduy customary law depending on the severity or lightness of criminal law violations committed. the concept of criminal liability in baduy customary law can be done by: 1. ngabokoran ceremony. in the implementation of ngabokoran ceremony, some ngabokoran materials are provided by the families of criminals in the form of: sepaheun device, consisting of: lemongrass (betel), gambier, areca nut. if the culprit has died, then ngabokor material added with incense. 2. ceremony of serah pati. in ceremony serah pati, in principle is same with ngabokoran, that is apologize to the ancestors because the perpetrators of crime and the village has been contaminated with the occurrence of criminal acts. the difference is that the ceremony of "serah pati" is done for a serious crime, for example: murder, the ratio of the perpetrator has lost the soul (ngalengitkeun) soul which is the right of the almighty . the customary criminal form in baduy society starts from a mild criminal sanction to heavy penal sanction consisting of: 1. silih ngahampura (forgiving each other); 2. dikeluarkeun (removed from the inward baduy to the baduy luar (for baduy inhabitants) or removed from the outer baduy outside the outdoor baduy); 3. categorized (reprimanded) or given warning at most 3 (three) times by jaro sami; 4. objected (advised) and followed by a customary session whose execution may be conducted day or night; 5. detention in customary house of detention; 6. ngabokoran, the inner cleansing ceremony for the less serious crimes committed in each customary detention house located in cihulu, sarahkokon / penyaweyan, cibengkung (depending on the origin of the perpetrator's area). the law of the show as follows: bokor equipment provided by the perpetrator which includes lemongrass (betel), gambier, apu, menyan, boeh (shroud), keris. sereh (betel) is eaten by traditional tools consisting of pu'un, girang serat, baresan, slapan, jaro tangtu, while the one who gives forgiveness to the perpetrator is jaro tangtu. the pu'un is in the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 171 charge of passing on to the ancestors. 7. serah pati, an inner cleansing ceremony similar to ngabokoran as a means of criminal liability for serious crimes committed, such as criminal offenses resulting in death. in relation to the baduy traditional criminal law (baduy) criminal law law, the existence of customary criminal law of baduy society regulates some serious crime with severe penal sanction in the form of detention in customary house of at least 40 (forty) days , consisting of : a. murder; b. slander; c. defamation; d. adultery; e. rape; f. theft; g. fraud; h. persecution; i. witch ( santet /julid); j. land dispute. in addition, the baduy community has a ban that has baduy peculiarities consisting of: a. prohibition of photographs and audio visual images (applies in the area of inner baduy: cibeo, cikertawana, cikeusik); b. ban on smoking (especially for baduy people); c. prohibition on the use of gold (especially the residents of inner baduy); d. polygamy and polyandry prohibition (applicable to baduy dalam and baduy luar); e. alcoholic beverages (applies to residents of baduy dalam and baduy luar); f. prohibition of using modern clothing (for residents of inner baduy); g. prohibition of using toiletries (applies in the area of the inner baduy); h. prohibition of using vehicles (applies to residents of inner baduy); i. prohibition for foreigners entering the area of the inner baduy; j. prohibition of going to school and establishing school (applicable to baduy dalam and baduy luar); k. prohibition to build mosques; l. prohibition to cultivate the land into rice fields. the most serious customary criminal sanction imposed on customary law offenders in baduy is detention in a customary house of detention for a maximum of 40 days. as long as the prisoners are serving their sentences, these offenders are given the following duties: 1) helping to grow crops, then the results are handed over to jaro dangka; 2) submitting lemongrass, bokor, kris, and coins as a condition to hold a ceremony ngabokoran in order to "beberes" after completing the time of detention in the customary house of detention. in the baduy area, there are currently 3 (three) customary detention houses, namely: 1) kampung cibeo has a traditional prison house in cihulu; 2) kampung cikertawana the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 172 has a customary house in cibengkung; 3) cikeusik village has a customary house of detention in sarahkokon. during the time of detention in the traditional prison house, the baduy customs lawyers are supervised by jaro dangka which amounts to 5 people. after completing his term of detention (depending on the severity of the offense), the customary law offender is given advice and asked about the option to stay in baduy in or in outer baduy, after beberes was held after jaro dangka received consideration from pu'un as the highest customary head in baduy. at this time there are 3 (three) pu'un who hold the highest power in baduy, namely: 1) pu'un jahadi was in cibeo for the duty of courage; 2) pu'un yasih is in cikeusik for government duties; 3) pu'un tarmah in cikertawana for treatment of baduy people who suffer from illness. positions held by each pu'un is still a unity among inseparable baduy society, which will provide consideration on jaro dangka in the implementation of beberes after the baduy customs lawman underwent his prison term. in terms of the form of punishment / punishment for the baduy customary law, in the customary criminal society baduy there are principles contained in non-custodial criminal action in the form of social work crime, in the form: 1) farming (without enjoying the results), the results are handed over to jaro dangka; 2) assisting jaro dangka's duties in daily work to maintain the village environment; 3) the term of detention is maximum 40 (forty) days depending on the severity of violation of customary law which is violated. in this case it is in accordance with the principle of substitution of a substitute criminal equivalent to the imposition of a short prison sentence of not more than 6 (six) months in jail. he treated a baduy customary lawyer as a social worker without being paid / earned a cultivation result during his time of detention is in accordance with the contents of the national criminal code concept (year 2012) which regulates the crime that threats punishment less than 6 months in prison, can be replaced with social work. the rule the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 173 is contained in the draft of the criminal code draft in article 66. article 66 of the national criminal code (2012) concluded that the social work penalty is fifth in the main criminal type. the details of the social work penalty are further elaborated in article 88. the consideration of the imposition of criminal labor on the offender is outlined. here is the sound of article 88: paragraph 1. if the imprisonment to be imposed is not more than 6 (six) months or the fine is no more than category i, the imprisonment or the fine can be replaced by a social work penalty paragraph 2. in the imposition of a social work penalty as referred to in paragraph (1), the following matters shall be considered: a. submission of the defendant to a crime committed; b. the defendant's decent working age is explained about the purpose and all matters related to social work crime; c. approval of defendant after being explained about the purpose and all matters related to social work crime; d. social history of the accused; e. protection of the defendant's safety; f. confidence the religion and politics of the accused: g. the ability of a tedakwa to pay criminal penalties paragraph 3. implementation of social work crime should not be commercialized social work penalty can be undertaken by criminals at least 7 hours and maximum 240 hours. this punishment can be repaid for 12 months. thus, the customary criminal form of baduy society has reflected the principle of social work crime as contained in the national criminal code concept which more reflects the character of indonesian society. conclusion based on the analysis of the above problems can be drawn the following conclusions: 1. the criminal crime of the most severe customary crimean baduy people imposed on customary law offenders in baduy shall be held in a customary detention house for a maximum period of 40 days. as long as the prisoners are serving their sentences, the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 174 these offenders are given the following duties: a. helping to plant it, then the result is to jarodangka; b. submitting lemongrass, bokor, kris, and coins as a condition to hold a ceremony ngabokoran in order to "beberes" after completing the time of detention in the customary house of detention. 2. the application of customary law of indigenous people of baduy dalam can be put forward the principles of social work as follows: a. social work penalty in the customary criminal society of baduy dalam in accordance with the values contained in the 2nd and 5th principles of pancasila, which are just and civilized human values and social justice for all indonesian people. b. the customary criminal of baduy dalam society can only be applied to lawbreakers who are threatened with short jail sentence (not more than 6 months); c. prisoners in the customary criminal community of baduy dalam can improve the behavior with existing facilities in the community. references hilman hadikusuma, 1961, hukum pidana adat, cv. rajawali, jakarta. i made widnyana, 1993, kapita selekta hukum pidana adat, pt. eresco, bandung. imam sudiyat, 1981, azas-azas hukum adat, liberty, yogyakarta. liliek mulyadi,2015, hukumpidanaadat, kajianasas, teori, norma, praktik, dan prosedur, alumni, bandung. nyoman serikat putra jaya, 2005, relevansi hukum pidana adat dala pembaharuan hukum pidana nasional, pt. citra aditya bakti, bandung. satjipto rahardjo, 1977, pemanfaatan ilmu-ilmu sosial bagi pengembangan ilmu hukum, alumni, bandung. ______________, 2006, hukum dalam jagat ketertiban, bacaan mahasiswa program doktor ilmu hukum universitas diponegoro, uki press, jakarta. soerojo wignjodipoero, 1979, pengantar dan azas-azas hukum adat, pt alumni, bandung. ter haar bzn, 1976, azas-azas hukum adat, pradnya paramita, jakarta. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 1 number 2 march 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 175 peraturan perundang-undangan: undang-undang dasar 1945 ketetapan mpr-ri nomor iii/mpr/2000 tentang sumber hukum dan tata urutan peraturan perundang-undangan. undang-undang drt nomor 1 tahun 1951 tentang tindakan-tindakan sementara untuk menyelenggarakan kesatuan susunan kekuasaan dan acara pengadilan-pengadilan sipil. rancangan kuhp nasional tahun 2012 122 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023 i putu artaya1*, yuniningsih2, che zalina bt zulkifli3, wasana boonsong4 1universitas narotama surabaya 2universitas pembangunan nasional veteran jawa timur 3universiti pendidikan sultan idris malaysia 4rajamangala university of technology srivijaya (ruts), songkhla, thailand correspondent author: putu.artaya@narotama.ac.id1, abstract: this research activity aims to assist home-based businesses in an effort to improve their product marketability in the global market by improving several important things, including: improving raw materials, building distribution channels, managing sales networks, building their own brands for their products, improving the shape and quality of packaging. with good labeling so that the product can be accepted and able to compete abroad in a wider market. through this study, researchers conducted interviews, and used research instruments to measure 73 business owners. the goal is that it hampers the process of increasing the export of its products to foreign markets, it turns out that with the results of the interviews it can be seen that there are 12 main variables or factors that must be mastered and/or improved. so that home-based business products can have better performance as desired by overseas buyers or consumers. the testing approach in data processing uses the tau kendall w test combined with the categorical test, so that the estimation process can be carried out properly. through the test approach model and interviews that have been conducted on 73 business actors, it can be seen that the 12 variables or factors stated in this research are the main keywords through improving input, process and product improvement outputs. product changes can help change the buyer's perception that the products they buy are completely safe and comply with safety, health and material requirements, including parts of environmentally friendly materials. keywords: tau-kendall test, categorical test, home business product, export product. introduction the rapid development of business lately has made the growth of home-based businesses or home-based food industries, resulting in the growth of home-scale businesses becoming increasingly rapid everywhere. this phenomenon has been seen since the covid 19 pandemic in early 2020. many workers lost their jobs and the worsening economic conditions due to government regulations, i.e social distancing, made business conditions dim and many business owners closed. but behind that, many new businesses have sprung up, initially because each individual wants to survive. in fact, the outbreak of the pandemic has made many people desperate to run a business and most of these businesses are offered online. until now the covid 19 pandemic has been running for more than two years, making people have been trained to run businesses online. running a business through online sales has finally become widespread everywhere, because that is the only thing that can be adopted when the situation is still not recovering and is still affected by the pandemic. the profits obtained are quite promising, so that the percentage of home business growth is increasing sharply, the condition of online sales is supported by the existence of social media, marketplaces, and so on. of course, this makes it easier for business activities, especially those that use online sales, even lately more and more people are shopping for culinary products, supported by the presence of gofood. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 123 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 on the other hand, the presence of a pandemic has made most residents creative, because the supporting facilities to facilitate business activities are quite adequate, since the presence of ovo, dana, gopay, shoopepay and so on makes the sales transaction process easier and smoother. if viewed from the internal side of business activities, although technological developments are quite advanced and adequate, business owners need to pay attention to several things related to the management and development of their business. especially the type of business whose products are related to production process activities. literature review an important aspect that is a concern so that the product can be accepted by consumers and customers and one day wants to upgrade to micro and small businesses is distribution channel, it means that the procurement of goods to consumers is guaranteed to run smoothly. some important components that must be able to support, be implemented, have benefits as a driver, strength in opening market opportunities and security in several destination countries include: 1. build a good distribution channel to support the sales process. whatever the distribution channel, it must be managed and built properly. distribution is a sales infrastructure whose function is directly related to procurement and sales activities. the better the distribution channel, it means that the procurement of goods to consumers is guaranteed to run smoothly. 2. manage the service network. for businesses that rely on online sales, the ease of payment processes, prompt delivery to consumers, and product quality assurance as desired by consumers must receive special attention for business owners so that business owners get a good reputation from consumers and customers. considering the present, 100% of sales turnover, 40% of which is supported by online sales. 3. must build own brand, for product brand or trademark through trademark rights management. businesses that are run under their own brand are far more reputable for running a long-term business and have better legality in the eyes of consumers, than products or trades without using a brand at all. a brand is a good promotion and marketing tool compared to other factors, and a brand is a product or trade identity that is legally guaranteed to exist. nowadays, the process of managing trade or product legality tends to be easy because it is purely using online methods. 4. creating a sales network among business actors to avoid unfair competition. at first it seemed difficult, but with the help of technology in the field of communication, the process became easy. the positive impact of the sales network is that fellow business actors can work together and not kill each other. even business actors can exchange products or commodities between regions to support and assist the sales activities of each business owner. 5. quality of packaging, initially many home-based businesses run their business with the packaging as it is, as the business develops and the product is increasingly recognized, it is necessary to change the packaging to a better form, so that product quality, product content, product image will be better in the eyes of consumers . and in changing the packaging, it must be taken into account to use environmentally friendly packaging or at least it can be recycled easily. the use of good packaging is also useful to avoid contamination of the contents, so that the product content can be guaranteed better and not harm consumers. 6. product labels, to create a market for future products, the use of labels can be the main support. the label contains some important information for consumers as useful information for them to consider buying or not the product they choose. important information for consumers contained on the label includes the identity of the owner and the location of the business, nutritional content, expiration date, content of raw materials and their accompaniments, location of repurchase location, name of distributor and so on. so it can be avoided the existence of expired products but artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 124 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 still circulating in the market. if this happens, it is clearly very detrimental to consumers and endangers their health. 7. ownership of product certification. product circulation in indonesia so that it can be sold in the market freely and can be distributed, a product must have legal legality, forms of legality include p-irt code certificates (home industry products), bpom certification, and even halal-mui certification. whatever the reason, a product that is widely circulated to consumers must have legal guarantees that the product is fit for consumption and safe for the health of consumers. for this reason, it is important for business owners or production actors to complete their products with a certification code. so it can be avoided the existence of expired products but still circulating in the market. 8. many home-based businesses are getting better with their management processes, and in the end they are promoted to micro and small businesses and are even able to penetrate export markets to neighboring countries. if the eight things above have been well-maintained in the business development process, then when the product becomes a superior product, automatically when they try to penetrate the export market, they are really in a condition ready to compete well and exist. with a change in a good direction, it is not difficult for a product with an inherent brand and identity to enter online markets such as the marketplace which is now increasingly being used as an alternative place for shopping by most residents, especially during the pandemic. hit the whole world. even though the economy is sluggish, sales activities are guaranteed to run smoothly. only quality products are able to create a market, gain consumer trust and continue to exist in the eyes of consumers and customers. products that are not able to compete eventually slowly disappear in the market because consumers find it difficult to accept, because these products are considered not of guaranteed quality and are considered inferior to competitors or other brands. for home-based businesses whose products want to go global, the eight aspects above are very important to be developed in stages so that the product can turn into a superior product and be nominated for export-worthy products. in order for a product, especially home industry products to be accepted in the international market, several important steps must be carried out on an ongoing basis by business owners. this step must be taken so that the products produced are in accordance with the specifications demanded by foreign markets. some of the aspects below must be fulfilled properly, planned in a focused manner, carried out with full concentration, and applied continuously by the owner, in the management process, and in the process of improving the product, among others as follows: 1. adoption of technology, as revealed by pumza (2019), through a research proves that the creation of a reliable business, a product that has selling value and is of interest to the market, as well as a good attraction in the eyes of consumers, in the business management process, the owner must be able to use or adapt to relevant technological developments in the business field. so that the overall management process becomes more efficient and profitable. considering that now everything is electronic, all applications are both web-based and mobile-based. with the adoption of better technology, it will contribute to the speed and accuracy of the business management process, unless the form of business is to maintain traditional values, it is certainly difficult to change into a modern one. the development of technology is difficult to contain, business owners can only adopt it, so that the owner's skills, production processes, communication and product improvement are not left behind by other business owners. 2. digitization, in another study such as that conducted by nuseir (2018) through his research results, he said that the process of managing a business is like planting trees, there is a continuous process and should not be ignored. the important processes in question are digitization in the field of transactions or payment models, ordering materials, disseminating information in marketing and promotional activities, all of which can be integrated into a web display and supported by the latest communication tools, all of which make it easier for business owners and consumers to interact artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 125 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 smoothly and well. . the digitization process is able to provide outputs to consumers and business management processes in a better, faster and more accurate direction. this is what is needed in the process of developing a business today. 3. product innovation, the third aspect that is considered important in managing a business is the power to innovate. the explanation of this is based on research conducted by anggraini, marnis, and samsir in 2014, business activities without innovation are impossible, because product lines must continue to grow in the long term. innovation means that there are new products that appear, which are the outcome of the integration of other aspects, supported by the value of motivation and the process of adopting technology that increases the knowledge and insight of business owners. product innovation also means that business owners are trying to improve customer satisfaction and the services that follow. with innovation, business activities are increasingly able to be sustainable. 4. system development, there is one interesting thing from the research conducted by hairuddin, noor, and kassim, through a study in 2012 they expressed an opinion from the research results that companies must be willing to invest some of their funds when the business is running well, for example building a web that creative, have a business network, create a business group, manage brand rights, and other certifications. because all forms of investment cannot be measured in money but have an extraordinary contribution to business management. creativity, the fifth aspect, an aspect that business owners and employees cannot ignore. according to research conducted by darwanto in 2013, business owners and employees must have the same mission in developing business activities. creativity can arise if business owners master information sources, update information, good communication networks, understand the environment and changes, always understand consumer and market desires, understand technological developments. have a high curiosity and sensitive to changes in consumer tastes. 5. quality of business management, based on research conducted by nowakowska, kowalczyk, & wojtaszek, in 2018, a superior product can be created if in all aspects of the company's internal or business activities it has developed well and business activities run efficiently. this condition can be achieved if the business is well established, and everything is well integrated with each other. one individual to another supports each other and contributes their thinking skills to improve business management changes in a more advanced direction. many world-class businesses, initially from small companies, but because they are managed well, eventually develop in a good direction. 6. motivation, in other studies such as that conducted by sidharta, & suryadana, 2019 and also research conducted by hamdan in 2019 expressed an opinion from the results of his research that whatever the condition of a business really depends on the owner's desire to develop or remain mediocre. so that changes in the motivation of owners and managers become the main lifeline for changing business conditions, in the direction of progress or vice versa. motivation is a shadow, a change of thinking, something that is imagined to be achieved. with motivation, the mindset and behavior will change according to what is desired. so that the change in the way of thinking, the change in behavior, the source is that the mind finally turns into motivation. without a change in the value of motivation, there will be no change at all. 7. business network, the eighth aspect is the importance of the network, according to research conducted by chukwujioke in 2018, and also research by gronum, verreynne, and kastelle, in 2012 they proved that the network is a means that functions to connect one interest and purpose with other interests in an integrated manner in achieving a condition or benefit. through the network, whatever the business owner wants will be easier because of the connectedness of the business owner with the outside world or the environment at large, the network also connotes the fluency of important information needed for an activity or in an effort to achieve certain goals in the artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 126 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 business management environment. through the network, all forms of consideration and decisions can be carried out more perfectly because of the collection of more complete information. of course, this condition is very supportive of the business development process. 8. financial management, a researcher named lussak et al in 2019, conducted a research in 2019 and in that study, generally companies or businesses that are able to develop well are all businesses that are able to manage their financial strength well. each expenditure of funds must have clear benefits, the results of a similar study were also stated by utomo, & kaujan in 2019 also conducted a study, the results of which stated that finance in business activities is the main driving force for financing all processes and activities in the future. future. in broader accounting principles, business financing matters must be strictly separated from all personal interests so that financial management is always in sound condition. 9. business development, the tenth aspect which is also important and the continuation of long-term business activities as revealed from the research results of mcadam et al 2014, then the results of research by grabowski, & stawasz, 2017, and based on the results of research that has been applied by marhamat , tadayoni, & zali, in 2019, the three research results said that the level of progress in business management was marked by a development. business development can take the form of product development, service development, and business location development. the more advanced a business is marked by the addition of new places of business in various different locations. this shows the company or business being run has made progress. the development of businesses in various locations means that their products can be well received by consumers, and their customers continue to grow. if you want to take a concrete example, there are minimarkets like indomart and alfamart in indonesia, the numbers continue to grow, indicating that their presence is well received by the community and their presence is considered important and useful. their presence in indonesia is so dominant that almost every inch of land in residential areas, villages and even villages can be present properly. business development demonstrates internal strengths in line with external demands. 10. supply chain, research conducted by theyel (201)3 through the results of his research said that one important thing that has a strong contribution to the development of business activities is the supply chain. the supply chain in a simple sense means that if they move backwards they have suppliers of goods or materials that meet the specifications of business needs. with continuous assurance of suppliers, business activities can still be carried out in the long term. while the supply chain in the future is the establishment of good partners with consumers so that various products produced by companies or businesses can always be accepted and continue to be sold or favored by consumers. furthermore, it is said that quality products and have added value are always welcomed by the market. the market or the consumer simply rejects the problem product and has no fix solution. take a look at the example of a traditional drink, that is milk made from soy, which used to be underestimated and packaged in a very traditional way, but now thanks to a modern packaging model, this type of drink is famous and popular all over the world. the supply chain in a business is like a spider's web, one web cannot be broken, if it happens it will disrupt the whole system in business activities. the scarcity of supply of raw materials and the unavailability of alternative raw materials, capable of killing and stopping business activities and the loss of products in the market, are finally forgotten by consumers. distribution network, delivery, if disturbed then the impact will be felt for the internal business because the product cannot be distributed properly, as a result the product becomes scarce and makes consumers disappointed. 11. competitive advantage, the results of research by qosasi et al (2019), show that a business can survive, survive and develop in the future if it has strengths in all fields which is carried out in an evolutionary and careful manner. excellence is created because of one of the factors, among others, superior in product, superior in service, superior in technology, superior in process efficiency, excellence in the delivery process and various things that are in accordance with the artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 127 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 demand or desired by consumers. an ideal condition that is difficult to achieve, but due to management and changes that focus on consumers, something that is difficult can have the impact of creating a specific advantage that other companies may find difficult to match. this condition can be realized if the work culture and corporate culture or culture in running a business are managed and strictly regulated through a work process that never breaks and always looks for solutions to make improvements. competitive advantage can be in the form of how to improve a product and its types of services without being matched by other parties in the long term. in order for product improvement to be successful, all matters related to the refinement process are addressed from time to time. methodology in this research activity, the subject is home-based business actors whose products have successfully penetrated the export market to several neighboring countries. the total sample is 73 business owners with various types of goods, that is food, beverages, handicrafts, and herbal medicines. so that these 73 business owners were selected as research samples based on predetermined criteria. this study includes business owners as respondents in four leading cities on the island of java, that is: bandung, yogyakarta, semarang, and surabaya. four cities have homebased business owners who are the most successful in exporting their products overseas as their market expansion. business owners are individuals who have repeatedly participated in seminars and training activities, so they are all members of the whatsapp group. so that business owners who are members of this whatsapp group become the most ideal data collection subject. the data collection process uses the google form application which is shared using the whatsapp group. the data collection process lasted for two weeks. the four response scales are 1=very important, 2=important, 3=less important, and 4=not important. as discussed in the research review section above in the literature review, the research variables used in the data collection process using google form are twelve variables consisting of technology adoption, digitization, product innovation, system development, creativity, business management quality, motivation, business network, financial management, business development, supply chain, and competitive advantage. most of the variables come from the results of other researchers' research. as the basis for making conclusions and decisions, data processing and analysis tools use two methods at once. the first is the tau-kendall analysis method, which aims to determine the level of normality of the data with a normal distribution or not. the second method of analysis is to test whether there are differences in performance in export activities carried out by home business owners, so the second method used is the categorical test. (sugiyono, 2015). results and discussion exporter profile based on the results of data collection for two weeks on 73 business owners in four cities in java and on average they have been exporting their products for three years. this evidence is sufficient to be used as proof of the ability of business owners when they explore and look for opportunities to export their products, and at the same time successfully export products to foreign markets with the aim of certain countries that are considered to have appropriate demand and purchasing power for the products of home-based business actors. shown in detail in table 1 below. in increasing the opportunity and export value of home business or micro business products in indonesia, besides having to pay attention to several regulatory provisions that apply in indonesia, business actors must also be able to understand and comply with the conditions required in export destination countries. this is intended so artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 128 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 that when products or commodities from indonesia enter the market of the destination country, they are no longer subject to or violate all forms of regulations that apply there, so that indonesian products or commodities are safe and can be accepted by foreign markets. table 1. number of exporters of home-based business products and types of products in four cities located in java no. city name number of business owners types of products export destination 1. bandung 21 yogurt, banana chips, shredded cob, fried sambal, muslim dress. hong kong, china, egypt, japan 2. yogyakarta 16 coconut sugar, nutmeg powder, sweet clove flower, vanilla fruit, swallow's nest china, singapore, japan, laos, united states 3. semarang 10 batik, convection, leather shoes/bags, processed products taiwan, jordan, france, south korea 4. surabaya 26 shrimp, processed food, coffee, tea, jewelry, furniture hong kong, china, egypt, japan, taiwan, jordan source: data processed, december 2022. table 1 above shows the variety of products exported to several countries and these products are the leading commodities of the four cities. the success of home-based business products in penetrating the export market is due to the existence of a national export service center and export development agency, which is located in all major cities in indonesia. through this institution, business actors get useful information related to the opportunities for the products they want to export. the activity they get is a process of mentoring and consulting to find out the standards that must be met by business owners, so that their products can be accepted in export destination countries. the services that can be obtained by business actors regarding the destination of export countries are in the form of one stop service in the form of study of export opportunities, utilization of free trade agreements, assistance in product standardization, promotional services, export implementation procedures, and consultation on all forms of problems encountered. through this activity, business owners will be greatly assisted in efforts to expand overseas markets through product export activities. each business actor in the four cities each has different strengths and advantages in each of their products. however, regardless of the shape and type of their products, of course, each export destination country has different needs or requests according to the needs of their country. sometimes you two countries or several countries exchange their commodities, this has to be done because each country has different commodities as a measure of strength in international trade. description of respondents' answers this research is a research using qualitative data approach. actually qualitative data cannot be measured because it does not have a unit of measurement that can be used to represent the calculation process. however, because the analysis process requires numerical data, an appropriate unit of measurement must be made. because the data collection tool uses a questionnaire or google form, the results of calculating the data unit are considered to be the most representative of the data collection process (sugiyono, 2015). the process of collecting data in this study is to identify, measure, and process respondents' perceptions in an effort to provide an assessment of the questionnaire used. perceptions measured using a questionnaire are a reflection of the answers to research variables that have a close relationship with the process of export activities. business actors in indonesia, according artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 129 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 to the results of the interviews the research team obtained, generally still need some improvement in facilities built or provided by the government. it is the duty of the central government and regional governments to always be able to provide various needs to be able to support export activities of products and commodities produced by business actors in indonesia. why do they have such a perception, because other countries that are indonesia's competitors overseas are always trying hard to improve quality, taste, and all other conditions according to overseas market demand. this is a longterm task of the indonesian government which must help the strength and competitiveness of indonesia's local products to slowly improve their capabilities and quality according to the needs of these foreign markets. figure 1 below shows the large percentage of needs and expectations of indonesian business actors for improvement in elements that must be improved by the government in an effort to encourage progress and development of business actors in producing export-competitive commodities. figure 1. accumulation of respondents' answers in four cities on research variables in measuring export performance source: data processed, november 2022 the results of the accumulation of respondents' answers as shown in figure 1 above, obtained the three highest answers in percentage terms which indicate the key to success for business actors so that their products are able to enter the international market or are suitable for export. the variables considered important by respondents in four cities, that is 89.6% are business network, then 87.8% are product innovation, then 85.4% are technology adoption. while the lowest answer is competitive advantage, only 49.3%. according to them, competitive advantage is not an activity that can be created by anyone but is an outcome that arises from the implementation or activities of the previous eleven variables. although the answers of 73 respondents varied as shown in figure 1, in general the answers tended to be dominant on certain variables. this means that the experience of business actors so far has been successful in carrying out export activities because it is dominated by the three variables described above. these three variables play a very dominant role, while other variables act as complements or supporters in the effort of the product's ability to penetrate the export market. tau-kendallw test report artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 130 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 can the answers of the respondents above in figure 1 be used as a reference that the ability of home-based business products to penetrate the export market is only based on these three variables? the provisional answer as a conjecture can indeed be justified, but for further verification of its veracity waiting for the results of the categorical test. the dominance of the variables chosen by the respondents will be verified based on the results of the categorical test. furthermore, the truth can be determined or answered after seeing the results of the categorical test. while the results of the taukendall test are only to know or see, the respondents' answers to the twelve variables used are in accordance with the normal curve or not. if the results are in accordance with the normal curve, the results of the categorical test can be used as the basis for decision making, that is the ability of business actors in the four cities to have the same performance or not in the field of export sales of their products. the results of the tau-kendall test can be seen in the table below. through the display of the results of the analysis, we can explain about several cities that we have used as research samples, especially regarding the mean rank values that appear. for the cities of yogyakarta and semarang, they have an almost identical mean rank of 2.72, meaning that these two cities have strong exportworthy commodity yields and are likely to be in demand in their export destination countries or cities. meanwhile, two other cities, such as bandung and surabaya, are slightly underperformed regarding the ability of their commodity opportunities to respond to market interest and demand. table 2. average respondents' answers in four cities to research variables ranks city name mean rank bandung 2,44 yogyakarta 2,72 semarang 2,72 surabaya 2,11 tabel 3. tau-kendallw test result test statistics n 12 kendall's wa ,056 chi-square 1,519 df 3 asymp. sig. ,036 a. kendall's coefficient of concordance to be able to read the results of the tau-kendall test above in table 3. then decision making is based on the following hypothesis: (sugiyono, 2015): 1. h0: if the error rate value is above 5%, then the respondent's answer data on 12 variables is considered to have an abnormal distribution, so that the next test process cannot be continued using the categorical test. 2. ha: if the error rate value is below 5%, then the respondent's answer data on 12 variables is considered to have a normal distribution, so that the next test process can be continued using the categorical test. decision rule: because the value of the error rate (asymp. sig) in table 3 above is 0.036 (3.6%) < 0.05 (5%) it was decided to accept ha and reject ho, which means that the respondents' answer data on 12 research variables in the questionnaire is considered to have a normal distribution, so that the next test process can be continued using the categorical test. in other words, the answers given by respondents to the 12 research variables in four cities were generally normally distributed. so that the artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 131 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 12 research variables are considered equally important by respondents in measuring the export performance of home-based business products. it can be further explained that the application of 12 research variables that is technology adoption, digitization, product innovation, system development, creativity, quality of business management, motivation, business network, financial management, business development, supply chain, and competitive advantage cannot be carried out separately because is an integration and this integration leads to the competitive advantage of the exported product. the emergence of competitive advantage or product competitiveness is a manifestation of the application of the 11 previous research variables. so that competitive advantage cannot be created in any way, it can only be applied through if the export product business actor has properly implemented the other 11 variables that is technology adoption, digitalization, product innovation, system development, creativity, business management quality, motivation, business network, management finance, business development, supply chain. if the 11 research variables are able to be applied properly by business actors, some or almost all of the products owned by business actors have been able to enter the export market. because there are actually 73 business owners in the four cities on the island of java, many of their products have been well received in foreign markets as mentioned in table 1 above. to be clear, the average answer of 73 business people in four cities in java can be seen in the following picture. the eleven point indicators that have been described in this research methodology will certainly provide different strengths for each city that is used as a research sample, their value and strength can be seen in the four quadrants that appear in the categorical test results on the following page. through the appearance of these quadrants and their elaboration, we can make a decision or picture of how the opportunities and performance of micro business activities are in each city. figure 2. percentage of answers on average 73 respondents to 12 research variables source: data processed, november 2022 based on figure 2 above, it shows an overview of the perceptions of 73 business owners who have responded or assessed 12 research variables on average in four cities in java via google form. each group of respondents' answers above have different connotations from each other from the answer scale used in the questionnaire. 73.52% of respondents gave very important answers to 12 research variables, which means that it shows a condition for them, that is that they have successfully exported 100% of their products abroad and their export activities are almost without problems. meanwhile, the other 22.19% stated that it was important, meaning that most of their products were successful in export activities, but there were still a few that were not 100% successful and there were still obstacles. there are some respondents who said the 12 research variables were less important, artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 132 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the percentage value was 3.21%, which means that overall, their export activities have not produced the results they expected, it could be because their export activities have not been as successful as other business actors and the value of their exports. get is not 100% satisfying, although some of their products have been well received by the market. and lastly, a small number of respondents (1.08%) stated that the 12 research variables were not important in their product export activities. this is understandable because only a small part of the products they export abroad can be accepted by foreign markets, and most of the others are still in the exploration stage or are still in the stage of looking for opportunities. so that the 12 research variables above they have not felt the benefits or have not run perfectly. however, export activities are like a hierarchy of activities, carried out gradually, so the results cannot be felt immediately. this is exactly like discussing the product life cycle, the initial introduction to consumers, the level of consumer appreciation is still small, and this activity costs a lot of promotion. but over time when the product has begun to be accepted by consumers, slowly the sales figures have crept up. categorical test report after carrying out the tau-kendall test above, and the results are significant, then the following step, the respondent's answer data is then tested using the categorical test with the following results as shown in the image below. the results of the categorical test are very simple, but when explained in detail they are full of meaning. on the other hand, the results of this test provide a clearer picture of the position of several cities in the quadrants that have been formed, where each quadrant has a special meaning regarding the strengths of each city in terms of their export activities. think of the four quadrants that appear as four islands or four opportunities regarding the strength of the selling value or the quantity of demand for each city's commodity. the more it moves to the left (the direction of movement is counterclockwise), the more visible the amount of commodities produced in these cities is regarding the economic strength that can be achieved in the export destination countries. quadrants that do not contain city names mean that export opportunities in destination countries do not exist or originate from the four cities sampled. figure 3. categorical test quadranization results on export performance conditions entrepreneurs in four cities in java through figure 3 above, it can be explained that the categorical test results shown in figure 3 above is counterclockwise. quadrant 1 is in the upper right position, indicating products that excel in export activities. shifting to the left is the 2nd quadrant, it means that in this 2nd quadrant the product is still considered superior but the market share of the product is not as big as the product in the 1st artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 133 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 quadrant. and so on, for the 3rd quadrant and 4th quadrant. 1, it appears that four cities are in the same quadrant position or their position is gathered in one quadrant, this means that 73 business actors in four cities in java have the same strength, advantage or performance in exporting their products. so that in four cities in java, that is bandung, yogyakarta, semarang and finally surabaya, business actors have the same ability to export their products, so they can be considered to have the same performance, even though their products are different in each of these cities. the competitive advantage of the four cities in java as seen in quadrant 1 is supported by variables including technology adoption (variable 1), then supported by product innovation (variable 3), then also supported by business networks (variable 8). in conclusion, because business actors in four cities are in one quadrant position, it can be concluded that they all have advantages in their activities and product management in the fields of technology adoption, product innovation, and good business networks. with these three research variables, their products are successful in export activities and are able to be accepted in foreign markets as shown in table 1 which has been discussed above. while other research variables that appear in quadrant 1 are considered as supporting variables or supporting the success of export activities, that is the process of implementing digitization of business activities (2nd variable), then system development, especially business management information systems (4th variable), and the last is good financial management (variable 9). while the research variables in other quadrants are considered not important or have no role? these variables are considered as trigger variables as shown in quadrant 3 and quadrant 4 in figure 3 above. the items or indicators listed in the categorical test results quadrant above are an absolute necessity that can be enjoyed by business actors so that they are able to improve their operational business activities and are able to improve their managerial strength when they have to face global competition when products or commodities are foreign or destination market. conclusion after discussing and elaborating the results of the tau-kendall test and the categorical test, it was then concluded that through testing activities using the tau-kendall test, the data used in research activities were the answers from 73 business actors in java who had exported their products. abroad, the result is that the data has a normal distribution, so that the next test process in the form of a categorical test can be carried out using the normally distributed data. the data can be normally distributed, reflecting that respondents in answering each other's questionnaires have almost the same perception or understanding of the 12 research variables that have been presented in the process of filling out the questionnaire. the results of the second test using the categorical method reflect the results of the four cities in java, that is bandung, yogyakarta, semarang, and surabaya which are in the 1st quadrant, meaning that 73 respondents in the four cities are considered to have the same export performance. they are considered to have the same export performance because they are considered able to apply 12 research variables well in managing their business so that they are able to create superior products in export activities. in the next step, the level of success or success of these 73 export players in java in penetrating the export market can be used as a good business management model for other home-based business actors in other regions that have not been able to penetrate the export market so far. although in indonesia there is already a special institution that focuses on assisting homebased business actors in an effort to explore export opportunities for their products. to help business actors, especially in indonesia, who have not been able to penetrate the export market, a network is needed between them so that they can communicate more easily. the future impact that can be felt is the creation of mutual assistance between them in providing important information related to the products they produce. artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 134 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 acknowledgments: the author would like to thank all stakeholders, and those who have helped, during the data collection process, the analysis process, so that this research activity can be completed properly. conflicts of interest: there is no conflict of interest in the writing of this article, either between fellow authors or with outside parties as research partners or other parties who contribute. references alford, p., & page, s.j., (2015). marketing technology for adoption by small business. the service industries journal. 35(11-12). 655-669. anggraini, n., marnis dan samsir. (2014). strategi orientasi pasar, inovasi, dan orientasi pembelajaran pengaruhnya terhadap kinerja usaha serta dampaknya terhadap keunggulan bersaing. jurnal sosial ekonomi pembangunan, no.12. 295-311. chukwujioke, a. k., (2018). effect of entrepreneurial networks on family business development: a conceptual consideration. international journal of small and medium enterprises. 1(2). published by centre for research on islamic banking & finance and business. darwanto. (2013). peningkatan daya saing umkm berbasis inovasi dan kreativitas (strategi penguatan property right terhadap inovasi dan kreativitas). jurnal bisnis dan ekonomi. 20(2). 142 – 149. grabowski, w., & stawasz, e. (2017). the role of business consulting in creating knowledge and formulating a strategy of development in polish micro-enterprises. journal for east european management studies. 22(3). 374-396. gronum, s., verreynne, m., and kastelle, t. (2012). the role of networks in small and medium-sized enterprise innovation and firm performance. journal of small business management. 50(2). 25782. hairuddin, h., noor, n.l.m., and kassim, e.s., (2012). developing therapy-based it adoption model for microenterprises. journal of innovation management in small and medium enterprises. 2(3). doi: 10.5171/2012.271072. hamdan. (2019). model pengembangan kreativitas dan inovasi dalam membentuk entrepreneur di era ekonomi digital. jurnal manajemen & kewirausahaan. 7(1). lussak, a., abdurachman, e., gautama, i., setiowati, r. (2019), the effect of financial performance, service and product innovation on the survival of small businesses mediated by tam, international journal of innovation, creativity and change. 7(12), 259-275. marhamat, l.f., tadayoni, r., zali, m.r., (2019). dimensions of entrepreneurial learning in media companies. international journal of innovation and learning. 26(4), 343 – 363. mcadam, m, mcadam, r, dunn, a, & mccall, c. (2014). development of small and medium-sized enterprise horizontal innovation networks: uk agri-food sector study. international small business journal. 32(7), 830–853. nowakowska, j., kowalczyk, a., wojtaszek, h., (2018). prospects for development of the sme sector in poland in the, field of government's policy towards small and medium-sized enterprises. world scientific news 103. 234-244. nuseir, m.t., (2018). digital media impact on smes performance in the uae. academy of entrepreneurship journal. 24(2). omri, a.a., and euchi, j., (2019). critical success factors of small and medium-sized enterprises in saudi arabia: insights from sustainability perspective. administrative sciences. 3(1). 1-12 pumza, m., (2019). user engagement as a strategy to improve it invesment benefits in organizations. international journal of strategic management. 19(1). artaya, i p., et al., increasing the export performance of indonesian msmes' leading products in the global market in supporting the economy in 2023, (p. 122 – 135) 135 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 qosasi, a., permana, e., muftiadi, a., purnomo, m., and maulina, e., (2019). building smes’ competitive advantage and the organizational agility of apparel retailers in indonesia: the role of ict as an initial trigger. gadjah mada international journal of business. 21(1). 69-90. sidharta, i., & suryadana, m.l., (2019). kemampuan, motivasi dan kinerja pelaku usaha umk. penerbit deepublish. jogyakarta. skibiski, a., & sipa, m. (2015). sources of innovation of small businesses: polish perspective. 22nd international economic conference – iecs 2015. economic prospects in the context of growing global and regional interdependencies. iecs 2015. procedia economics and finance. vol. 27. 429 – 437. sugiyono. (2015). quantitative, qualitative and combined research methods (mixed methods). bandung, alfabeta theyel, n. (2013). extending open innovation throughout the value chain by small and mediumsized manufacturers. international small business journal. 31(3). 256-274. utomo, m.n., & kaujan. (2019). peran literasi keuangan dalam meningkatkan kinerja ukm di kota tarakan. jurnal manajemen indonesia. 19(2). 139-148. doi:https://doi.org/10.25124/jmi.v19i2.1853. © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 181 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district pipin diah larasati1, agus sukristyanto2, rachmawati novaria3 program doktor ilmu administrasi fakultas ilmus sosial & ilmu politik universitas 17 agustus 1945 surabaya corresponding author: nipiplarasati591@gmail.com abstract : increasing public knowledge and information about the diversity of food consumption is expected to reduce people's dependence on rice as a staple food, which is still high, improve diet so that it is more diverse, nutritionally balanced and safe which supports the community to be able to live a healthy, active and more productive life. this study aims to evaluate the implementation of yard land utilization optimization activities in tuban regency in the sustainable food yard (p2l) activity program, and women farmer groups (kwt) in 2021 in tuban district. a descriptive qualitative approach is used as an approach to obtain a more detailed review of the evaluation that implies the cipp concept. the results of the research can explain and construct the cipp evaluation model, that cipp in the context aspect is able to describe things that need to be considered in program planning such as environmental characteristics and farming communities, especially women farmers, curriculum, strengths and weaknesses of implementing staff, facilities and infrastructure, funding, and the p2l and kwt communities; evaluation of inputs to activities is able to identify and assess (1) the methods used in the food cultivation and food diversification program, (2) strategies to achieve the goals of the home yard utilization program, and (3) the design of the selected strategy implementation; in process evaluation it is known the pattern of relationship between executors and women farmers and the community, communication media, logistics, required resources, schedule of activities, and potential causes of program failures; while product evaluation produces information to determine to what extent predetermined goals can be achieved and to determine whether the strategy and achievement of goals, namely diversification and family-based food security, are sufficient, the impact of the program on targets. keywords: policy evaluation, food security program, cipp model introduction the ministry of agriculture of the republic of indonesia (2019) in the 2020 – 2024 strategic plan conveys that agricultural development policies are focused on the development of modern agriculture. as stated by rifkian et al. (eyre, & gauld, 2021), agricultural modernization itself shows a shift in methods or changes in agricultural patterns which include various aspects of natural resource development, agricultural institutions, technology, and regulation, this change is a picture of a transition from traditional to modern. likewise with the province of east java which has succeeded in being ranked first in indonesia in the last 10 years of food crop production, despite fluctuations every year east java remains in first position in indonesia. one of the causes of high rice production in east java, because most of east java is lowland so that rice can thrive, another reason is that east java is passed by the bengawan solo river. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:nipiplarasati591@gmail.com larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 182 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 east java is one of the national food storages in the last 10 years. besides the adequacy of water, based on information from the central bureau of statistics, another reason is that agricultural land is still large and there are still many people working in the agricultural sector, so that production of food crops in east java is high (rimadevi, makhmudah, & kuswandoro, 2014). food crop production in east java consists of various commodities, including rice, corn, soybeans, cassava, sweet potatoes, peanuts and green beans. so that east java is one of the provinces which is also a barn for national food security. food security is a condition where food needs are met and guaranteed for every member of the household in terms of quality, safety, equity and affordability (putri, kumalasari, & utama, 2022). ekawati and kurniawan (2020), explain that food security is currently a very crucial issue in almost all countries, especially in developing countries, and especially food availability and independence. availability and self-sufficiency of food in sufficient quantities at all times is an undeniable necessity. this is a priority for national agricultural development from time to time. the research report put forward by pitaloka, sudarya, and saptono (2021)., explains that the availability of food that is sufficient for each individual's needs, starts with the availability of family food, where each family must be able to provide food for family members by utilizing the potential that exists in the family. law number 18 of 2012 concerning food mandates that the government and regional governments are obliged to realize diversity in food consumption to meet the nutritional needs of the community in accordance with local potential and wisdom in order to create a healthy, active and productive life (tono., et., al, 2021). food diversification efforts are described in government regulation number 17 of 2015 concerning food security and nutrition, where in article 25 it is stated that food diversification is an effort to increase the availability of diverse food and is based on the potential of local resources to: a} fulfill diverse, nutritious food consumption patterns balanced and safe; b) develop food businesses and/or: c) improve people's welfare. whereas in article 26 it is stated that food diversification is carried out through various efforts, one of which is through optimizing land use, including yards. optimizing land use, including yards, must pay attention to land suitability and agro-ecosystems to achieve sustainable food security, carried out through cultivating various types of plants, livestock and fish to support family food security. from 2010 to 2019 the ministry of agriculture through the food security agency has carried out activities for sustainable food home areas (krpl). in an effort to expand beneficiaries and land use, in 2020 krpl activities will change to sustainable food courts or abbreviated as p2l. p2l activities are carried out in order to support government programs for handling priority areas for stunting intervention and/or handling priority areas for food insecurity or strengthening food security areas, including in east java province, one of which is in tuban regency. poverty in tuban regency is still high; the poverty rate for tuban regency in 2015 was still 17.08% which ranked 6th from the bottom for regencies/cities in east java. serious efforts are needed to catch up with the current poverty rate in east java at around 12.34%. when paired with the 4th mission, namely "building a strong regional economic structure based on competitive local advantages", these various strategic issues can be briefly formulated as follows: the need to increase production, added value to production results, strengthen institutional systems, supervision, coaching , and financing for people's businesses, provision of a goods/service distribution network system, realization of investment, and development of the tourism sector supported by regional culture. furthermore, to realize the vision of tuban regency in 2026, 4 missions have been set to support the realization of the vision of tuban regency 2021-2026. missions that support food development are the 2nd and 3rd missions. the following is the mission of tuban regency 2021-2026 (bappeda of tuban regency, 2021): mission 1: “build and realize village infrastructure and urban utilities that are integrated, participatory, effective, environmentally sound and in line with socio-economic and cultural growth and equity and are based on religious, cultural and local wisdom values”; mission 2: "improve larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 183 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the management and added value of the agricultural sector widely (agriculture, fisheries, livestock, plantations), tourism, industry, trade based on empowerment and people's economy and create the widest possible business opportunities, build and strengthen the synergy of business competitiveness local economy and creative economy development” this mission has a focus on the economic domain that is oriented towards efforts to strengthen the advantages of economic systems and structures from upstream to downstream, from production, distribution, to marketing which are built from excellence based on patterns and functions of 20 inter-space economic relations, between villages, between rural areas, between villages and cities. the economy is strengthened by paying attention to and optimally developing what is the strength and local superior potential of tuban regency on the basis of a one village one superior product orientation (one village one product/ovop). with regard to the description put forward, this study aims to evaluate in a study related to the implementation of yard land utilization optimization activities in tuban regency in the sustainable food yard (p2l) activity program, and women farmer groups (kwt) in 2021. kwt is directly assisted by the agriculture and fisheries service of tuban regency and to date a total of 149 kwts, stipulated by decree of the head of the agriculture and food security service number: 188.4/008/414.109/2021 concerning determination of farmer groups and associations of farmer groups (gapoktan) tuban regency in 2021. p2l and food specialist activities are mostly allocated to women's groups, namely the family welfare empowerment empowerment team (tp pkk) and women farmer groups (kwt) organizations as an effort to empower women and increase family income. with regard to this description, the active role of women in rural areas is not only as housewives but also in managing household income through farming activities, processing, provision of food needs, activities outside agriculture mainly as traders and laborers, both paid and paid, free. methodology in this research, ontology is the implementation of regional food security program policies, which are realized at the target of farming families as an accelerated process. the implementation of the regional food security program by taking the family security sector in the food sector is formulated or built from facts about the use of narrow land and yards, or yards as a medium for food agriculture, the formation of farmer groups, especially mothers as actors in the economy and food management. furthermore, this study tries to concentrate on seeking explanations and understanding of what is unique, namely the management model of regional food security program policy implementation and specifically will be studied from the administration and management model of food security taking the household sector, and providing interpretation as a formula that can be be used as an evaluation model and improvement as well as development of a more effective household sector food security model. this qualitative research process involves important efforts, such as asking questions and procedures, collecting specific data from participants and to explore and understand the meaning that some individuals or groups of people ascribe to social or humanitarian problems (moleong, 2016), which are related to food and nutrition problems in society. this research is to evaluate programs for increasing diversification and community food security in the activity of optimizing the use of this yard, in principle, it will examine all components and their relationships with each other, as well as operational processes related to human resources (women's groups, their members or families) (yusuf, et., al, 2021), namely narrow land use at home, limited use of gardens and yards, management of media and food sources, cultivation of food fields, distribution and saving of family finances (tono, et., al, 2021). informants were taken purposively, namely subjects who were seen as credible and knew well the problems of land use and management and cultivation of food crops in tuban regency, east java province, namely: women farmer groups (group of putri farmers ds. sumurcinde, soko district and trubus i ds. lajolor, singgahan district); village tp-pkk (head of tp pkk, chair of pokja and members of pokja); agricultural extension workers from the department of food security, agriculture larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 184 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 and fisheries, tuban regency; and other credible sources of information from community elements or environmental activists. results and discussion implementation of family based food security policy this program is a national priority program, especially as a sensitive intervention effort in handling stunting which is instructed by presidential regulation number 72/2021 concerning strengthening policies and synchronizing programs to accelerate the reduction of stunting. the implementation of the national strategy for preventing stunting during this pandemic has 5 (five) pillars and pillar 4 is encouraging a policy of "nutrional food security" (food and nutrition security) which is the responsibility of the ministry of agriculture and must also be implemented by the office that handles food security in regencies/districts. cities in indonesia. district governments are expected to duplicate similar activities (p2l) implemented by the central government. the problem that occurs in tuban regency is that in planning the apbd for the 2022 fiscal year, the optimization of utilization of yard land has been proposed by the department of agriculture and food security and is in accordance with the results of the musrenbang, but at the level of planning determination it is abolished because it has not shown the appropriate results or outcomes (outcomes). purpose. therefore, it is necessary to evaluate the program to increase diversification and community food security through optimizing the use of home gardens, so that the evaluation results can be used as a basis for consideration whether this activity is continued or abolished, or continued with a more improved implementation model. in order to achieve the development goals listed in mission-2, a problem solving intervention framework has been prepared, as illustrated in the following chart, especially those carried out by the food security, agriculture and fisheries service. figure 1. framework for the implementation of the family food diversification program policy the implementation model in the scheme above provides an overview of the derivative regulations that form the basis of the policy. one of the policy directions for food and agriculture development in the 2020-2024 rpjmn is increasing availability, access and quality of food consumption. indicators to measure the quality of people's food consumption can be assessed from the expected food pattern larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 185 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 (pph) score; the higher the pph score, the more diverse and nutritionally balanced food consumption. utilization or consumption of food is one of the sub-systems to strengthen food security. by knowing the food consumption patterns of the people, it will be possible to formulate policies related to the supply of food, both from domestic production and imports. islamy (hamdi, 2014) explains that public policy is essentially a decision to choose the best values out of the many existing values. the best value chosen is the value that is in accordance with the interests of society. policy makers not only function to create a balance between different interests (muddling through or balancing interests), but they must also function as valuers. this means that it must be able to create values that can be mutually agreed upon based on rational judgments. this is intended to achieve maximum results. the inability to articulate values (especially conflicting values) will mean that the interests of society are not realized (tayipnapis, 2008). so the policy design or policy decision is not a fixed price that cannot be revised or changed. it is possible to dynamically make changes and improvements with adjustments that refer to realities on the ground and prioritize public interest considerations. the food production policy covers the quantity and type of food that can be produced by taking into account the resources of land, water, technology and other supporting facilities. by knowing changes in people's food consumption, it will be possible to formulate policies on food prices and distribution so that people can access the available food. sustainability of food availability is faced with several problems and challenges. one of the problems is the increasingly limited food production capacity due to an increase in population and the conversion of agricultural land to non-agricultural land, so that the average holding of agricultural land by farmers is getting smaller. formulation of good food and nutrition development policies and planning for the short, medium and long term must be data-based. to assess the achievement of food development targets, an instrument is needed. the expected food pattern (pph) is a simple instrument for assessing the food consumption situation of the population, both the amount and the diversity of food composition according to the type of food. pph instruments are expressed in pph scores. this score is an indicator of nutritional quality and diversity of food consumption. the pph concept is in line with the policies and objectives of food security and diversification of food consumption, because food security cannot be achieved without diversification of food consumption. aside from being a parameter for assessing the diversity of food consumption, the pph approach is also a food planning concept to meet short-term, medium-term and long-term needs. the main objective of the pph approach is to rationalize recommended food consumption patterns which consist of a combination of a variety of foods to meet nutritional needs and according to taste and are developed according to local resource potential. in analyzing these food development policies, it cannot be separated from the analysis of the food system in general and the food security system in particular, the successes that have been achieved, and the challenges faced. the food security system consists of 3 subsystems, namely food availability, affordability, and utilization. to measure the performance of food security, 6 parameters are used, namely: 1) achieving the target of self-sufficiency in 5 important food commodities, 2) availability of energy and protein per capita (availability aspect); 3) the proportion of poor people, and 4) energy and protein consumption per capita (affordability aspect; and 5) achievement of the expected food pattern (pph) score, and 6). nutritional parameters in children under five years of age or toddlers (utilization aspect). evaluation and development of implementation models welfare and income of economic actors in strategic and leading sectors have not increased acceleratingly. problems that can be observed from the implementation of the p2l program are the ineffectiveness of community and village empowerment, and the root problems that can be observed are: 1) lack of intensive development of village government management; 2) the lack of community involvement in village economic development; 3) the lack of synergy of the role of community larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 186 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 institutions in strengthening village competitiveness; 4) the existence of bumdes has not fully played a role in improving the economy of the village community. meanwhile, the problems experienced by the women farmer group (kwt) are 1) the trade link in the agricultural sector is still long enough so that the prices of agricultural commodities at the consumer level are still quite high, while the profits of farmers are low; 2) lack of assistance to farmers to increase the added value of agricultural commodities; 3) the difficulty for farmers to access easy capital and low interest; 4) not all farmers have access to agricultural insurance; 5) the need to increase the ability of farmer groups in utilizing agricultural technology. then diversification activities in the field of family farming still have problems with low management of livestock maintenance. these factors are influenced by: 1) lack of veterinary medical and paramedical personnel; 2) the low ability of breeders to manufacture their own concentrate feed; and 3) rph is not yet optimal and many breeders slaughter their own livestock. with regard to the problems studied from each progress and implementation of policies both by p2l and kwt an implementation model can be built which is seen as an approach between planning and continuous evaluation, as shown in the following figure. figure 2. approach to the cipp evaluation model in the food diversification project the model approach was designed from an evaluation approach to implementation by comparing the reality of the results achieved with the expected results through the cipp approach. the cipp evaluation model is used to measure, translate and validate the course of a program, where the strengths and weaknesses of the program are identified (gunung, & darma, 2018). the strengths and weaknesses of this program include the institution, the program itself, the target population/individuals. this evaluation model includes activities to describe program inputs and resources, estimate profit and loss, and see what alternative procedures and strategies need to be suggested and considered (darma, 2019). in short, input is a model used to determine how to use existing resources to achieve goals and essentially provides information about whether to seek help from other parties or not (darma, 2019). the input aspect also helps determine the procedures and designs for implementing the program. the cipp model was developed by stufflebeam and friends (1967) at ohio state university. cipp which is an abbreviation of the initial four words, namely context evaluation; input evaluation; process evaluation; and product evaluations. this approach can be described in the following work table. table 1. elements of evaluation and criteria for the results evaluated no assessment element working criteria 1 defining the character and selection of performance metrics a. matrix according to the scope of measurement and verification b. adjusted to the scope of measurement and verification larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 187 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 2 characterization and selection of relevant variables a. relevant variables and static factors are identified according to measurement and verification b. selected based on identification c. tailored to your needs 3 measurement uncertainty a. identification uncertainty b. refers to evaluation results 4 develop baselines (baseline data is basic information that is collected before a program starts, namely the ability of the region to fulfill food at the family level or district level) 5 baseline adjustment (the data is then used as a comparison to estimate the impact of the program according to the goals and objectives of food security in the family sector as an accelerated project) the baseline will be used for farmer group management, sales projections, and budget management. the measurement aspect as described in the table is an indicator that is used as a reference for analyzing the mission set by the government of tuban regency in implementing food security policies and regional food diversification through the use of pekarangan. the mission is to increase the competitiveness and comparability (synergy-collaborative) of the regional economy in the agricultural, fishery, animal husbandry, plantation, tourism, industry, trade, empowerment-based and communitybased economy (t2) sectors. the targets in mission 2 are as follows: 1. increased productivity and economic added value in the agricultural, fishery, animal husbandry, plantation, tourism, industry, trade sectors; whose achievement performance will be measured by grdp growth in the agricultural, forestry and fishery sectors; grdp growth in provision of accommodation and mamin; grdp growth in the processing industry sector; 2. increased community empowerment and regional economic resilience; whose achievement performance will be measured from the regional inflation rate and the development village index 3. the increase in regional investment value whose achievement performance will be measured from the percentage increase in investment value. next, factually, the investment sector also plays an important role in the framework of increasing the competitiveness and competitiveness of the tuban regency economy so that its existence must also be the target of regional development. to achieve the development goals listed in the mission, a problem solving intervention framework has been prepared, as follows. table 2. efforts to improve the management and added value of the food sector broadly purpose activity indicator reducing the incidence and number of cases of infectious animal diseases control of animal health and veterinary public health percentage of reduction in the incidence and number of cases of infectious animal diseases (%) increased supply and development of agricultural facilities provision and development of agricultural facilities percentage of use of agricultural and livestock larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 188 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 facilities according to standards (%) increasing the quality of agricultural human resources agricultural extension at p2l and kwt percentage of increase in farmer group class (%) increased agricultural infrastructure in good condition provision and development of agricultural infrastructure program a. percentage of infrastructure used (%) b. percentage of increase in animal examination retribution revenue before slaughter (%) c. percentage of increase in animal examination retribution after slaughter (%) increased availability, affordability, and consumption of food community food diversification and security enhancement program a. percentage of community food availability (%) b. percentage of food secure villages (%) measurement of community food availability (%) a. energy availability per capita (kcal/cap/day) b. total regional food reserves (kg) c. number of regional minimum price regulations for local food (regulation) d. energy consumption per capita (kcal/cap/day) the results of the analysis based on susenas data show that the food consumption situation for tuban regency in 2020 in terms of quantity and quality is sufficient and varied. energy and protein consumption in 2020 is 2,182 kcal/cap/day (103.9%) and 65.4 gr/cap/day (114.7%). the 2020 tuban regency pph score was 90.4; this figure is higher than the national pph score of 86.3. likewise, from the development of the food consumption situation based on the 2016-2020 susenas data, it shows that the quantity and quality of food consumption in tuban regency is sufficient and varied. in terms of quantity, the level of energy and protein adequacy of the population has exceeded 100%, while the pph score which is more than 90 indicates good quality food consumption. the development of the 2016-2020 pph score is quite good; the 2016 pph score only reached 78, but in 2018-2020 it has achieved a pph score of more than 90. susenas data shows that there is a positive relationship between income levels and the quantity and quality of food consumption. judging from the development of the food consumption situation, based on the 2017-2021 skp data for tuban regency, it shows that the quantity of food consumption is not sufficient (energy and protein adequacy levels have not reached 100%). likewise, the diversity of food consumption is classified as moderate (in the range 82-85). based on susenas data, in 2020, the quantity of food consumption for the people of tuban regency has exceeded the target, but the food quality has not yet reached the target of the department of agriculture and food security for 2021. energy intake is as high as 2182 kcal/cap/day, and 65.4 g/cap/day protein, already above the set target of 2003 kcal/cap/day and 57 g/cap/day. the 2021 pph score of 90.4 is still below the target of 91.8. analysis larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 189 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 based on skp data in 2018-2021 shows the quantity and quality of food consumption has not reached the target expected in 2021. differences in food consumption (energy, protein, and pph scores) from susenas data and skp data occur for several reasons, including approach to data collection methods, agencies that collect data, and the scope of the area. table 3. measurement of community food availability achievement indicator 2021 2022 1. availability of energy per capita (kcal/cap/day) 2.662 2.750 2. total regional food reserves (kg) 533.82 711,78 3. number of regional minimum price regulations for local food (regulation) 0 0 4. energy consumption per capita (kcal/cap/day) 1.737,4 1.885 the situation of food availability in tuban regency in 2022 was compiled using the base year of 2021 analysis. overall, food availability in tuban regency in 2021 in quantity (energy 2,841 kcal/cap/day, 118.4% ake, protein 93.5 g/cap/day, 148.4% akp) is sufficient but in terms of quality (pph score 88.8) still needs to be improved. food availability is the amount of food that must be provided by an area to meet the consumption needs of the population in sufficient, safe and nutritious quantities to be able to live an active and healthy life. food availability can be obtained from production, stock changes, and imports. food availability can be calculated using nbm. when compared to national consumption, the energy consumption of the people of tuban regency in 2021 is slightly lower than the average national energy consumption (2,143.2 kcal/cap/day), but their protein consumption is still higher than the national average (62.3 g /cap/day). the tuban district pph score still needs to be improved in order to achieve the national target in 2024 (pph score 95.2). at the beginning of 2021, the condition of the spread of covid-19 in indonesia was still high, so the government implemented community activity restrictions (ppkm) to deal with the covid-19 pandemic, especially in areas that became points of spread. prior to implementing ppkm, the government had also implemented large-scale social restrictions (psbb). with the restrictions on community activities that have been going on since 2020, activities in all sectors including the economy, education and social are restricted (except the primary sector). these conditions affect the income of the population and ultimately affect the consumption of the population. in 2021, there will be a slight decrease in food consumption both in quantity and quality. even though there has been a decrease, the quantity of food consumption in tuban regency is still above the recommended energy adequacy rate (101.9% ake) and protein (112.1% akp). meanwhile, the quality of food consumption in 2021 will decline to below 90 (pph score of 89.9). this decline in the quality of food consumption has resulted in tuban regency having a pph achievement status in 2021 which is in the moderate category. this decrease in the pph score causes a decrease in the status of pph achievements in 2020 from "food secure" to "moderate" in 2021. this decrease could occur due to the covid-19 pandemic, which resulted in a decrease in access to food and food consumption, both in quantity and quality. although, currently the amount of food consumption has exceeded the recommended nutritional adequacy. however, efforts are needed so that the downward trend in food consumption does not continue until it is below the recommended average energy adequacy rate (2100 kcal). research reported by nurholis (2021), explains that one of the coping strategies that many families do when they experience a lack of access to food is to reduce the quality of food consumption. susenas data for 2019-2021 shows that since the beginning of the larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 190 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 covid-19 pandemic, there has been a decline in the quantity and quality of food consumption. the decline mainly occurred in food of animal origin. cipp evaluation model development lester & stuwart (agustino, 2017), policy evaluation seeks to assess the consequences of policies indicated by their impacts and assess the success or failure of a policy based on the criteria and standards that have been made. policy evaluation also seeks to contribute to other policies, especially in terms of methodology, meaning that policy evaluation seeks to produce recommendations from the assessments made on the policies being evaluated. the results of the evaluation assessment are used as learning material for other policy actors. therefore, according to many scholars, the function of this one policy is more productive, because it does not emphasize criticism of existing deficiencies, but rather focuses on formulating lessons so that weaknesses/shortcomings do not recur in future times and places. in relation to the evaluation activities of the yard land utilization optimization program in tuban regency in the sustainable food yard (p2l) activity program, and women farmer groups (kwt). of the various activities in policy evaluation, specification is a very important part and is a trigger activity. this is because through the specification process identified objectives or several criteria that will be used to evaluate policies. regarding this matter, jones explained "evaluation refers to the identification of the goals or criteria by which a program or process is to be evaluated". stufflebeam (kartini, 2020); rizal, tahir, and lambelanova (2021), define evaluation as the process of describing, obtaining and providing information that is useful for assessing alternative decisions, therefore he divides evaluation into four (4) types, including: figure 3. cipp evaluation basic model the main purpose of this evaluation is to link the objectives, context, inputs, processes with program results. this evaluation is also to determine the suitability of the environment in helping achieve program goals and objectives. besides that, this evaluation is made to improve the program not to prove a truth (salehi, et., al, 2021). the picture can practically be explained as follows. a. contex evaluation to serve planning decision, that this evaluation is related to the objectives of a food diversification program whose implementers are farming families and women farmers in the p2l and kwt programs b. input evaluation structuring decision. input evaluation is related to the various inputs that will be used to fulfill the process which can then be used to achieve the goal, which includes the method of facilities, equipment and costs. the program group is financed from the tuban regency apbd for the 2020-2021 fiscal year. c. process evaluation to serve implementing division: evaluation of the process related to the activities of implementing the program plan with the input that has been provided, namely assessing the larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 191 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 practical suitability during the program implementation process with the facilities and infrastructure that are already available to be implemented in the pekarangan pangan lestari (p2l) and pekaranganku rumah panganku programs (food specialist) in tuban regency. d. product evaluation to serve recycling decision, namely product or output evaluation related to evaluation of the results achieved from a program. this process compares the reality of work results and evaluation results, with expectations of the results that should be achieved and evaluation of expectations of the results achieved. the evaluation of this model intends to compare the performance of various program dimensions with a number of specific criteria, to finally arrive at a description and judgment regarding the strengths and weaknesses of the program being evaluated by stufflebeam (gunung, & darma, 2018), viewing the purpose of the evaluation as: 1) determining and providing information useful for assessing alternative decisions; 2) helping the audience to assess and develop the benefits of educational programs or objects; and 3) assist the development of policies and programs. practically the implementation of the evaluation model can be developed as follows. figure 4. implementation of the cipp model evaluation furthermore yusuf, et., al (2021), and stated that the context is related to several factors and conditions before the activity is carried out; input is input given as preparation before program implementation; while the process is the implementation of the program from the start with an approach according to the context and is a permanent process to achieve the goal; and product is the quality of the results of activities that can be achieved (salehi, et., al, 2021). evaluation of input is an evaluation of the implementation process to the process that describes or predicts results. maxwell and frankenberger (darma, 2019) state that in terms of outcomes, food consumption is the entry point for evaluating the performance of one's household food security. the food consumption that is taken into account in this case is that which has been converted into the amount of food or food group consumed by the household. table 4. evaluation of cipp in the family food diversification program evaluation of family food diversification program policy contect a. the quantity of food consumption is insufficient and the diversity of food consumption is moderate larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 192 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 b. the achievement of the quantity and quality of food consumption in tuban regency in 2022 has not yet reached the target set c. in accordance with the potential of the region, not all food, especially strategic food can be produced in tuban regency d. efforts that have been made such as monitoring food prices, monitoring availability, and market operations are still being carried out. input a. there is facilitation for the formation of msme-scale food processing businesses based on local resources and wisdom originating from the pekarangan itself. b. training on making animal feed made from corn with small, medium, and large capacity using simple processing and technology c. training and mentoring simple technology for various processed fruits to increase added value. process a. in this program the level of understanding and awareness of grant recipients is 89%, they have a good level of understanding and awareness in terms of grant administration (distribution and development of grants). b. utilizing the yard as a source of diverse, nutritious family food, as well as handling fresh food security; and achievement of food consumption targets per capita/year according to nutritional adequacy rates. product a. increased awareness and activeness of grantees in monthly administration reports. 100% of grantees are active in report submission both online and offline b. this program can be followed up with a processing program for the use of yards the context here is defined as the situation or background that influences the types of p2l and kwt objectives and strategies in carrying out the food diversification program that will be developed within the program concerned, such as: the relevant work policies, targets to be achieved within a certain time, manpower issues encountered, and so on. context evaluation assesses needs, problems, assets and opportunities to help decision makers set goals and priorities and helps stakeholders assess goals, priorities and outcomes. this means that the degree of food security can be seen from various aspects, one of which is the indicator of food degree classified by swindale and bilinsky (asriyanti, 2018); smith (ekawati, & kurniawan, 2020) which measures the degree of food security based on the amount of food ingredients or food groups consumed by households. household food consumption is divided into 7 categories, namely: (1) grains, roots, and tubers; (2) nuts; (3) livestock products: (4) meat, fish and eggs; (5) oil and fat; (6) fruits; and (7) vegetables. the average food group consumed by female farmer households in tuban regency. agustino (2017) that policy evaluation is not only directed at producing recommendations from assessments carried out on the program or policy to be evaluated but rather towards the formulation of a learning methodology so that weaknesses or deficiencies in the methodology used, and there are not repeated in future times and places . eyre and gauld (2021), expressed the same opinion that "evaluation with the cipp model, in principle, supports the decision-making process by proposing alternative selections and following up on the consequences of a decision." furthermore, kartini (2020), larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 193 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 determines the type of evaluation in education and training institutions with the measurable variables: (1) achievement (2) ability and (3) personal. while the types of decisions: (1) instructional perspective and (2) allocation of resources in the pekarangan pangan lestari (p2l) and pekaranganku rumah panganku (food expert) programs in tuban regency. figure 4 also provides a reference in terms of decision making, namely (1) planning decisions that affect the selection of general goals and specific goals, (2) forming or structuring decisions, whose activities include ensuring optimal strategies and process designs to achieve the goals that have been derived from planning decisions, (3) implementation decisions, where in this decision the evaluators seek the means-infrastructure to produce and improve decision-making or execution, planned methods and strategies to be chosen, and (4) recycling decisions that determine, if a program is continued, continued with modifications, and/or terminated totally on the basis of existing criteria. conclusion evaluation of the context of the diversification program and community food security through the pekarangan pangan lestari (p2l) and pekaranganku rumah panganku (pakar pangan) activities in tuban regency can provide data on various reasons for setting program goals and priority goals. this evaluation describes relevant environmental conditions, describes existing conditions and is used in food diversification programs based on the use of family yards, and identifies unmet needs and untapped opportunities. this evaluation is able to describe things that need to be considered in program planning such as the characteristics of the environment and the farming community, especially women farmers, the curriculum, the strengths and weaknesses of implementing staff, facilities and infrastructure, funding, and the p2l and kwt communities. evaluation of program inputs provides data that determines how resources are used to achieve program objectives. this relates to relevance, practicality, financing, effectiveness of the method desired by the p2l and kwt work teams as well as agricultural extension workers, as well as alternatives that are considered superior. this evaluation includes activities to identify and assess (1) the capability of the methods used in the pekarangan pangan lestari (p2l) and pekaranganku rumah panganku (pakar pangan) programs in tuban regency in food cultivation and food diversification, (2) strategies to achieve the objectives of the land use program the yard of the house, and (3) the selected strategy implementation plan. in implementing the program, it still needs to be analyzed to find out the expected costs and benefits. input evaluation provides information about the aspects of infrastructure that support the achievement of the stated program objectives. the input components include indicators: human resource support capacity (program targets, program assistants and managers), training materials, types of activities, supporting facilities and infrastructure, budget costs, procedures or rules needed. process evaluation provides feedback regarding the efficiency of implementing diversification programs and family-based food security, including the influence of the system and its implementation. this evaluation detects or predicts deficiencies in the design of program activity procedures and their implementation. provides data for decisions in program implementation. this evaluation model is related to the close relationship between implementers and farming women, communication media, logistics, needed resources, schedule of activities, and potential causes of failure of the pekarangan pangan lestari (p2l) and pekaranganku rumah panganku (pakar pangan) programs in tuban regency. . product evaluation produces information to determine the extent to which predetermined objectives can be achieved and to determine whether the strategies, procedures or methods that have been implemented in order to achieve these objectives must be stopped, corrected, or continued in their current form. the product component includes indicators: achieving goals, namely diversification larasati, p d., et al., development of family based food security policy program evaluation model in the sustainable food yard (p2l) program in tuban district, (p.181 194) 194 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 and adequate family-based food security, the impact of the program on targets, namely women farmers in the sustainable food courts (p2l) and my pekaranganku rumah panganku (food expert) programs in tuban regency and organizers. references asriyanti, s (2018). pemberdayaan perempuan menghadapi modernisasi pertanian melalui kelompok wanita tani (kwt) pada usahatani sayuran di kecamatan bissapu kabupaten bantaeng. program studi agribisnis fakultas pertanian universitas muhammadiyah makasar. ziraa’ah, vol.43 no.1, p. 77-84. cahyono, d.d. (2020). pemberdayaan kelompok wanita tani (kwt) melalui bimbingan pemanfaatan agensia hayati. artikel online, diambil dari https://ditlin.hortikultura.pertanian.go.id cristianingrum, gigih, i. p. (2020). penerapan sistem kawasan rumah pangan lestari (krpl) di desa baru, kecamatan manggar, kabupaten belitung timur. ikraith-abdimas. vol. 3. no. 1. 89-94. darma, i. k. (2019). the effectiveness of teaching program of cipp evaluation model: department of mechanical engineering, politeknik negeri bali. international research journal of engineering, it & scientific research, 5(3), 1–13. ekawati, r., dan kurniawan, h,.m (2020). pemanfaatan lahan pekarangan dalam mendukung ketahanan pangan rumah tangga melalui metode vertikultur. dinamisia: jurnal pengabdian kepada masyarakat vol.4 , no.3, 454-460 eyre, r., dan gauld, r (2021). community participation in a rural community health trust: the case of lawrence, new zealand. health promotion international journal. vol. 18(3):189-97 gunung, i. n., & darma, i. k. (2018). development of evaluation instrument context, input, process, product (cipp) learning program in politeknik negeri bali environment. in proceedings, vol. 1, no. 1, 128-133. kartini, n (2020). evaluasi kebijakan ketahanan pangan di provinsi riau (studi kasus di kabupaten kampar). jnse – journal unri jomfsip, vol. 2 (2), 78-88. moleong. l.j. (2016). metode penelitian kualitatif. bandung: pt. remaja rosdakarya. moleong. l.j. (2016). metode penelitian kualitatif. bandung: pt. remaja rosdakarya. nurholis (2021). kawasan rumah pangan lestari sebagai upaya peningkatan ketahanan pangan masyarakat pada masa pendemi covid-19. pangabdhi journal.trunojoyo. vol7 no 1, p 8-24 pitaloka, m.d.a., sudarya, a., dan saptono, e (2021). food security management through food diversification programs in north sumatera in supporting state defense. jurnal pertahanan & bela negara, volume 7 nomor 2, 58-83 putri, r.a., kumalasari, i.d., dan utama, b (2022). the implementation of the local food product diversification program at the food security service of central java province. mediagro jurnal ilmu-ilmu pertanian, vol. 18. no. 1, 10-22 rimadevi, g., makhmudah, m., dan kuswandoro, w., (2014). evaluasi kebijakan program nasional pemberdayaan masyarakat mandiri perkotaan di kelurahan gading kasri dan kelurahan tlogowaru kota malang tahun 2013. http://www.academia.edu. tono., andayani, d.w., maheswari, l.d., dan ulfa, n.a (2021). indeks ketahanan pangan 2021, jakarta. badan ketahanan pangan kementerian pertanian ri yusuf, m.s.a., man, n., haris, n.b,m., ismail, i.a., and maruf, a. (2021). evaluating urban agriculture program effectiveness using cipp model: a review. e3s web of conferences 306, 1-8 © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). https://ditlin.hortikultura.pertanian.go.id/ http://www.academia.edu/ 136 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services najib kusnanto1*, agus sukristyanto2, achluddin ibnu rochim3 universitas 17 agustus 1945 surabaya correspondent author: najib.kusnanto79@gmail.com1 abstrac: the quality of educational services is the most important part of the administration of the management of educational institutions, especially in madrasah which are religion-based institutions. this study aims to describe efforts to improve the quality of education services, and explore constraints to quality improvement and find a model for improving the quality of madrasah education by considering the relevance of national education policies. this study uses a descriptive qualitative method with a case study approach that chooses the object of the public tsanawiyah madrasah in surabaya. the data was collected through interviews and fgds as well as documents on student development. the results of the study can explain that the management of madrasah institutions since the implementation of the 2013 curriculum until now has not indicated an increase in the quality of aspects of education services, especially quality that can be measured from outcomes or graduation. madrasah management must still be motivated by trying to raise awareness from those involved in management. internal factors that become obstacles in fulfilling the snp are (1) educational staff, (2) leadership support, (3) infrastructure, (4) availability of funds, and (5) understanding of the school community regarding the implementation of the snp. while the external factors that are thought to be hindering the fulfillment of the snp are (1) the geographical location of the school, (2) the carrying capacity of the community, and (3) the economic conditions of the surrounding community. the model for improving the quality of education services in madrasah is directed at service synergy, which integrates the school management administration system and the quality control cycle. with regard to this synergy, it is suggested that local governments issue regulations governing quality assurance in madrasah schools by involving the office of education and the ministry of religion which oversees the madrasah system and curriculum to jointly develop measurable and sustainable indicators of improving the quality of madrasah education services. keywords: service quality, madrasah education, national education policy introduction national education standards regulate as little as possible to provide flexibility to each educational unit at the educational level in developing the quality of its educational services in accordance with program studies and expertise in quality improvement. that's why the quality assurance of primary and secondary education is a mechanism that is systematic, integrated and sustainable to ensure that the entire process of providing education is in accordance with quality standards and set rules. this is in accordance with the policy of the minister of education and culture of the republic of indonesia number 28 of 2016 concerning the quality assurance system for elementary and secondary education, directed at providing quality assurance of education at the level of educational units. in relation to the field of human resources, the presence of professional teachers will affect a good and correct teaching and learning process (alifah, 2021). this needs attention, because education is very important for children so that they can organize their future. through quality education it is hoped that the skills, mindset and insights of children will get better. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:najib.kusnanto79@gmail.com kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 137 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 however, not all education in indonesia has good and equal facilities and quality in all regions of indonesia, especially in rural areas. this is very different from the education system abroad, such as malaysia, singapore and australia or in other countries where education is more advanced (fitri, 2021). service is an important component in the world of education whose quality must be improved on an ongoing basis. this is done considering that the school is a non-profit organization that provides educational services. the form of service in the field of education is in the form of services. according to tjiptono (hanifah., & fatimah, 2021), services are activities, benefits, or satisfactions offered for sale. based on the purpose of the organization, services/services can be classified into two, namely: commercial services or profit services (for example, airline services, car rentals, advertising agencies, and hotels) and non-profit services (such as schools, aid foundations, orphanages, orphanages). deceased, government agencies, public libraries, and museums). schools are in principle a non-profit organization, but in reality in this era of globalization many schools have transformed into profit organizations, moreover these schools are schools managed by private parties whose operational funding sources come from students. the researcher wants to describe the government's efforts to encourage access and quality of education in indonesia and be able to catch up with other more advanced countries, the second is to describe the advantages and disadvantages of education in indonesia with education abroad. this needs to be presented with the aim of providing an overview, how education in indonesia can improve its quality. quality in the field of education includes the quality of input, process, output and outcome. educational input is declared qualified if it is ready to proceed according to the national minimum standards in the field of education. the educational process can be declared quality if it is able to create an active, creative, innovative and fun learning atmosphere so that educational goals can be achieved properly (rahman, et., al, 2021). the output is declared qualified if the learning outcomes achieved by students both in the academic and non-academic fields are high. outcomes are declared to be of high quality if graduates are quickly absorbed into the world of work and institutions that need these graduates and stakeholders are satisfied with graduates from these educational institutions (deviana, 2021). seeing the importance of quality improvement that must be carried out by educational institutions in order to survive in today's global competition, it is necessary to take concrete action to improve the quality of educational institutions as an effort to become independent from these educational institutions. these efforts will later have an impact on the resulting inputs, outputs and outcomes so that public trust can survive and even increase. one of the parts that attracts the community towards a madrasah is how the implementation of quality management is carried out by the head of the madrasah for the madrasah he leads in an effort to increase the independence of the madrasah. all policies on the implementation of learning and management of madrasah are in the spotlight of the community. so it is necessary to have good and systematic quality management that must be carried out by the head of the madrasah through the implementation of education quality management in increasing the independence of madrasah so that the image of madrasah in society is increasing (nuryanto, 2018). the concept of education in the perspective of madrasah certainly must know the religious cultural values that society and the government aspire to regarding education in madrasah, namely with the hope that madrasah are able to produce quality graduates in general and religious knowledge in accordance with national education standards (rahman, et., al, 2021). in this regard, the madrasah has a legal umbrella in accordance with the mandate of law no. 20 of 2003 concerning the national education system and government regulation number 55 of 2007 concerning religious education and religious education in the form of raudhatul athfal (ra), madrasahs, and religious colleges, as well as religious education and religious education (rosadi, 2021). kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 138 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 madrasah have a close relationship with islamic education and pesantren. the growth and development of education is in line with the development of islam. since the beginning of the revelation, the educational process has taken place in a broad context, form and meaning. in the national education system, madrasah are referred to as schools with islamic characteristics. until now, madrasah are still looking for their ideal form. the identification of madrasah boils down to two things, namely the problem of interplying madrasah policies in the integration of the national education system and the low level of community appreciation in efforts to develop madrasah (susetyo & athiyah, 2021). currently the number of madrasah in indonesia has spread to all corners of the country. according to data from the 2018 ministry of religion, the number of madrasah in indonesia has reached more than 43,665 units. this figure makes a major contribution to increasing school enrollment rates in achieving compulsory education (iskandar, 2019). besides that, one of the important points in the ministry of religion's 2020-2024 rpjmn in the program and strategy for implementing activities in 20202024 is improving the quality of raudhatul athfal, madrasah, religious tertiary institutions, religious education, and religious education. meanwhile in east java the number of madrasahs reported by the ministry of religion is as follows. figure 1. number of madrasahs in east java source: ministry of religion of the republic of indonesia, 2021 this will spur the implementation of better education (hanifah, & fatimah, 2021). however, in practice madrasah education is often underestimated. madrasah are considered a 'second class' education after formal education organized by the ministry of education and culture (susetyo & athiyah, 2021). education held in madrasah is considered to be of poor quality, its graduates are considered unable to compete with graduates of educational units of the same rank, and the governance of the institution is also not of high quality. thus, some people still make madrasah as the last choice to study. with regard to some of these research reports, such as research by hanifah and fatimah (2021); and dian, maulana, and jahari (2019) provide an overview that highlights the composition of the material given to students 40% of which is religious material that is instilled on each side. this illustrates that there are efforts to improve quality in terms of general knowledge as a measure of the quality of learning outcomes. meanwhile, the research by al-falah, supiah, and posangi (2019) explains improving the quality of education by making changes in each segment, from education personnel and facilities, including adding study hours so that there is a balance between religious material and general material. internally, although not yet complete, the madrasah has undergone modernization. the implication is that madrasah have an equal position with other public schools. however, madrasah must organize 146 195 195 91 7.137 7.210 3.495 1.752 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 roudlotul atfal ibtidaiyah tsanawiyah aliyah madrasas in east java 2018-2021 negeri swasta kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 139 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 their infrastructure and superstructure so that they can provide quality education services to the community (al-falah, supiah, & posangi, 2019). the internal factors that become problems in madrasah include: first, the teacher's condition is inadequate. the number of private madrasah is much larger than public madrasah conditions like this pose a problem of its own. regarding teachers, the number of public teachers is relatively smaller than that of private teachers. there are also many teachers who are mismatched and under qualified, especially in private madrasah second, the lack of educational facilities and infrastructure. even though madrasah are considered equal and equal to public schools, madrasah have not received an education budget fairly. so far, the madrasah development budget has only been obtained from the religious budget. the lack of government budget for madrasah has an impact on the completeness of educational facilities. madrasah building facilities, renovations, and procurement of educational support equipment were minimal. as the formulation of the problem that has been stated, this study aims to analyze several things, including. examine the governance of public madrasah tsanawiyah educational services in an effort to improve the quality of education, find various obstacles and efforts or tactical solutions in handling problems in the management of madrasah tsanawiyah in an effort to improve the quality of education; and develop a model or strategy that can be used as a strategy in an effort to improve the quality of education in public madrasah tsanawiyah. this can be illustrated that madrasah as islamic educational institutions that live from, by and for muslim communities, are still not able to produce young people who are able to answer the challenges of the times. even more concerning, madrasah graduates are still seen as having low achievements. this is according to the reports of al-falah, supiah, and posangi (2019), that the low achievement of madrasah cannot be denied. this is clear if the student's success indicator is seen from the un scores obtained by students. it can also be seen from the number of students accepted at public universities for general majors. this reality is also a separate problem that must be solved comprehensively so that the quality of education in madrasah will be able to compete with other public schools. methodology conceptual review national education policy within the educational staff environment, the term educational policy is an idea that is often heard, it is even seen as a task concept, but it is also often not well understood. the main basis underlying the policy is a consideration of common sense and also based on industry needs. of course it is also related to political policy even though it is not merely a reflection of human desires, both individually and in groups, even though human reason is the dominant element in decision making. in politics, sometimes more emphasis is placed on affective and even irrational factors (dali, 2017). this does not mean that politics is not merely having rational elements. it could be that rationality was not reached at that time or just pure intuition. law number 20 of 2003 concerning the national education system emphasizes that the function of national education is an effort to develop skills and form valuable national character and culture in the framework of education for the life of the nation, the aim of which is for students to develop ways to to be people. who believe and fear god almighty, have noble character, are healthy, fit, capable, creative, independent, and become democratic and responsible citizens (devi & cheluvaraju, 2020). national education policy measures and their implementation in elementary schools have not received much attention. this is actually an important building, because elementary schools are seen as educational institutions for children that really determine the way for the realization of the nation's ideals. the problem that often arises in connection with national education policy is understanding what the education policy itself means, what are the characteristics of education policy, what are the kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 140 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 guidelines for state education policy and how is the national education policy implemented. in indonesia for elementary school. the purpose of this study is to provide information about education policy, namely to explain the concept of national education policy, to know the characteristics of education policy, to know government policy guidelines and to know the implementation of education policy in indonesia at the level of primary and secondary education (badran, & toprak, 2020) . the education policy is based on guidelines and instructions for implementing education in carrying out educational activities. therefore, this basis is usually closely related to the laws or laws that exist in that country and are determined and promulgated by those in power in that field at that time. particularly in the field of education, the policies formulated and decided by the government are very strong to improve the quality of education in indonesia by taking into account the needs of society while still balancing the progress and development of science. you must have a foundation. technology according to agustino (elwijaya, mairina, & gistituati, 2022). it is therefore clear that national education policies play a very important role in protecting and supervising educational activities. national education policy is part of public policy. this definition begins with the characteristics of public policy in general. security is state policy, in relation to the executive, legislative and judiciary; b) public policy is a policy that regulates social or community life, not individuals or groups. according to carte v. good (dali, 2017), educational policy states: the meaning of the statement above is that educational policy is an assessment of the value system and situational needs factors that operate in institutions as a general plan for decision-making to achieve the intended educational goals. about that. hough (badran, & toprak, 2020), also emphasizes many political meanings. a policy can refer to a set of goals, plans or proposals, programs, decisions, policies, and laws or regulations. educational policy is the entire process and result of the formulation of educational strategic steps, which are compiled from the vision, mission of education, to achieve educational goals in society, especially in elementary schools for a certain period of time (devi & cheluvaraju, 2020). national education policy can be interpreted as a product that functions as a legally neutral guideline for educational decisions that are adapted to the educational environment. the function of educational policy is to guide action, guide activities in education, organizations or schools with the community and government to achieve the goals that have been set. in other words, politics is a general action for decision-making at every level of education or organization. subersono (elvira, 2021), explained that educational policies have characteristics that include. a) has educational goals; education policy needs goals. more precisely, to contribute to education, we need clear and well-targeted educational goals. b) fulfillment of legal formalities; education policies are of course enforced, and conditions must be met for them to be recognized and effectively implemented in the region. therefore, educational policies must meet constitutional requirements in accordance with the constitutional hierarchy that apply in the regions so that they can be legalized and enforced officially in the regions. in this way, legitimate education policies can be established. c) has an operational concept; education policy as a general guideline naturally requires operational use to implement it, which is needed to clarify the educational goals to be achieved. education policy also has a decision support function. d) made by drinkers; educational policies must be developed by experts who are authorized in their fields so as not to harm the educational and non-educational environment. education administrators, managers of educational institutions, and politicians who are directly involved in education constitute a minimal element of education policy making. e) can be evaluated (hermanto, 2020). education policy cannot be separated from actual policies that require follow-up. efforts to improve the quality of madrasah management the use of the term madrasah as an islamic educational institution, or as a school of thought, did not coincide with the beginning of the development of islam, and only emerged after islam had experienced rapid development, avoiding outside influences. accepted. schools and schools are the emergence of developing thoughts (zafi, et., al, 2021). at the beginning of the development of islam, kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 141 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 there were two types of institutions and educational institutions. namely, kuttab, which prohibits children from reading or writing the koran, and the basic principles of islamic teachings which constitute basic education. at that time, the mosque was used as an educational stage which was only attended by adults. from these mosques emerged great scholars, experts in various islamic sciences, and from here emerged multiple schools of thought known as madrasah therefore, islam developed rapidly and even increased from one period to the next as the scholars developed islamic teachings in society (huda, 2016). with the increase in the area of the mosque, special rooms were developed around the mosque for halakah or recitation activities. apart from that, special dormitories for teachers and students were also built as a place to live and for daily teaching and learning activities called zawiya or madrasah in essence, the emergence of madrasah in the islamic world is an effort to develop and perfect teaching and learning activities to accommodate scientific growth and the ever-increasing number of students in the world of education. madrasah are a new phenomenon of islamic educational institutions in indonesia that existed at the beginning of the 20th century (ihsan, et.,al, 2021). however, there is still heterogeneity across regions in teaching and teaching practices, particularly in terms of curricula and lesson plans. efforts to unite and unify the new system began around 1950 after indonesia's independence. and in its development, madrasah are divided into several levels: madrasah ibtidaiyah (mi), madrasah tsanawiyah (mts), madrasah aliyah (ma) (nuryanto, 2018). madrasah as islamic educational institutions in indonesia are relatively younger than pesantren. born in the 20th century, with the birth of the samambaulu-urum surakarta madrasah in 1905 and the founding of the adabiya school by syekh abdullah ahmad in west sumatra in 1909. this madrasah was founded on the initiative and realization of renewal. existing islamic education system. madrasah as islamic educational institutions are now integrated into the national education system as schools (iskandar, 2019). the appearance of the skb by three ministers (the minister of religion, the minister of education and culture, and the minister of home affairs) shows that the existence of madrasah is sufficient, hand in hand with public schools. in addition, the emergence of three ministerial regulations is also seen as a positive step to improve the status of madrasah, final grades and curriculum quality. one of the considerations in the joint decision letter states that steps need to be taken to improve the quality of education in madrasah so that madrasah graduates can attend school or move to public schools starting from elementary school to university (ririh & pratiwi, 2018). results and discussion madrasah management madrasah as islamic educational institutions are now integrated into the national education system as schools. the appearance of the skb by three ministers (minister of religion, minister of education and culture, and minister of home affairs) shows that the presence of madrasah is sufficient, hand in hand with public schools. in addition, the emergence of three ministerial regulations is also seen as a positive step to improve the status of madrasah, final grades and curriculum quality (rosadi, 2021). one of the considerations in the joint decision letter states that steps need to be taken to improve the quality of education in madrasah so that madrasah graduates can attend school or transfer to public schools, starting from elementary school to university. the education system used in the madrasah environment at every level is a combination of the pesantren system and the modern school system. level up assessment is determined by proficiency in a number of specific instructional areas. in subsequent developments, the pondok system was gradually abandoned and madrasah emerged following the same system as modern schools. however, in the early stages, madrasah were still diniyah and the themes were still related to religion using arabic books (turmidzi, 2021). general education subjects were gradually incorporated into the madrasah curriculum. religious textbooks, like general knowledge books applied in public schools, are specifically classified according to the madrasah level. however, madrasah have emerged in the form of tiered kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 142 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 modern schools, such as ibtidayah madrasah at the elementary level and tzanawiyah madrasah at the junior high school level, as well as lecturers' assistants (education teachers) whose entire educational realm of these madrasah adapts to each other, both educational staff, facilities and infrastructure. as well as the factors that encourage people to send their children to madrasah (huda, 2016). in the next stage, the adaptation increases and is well integrated and written directly as an islamic school predicate, so that it becomes difficult to separate and differentiate the two. madrasah maintain religion as the main subject, although in different proportions. when the ministry of religion (mora) began directing and developing the madrasah education system, the standard was to provide a minimum of six hours per week of basic religious instruction. as an educational institution born from the community, madrasah can easily integrate the external environment into their educational organization, creating an atmosphere of chaos and a high sense of belonging in society. conspiracies are no longer limited to the involvement of co-owners and the involvement of parents of students only where the child goes to school. in accordance with the spirit of decentralization, the community must pay attention to the surrounding educational institutions to absorb the aspirations of the community and participate in the development and improvement of the quality of education. this encourages a high sense of ownership, both in teaching materials, administration, coaching and other forms of participation, increasing school attendance and community pride. education policy as a general guideline, of course, must be operationally effective so that it can be implemented, and it is necessary to specify the educational goals to be achieved. in addition, educational policy must be a decision-making function d) made by those who drink it. education policy must be formulated by experts who are authoritative in their field , so as not to harm education and the environment outside of education education providers, managers of educational institutions and politicians who are directly related to education are the minimum elements of educational decision making e) can be assessed (hanifah., & fatimah, 2021). policies regarding educational status are of course inseparable from the law that must be followed. if it is good it is maintained or developed, if it is bad it must be repaired or evaluated e) systematically. of course education policy is also a system, and there must be a clear system for all aspects of its regulation. systematicism also requires efficiency, effectiveness and sustainability so that education policies do not become structurally pragmatic, discriminatory and fragile due to a series of missing or contradictory factors. this must be considered carefully so that its implementation does not create internal legal loopholes, so madrasah in the last ten years have made efforts to improve the quality or quality of education, especially in the aspect of outcome. externally, education policies in madrasah need to be integrated with other policies; political politics; monetary policy; and even education policies above or below as part of efforts to improve the quality of learning, which can be initiated in the following concept. figure 2. flow of madrasah education quality assurance synergy kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 143 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the design of the scheme refers to the second revised policy on government regulations, pp no. 13 of 2015 concerning amendments to pp no. 19 of 2005 concerning national education standards. in the regulation it is explained that the national examination does not determine graduation but as a mapping of education quality as stated in article 68 that national examination results are used as a basis for: a) mapping the quality of educational programs and/or units; b) consideration of selection to enter the next level of education; and c) fostering and providing assistance to educational units in their efforts to improve the quality of education. this shows that to produce graduates who have competence, snp is needed which is a guideline for education implementers or administrators, especially at the education unit level. as in government regulation number 19 of 2005 article 1 that snp is a minimum criterion regarding the education system in all jurisdictions of the unitary state of the republic of indonesia (ririh & pratiwi, 2018). achievement of accreditation a in educational units reaches the minimum criteria. so, even though educational units have achieved a accreditation, they still need to improve their standards to be better in providing educational services to students (dian, maulana, & jahari, 2019). along with the development of education, snp has been running for about 15 years, but the quality of education in indonesia is still relatively low when compared to allied countries, for example the test in 2015 to measure the basic abilities of 15 year old students in science, reading and mathematics. indonesia's average score is still below the average oecd score (handoko, 2019). the field of science/exact indonesia still got a score of 403, reading got a score of 397 and mathematics got a score of 386. among these three fields, the reading score even decreased by 2 points when compared to the previous three years, while the score for natural sciences rose by 3 points and math up 4 points. the score achieved by indonesia is still below thailand, where the average score for science/science reaches 421, reading reaches 409 and mathematics reaches 415 (soesiantoro, murti, puspaningtyas, 2018). this is presumably not because the snp is of less quality, but the fulfillment and implementation of the snp has not run optimally. in this case, madrasah are also lagging behind (kurniawati, 2022). as an islamic educational institution that lives from, through and for the community, madrasahs are less touched by national leaders and the hands of researchers. quality improvement will not happen without everyone's involvement. therefore, researchers assume the need to support, maintain and fight for madrasah in order to improve their quality. according to mulyasa (susetyo & athiyah, 2021), relevant processes in the development of the quality or quality of madrasah lie in decision making, project management, institutional management processes, teaching and learning processes monitoring and evaluation, teaching process documentation, and the highest importance compared to the process other. many factors make the implementation of snp in madrasahs not run as expected. this factor can come from within (internal) or from outside (external). it is suspected that the influence of internal factors that become obstacles in fulfilling the snp are (1) educational staff, (2) leadership support, (3) infrastructure, (4) availability of funds, and (5) understanding of the school community towards the implementation of the snp. while the external factors that are thought to be hindering the fulfillment of the snp are (1) the geographical location of the school, (2) the carrying capacity of the community, and (3) the economic conditions of the surrounding community. in essence, quality or quality in the field of education includes the quality of input, process, output, and outcome. educational input is declared qualified if it is ready to process. a quality educational process is able to create an atmosphere that is paikemb (active, innovative, creative, fun, and meaningful learning). output is declared qualified if the student's academic and non-academic learning outcomes are high. outcome, declared quality if graduates are quickly absorbed in the world of work, salary is reasonable, all parties recognize the greatness of graduates and feel satisfied (al-ababneh, & alrhaimi, 2020). whereas the quality of education according to permendiknas number 63 of 2009 kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 144 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 concerning the education quality assurance system is the level of intelligence of the nation's life that can be achieved from the application of the snp, which can be implemented in basic educational institutions and especially madrasah at all levels (dian, maulana, & jahari, 2019). this means that madrasah managers must be able to integrate the concept of school management between the national education system and madrasah which are religious-based educational institutions. this is intended so that madrasah develop as islamic educational institutions in an integrated manner within the state education system, as stipulated in the 1945 constitution. this integration effort is not easy. independence and uncompromising attitude towards past governments are still deeply rooted in society. therefore, the management and development of madrasah is carried out with full expertise and implementation step by step. in addition, in 1952, the ministry of religion issued minister of religion decree no. 1 to improve madrasah in accordance with bpknip objectives and obtain material support and guidance from the government. in 1951, the ministry of religion established islamic religious teacher schools (sgai) and islamic religious teacher and judge schools (sghai) in several places. the formation of these two types of school teachers has brought many advantages to the development and development of madrasah because these two types of teacher schools provide opportunities for madrasah graduates to meet certain requirements. this established the establishment of a madrasah. requirements graduates from the two types of religious education schools are sent to madrasah to accelerate the process of promotion and development, with the aim of integration into the national education system. making efforts to advance madrasah and organize the education system of this country is gradually improving (hanifah., & fatimah, 2021). this effort is not only the duty and authority of the ministry of religion, but the duty and authority of the government as a whole and society. in 1975 a joint decree (skb) was issued by three ministers. minister of home affairs, minister of religion, minister of education and culture, regarding improving the quality of education in islamic boarding schools. this is motivated by the fact that madrasah students, like all indonesian citizens, have the same opportunities to get jobs and decent livelihood rights for humanity, as well as the same educational costs. . level. from elementary school to college. to realize the skb of the 3 ministries, the ministry of religion issued a standard syllabus in 1976, which was used as a reference in mi, mt, and ma al-quran (susetyo & athiyah, 2021). therefore, efforts to empower and identify who has a role in madrasah must be prioritized over just following formal rules. this is important considering that it is not easy to find people who have the power to develop schools holistically. therefore, if a madrasah has people who clearly support it, then the madrasah is protected from possible negative influences both internally and externally. quality madrasah schools will not happen by themselves, this is an educational process that can run well, effectively and efficiently. according to arcaro (zafi, et., al, 2021) quality is an overview and overall characteristics of goods or services that demonstrate their ability to satisfy the expected needs in the context of education, the notion of quality includes input, process and output of education. suryadi and tilaar (hanifah., & fatimah, 2021) explain that the quality of education is the ability of the education system to be directed effectively to increase the added value of input factors in order to produce the highest output. in this regard, educational institutions such as madrasah, especially at the middle level, such as madrasah tsanawiyah (smp) and aliyah (sma) need to organize an administrative system for education services based on quality management. this can be done with the following scheme. kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 145 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 figure 3. quality education service management scheme this scheme can be described as such, that is, the elements directly involved in the management of madrasah also need to hone their creativity in building themselves so that they are able to change the image of society. even though image is one factor that cannot be ignored, because with image people will be affected. of course, this image change will not materialize evenly if the problems of public awareness are not awakened. the low quality of madrasah education cannot be separated from the low human resources of the madrasah itself. the findings of the asian development bank team (alababneh & alrhaimi, 2020), state that many madrasah students come from farming families and families with low economic status. they enter madrasah because they are not accepted in public schools due to low nem (nuryanto, 2018). madrasah students in some cases have characteristics that can be categorized as contributing to the tangled threads of madrasah education. low motivation, passive attitude in learning and lack of awareness of future-oriented education are obstacles faced by the world of madrasah education. meanwhile, the lack of educational support facilities and infrastructure such as study rooms, libraries and laboratories which are supported by the low qualifications of teachers and madrasah heads, is another factor causing the low achievement of madrasah in fact, the low quality of madrasah education has more or less contributed to the low quality of national education. for all the problems above, the solutions offered include making various efforts that emphasize improving the performance of madrasah heads, increasing teacher professionalism, adding completeness of facilities and infrastructure and coaching students, as a policy direction in developing and improving the quality of madrasah efforts to improve the quality of madrasah education the nuance of regional autonomy which was rolled out by the government through law number 22 of 1999, gave birth to a policy regarding efforts to improve the quality of education which was borne by regional/school heads through school-based quality improvement management (mpmbs). this management model according to umaedi (dali, 2017) has given greater autonomy to schools/madrasah in efforts to improve quality, by encouraging participatory decision-making involving madrasah residents (madrasah heads, teachers, employees, students, parents and the community). . the implementation of this management model at the madrasah level increasingly burdens the duties and responsibilities of the principal and the teachers in managing the madrasah education system. so that improving the performance of the head and increasing the professionalism of teachers is one of the priority programs. madrasah heads, in the context of regional autonomy, have a central role in the madrasah subsystem. as top manager, he will determine the success or failure of madrasah in anticipating changes in education policy. therefore, efforts to improve the performance of madrasah heads are carried out so that: they are able to carry out their functions in planning, organizing, actuating and controlling activities, so that they have a vision for the future in improving the quality of madrasah all of this can be achieved when the madrasah head is active, creative and innovative and is able to create a conducive kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 146 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 atmosphere in the madrasah environment (dali, 2017). a head must also be able to identify and understand the weaknesses/advantages of a madrasah and be required to have brilliant ideas in making new breakthroughs that are much needed in building superior madrasah as well as the ability to embrace, lobby, work together, coordinate and direct all components madrasah this program to improve the performance of madrasah heads can be started by empowering the madrasah heads working group (k3m) with the aim of increasing the professionalism of heads, increasing scientific insight so that they have the competencies needed in facing global challenges and in carrying out their duties. deliberations and discussions seek to build effective communication and synergy in an effort to improve the quality of madrasah, through sharing ideas and experiences between madrasah heads. advanced madrasah are fundamentally different from non-advanced madrasah because of these differences, many parents are interested in sending their children to advanced madrasahs. not only parents, the madrasah that was founded occupies more of a place in the minds of students as the right choice to gain knowledge and a place to train. figure 4. quality oriented education service administration in this scheme, it can be said that the administration of madrasah management which is oriented towards improving the quality of service has a clear vision and mission. it is clear to management, office staff, teacher council, school board and students. the vision and mission with the support of stakeholders are the ideals that the madrasah leadership wants to realize. to realize the vision and mission of madrasah, it is necessary to compile or regulate the rules of education in madrasah so that they are in accordance with what is needed. start with office administration, teacher and staff resources, and student administration. such an arrangement allows parents to accept and appreciate their potential, talents and interests. don't let parents force students to shape students according to their own tastes and aspirations (dian, maulana, & jahari, 2019). parents' wishes that are not aligned with the child's level of intelligence and psychology endanger the child's intellectual development. apart from educating students to acquire certain academic skills, students must also be taught how to develop spiritual spirituality and develop sensitivity to works of art (susetyo & athiyah, 2021). instilling spiritual values is very important and important for all teachers to do for their students. because without these values, students become smart but immoral children. students should also be taught to appreciate works of art and express them. we provide facilities to support their artistic activities in all forms of music, sound, painting and sculpture. kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 147 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 availability of it facilities such as computers and the internet in the school environment. the existence of these facilities can distinguish between advanced and non-advanced madrasah advanced madrasahs that use computers and the internet are far more common than less advanced madrasahs. madrasah are not very developed, so there are only 1-3 computers, let alone the internet. this computer is also used by administrators, teachers, and students. computers make teacher work faster, more accurate and easier to edit (al-falah, supiah, & posangi, 2019). teacher administration tasks that would take at least three days can now be completed manually in a few hours with the help of a computer. computers can also speed up the cloning process by copying and pasting. make working with madrassas faster and without extra work. the internet is very helpful in finding information and updating the knowledge of teachers. the better teachers use internet services, the more knowledge and insight they have. in addition, students can be encouraged to access internet topics to supplement teacher explanations during class work. teachers can also suggest internet access when completing individual and group assignments (turmidzi, 2021). teamwork, namely answering educational tasks that are immediate, therefore, is still reasonable when teamwork is mentioned as several indicators of quality improvement, one of which includes seminar activities. there is teamwork, so the madrasah takes a week, it should be a month. in this way, team members encourage each other, learn from each other's strengths, create positive attitudes towards each other, and avoid fierce competition. group work works together for young and old. teamwork requires mutual trust and openness. you don't have to be proud of your opinion. also, don't be afraid to share your opinion with your friends when taking surveys. through group work, we learn to socialize and develop our perspective and personality. madrasahs that have made progress in learning apply small group teaching and study guides to teaching in the classroom. indeed, the policy fosters an atmosphere of interaction between teachers regarding the learning experience. in addition, teacher errors in teaching concepts and principles can be minimized. therefore, madrasah that want to progress should study in madrasah that carry out group work and research successfully. the detailed team framework includes: increased responsibility to learn from each other. second, to be responsible for teachers' use of time, materials, and money third, as a way to monitor, assess, and improve quality, and fourth, to inform management about changes in the team's quality improvement process learning aids why learning aids are one way to improve the quality of teaching in islamic schools? rooms and infrastructure used as learning aids, such as books, teaching aids, models, libraries, and laboratories, also contribute to student success. therefore, although madrasah expect the highest quality from their students, they must also be prepared to strive for perfection in this material. teacher empowerment in the context of education quality management, teacher empowerment, including teacher empowerment, can be carried out through the division of responsibilities which can be seen that teachers as organizers of teaching and learning activities in schools are one of the pillars of education. according to salis (turmidzi, 2021), teacher empowerment provides opportunities for teachers to encourage student learning by transforming student learning, increasing independence, developing skills, and rewarding teacher achievement teacher empowerment is a high-quality service provided by school leaders to improve teaching quality . the services provided are: (1) the school has a vision, strategy, mission and quality objectives to be achieved; (2) creating a safe and orderly campus environment; (3) realizing schools with strong leadership; (5) development of sustainable school talent to meet science and technology needs; (6) monitoring and evaluation of all aspects of education management; and use of the results to improve quality; (7) communication and support directed to parents and the community (nuryanto, 2018; susetyo, & athiyah, 2021). then the aspect of career planning, which reflects professional development in human resource management. from its etymology, career refers to work that gives hope to people to get promoted. irianto, meanwhile, cites greenhouse to define career as work experience. a career can refer to any office or position held or held by a person during their tenure. a person's career success is influenced kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 148 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 by formal education, work experience, superior attitude, work efficiency, workload, and work efficiency (susetyo, & athiyah, 2021). career planning really helps coaches to fulfill their responsibilities. benefits include developing the skills of trainers, identifying potential trainers, increasing morale, reducing the backlog of non-potential trainers, and collaborating in the implementation of planned activities. career development is a series of tasks that a person completes within a certain working time career development can also be explained as a change in a person's values, attitudes and motivation a school coach career begins with planning the first opportunity and ends with retirement personally, each person must be prepared to upgrade to pursue a career they. measures of individual career development include job performance, exposure, layoff claims, loyalty, and development opportunities (rosadi, 2021). the goals of the organization's professional development are to make potentially available teaching staff more effective, to provide opportunities for teachers to self-assess, to develop more effective resources, to increase effectiveness through experience, and to increase loyalty and motivation. work performance is an organizational process for assessing or assessing the work performance of a coach work performance is the level of task performance that can be achieved by an individual, unit, or department using existing skills and a set of constraints to achieve the goals of a madrasah education institution. increasing the professionalism of madrasah teacher’s etymologically, professionalism is competence, which means the authority or ability to decide or decide something. the basic definition of competence is ability or aptitude. competence is ability or skill, which means that it is closely related to knowledge, ability or ability as a teacher. indeed, competence as an integral part of a teacher is something that everyone must have. teacher competence is not only a tool of extrinsic motivation, but also a useful tool to provide the best service and make students satisfied with education and teaching. teacher qualifications are based on the law on teachers and teachers no.1. law number 14 of 2005 requires that teachers must have academic qualifications, be competent, be able to teach, be physically and mentally healthy and be able to achieve national education goals. these teacher competencies include teaching skills, personal skills, social skills, and professional skills obtained through professional training the responsibilities and roles of the teacher have an impact on the implementation of education in schools. therefore, one of the responsibilities and roles of the teacher is as an educator and teacher. this role can only be fulfilled when the teacher fulfills individual requirements and mastery of knowledge (rosadi, 2021) only when the teacher is emotionally stable, have a strong sense of responsibility to support students, seek truth from facts, forthright and open, and sensitive to developments, especially pedagogical innovation, only then can they educate and teach. so that everything goes well. teachers need to own and manage various types of teaching materials, master teaching theory and practice, master the curriculum and teaching methods (zafi, et., al, 2021). to fulfill this role certain skills are required, namely the ability to write teaching materials, the ability to involve students in providing information, generate enthusiasm for learning, and select and use teaching materials (dian, maulana, & jahari, 2019). thus, madrasah get fresh air to play a more active role in running their businesses without the burden of government intervention to improve the quality of education. local needs-based teaching and learning processes do not add other elements to the curriculum that are irrelevant or even irrelevant in terms of broadening the knowledge and skills of students at this level. the effectiveness of the teaching process should lead to better learning outcomes. the increased involvement of the government in education has forced madrasah leaders to focus on additional programs to improve the quality. remedial and classroom programs that improve the cognitive, social, and emotional development of students experiencing economic and academic difficulties are replacement programs, not existing programs. kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 149 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 conclusions referring to the descriptions and discussions that have been put forward, it can be concluded that the management of madrasah institutions since the implementation of the 2013 curriculum until now has not indicated an increase in the quality of aspects of educational services, especially quality that can be measured from outcomes or graduation. the administration of madrasah education management has attempted to adapt the national education system, with various relevance that can be measured and reported as an increase in the results of madrasah management. the findings of this study indicate that madrasah management must still be motivated by trying to raise awareness of the parties involved in managing the administration of quality education services. in addition, teacher qualifications and activities with adequate facilities must also be a priority program. slowly but surely encouraging the improvement of the quality of islamic teaching in koranic schools. in addition, the resulting output must be based on a mature process and also supported by good investment. the attention of the government, business world and all education administrators must be focused on synergistic cooperation to support the process of organization and development of higher education institutions. consider aspects related to improving the quality of education by explaining the vision, mission, use of electronic media, community involvement, teachers, students and government in managing the quality of islamic education. this means that the requirements for the quality of islamic education that must meet national standards are good quality and ready to be marketed in various regions. with regard to the description of the discussion presented, it is suggested that the regional government through the national education office and the ministry of religion together provide a standard reference for achieving quality by forming a quality assurance team to improve quality madrasah education services. it is also recommended that madrasah managers take the initiative to start setting quality indicators and quality assurance by involving third parties such as partnering with educational research institutions and higher education institutions to review the implementation of madrasah education in terms of human resources, facilities and infrastructure, as well as other administrative management. references al-ababneh, h.a., dan alrhaimi, s.a.s (2020). modern approaches to education management to ensure the quality of educational services. tem journal. volume 9, issue 2, pages 770‐778 al-falah, a., supiah, s., & posangi, s. s. (2019). pengelolaan madrasah dalam meningkatkan mutu pendidikan di madrasah aliyah muhammadiyah kota gorontalo. tadbir: jurnal manajemen pendidikan islam, 7(1), 37–44. alifah, s (2021). peningkatan kualitas pendidikan di indonesia untuk mengejar ketertinggalan dari negara lain. education in indonesia and abroad: advantages and lacks. cermin : jurnal penelitian pendidikan, vol.5 (1), 113-123 badran, a., & toprak, m. (2020). sustainability of education reforms: an investigation into the professional development component of usaid/egypt education reform program (erp, 20042009). education policy analysis archives, 28(129). dari https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.28.5010 dali, z. (2017). manajemen mutu madrasah yogyakarta: pustaka pelajar devi, l and cheluvaraju (2020). a study on awareness about the impact of national education policy2020 among the stakeholder of commerce and management disciplinary. ejbmr, european journal of business and management research, vol. 5, no. 6, 1-5 deviana (2021). analisis mutu pelayanan pendidikan dengan model service quality. jurnal riset entrepreneurship, vol. 4, no. 1, p. 19-24. dian, maulana, a., dan jahari, j (2019). implementasi manajemen mutu pendidikan di madrasah swasta. al ma' arief: jurnal pendidikan sosial dan budaya, vol 1 no 2, 85-96 https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.28.5010 kusnanto, n., et al., relevance of national education policies as an effort to improve the quality of madrasah tsanawiyah education services, (p. 136 – 151) 150 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 elvira, e. (2021). faktor penyebab rendahnya kualitas pendidikan dan cara mengatasinya (studi pada : sekolah dasar di desa tonggolobibi). iqra: jurnal ilmu kependidikan dan keislaman, 16(2), 93-98. elwijaya, f., mairina, v., dan gistituati, n (2022). konsep dasar kebijakan pendidikan. jrti (jurnal riset tindakan indonesia), vol. 6, no. 1, p. 67-71 fitri, s.f.n (2021). problematika kualitas pendidikan di indonesia. jurnal pendidikan tambusai, 5(1), 1617–1620. dari https://jptam.org/index.php/jptam/article/view/1148 handoko, m.d. (2019). manajemen mutu pendidikan dalam persfektif kebijakan pendidikan nasional. dewantara vol. ix, 35-52 hanifah., & fatimah, s. (2021). penerapan manajemen berbasis madrasah dalam meningkatkan mutu madrasah di mts ma’arif sempor. an-nidzam : jurnal manajemen pendidikan dan studi islam, 8(2), 13-25. hermanto, b (2020). perekayasaan sistem pendidikan nasional untuk mencerdaskan kehidupan bangsa. foundasia, volume 11, no 2, 52-59 huda, k (2016). problematika madrasah dalam meningkatkan mutu pendidikan islam. jurnal dinamika penelitian, vol. 16, no. 2, 309-336 ihsan, r.a.n., jannah, a.m., sofia, m.n., budiyanti, n., dan gunawan. (2021). problematika dan perubahan kebijakan pendidikan di indonesia. juremi: jurnal riset ekonomi, 1(1), 17–26. iskandar, w (2019). analisis kebijakan pendidikan dalam perspektif madrasah al-madrasah:jurnal ilmiah pendidikan madrasah ibtidaiyah, vol. 4, no. 1. 1-23 kurniawati, f. n. (2022). analisis permasalahan rendahnya kualitas pendidikan di indonesia dan solusi. academy of education journal, 13 (1), 1-13 nuryanto (2018). peningkatan mutu madrasah ibtidaiyah: school-based management dan kompetensi guru madrasah elementary journal. vol. 4 edisi jan 2018, 21-32 rahman, a., naldi, w., arifin, a., & mujahid r, f. (2021). analisis uu sistem pendidikan nasional nomor 20 tahun 2003 dan implikasinya terhadap pelaksanaan pendidikan di indonesia. joeai:journal of education and instruction, 4(1), 98-107. ririh k.r., and pratiwi, f.m., (2018). pengembangan model kualitas pelayanan jasa pendidikan sekolah karakter di jakarta, j. optimasi sist. ind., vol. 17, no. 2, pp. 188–197 rosadi, t. (2021). manajemen mutu pendidikan dalam upaya meningkatkan kemandirian madrasah cakrawala: jurnal kajian manajemen pendidikan islam dan studi sosial, 5(1), 86-106. soesiantoro, a., murti, i., dan puspaningtyas, a (2018). kualitas pelayanan pendidikan berbasis pelaksanaan otonomi daerah provinsi jawa timur. dia jurnal ilmiah administrasi publik 16(2):52-61 susetyo, b., dan athiyah, c.n.u (2021). peta mutu pendidikan madrasah berdasarkan akreditasi quality of madrasah education based on accreditation. andragogi: jurnal diklat teknis pendidikan dan keagamaan, vol. 9, no. 1, 71-80 turmidzi, i. (2021). implementasi supervisi pendidikan untuk meningkatkan mutu pendidikan di madrasah tarbawi : jurnal pemikiran dan pendidikan islam, 4(1), 33 49. zafi, a., qulubana, a., ahsani, e.l.f., dan hanik, e.u (2021). meningkatkan mutu pendidikan islam di madrasah diniyah babus salam blingoh donorojo jepara. al-idaroh: jurnal studi manajemen pendidikan islam, vol.5 nomor 2, 232-245 © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). https://jptam.org/index.php/jptam/article/view/1148 108 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency apollonia1, rudy handoko2, iswiyati rahayu3 program study doktor ilmu administrasi fakultas ilmu sosial & ilmu politik universitas 17 agustus 1945 surabaya corresponding auhtor: apolloniabire@gmail.com abstract:this study examines and analyzes the revitalization that is managed in the study of the alignment of regional government and sectoral skpd policies, and analyzes the revitalization of agropolitan areas from the point of view of the gap between traditional area patterns and agropolitan patterns in kapuas regency. this study uses a qualitative approach that emphasizes facts and field phenomena to reveal issues related to the implementation of real estate policies. the results of the research design a policy implementation model theory from edward iii, and can be implemented in the kafe (kapuas agropolitan food estate) project, namely the revitalization of agropolitan policies in developing superior commodity-based agropolitan areas in developing regional economies in superior local rice agropolitan areas, dadahub district, kapuas regency is a policy on agropolity land of 20,000 ha in stages of 10,000 ha and continue until 2022; and development of the economic development of agropolitan districts, which is the goal of realizing modern agricultural areas as drivers of the rural economy that are able to prosper the community. formulation of the pattern and structure of the agropolitan area according to its function because it accelerates economic growth as a center of growth so that it becomes a center of superior local rice. four characteristics of the pattern and structure of agropolitan areas as centers of growth, especially the existence of internal relations of various types of activities, multiplier elements, the presence of geographical concentration, and the nature of encouraging the growth of the area behind it. keywords: revitalization, district development, agropolitan introduction agropolitan is an area where various types of activities related to agriculture from upstream to downstream, including supporting activities, while agropolitan is an area where agribusiness activities are developing. agropolitan area is an independent agricultural city, which is self-sufficient for all agribusiness needs in the area concerned on a limited scale. community life is like in the city, although limited and in an agribusiness environment with a vibrant economic life. in the area there are superior commodities, which are developed in various centers of production, processing, distribution and agribusiness activities, as well as other supporting businesses, thereby encouraging the area to develop into an agropolitan area. the development of a good agropolitan area is more focused if it is based on increasing the competitiveness of superior agribusiness products developed in agribusiness activities. it needs a strong commitment from the local government to build supporting facilities to accelerate the development of the agropolitan area. the development of agropolitan areas is very necessary for an agricultural country like indonesia, in order to realize people's welfare, overcome poverty and expand employment opportunities. agropolitan is very dependent on areas that have rain patterns that still fall as a natural phenomenon bodes well. because sufficient water is available to stock up across the seasons as a condition for creating an agropolitan city, at least in a number of rice-granary areas in central kalimantan. in particular, kapuas regency, with rice fields still green. https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index mailto:apolloniabire@gmail.com apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 109 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the area of paddy fields in kapuas regency, according to the latest survey (2021) by bps and the national land agency (bpn), is around 647 hectares. even though the government is trying to increase it, the existing paddy fields are still far below the 8,100 ha figure in the early 1990s. assuming that only half of the existing 647 ha of rice fields can be harvested twice per year because it is accessible to technical irrigation networks, the potential harvest area is an average of 11.175 hectares per year. this potential can increase if the dry season is wet enough, so that semi-technically irrigated rice fields, even rainfed, can produce. weaknesses in government policies that have not focused on development innovation create a production threat because it's no secret that the area of paddy fields is shrinking. many productive paddy fields have changed their function. minister of agriculture 2014-2019 amran sulaiman tried to leverage the area of paddy fields with the serasi program (save swamps, prosper farmers) on peatlands in kalimantan, but has not had a significant enough impact. efforts to increase the productivity of paddy fields, which currently average around 5.2 tons of grain per hectare, are also not easy to implement. this has not yet occurred in the horticultural plans that can be consumed by local people. so, like it or not, the region has to import horticultural products from outside the region, such as java and nusa tenggara, as well as from north sulawesi. president joko widodo continues to remind his staff to strengthen the food production side to ensure that people have easier access to meet their needs for these basic commodities. when access is open, food security is strengthened. the world food and agriculture organization (fao) also reminded all countries to maintain their food production management. dependence on imported materials will make food security decline. food estate as an alternative that is taken requires a strategic policy to implement it by revitalizing the traditional agricultural system into a food estate. regardless of the description above, the government is aware that the food area is starting to shrink, including paddy fields. food security is now part of national security. the food estate is located in central kalimantan, specifically in pulang pisau and kapuas districts. the long-term program is in the form of steps to provide new land, rehabilitate existing land by improving facilities to support land productivity, especially in terms of irrigation and drainage in swampy areas. this food area covers 600,000 hectares (6,000 km2), nine times the area of dki jakarta. this location was chosen because it was deemed more suitable than the other three candidates, namely in south sumatra, east kalimantan, and merauke, papua. one of the considerations is that it has sufficient water resources, is located in the middle of indonesian territory, and is close to the prospective new capital city in north penajam, east kalimantan. to make it a food estate, the land must be cleared, the irrigation network redesigned with a more appropriate water management system. peatlands need good drainage to wash away their acidity, but at the same time they need to be kept wet so they don't destroy their structure. however, not all of them are peatlands. a quarter of the food etate area is in the form of mineral soil, namely alluvial soil which is formed due to deposits and sedimentation of mud from upstream. this fertile mineral land lies on the sides of the river. through the apbn, the government has allocated a budget of idr 1.9 trillion for the next two years. in the first phase of 2020, the area to be rehabilitated will be 1,210 ha with funds of idr 73 billion. next, the second phase of 2021 will cover 3,330 ha worth idr 484.3 billion, and the third phase of irrigation repairs will cover 22.65 ha with a budget of idr 497.2 billion. for another 110,000 ha that will be worked on in 2022-2023, the budget has not yet been announced. the coordinating minister (menko) for the economy airlangga hartarto stated that the food estate was an integrated program, covering food crops, plantations and livestock. the ministry of agrarian affairs and spatial planning/national land agency (atr/bpn) has prepared several food estate realization schemes through the central kalimantan bpn regional office. the scheme that has been prepared for the development of a food estate consists of several stages. based on this food estate pattern, the revitalization of the agropolitan area is important as the development of the agropolitan area, the researcher is interested in carrying out research on the topic revitalization of agropolitan-based district development in kapuas regency, with the aim of studying apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 110 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the strategic plan for the development of agropolitan areas and their implementation in kapuas regency, especially the revitalization process that managed in a study of the alignment of the policies of the regional government and the sectoral skpd, as well as a review from the point of view of the gap between the pattern of traditional areas and the pattern of agropolitan in kapuas regency. studies in previous studies have shown that agropolitan areas are in urban areas where the focus of development and development is on the agricultural sector. in an effort to develop an area as an agropolitan area, of course, it is necessary to know the potential and capabilities of the area first. besides that, preparations are also needed to support the development of an area into an agropolitan area. kapuas regency is a regency that has been designated as an agropolitan area, in an effort to accelerate the development of agropolitan areas. the development of the agropolitan area model of corporate farming requires strengthening of the area development strategy based on realistic conditions in the field. sustainable development applies the principles of balance and sustainability in development. the main areas that must receive benefits from development are the environmental, social and economic sectors. every development activity is based on the aim of providing social welfare and justice for the community. methodology observations made in this study used a constructivist or interpretive paradigm (viewpoint or opinion) with an inductive qualitative approach. management of research by collecting data according to denzin and lincoln's theory which uses natural settings as a source of direct data. this research is expected to be able to describe and discover in a comprehensive and complete manner regarding competency policies in realizing agropolitan-based district revitalization in kapuas regency. in addition, this research can inductively build a theory which is then used to obtain substantive findings in accordance with the research focus which is abstracted as findings formal. in addition to observing phenomena in this research, a multi-case study on revitalization was studied using a phenomenological approach, because this study or research requires understanding and interpretation of revitalization between traditional models and agropolitan revitalization. this study describes administrative aspects and policies taken by the kapuas district government and aspects of community participation as the most important resource for the success of revitalization in kapuas district. this research makes the object of research in the dadahup sub-district the object of research, the reasons why the dadahup sub-district is the object of the kapuas district food estate program area with a planned 20,000 ha of agricultural land. determination of dadahup district as the object of the food estate program because it has land characteristics that are in accordance with the superior products of the local rice food estate which require swamp land. the data analysis technique used is triangulation, in which researchers look at symptoms from various points of view and test findings using various sources of information and various examination techniques by utilizing sources and methods. comparing and re-checking the degree of trust in information obtained through different times by: (1) comparing observational data with interview data, (2) comparing what people said in public with what was said privately, (3) comparing what people say about the research situation with what is said all the time, (4) comparing one's circumstances and perspectives with various opinions and views of people such as ordinary people, people with middle/high education, wealthy people, and government people, (5) compare the results of interviews with the contents of a related document. cross-case data analysis is intended as a process of comparing the findings obtained from the first and second cases, as well as a process of integrating cases between cases. in analysis by making explanations, which are directed at explaining phenomena, which means establishing a series of relationships regarding phenomena and explanations in narrative form that reflect the relevant propositional forms. apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 111 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 resuls and discussion revitalization theory approach definition of revitalization according to minister of public works regulation no. 18 of 2010 concerning guidelines for area revitalization, revitalization is an effort to increase the value of land/area through redevelopment in an area which can improve the function of the previous area (article 1 paragraph 1). an area is an area that has the main function of protection or cultivation (article 1 paragraph 4). revitalization is an attempt to revitalize an area or part of a city that was once vital/lively, but then suffered a setback/degradation. the revitalization scale has macro and micro levels. the process of revitalizing an area includes improving physical aspects, economic aspects and social aspects. the revitalization approach must be able to recognize and utilize the potential of the environment (history, meaning, location uniqueness and place image) (danisworo, 2002). revitalization itself is not something that is only oriented towards solving physical beauty, but must also be complemented by improving the economy of the community and the introduction of existing culture. to carry out revitalization, there is a need for community involvement. the involvement in question is not just participating to support aspects of formality that require community participation, besides that the people involved are not only the people in the environment, but the community in a broad sense (laretna, 2002). with the support of a control/control mechanism, the revitalization plan must be able to raise regional strategic issues, both in the form of socio-economic activities/activities and the physical characteristics of the city. the goal of area revitalization the goal of area revitalization is to increase the vitality of built areas through urban interventions that are capable of creating local economic growth and stability, integrated with the city system, livable, socially just, culturally and environmentally sound. there are several aspects and several stages needed in implementing the revitalization of an area, namely: a) physical intervention, namely the image of the area is very closely related to the visual condition of the area, especially in attracting activities and visitors, therefore physical intervention is necessary. physical intervention begins physical revitalization activities and is carried out in stages, covering the improvement and improvement of the quality and physical condition of buildings, green planning, connection systems, sign/advertisement systems and urban realms. environmental issues (environmental sustainability) are also important. so that physical intervention should also pay attention to the environmental context. physical planning must still be based on long-term thinking; b) economic rehabilitation short-term physical improvement of the area is expected to accommodate informal and formal economic activities (local economic development), so as to provide added value to the urban area. revitalization that begins with the process of rejuvenating urban artefacts must support the process of rehabilitation of economic activities. in the context of revitalization, it is necessary to develop mixed functions that can encourage economic and social activities (new vitality); c) social revitalization the revitalization of an area will be measured if it is able to create an interesting environment, so it is not just a beautiful place. these activities must have a positive impact and can improve the dynamics and social life of the community/citizens (public realms). urban design and development activities to create an authentic social environment (place making) and this also needs to be supported by a good institutional development. the steps taken in the area revitalization process are stipulated in the minister of public works regulation no. 18/prt/m/2010. implications of agropolitan area development for research model project batang lupar and batang sadong in serawak the agropolitan project, a land development project to eradicate extreme poverty for out-of-urban residents will be expanded again with a target of 10,000 participants by the end of next year. minister for development outer ports and regions datuk seri mohd shafie apdal said that several new areas in peninsular, sabah and sarawak were identified for implementation before the end of 2010. the gahai agropolitan project has an area of 222.58 hectares covering rubber and pineapple fields, with 50 participants being granted ownership house and settled in the area when another 30 were given ownership of shares. mohd shafie assesses the integrated village development apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 112 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 program in pantos village. the 510 hectare project uses 478 hectares of field development and 32 hectares of placement area accompanied by 173 orang asli people. the selection of the gahai agropolitan project is a reserve from the ministry of development outside the city and regions (kklw) because it is an agropolitan project which was initially formed and shows good performance and shows the need to evaluate it. the gahai agropolitan project, lipis, pahang (figure 1) covers an area of 238.76 hectares involving a total of 80 project participants. all of the participants in this project are the tough poor. in thailand there is also a floating market called the damnoen saduak floating market or the damnoen saduak floating market in ratchaburi province. this floating market is about 110 km west of bangkok city. traveling to the damnoen saduak floating market is still worth doing. the situation was utterly chaotic and chaotic, the little canals called khlongs filled with flat boats filled to the brim with piles of fresh produce, each jockeying for position. the boats rowed by women are ready to stop and bargain at a moment's notice. colorful, noisy, very attractive to tourists, but very fun. as long as the longtail boats make their way to the market, the market has an area of gardens, traditional teak houses and local people who leave for their livelihoods in thailand, officially the kingdom of thailand prathēt thai, pradēsa thai), or mueang thai (pronounced: "mengthai", the same as the english version, means "the country of thai"), thailand was known as siam until may 11, 1949. the word "thai" (ไทย) means "freedom" in thai, but can also refer to the thai people, so cause the name siam is still used among thai citizens, especially the chinese and american minorities. the thai government also protects agricultural products by providing incentives and subsidies to farmers. this policy has encouraged people to take advantage of empty and unproductive land to plant crops with export prospects. the contract farming system used in thailand is different from what we are used to in indonesia. the company enters into contracts with farmers without requiring farmers to submit guarantees. in central kalimantan, efforts to develop agropolitan areas have been established in kapuas regency. however, this effort is still experiencing various weaknesses and threats. this research tries to examine and evaluate the implementation of agropolitan area development in kapuas regency. in life in general there is always a gap between ideals and achievement of ideals, between expectations and reality, between plans and implementation. it is also expected that there will be gaps between the agropolitan area development strategy plan and its implementation. the discrepancy occurs due to inconsistencies between the strategic policies outlined and the operational policies adopted, also due to the inaccuracy of solving the problems taken, as well as the existence of various weaknesses and threats in the implementation of policies in the field. the occurrence of gaps or ineffectiveness between plans (expectations) and (reality) practice of implementing the strategy for developing agropolitan areas based on superior agribusiness products in kapuas regency was evaluated in this study. an assessment will be carried out on the problems that arise, and how to solve them. field research will be carried out, as well as a study of various theories and opinions of experts and scientists which are summarized in various writings in print, electronic media, or those that have been recorded in the bibliography chosen by the author. an assessment of the constraints and opportunities that can be exploited will also be carried out to strengthen the strategy for developing agropolitan areas based on increasing the competitiveness of superior products in kapuas regency. topography of kapuas regency kapuas regency is one of the 13 regencies and 1 (one) city within the province of central kalimantan with the kapuas regency government in kuala kapuas. in terms of coordinates, kapuas regency is between 0o 8'48" to 3o 27'00" south latitude and 112o 2'36" to 114o 44'00" east longitude on the equator with an area of ± 17,068.772 km2 or equivalent to 1,706. 877.02 hectares (approximately 9.77% of the total area of central kalimantan province. kapuas regency has a coast length of ± 189.85 km which crosses 5 (five) villages in kapuas kuala district. apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 113 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 in general, kapuas regency is an area that is topographically located in a relatively flat stretch (0% -8%) with an altitude between 0 500 m above sea level. the characteristics of the kapuas regency area are divided into 2 (two) parts with two different characteristics, namely the southern part is a swampy plain, while the northern part is hilly. in the northern part of the area which is hilly at an altitude of between 100-500 meters above sea level and is a hilly area with a slope of ± 15-25 degrees. the southern part of kapuas regency consists of beaches and swamps with a height of between 0-5 meters above sea level with an elevation of between 0 8% and is affected by tides with the potential for significant flooding depending on the tides. as a tidal area, the southern part of kapuas regency is a potential area for food crop agriculture and horticulture. in the northern part of kapuas regency is an area with potential for plantation and mining land. kapuas regency is drained by the kapuas murung river and the kapuas river. the kapuas murung river has a length of 66,375 km. the kapuas river itself has a length of ± 600 km and a width of ± 500 m stretching from north to south, namely from kapuas hulu district to kapuas kuala district in the south, crossing 7 (seven) sub-districts which are directly in the kapuas river basin (das), namely the district: kapuas hulu, kapuas tengah, timpah, mantangai, basarang, kapuas barat and kapuas hilir. the average depth of the kapuas river is 6 meters, so large ships can navigate it. in the southern part of the kapuas regency, the coast of the java sea stretches for ± 189,487 km. apart from the river, kapuas regency also has 4 (four) canals (anjir), namely: 1. anjir serapat for ± 28 km which connects kuala kapuas city to banjarmasin city through barito kuala regency (south kalimantan) for 14 km; 2. anjir kelampan, ± 14.5 km long which connects the city of mandomai, west kapuas district with pulang pisau within the pulang pisau regency area to palangka raya; along the 9 km area of anjir kalampan is included in the kapuas regency and 5.5 km is in the pulang pisau regency area. 3. anjir basarang along ± 24 km which connects kuala kapuas to pulang pisau. 17 km long anjir basarang belongs to the kapuas regency and 7 km belongs to pulang pisau regency; 4. anjir tamban along ± 24 km which connects kuala kapuas with banjarmasin city through barito kuala regency, where along 13 km anjir tamban is included in the kapuas regency area (central kalimantan) and 12 km is in the territory of south kalimantan province. kapuas regency has a land area of 1,499,900 ha which is used for agriculture of 280,000 ha, 340,000 ha of garden and other land and 879,900 ha of production forest. land use includes agricultural land for rice fields, most of which are tidal and rainfed land. non-paddy fields include swamps, gardens, fields/moor fields, settlements, mining lands as well as ponds and ponds. most of the forest area in kapuas regency is in the form of peat forest and some of it is in the form of ex-peat land project (plg – one million hectares) which was once announced. government in 1995. in recent years, ex-plg land will again be managed and utilized in a directed manner. management and utilization of peatlands will be differentiated based on the thickness (depth) of the peat. peatland with a thickness of 50 – 100 cm (thin peat) is used for food agriculture, such as rice and crops. peatland with a thickness of medium (101 – 200 cm) is intended for plantations and fruit crops. meanwhile, peatlands with a thickness of 201 – 300 cm are for plantation and forestry plants. peatlands with a thickness of more than 3 meters are designated for conservation and forestry areas. agropolitan area revitalization kapuas regency is the first regency in the kalimantan region and even the only one that has been designated as an agropolitan area. in an effort to accelerate the development of agropolitan areas, it is necessary to strengthen regional development strategies based on existing conditions in the field. in an effort to develop agropolitan areas in kapuas regency, basically there are 2 main problems that must be addressed immediately, which include: 1) management aspects; 2) agribusiness aspect agropolitan food estate. management problems are things that must be revitalized because the management that has been carried out so far has been traditional. towards modern management with a food estate model. while apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 114 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the problems faced include the lack of socialization regarding regional development efforts programmed by the government. coordination, synchronization and integration between related agencies is still lacking so that integrated development has not been realized, especially in the field of agribusiness and the development of agropolitan areas. on the other hand, government policies are still not in favor of farmers, so that farmers experience difficulties in developing agribusiness products. government policy is a very important factor in the development of agribusiness. various forms of agribusiness development efforts will experience obstacles and obstacles without the support of government policies. government policies in developing agropolitan areas are quite appropriate, but on the other hand various problems arise, that the policies issued are felt to be less consistent and less effective. as an indicator is that government policies have not been enjoyed by farmers. dissemination of government policies is still lacking. government policies that are not pro-farmers are thought to be one of the reasons for this discrepancy. top down and bottom up government policies are an opportunity for farmers to convey various initiatives related to agribusiness development. even though several government policy factors have been sufficiently supportive (eg services, counseling, problem solving plans) there are still many obstacles in the field. various obstacles that arise, among others, are that there are still many obstacles to government programs, while the methods of overcoming them are considered to be inappropriate and there are still many government programs that have not been properly resolved. the counseling activities carried out were also not on target, both in the form of the type of counseling and the target of the counseling. agribusiness aspect. the problems in the field of agribusiness faced in the development of agropolitan areas include the following aspects: 1) hr. efforts to develop agropolitan areas require competent and competitive human resources. for this reason, efforts to develop human resources in the field of agribusiness are needed. without the support of adequate human resources, the development of agropolitan areas will experience many obstacles and obstacles; 2) capital; the problem faced by the community in the field of capital is that the community in general does not have their own capital and does not have credit guarantees to obtain business capital, especially for processing and marketing activities. it appears that the condition of the community is still relatively weak; 3) production, the level of productivity of agribusiness products in semarang regency is still weak. this is evidenced by the low increase in annual production in the agribusiness sector. the weak level of production seems to be caused by the limited ownership of agricultural land by farmers; 4) distribution. distribution problems are also still an obstacle in the development of agribusiness. basically distribution activities in marketing activities are a parameter of product competitiveness. existing agribusiness product distribution activities are generally not market oriented. this means that the activities carried out have not been oriented to the market broadly. the level of distribution is limited to local areas only; 5) processing, the minimal use of technology can be seen from the use of processing technology that is still traditional. this shows that the level of production of processed products is still relatively low. agricultural product processing activities are still highly dependent on imported materials, which is a threat to local agribusiness development. in general, imported materials are of better quality but the price is relatively cheaper; 6) marketing, the marketing system is one of the supporting factors for product competitiveness. the problems faced in agribusiness development are due to the weakness of the existing marketing system. until now, the marketing method used is only through traditional markets where the marketing scale is still dominated at the sub-district level; 7) competitiveness; the problems causing the weak competitiveness of this product include the lack of availability of professional staff, limited production capabilities due to lack of technology utilization, relatively low annual production increase rate, unreliable production quality due to minimal processing, preservation as well as packaging systems and product standardization, limited distribution facilities and marketing reach, limited infrastructure and facilities, unstable prices due to the absence of a pricing mechanism, utilization of agribusiness opportunities that are not yet optimal, and limited access to market information; the existence of rural economic institutions in general are still in the form of farmer groups, while cooperatives and other business entities are still very few; 8) institutional, economic institutions in apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 115 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 the form of farmer groups are considered unable to facilitate the needs of farming communities. the lack of business partnerships is also an important issue in the development of agropolitan areas. the lack of business partnerships is likely related to the lack of existing economic institutions. considering that capital is the main driving factor for a business, it requires intensive attention; and 9) facilities and infrastructure. limited facilities and infrastructure are inhibiting factors for agribusiness development that need to be addressed. facilities and infrastructure are factors that support the achievement of successful agribusiness development from production to marketing. the availability of production facilities and infrastructure will indirectly support the achievement of market needs. on the other hand, transportation facilities and infrastructure paved the way for the development of market-oriented product competitiveness. besides that, it is also necessary to develop agribusiness markets as media for promotion and marketing of existing agribusiness products. implementation of the agropolitan policy revitalization is a process of implementing policies based on the 2020 kapuas regency agropolitan master plan which has been implemented since 2020 until now. the aim of this agropolitan policy is to develop an agropolitan area by building an agricultural village area into a farming town so that it will create economic development for rice farmers in the subdistrict agropolitan area. agropolitan policy implementation is a collaborative practice between related parties who are members of a working group (pokja) for the development of agropolitan areas. the following is a presentation of data based on the focus of implementing agropolitan policies in agropolitan areas in the form of the food estate program. policy directions for the agropolitan food estate for the development of the rice agropolitan area in dadahup district. the implementation of agropolitan food estate policy activities is a collaboration between regional work units (skpd) which are members of working groups (pokja). 206 the development of an agropolitan food estate area is a teamwork, so coordination between the teams is always carried out. the results of an interview with mr. baidowi, head of the sub-sector for economics and people's welfare, bappeda of kapuas regency in february 2020 in kapuas district. the first activity carried out by the working group in revitalizing the food estate agropolitan policy was coordination with the working group and related stakeholders in the form of consultation, assistance and absorption of input in accordance with the duties and authorities of the related parties. the development of human resources (hr) for farmers is an effort to increase the ability of farmers to produce superior commodity productivity. increasing the ability of farmers to produce high quality rice productivity is the goal of developing the agropolitan food estate area of dadahup district. the working groups responsible for developing farmer human resources are the department of trade at the office of industry, trade, cooperatives, mining and regional energy of the kapuas regency and the technical implementers are the horticulture sector at the kapuas regency regional agriculture service, the economy and welfare sector of the bappeda of kapuas regency, the attraction development section tours at the kapuas regency regional culture and tourism office and kapuas regency bappeda staff. development of human resources for rice farmers is carried out through 3 (three) activities, namely training to improve the quality and productivity of superior commodities, introduction of the latest cultivation technologies for superior commodities that are environmentally friendly, and the formation of agricultural extension officers (ppl). training on improving the quality and productivity of superior local rice commodities is carried out concurrently with the introduction of the latest cultivation of superior environmentally friendly commodities. this activity aims to create rice farmers who are able to produce high quality rice productivity. the productivity of high quality rice will be able to increase the competitiveness of superior local rice so that it can increase the number of rice consumers. training on improving the quality and productivity of superior commodities as well as the introduction of the latest cultivation technologies for superior commodities that are environmentally friendly are carried out by the horticulture department of agriculture. strengthening farmer institutions is carried out through empowering farmers to change the mindset of farmers so that they are able to improve farming and to increase the ability of farmers to carry out apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 116 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 their functions. farmer empowerment is carried out through training and counseling activities with a group approach. extension activities through a group approach are intended to encourage the formation of farmer institutions that are able to build synergy between farmers and between farmer groups in order to achieve business efficiency. thus strengthening farmer institutions is carried out by forming farmer groups (poktan) and establishing forums between poktans through the association of farmer groups (gapoktan). the working group implementing the strengthening of farmer institutions is coordinated by the community empowerment agency and regional government of kapuas regency and the technical implementers are the social economic sector of the kapoas regency bappeda, the education and health sub-sector of the kapuas regency bappeda and the staff of the kapuas regency bappeda. strengthening farmer institutions is carried out by establishing communication forums between farmer groups by forming association of farmers groups (gapoktan). the existence of a combined farmer group will also make it easier to socialize, apply technology and access financing, thereby making the business scale bigger and more economical. empowerment of farmer groups and gapoktan is directed at increasing overall agribusiness capabilities, so that it is not only focused on the cultivation aspect. gapoktan is a business unit for rice production facilities and infrastructure in kapuas district. the development of agropolitan areas is then carried out by developing facilities and infrastructure. these facilities and infrastructure will support the agricultural activities of farmers in increasing rice productivity. in addition, the availability of adequate facilities and infrastructure will help develop agribusiness activities. the development of facilities and infrastructure is chaired by the office of public works cipta karya and regional spatial planning of the kapuas district and the technical implementer is the regional office of public works irrigation of the kapuas regency, the field of building planning and spatial planning of the office of public works cipta karya regional kapuas regency road construction section of the office of public works bina marga regional kapuasdan regency bappeda staff. the facilities and infrastructure developed include: provision of road network, provision of irrigation network, provision of clean water network, provision of telecommunication network, provision of electricity network, provision of drainage and sanitation network, and provision of solar electricity network. these facilities and infrastructure are developed throughout the agropolitan area. from the data obtained from the rpjm for the agropolitan area of kapuas regency, the electricity network service has been realized. the drainage network is a channel for tackling floods and stagnant water or rainwater. while the sanitation network is the sewerage channel that will be channeled to the water disposal. some communities in the sukomoro agropolitan area use an on site drainage and sanitation system. on site is a simple waste water procurement, usually using a septic tank. based on the data found in the field, it can be analyzed that the revitalization program established and approved by the kapuas regency government can provide a change from the traditional model to a modern agricultural model that provides added value and welfare for the people of dadahup district and increases superior local rice production. the problems faced by the community with traditional management that have been described in the circle diagram prove that the revitalization carried out with a management focus prioritizes the interests of the community and sustainable development. various problems faced by people with traditional patterns, namely issues of capital, skills, government involvement and protection of local governments which are considered not to play an optimal role, in the era of revitalization of the radical pattern towards a modern pattern of agropolitan food estate starting with implementing the school of implementation of good agriculture practice (sigap) and the introduction of the latest cultivation technology for superior commodities that are environmentally friendly. the training is aimed at all farmer groups where each farmer group has 2 (two) representatives. sprightly provide escort to increase farmers' knowledge about agropolitan patterns. acceleration of socialization of agricultural technology innovations serves as a bridge connecting directly to users, by using a generating system with delivery systems and agribusiness actors (receiving system) and is directly a vehicle for participatory assessment. food apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 117 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 estate is a new model or concept of technology dissemination which is seen as being able to accelerate the delivery of information and basic materials for new innovations produced by farming communities with a pattern of changing from traditional agriculture to modern agriculture. the target of the food estate as strengthening dadahup sub-district is seen in the establishment of knowledge and technology-based agribusiness systems and businesses innovative. agribusiness systems and businesses are built in such a way that they form an integrated supply chain unit, called the industrial agribusiness unit (uai). uai is an organization built from all business units in a vertical supply chain in an area. its main feature is unity of action so that the final supply chain product can be fully managed according to consumer preferences for the end products being marketed. in essence, the food estate consists of two components: the innovation system and the agribusiness system. the innovation system is a source or supplier of innovative knowledge and technology used by business units in the agribusiness system. the food estate model aims to accelerate time, increase content, and expand the prevalence of innovative technology adoption produced by sub-districts as well as to obtain feedback from users regarding the characteristics of appropriate technology for specific users and locations, which is essential information in order to realize research and development oriented to user needs. . in other words, the food estate has a double function, as a dissemination model and at the same time as a field laboratory for the development of agriculture-based sub-districts. . the final goal of the food estate is the application of innovative technology produced by sub-districts by agribusiness practitioners quickly, precisely and broadly (mass). food estate is a revitalization strategy in implementing a new paradigm, namely changing from traditional to modern agricultural insights. viewed from the point of view of implementing food estate research activities, it is a vehicle for implementing participatory development in the context of realizing consumer-oriented research and development (consumer oriented research and development). based on the results of this study, it was found that there was a relationship between the existing components in the field, namely: that the food estate is essentially building a pilot model of progressive agribusiness systems and innovative technology-based businesses that combine innovation systems and agribusiness systems. in this model, local governments no longer only function as producers of basic/source technology, but are also actively involved in facilitating the multiplication, distribution and application of the innovative technologies they produce. a food estate is basically an integrated agriculture-extension-agribusiness-supporting service (farming –extention–agribusiness–supporting service linkages) model. formation of farmer extension–agribusiness–service networks (picture) is one of the institutional breakthroughs in food estate. the implementation of regional autonomy is not yet stable. in this case, it is necessary to emphasize that the local government synergizes in carrying out mass agricultural counseling which is the main task and function of other agencies. the regional government integrates agribusiness extension practitioners for the development of supporting services with agricultural extension institutions in the regions through development, participatory studies in "field laboratories", equips extension workers with knowledge and extension materials on introduced innovative technologies, and provides technology sources/base on findings or his creation. in the early stages of developing an innovation system, a "pilot package" with a very short innovation supply chain (directly introduced). the distribution of such technology is commonly known as "good will transfer". agribusiness clinics that have been successfully grown can provide integrated services for agribusiness practitioners. it is these government-owned innovation institutions that must act as producers and distributors of technologies that are public goods or can be commercially managed by pure private companies.in this case, the role of government institutions is to overcome market vacancies (missing market). ) innovation.without the direct involvement of government agencies public technology will not be widely adopted. apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 118 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 figure 1 . stabilization stage innovation system or for public technology innovative food estate is a private good that deserves to be produced purely commercially. it is at this stage that the differentiation and function specialization of each element in the innovation system can grow and develop in a sustainable manner. agribusiness systems and efforts are built cohesively with innovation systems based on the agribusiness paradigm. first, even though it is a small-scale family business, farming must be seen as an autonomous commercial, market-oriented and aims to achieve the maximum possible residual income (profit). farmers are managers who are free to manage their farms. second, the existence and performance of farming business is largely or even mainly determined by the existence and performance of related businesses, both in the upstream chain segment, namely the procurement and distribution of farming business facilities and infrastructure; in the downstream chain segment, namely the business sector of processing and marketing of agricultural products; as well as in the side chain segment, namely the facilitating service business sector (eg financing, transportation, energy, communication) and supporting infrastructure (among others irrigation, counseling, markets). farming development must be carried out in harmony and synergy with all related elements, hereinafter referred to as agribusiness systems and efforts. management of revitalization of agropolitan areas from the point of view of gaps in traditional area patterns with modern agropolitan patterns in kapuas regency the policy direction for the development of the aropopolitan area is implemented in the development of agribusiness of superior local rice products to balance development equity and economic growth. agribusiness development in agropolitan food estate areas is implemented through agro-industry development and building and increasing markets for agropolitan food estate development centers (spafs). this agribusiness development is chaired by the kapuas district agriculture office and the technical implementers are the horticulture sector at the kapuas district agriculture office, commerce at the kapuas district industry, trade, cooperative, mining and energy office and bappeda staff. the next agribusiness development is to develop agropolitan agroindustry. agribusiness development is a development program that will have a significant impact on the community or superior local rice farmers in the agropolitan area of dadahup sub-district. leading local rice farmers are the target group for agropolitan because this agropolitan policy is superior local rice. in addition, because the majority of the livelihoods of the people of dadahup district are as superior local rice farmers. the welfare of superior local rice farmers is the goal of agropolitan policies in developing agropolitan areas. the programs implemented are to facilitate farmers' activities in producing superior local rice so as to have a better impact on the lives of superior local rice farmers. farmers' responses to agropolitan policies also affect the implementation of agropolitan policies. the apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 119 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 farmer human resource development program carried out by the working group for the development of agropolitan areas with training to improve the quality and productivity of superior local rice commodities is carried out through socialization of improving the quality and productivity of superior local rice commodities and the introduction of advanced cultivation technologies for superior environmentally friendly commodities. with this program, farmers are able to produce superior local rice. economic development is a process that causes changes in the important characteristics of a society. changes in these characteristics lead to changes in economic structure. regional economic development means changes in the characteristics of the economic structure in an area that have an impact on that area. the center of growth (growth pole) is a location that has facilities and conveniences so that it becomes a center of attraction that causes various kinds of businesses that have economic value, thus there will be an increase in the economy. the agropolitan policy direction is the development of agropolitan areas. the development of agropolitan areas is carried out in accordance with the direction of spatial pattern and spatial structure in which agropolitan areas become areas of economic development. the spatial pattern direction and spatial structure of the agropolitan area, dadahup district, kapuas regency is an area of economic development because it is expected to be able to change the economic characteristics of the people in the agropolitan area. the review of regional spatial structure focuses on regional centers as regional economic centers and a system of facilities and infrastructure that connects regional centers. the pattern and structure development of this area begins with determining the location of commodity centers, then classifying them based on product capacity and other carrying capacity. from this classification, a hierarchical system of order i center is obtained as the main farmer city (ktu), order ii center is the agropolitan district center (pda) and order iii center is the center for residential area units (pskp). the following is the pattern for determining the structure of the central order i area as ktu (taniutama city). the designation of the village as the i-ordo center or the main farmer's city (ktu) so that the main and supporting villages 1 and 2 have direct distribution channels to the village. this can be seen from the availability of local trade centers for superior local rice, local trading centers in each village, local commodity collection centers throughout the village, research centers as areas for developing superior local rice varieties in the village, service centers for sub-regions in the village, and daily markets throughout the village. on hold off farm is the initial stage of the downstream production process (in the sense of the beginning of product processing). superior products are processed to have added value. the added value will have an impact on the welfare of the local people who enjoy the added value. the wider the distribution and processing development of superior local superior rice commodities, the higher the perceived benefits. the processing system started by the small household industry (ikrt) also has an impact on expanding benefits. the development of ikrt's superior commodity processing will bring about a partnership pattern. the existence of a structured and institutionalized pattern of distribution and processing will minimize risks and increase benefits. the medium and large scale agro-industry stage will shift the agricultural sector to the industrial sector with the aim of increasing value added. this does not mean abandoning primary agricultural activities but developing primary agriculture as a modern upstream activity so that it can produce good products and sufficient supplies. the balancing diversification process also needs attention. so it can be concluded that the development of agropolitan areas is carried out in accordance with the direction of the spatial pattern and spatial structure where the dadahup district is an area of economic development. the spatial pattern development is classified according to the spatial hierarchical system. in addition, regional economic development can be seen from the basic exports carried out by dadahup district for superior local rice products to the national contribution. thus there is a division of areas according to the function of the activities of the spatial hierarchical system. however, the optimization of the function of the hierarchical spatial system of agropolitan areas has not been implemented optimally. furthermore, regional economic development can be seen from efforts to apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 120 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 add value (value added) to superior local rice products after off-farm harvest. based on the author's observations and interviews, the management of revitalization of agropolitan areas is seen from the point of view of gaps in traditional area patterns with modern agropolitan patterns in kapuas regency when studied based on the opinions of edwar iii and wahab policy implementation experts, namely communication: communication has a role/function important enough to determine the success of public policy in its implementation. intensity in communicating public policies at the implementation level is necessary so that the support and commitment of the relevant parties can be formed. there are three indicators of successful communication in public policy implementation, namely transmission, clarity and consistency. conclusion revitalization of agropolitan policies in developing superior commodity-based agropolitan areas in developing regional economies in superior local rice agropolitan areas, dadahup district, kapuas regency is a policy on 20,000 ha of agropolitan land with an initial stage of 10,000 ha and continuing until 2022 as the completion of the food estate program which revitalizes change the pattern of traditional farmers becoming modern farmers filled with human resource training facilities and strengthening agricultural infrastructure or facilities from upstream to downstream. in accordance with thomas b. smith's theory of revitalization and implementation of agropolitan policies in developing agropolitan areas of superior local rice food estates in the agropolitan area of dadahup district. agropolitan policies are idealized by patterns of communication interaction. communication is carried out properly, namely through coordination and outreach. by coordinating and socializing the programs of agropolitan policy implementation activities it can be implemented and accepted by the target group, there are 4 (four) programs from the direction of agropolitan policy. first, the development of farmer human resources which is carried out by training to improve the quality and productivity of superior commodities, the introduction of the latest cultivation technologies for superior commodities that are environmentally friendly and the formation of agricultural extension officers (ppl). second, strengthening farmer institutions by forming and activating farmer group forums (poktan) and farmer group associations. third, development of facilities and infrastructure carried out by providing road networks, providing irrigation networks, providing clean water networks, providing telecommunications networks, providing electricity networks, providing drainage and sanitation networks, and providing solid waste networks. and fourth, agribusiness development by carrying out market development of agribusiness development centers (spa) and agro-industry development. all programs have been well implemented based on the direction of the agropolitan area development policy. however, the underdeveloped ability of farmers in processing superior local rice products post-harvest (off farm) and the not yet optimal market development for agropolitan development centers (spa) are still the special concern of the working group for the development of agropolitan areas. responsiveness of the target group to the programs implemented in the revitalization of agropolitan areas and superior commodity-based agropolitan policies is very good. this responsiveness can be seen from the involvement of the target group in positively supporting superior commodity-based agropolitan policies. the implementing agencies for the implementation of agropolitan policies are the skpds incorporated in the working group (pokja) for the development of agropolitan areas. the appointment of these working groups is based on the fields and characteristics of the skpd in accordance with the agropolitan area development programs. the economic development of the district agropolitan development is the goal of realizing a modern agricultural area as a driving force for the rural economy that is able to prosper the community. formulation of the pattern and structure of the agropolitan area according to its function because it accelerates economic growth as a center of growth (growth pole) so that it becomes a center of superior local rice. the four characteristics of the pattern and structure of agropolitan areas as growth centers apollonia, et al.., revitalization of agropolitan-based subdistrict development in kapuas regency, (p. 108 – 121) 121 the spirit of society journal volume 6, number 2 march 2023 are 1) the existence of internal relations of various activities, 2) the existence of a multiplier effect, 3) the existence of geographical concentration, and 4) the nature of encouraging the growth of the area behind it. the findings of the revitalization model model for the agropolitan program in dadahup district, kapuas regency found a new dimension called: revitalization of the kafe (kapuas agropolitan food and energy estate) model, which illustrates the presence of integration between superior food products and increased morning energy for superior rice farmers in the food estate program in the district in dadahup kapuas regency. references akkoyunlu, s. (2015). the potential of rural urban linkages for sustainable development and trade. international journal of sustainable development & world policy 4(2), 20. allkire, s. & foster, j. (2011). counting and multidimensional poverty measures. journal ofpublic economics, 95 (7 8), 476 -487. asan a. g. h. (2008). pembangunan wilayah dan alam sekitar: cabaran dalam merealisasikan rancangan malaysia kesembilan. sintok: penerbit uum. bayu. 2021, food estate: konsep pengembangan pangan" selengkapnya https://news.detik.com/opini/d-1252310/food-estate-konseppengembangan-pangan. chichester: john wiley. economic planning unit (2015). elevent h malaysia plan, 2016-2020: anchoring growth on people . putrajaya: prime minister’s department. bhisna, n. b. (1995). promoting small towns for rural development: a view from nepal, asia pacificulation journal, 10 (2), 2750. buang, a., habibah, a., hamzah, j., & ratnawati, y. s. (2011). the agropolitan way ofreempowering the rural poor. world applied sciences journal, 13, 16. douglas, m. (1981). thailand: territorial dissolution and alternative regional development for the central plains. in w. stohr & d.r.f. taylors (eds), planningrom above or below?(pp. 183-208). friedmann, j., & douglass, m. (1978). agropolitan development: towards a new strategy for regional planning in asia. in f. lo & k. salih (eds), growth pole strategy for regional development policy (pp. 163-192). oxford: pergamon press. friedmann, j., & weaver, c. (1979). territory and function london: edward arnold. haris, abdul. 2005. pengaruh penatagunaan tanah terhadap keberhasilan pembangunan infrastrukturdan ekonomi. hal 1. hardoy, j. e., & satterthwaite, d. (1986). shelter, infrastructure and services in thirdworld cities.habitat international 10 (3), 245 – 284 hayroll, a. m. s., ahmad, f. a. n., khairuddin, i., jegak, u., & jeffrey l. d. (2010). agriculture project as an economic development tool to boost socio economic level f poor community: the case of agropolitan project in malaysia. african journal of usiness management, 4 (11), 2354 -2361. jaya, askar. (2004). konsep pembangunan berkelanjutan (sustainable development). pengantarfalsafah sains (pps-702). hal 1. mohamadm syamsul; sa’id, endang gumbira; bantacut, tajuddin; munandar, aris (2011). "model pemilihan kelembagaan agropolitan berbasis agroindustri dengan analytical network process agroindustry based agropolitan institutional design with analytical network processvol 19, no 3 . © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). 1 analysis of the impact of development infrastructure development on settlement communities (case study of jalan pasar nambangan, kenjeran, surabaya) muhammad aunirrouf 1 , ronny durrotun nasihien 2 narotama university, surabaya indonesia rkecil07@gmail.com, erdnash@gmail.com abstract the impact of the development of infrastructure development on the community of settlement areas on jalan pasar nambangan, kenjeran, surabaya needs to be evaluated on 700 meters of roads and channels that have been installed in the location and sought the satisfaction of the local community after the construction of the infrastructure. by using several methods including looking for quality paving, analyzing rainfall using the log person iii method, and seeking community satisfaction as a benchmark of this researcher, where the results of each analysis with optimal results, where the road in the form of paving blocks using concrete quality i with the crushed voltage is 38.22 mpa which will have an impact on the life of the road and in the good category, then for the channel produce a comparison of q channels with q plan 0.104237837 m3 / sec: 0.051493258 m3 / sec, which (channel conditions are safe or able to accept q plan) which will later has an impact on channel capacity in the next 10 years and the last of the 75 community respondents shows 54.22% very satisfied from the existence of the infrastructure which has a good impact to support activities in the daily lives of the community. keywords: settlement area infrastructure, road and channel infrastructure, community satisfaction received revised published april 11 th 2019 june 14 th 2019 september 30 th 2019 introduction infrastructure is a basic necessity as the operation of daily activities in order to be smooth and optimal, can be roads, canals, clean water, public services, electricity, public buildings can be (terminals, ports, airports, train stations) in this case will also be able to support the economic aspect of the community as a subject through or using the infrastructure. not forgetting also infrastructure is the responsibility of the local government which is to smooth public activities as a uniform regional development planning system and all can feel the development. the infrastructure to be discussed here includes roads, channels, and environments facilitated by the road and the channel. mailto:rkecil07@gmail.com mailto:erdnash@gmail.com 2 with the passage of time and progress in this age, it is undeniable that life in the community is also increasing, in terms of household needs, access to mobilization in activities, the feasibility of living in the environment includes cleanliness and development of adequate infrastructure in the community. the life of the people on jalan pasar nambangan, kenjeran, surabaya also requires the development of adequate infrastructure for all activities, the lives of residents here more or less work as fishermen or fish sellers, with the location on the coast of surabaya in the northern part clearly obviously directly on the sea. most of the residents on jalan pasar nambangan, kenjeran, surabaya lack healthy living behavior by removing garbage in the canal can inhibit the flow of water that leads to the main / tertiary disposal of the sea as a final disposal, and in this location previously there was no infrastructure on the main road access with road conditions in the form of land, with a road length of approximately 700 meters and with the width of the existing conditions in the field approximately 3 meters along with channels with a channel width of 50 centimeters. in this research, it will be discussed as a formulation of the problem, namely what has affected the community after the infrastructure development in the form of roads? what has affected the community after the infrastructure development in the form of a channel? what is the community's response to the infrastructure development in the form of roads and channels? with the limitation of the problem, namely analyzing infrastructure in the form of existing exiting road to community behavior, analyzing infrastructure in the form of existing exiting channels to community behavior, the influence of community behavior on the environment after the infrastructure in the form of roads and channels. literature review on the basis of this theory discusses the method or method used in this study includes the study and also calculations related to the subject being researched which will present a summary of the theories taken from previous research sources can come from journals, guidebooks and sni books. in this study where the theoretical foundation is about infrastructure, there are 2 things, namely in the form of roads and channels, and there is one study that also discusses community satisfaction with infrastructure, then there will be 3 theories taken, namely road analysis in the form of paving and water absorption, analysis of this channel to analyze rainfall using type iii log person method, chi square test, flowing coefficient (c), planning of domestic wastewater discharge (qak), then the third theory is to calculate the 3 community satisfaction index (ikm). for discussion of the theories used are as follows; the first is the road analysis (quality of paving blocks) with sources originating from (anita christine sembiring,2017, uji kuat tekan dan serapan air pada paving block dengan bahan pasir kasar, batu kacang, dan pasir halus). paving block press test is calculated using the formula: then then discuss channel analysis (rainfall analysis), with the following discussion; calculates the average daily rainfall in the form of logarithms ∑ calculates the standard deviation value that occurs (sx) √ ∑ calculate the coefficient of tension (cs) ∑ calculates rainfall logarithms for 2 years return period: log rtr =log x + g x sx and flowing coefficient (c) ∑ ∑ calculation of rainwater discharge (qah) and qak = qak total x a asal then to know the feasibility of the calculation are as follows; press strength quality of paving block water absorption 4 q channel capacity: q plan where it is said to be feasible is q channel capacity> q plan,then said to be inadequate q channel capacity <q plan, to analyze community satisfaction using the valuation index by calculating the percentage of each index: nilai persepsi mutu pelayanan penilaia kinerja 1 1.00 1.72 25 39.2 d tidak puas 2 1.82 2.54 40.2 54.4 c kurang puas 3 2.64 3.36 55.4 69.6 bc cukup puas 4 3.46 4.18 70.6 84.8 b puas 5 4.28 5.00 85.8 100 a sangat puas nilai interval ikm nilai interval konversensi ikm 5 method start field preparation / study research purposes data collection secondary data: rainfall flood data paving press test results asbuilt drawing road elevation data primary data : community satisfaction interview location measurement (length and width of road and channel) method determination: calculation of rainfall calculation of water runoff strong calculation of paving press calculation of paving quality method determination: discussion and analysis of questionnaires ikm method (community satisfaction index) data processing results analysis evaluating the results of the questionnaire evaluate the impact on the road calculate rainfall and runoff corresponding satisfy finished 6 discussion road research this road research is in the form of composite pavement (composit pavement), there are 2 parts of the first calculation using secondary data, this secondary data is data from laboratory tests, there are 2 tests of paving compressive strength and water absorption / wear paving resistance; then with the results of each sampling and press test results from the results of the above discussion, the overall results of paving have concrete quality i with a value of fc average = 38.22 mpa and the 13th sample shows the highest value that is = 39.60 mpa then with the lowest result at sample 8 which is 36.30 mpa with the results of the calculation of absorptive power it produces absorbency below 1% with the meaning that it is low absorption no mk / dry mass of the test object (gr) mb = wet mass of the test object (gr) water absorption (%) 1 3071.400 3350.897 0.083 2 3085.700 3378.842 0.087 3 3028.000 3300.520 0.083 7 channel research in this channel research using 2009 2018 annual rainfall data with the closest rainfall station is kedung cowek station, this calculation method uses log person iii which produces rainfall when 2 years log rtr = 1.996042069 rtr = 99,093 mm with chi squared yielding dk = 2 and probability of 5%, the value of x2cr = 5.991 is obtained. where x2hit = 4, then x2hit <x2cr. then with the results of calculations from q design or design debit = 0.051493258 m3 / sec, then with the calculation of channel capacity = 0.104237837 m3 / sec, then q channel capacity> q plans can be concluded (channel conditions are safe or able to accept q plan) 8 community satisfaction calculations with a total of 75 respondents, and present 21 questions and 5 performance appraisals as satisfaction indexes that will be selected and assessed by the community as a measure of satisfaction, with cumulative results; then from these results a percentage of the overall results of the community satisfaction survey can be made, which results in a percentage. so with the above percentage results, you can see the results of the questionnaire of the community satisfaction index 54% very satisfied with the construction of road infrastructure and channels. perceptio n value performance assessment cumulativ e total division of everyone inform ation 1 not satisfied 0 0.00 2 less satisfied 47 2.24 3 quite satisfied 82 3.90 4 satisfied 595 28.33 5 very satisfied 854 40.67 total responden 75.00 people 9 conclusion with the paving press test results with an average crushed voltage = 38.22 mpa, and can be converted to sni table figure 4.2.3 (paving quality pictures, can show paving blocks with concrete quality i, it can be categorized as feasible with high concrete quality. then with the test results of the absorption of paving block water with an average yield = 0.084%, it can be categorized with low absorption, and can also be said to be feasible because low absorption will affect the age of the road. so these results will have a good impact on the community because the age of the road can last long in the next 5-10 years. for the hydrological analysis of existing existing channels and with the calculation of type iii log person method with 10 years of rain data, a comparison of q channels with plan q 0.104237837 m3 / sec: 0.051493258 m3 / sec, which (channel conditions are safe or able to accept q plan ) from the results of this hydrological analysis, the capacity of the channel is feasible within the next 10 years with tamping power volume greater than q channel. community satisfaction survey on infrastructure in the form of roads and channels, with respondents 75 people, where with the results percentage, not satisfied = 0%, satisfied less = 2.98%, quite satisfied = 5.21%, satisfied = 37.78%, and very satisfied = 54.22% . it can be concluded that the average local community is very satisfied with the existing road infrastructure and channels. references badan standarisasi nasional. 2004. tata cara perencanaan lingkungan perumahan di perkotaan (sni 03-1733-2004). jakarta. hariany, zulfida & ir. prof. dr. ir. a. rahim matondang, msie. 2014, analisis indeks kepuasan masyarakat (ikm) terhadap pelayanan publik di puskesmas xxx, jurnal teknik industri ft usu vol 5, no. 2, maret 2014, departemen teknik industri, fakultas teknik, universitas sumatera utara. julianto, hendra & noptri jumario, pengaruh pembangunan infrastruktur jalan terhadap penataan kawasan kumuh pesisir kota tarakan, jurnal, jurusan teknik sipil,universitas kaltara,tanjung selor. sedyowati, laksni & ery suhartanto, 2015, kajian pengaruh sistem drainase dan ruang terbuka hijau eksisting pada kawasan ruas jalan utama kota malang (suatu upaya pengendalian genangan di daerah perkotaan). jurnal, program doktor teknik sipil, minat 10 sumberdaya air, universitas brawijaya, jurusan teknik pengairan, fakultas teknik, universitas brawijaya. sembiring, anita christine . 2017, uji kuat tekan dan serapan air pada paving block dengan bahan pasir kasar, batu kacang, dan pasir halus,jurnal, jurusan teknik sipil,universitas kaltara,tanjung selor. setiawan, m. ikhsan, 2006, alternative penggunaan perkerasan jalan pemukiman di kota surabaya menggunakan paving block & perkerasan lentur berbasis efisiensi teknis & biaya pemeliharaan. jurnal, program studi teknik sipil, universitas narotama surabaya. sinulingga (1999). pengertian sistem drainase perkotaan. stone, 1974. pengertian infrastruktur menurut american public works association, jurnal infrastruktur kodoatie. ruhaida.dan sunarti.2012. pemberdayaan masyarakat dalam peningkatan kualitas permukiman kumuh pada kegiatan pnpm di kelurahan muareja kota tegal. jurnal tenik pwk, 1: 46-65. household waste management for the achievement of sdgs in bulak surabaya 131 household waste management for the achievement of sdgs in bulak surabaya sindy rukmana pratiwi¹, ² f. rooslan edy santosa narotama university rukmana.sindy@gmail.com abstract the purpose of this study was to determine the conduct or description about household waste management in the district of bulak surabaya by using studies ehra (environmental health risk assessment) where a study of participation in the district / city to understand the conditions of sanitation facilities and hygiene as well as societal attitudes on a scale house stairs. this research was conducted by field observations and interview. district activities and respondents are randomly assigned study area. based upon the results of research studies ehra in district of bulak surabaya, there are 200 respondents, only a small proportion of respondents who perform household waste management around 19.5%, while those who are not managing 80.5% achievement sdgs taken from point 6 "water and sanitation" where trash organic collected in tps (temporary disposal sites) can be treated with an organic fertilizer made so that the waste that goes to landfill (landfill) was reduced by 40 tons a day. keywords: waste management, ehra, sdgs received revised published 11 january 2019 17 february 2019 30 march 2019 introduction sdgs (sustainable development goals) is a new development that encourages change towards sustainable development by mutual agreement. of the 193 countries that participated in the un, indonesia demonstrated high commitment to succeed in achieving the sdgs destination 17 on july 4, 2017, the signing of the presidential decree 59 the year 2017 on the implementation of sustainable development goals. in indonesia, the population growth is very significant in every year cause the waste generated from the activity and consumer spending also increased. according kardono (2007) household waste management for the achievement of sdgs in bulak surabaya 132 reported annually indonesia had increased the volume of waste as much as 2-4%. garbage derived from activities of household activities, industry and trade. trash with large numbers also pose a threat of environmental pollution, such as flooding until the outbreak of the disease. according to the ministry of environment (2008), in indonesia the majority of incoming waste classified as organic waste from the wholeis 58% while 14% of plastic waste and paper waste as much as 9%. in the area of surabaya, the population growth increases significant, as a result of population increase in every year that often leads to waste resulting from the activity and consumer spending also increased. approximately 1,200 tonnes/day of waste collected in this city. according to journalist ahmad faizal at reuters tv a lot of unsorted household waste disposal. "mayor of surabaya, tri rismaharini, claims due to 'treatment' special against garbage, a supply of garbage from the traditional market in surabaya that goes to landfill was reduced by 40 tons a day". kenjeran region surabaya, contained super depot sutorejo, in this area garbage is separated according to its kind that is organic and nonorganic. most of the organic waste is channeled in home composting in surabaya, whereas for the non-organic garbage partially recycled. from his daily 1.200ton about 20% of incoming waste in composting with obtained into compost for the plants in the garden city, for the remainder of the management of waste in the landfill at (landfill), environmental health risk assessment study (ehra) is a study to understand the conditions of sanitation and hygiene facilities as well as the behavior of people in the household. ehra study focuses on sanitation facilities and people's behavior, such as drinking water, garbage disposal services, latrines, and sewerage households. methods the location of research conducted in the district of bulak, district bulak including surabaya area north location of the research will focus on thesub-district sanitation. (according to the district of bulak in number, 2017) district of bulak has an area of 6.72 km² ± there are four villages, the village bulak, village kedung cowek, new sukolilo village, and village kenjeran there are 21 neighborhoods and 131 rt’s. collecting data in this study is looking for information that is primary or secondary. primary data were obtained from field observation activities, distribution of questionnaires, drawing documentation, and interviews. the interview in question is by asking questions directly to the community district of bulak by way of question and answer, and the data retrieved from the rules laid out in the questionnaire ehra. household waste management for the achievement of sdgs in bulak surabaya 133 secondary data in this study come from the archives that can be obtained from surabaya bps data, or books from previous research that can support researchers in analyzing the problems studied. this research is qualitative and quantitative, qualitative research which aims to understand the study area, such as behavior, action, or describe and explain the quality of social influences that can not be described, and measured or described through a quantitative approach. for determining the number of samples is a very important part to do research. in ehra study determining the sample of minimum size using the slovin formula. the purpose of determining the type of samples is used to determine estimation of the population using the sample proportion. slovin formula as follows: 𝑛 = 𝑁 1+𝑁𝑒2 (1) info: n is the number of samples n is the number of population e is the sampling error is allowed subdistrict bulak has a total population 42.978 people. with a degree of confidence in research by 90%, then the error rate reached 10%. by using the slovin formula and with10% a margin of error, obtained 99.9 number of samples, because the provisions of each village should be taken 40 samples in the study and in the district bulak ehra there are 5 villages each district is required so that the 200 respondents said the data is valid. results and discussion respondents in formation in this study are described according to the group, the respondent's age, status occupied housing, education respondents, holdings are not able to, ownership of a health insurance card (jamkesda), and possession of child respondents. it is very necessary because of the linkage with sanitation problems in the neighborhood. sanitation facilities needs associated with the number of people who stay at home, therefore, the more the number of families who stay at home, the greater the required capacity and heavier loads also sanitation. household waste management for the achievement of sdgs in bulak surabaya 134 based on the results of ehra studies that have been done, the number of respondents aged over 45 years is positioned on the highest 37%, with the number of 73 respondents. while most of the status of their own homes and that 77% to 155 the number of respondents. this is very important information where the consequences of this condition lie in the availability of household sanitation facilities. of the 23% of respondents who occupied the house that does not belong to themselves cant not tend to adjust sanitary facilities according to their needs and they also tend to have a low environmental awareness. figure. 1. respondents age group figure. 2. status home for the last educational status of respondents in the high school level has the highest percentage to 34%, with the number of 68 respondents. the level of education is a very important factor which had an impact on the understanding and awareness of the sanitation infrastructure and facilities that exist in the environment. the higher educational level, the greater information obtained and also have a high awareness of environmental hygiene and solid waste management. 155 5 5 7 28 77.5 2.5 2.5 3.5 14 milik sendiri rumah dinas sewa kontrak milik orang tua status home n % <=20 tahun -1% 21 25 tahun 2% 26 30 tahun 9% 31 35 tahun 18% 36 40 tahun 19%41 45 tahun 15% > 45 tahun 37% respondents age group household waste management for the achievement of sdgs in bulak surabaya 135 figure. 3. respondents last education based on the information obtained that the respondents who have a certificate cannot afford (sktm) by 17%. while respondents who had health insurance cards for poor families (askesin) amounted to 60.5 %.for the respondents who have children in the home by 90%. household waste management the trash condition in bulaksurabaya, in total the highest indicator is given by the number of mosquitoes in the region amounted to 88.5% with the number of 177 respondents. garbageconditions that was in the area is still carrying a lot of germs. respondents who perform household waste management to be collected and disposed to landfills while (tps) of 98.5,. while carrying out waste management in a way is collected by informal collectors who recycle 1.5%. pattern garbage collection by aswadi mohammed et al (2011) uses direct communal pattern, where garbage collection is done by the people to the polling station or directly to the truck that came garbage collection point. based on the studies obtained, respondents who expressed not sorting garbage ie 80.5% with the number 161 of the 200 respondents, while sorting the garbage that is 19.5% with 39 of the 200 respondents totals. 7 33 36 68 17 39 3.5 16.5 18 34 8.5 19.5 respondents last education n % household waste management for the achievement of sdgs in bulak surabaya 136 figure. 4. sorting waste prior to remove based on waste sorting is done in the district of bulak, the respondent through the trash, organic or wet waste by 53.8% with the number of 21 respondents. figure. 5. type sorting trash most of the district bulak, transporting waste by officers carried out several times a week by 72.5% with the number of 145 respondents. as for the transport of waste, every day amounted to 27.5% with the number of 55 respondents. transporting waste carried by the officers associated with the prices already set in their respective territories. 19.5 80.5 39 161 ya melakukan tidak melalukan sorting waste prior to remove total (%) n 44% 27% 6% 13% 10% 0% type sorting trash sampah organic/sampah basah plastik gelas/kaca kertas/kardus besi/logam household waste management for the achievement of sdgs in bulak surabaya 137 figure. 6. garbage transport conclusion territory district of bulak community have not done the maximum waste management, where only some percent of respondents who pick through the trash, there are still people who use plastic bags as garbage containers and dispose of waste is not in place. based upon the results of research studies ehra in district of bulak surabaya there are 200 respondents, only a small proportion of respondents who undertake waste management such as collecting plastic bottles, collecting cardboard former, and glass with a percentage of 19.5% with the number of 39 respondents, while not doing 80.5% with the number of 161 respondents. the construction of district in the region, besides causing a positive impact, it can also affectnegatively for the socio-economic life of society in the region. society in this region generally only has a very simple provision of education and health behavior tend to be relatively low in this region. this is a challenge for the government of surabaya in waste management tomanifest the city clean and healthy. sdgs achievement in this study were taken in point 6 water and sanitation where the mayor of surabaya has a special treatment of waste, so the waste that goes to landfill was reduced by 40 tons a day. reference aswadi, muhammad.dkk. (2011). waste management planning at the housing tavanjuka mas. tadukalo.vol.13 university civil engineering journal, no02. tadulako, palu. tiap hari beberapa kali dalam seminggu 55 145 garbage transport total n household waste management for the achievement of sdgs in bulak surabaya 138 kardono, (2007). integrated solid waste management in indonesia. proceedings of the international symposium on ecotopia science 2007, isets07: 629 633. jakarta. bulak sub-district in (2017). the central statistics agency figures surabaya bpsstatistics of surabaya municipality. kecamata bulak. city of surabaya. ministry of environment (2008). indonesian domestic solid waste statistics year 2008. ministry of environment of the republic of indonesia. rizal, muhammad. (2011). analysis of urban waste management. smartek journal, vol. 9 no. 2. may 2011: 155 172. sigi regency, central sulawesi.http://jurnal.untad.ac.id/jurnal/index.php/smartek/article/view file / 61 4/532 downloaded 5 november 2018. 21 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 1 september 2019 training a day with english dini safitri 1 , chika reza a 2 , tubagus alfien b 3 , wenny sabsela marin 4 , ira anjani 5 , nafila tri hutami 6 universitas negeri jakarta dinisafitri@unj.ac.id 1 abstract: education is an activity that is common to every human being on this earth. education cannot be separated from all forms of human activities. the teaching and learning process is certainly a core activity in the whole process of education in school or formal education. english is a language that is commonly used in several countries, therefore knowledge and learning of english are very important for the development of children's knowledge. introduction, and learning things in the child's environment can initiate children's interest in learning english. this activity aims to provide knowledge to children about the use of english in everyday life when children communicate in english, children become easier to know the meaning of words and their meanings because the material is learned based on the science of direct practice. because the concentration of children at an early age is still very minimal and uncontrollable, the most appropriate method is by learning and playing where children can understand the material well because of the learning and teaching process that attracts children's interest. with this method, the interest of children is no longer only interested in how to play or just give rewards, but children will be happy with the repetition of the things he had learned before. so, children's interest in learning will increase concerning things he already knows. keywords: education, interest, learning, and playing. introduction education is an activity that is common to every human being on this earth. education cannot be separated from all human activities. under no circumstances can humans reject the effects of the application of education. the teaching and learning process is certainly a core activity in the whole process of education at school. but in reality not all students can achieve the expected results, namely understanding the material well because of the use of inappropriate methods. english is a foreign language that becomes the universal language of every country, understanding english is a must as the main or general language of each country. the importance of knowledge of english is to familiarize children with the use of the language itself, by introducing english, let alone communicating with english, adding insight to children is not only about the meaning of words but the meaning of using words in a situation. pkm activities or (community service) is an activity that aims to help certain communities in several activities without expecting any kind of reward. in general, this program was designed by various universities or institutes in indonesia to make a real contribution to the indonesian nation, especially in developing the welfare and progress of the indonesian people. community service activities is one part of the tri dharma of higher education. the pkm activity we will do is teach english in the desa pendidikan in the pulo gadung area. education is a long-term investment that requires considerable effort, this is acknowledged by all nations, especially indonesia, which has great hopes for the generation of educators for the future survival of their nation. with that we want to do teaching activities and also educate children in the desa 22 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 1 september 2019 pendidikan, and we want to teach the basics of learning english such as, how to start conversations, and vocabulary that is easily learned by students of desa pendidikan with the aim of knowledge that we have we can share and be useful. based on the information of rachmat suryadiansyah as the head of the desa pendidikan school, for teaching core subjects such as mathematics, indonesian, and also science already fulfilled by teacher teachers from the desa pendidikan themselves, but to focus on learning english it seems that it cannot be fulfilled due to lack of human resources or instructors who master the language. for that, we chose a day with english as our pkm program, which is one day dedicated to understanding and also learning english. through learning and playing techniques, it is hoped that it can be used as a starting point for increasing the creativity and mastery of english-language material, by learning while playing students remember and understand easily. learning while playing is used as a way to create learning activities in a fun process. desa pendidikan is a teaching program run by bem fis unj (student executive board of the faculty of social sciences, jakarta state university) and red solider action team, where students can conduct community service in the form of education/teaching, entrepreneurship training, health guidance, and youth empowerment. located at jalan kayu putih rw.003, rawamangun. desa pendidikan itself was previously one of the work programs of the bem faculty of social sciences. however, this project is a very good activity and is still maintained until now. also, desa pendidikan is an activity in the social realm 3 of the faculty of social sciences bem for community service activities in a social form. humans in their nature as social beings always want to connect with other humans, want to know the environment, even want to know what is happening in him. this curiosity forces humans to communicate. in addition, it is also given in the form of thoughts that develop and can be developed. humans always live together with other humans. the encouragement of people who are nurtured from birth will always reveal themselves in various forms. because that by itself humans will always be social in their lives. according to harold d. lasswell (2009: 6), a foundation developer of communication science says there are three basic functions why humans need to communicate, namely human desire to control their environment, human efforts to adapt to the environment, and human efforts to transform heritage and socialization. conveying mind and feelings as effendi (2011: 70) said in his book, that one of the functions of communication is emotional disclosure. by communicating we are facilitated to be able to express what we think and feel. expressing personal thoughts and feelings to others is important to do. because by expressing the contents of thoughts and emotions whether angry, happy, disappointed, happy, or other emotions; other people understand what we feel. on the other hand, we will get a life balance and spaciousness of heart. giving information according to effendi (2011: 71) information is quite important, information can prevent us from making mistakes. for example, providing information about the direction of a place can prevent someone from straying to the place. or information about how to use a tool, it is important to know so that no product failure can affect the damage to the device. adding insight / knowledge menurtu effendi (2011: 72) one of the functions of communication is to educate. human communication can convey knowledge, ideas, or ideas and allow the transfer of knowledge from someone to someone else. that way someone's insight and knowledge about a thing will increase. 23 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 1 september 2019 method the method used in this activity is learning and playing. playing is an activity or activity to please both using certain tools or not using certain tools without thinking of the final results. while learning has the meaning of a process of change that occurs in a person from not understanding to understanding. every early childhood, in general, would love to play, because the world of children is a world of the play, not the world of learning. therefore, an educator should, when he wants to provide learning for early childhood, be managed by playing. this is so that children are interested in learning if managed by playing, for example when we want to teach counting to early childhood, a game must be made that can attract attention to learning. therefore, all activities carried out by early childhood are essentially done by playing. playing while learning by learning while playing, of course, has different meanings. the difference is, if playing while learning has meaning in the process of playing children will get learning. but instead learning while playing has meaning in a learning process children will get a game. in early childhood, playing activities for them are important activities. this is because their time is the time to play, even though they are led to start learning activities, but children are not too forced to learn. in early childhood, they learn to be faster and more effective when done when they play. so playing is one of the basic needs of children as a form of learning for them. this is because playing that is carried out in learning activities will not only be liked by children but also very beneficial for children's development and besides playing with them, the energy that children have that is excessive will be channeled well. so that later the child will get a lot of valuable experience through playing, which will later be useful for children to face the life to come. in general, the process of education in early childhood takes precedence over the method of playing while learning. this is done because this method is more in line with the conditions of children who tend to prefer playing. so educators use this to educate them by playing while learning, besides playing them while honing their skills and abilities. this method will be more memorable in the memory of children's brains for the development of their knowledge because at an early age is a very rapid development of brain memory. around the world, children play. playing for children is like working for an adult human. some children play properly, but some play "quite dangerous" they do as children. the role of education is to guard how the game can develop them properly and intact as human children. activities carried out more as play activities so that they later indirectly develop good attitudes as well as for logic and ethics or manners. play and learning activities must make them actively use the members of the body, move them so that physical and mental development can take place in balance according to their potential. children always grow and develop. they display different physical and psychological characteristics for each stage of their development. childhood is the peak of their creativity, and their creativity needs to be maintained and developed by creating an environment that values creativity through play. therefore, education at an early age that emphasizes playing while learning can encourage children to spend all their creativity. results this a day with english activity went very well following the arrangement of activities that had been made and targeted according to the first-grade students of sd in the desa pendidikan. this activity takes place on saturday, 4 may 2019 from 10:00 to 12:00 in pulo gadung educational village. however, there are differences from the provision of material that 24 the spirit of society journal volume 3, number 1 september 2019 has been planned, namely by using a projector. when the activity took place the provision of the material was not done by using a projector due to inadequate situations in the absence of a barrier between each class which was feared that the use of projectors would disrupt teaching and learning activities in other classes. besides, not using the projector was also not done because there were less than 10 students in grade 1 elementary school, where the delivery of material only orally to less than 10 students was quite effective. finally, the solution we chose was to continue to hold teaching and learning activities by making small circles specifically for children in grade 1. table 1. target activities according to the method cited no. method target 1. learning while singing 50% of students can sing happy english songs given without being guided. 2. learning while playing 50% of students can submit pictures given using english the community service activities in the desa pendidikan are already quite good because considering the time the activities took place following the plans made, apart from some of the shortcomings the committee can continue to carry out the activities well. submission of material is quite good because during the games activities and giving quiz questions based on the material taught almost more than 50% of students students can answer it well and enthusiastically. this is of course following the target of the activity. conclusions pkm learning activities while playing in the desa pendidikan in this way is very interesting interest in learning children. by introducing this new method by providing stimuli in the form of quizzes, as well as prizes where later competitive attitudes to children's learning increase. children tend to like learning repetition, which makes them interested in knowing what they have learned before. with the selection of activities that match the abilities or interests of children, they will train themselves in decision making. this activity made the desa pendidikan students feel so happy. references books khairani, ade irma. (2016). pendidikan bahasa inggris untuk usia dini. medan: politeknik negeri medan drs. tommy suprapto. m.s, ed. 2009. pengantar teori dan manajemen komunikasi, jakarta: media pressindo others harold d. lasswell, ed. 2009. structure an function of communication in society hasfy b. 2018. belajar sambil bermain. (https://www.kompasiana.com/hafsy/5bf655d8c112fe11875a13b8/bel ajar-sambil-bermain) diakses pada 7 april 2019 pukul 10.30 ivony. 2017. fungsi-fungsi komunikasi. (https://pakarkomunikasi.com/fungsi-fungsi-komunikasi) diakses pada 1 april 2019 pukul 13.54 © 2019 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). this space should be left blank, except for the name of the first author. (the publisher will re-type the main title, author names and addresses. please give this information on a separate page.) 31 study on the use of a variety of plastic materials in a mixture of high density polyethylene (hdpe) in a mixture based on wear ac-wc layers (asphalt concrete wearing course) suprayitno, sri wiwoho mudjanarko narotama university surabaya sri.wiwoho@narotama.ac.id abstract roads with flexible pavement are pavements that use asphalt as an aggregate binder, so they are much in demand rather than rigid pavement. road infrastructure requires maintenance whose conditions must be maintained on an ongoing basis. the use of plastic packaging cannot be separated in everyday life. hdpe (high density polyethylene) is high density polyethylene. based on the problem of the amount of used plastic waste currently available, this research is needed to find out how well the pavement uses the use of hdpe (high density polyethylene) plastic as mixed plastic waste. after testing the laboratory and analyzing it according to the general highway specifications for normal composition 1 without a mixture of 0%, the asphalt content that meets all the requirements is estimated at asphalt level between 5.6% 6%. whereas in composition 2-4 with hpde plastic waste 4%, 8%, and 12%. from the results of the research with 4 different compositions, it is obtained that the optimal asphalt content composition of hdpe plastic mixture is 0-12% which meets the vim and stability an optimal 8% hdpe plastic mixture was obtained with an optimum asphalt content of 4.45% keywords: asphalt, plastics, hdpe received revised published april 11 th 2019 june 14 th 2019 september 30 th 2019 introduction roads are infrastructures made by humans to facilitate travel on land and the evenly distributed economic development in various regions of a country. road infrastructure is a publicly owned economic asset that is very 32 strategic for service levels and conditions must be maintained on an ongoing basis. hdpe can be produced with metallocene catalysts, zieglernatta catalysts, and chromium / silica catalysts. hdpe is widely used as material for making milk bottles, bottles or detergent packaging, trash bins, margarine packaging and water pipes. based on the above problems, this research is needed to find out how strong the pavement is by using hdpe (high density polyethylene) plastic waste as an ingredient in a hot asphalt mixture. therefore, in an effort to utilize the plastic waste, the writer wants to do research by choosing the title of the thesis "study of using variations of hdpe (high density polyethylene) plastic material mixes on paved mixtures for asphalt concrete wearing coarse (ac-wc) mixture". literature review flexible pavement flexible pavement (pavement), which is pavement using asphalt as a binding agent. pavement layers are shouldering and spreading the burden of traffic to the subgrade. flexible pavement is a road pavement that is commonly used in indonesia. the types of flexible pavement layers commonly used in indonesia include:  burtu (one layer of bitumen asphalt), a cover layer consisting of a layer of asphalt sprinkled with one layer of uniform gradation, with a maximum thickness of 2 cm.  burda (double layer asphalt), is a cover layer consisting of asphalt layers sprinkled with aggregate which is done twice in succession with a maximum solid thickness of 3-5 cm.  latasir (thin layer of asphalt sand), is a cover layer consisting of asphalt layers and gradated natural sand continuously mixed, spread and compacted with a thick thickness of 1-2 cm.  buras (asphalt sprinkles), is a cover layer consisting of asphalt layers of sand with a maximum grain size of 3/8 inch.  latasbum (thin layer of pure asbuton), is a cover layer consisting of a mixture of asbuton and softeners with a certain ratio that is coolly mixed with a thick solid maximum of 1 cm.  lataston (thin layer of asphalt concrete), known as hot roll sheet (hrs), is a cover layer consisting of a mixture of lame graded aggregate, mineral filler (filler) and hard asphalt with a certain ratio, 33 which is mixed and compacted in hot conditions . dense thickness between 2.5 3 cm. [1] table 1. rough aggregate provisions testing standard value conservation of aggregate form of sodium sulfate solution natrium sulfat sni 3407:2008 maks. 12% magnesium sulfat maks. 18% abrasion with los angeles machine mix ac modification 100 the round sni 2417:2008 maks. 6% 500 the round maks. 30% all type other graded asphalt mixture 100 the round maks. 8% 500 the round maks. 40% aggregate adhesion to asphalt sni 2439:2011 maks. 95% broken grain on rough aggregate sni 7619:2012 95/90 max. flat particles and oval astm d4791 maks. 10% material escaped sieve no. 200 sni 03-41421996 maks. 2% source: 2010 general specifications revision 2 dgh table 2. nominal rough coarse measurements testing standard value 34 sand equivalent value sni 03-4428-1997 min. 60% angularity with cavity level test sni 03-6877-2002 min. 45% clays of clays and grains grains easy to break in aggregate sni 03-4141-1996 maks 1% aggregate passed ayakan no. 200 sni astm c117:2012 maks. 10% source: 2010 general specifications revision 2 dgh asphalt the definition of asphalt is a black or dark brown material. at room temperature in the form of solid to slightly dense, if heated to a certain temperature can be soft / liquid so that it can wrap aggregate particles when making concrete asphalt mixture or can enter the pores in spraying / watering on road pavement. hdpe plastic high-density polyethylene (hdpe) or high-density polyethylene (pehd) is thermoplastic polyethylene made from petroleum. sometimes it is called "alkathene" or "polythene" when used for pipes. with a high strength-todensity ratio, hdpe is used in the production of plastic bottles, corrosionresistant pipes, geomembranes, and wood plastics. hdpe is usually recycled, and has the number "2" as its resin identification code. there are two plastic mixing techniques in asphalt mixes, namely: 1. wet process (wet process), which is a method of mixing in which plastic is put into hot asphalt and stirred at high speed until it is homogeneous. this method requires quite large additional funds, including fuel, high speed mixer so that the resulting modified asphalt is quite a big difference compared to conventional asphalt. 2. the dry process (dry process), which is a way in which plastic is put into the aggregate which is heated at the temperature of the mixture, then hot asphalt is added. this method can be cheaper than the wet method, it's easier just to put plastic into the hot aggregate, without the need for other equipment to mix (mixer). marshall testing 35  vfwa is asphalt which functions to cover aggregate grains in solid asphalt concrete, or in other words, this vfwa is a percentage of the volume of asphalt concrete which becomes asphalt film or blanket. [2]  void in the mix (vitm) is the pore volume that remains after the concrete mixture is compressed. vitm is needed for the shifting of aggregate points, due to additional compaction that occurs by repetition of traffic loads, or a place if asphalt becomes soft due to rising temperatures. [2]  stability is the ability of pavement to accept traffic loads without permanent changes such as waves, grooves and bleeding. [2]  marshall quotient is the quotient of stability to melt that is used to approach the level of stiffness or flexibility of the mixture. a high marshall quotient value indicates a high hard layer stiffness value. [2] making a research schedule this research was conducted in approximately 4 months, the implementation schedule of the research testing process from beginning to end. result and discussion calculation and analysis of material physical tests table 3. test results for coarse aggregate filter analysis (10-15 mm) no size filter retained passed cumulativ e cumulative astm sni average average inc mm ( % ) ( % ) 1 2" 50.80 100.00 2 1 1 /2" 37.50 100.00 3 1" 25.40 100.00 4 3 /4" 19.10 100.00 5 1 /2" 12.50 7.00 93.00 6 3 /8" 9.50 74.55 25.45 7 no. 4 4.75 99.37 0.63 36 8 no. 8 2.36 99.64 0.36 9 no. 16 1.18 99.90 0.10 10 no. 30 0.60 100.00 0.00 11 no. 50 0.30 100.00 0.00 12 no. 100 0.15 100.00 0.00 13 no. 200 0.008 100.00 0.00 table 4. physical test results for asphalt pen 60/70 no description test results aspal pen 60/70 equirements 1. penetration at25 o c (dmm) 61.9 60-70 2. softening point ( o c) 49.2 >48 3. ductility at 25 o c (cm) >140 >100 4. flash point ( o c) 288 >232 5. specific gravity 1,032 >1,0 the combined grading results of aggregate and filler can be seen in figure 1 below: 37 figure 1. grading aggregate gradation graph and filler material calculation of asphalt levels composition plan for test specimens %ca = (100 – 43,0)% = 57,0% (1) %fa = (43,0 – 6,2)% = 36,8% (2) %ff = 6,2% (3) pb = 0,035 x (%ca) + 0,045 x (%fa) + 0,18 x (%ff) + k (4) pb = (0,035 x 57%) + (0,045 x 36,8%) + (0,18 x 6,2%) + 1 (5) pb = 5,8% (6) thus the hot asphalt mixture test specimen is made with the asphalt content of the plan as follows: pb – 1% = 5,8% 1% = 4,8% (7) pb – 0,5% = 5,8% – 0,5% = 5,3% (8) pb = 5,8% = 5,8% (9) pb + 0,5% = 5,8% + 0,5% = 6,3% (10) pb + 1% = 5,8% + 1% = 6,8% (11) after obtaining the asphalt content of the plan, the marshal test object and the refusal test object are planned by adding variations in the percentage of hpde plastic waste in each composition, namely 4%, 8%, 12% of the total asphalt weight of each mixture. 38 figure 2. the process of mixing hot asphalt test specimens using plastic waste (source: research results in laboratory) the test results of the hot asphalt mixture specimens using hpde plastic waste on the wear layer (ac-wc) were obtained from testing the asphalt mixture with marshall devices in accordance with sni 06-2489-1991. table 5. marshall test results for composition 1 test with a normal mixture of 0% no. mixture characteristics estimated unit specificati ons 4,8 5,3 5,8 6,3 6,8 1 cavity in the mixture (vim) 8,75 6,58 4,71 2,06 1,8 % min. 3 dan maks. 5 2 cavity against aggregate (vma) 17,6 7 16,7 8 16,1 7 14,9 2 15, 76 % min. 15 3 density 2,26 9 2,30 6 2,33 5 2,38 2 2,3 71 4 cavity filled asphalt (vfb) 50,5 0 60,7 7 70,8 7 86,2 0 88, 55 % min.65 5 melting (flow) 2 2,95 2,95 3,75 3,3 mm min. 3 6 marshall quotient 725 450, 8 472, 5 333, 5 307 ,5 kg/m m min. 300 7 effective asphalt levels 4,06 4,56 5,07 5,57 6,0 7 % min. 4,3 8 marshall stability 1450 1326 ,3 1391 1237 101 4 kg min. 1000 39 table 6. marshall test test composition 3 with a mixture of 8% hdpe plastic waste no. mixture characteristic s estimated unit specificati ons 4,8 5,3 5,8 6,3 6,8 1 cavity in the mixture (vim) 4,50 3,67 3,48 2,76 2,55 % min. 3 dan maks. 5 2 cavity against aggregate (vma) 13,8 4 14,1 8 15,0 9 15,5 2 16,4 0 % min. 15 3 density 2,37 5 2,37 8 2,36 5 2,36 5 2,35 3 4 cavity filled asphalt (vfb) 67,5 0 74,1 2 76,9 6 82,2 5 84,4 3 % min.65 5 melting (flow) 3,00 2,35 2,85 3,30 3,80 mm min. 3 6 marshall quotient 508, 3 607, 3 497, 4 373, 3 260 kg/m m min. 300 7 effective asphalt levels 4,06 4,56 5,07 5,57 6,07 % min. 4,3 8 marshall stability 1525 ,0 1406 ,3 1417 ,0 1224 ,0 988 kg min. 1000 figure 3. graph of optimum asphalt levels of test object composition 1 with a normal mixture of 0% 40 figure 4. graph of optimum asphalt content of specimen 3 with a mixture of 8% hpde plastic waste conclusions after conducting research in the laboratory and analyzing the results of these experiments it can be concluded: 1. for composition 1 normal mixture of 0%, the asphalt content that meets all the requirements is the estimated asphalt content between 5.6% 6%. whereas in composition 2 with the addition of 4% hdpe plastic the estimated asphalt content that meets all the requirements is the estimated asphalt content between 4.8% 5.7%. then composition 3 with the addition of 8% hdpe plastic, the estimated asphalt content that meets all the requirements is an estimated asphalt content between 4.8% 6.1%, and for composition 4 with an additional hdpe plastic 12%, the estimated asphalt content that meets all the requirements is the estimated asphalt level between 5.5% 6.2%. 2. the optimum asphalt content for composition 1 with a normal composition of 0% is 5.8%. then the optimum asphalt content for composition 2 with a mixture of 4% hdpe plastic is 5.25%. while the optimum asphalt content for composition 3 with 8% hdpe plastic mixture is 5.45%. and for composition 4 with the addition of a 12% hdpe plastic mixture produces an optimum asphalt level of 5.85%. among the composition of the 0-12% hdpe plastic mixture that meets the vim and stability, the optimum 8% hdpe plastic mixture is obtained with an optimum asphalt content of 4.45%. 41 reference s. sukirman, pavement flexural highway, (1992) s. sukirman, planning for flexible pavement structure thickness, (2010) department of public works, testing methods about fine and rough aggregate filter analysis sni 03-1968, (1990) department of public works, marshall testing method sni 06 (2489) – (1991) directorate general of highways, special specifications for interim section skh-1.6.10 hot asphalt mixture using plastic waste, (2017) sri wiwoho mudjanarko, plastic waste of low density polyethylene (ldpe) types in asphalt mixture. paper. in: proceedings of the international conference on industrial engineering and operations management, (2018) the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 75 | p a g e online marketing supports promotion and advertising sales in communities dolly localization wiwik handayani, sri muljaningsih, helmina ardyanfitri university of pembangunan nasional "veteran" east java wiwik.em@upnjatim.ac.id abstract dolly society still does not yet have online marketing knowledge, which can help market products that have been produced. online marketing is one way to market smes to increase sales. nowadays technology is progressing so that almost every marketing activity can be helped by using the internet. promotions and advertising activities can also be done online so that they are more efficient. in the past, buying must meet the seller, so now you don't have to meet the seller. can be admitted at home like the sale of other online products. for this reason, in community service, it provides broader and more varied marketing knowledge. online marketing training was attended by mothers who had previously received training in making catfishbased products. so that after being able to make it can also sell.. keywords: creation of creative community marketing, advertising techniques, online marketing, income improvement introduction training for the community affected by the dissolution of dolly localization has been widely carried out, but not all of them have met the expected results, this is caused by a lack of monitoring and sustainability of training programs. the reason behind this is the community service activities. from the evaluation results, there is a good motivation from the community to develop by doing a home production business. previous trainees were housewives who did not yet have enough skills to conduct business. the initial training was given the method and process of making processed foods made from catfish into nuggets, dumplings and shredded meat. the training is carried out by counseling about entrepreneurship and direct practice of making products. from the results of the first training, they were able to sell on a small scale. mailto:wiwik.em@upnjatim.ac.id the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 76 | p a g e to increase sales, further training will be provided to be able to increase sales by providing marketing training with several methods. expectations with increasing knowledge and ways of marketing food will increase sales resulting in increased income. from the observations at the location, it was shown that the putat jaya village, especially the former dolly localization area, was being pursued to be developed into a trading area so that the service program was by government programs in the region. these efforts continue to be made to reduce poverty in the kelurahan area. various training from the city service and higher education institutions have been carried out and are still needed. based on monitoring the results of the first training showed that the trainees followed up on the activity by selling every saturday and sunday at the mouth of the local alley. this shows progress from those who did not have the skills initially; now they can make and sell. the desire of the community is then given additional skills so that the number of sales can be increased. to increase the number of sales, then in this service program will be given the latest marketing skills tailored to the conditions, methods, and methods used today, such as by conducting online marketing, making advertisements and promotions. advertising is any form of nonpersonal presentation and promotion of ideas, goods or services by a particular sponsor that requires payment (kotler and keller, 2012). advertising media include print, electronic and outdoor. while sales promotion is a marketing communication activity other than advertising, personal sales, and public relations, where short-term incentives motivate consumers and channel members or distribution to buy goods/services immediately either at low prices or increase added value (nicoulaud, 2008). a form of promotion: coupons, premiums, brands, sponsors and more. in community service, a mentoring program will be provided until they can stand alone. with the capabilities that are owned, it is expected to be able to increase the income of each family that has an impact on the community, environment, and country. the food household industry is a food company that has a place of business in a residence with a manual to semi-automatic food processing equipment. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 77 | p a g e method this community service activity uses the method of community development. this strategy was used to improve the ability of residents, especially the affected housewives after the dissolution of dolly's localization. in this service activity, the head of putat jaya village permitted to do service in his area. housewives of residents of rw 11 rt.7 in putat jaya village affected by the dissolution of dolly localization. training conducted at rt 7 on saturdays starting at 09.00-14.00 during may to september 2018 result and discussion on blog making. a blog is a form of a web application in the form of various kinds of content or writings that can be published (posts) on a public web page (blog template). blogs are personal websites (personal websites) whether made for free on blogger, wordpress, or other free blog platforms, or by using domain names and paid to host (tld). (https://rejekinomplok.net/pengertian-blog/) blogs have many functions or benefits such as diaries, media publications in the form of a political campaign, to other media programs and top-class companies. many blogs also have facilities for interaction with visitors, as well as using a guest book and comment column that can allow visitors to leave comments or responses to the contents of a post (blog article) published. however, there are also blogs that are opposite (non-interactive), meaning that they are only used for limited circles, for example, those owned by a school or college institution. to be able to join a blogger community, there are usually conditions or rules that must be met to be able to join the community. types of blogs: 1) personal blog; 2) political blog; 3) blog stubs; 4) blog literature; 5) health blog; 6) business blogs; 7) blog embodiment; 8) legal blog; 9) blog mode; 10) blog media; 11) blog religion; education blog; 12) blog instructions (directory); 13) blog togetherness; 14) blog intruders (spam). benefits of blogs as the main source of income (economy, finance) through an advertising program (such as paid posts, product sales and various affiliate programs (anonim, 2018). from this type of business, a blog can be used to help sell processed fish-based products the results of the umm putat jaya. creation of web web according to waryanto (2018) is a collection of web pages that are interconnected and can be accessed through the front page (home page) using a browser. a website is a medium for displaying information. website type: personal website, online shop, blog. the advantages of using a website include being cheap, as an advertising medium and giving satisfaction. https://rejekinomplok.net/pengertian-blog/ the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 78 | p a g e can be used as advertising media and product marketing at a lower cost than through print, radio or television. before making a purchase, consumers can search for information through the internet in full. then you can buy directly or online. with online purchases, consumers do not need to come to the shopping place so that it will be easier. for marketers, it will also save more through a lot of advertising, building and employee media. for example, what is done on catfish smes will do marketing online through the umkm putat jaya website. packaging making. packaging is a coordinated system to prepare goods to be ready to be transported, distributed, stored, sold and used. packaging is a creative design that connects shape, structure, material, color, image, typography and design elements with product information so that the product can be marketed. according to kotler and armstrong (2012) packaging is a form of activity that involves design and product, so that the products inside can be protected. according to simamora (2007), packaging has two functions, namely: protective function is to protect products from differences in climate, transportation infrastructure, and distribution channels. with protective packaging, consumers do not need to risk the purchase of a damaged or defective product. promotional functions for ease of promotion, in packaging companies consider consumer preferences regarding the color, size, and appearance of the product — packaging purpose. according to louw and kimber (2007), the purpose of packaging and labeling is: physical production means packaging aims to protect objects from temperature, vibration, shock, pressure and so on. barrier protection means that the packaging aims to protect from the oxygen resistance of water vapor, dust and so on. containment or agglomeration. small objects are usually grouped in one package for transportation efficiency and handling. information transmission. information about how to use transportation, recycling, or discarding product packages that are often found on packaging or labels. reducing theft. packaging that cannot be resealed or will be physically damaged (showing signs of opening) is very helpful in preventing theft. the package also includes providing opportunities as an anti-theft device. convenience. features that add convenience in distribution, handling, sales, display, opening, back cover, use, and reuse. marketing. packaging and labels can be used by marketers to encourage potential buyers to buy products. in this training, participants are also taught how to make good packaging so that it can be appropriately displayed. implementation of training the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 79 | p a g e 1. on may 19, 2018 a training was held on how to create a blog for ukm women in the blc room of putat jaya village. figure 1: blogging training activities this training is given so that it can provide knowledge to ukm women to market catfish-based products online. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 80 | p a g e 2. the second training on may 26, 2018, was conducted web-building training for ukm mothers 11 in blc room putat jaya village web making 1. process the first process that needed to be done to create a website is to create a blog first, namely through wordpress. 2. furthermore, so that the blog that we create can turn into a website, we must change the domain of the blog. it can be a domain .co.id or .com here. we choose the .com domain for the website that we created. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 81 | p a g e 3. after the website is formed, we can choose a theme that suits our desires. 4. the next process is to install widgets for the website as needed. 5. after the widget is installed, then we can enter the content. we can upload photos and writing. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 82 | p a g e 6. this is how the header appears on the home page of the finished website. 7. the home page also displays posts from the content that we have uploaded. the the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 83 | p a g e 8. a website that we created allows potential buyers to know about the products we have marketed and the price. furthermore, the web can be accessed on the umkmputatjaya.com link. now it can be accessed online. figure 2: web-making training activities the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 84 | p a g e figure 3: training activities using umkmputatjaya.com web 3. the third training on june 9, 2018, was conducted marketing training directly to sme mothers in the blc room of putat jaya village. this training was conducted to provide more insight into sme mothers in marketing. marketing activities can be done online and offline. given that this ukm is still new, marketing must be done with various methods including selling processed catfish products at certain events, from house to house, in stores or canteens, along the road. also, what must be considered is to make attractive packaging so that buyers are interested. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 85 | p a g e figure 4: example of packaging monitoring activities this monitoring the activity aims to evaluate the results of the training that has been carried out. furthermore, the web creation process has been carried out and is ready to be operational. to make purchases you can access directly to the umkmputatjaya.com website. siup has also been processed. figure 5: monitoring activities "take a walk on tunjungan." the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 86 | p a g e conclusion based on the analysis of the above problems can be drawn the following conclusions: the training that was held was very beneficial for the training participants, and provided new insights and knowledge for the mother thousands to help market the products produced online. references hajli, mn2014. a study of the impact of social media on consumers. international journal of market research, 56 (3); 387-404 karedza, g and sikwila, m. 2017. the impact of packaging designation on consumer buying fmc during the hyperinflationary and after the documentation era in zimbabwe. asia journal of social sciences and management studies, 4 (1); 20-30 cashmere. entrepreneurship. jakarta: pt raja grafindo persada, 2010 kotler. p., and keller. (2012). marketing management, prentice hall (pearson education) david. l., and hawkins, del. i., (2016) consumer behavior: strategic marketing building, 13years , mc. graw. hill kurniawan, d. 2018. effects of supply chain management on competitive advantage. journal of management economics, 2 (2); 5562 nicoulaud (2008) marketing strategy and competitive positioning, prentice hall international (pearson education limited) papas, ginakos, pateli, chrissi kopaulos. 2011. online purchase intention: investigating the effect of the level of customer perceptions on adaptation. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 87 | p a g e the impact of packaging products on consumers' purchasing behavior in benin metropolis, endostate, nigeria. international journal of econpmic s, commerce and management, 6 (4); 708-725 anonymous, 2018. understanding blog types and benefits, accessed september 1, 2018. https://rejekinomplok.net/pengertian-blog/ waryanto, 2018. understanding a website complete with types and benefits. retrieved september 1, 2018. https://www.niagahoster.co.id/blog/internifikasiwebsite/ anonim, 2017. definition of packaging along with functions, benefits, objectives and types complete. accessed september 1, 2018. https://www.sekolahpendidikan.com/2017/08/pengertian-kemasan-besertafungsi.html# the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 25 | p a g e determination analysis of capture fisheries resources of coastal community welfare in eastern indonesia region: revision of pandora box modell gigih pratomo universitas wijaya kusuma surabaya dukuh kupang xxv number 54 surabaya, east java, indonesia gigih.pratomo@gmail.com mega rosdiana universitas wijaya kusuma surabaya dukuh kupang xxv number 54 surabaya, east java, indonesia mega.rosdiana@gmail.com abstract eastern indonesia region has abundant marine resources and fisheries, especially in the eastern indonesia region. indonesia's marine potential is in contrast to its contribution to the economy which is classified as low and the limited employment opportunities for coastal communities. this study aims to identify the influence of capture fisheries resource determinants on the level of welfare of coastal communities in eastern indonesia reigion through revision of pandora box modell. this study uses a quantitative approach with secondary data obtained from literature studies and documentation. the variables used in this study are the gross regional domestic product, road infrastructure, electricity infrastructure, number of fishing vessel motors, human development index, and area of aquaculture. data analysis techniques using multiple linear regression with panel data. the results show that road infrastructure and electricity infrastructure have a significant and positive effect on the level of community welfare in the eastern indonesia region. ship infrastructure has a significant negative effect on the welfare of the people of the eastern indonesia region. keywords: natural resource, welfare, coastal area, infrastructure introduction mastery of large resources will have an impact on exploitation that negatively affects the economy (pratomo, mahmudah, and wardhono, 2011). indonesia has abundant natural resources, one of which is marine wealth and fisheries, especially in the eastern indonesia region. this is indicated by the magnitude of indonesia's maritime potential reaching 1.2 trillion us dollars per year covering 11 sectors, namely capture fisheries, aquaculture, fishery products processing industry, marine the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 26 | p a g e biotechnology industry, mining and energy, marine tourism sector, mangrove forest, sea transportation, regional resources of small islands, and non-conventional natural resources (puryono, 2016). indonesia's large marine potential is basically able to provide welfare to the people in the region. the reality of indonesia's high marine potential is in contrast to the contribution contributed by the fisheries sector to the national total gdp of less than 3 percent, and contributing 10 percent of employment. high marine potential without significant contribution to the economy indicates a large exploitation of marine resources without control and supervision. exploration and exploitation of natural resources with high intensity will lead to the enactment of nature curse in the economic sector (qori'ah, pratomo and indrawati, 2011). nature curse is shown by the low welfare of the people in coastal areas despite the potential for large marine wealth. the problem of nature curses can be solved by infrastructure deveopment in an area. the government formulates policies to improve the welfare of the community by developing physical and socio-economic infrastructure in all regions, especially in the eastern indonesia region. the indonesian government policy is formulated in the millennium development goals (mdg’s) by carrying out activities to support the economic activities of fishermen and other coastal communities. the formulation of the millennium development goals policy in the fisheries sector aims to avoid the enactment of the resource curse that arises due to an exploitation of marine wealth. the exploitation of resources in an economic sector provides a consequence of the existence of pandora box (wardhono, pratomo, qori'ah, and yulia indrawati, 2011). pandora's box will make a negative contribution to the level of community welfare that is directly related to exploited natural resources. supporting infrastructure in the eastern indonesia region is classified as low in quality and quantity. road and electricity infrastructure have low quantity and quality if compared to other regions in indonesia. road and electricity infrastructure are supporting the economic activities of the community to facilitate the production, distribution and consumption systems. road and electricity infrastructure are also important suggestions for efforts to increase investment and development of the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 27 | p a g e companies that are able to create jobs for the community. infrastructure that is directly related to coastal communities is a means of fishing vessels. the majority of indonesian fishermen have motor boats with sizes below 10 gross ton (gt) which provide obstacles to explore and exploit indonesia's natural marine resources. ships under 10 gt cannot sail to the middle of the sea because they are vulnerable to high waves of water and strong winds. the supporting limitations of the fisheries sector have caused the community to not be able to optimally exploit indonesia's marine wealth. low optimization of marine wealth results in the contribution of the fisheries sector in the low eastern indonesia region which will bring systemic poverty within the region. coastal communities close to large fishery resources tend to have poverty problems (pratomo, 2017). coastal communities are identical with poverty problems caused by limited aspects of education, knowledge, productivity and income. poverty is a condition where people cannot meet basic needs which consist of the need for food, clothing and shelter. these needs can be fulfilled through community income obtained after productive economic activities. however, the lack of employment opportunities in indonesia's coastal areas is generally the cause of the inability of coastal communities to fulfill their needs. employment opportunities that are not able to absorb large numbers of workers cause many low-income people who do not even have income. this is an indicator of poverty in coastal communities. this study aims to identify the determinants of capture fisheries resources on the level of welfare of coastal communities in eastern indonesia region through the revision of pandora box modell. literature review economic development and economic growth economic growth is the development of economic activity that causes the production of public goods and services to increase so that it will increase the prosperity of the community (sukirno, 2015). factors that influence are the availability of natural resources and the quality of human resources. natural resources are a basic the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 28 | p a g e factor of a society's activities. the factor of human resources is a secondary factor for managing natural resources through labor to create capital capitalization. kuznets (in todaro and smith, 2009) shows that economic growth will be achieved if a region has an indicator of 1) high per capita income; 2) high productivity of human resources; 3) the transformation of the economic structure; 4) there is a transformation of sociocultural ideology; 5) ability to expand markets; (6) awareness that economic growth is temporary. high and sustainable economic growth is a condition needed for economic development, so that it can be used as one of the important indicators to analyze a country's economic development. an economy can be said to have experienced growth or growth if the gross gross domestic product (gdp) and gross gross regional regional (gdrp) are higher than those achieved in the previous period. if a country's economic growth has increased, there will be an increase in employment opportunities, welfare, productivity and income distribution. economic growth is the impact of economic development. development must be viewed as a multidimensional process that includes a variety of fundamental changes to social structure, attitudes of the community, and national institutions, in addition to pursuing accelerated economic growth, handling income inequality, and alleviating poverty (todaro, 2009: 18). the agricultural sector has an important role in economic development, namely: 1) providing greater food surpluses to the increasing population of the population; 2) increase the demand for industrial products, thereby encouraging the expansion of the secondary and tertiary sectors; 3) providing additional foreign exchange income for the import of capital goods for development through the export of sustainable agricultural products; 4) increase village income to mobilize the government; 5) improve the welfare of rural communities. natural resources and pandora box natural resources are raw materials provided by nature and are needed by the community in meeting their life needs menard, 1974; randall, 1987). natural resources provide a concept of scarcity in the economy that creates fluctuations in the price of goods and services. rare goods will have a high value but the goods that are widely the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 29 | p a g e circulated in the market will have a low value. this price fluctuation creates a market mechanism in determining the balance in the economy. natural resource management must consider the efficiency associated with sustainable development so that natural resources have a positive impact in the future. management of natural resources in developing countries relies heavily on natural resources which in the future will lead to a natural curse (humphreys, 2007). the resource curse is caused by economic growth in an area that is sluggish compared to the costs or losses of exploitation of these resources. another factor is that countries that use natural resources tend to be slow to innovate in the economy. the world bank (1993) shows a contradictory phenomenon between the development and exploitation of resources and environmental sustainability. in the long run the resource curse will occur in a country rich in natural resources that cannot preserve the environment. pandora's box when linked to the economy is a condition in which a dominant and natural resource sector in certain conditions will have a negative impact on the economy. it is intended that pandora's box will reflect the negative impact of the exploitation of these resources continuously without considering the rules of sustainable development. mastery of large resources will have an impact on exploitation that negatively affects the economy (pratomo, mahmudah, and wardhono, 2011). exploration and exploitation of natural resources with high intensity will lead to the enactment of nature curse in the economic sector (qori'ah, pratomo and indrawati, 2011). pandora's box will make a negative contribution to the level of community welfare that is directly related to exploited natural resources. materials and methods this study uses a quantitative research approach. the data used in this research is secondary data. the data used in this study include gross regional domestic product, road infrastructure, electricity infrastructure, number of fishing motorboats, human development index, and area of aquaculture. data sources were obtained from the publication of the central statistics agency, bank indonesia, the financial services authority and the ministry of maritime affairs and fisheries of the the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 30 | p a g e republic of indonesia. the population of this study is 4 (four) provinces in the eastern indonesia region. the sampling technique of this research is purposive sampling, namely the selection of samples based on several criteria, among others: 1) provinces receiving blm funds for pnpm mandiri kp programs; 2) provinces with a proportion of coastal areas ≥ 5% compared to the total provincial area; 3) the contribution of the fisheries sub-sector grdp ≥ 1% to the total provincial grdp for the period 20052016. based on the selection criteria, the research samples obtained were 4 provinces, namely maluku, north maluku, papua and west papua. the analysis technique of this study uses multiple linear regression analysis with the following equation: gdrpit = α0 + α1roadit + α2electricityit+ α3boatit + α4hdiit + α5areait + ɛit define: gdrpit : fisheries sub-regional gross domestic product in the iprovince in the yeart; roadit : the amount of road infrastructure in the iprovince in the year-t; electricityit : the amount of electricity installed in the iprovince in the year-t; boatit : the number of fishing boats in the iprovince in the year-t; hdiit : the human development index in the iprovince in the year-t; areait : the area of fisheries in the iprovince in the year-t; α0 : constant; α1 … α5 : parameter ɛit : error standart selection of the panel data model using the chow test and the hausmann test. test panel data models using classical assumptions that include linearity, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation, normality. test the research hypothesis using t-statistical test, statistical f test, and determination coefficient (r2). results and discussion the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 31 | p a g e results the selection of the panel data model is done by using the chow test and the haussman test. chow tests are performed to determine the choice of fixed effects model (fem) or common effects model (cem) models. hausmann test test is done to determine the right model used between the fixed effect modell (fem) or random effects model (rem). following are the results of the selection of the research modell: table 1 the results of chow and hausmann test of revision of pandora box modell criteria value comparasion result prob. f 0.0010 prob. f < α 5% fem α 5% 0.05 prob. chi-square 0.0002 prob. chi-square < α 5% fem α 5% 0.05 source: processed data 2018 based on the results of the chow test and the hausman test, it is shown that the research model is revision of pandora box modell using fixed effects model (fem). this is indicated by the f-probability value of 0.0010 which is smaller than α of 5%. on the other hand, the chi square probability value of 0.0002 is smaller than α of 5%. the results showed that the road and electricity variables had a significant and positive effect on the level of welfare of coastal communities in the eastern indonesia region. this is indicated by the probability value of the road variable of 0.0244, the variable of electricity is 0.0000 which is smaller when compared with the value of α of 5% or 0.05. the results of the analysis show that if the improvement of road infrastructure by 1 km will increase the gross regional domestic product (grdp) of eastern indonesia region by 0.030830 billion rupiah, but if the road infrastructure has decreased such as road damage of 1 km it will reduce the gross regional domestic product (grdp) eastern indonesia region of 0.030830 billion rupiah. if there is an increase in the electricity infrastructure of 1 kva, it will increase the gross regional domestic product (grdp) of eastern indonesia region by 117.5536 billion rupiah, but if there is a decrease in electricity infrastructure by 1 kva it will reduce the gross the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 32 | p a g e regional domestic product (grdp) of eastern indonesia region 117.5536 billion rupiah. table 2 estimation result of revision of pandora box modell* variable coefficient t-stat probability α result road 0,030830 2,341037 0,0244 0,05 significant electricity 117,5536 5,477168 0,0000 0,05 significant boat -2,194368 -3,164771 0,0030 0,05 significant hdi -913,8687 -0,887072 0,3805 0,05 not significant area 0,186759 0,549468 0,5858 0,05 not significant c 82492,64 1,207732 0,2344 0,05 not significant f-statistic 38.52312 prob(f-statistic) 0.000000 r-squared 0.887668 adjusted r-squared 0.864625 source: processed data 2018 information: * passed the classical assumption of linearity, multicollinearity, autocorrelation, heteroscedasticity and normality ship have a significant and negative influence on the level of welfare of coastal communities in the eastern indonesia region. this has an impact if there is an increase in the number of fishing boats by 1 unit, it will reduce the gross regional domestic product (grdp) of eastern indonesia region by 2.194368 billion rupiah, but if there is an increase in the number of fishing vessels by 1 unit, it will increase gross regional domestic product (grdp) east indonesia region 2,194368 billion rupiah. the human development index (hdi) and fisheries cultivation area variables have no significant effect on the level of welfare of coastal communities in the eastern indonesia region. fluctuations in the hdi and area values will not affect the level of welfare of coastal communities in the eastern indonesia region. based on the results of the f test, it is known that the probability value of f is 0.000000 smaller than the value of α of 5% (0.05). this shows that the variables of road, electricity, ship, hdi and area simultaneously have a significant effect on prdb during the period 2005-2016. the coefficient of determination used is adjusted r the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 33 | p a g e squared of 0.864%. this shows that the variables of road, electricity, ship, hdi and area can explain the grdp of the eastern indonesia region for the period of 20052016 of 86.4%, the remaining 13.6% is explained by other variables not included in the model. discussion road infrastructure development is the right policy applied to the eastern indonesia region not only limited to coastal areas but also inland areas. this is based on road quantity and road quality in the entire low eastern indonesia region. road development will have a positive impact on the economy, social and culture. the positive impact of road infrastructure development is the smooth running of economic activities, the decline in the prices of goods and services, the improvement of community welfare and the addition of the economic sector. road infrastructure is needed by all business entities and communities in creating economic activities that contribute positively to the economy. production, distribution and consumption activities will be more smooth with the development of road infrastructure. the prices of goods and services in the eastern indonesia region tend to be higher than other regions in indonesia due to the limitations of decent roads in the distribution of goods and services to the region. obstacles in the distribution channel make the supply chain of goods and services inefficient. inefficiency results in people having to pay more for goods and services than market prices due to high distribution costs. inefficiency will reduce the level of community welfare in the eastern indonesia region. road infrastructure development will increase efficiency so that the price of fuel for vehicles and other goods in the economy will experience a periodic decline. the economic sector that was previously not utilized by coastal communities east indonesia region can be optimized to become a base sector and source of income. optimizing other economic sectors will increase people's income which reflects the improvement of welfare. the community will be able to explore the region to the countryside and inland in the eastern indonesia region. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 34 | p a g e the development of road infrastructure will stimulate the community in distributing and marketing the marine wealth that is not limited to local but also regional and national regions. road development will facilitate fishermen and coastal communities in marketing their local products which so far have only been consumed by local areas. local consumption and limited distribution channels result in lower bargaining power of fishermen and other coastal communities than other business actors in the fisheries sector. this is because the sea products obtained are traditional and not durable. products that are not durable are utilized by other businesses to reduce the price of these products. fishermen do not have an alternative option to sell their products so that they get prices below market prices. fishermen receive welfare losses due to the limitations of road infrastructure because they are not able to expand their product marketing area. good road infrastructure supports fishermen to collaborate in selling their products at regional and national levels to obtain higher prices. electricity infrastructure development is the indonesian government's development priority in the eastern indonesia region. this is due to limited public access to use electricity infrastructure. eastern indonesia has limited infrastructure in urban areas and the majority of coastal communities have not received adequate and adequate electricity supply. low electricity supply causes obstacles to economic activity in all economic sectors of the region. electricity is the primary need of the community for the needs of life and supporting the fish processing industry. low electricity infrastructure has resulted in the community not being able to utilize electrical equipment that helps the fisheries sector. the majority of fishermen do not have refrigerators to store fish catches and other marine assets so they can last a long time and have a stable price. the development of electricity infrastructure provides the potential for coastal communities to utilize access to electricity for the engineering of fish catches and other marine products through home industries to further process marine products. further processing of marine products with adequate electricity infrastructure will increase the added value of the price of farmers' marine product. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 35 | p a g e government policy implemented by providing ship assistance to fishermen in the eastern indonesia region in the long run will reduce the level of welfare of coastal communities. this is because the majority of ships provided are motorized vessels that have low capacity and sea coverage. the majority of fishermen have motorboats with sizes below 10 gross ton (gt) which provide obstacles to explore and exploit indonesia's marine natural resources. this obstacle is caused by ships under 10 gt cannot sail to the middle of the sea because they are vulnerable to high water waves and strong winds. therefore, the government must increase the capacity and quality of motorboats to support fishermen's activities in exploring and exploiting marine products in eastern indonesia. fishing motorboats must have equipment that has advanced technology to create efficiency and optimization in their business activities. if the motorboat used is still limited to when the size of 10 gross ton (gt), the increase in fishery products will give a negative contribution because the results of marine wealth will not be used by indonesian fishermen but by foreign fishermen who carry out illegal fishing. illegal fishing will result in overfishing in the eastern indonesia region which in the long run will lead to the enactment of a resource curse. the resource curse is caused by an explosion of fishermen's problems continuously stored in pandora's box in the marine economy of eastern indonesia. conclusion based on the results of the study it was shown that the variables of road and electricity infrastructure research had a significant positive effect on the level of community welfare in the eastern indonesia region for the period 2005-2016 which was reflected by the grdp. ship infrastructure variables have a significant negative effect on the level of community welfare in the eastern indonesia region for the period 2005-2016 which is reflected by the grdp. the government is increasing infrastructure development not only in quality but also in quantity, especially in relation to roads and electricity, which is the basis for driving the economy. the government increased ship ownership capital assistance to fishermen in the eastern indonesia region which has a size of more than 10 gt in order to be able to sail further for the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 36 | p a g e exploitation and exploitation of lau fishery products / catch indonesia. if the motorboat used is still limited to when the size of 10 gross ton (gt), the increase in fishery products will give a negative contribution because the results of marine wealth will not be used by indonesian fishermen but by foreign fishermen who carry out illegal fishing. illegal fishing will result in overfishing in the eastern indonesia region which in the long run will lead to the enactment of a resource curse. the resource curse is caused by an explosion of fishermen's problems continuously stored in pandora's box in the marine economy of eastern indonesia. references humphreys, et al. (2007). escaping the resource curse. new york: columbia university press. menard, h.w. (1974). geology, resources, and society. san fransisco: w.h. freeman and company. pratomo, g., mahmudah, n.r.,wardhono, a. (2012). “ political of land area special region yogyakarta: a democracy or monarchy issue?”, the 11th irsa international conference: natural resources, environment and people’s welfare in decentralized indonesia”, padang, 9-11 juli 2012. pratomo, g. (2017). “ anatomy and the effect of capture fisheries’ business competition on the level of prosperity of coastal community: a case study in puger, jember, east java”, the 6 th international institute: maritime infrastructure and regional development, manado,17-18 juli 2017 pratomo, g. (2017).”analysis of effect of social and economic infrastructure development to the economy of coastal areas in east java province”, the spirit of society journal, 1(1): 21-36. puryono, s. (2016). mengelola laut untuk kesejahteraan rakyat. jakarta: pt gramedia pustaka utama. qori’ah, c.g., pratomo, g., indrawati, y. (2011). “ regional enlargement on forest management in indonesia: economic optimalization or exploitation?”, the 3rd irsa international institute: “regional development and finances: challenges the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 37 | p a g e for expanding and financing public services in the decentralized era,banjarmasin, 19-21 juli 2011. randall, a. (1987). resource economics. new york: john wiley & son. sukirno, s. (2015). makro ekonomi teori pengantar. jakarta: rajawali pers. todaro, m.p. & smith, s.c. (2009). pembangunan ekonomi edisi kesembilan. terjemahan oleh andri yelvi. 2009. jakarta: penerbit erlangga. wardhono, a., pratomo, g.,qori’ah, c.g., indrawati, y. (2012). “existence of groundwater resources in the economy; exploration or exploitation?”, the 11th irsa international conference: natural resources, environment and people’s welfare in decentralized indonesia”, padang, 9-11 juli 2012. world bank. (1993). the east asian miracle: economic growth and public policy. new york: oxford university press. 42 building facade arrangement as city image optimization (case study : kartini street corridor, gresik) risma andarini widya kartika university, surabaya risma.andarini@gmail.com abstract facade is one of building mass elements which supports street users’s perception [1]. elements that affect the building facade, namely : harmonization, contrast, materials, textures and colors also support the visual aesthetics perception district into an unforgettable part to recognize a place [3]. the intensity of the building mass such as the building coverage ratio (bcr), open space ratio (osr), floor area ratio (far), building height, scale and skyline are some physical factors of the street corridor to optimize the image of the city [4]. kartini street is one of the main streets in gresik city center which connects the east with the west region of gresik. complexity of existing land use and lack of decisiveness system in building and land use regulation affected the image of the city in variety of facade. therefore, optimization of the facade and built environment is very important to support the image of the city [2]. observations are made to provide data in existing facade, facade tendency and the historical background of the region. from the data analysis, it is found that there are building elements which can be a visual aesthetic element to unify and optimize harmonization of kartini gresik street corridor to support the image of gresik. keywords: image of the city, visual aesthetics, building facade, street corridors received revised published april 11 th 2019 june 14 th 2019 september 30 th 2019 introduction facade is one element of building mass which is important to support the perception of environmental observers or road users [1]. in the street picture that forms the image of the city, the observation of road users towards the edge of the corridor is strongly influenced by the building facade and the distance of the observation. observation distance is influenced by the width of the road and sidewalk. d / h (distance/height) determines the comfort of the observer in enjoying street pictures in the corridor. the elements that influence the building facade such as harmonization, contrast, material, texture and color which are manifested visually by the building style, support the perception of the visual aesthetics of the region into an unforgettable part to recognize the environment [3]. while the intensity of building mass such as building coverage ratio (bcr), open space ratio (osr), floor area ratio (far), building height, scale and skyline become physical factors in structuring road corridors to optimize the image of regional cities [4]. kartini street in gresik city is one of the main streets in the city center that connects the east region with the west region of gresik city. the length of kartini street is 1.8 km. the macro land use of the kartini street gresik corridor consists of offices, trade and services, government, education, housing and hospitals. the complex land use causes kartini street corridor to experience visual aesthetic disorientation. all functions have different appearance styles and harmonizations. the government buildings and housing use more vernacular 43 style with gable, shield or a combination of both. the trade and service buildings and offices use a modern and minimalist style. thus, the planned arrangement of buildings and the environment does not have a good connection to be implemented. as a downtown area with complex land functions, with regard to rtbl corridor, kartini street dr. soetomo street, the kartini street corridor experienced a change in strret width. as a result, land and building pruning occurs. this is also intended to clean up the building facades in the street corridor, so that the optimization of the city image in this corridor can be optimized. figure 1. overview of land use in the gresik city kartini corridor research methods this research employs descriptive qualitative method. the study uses primary and secondary data through direct observation. data analysis was carried out after collecting and categorizing the types of building facade elements aimed at understanding the dominance of the characteristics of building elements used as supporting visualization of street imagery in city imagery. the dominant building elements are used as a unifying element of the building facade design in one corridor. as an illustration, the flow of research activities is as follows : 44 figure 2. research flow results and discussion existing kartini street gresik corridor visual harmony in street furniture to support the image of the city are the style of the building [3] and the intensity of the building, namely, bcr, osr, far and floor height per floor [4]. field data regarding facade harmonization are as follows : table 1. field data of visual aesthetic harmony corridor facade according to building function types and categorizations vernacular modern 1 floor 2 floor ≥ 3 floor commercial and services 188 14 187 12 3 government office 3 0 1 1 1 educational buildings 2 0 2 0 0 hospital 3 0 1 1 1 religous buildings 3 0 3 0 0 housing 109 0 104 5 0 total 322 total 322 source : survey data, 2014 table 1 shows the vernacular style dominates, of which 95.7% of which 58% are used by buildings that serve as trade and services, 0.9% respectively as government buildings, hospitals and worship buildings, and 0.6% for educational buildings. the rest is 4.3% modern style and is used by buildings that serve as trading and service buildings. from the harmonization of the number of building floors, most of them are one-story buildings, which accounted for 92.5%, consisted of 58.1% buildings with trade and services problem gresik city image is disturbed by a chaotic street corridor influenced by land use complexity. the land use complexity in kartini street corridor creates diverse building facades according to its function and needs unifying element for the visual aesthetic. identification of aesthetic visual harmony in building facades research objective to optimise the city image using building facades. literature review field survey identifying building façade elements according to its function: 1. building style 2. design element (spotline, shape, space, colours, textures) 3. osr, bcr, far building functions according to land use regulation : 1. housing 2. commercials 3. government office 4. public facilities : education, health facilities (hospital) finding 1. elements that exist in all building facades (building characters) 2. elements that show identity in each buildings according to the functions. recommendation 1. add unifiying elements to the visual aesthetic of street corridor. 2. reduce disturbing elements to the visual aesthetic of street corridor. 3. apply regulation to control building façade in the street corridor. problems & research objective identification categorising finding recommendation 45 functions; 0.3% government buildings; 0.6 % education building; 0.3% hospital building; 0.9% religious buildings and 32.3% housing. with the following typology description : a. modern style figure 3. modern style building on kartini street, gresik. the building elements used to support the modern style of the building facade are as follows: basic building elements the supporting element of modern building style b. vernacular style figure 5. vernacular style building on kartini street, gresik. listplang/ wall coverings glass window design elements used in modern building facades shield roof listplang gable roof/ geuwel listplang figure 4. building elements in modern style buildings 46 building type 1: gable roof building type 2: shield roof figure 6. building elements in modern-style buildings the height influenced by the number of floors and the distance between floors (far) the disharmony caused by the diversity of the number of floors and the distance between floors, occurs as follows : figure 7. the disharmony caused by the diversity of the number and distance between floors figure 7 explains the disharmony of the number and distance between floors in a row of buildings in the north side of kartini street corridor. the distance between the first floor is not the same, as well as from the 2nd floor to the 3rd floor. listplang which marks the 2nd floor and the 3rd floor does not have the same height from the ground and result in a broken line and gives the display that is not a unity. open space ratio (osr) the open space ratio (osr) in the kartini street corridor varies, depending on the building needs of the parking area. some buildings do not even have a distance between the street and the building (osr = 0). as seen in the picture below : figure 8. disharmony caused by open space ratio (osr) : 1st floor zone : 2nd floor zone : 3rd floor zone a part of the street picture looks at the north side of the kartini corridor : open space ratio 47 the observer is too close to the building, so the aesthetics of the building cannot be observed. it is not possible to see buildings across the street due to median and plant obstacles. figure 9. illustration of gsb by observers on building height direction for kartini gresik street corridor development kartini street gresik corridor functions as a link between east gresik and west gresik and connecting south gresik with north gresik. it is an important role in the city that supports the city of gresik image [2]. for this reason, the kartini street corridor was developed as a corridor with the main function of trade and services in the category of primary arterial streets, as well as optimizing the intensity of buildings leading to the harmonization of the building facades. to support this goal and from the previous existing condition study, the kartini street gresik corridor requires the following arrangements : a. from previous studies, the dominance of the elements representing the two styles used, namely vernacular and modern, are : rectangles and triangles. so these two elements should be used in one building with the following division : 1) legs and body building can be realized using a square element. 2)the building head can be realized using triangular and or rectangular shape elements with ornaments or small canopy covers using triangular shape elements. figure 10. the use of triangle shape on the roof as unifying element for building facades. triangular element roof the building body uses a square element gable roof/geuwel triangle element the building body uses a square element triangular element the building body uses a square element 48 with the development of vertical forms as follows : figure 11. example of development of a triangle roof shape in a vertical building b. the change in the function of the road to a primary artery causes the width of the road to increase by three meters on each side of the corridor. the trade osr becomes 8-15 meters, while for housing it is 3-6 meters [2]. this causes the building to be cut to adjust to the new rtbl. adjustments to road widening and osr adjustments according to building functions is directed by the following guidelines : 1) if it is completely trimmed, then the owner will get compensation according to the agreement of both parties. 2) if a small part is cut (only the facade/ the front part of the building), the owner gets compensation to return the facade according to the recommended façade. 3) if most of the cuts will eliminate the main structure, and if the building cannot be maintained, the owner will be subject to full replacement. if the main structure can still be maintained, then the building will be renovated or restored to be the original size with reduced area. figure 12. illustration of street widening and osr adjustment c. number of floors and building spacing three-dimensional shapes and aesthetics consist of horizontal and vertical positions. after the building style elements, as well as the horizontal elements have been tidied up so that there is unity, the three-dimensional forming elements of the observer or road user perception are carried out vertically by giving a line that visually links the same height from one floor to the other. this can be done by : 1) when building a new height between floors is in accordance with the unifying direction of the visual aesthetic facade of the building. 2) for old buildings that have already had a certain building height, it is expected to provide a unifying horizontal elements in the form of lisplang or markers or the street width + new osr original street width + osr parts are cut off by changes in road width and osr parts that require new facade handling 49 building signage as high and in accordance with the unifying direction of the visual aesthetic of the building. figure 13. illustration of spacing between floors conclusion kartini street corridor in gresik city is a corridor in the city center that has a role in providing certainty about the image of the city. by providing harmonization of the building facade which is one of the elements forming the image of the city, it is expected that the image of gresik city can be improved. by adjusting the design elements of the building style, uniting the building borders and providing unifying horizontal elements for vertical buildings, building facades along the kartini street corridor can be comfortably and pleasantly noticed and observed by observers and road users in this corridor. however, any changes will have a physical and psychological impacts on the users. for this reason, good regulations are needed to accommodate the interests of both parties. references bentley, allcock, mc glynn smith. (1985). responsive environtment a manual for designer, butterworth-heinemann, oxford. departemen pekerjaan umum. (2007). rencana detail tata ruang kota gresik. knaack, ulrick ; klein, tillman. (2007). the principles of construction facade, birkhauser-verlag, boston. shirvani, hamid. (1985). the urban design process, van nostrand reinhold, new york. horizontal elements of building vertically + 0.00 + 4.00 + 7.00 microsoft word 02 asyari_tqm 13-28 13 lppm universitas narotama issn : 2594 4777 (online) 2597 4742 (print) https://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/scj/index the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices assyari1*, rudy handoko2, arif darmawan3 doktoral study program of administration scine, faculty of social political universitas 17 agustus 1945 surabaya corresponding author: aassyari911@gmai.com abstract: in an effort to improve the quality of public services, the ministry of communication and information (kominfo) has held a one day service (ods) or public service automation. the results of the implementation of the ods have had a significant impact on accelerating the service process, but complaints about discrepancies or discrepancies in data are still common, the president even issued presidential regulation no. 39 of 2019 concerning one indonesian data as a result of gaps in data between government agencies and data provider agencies such as the central statistics agency (bps). so the purpose of this study is to analyze data integration efforts and their constraints, as well as to design a data integration approach model that is seen as more effective and optimal. this descriptive qualitative research collects document data and interviews with informants who are employees at kominfo regarding data integration efforts, and the analysis is carried out using a member check and fgd triangulation approach. the results of the research show that the process of integrating data is still not optimal, constrained by problems of coordination between agencies that have not been well established, and kominfo is still focused on aspects of strengthening technological infrastructure, as well as the readiness of several agencies to supply data. model construction analysis found that the total quality management (tqm) approach led to an increase in the potential of the ministry of communication and informatics to carry out collaboration and collaboration to obtain data, analyze and publish data needed by society, organizations and the industrial sector. this integration can be carried out optimally when using integrated management, namely tqm. keywords: data integration, total quality management, the ministry of communication and informatics introduction the office of communication and informatics and coding (diskominfo and coding) is an agency engaged in the field of communication and informatics which includes telecommunications, communication tools and information dissemination, telematics, and electronic data processing. diskominfo also has the function of coordinating and developing regional apparatus operations (opd) and carrying out other tasks of the regional head according to their main duties and functions (anatan, & ellitan, 2009). the office of communication and informatics is the implementing element of the regional government, which is led by the head of service and has the task of carrying out local government affairs in the field of communication and informatics based on decentralization and assistance assignments (tui, ilato, & katili, 2022). the functions and duties of the diskominfo have many fields in carrying out their duties, one of which is in the management of public service information. in the field of public service information management, diskominfo is responsible for all incoming and outgoing data as information to the public (siswanto, 2020). this is motivated by the very rapid development of information where between one country and another it seems that there is no distance that separates it, so that the exchange of information and data is so easy to do. assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 14 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 the president emphasized that there were differences in data between those presented by the ministries and the central statistics agency (bps), so the president ordered that incidents of data differences between ministries/institutions be stopped immediately. the president appointed only one data source, namely the central bureau of statistics, other ministries/institutions so that they would no longer produce data just because it was project oriented. through presidential regulation number 39 of 2019 concerning one indonesian data, it mandates that in order to achieve integrated planning it is necessary to be supported by data that is accurate, up-to-date, integrated, accountable, easy to access, and shared and managed together, integrated and sustainable. however, this condition is constrained by fundamental problems such as uneven development which has led to inequality, development that is not focused and results-oriented, wasteful and inefficient use of budgets, and a high level of corruption among elements of the state apparatus (khan, 2021). this condition is difficult to resolve as a result of government policies that are often not on target because they are not supported by reliable data. the root of the problem is because government agencies that produce data are not connected to one another, so data consolidation is predominantly done manually, which causes the risk of incorrect data to become very high. as an important milestone for solving the problems faced by the indonesian nation, the government needs to build integrated data between government agencies, so as to speed up and increase the effectiveness of decision making. data integration is a process of combining two or more databases to make it easier to share and analyze, which in the end can be considered by top management in making decisions. the soaring need for data services and high standards of quality and speed, require a strategy to meet the needs of each national broadband. since the end of 2014, telecommunications service providers have continued to expand 4g lte services so that they can be accessed throughout indonesia. the growth of areas covered by 4g signals continues to increase. in 2020, 4g services have been present in 70,670 villages/kelurahans in indonesia out of a total number of 83,218 villages (based on 2016 dukcapil data). based on processed data from the ministry of communications and informatics, out of 12,548 villages/kelurahan that have not yet had 100% 4g signal service, there are 3,435 villages/kelurahan which are included in non-3t areas and 9,113 villages/kelurahan which are included in 3t areas. this data is processed based on population and civil registration data (dukcapil) which refers to changes in permendagri number 56 of 2015 to permendagri number 137 of 2017 concerning codes and data of government administration areas. with the development of regional divisions and the updating of spatial data by the geospatial information agency every year, the data will be readjusted and strived to cover 100% according to the ministry of communication and information's target going forward. in this regard, several studies on tqm can be used as a reference as well as a comparison with this research plan. so far, tqm has been used mostly in business organizations (private sector and bumn). however, in terms of the concept of good governance (good governance) has relevance to the management of business organizations, the placement of tqm is considered urgent to study its implementation in the public information service sector. several studies that can be used as a reference and the urgency of the importance of this research, refer to nour's report (2018); utami & harahap (2018); juan, daniel, and micaela (2012); shit, et.,al (2021); and majid (2020), who examines the implementation of tqm in several government agencies, both in managerial aspects (leadership), management administration, and hr issues. these researchers explicitly conveyed the importance of government agencies implementing tqm, and believed to be a solution in improving the quality of public services, but were constrained by hr competency gaps, the absence of regulations that set them, and relevant training to support tqm implementation. likewise, indonesia is currently required to no longer be limited to technology adoption alone, but is required to successfully implement e-government towards digital government through the one data program, which is expected to complete the data integration process using the tqm approach by kominfo. assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 15 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 the one data indonesia program is implemented by integrating population data with data from other institutions. like the kpu, ministry of social affairs, national police, ministry of trade, ministry of agriculture, ministry of industry, ministry of pupr and others, basic procedures are needed in these data integration activities. the basic procedures contained in the legal regulations can be carried out by all parties by including procedures for securing data and its processes in the implementation of the one data indonesia program, so that it can monitor the implementation of data transactions that occur so that the program can be implemented properly. the use of big data has now become a world trend. for example, the use of big data for policy formulation and development planning. food and agriculture organization (fao); in china, big data is used to map poverty by utilizing call data records which provides poverty data from economical and sustainable sources; nepal uses cell phone data to map population movements; and in haiti a group of volunteers analyzed information from facebook, twitter and text messages to provide emergency services after the haiti earthquake. indonesia has realized that the use of big data in government is very important, especially for decision making, policy formulation, and a reference for monitoring and evaluating activities. the ministry of national development planning/bappenas has used big data as a reference for policy analysis, provision of policy recommendations, and formulation of development plans (khan, 2021). with regard to this description, this study aims to describe the process of integrating data as one of the public service policies, as well as building a model through the tqm approach at the ministry of communication and information (kominfo) in east java. through the tqm approach, it is hoped that education will be able to produce quality graduates and be able to improve quality on an ongoing basis. tqm considers that data products provided by kominfo in service assignments can be provided to the public as well as organizations and industries in accordance with certain quality standards. this service can be said to be satisfactory if it is in accordance with the wishes or exceeds the needs of the customer concerned. the importance of this preliminary study paves the way for further research regarding how policy analysis integrates data where researchers can utilize various data sources such as from social media to complement data collection by providing a faster, more affordable, and more efficient way of collecting real price data time. methodology this research method uses in-depth analysis techniques, namely examining problems on a case-by-case basis because qualitative methodologies believe that the nature of one problem will be different from the nature of other problems. the final research report is designed in a flexible structure. anyone involved in this form of research must adopt an inductive style of research perspective, focus on individual meanings, and translate the complexity of a problem (creswell, 2010). in this study the sampling or research informants were taken purposively, namely sampling with certain conditions, namely subjects who were seen as credible and knew well the various tasks, roles and functions of the office of communication and informatics (kominfo) in east java with regard to data collection and distribution data. for this reason, the related parties who became the sampling or informants for this research were institutions that had relevant information needed by the public as a reference in making decisions and considerations or study needs. the selection of these informants took into account several important aspects in this research, namely informants from agencies with regard to data needed by the public as a reference for study activities, trade, and the implementation of the work activities of other agencies, both government and non-government organizations. testing the credibility of the data was carried out by way of discussion and observation, which in this study used the triangulation approach (member check) which is the process of checking the data obtained by the researcher to the data provider, and studies using the reference approach, namely the existence of supporters to prove the data that has been found by researchers. for example, the strategic plan (renstra) and draft changes to the strategic plan for kominfo, east java province. assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 16 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 data mining on informants focused on optimizing public service innovations in the east java province communication and information service (infokom). the data will be used as a reference for reviewing and analyzing the management process and designing the tqm model as an effort to integrate data so that it can be described to build a more ideal implementation model and the results are measurable (alwan, ali, & mahmood, 2021). the data collected is the implementation of tqm which is part of the ministry of communication and informatics strategy designed with reference to presidential regulation no. 18 of 2020, and by reviewing the results of the evaluation of performance achievements in the previous ministry of communication and information strategic plan and presidential regulation no. 39 of 2019 concerning indonesia's one data is also an effort by the central government to accelerate data integration of all central and regional agencies. in addition, with the function of the ministry of communication and information as a manager of public communications, the ministry of communication and information also runs the government public relations (gpr) program to carry out information dissemination of government priority programs and policies. in preparing this study, fgds were also conducted with stakeholders as well as staff of related ministries and institutions, namely the office of cooperatives and smes; department of trade, ministry of industry; department of maritime affairs and investment; staff of the ministry of villages and pdt, office of tourism and creative economy; agency for the assessment and application of technology; gojek, blibli, telkom and bank rakyat indonesia. this discussion aims to obtain perceptions from various stakeholders, including representatives from the central government, regional governments, non-governmental organizations, academics, communities, business actors, and others regarding the implementation of digitalization and data integration policies. results and discussion big data program integration and implementation policy the ministry of national development planning/bappenas in collaboration with global pulse lab jakarta has implemented the use of big data several times. first, direct projection (nowcasting) of food prices in indonesia using social media signals. this activity explores twitter data to project directly (nowcast) or provide real-time food prices with output in the form of statistical models of daily price indicators for four food commodities: beef, chicken, shallots and chilies. when this model is compared with official food prices, the results are almost correlated so that real-time social media signals can be used as one of the basis for daily food price statistics. data integration is the process of combining data from several different sources to provide users with a single, unified view. integration is the act of bringing together smaller components into a single system so that they can function as a single unit. in an it context, it brings together disparate data subsystems to build broader, more comprehensive, and more standardized systems across multiple teams, helping to build unified insights for all. data integration helps significantly consolidate all data types, considering their growth, volume, and all their various formats. combining this to work from a single data set allows businesses to help internal departments see business strategy and decisions head-on, and generate actionable and compelling business insights for short and long term success. as an integral part of the data flow, integrating integration plus data ingestion, processing, transformation, and storage will help kminfo's work in aggregating data regardless of its type, structure, or volume (khan, 2021). one common type of data integration is data ingestion, in which data from one system is periodically integrated into another system. according to hidayat (2020), another type of data integration refers to a specific set of processes for data warehousing called extraction, transformation, and loading (etl). etl consists of three phases: a. extract data from multiple sources and move it to the staging area. assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 17 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 b. transforming or converting data and then reassembling it into a format suitable for loading into the data warehouse. c. load transformed data into an analytical data warehouse environment. data integration tools are software-based tools that ingest, combine, transform and transfer data from source to destination, perform data mapping and cleaning. the added tools have the potential to simplify work processes in every public service agency directly or indirectly. however, until now this process is still not running smoothly, for which each agency must first identify the attributes that make it a good data integration tool. given the need for a government that can respond to issues quickly but still accurately, big data has the potential to make this happen. then, in the current era, problems are increasingly complex and technological disruptions have occurred, requiring new approaches and methods to solve public problems. the use of data and information can improve the quality of public policies that are accurate and expected (based on real-time data) so that they are able to answer the current situation for the public. the potential use of big data is not just fantasy or just a seminar topic or the like but furthermore big data must really be utilized in making decisions, for example, the use of big data as a basis for policy formulation and development has been carried out in several countries such as china, nepal , haiti, even to international organizations such as the food and agriculture organization (fao). siswanto (2020), explains that big data can be a source of information for the process of analyzing the mapping of problems that occur in society in various sectors. the results of this analysis can be developed and linked to other spectra in a comprehensive manner and can be used as a basis for decision making and implementation. in addition, simbala, manengkey, and pangerapan (2018), explained that the potential for big data in policy formulation is very prospective because this step can simultaneously monitor the impact of the resulting public policies (evaluation). the implementation of big data is carried out in the formation of data by the government and digital archiving activities which continue to increase. one of the reasons for this to happen is the rapid growth of gadget devices and applications (samudra, salahudin, & taufikurahman, 2022). information that has been contained digitally is very much needed in policy making by the government as the formulator and implementer of policies, because of course this information is needed to make the best possible decisions based on existing considerations. at present it can be said that the use of big data in public policy has begun to increase, but its optimization and equity still need to be improved, because there are still many government bureaucracies that still use conventional methods instead of using existing big data (marthalina, 2022). in order to move towards the use and utilization of big data as an instrument in decision-making to become part of public policy policies, adequate data infrastructure is needed. until now, it can be said that indonesia still does not have adequate data infrastructure. a centralized data system is needed to make it easier for stakeholders to make decisions. it doesn't stop there, data security is still an important homework in indonesia. talking about cyber security in indonesia, there is a special agency, namely the national cyber and crypto agency (bssn) which has the task of carrying out cyber security effectively and efficiently by utilizing, developing and consolidating all elements related to cyber security. even so, data leaks are not uncommon so that it requires further policies from the dpr and the government in guaranteeing and ensuring data security in indonesia. when referring to the development agenda, the direction of the bureaucratic reform policy focuses on strengthening the internal institutions of government agencies to address strategic issues that will become problems in the next 5 (five) years (ayuningtyas, 2020). according to the bpk, the ministry of communication and information's internal monitoring system is still weak. the professionalism and competence of asn still needs to be improved, especially since the ministry of communication and information is not included in the 6 ministries that have implemented a merit system well based on a study from the state civil apparatus commission (kasn). in addition, based on a study assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 18 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 by the institute for state administration (lan), overlapping tasks and functions were found between central government agencies. the implementation of the ministry of communication and information's programs and activities is a derivative of the strategic goal of the ministry of communication and information, namely "improving the quality of governance of the ministry of communication and information". the bureaucratic reform program (rb) aims to create a clean and accountable bureaucracy, an effective and efficient bureaucracy, and a bureaucracy capable of providing quality public services (khan, 2021), as well as within the ministry of communications and informatics. the achievements of the rb indicator were obtained from the results of an assessment by the ministry of state apparatus empowerment and bureaucratic reform (ministry of pan and rb) on the implementation of rb within the ministry of communication and informatics, but in its implementation until the end of 2020 the ministry of pan and rb has not announced the results of the rb of the ministry of communication and information so that the values listed is based on the 2019 assessment (marthalina, 2022). constraints of data integration in kominfo east java most public service institutions, both administrative and trade services, may not yet realize the importance of data integration, but data integration is a process that should be used by the software development and it operations (devops) team at the ministry of communication and information (kominfo). one example is how institutions, for example the department of transportation think about technology for the future and new ones that can facilitate the process of carrying out their work tasks. continuing to think about how a team from the department of transportation can build, test, and deploy applications as the key to the success of a devops program, from experimentation to tactical operational deployment, the department of transportation needs programs and applications that serve their audience well or receive poor public service performance ratings. . in this case kominfo has the task of integrating data into application strategies and gaining insights through the process, this helps every government agency with the latest and most accurate technological tools. there are several obstacles in the data integration process that has been carried out by kominfo since 2020-2023 now as follows. table 1. constraints and impact of communication and information services on the community constraint impact on society data source when it can't find what it needs, the public will often waste time. this affects productivity because the public may have pools of data that others may not have access to or can use the insights from the data to build better strategies. quality and time collecting data continuously will make institutions have a lot of data all the time. in addition, if there are no standards for data maintenance and entry, data provider institutions will collect a lot of data that is inaccurate, obsolete, duplicate, and insufficient. kominfo needs options that help manage inconsistent data. mixing having data combined with (and depending on) other sources, especially data that has been published in previous years, it can make it difficult to use it for other purposes that are up to date. for example, population survey data for the purposes of the general election 2 years ago, was adapted as data for disaggregating demographic data. format and data source not all institutions have applications for multiple data teams, including service data, types of services, required documents, and logistics. because these tools are accessed, managed, and maintained across assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 19 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 multiple teams, data formats may be inconsistent across teams. even something as simple as typing in a telephone number can cause certain institutional data to be misaligned. software even if you have used an integration solution, the relevant institutions that should provide data will not necessarily use the right type of solution or even the solution itself in the right way. kominfo still needs to make sure to explore what is needed to be accomplished by data integration and the timing. data volumes every government institution, related to public services or those concerning the public interest, certainly has a lot of data. if you don't have a plan regarding how and when to collect data, then each of these institutions will get a lot of information that is not needed but are not ready to bury the information that is needed. regulation is required each institution feels that they are not obligated to collect and update data according to their field of work assignments to share with kominfo because there are no stipulations from the central and regional governments. president joko widodo (jokowi) will issue a policy that requires the integration of one data within the government environment so that data overlap does not occur again. policy making often creates polemics because of differences in data within the government. central level indonesia one data secretariat coordinator oktorialdi explained that data overlap is a classic problem that continues to be addressed. one of the efforts to improve is the issuance of presidential regulation (perpres) number 39/2019 concerning one indonesian data. oktorialdi (doramia, 2020), explained that each ministry and agency issues various data according to their field. ministries or agencies often use their own data in various analyzes and policy making. obstacles arise when there are differences in data across ministries and agencies, either due to differences in data collection methodologies or other factors. for example, regarding food commodities, there are often differences in data between the ministry of agriculture and the central statistics agency (bps). the above problems are basically caused by the following factors: a. inadequate leadership commitment: the fact that until now data integration has not been realized on a massive scale, indicates that leadership commitment at a level below the president is still not strong enough. this is to be expected because of the strong mentality of silos in the leadership ranks under the president whose layers are still long (ministers/deputy ministers, echelon i officials, echelon ii, echelon iii, echelon iv, even executors). the silo mentality, which can be in the form of sectoral egos that want to win alone, always want to show themselves and consider other agencies as inferior, an interest in projects to benefit themselves and their group, or the entanglement of complicated thinking patterns, can appear at every layer of position; b. weak policy/regulation: the government has not yet had laws and regulations governing the development of data integration nationally. the government is currently drafting a presidential regulation (rperpres) on the implementation of an electronic-based government system (spbe) through the pan-rb ministry and is also drafting a presidential regulation on one data indonesia through bappenas. on the one hand, the existence of the two draft perpres (perpres) shows the enthusiasm of the government to have strong regulations related to the implementation of egovernment. but on the other hand it also has the potential to become an obstacle to the smooth development of e-government due to the emergence of asynchronous policies and overlapping governance; assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 20 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 c. institutional: the ministry of administrative and bureaucratic reform has an echelon i deputy for institutional and administrative affairs which, among other things, carries out the function of "formulating policies in the field of government management, administering government administration, and developing the implementation of an electronic-based government system". the ministry of communication and informatics has a directorate general of informatics applications which among other things carries out the function of "formulation of policies in the field of egovernment, e-business, and information security management, improvement of informatics application technology and infrastructure and informatics empowerment". the existence of these two government agencies is very vulnerable for the development of e-government in indonesia. in addition, the government also has a national ict council, whose position and role in the development of information and communication technology for the government are unclear. utoyo (doramia, 2020) explains a data down to the bank's business which is a risk management business. new data comes from new devices and there is a lot of that data everywhere. even data continues to grow, no longer a warehouse but in terms of volume, variety, velocity, veracity, and value. big data will transform indonesia people, industry, government is considered important because this data contributes to decision making. of course, talk about how data can help all parties in making better decisions. in addition to the existence of external and internal causes that support successful performance, it is also possible that there are several causes that can result in failure to achieve performance for several targets. the causes of failure and alternative solutions that have been carried out include: the quantity of human resources (hr) is insufficient, the number of hr owned compared to the workload carried out by the ministry of communication and informatics for the community and the government is not balanced. the activity of implementing ecosystem solutions is a program that must take place and be accompanied for one fiscal year. the task of the person in charge of the activity is to provide a solution to every obstacle encountered from the ecosystem solution program being implemented. the availability of data and information is not yet optimal to support the process of planning and policy making. so that an alternative solution planned for 2021 is to increase coordination activities with ministries/institutions/regions/agencies to obtain data and information that can support the planning process and future policy making. efforts to efficiently use human resources have been implemented through the involvement of various parties in managing activities such as the use of third party services in carrying out activities, the use of experts, curation teams, and resource persons. construction of the tqm model as a data integration step the ministry of communication and informatics strategic plan for 2020-2024 (ministry of communication and informatics strategic plan for 2020-2024) was prepared with reference to the national development agenda according to presidential regulation number 18 of 2020 concerning the 2020-2024 national medium term development plan (rpjmn). in addition, it also refers to the development of global information and communication technology (ict) by incorporating elements of technological developments in conducting a management, implementation, and utilization strategy map in the ict field. in the new normal era, the need for an adequate internet connection is the primary need of the community. business actors, industries and economic sectors are urged to transform digitally so that their businesses can continue to operate. this situation encourages the ministry of communication and informatics to accelerate the provision of ict infrastructure and accelerate the national digital transformation in the next 5 (five) years. as a regulator, the ministry of communication and informatics encourages the completion of ictrelated policies and regulations, whether in the form of laws, presidential regulations, or ministerial regulations, by increasing coordination with relevant stakeholders. to carry out the function of coordinating public communications, the ministry of communication and informatics will orchestrate the management of public communications involving central and regional government officials. this is assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 21 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 pursued by building an effective and organized management of public communications as well as building a solid team for government policy dissemination and responsiveness in countering hoaxes. finally, in efforts to improve the quality of internal management governance, internal hr competencies will be improved, implementing bureaucratic reform and performance accountability and encouraging innovation in budgeting planning, such as in designing strategic program or project financing schemes. as an important milestone for solving the problems faced by the indonesian nation, the government needs to build integrated data between government agencies, so as to speed up and increase the effectiveness of decision making. data integration is a process of combining two or more databases to make it easier to share and analyze, which in the end can be considered by top management in making decisions. at present, massive use and utilization of data has been carried out as a consequence of being part of the world's digital community. this phenomenon creates a new style for the public, namely the ability to access data and information quickly and accurately. at this point, the government should also realize that it can respond to public issues and problems in an accurate and timely manner. big data becomes important and very useful if it can be combined with proper analysis, many efficiency things can be done, such as determining the root causes of problems and failures in almost real-time to detecting irregularities (cheating, errors, errors) that can harm the organization (dorami , 2020). so the construction of the telecommunication monitoring center telecommunication services are factual services whose deficiencies cannot be covered by public communications, except by increasing the quality of service (qos) at the ministry of kominfo. with the construction of an integrated telecommunications monitoring center, the government can monitor all service performance in near real time, infrastructure distribution and coverage of telecommunications services, quality of services (qos), quality of experience (qoe), as well as public complaints against telecommunications infrastructure and services. thus, it is hoped that it can overcome all the problems that are happening at this time and can become big data that can be used for making various decisions. in order to encourage ict to become a catalyst that can increase national competitiveness, of course the layer that is very important to participate in digital transformation is the community itself. communities as individuals must acquire sufficient literacy to want to adopt technology, use digital technology for daily life, utilize technology for income, and to improve the quality of life. in the order of industrial growth in the digital era, people as individuals must also be able to adjust their own abilities and competencies, so that they can be absorbed in industries that need them. from the government side, this community literacy must be accompanied by a healthy and safe internet quality, and guarantees of data security and privacy for the community (marthalina, 2022). so the tqm approach is considered quite ideal and effective to be applied to meet the needs of data and communication access mediated or provided by the kominfo service in each region. this can be described in the following scheme. figure 1. data integration scheme with tqm approach assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 22 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 the tqm approach as the scheme within the ministry of communication and informatics in this case seeks to create a balanced ecosystem to maximize the role of the triple helix (government agencies, private sector, and educational institutions) to become facilitators and accelerators supporting the digital economy. in addition, collaboration between recruiters/companies that require skills, education service providers, policy makers, and the community also needs to be woven more closely to bridge the gap between demand and demand. this scheme contains content regarding the roles and duties of kominfo to implement the ict literacy program which is very strategic in supporting hr development for advanced indonesia (indah, & hariyanti, 2018) because the gap between ict development and hr readiness must be taken seriously and carried out massively and comprehensive. ict literacy is the key to the readiness of indonesian human resources to face the era of digital transformation and the fourth industrial revolution. kominfo initiated and facilitated the implementation of the cybercreative digital literacy national movement (gnld) which aims to accelerate digital literacy in various regions in indonesia. gnld sibercreation functions as a forum for collaboration, coordination and work synergy with multiple stakeholders to promote digital literacy advocacy and education in a comprehensive and sustainable manner, but this work plan is not going well, many obstacles are caused by the operational management system at kominfo itself (marthalina, 2022). if studied in depth, it can be seen that the main factor that supports success is partnership with various stakeholders in the national cyber-creative literacy movement for the implementation of the digital literacy program. in the digital literacy national movement, there are 109 stakeholders from academics, business, community and government who are active in educating digital literacy in the community. some stakeholders have also had very good grassroots movements. with good cooperation from the digital literacy program managers and these stakeholders, the output of the digital literacy program can be achieved even exceeding the set targets. another supporting condition is the change in people's behavior, which has moved from offline to online activities due to the ongoing covid-19 pandemic. the use of big data is very prospective because this approach is very useful for tracking and monitoring the impact of government policies, for capturing local and global socio-economic crises, for helping disaster mitigation, and for analyzing issues in the framework of better policy recommendations. total quality management (tqm) as an approach to improve quality systematically using many dimensions and has been widely applied by many companies with the aim of improving performance, such as quality, productivity and profitability (juan, daniel, & micaela, 2012). tqm (total quality management) in concept organization is seen as a system that has input, process and output. products are the result of a process that combines at least four elements, namely machines, methods, materials, and people (alwan, ali, & mahmood, 2021). inspection of the final results of a system in total quality management (tqm) is not the only best way to achieve quality but better quality is realized through continuous process improvement, in line with process improvement (sallis, 2008). according to flynn et. al. (marizka, zauhar, & sukanto, 2019), there are eight indicators of tqm, which, when projected within the east java kominfo environment, can be explained as follows. a. top management support, fully responsible for the products or services offered to the public or organizations that need data. top management has always been a leader who can provide motivation to all data provider institutions, which in this case requires a regional head regulation to provide direct instructions to each institution under them. b. quality information, information about data quality from kominfo must be available and the information must be part of the management system. c. process management, a systematic approach in which all resources in kominfo and related agencies as data sources should be used efficiently and effectively to achieve the desired performance. d. product design, all departments must participate in the design process and work together to achieve a suitable product design. assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 23 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 e. workforce management, workforce management has guidelines on the principles of: training, worker empowerment and teamwork. f. supplier involvement, long-term relationships with data sources, both the private sector, communities and other social organizations that must be established and kominfo must be able to work with each element to help improve quality. g. customer involvement, customer needs and community satisfaction are needed to identify community needs and satisfaction levels. h. employee empowerment, specific measurements regarding employee empowerment include cross-departmental (cross-functional) levels and teamwork used; the level of employee autonomy (asn) in making decisions, the level of employee interaction with customers, and the extent to which the employee proposal system is used. total quality management is a management approach to an institution, focusing on quality and based on the participation of all human resources (cohen, 2021) and aimed at long-term success through customer satisfaction and providing benefits to members of its human resource institutions and society. tqm is also translated as a customer-oriented approach that introduces systematic management changes and continuous improvements to an institution's processes, products and services (marizka, zauhar, & sukanto, 2019). the tqm process has specific inputs to the wants, needs, and expectations of customers, processing inputs within institutions to produce goods or services which in turn provide satisfaction to customers or society. deming (sallis, 2008) as the originator of this theory states that the adoption of total quality management will help institutions to maintain their competitiveness, eliminate inefficiencies in the organization, help concentrate on market needs, achieve maximum performance in all fields, and meet the needs of all stakeholders. the implications of tqm in the data integration process can be described in a comparison of the data integration system model as follows. figure 2. communication and information data integration management model and proposed tqm approach tqm implementation is the goal or target of integrating business data resources, such as databases and files, business transfer and operational intelligence systems (sallis, 2008). total quality management (tqm) in the proposed model as in the initial scheme (figure 1) is a management strategy aimed at embedding quality awareness in all processes within the organization. in accordance with the definition of iso (international organization for standardization), total quality management is a management approach for an organization that is centered on quality, based on the participation of all its members and aims for long-term success through customer satisfaction and benefits for all members in the organization and society ( alwan, ali, & mahmood, 2021). the total quality management process begins with the customer and ends with the customer as well. when understanding the concept of total quality management, you must first understand the basic meaning of quality and management in order to obtain a clear picture of total quality management (nour, 2018). assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 24 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 the government through the ministry of communication and information continues to make efforts so that the benefits of digitalization can be enjoyed by all residents in the unitary state of the republic of indonesia by building telecommunications networks in areas that are financially unattractive for private parties to develop, among other things, due to the small population, difficult geographical environment (outermost, disadvantaged, frontier/3t and borders), and low community economic levels. as an affirmative policy, the ministry of communication and informatics exists to ensure that development, especially in the telecommunications sector, reaches all regions of indonesia without exception. as stipulated in government regulation number 52 of 2010 concerning telecommunications operations, this universal service obligation (kpu) is intended as an obligation to provide telecommunications networks and services in remote and/or undeveloped areas, especially those with great potential to support the economic sector and facilitate the exchange of information that needed to encourage development activities and governance. the tqm approach as designed by researchers refers to the minister of communication and informatics regulation no. 1 of 2020, the indonesian cellular telecommunications association (atsi) built a central equipment identity register (ceir) system as a center for processing imei information and integrated the system with the equipment identity register (eir) system of all cellular mobile telecommunication network operators to be subsequently granted to the government and jointly managed by the ministry of communication and informatics, in this case the ministry of communication and informatics, together with the ministry of industry. the ceir system is connected to the eir of all operators, the database for registration of equipment for passengers and goods shipped from abroad owned by the directorate general of customs and excise, the ministry of finance, and the database for import and production product registration certificates belonging to the ministry of industry of the republic of indonesia. the dynamics of using media and information and communication technology have changed the way society and government access information sharing or communication aspects (cohen, 2021). this condition requires adjustments in government information and communication services so that the ideals of building and educating the life of the nation can be realized. this is indeed a mandate from law no. 14 of 2008 concerning public information disclosure which guarantees the rights of citizens regarding all information regarding plans for making public policies, public policy programs and processes and reasons for government policies. this means that government communication must be carried out in order to build an image of effective, democratic and reliable governance, as an effort to gain public trust. in order to be able to answer these challenges, the development policy directions in the 2020-2024 rpjmn document explain that the government will build public information and communication openness through strengthening government public relations (gpr). government public relations (gpr) is a program that aims to ensure that the public knows what the government is doing and participates in development. gpr implementation is carried out in accordance with presidential instruction number 9 of 2015 concerning management of public communications. through the presidential instruction it was explained that the working cabinet should absorb public aspirations, and speed up the delivery of information about government policies and programs (indah & hariyanti, 2018). in this regard, the president instructed the ministries and state institutions to: especially for the ministry of communication and informatics to be given a special task as the coordinator of public communication management who acts as the coordinator of public communication managers so that information content related to government programs and policies can be integrated in one "frame" (ayuningtyas, 2020) through a single narrative that uses the same data and communication point of view, and institutionally can synergize information in the government horizontally and vertically, and can capture people's aspirations as policy input synergistically (hidayat, 2020), with the following roles. a. delivering data and information related to the implementation of duties and functions to the minister of communication and information on a regular basis; assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 25 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 b. disseminate to the public single narrative and other supporting data compiled by the ministry of communication and informatics related to government policies and programs; c. delivering all government policies and programs on a cross-sectoral and cross-regional basis to the public quickly and accurately; d. conveying information through various communication channels to the public in an appropriate, fast, objective, good quality, national perspective, and easy to understand manner related to government policies and programs. in addition to carrying out information dissemination that is media placement in nature, the ministry of communication and informatics also carries out information dissemination through channels that are owned and managed by themselves. the purpose of these owned media channels is as a trusted source of information from the government as well as a means of disseminating government narratives, countering hoax news narratives, as well as a means of public education. based on the survey results of samudra, salahudin, and taufikurahman (2022), it can be seen that even in a pandemic, the majority of respondents already know various information on government priority programs included in the research. the media used by the respondents to obtain this information also varied, according to the availability of communication channels in the area where the respondents lived. the majority of people know public information about government programs from the official social media accounts of related government institutions as well as conventional mass media such as tv and newspapers (trisnani (2018). government public information media are perceived mostly by respondents as good and trusted news sources (tui, ilato, & katili, 2022). media content for delivering information is considered informative and accurate by the majority of respondents. the majority of respondents are interested in reading reliable information and presented in the form of articles followed by videos and infographics. according to ayuningtyas' report (2020), that the majority of the public agree that program information the government priority that they receive can increase their knowledge and is appropriate for dissemination using existing communication channels.in addition, the majority of respondents who receive government priority program information are quite satisfied with the availability and speed of delivery of priority program information on the communication channel they use. they use. in addition, according to samudra, salahudin, and taufikurahman (2022), the government's social media and online media can be used as companion dissemination media that strengthen and enrich information content that has been conveyed in conventional media. of course, the implementation of public information management needs to be measured to find out the extent to which this implementation has been achieved. measurement of the implementation of public information management is also one of the performance indicators of the ministry of communication and informatics which can be measured by looking at access to public information, quality of public information, and public satisfaction with access and quality of public information. conclusion big data does have great potential to become an instrument in public policy in indonesia, but it needs to be strengthened in terms of implementation in order to create public policies that benefit the wider community. not only that, indonesia also needs data integration infrastructure and creates and guarantees data security through the personal data protection bill (ruu) through the legislative channel as well as strengthening enforcement and coordination of data protection from executors, namely the executive. the public can also participate and speak out loud in recommending, supervising, drafting and ratifying these two bills so that the resulting regulations can be a solution to various problems related to data security that have occurred recently. the tqm approach is the collaboration and cooperation needed by the ministry of communication and informatics to obtain data, analyze and publish data needed by society, organizations and the industrial sector. this integration can be carried out optimally when using assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 26 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 integrated management, namely total quality management (tqm). in data management, it is part of information resource management that helps companies so that their information resources accurately reflect the physical system they represent. data tqm activities include collecting data, maintaining and duplicating data integrity tests, storing data, maintaining data, securing data, organizing data and searching data. in this process, the development of inputting data for a company from physical to electronic using a database system so that it can be integrated into a system created to meet data management needs. this interconnected database can be accessed quickly and anywhere connected by the database system itself. recommendation for the central and provincial governments, the existence of regulations to accelerate the issuance of laws and regulations to cover the implementation of e-government, to synchronize the presidential regulation on spbe and the presidential regulation on one data indonesia with the correct positioning. the government also needs to designate the ministry in charge of communication and informatics as the national cio and the central statistics agency as the lead in the development of one data indonesia and assign the head of service in charge of communication and information as the regional cio. the government also needs to review the existence and role of the national ict council. for every government agency in the province of east java, leadership commitment also requires a strong commitment from the ranks of leaders at all levels to suppress sectoral egos, prioritize coordinative actions and work methods that are simple, result-oriented, mobilize, ensure contributions, and improve the competence of capable human resources. compile, analyze, and support data integration efforts. considering the constraints, such as data security, policy makers need to create a data control office that is responsible for overseeing the collection and management of data for public policy. in addition, policy makers provide citizens with an easy way to have control over their data, as well as improve compatibility across the public sector when it comes to storing personal data. kominfo east java also still needs to encourage the change agents who have been appointed to make an action plan accompanied by the change targets to be realized. furthermore, the action plan is monitored and evaluated periodically so that it can accelerate change, namely the general secretariat change agent becomes a role model and produces innovations that benefit the organization and the community. the change agent also plays the role of socializing the values of the ministry of communication and informatics proactive serving. as an alternative, you can develop the mantra application that has been built by the ministry of communication and information to become a government service bus. references alwan, h., ali, a. m., dan mahmood, y. (2021). implementation of total quality management on construction of assyrian library project. international journal of research -granthaalayah, 9(4), 54–60. anatan, l., dan ellitan, l. (2009). manajemen inovasi (transformasi menuju organisasi kelas dunia). bandung: alfabeta. ayuningtyas, d.w (2020). penerapan good governance dalam meningkatkan pelayanan publik keimigrasian. jaidjurnal ilmu administrasi negara, vol 2, no. 1, 1-13 cohen, s (2021). a strategic framework for devolving responsibility and functions from government to the private sector. public administration review. vol. 61 no. 4 432-40 creswell, j. w. (2010). research design: pendekatan kualitatif, kuantitatif, dan mixed. yogjakarta: pt pustaka pelajar assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 27 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 doramia, l.a. (2020). urgensi transformasi pelayanan publik melalui e-government pada new normal dan reformasi regulasi birokrasi. administrative law and governance journal, 3(2), 220–231 hidayat, s. (2020). optimalisasi pelayanan publik bagi pemimpin di era 4.0 (globalisasi). jurnal inovasi penelitian, 1(6), 1237-1244. indah, t., dan hariyanti, p (2018). implementasi kebijakan keterbukaan informasi publik pada dinas kominfo kota tasikmalaya. jurnal komunikasi, volume 12, no.2, 127-140 juan, a., daniel, j., dan micaela, m (2012). organizational culture for total quality management. journal of total quality management and business. vol 1. hal 1-15 khan, a (2021). optimalisasi pelayanan publik bagi pemimpin di era digitalisasi di provinsi riau. jurnal niara vol. 14, no. 2, 9-14 majid, n (2020). optimalisasi kinerja lembaga amil zakat melalui standar mutu iso 9001. filantropi: jurnal manajemen zakat dan wakaf, vol.1, no. 1, 69-87 marizka, y.d., zauhar, s., dan sukanto (2019). implementasi tqm (total quality management) pada organisasi publik (studi tentang spmi (sistem penjaminan mutu internal) di universitas brawijaya malang). jurnal administrasi publik (jap), vol 1, no.1, 180-187 marthalina (2022). kualitas pelayanan melalui website dan media sosial dalam menyediakan layanan yang handal di masa pandemi covid 19 di kota batam. jurnal media birokasi, volume 4, nomor 1, 77-93 nour, a.m.m (2018). implementation of total quality management (tqm) in public organizations: a review. jahangirnagar journal of administrative studies, department of public administration, no. 11, 1-15 partama, y.i, and farizal, m.d (2019). industri 4.0 : analisis hambatan dalam penerapannya pada industri manufaktur di indonesia.” in seminar dan konferensi nasional idec 2019. sallis, e. (2008). total quality management. yogyakarta: penerbit ircisod samudra, d. f., salahudin, s., dan taufikurahman, i. (2022). inovasi pelayanan informasi publik melalui aplikasi portal informasi pemkab nganjuk (ping). academia praja : jurnal ilmu politik, pemerintahan, dan administrasi publik, 5(1), 73-78. samudra, d. f., salahudin, s., dan taufikurahman, i. (2022). inovasi pelayanan informasi publik melalui aplikasi portal informasi pemkab nganjuk (ping). academia praja : jurnal ilmu politik, pemerintahan, dan administrasi publik, 5(1), 73-78. sial, a., hussain, h.n., adil, h.m., and mairaj, i.m, (2021). awareness and implementation of total quality management: medical libraries’ perspective. library philosophy and practice (e-journal). no.5213 dari https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/libphilprac/5213/ simbala, a., manengkey, b., dan pangerapan, s (2018). ipteks e-government dalam pelayanan publik pada dinas komunikasi dan informatika kota manado. jurnal ipteks akuntansi bagi masyarakat, vol. 02, no. 02, 471-474 siswanto, a (2020). analisis kinerja pegawai dinas komunikasi dan informatika kota makassar. profitability: jurnal ilmu manajemen, vol.4 no. 2, 1-34 suhartoyo (2019). implementasi fungsi pelayanan publik dalam pelayanan terpadu satu pintu (ptsp). adminitrative law & governance journal. vol. 2, (1), 143-154 assyari, et al., public service innovation policy at the communication and informatics department of east java province through total quality management (tqm) practices, (p. 13 – 28) 28 the spirit of society journal volume 7, number 1 september 2023 trisnani (2018). e-government public relations implementation as improving public information services, in the regional government environment in east jawa and nusa tenggara barat. jurnal komunikasi, media dan informatika, vol. 7 no. 3, 165-175 tui, f.p., ilato, r., dan katili, a.y (2022). inovasi pelayanan publik melalui e-government di dinas kependudukan dan catatan sipil kota gorontalo. publik: jurnal manajemen sumber daya manusia, adminsitrasi dan pelayanan publik, volume ix nomor 2, 254-263 utami, d.e dan harahap, m.e (2018). critical success factors of total quality management and their impact on performance in the indonesian public service sector. advances in economics, business and management research, vol. 72 (1), 250-268 © 2023 by the authors. submitted for possible open-access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/). noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 139 noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city syaiful, sri wiwoho mudjanarko civil engineering departement ibn khaldun university bogor, indonesia civil engineering departement narotama university surabaya, indonesia syaiful@ft.uika-bogor.ac.id abstract research done by the field survey data collection a good number of motor vehicles, the number of motorcycles, the number of general passenger cars and goods by measuring the level of noise generated by the modes of transport. the relationship between the noise generated by the distance of sound sources can be displayed as follows: y = 46,286+0,0483x2+0,00065x3+0,00180x4 means a distance of 56,35 meters of 53,26 dba noise level. key words : noise level, speed, volume, sound source distance. received revised published 11 january 2019 17 february 2019 30 march 2019 introduction the city of semarang is the capital of central java province, is one of the big cities with densely populated population in indonesia. the increase in transportation modes from year to year continues to increase (semarang, 2015). public and private transport transportation activities also develop. transportation problems in the city of semarang are influenced by the number of modes of transportation which are increasing every year and population growth increases with the increase in income of the urban population (semarang, 2001). motorized vehicles have the potential to add more noise than no vehicle at all and can be solved using noise calculations (syaiful, 2017a,2015b). the purpose of the study was to determine the level of noise caused by motorized vehicles to traffic flow with the speed and volume of motorized vehicles in the complex of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city. the benefits of the study are expected to be an input for the semarang city government in developing and organizing the baiturrahman great mosque in semarang which is more comfortable/noisy, more organized, clean and orderly. research limits mailto:syaiful@ft.uika-bogor.ac.id noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 140 are needed as a source of noise caused by motorized vehicles, both passenger public transport and private goods and vehicles and motorbikes in front of the semarang baiturrahman great mosque complex. inside the baiturrahman great mosque in semarang is a school namely isriati islamic elementary school, a fence made of iron with a height of 1,60 m, and a distance of 17,65 meters from the roadside of the simpang lima area to the north west of pandanaran road. the location of the nearest baiturrahman mosque building is 56,35 meters from the edge of the road. literature review understanding of the wind winds arise due to differences in air temperature due to solar radiation, resulting in a difference in air pressure. wind measurements in the field must be carried out over a long period of time while measuring instruments to determine the wind speed of the placement must be free of obstructions with a radius of twenty meters (ui, 1997). land use land use in a city is closely related to the existing transportation mode. according to warpani (1997) in general, transportation can be seen as a system with 3 (three) components that influence each other, namely: figure 1 interaction of land use and transportation services/provision noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 141 figure 2 research sites source:https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefoxb&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bag aeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930 577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 [1]. figure 3 seen in front of the research location in front of baiturrahman great mosque in semarang source: https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 142 https://id.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=berkas:masjid_baiturrahmanb.jpeg&filetimestamp=20 151022105931& [2]. understanding noise, about sound and hearing noise is measured by making local measurements along the road in normal traffic conditions with dba measurement units. noise due to traffic ranges from 60 80 dba. table 1 effect of noise no description noise effect desibell example 1. cause accidents deaf pain threshold feeling 150 140 120 110 explosion machine testing thunder, gunfire wind drill, airplane 2. interference work efficiency reduction ear function disorders normal speech disorder other disorders 100 90 85 80 70 65 60 subway traffic congested roads noisy factory, noisy office train on the edge of the city factory source: fundamentals of transportation engineering [10]. sound effects sound is an energy that occurs because of vibration. characteristics of sound are intensity, hardness, frequency and sharpness. speaking comfortably normally sounds between 40 to 65 desibell scale a. here is the intensity of human hearing and the level of intensity of the environment and situation. table 2 noise levels in the activity environment https://id.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=berkas:masjid_baiturrahmanb.jpeg&filetimestamp=20151022105931& https://id.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=berkas:masjid_baiturrahmanb.jpeg&filetimestamp=20151022105931& noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 143 source: quality standards for noise levels for an area or environmental activity (goverment, 1996). side effects of noise on hearing the auditory physiology is that one can hear through vibrations that are passed through the air or bone directly to the cochlea (iskandar, 1993). acoustic trauma or noise exposure is often used to express deafness due to noise exposure, as well as sudden hearing loss due to severe explosions, booms, gun shots and trauma directly to the ear or head. much has been learned about noise and deafness caused by persistent noise, our knowledge of the adverse effects of noisy hammer clashes or the like on hearing is very limited [(ui, 1997). method location and place of research the location of this research was conducted in front of the area of the baiturrahman great mosque in semarang city. types of motorized vehicles recorded are: types of motorized vehicles are motorbikes, sedans, types of jeeps, types of minibuses, types of trucks, types of buses and types of truck trailers and large tank trucks both oil and clean and dirty water tanks, all motorized vehicles that pass in front of the area baiturrahman great mosque in semarang city. the equipment used includes: no area allotment noise level (dba) 1. area designation housing and settlements trade and services offices and trade open living space industry government and public facilities recreation port nature preserve 55 70 65 50 70 60 70 70 60 2. activity environment hospital or the like school or the like places of worship or the like 55 55 55 noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 144 the tools used are four hand tally counters, a set of stationery and a data entry form and a computer set. the personnel involved are: the personnel involved were, requiring four surveyors, local personnel and computer operators with a working period of three days. collection of primary data in front of baiturrahman great mosque data collection on the number of vehicles passing in front of the baiturrahman great mosque in semarang city. the vehicles that were recorded were the types of vehicles, motorbikes, private vehicles, micro buses, buses, pick ups, micro trucks, trucks with two axles. except for non-motorized vehicles, crushing machines, military vehicles, convoys of hearses, the activities were carried out for 12 hours starting from 06.00 18.00 wib. at this point is a distance of 0,00 meters right on the edge of the road, a distance of 9.00 meters on the edge of the sidewalk and a distance of 56,35 meters near the east side of the baiturrahman great mosque building. composition and speed of traffic flow data collection starts at 06.00 18.00 wib for 12 hours, except on sunday data collection starts at 09.00 18.00 wib. measure distance with sound source. a. measuring spl (sound pressure level) means measuring the sound source level from distance = 0,00 meters (highway edge). the rion brand na-24 sound level meter has been calibrated with approval calibrator tools number 2g-391-o brand quest technologies (94 dba), placed at a measurement location on the edge of the highway, this tool is faced with a source of noise / perpendicular to the road highway, observed every three minutes for sixty minutes each observation and activities carried out for 12 hours. b. measuring spl (sound pressure level) from a distance = 9,00 meters (above the sidewalk). c. measuring spl (sound pressure level) from a distance = 56,35 meters (on the outside of the mosque wall, the farthest distance). research flow chart the research flow chart is as follows: noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 145 figure 4 research flow chart data collection technique the number of 30 samples above is searched descriptively namely the mean and standard deviation: ∑ƒx 19,20 mean = ________ = ___________ ........................................(1) n 30 n ((∑ƒx2) – ∑ƒx)) ((30.14,80) -19,20)) standar deviasi = v ________________ = v __________________ n(n-1) 30 ( 30-1) = 0,2943 sampling error can be accepted if: acceptable sampling error = 0,05 . average number mean .................................(2) noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 146 = 0,05 x 0,640 = 0,0320 standart error can be accepted if: acceptable standart error se. (x) = 0,0320/1,96 ...........................................................(3) = 0,0163 the number of samples needed is: s2 (0,2943)2 = _________ = _____________ ...............(4) (s.e.(x))2 ( 0,0163)2 = 325,99 = 330 sample the number of samples needed to represent respondents who visited the baiturrahman great mosque in semarang city was set to 330 samples. the survey conducted at the beginning of the study has obtained as many as 30 samples from respondents, then an additional 300 samples are needed. the reason is that according to survey data will be calculated the amount of data that 330 samples are needed in order to fulfill the statistical calculation and can represent the total amount of data that will represent it. assuming the amount of data the assumption taken is that the noise level increase (y) is an independent variable and is influenced by several independent variables, namely: x1 is the first independent variable/motorcycle speed (spm) x2 is the second independent variable/passenger car speed (mp) x3 is the third independent variable/motorcycle volume (spm) x4 is the fourth independent variable/passenger car volume (mp) based on the data above, a linear regression model approach is obtained: y = ao +a1.x1 + a2.x2 + a3.x3 + a4.x4 + ………......................................................an.xn results and discussion results based on the variables that have been discussed, the results of the data processing are shown, which are three equations, namely: a. distance of 0,00 from the highway. noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 147 n o variabl e r r² std erro r f t hit equation 1 x1,x3 0,64 0 0,41 0 0,34 1 6,23 5 1,93 6 y=53,792+0,297x1+0,00523x3 2 x1,x3,x4 0,61 8 0,38 2 0,26 6 4,82 0 1,87 8 y=53,624+0,294x1+0,0087x3+0,0067 x4 3 x4 0,61 3 0,37 8 0,34 3 5,28 8 4,15 8 y=63,893+0,00040x4 the statistical analysis above is the correlation coefficient > 0,60 because based on the table above that the value above 0,60 the data produced is very good the level of accuracy is: obtained t test (count) = 1,936 > t tabel = 1,725 (fulfilled) so we will get the following equation: y = 53,792 + 0,297x1 + 0,00523x3 b. distance 9,00 from the highway. no variable r r² std erro r f t hit equation 1 x1,x2,x3 0,64 3 0,41 3 2,45 6 5,18 7 1,576 y=43,018+0,248x1+0,00379x2+0,0 03305x3 2 x2,x3,x4 0,56 2 0,31 6 2,09 3 2,45 9 0,672 y=16,1981,510x2+0,00375x3+0,00 579x4 3 x1,x2,x3, x4 0,67 2 0,45 1 3,39 3 5,82 5 2,140 y=4,672+0,320x1+1,538x2+0,0037 5x3+0,00579x4 the resulting data is very good at the level of accuracy, namely: obtained t test (count) = 7,088 > t tabel = 1,725 (fulfilled) so we will get the following equation: y = 4,672 + 0,320x1 + 1,538x2 + 0,00375x3 + 0,00579x4 c. the longest distance is 56,35 from the highway. no variable r r² std erro r f t hit equation 1 x2,x3 0,64 8 0,42 0 2,37 7 6,16 0 5,934 y=49,707+0,456x2+0,00092x3 noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 148 2 x2,x3,x4 0,64 5 0,41 6 1,09 7 4,81 7 4,171 y=46,286+0,0483x2+0,0065x3+0, 00180x4 3 x2,x4 0,63 4 0,40 2 0,87 0 5,09 8 4,234 y=46,018+0,486x2+0,00290x4 the resulting data is very good at the level of accuracy, namely: obtained t test (count) = 4,171 > t tabel = 1,725 (fulfilled) so we will get the following equation: y = 46,286 + 0,0483x2 + 0,0065x3 + 0,00180x4 discussion 1) the equation y = 53,792 + 0,297x1 + 0,00523x3 for a distance of 0,00 meters from the highway is 77,90 dba without a barrier. 2) the equation y = 4,672 + 0,320x1 + 1,538x2 + 0,00375x3 + 0,00579x4 for a distance of 9,00 meters from the highway is 68,17 dba without a barrier. 3) the equation y = 46,286 + 0,0483x2 + 0,0065x3 + 0,00180x4 for the farthest distance of 56,35 meters from the highway is 53,26 dba with a fence and tree barrier. conclusion 1) this study shows that the study of noise caused by motor vehicle noise is significant to the distance from the sound source. the farthest distance from the sound source is 56.35 meters (the farthest distance / on the east side of the great baiturrahman mosque building) having a noise level of 53,26 dba means that it is in line with the standards permitted by the semarang city bapedalda which is 60 dba. 2) if examined further about the distance relationship with the level of noise is the equation that shows the relationship of distance to the source of sound: y = 46,286 + 0,0483x2 + 0,0065x3 + 0,00180x4 means that the farther the distance from the sound source the lower the level noise references government of the republic of indonesia decree of the minister of environment no.48,1996, quality standards for noise level for an area or activity environment, klh publisher, jakarta. https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefoxb&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6 bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d262 https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 noise of motor vehicles at from of baiturrahman great mosque semarang city 149 4.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 https://id.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=berkas:masjid_baiturrahmanb.jpeg&filetimestamp= 20151022105931& iskandar, n., soepardi, e. a., (1993), ear, nose-throat, fkui publisher, jakarta. semarang city government, (2005), semarang city in figures, city government publishers, semarang. semarang city government, (2001), road information in semarang city, city government publisher, semarang. syaiful, syaiful. (2017) engineering model of traffic and transportation safety with pattern of cooperation between sustainable region in bogor, matec web conf., 138 (2017) 07008 doi: https://doi.org/10.1051/matecconf/201713807008 syaiful, syaiful; elvira, (2017) yena. case study on use area parking at new market city shopping center bogor. ijti (international journal of transportation and infrastructure), (s.l.), v. 1, n. 1, p. 34-40, sep. 2017. issn 2597-4769. available at: <http://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/ijti/article/view/330>. date accessed: 25 jan. 2018. doi: https://doi.org/10.29138/ijti.v1i1.330. syaiful, syaiful (2005) analisis kebisingan arus lalu lintas dan geometri jalan di kawasan simpang lima kota semarang. masters thesis, program pascasarjana universitas diponegoro. diponegoro university, institutional repository. (indonesian language) lecturer staff of fk ui, (1997), ear, nose, throat, head and neck disease, aksara binarupa publisher, jakarta, volume two. teaching staff of ft undip, (1983), situation of wind energy and its potential in indonesia, research institute of diponegoro university, semarang. teaching staff of ft undip, (2001), fundamentals of transportation engineering, undip publisher, 2001 warpani suwardjoko, (1990). planning the transportation system, publisher of bandung institute of technology, bandung. https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 https://www.google.com/search?safe=strict&client=firefox-b&q=komplek+masjid+baiturrahman+semarang&npsic=0&rflfq=1&rlha=0&rllag=-6987157,110416044,727&tbm=lcl&ved=2ahukewiw_ndg3etcahxhdiskhfgmc7eqtgn6bagaeaq&tbs=lrf:!2m1!1e2!2m1!1e3!3siae,lf:1,lf_ui:2&rldoc=1#rlfi=hd:;si:;mv:!1m3!1d2624.632930577808!2d110.42378084034817!3d-6.9912039708715135!3m2!1i946!2i509!4f13.1 https://id.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=berkas:masjid_baiturrahmanb.jpeg&filetimestamp=%2020151022105931& https://id.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=berkas:masjid_baiturrahmanb.jpeg&filetimestamp=%2020151022105931& https://doi.org/10.1051/matecconf/201713807008 http://jurnal.narotama.ac.id/index.php/ijti/article/view/330 https://doi.org/10.29138/ijti.v1i1.330 system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya 121 system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya farid afriandi nugraha ¹,f. roosslan edy santosa ² narotama university faridafriandin@gmail.com abstract domestic wastewater is dirty water result from community waste. according to the society, waste is just plain dirt harmless. because of a little knowledge about their impacts. the research method used qualitative descriptive analysis. the data obtained through interviews and observations in the field. the analysis concluded that the limited public knowledge about domestic waste. society tends to dispose of wastewater former kitchen, laundry, etc. in the area drains, rivers and streams that exist around them, different wastes fecal waste they dispose of. throw it in the cesspool of society that has been available in each home. the results showed a wastewater treatment system in the area of north surabaya using the system on-site. this system uses a network of sludge container which is in the same location as the canal closets. education needs to be done to build a network of off-site to accommodate domestic waste from the community. keywords: domestic wastewater, on-site management system, north surabaya. received revised published 11 january 2019 17 february 2019 30 march 2019 introduction sustainable development goals(sdgs) is aimed at sustainable development for the benefit of humans and the planet. this agenda has been run as a un resolution on october 21, 2015 and 2030, has the ambition to build together. these sdgs in lieu of the millennium development goals that began in 2000 to 2015. sdgs signed by 189 world leaders as the millennium declaration. environmental health risk assessment study (ehra) or health risk assessment study. ehra study aims to provide scientific data and factual about the availability of sanitation at the household level regency / city. ehra will take a sample by conducting a live interview questionnaire respondents in several district in the city of surabaya, which is directed by five (5) pillars of community-led total sanitation (stbm) developed by the ministry of ri. sanitation component is the object of study ehra is domestic sewage, solid waste / environmental waste mailto:faridafriandin@gmail.com system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya 122 and drainage, as well as the hygiene and sanitation behavior including handwashing practices (ctps) (christine sijbesma, 2014). waste is the result of the waste impurities occur in an industrial environment, domestic (household), and hospitals. according to metcalf and eddy (1972), limit wastewater expressed as a combination of fluid and the waste liquid coming from residential areas, commercial, office and industrial. domestic waste water is dirt in the form of garbage generated from the production community. domestic wastewater pollution makes a very big threat, as the water becomes cloudy and there are a lot of harmful bacteria that live in polluted area domestic waste. domestic waste is often encountered in densely populated areas, slums and a flowing river. in general, the traits associated slum area on the physical condition of the environment, the definition of slums are region formation process due to limitations in the city use of urban land. while the high density residential area of the embryo slums. in addition, the slum is an area geographically spread locations pressed for development of the city which was originally good, slowly becoming rundown. the cause is the social mobility of the stagnant economy (silas in sartono and joni hermana, 2009). related to this study, the research titled analysis of domestic waste water system in north surabaya on the settlement will be done with the hope of researchers informed and get as much detail as factual and valid data. research sites this study will be conducted in the area of north surabaya. the location of this research focuses on the problems faced by the domestic waste in north surabaya which has a red zone. this research was conducted in the district krembangan (morokrembangan village, village south krembangan, village kemayoran, village dupak and silver village west) and sub-bulak (bulak village, village kedungcowek, village and village kenjeran new sukolilo) as the sample will get. method the collection of data was taken from the observation process the data from the primary data, namely: 1. interview the interview is the process of obtaining data from the respondents naturally, accurately and there is no pressure or interference from any outside party. data taken in ehra rules that are constructed in the form of a questionnaire. the interview is a meeting of two people to exchange information and ideas through questions and answers that can be constructed meaning in a particular topic and to interviews, researchers will know the things that are more in-depth about the participants in interpreting situations and phenomena that can not be found through observation (sugiono, 2009: 317) system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya 123 2. observation observation data collection is done by watching how a factual circumstances at the location or the home of respondents who were interviewed. according supardi (2006: 88), "an observation method is a method of data collection is done by observing and recording systematically investigated symptoms. determination of the number of samples obtained from the calculation equation slovin: 𝑛 𝛮 1+𝛮𝑒² .................................................. ................................................................................................ ( 1) north surabaya has a total of 67.164 inhabitants (surabaya in figures, 2017). the calculation of a total of 398 respondents get results with a degree of confidence of 95%, the percentage of errors have a level of 5%, so the margin of error is 5%. results and discussion the result of this calculation analysis of 400 samples obtained a number of interviews and observations in the field, so that the results obtained are valid and factual. the following figure describes the status of each respondent house located in north surabaya with the status of home ownership vary depending on the location of the study. the home status has relationships with existing activities in the home environment, ranging from defecation (bab), dispose of kitchen waste, etc. here are the total and the percentage of home ownership status: figure 2. graph status home based sub-district a total of 397 respondents said that adults use a private latrine for defecation activities and while three respondents said they use the toilet / wc is common for them to defecate, in figure 3 shows the total respondents who use private latrines and other : 72.81.2 2.5 7.8 15.8 respondent's home status one's own official residence rent contract owned by parents system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya 124 figure 3. chart family members of adults defecation (bab) figure chart above has a total of 397 respondents who have an individual septic tank as a means of waste fecal or bowel movements, remaining 3 respondents chose public toilet to dispose of their faeces. there are several types of toilets that we managed to meet for interviews figure 4 shows the number of users existing toilet: figure 4. graph the total species present in the environment toilet respondents in the graph figure 4 shows a total of 281 respondents had squat toilets as their means to dump the sludge, and a total of 119 respondents had a toilet seat for defecation them places dealer or landfill feces in north surabaya most have a method where the same waste container, ie septic tank, or so-called on-site systems with the condition that has a location at the bottom of the canal adjacent to the toilet or lavatory. the following figure 5 is a data set where the dealer sludge. 0 500 adult family members who defecate (bab) 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% closets type system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya 125 figure 5. graph final distribution points feces figure 5 shows a total of 395 of the 400 respondents use septic tanks to collect the proceeds of their fecal waste, while the rest chose to throw into the river, lake or coastal drainage and the rest did not know the fecal waste. cesspool become the most common means and still rational for this current waste container. data taken from a total of 400 respondents were obtained, most respondents own more than 10 years had a septic tank as their fecal waste container, then the respondent has had a septic tank in the range of 5th year until the 10th year. figure 6 shows the old data saptik tank built: figure 6. percentage graph lama in the septic tank build on the house respondents figure 6 shows a total of 59.7% of respondents already have septic tanks for more than 10 years as their fecal waste container. the above data indicate that the respondent had had the thought to treat waste exhaust their feces to make the building a septic tank, which at times can be full and it will do the transport as shown in figure 7, which has the data as a means of canal or carrier services to do the processing and disposal. data from the septic tank built will determine how many times the respondent drain the septic tank. the longer the septic tank was built, the more often the septic tank to be refilled carried dewatering of sludge. here in figure 7. there are details of dewatering is done based on interviews of respondents. 0 200 400 septictank drainage river/sea dont know fecal distributor 2 7.8 17.7 59.7 12.7 old septic tank was built 0-12 mount ago 1-5 years ago more than 1-10 years ago more than 10 years don't know system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya 126 figure 7. graph recently septic tank on empty pictures of the pie charts above have a total of 35.7% of respondents give information about the last time they deplete their septic tank. as many as 141 (35.7%) of respondents to provide information 'never' and the second one was recorded at 132 (33.4%) answered dewatering is done in 1-5 years ago. here are the data taken to determine what kinds of emptying services performed to empty the contents of the tank: figure 8. graph discharging septic tank a total of 141 respondents did not know, then the remaining 259 know who is using the service to empty the septic tank. a total of 78.7% of respondents use lipo services feces as service providers and the rest use other services, not even knowing about the problem of emptying the septic tank. 6.8 33.4 8.62 35.7 13.4 last emptied 0-12 mount ago 1-5 years ago more than 5-10 years more than 10 years never don't know 78.7 4.7 1.2 15.4 who emptied the septic tank stool suction pay people emptied by self don't know system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya 127 figure 9. percentage area graph wasters end feces total 400 menyatan that most of them do not know about the location of final disposal of feces, a total of 79.9% said that they did not know where the results of liposuction fickle disposal or where, but a total of 10.6% said that the fecal waste to dispose of river. the remaining states are buried in the yard, buried in the land of others and others. figure 10. percentage of waste processing graph addition feces a total of 398 of the 400 respondents had a waste water processing besides the processing feces. the remaining 2 respondents did not have a place other than the sludge processing. here are the locations of wastewater treatment performed in addition to sludge. waste kitchen, laundry, bathroom and wastafel. in figure 11. will show the total presesntase chart on the kitchen waste disposal to be done based on the results of the questionnaire: 10.6 3.9 2 3.5 79.9 location of final feces river / small river buried in the yard buried in someone else's land other don't know 99.5 0.5 sanitation other than septic tanks yes no system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya 128 figure 11. graph waste disposal kitchen results figure 11 shows the total graph that answer most kitchen waste disposal into the river as much as 216 respondents. the rest chose to throw away their kitchen waste into a closed canal as much as 171 respondents and open canal has a total of 398 respondents 25. figure 12. shows the location of the former sewerage washing clothes. figure 12. graph distributors laundry waste water used figure 12. shows a graph highest total answer sewage into the river washing clothes as much as 213 respondents. the rest chose to dispose of residual waste to drain wash their clothes covered as much as 171 respondents and open canal has a total of 398 respondents 26. 0 100 200 300 216 0 25 171 0 2 1 0 ex-waste water / waste water other than disposed of stool (kitchen) 213 0 26 171 0 3 0 0 0 200 400 in the river/canal open canal digging hole sanimas ipal pipe ex-waste water / waste water other than disposed of stool (laundry) system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya 129 figure 13. graph former waste water distributors bathroom figure 13. shows that the highest total chart answered bathroom waste into the river as much as 214 respondents. the rest chose to throw away their kitchen waste into a closed canal 170 respondents and open canal has a total of 398 respondents 26. figure 14. graph distributors used waste water sink figure 14. shows a graph highest total answer kitchen waste into the river as much as 192 respondents. the rest chose to throw away their kitchen waste into a closed canal as much as 146 respondents and open canal has a total of 398 respondents 22. 0 100 200 300 in the river/canal street/yard open canal close canal digging hole sewer pipe sanimas ipal pipe don't know ex-waste water / waste water other than disposed of stool (bathroom) 0 100 200 300 in the river/canal street/yard open canal close canal digging hole sewer pipe sanimas ipal pipe don't know ex-waste water / waste water other than disposed of stool (watafel) system analysis of domestic wastewater for the settlements in north surabaya 130 conclusion discussion and analysis of the results obtained in the questionnaire ehra, then it can be concluded as follows: 1. waste water treatment system in the area of north surabaya is almost total 100% of respondents said water treatment system of domestic waste in the form of sludge using the system on-site, where the system is a system of inter-individual owner of the house and in use for the container whilst sludge proceeds exhaust respondents and almost total 100% of respondents use public facilities such as drains, canal and rivers for disposing of waste in the form of kitchen waste, sewage laundry, bathroom and other waste. 2. the process of using waste water system in the community is that people use latrines or toilets to dispose of feces and then the sludge into the system on-site or trapping systems fecal waste using a septic tank, and sludge are in the drain by using the services of suction feces and do penggolahan sludge the area of waste treatment in the city of surabaya, other wastewater such as sewage kitchen, bathroom, sink and other domestic wastes, the people using the area drains, canal and rivers to dispose of them without having to go through the shelter to be processed prior to disposal. references badan pusat statistik. (2017). surabaya dalam angka. surabaya: badan pusat statistik kota surabaya. metcalf dan eddy. (1972). wastewater engineering: collection treatment disposal. hlm. 283. new york: mcgraw-hill. sartono dan joni hermana. strategi pengelolaan air limbah domestik pemukiman kumuh kota palembang. isbn 978-979-18342-1-6. surabaya: institut teknologi sepuluh november. sijbesma, christine. (2014). panduan praktis pelaksanaan ehra (environmental health risk assessment / penilaian risiko kesehatan karena lingkungan). jakarta. sijbesma, christine.dkk.(2014). panduan praktis pelaksanaan ehra (environmental health risk).jakarta: usdp silas, j, (1996), kampung surabaya menuju metropolitan, permukiman marjinal amat liat. sugiono. (2009). metode penelitian pendekatan kuantitatif, kualitatif dan r & d. bandung: alfa beta. supardi, m.d, (2006). metodologi penelitian. mataram : yayasan cerdas press. panduan skripsi tugas akhir ta teknik elektro fti uii 11 evaluation of parking performance in the maulana malik ibrahim gresik (case study: makam terminal maulana malik ibrahim) mochammad surono, sapto budi wasono narotama university, surabaya indonesia abstract along with the increase number of employees and pilgrims in maulana malik ibrahim graveyard from year to year, it certainly has an impact on the increasing volume of vehicles on its parking area. the avaibility of parking area that is not proportional to the volume of vehicles will certainly disrupt the orderliness and comfort of the parking users around maulana malik ibrahim graveyard. the research method used for performance analysis is in the form of field survey by using the data of two wheels and four wheels vehicle parked in that area. in analyzing this parking performance surveyed on july 1 st 5 th 2018, it is found that the highest volume of two wheels vehicles is 418 vehicles, with the highest accumulation of 43 vehicles on average the highest duration 209.50 minutes / vehicle, the highest turnover is 0.804, the highest level of parking used is 80.43% and the number of available parking capacity of motorcycles is 230 plots, while the highest number of parking requests is 185 plots. therefore, the available parking capacity for two wheels vehicle is still quite accommodating the number of vehicles parked. meanwhile, for four wheels vehicles, it obtained that the highest volume is 442 vehicles, with the highest accumulation of 50 vehicles on average the highest duration of 115.50 minutes / vehicle, the highest turnover is 1,171, the highest level of parking used is 117.14% and the number of available car parking capacity is 140 plots, with highest number of parking requests is 165 plots. since the number of parking lots is the highest 25 plots, so that the available parking capacity is not enough to accommodate the number of vehicles parked. keywords: parking, capacity, parking space unit (srp), performance evaluation. received revised published april 11 th 2019 june 14 th 2019 september 30 th 2019 introduction maulana malik ibrahim is the 11th descendant of husayn ibn ali. he is also called sunan gresik, syekh maghribi, or sometimes makhdum ibrahim as-samarqandy. he is thought to have been born in samarkand in central asia, in the early half of the 14th century. the version of meinsma's babad tanah jawi calls it asmarakandi, following the javanese tongue's pronunciation of as-samarqandy. in folklore, someone called him grandpa pillow. malik ibrahim is generally regarded as the first guardian to preach islam on java. he taught new ways to grow crops and embrace many people, namely the javanese community who were marginalized by the end of majapahit's rule. malik ibrahim tried to 12 appeal to the public, which was being hit by the economic crisis and civil war. he built a place for religious learning in leran, gresik. in 1419, malik ibrahim died. his tomb is in the village of gapura wetan, gresik, east java. to overcome this problem, of course, it is necessary to evaluate parking performance in the current conditions as a description of future plans, so that we do not find vehicles that do not get a parking lot or are not neatly arranged. availability of physical facilities supporting parking lots, dimensions of parking spaces that do not meet standards, driver behavior in parking vehicles at locations that do not fit their designations in the analysis of parking land requirements on construction literature review general parking is an immovable condition of a temporary vehicle (directorate general of land transportation, 1996, 1). in addition to the above definition, there are experts who provide their definition of parking, namely: 1. parking is the termination of a vehicle in a short period of time, or long in accordance with the needs of motorists and one network system that is inseparable from the transportation system. (sebelas maret university surakarta, september 2006) 2. parking is an immovable condition of a vehicle that is not temporary (director general of land transportation decree number: 272 / hk.105 / drjd / 96): the objectives of the parking policy as part of the transportation policy are as follows: a. to control the number of vehicles entering an area, b. optimizing the function of the road so that it is in accordance with its role, c. improve traffic smoothness and safety. d. support other traffic restrictions determination of the location of parking facilities for the public in an area is carried out by the regional government and carried out by taking into account: 1. safety and smooth traffic; 2. general regional spatial plan; 3. ease for service users; 4. environmental sustainability. parking characteristics parking characteristics are as parameters that affect the use of parking lots. parking duration is information that is very much needed to know the length of a parking vehicle. this 13 information is known by observing the time the vehicle enters and when the vehicle exits: duration = tout tin with: tout = time when the vehicle exits the parking location, tin = time when a vehicle enters a parking location parking accumulation definition parking accumulation is the maximum number of vehicles that can be parked at a certain time interval, and can be divided according to the category of purpose of the trip. calculation of accumulated parking can use the equation: accumulation = ei ex with: ei = entry (vehicle entering location) ex = exit (vehicle that exits location) substitution rate (parking turn over) parking turn over, is the level of parking space usage obtained by dividing the parking volume by the amount of space available for a certain period, the unit is a parking lot. the amount of turn over parking can be obtained by the equation: turn over = usage level occupancy rate, obtained from the sum of vehicles at certain intervals and divided by available parking space multiplied by 100%. parking volume parking volume is the number of vehicles included in the parking load, namely the number of vehicles per period of time. the time used by the vehicle stops for parking, in minutes or hours, stating the length of parking. parking capacity the capacity of the parking space is the maximum capacity of space in accommodating vehicles, while in this case is the volume of vehicles using the parking facilities. an overview of the above events gives the capacity of the parking facilities. the formula used to calculate parking capacity is: kp = with: kp: parking capacity (vehicle / hour) s: total available official plot (plot) d: average parking time (hours / vehicle) parking index parking index is a comparison between accumulated parking and parking capacity. 14 this value can show how much parking capacity has been filled in a parking lot. the parking index size indicates whether the parking capacity is problematic or not. the size of the parking index can be obtained by the equation: parking index = where : ip <1 means that parking capacity is not problematic ip = 1 means that parking needs are balanced, normal capacity ip> 1 means the need for parking exceeds normal capacity. average parking duration the average parking duration is the average parking time of all vehicles d = with: d = average vehicle parking duration di = duration of vehicle to i (i from vehicle to i to n) amount of parking space required z = with: z = the required parking space y = number of vehicles parked at one time d = average duration (hours) t = survey duration (hours) parking policy parking is defined as a place specifically used for vehicles to stop for safety. other spaces that are intended to be used for the cessation of vehicles. parking has a good purpose, controlling access traffic flow makes it easier, if someone cannot park his vehicle he cannot make the trip comfortable. current parking facilities and demand for parking spaces can be determined by policies and steps in improving parking services optimally (ririh sudirahardjo, 2004; 12) the application of parking arrangements was carried out around the 1960s, which usually included (tamin, 1997): a. plan parking facilities outside the area. b. high penalties for parking violations. c. restrictions on parking spaces and roads. d. parking fee settings. in general, parking policy involves 4 main elements, namely: a. selection and determination of objectives. b. the methods used. c. decision-making. d. organizations or institutions that implement and which have the power to establish parking policies. 15 parking space unit effective size for laying vehicles (passenger cars, buses / trucks, or motorbikes), including free space and wide open doors for certain things if without explanation, srp is srp for passenger cars. (kd. no.272 / hk.105 / drjd / 96) table 2.8 vehicle door opening width door openings type user and / or allocation of parking facilities group open front / rear door 55 cm employees / guest office workers / visitors to offices, commerce, government, universities i open front / rear door 75 cm visitors are sports, entertainment / recreation centers, hotels, supermarkets, cinemas, hospitals ii open front door + wheelchair maneuver disabled people iii source: keputusan menteri perhubungan no. 66 (1993) 16 method a. flow chart implementation time data collection literature review problem identification and setting objectives preliminary studies analysis of parking characteristics analysis of parking characteristics conclusions and recommendations secondary data: -data of the number of vehicles parked at the tomb of maulana malik ibrahim -the parking lot -duration of parking -data of the number of employees and visitors at the tomb of maulana malik ibrahim primary data : observation of parking problems interview with secure parking gambar 3.1 bagan alir penelitian 17 parking vehicle data is taken 5 days in the sample working hours until the patient's visiting hours, starting at 12.00 20.00 wib on effective pilgrimage days, starting july 1 july 5 2015. explanation of research flow chart preliminary study the purpose of this preliminary study is to determine the parameters of the data to be surveyed and the methods needed to determine the data in question. the steps of the activities to be carried out in the stages of this preliminary study are: a. identification of problems b. formulation of data collection objectives c. conducting literature studies d. defines the parameters to be studied e. formulate and determine the scope of the survey. data collection the data used in this study consists of two types of data, namely: a. primary data primary data is data obtained directly in the field. the primary data sought is the situation of parking conditions at the grave maulana malik ibrahim grave during many visitor activities. the method used to obtain the data is by surveying and conducting direct interviews with secure parking. b. secondary data secondary data is data obtained from various data sources by holding records or quotes from data sources that have previously been processed by the relevant agencies. the secondary data survey is basically a support from primary data. the secondary data needed in preparing this task are: 1. data on the number of vehicles parked at ibrahim gresik's maulana mailik cemetery 2. parking plan 3. parking duration discussion parking duration parking duration is the time span of a parking vehicle in a place (in minutes or hours), or in other words the length of parking for a vehicle in a parking lot. from parking management data can be taken for example the duration of vehicles parked in the grave malik ibrahim parking accumulation parking accumulation is the number of vehicles that are currently located in a parking area at certain intervals, and can be divided according to the category of purpose of the trip. in the attachment of data from the graveyard parking management maulana malik ibrahim the accumulated value can be known and in the following table. 18 parking volume parking volume is the number of vehicles included in the parking load, namely the number of vehicles per period of time. the time used by vehicles for parking, in minutes or hours, states the length of parking. from the research data it can be seen the volume of vehicles parked at the waru family partners hospital. parking capacity the capacity of the parking space is the maximum capacity of the space in accommodating vehicles, in this case is the volume of vehicles using the parking facilities. the vehicle that uses this parking facility is reviewed from the process of coming, parking, and leaving the parking facilities. a review of the events mentioned above will provide the capacity of the parking facilities. substitution rate (parking turn over) the turnover rate (parking turn over), is the level of use of parking spaces obtained by dividing the parking volume by the number of parking spaces for a given period. parking space available (motorbike) = 240 vehicles parking space available (car) = 140 vehicles level of use the level of use (occupancy rate), obtained from the accumulation of vehicles at certain intervals divided by available parking space multiplied by 100%. parking index parking index is a comparison between accumulated parking and parking capacity. this value can indicate how much parking capacity has been filled. this parking index amount indicates whether the parking capacity is problematic or not. definition of problems: parking capacity is overloaded understanding is not problematic: normal parking capacity where if the value: ip <1 means that parking capacity is not problematic ip = 1 means that parking needs are balanced, normal capacity ip> 1 means the need for parking exceeds normal capacity. motorcycle parking space = 230 car parking space = 140 average parking duration the average parking duration is the average parking time of all vehicles. from survey data can be obtained the average parking duration. amount of parking space required from the survey data, it can be seen the amount of parking space needed for motorbikes and cars. 19 conclusion characteristics of motorcycle parking, namely: motorcycle parking volume of 418 vehicles with the highest accumulation of 43 vehicles and an average parking duration of 209.50 minutes / vehicle on monday 4 july 2018. the highest turnover value is 0.804 and the highest parking usage rate is 80, 43%. the number of parking lots currently available is 230 parking lots. so that this capacity can still accommodate parking demand during peak hours of 185 vehicles, namely at 12.00-20.59. so that the index value of motorbike parking at the malik ibrahim tomb for the time was not problematic. car park characteristics are: car parking volume of 442 vehicles with the highest accumulation of 50 vehicles and the average parking duration of 115.80 minutes / vehicle on saturday 2 january 2016. the highest turnover value is 1.171 and the highest parking usage rate is 117.14%. the number of parking lots currently available is 140 parking lots. so that this capacity cannot accommodate parking requests when the peak hours are 164 vehicles, namely at 19.00-19.29. so that the index value of the car park at the malik ibrahim tomb for the time is still problematic. suggestion 1. for recommendations that can be given to the parking management of the malik ibrahim tomb, you should start preparing further studies related to the availability of parking capacity, especially on car vehicles in the tomb of mailik ibrahim 2. suggestions that can be given to the management of the parking of the malik ibrahim tomb, should anticipate an increase in numbers, especially in car vehicles for the future. if the development of the number of vehicles is not anticipated, it is feared that service to the public or visitor guests will decrease and make the tomb of mailik ibrahim lack parking space. references black,1981 “ langkah utama dalam meramalkan kebutuhan parkir “ desi ramayanti, reza rian putra, 2011, “rancang bangun aplikasi plot posisi parkir kendaraan terdekat “ universitas mercubuana, jakarta departemen perhubungan. 1996. ,“keputusan direktur jendral perhubungan darat tentang pedoman teknis penyelenggaraan fasilitas parkir”. jakarta. direktorat jendral perhubungan darat, 1998, “pedoman perencanaan dan pengoperasian fasilitas parkir.,” direktorat bina sistem lalu lintas angkutan kota. jakarta. firnas, adi, arifta, 2008 “perencanaan areal parkir surabaya sport center (ssc)“ its surabaya, jawa timur internet: www.saft7.com, 2014 “ teknik parkir “ http//: www.saft7.comteknik-parkir keputusan menteri perhubungan nomor: km 4 tahun 1994 tentang tata cara parkir kendaraan bermotor di jalan. jakarta: menteri perhubungan http://www.saft7.com/ 20 keputusan menteri perhubungan no. 66 tahun 1993 tentang fasilitas parkir untuk umum. jakarta: menteri perhubungan keputusan menteri perhubungan nomor: km 4 tahun 1994 tentang tata cara parkir kendaraan bermotor di jalan. jakarta: menteri perhubungan khairul, fahmi, 2012 “analisa kapasitas ruang parkir pasar modern kota pasir pengaraian“ universitas brawijaya malang putu alit, suthayana, muhammad, 2012, ”analisa dan karakteristik kebutuhan ruang parkir pada pusat perbelanjaan di kabupaten bandung”, itb, bandung. rahmat, ali, hamdani, 2015, ”evaluasi kinerja dan kebutuhan ruang parkir di kantor dinas perhubungan kota surabaya”, universitas narotama, surabaya setiawan, eko, 2014, ”evaluasi kinerja parkir di universitas narotama surabaya”, universitas narotama, surabaya sri, wiwoho, mudjanarko, 2013, ”behavior model of motorcycle user in selecting parking location”, journal international universitas sebelas maret, september 2006 “ kuliah rekayasa lalulintas “ surakarta. wibowo, aries, 2010, ”analisa kebutuhan lahan parkir pada pembangunan carrefour ngagel.”, its, surabaya. yusandi, aswad, 2014 ”analisa kebutuhan parkir pada rumah sakit kelas b di kota medan” unej , jakarta the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 58 | p a g e criminal customary of baduy society woro winandi* , endah lestari dwirokhmeiti*, shinta ayu purnamawati** *narotama university ** university of muhamadiyah malang wiwik.em@upnjatim.ac.id abstract the existence of baduy community in lebak regency is classified into 3 (three) groups, namely: a. inner baduy (urang kanekes); b. outer baduy (urang panamping); c. baduy dangka. in general, it can be described that the first group called the baduy dalam (urang kanekes) community is a society that obeys the entire rules or rules set by pu'un (kepala adat). baduy dalam community lives in 3 (three) villages of cibeo, cikartawana, and cikeusik. related to the custom law in baduy dalam, for its adherents there is the enforcement of customary law, that is with the enforcement of customary criminal law for the offenders are subject to strict sanctions.one is the customary criminal society baduy dalam which provides social crime penalties for the community banduy in violation of customary law. philosophically social work penalty is in harmony with the fifth principle of pancasila, which is social justice for all the people of indonesia, in which the value of hard work is included. in carrying out the social work crime, the convicted person is required to work hard in serving the crime. social work crime is the "indigenous culture" of the indonesian nation, because in indonesian customary law is not known criminal deprivation of independence, namely imprisonment and imprisonment. the conformity of values adopted by the indonesian nation with the values of social work crime is a driving force in the successful implementation of social work crime. keywords: penal, customary, social penal introduction the country of indonesia has a wealth of customs and cultures of diverse. cultural diversity contained in various tribes in indonesia is a wealth of indonesians who need to get protection from the government of indonesia. this is in accordance with the contents of the fourth paragraph of the 1945 constitution, the contents of which are stated: "later than that to form an indonesian state government that protects mailto:wiwik.em@upnjatim.ac.id the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 59 | p a g e the whole nation and the entire blood of indonesia, and to promote the common prosperity, to educate the life of the nation, and to participate in the implementation of world order based on eternal freedom and social justice, the independence of the indonesian nation in a constitution of the state of indonesia, formed in a composition of the state of the republic of indonesia sovereign people based on: belief in the almighty, a just and civilized humanity, indonesian unity, and democracy led by the wisdom of wisdom in deliberation / representation, and by realizing a social justice for all indonesian people ". subsequently, the objectives of the state are translated into article 18 b paragraph (2), jo, article 28 c paragraph (2) and article 32 paragraph (1) of the 1945 constitution. article 18 b paragraph (2) of the 1945 constitution which is stated as: "the state recognizes and respects the unity of indigenous and tribal peoples along with their traditional rights as long as they are alive and in accordance with the development of society and the principle of the unitary state of the republic of indonesia, as governed by law." as for the provisions of article 28 c paragraph (2) of the 1945 constitution, the content is stated: "every person shall have the right to advance himself in his collective struggle for his rights to build up his society, nation, and country". based on the provisions of the 1945 constitution mentioned above, it is clear that the existence of indigenous peoples in indonesia received recognition from the government of indonesia. this means that the government of indonesia places indigenous communities in a strong position and has an important role in the life of the nation and state in indonesia. this provision is the constitutional basis for the right of customary law community to govern itself and uphold its customary law, but cumulatively must meet the following conditions: 1. as long as it is alive. 2. in accordance with the development of society. 3. in accordance with the principle of the unitary state of the republic of indonesia. 4. arranged in legislation. the contents of article 32 paragraph (1) of the 1945 constitution stated: (1) the state promotes the national culture of indonesia in the midst of world civilization by the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 60 | p a g e guaranteeing the freedom of society in maintaining and developing its cultural values. departing from the provisions of the 1945 constitution, it can be seen there is good faith from the government of indonesia to protect indigenous peoples in indonesia. in order to realize legal protection for indigenous peoples in indonesia, the government of indonesia promulgates law no. 5 of 1960 on agrarian principles, law no. 5 of 1979 on village governance, and law no. 49 of 1999 on forestry. however, the substance in the various laws and regulations mentioned above has negated the existence of indigenous and tribal peoples. this condition can be seen in article 1 of law no. 41 of 1999 which states that: "customary forest is state forest within the territory of customary law community". further clarified with article 66 of law no. 41 of 1949 whose contents are declared: paragraph (2) inauguration and abolition of indigenous and tribal peoples as referred to in paragraph (1) shall be stipulated by a regional regulation. paragraph (3) further provisions in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be governed by a government regulation. furthermore, in article 67 paragraph (1) of law no. 49 of 1999 stipulated on the condition of existence of customary law whose contents: a. the community is still in the form of paguyuban (rechtsgemeenschap); b. there is an institution in the form of its traditional ruling device; c. there is a clear customary law area; d. there are institutions of legal instruments, especially customary justice, which are still adhered to; and e. still collecting forest products in the surrounding forest areas for the fulfillment of daily living needs. in essence, indigenous peoples in indonesia have the characteristics as mentioned in article 67 paragraph (1) of law no. 49 of 1999 above, one of which is the existence of baduy people who live in the south kendeng mountains, located in the administrative area of lebak regency, banten province. the existence of baduy community in lebak regency is classified into 3 (three) groups, namely: a. inner baduy (urang kanekes); b. outer baduy (urang panamping); c. baduy dangka. in general, it can be described that the first group called the baduy dalam (urang kanekes) community is a society that obeys the entire rules or rules set by pu'un (kepala adat). baduy dalam community lives in 3 (three) villages of cibeo, the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 61 | p a g e cikartawana, and cikeusik. the second group, the baduy luar community is a group of baduy people who have been influenced by the culture from outside, including the influence of modern technology. the domicile of baduy luar community is in the village of cikadu, kaduketuk, kadukolot, gajeboh, cisagu, which surrounds the area of baduy dalam. the third group is baduy dangka is a community who live outside the baduy area. currently there are only 2 villages left, namely padawaras (cibengkung) and sirahdayeuh (cihandam). the function of this kampung dangka as buffer zone (buffer zone) for outside influences to the baduy community. in the background of the problem has been explained that the baduy community has its own customary government under the leadership of pu'un (kepala adat) highest among the baduy community, which is assisted by jaro, who has a position under pu'un. based on the uniqueness of baduy people who have their own customary government institutions, the following problems can be formulated: what is the customary criminal form of baduy dalam society? and what are the principles of criminal social work in customary criminal law of baduy dalam society? method in this research, using descriptive research method, that is research aimed to discuss existing problems by collecting data, compiling, classifying, and analyzing social work crime in criminal adat baduy society. 1) study the document, by studying the books that have something to do with the research conducted.; 2) interview, is a data collection tool that is done by question and answer directly from the source. the form of questions used in the interviews is open using interview guidelines. secondary data sources, ie data collected by others outside the researcher, in the form of document studies. secondary data referred to in this research is data obtained from library materials. inside this secondary data consists of three legal materials, namely : the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 62 | p a g e this primary legal material is derived from several laws and regulations relating to the problems in this study, including: a. 1945 constitution of the state of the republic of indonesia; b. law number 1 / drt year 1951 law number 12 year 2005 on ratification of the international covenant on civil and political rights (international covenant on civil and political rights); c. law number 39 year 1999 on human rights; 2) secondary legal material. this secondary legal material provides an explanation of the primary legal material derived from several literature and other scientific papers that can explain the problems in this study. 3. data analysis method. this study will only analyze secondary data, by analyzing deductively from the special statement to the general statement. result and discussion legal basis for the enactment of customary criminal law the presence of customary law does not consider or consider whether it will be recognized or not by the power of the state, but because it must arise. words should appear indicating the authenticity of customary law. basically it emerges from within the community itself autonomously and is therefore called authentic. by borrowing the term from hart, the customary law is closer to the primary rules of obligation than the state law made purposeful and therefore closer to the secondary rules of obligation . customary law is incongruous or strongly intertwined with the local culture. the word "culture" here indicates a strong traditional emotional element of the customary law. it is also a law that is heavily laden with certain values of values. even in certain areas of indonesia such as aceh, for its adherents, customary law is identical with religious law. then by accepting and practicing customary law, people feel at once cultured. associated with customary law in indonesia, for its adherents there is the enforcement of customary law, namely with the enforcement of customary criminal law to beagi violators are subject to strict sanctions. one example, in bali there is a written source of customary criminal law as proposed by i made widnyana as follows: the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 63 | p a g e first, manawa dharmasastra (manu dharmasastra) or weda smrti (compendium hindu law). second, the book of four religion is the book of religion, book of adi religion, book of purwa religion, book of kutara religion. third, awig-awig (banjar, traditional village) are the rules or wishes of local customary law community that are created and legalized through a muyawarah and written on palm leaves or paper. in awig-awig it contains restrictions that the community may not engage in or the obligations to be followed by that society, which if violated results in the imposition of sanctions by the community through its adat leadership. based on the opinion of i made widnyana mentioned above can be seen that customary criminal law in indonesia has existed, born, grow and develop in indonesia since long. the existence of customary criminal law in indonesia is regulated in the provisions of article 1 and article 5 paragraph (3) sub b emergency law no. 1 of 1951 on temporary measures to organize unity of structure, power and events of civil courts. within the provisions of article 1 of act no. 1 of 1951, it is mentioned that except the village court of the entire governing body of the gubernemen, the independent jurisdiction (zelbestuurrechtspraak) except the religious courts if the court is in accordance with the living law is a part of the autonomous court, and the judiciary adat (inhemsee rechtspraak in rechtsreek bestuur gebied) unless the court is in accordance with the law of life is a separate part of the customary court has been abolished. the basic nature of the provision means that act no. 1 of 1951 has eliminated other court bodies except the general, religious and rural courts in the provision of article 5 paragraph (3) sub b of act no. 1 of 1951 stated that: the civil material law and for the time being the civil law criminal law which has been in effect for the territories of the swapraja and those previously tried by the adat tribunal, is still applicable to the subjects and the person with the understanding that the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 64 | p a g e a lawful act the living should be considered a criminal act, but unequaled in the criminal code, it is deemed punishable by a sentence no later than three months in jail and / or a fine of five hundred rupiah, that is, as a substitute punishment if the customary law imposed is not followed by the parties the convicted person and the intended replacement shall be deemed to be equal by the judge with the greatest degree of conviction, that if the customary judgment imposed by the judge's mind transcends him with the imprisonment or fine referred to above, then the defendant's error may be subject to a substitute sentence of up to 10 years in prison, with the understanding that the punishment of customary law the order of the judges is not aligned with the times always replaced as mentioned above, that an act which according to the living law should be considered a criminal act which is appealed in the criminal code, it is deemed to be threatened with the same punishment as its most similar appeal to a criminal act. departing from the above provisions trdapat 3 basic conclusion provisions of article 5 paragraph (3) sub b drt act no. 1 year 1951, namely: firstly, that an unequaled or unequaled criminal offense in the criminal code (kuhp), which is not as severe or as a minor criminal offense, is a prison sentence with a maximum of three months and / or a fine of five hundred rupiah (equivalent to minor crimes), the minimum as set forth in the provisions of article 12 of the criminal code which is 1 (one) day for imprisonment and a fine of at least 25 cents in accordance with article 30 of the criminal code. however, for customary criminal offenses, the threat of criminal punishment shall be no longer than 10 (ten) years, as a customary penalty servant not served by the defendant. second, customary crimes which are appealed in the criminal code, the threat of criminal punishment is similar to the criminal punishment contained in the criminal code, such as the customary crimes of drati kerama in bali or mapangaddi (bugis), zina (makassar) comparable to the criminal act of adultery as stipulated in article 284 criminal code. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 65 | p a g e thirdly, customary sanctions as mentioned above may be the principal or principal punishment by a judge in examining, adjudicating and adjudicating acts which, according to the living law, are considered to be unequal crimes in the criminal code, whereas an offense against which there is an offense in the criminal code should be imposed sanctions in accordance with the provisions of the criminal code. in line with the enactment of customary law as set forth in the act of drt number 1 year 1951 mentioned above, in 2000 issued mpr stipulations governing the implementation of customary criminal law, namely in article 1 number (1) and (2) decree mpr-ri number iii / mpr / 2000 on the source of law and order of legislation regulation that determines the source of law is the legal source used as material for the preparation of legislation stating that the source of law consists of written and unwritten legal sources. thus it can be said that the enactment of customary criminal law in indonesia has a legal basis. understanding customary criminal law the existence of customary law is inseparable from customary law. customary law has the following definitions :1. laws that are not made intentionally; 2. laws that show strong spiritual aspects; 3. laws that are closely related to the basics and the structure of the local community. the dutch east indies law became the formal basis for the enactment of customary law giving the stance on customary law as "de onder hen gelgende, met hunne godsdienten en gewoonten samen hangenden rechtsregelen". if the success of the regulation by law is judged by its usefulness to the common living environment in which the law applies, then in the past the customary law has fulfilled that measure. to borrow a sense in legal anthropology the customary law has fulfilled the ideological function of the law, the rules are perceived by community members as proper rules to channel and control the behavior of their community members. in relation to one of the control functions in customary law, the existence of adat (sanction) is very important to restore the balance that has been torn apart as a result the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 66 | p a g e of the violation of customary law itself. the definition of customary crime can be found in several doctrinal views as follows: first, ter haar bzn assumes that what is considered a delict is any one-sided disturbance (eenzijding) to equilibrium and every collision in terms of one on the material and immaterial life goods of one person or of the many persons constituting a unity (gangs). such actions give rise to a reaction of a nature and a small size dutentukan by customary law (custom reactie), because the reaction where the balance can and should be restored (mostly by way of payment of violations in the form of goods or money). based on the opinion of ter haar bzn mentioned above, nyoman serikat putra jaya is of the opinion that in order to be called as a customary criminal act, the act must cause a shock in the balance balance of the community. the shock is not only if the rule of law in a society is violated, religious, ethnic and religious norms are violated . in the meantime, van vollenhoven mentioned that indigenous delict was an unlawful act , while hilman hadikusuma mentioned that customary law is living law and will continue to live as long as there is a human culture, customary criminal law can not be removed by legislation, invitation. if a law against which it was wiped out, it would be useless. in fact the criminal law of the legislation will lose its source of wealth, because the customary law is more closely related to anthropology and sociology than legislation . based on some opinions on adat criminal law as described in the above description it can be mentioned that customary law is an act that violates the feelings of justice and propriety that live in society so as to cause disturbance of peace and balance of the community concerned. therefore, to restore peace and the balance occurs custom reactions as a form of restore disturbed magical tranquility with the intention of being a form of nullifying or neutralizing an unlucky state due to a customary offense. customary government baduy society the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 67 | p a g e the existence of customary criminal law is closely related to the life of an indigenous people, one of which is the baduy community living in the province of banten, which maintains local cultural values that are owned and believed in amidst the advancement of the civilization of the times, despite the many great changes in the towns surrounding kanekes village. the attitude of "keukeuh" held by baduy people does not make the baduy people affected by modern life, this condition that encourages the number of domestic and foreign tourists who visit the traditional village baduy community. baduy customary governance structure in social life, baduy society has two system of government, that is national system by following the rule of unitary state of republic of indonesia and adat system which follow custom of baduy society. both system is well acculturated, thus creating harmonization.system of formal government in baduy society led by the village head called jaro pamarentah. the position of jaro pamarentah is under the camat, while for the adat leader in baduy society is led by the highest leader, pu'un. pu'un's existence is in three villages (tangtu), namely cibeo, cikeusik and cikertawana. position pu'un lasted for generations, but the position is not automatically passed from father to son, but other relatives can be selected to pu'un. the lifting period of pu'un is not specified. in the case of the transition of pu'un's office, the transition is based on the ability to hold office control, while the daily executor of kapu'unan customary government is carried out by jaro which is divided into 4 (four) positions, namely: a) jaro tangtu, has a responsibility to carry out customary law on the citizens of tangtu and to take care of other matters. b) jaro dangka or jaro dependent, jaro dangka in charge of guarding, taking care of, and maintaining the land titipan ancestors in and outside baduy. jaro dangka is 9 (nine) people and added with 3 (three) jaro tangtu called jaro dua belas, while the leader of jaro twelve is called jaro tanggungan. c) jaro pamarentah, customarily serving as a liaison between baduy adat communities and the national government. in carrying out his the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 68 | p a g e duties, jaro pamarentah assisted by pangiwa, carik, and kokolot overtime or village elders. by looking at the customary government structures possessed by the baduy community mentioned above, it can be argued that jaro tangtu, jaro dangka, and jaro tanggungan has a function as law enforcers when customary law baduy community violated or violation of customary law baduy community. criminal principles of social work in customary law of baduy society sanctions or customary crimes in baduy society as a form of adat reactions are imposed in case of violation of customary rules or adherents, then for the offender shall be liable to a penalty adjusted to the offense committed. as for the forms of violation of pikukuh / hukum adat committed by baduy society consists of: 1. serious offenses; and 2. light violation. examples of minor violations committed in the form of bickering between people baduy.bentuk mild punishment for a baduy residents who involved bicker in the form of warning by pu'un to be given a warning. the gross violations for the baduy community are dripping blood (wounding, killing), adultery and dressing with modern clothing like people living in towns surrounding kanekes village. the severe penalties or customary criminal sanctions imposed on the offender were initiated by the local jaro tangtu calling and given a warning, subsequently received severe punishment by being admitted into a customary house of detention under the supervision of jaro dangka for 40 (forty days). the provision of adat sanction for customary law violators baduy community, is a reaction to restore the balance that was torn as a result of violation of customary law baduy community. this condition is related to the settlement of legal issues among the baduy community. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 69 | p a g e concretely, the settlement of legal issues in baduy society is done by way of peace. on this basis one of the efforts to solve the customary criminal case of baduy community is to educate and nurture the attitude of the perpetrators of crimes that violate customary law . however, the settlement of criminal law issues at among baduy people can be reached in several ways according to baduy customary law depending on the severity or lightness of criminal law violations committed. the concept of criminal liability in baduy customary law can be done by: 1. ngabokoran ceremony. in the implementation of ngabokoran ceremony, some ngabokoran materials are provided by the families of criminals in the form of: sepaheun device, consisting of: lemongrass (betel), gambier, areca nut. if the culprit has died, then ngabokor material added with incense. 2. ceremony of serah pati. in ceremony serah pati, in principle is same with ngabokoran, that is apologize to the ancestors because the perpetrators of crime and the village has been contaminated with the occurrence of criminal acts. the difference is that the ceremony of "serah pati" is done for a serious crime, for example: murder, the ratio of the perpetrator has lost the soul (ngalengitkeun) soul which is the right of the almighty . the customary criminal form in baduy society starts from a mild criminal sanction to heavy penal sanction consisting of: 1. silih ngahampura (forgiving each other); 2. dikeluarkeun (removed from the inward baduy to the baduy luar (for baduy inhabitants) or removed from the outer baduy outside the outdoor baduy); 3. categorized (reprimanded) or given warning at most 3 (three) times by jaro sami; 4. objected (advised) and followed by a customary session whose execution may be conducted day or night; 5. detention in customary house of detention; 6. ngabokoran, the inner cleansing ceremony for the less serious crimes committed in each customary detention house located in cihulu, sarahkokon / penyaweyan, cibengkung (depending on the origin of the perpetrator's area). the law the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 70 | p a g e of the show as follows: bokor equipment provided by the perpetrator which includes lemongrass (betel), gambier, apu, menyan, boeh (shroud), keris. sereh (betel) is eaten by traditional tools consisting of pu'un, girang serat, baresan, slapan, jaro tangtu, while the one who gives forgiveness to the perpetrator is jaro tangtu. the pu'un is in charge of passing on to the ancestors. 7. serah pati, an inner cleansing ceremony similar to ngabokoran as a means of criminal liability for serious crimes committed, such as criminal offenses resulting in death. in relation to the baduy traditional criminal law (baduy) criminal law law, the existence of customary criminal law of baduy society regulates some serious crime with severe penal sanction in the form of detention in customary house of at least 40 (forty) days , consisting of : a. murder; b. slander; c. defamation; d. adultery; e. rape; f. theft; g. fraud; h. persecution; i. witch ( santet /julid); j. land dispute. in addition, the baduy community has a ban that has baduy peculiarities consisting of: a. prohibition of photographs and audio visual images (applies in the area of inner baduy: cibeo, cikertawana, cikeusik); b. ban on smoking (especially for baduy people); c. prohibition on the use of gold (especially the residents of inner baduy); d. polygamy and polyandry prohibition (applicable to baduy dalam and baduy luar); e. alcoholic beverages (applies to residents of baduy dalam and baduy luar); f. prohibition of using modern clothing (for residents of inner baduy); g. prohibition of using toiletries (applies in the area of the inner baduy); h. prohibition of using vehicles (applies to residents of inner baduy); i. prohibition for foreigners entering the area of the inner baduy; j. prohibition of going to school and establishing school (applicable to baduy dalam and baduy luar); k. prohibition to build mosques; l. prohibition to cultivate the land into rice fields. the most serious customary criminal sanction imposed on customary law offenders in baduy is detention in a customary house of detention for a maximum of 40 days. as long as the prisoners are serving their sentences, these offenders are given the following duties: 1) helping to grow crops, then the results are handed over to jaro dangka; 2) submitting lemongrass, bokor, kris, and coins as a condition to hold a the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 71 | p a g e ceremony ngabokoran in order to "beberes" after completing the time of detention in the customary house of detention. in the baduy area, there are currently 3 (three) customary detention houses, namely: 1) kampung cibeo has a traditional prison house in cihulu; 2) kampung cikertawana has a customary house in cibengkung; 3) cikeusik village has a customary house of detention in sarahkokon. during the time of detention in the traditional prison house, the baduy customs lawyers are supervised by jaro dangka which amounts to 5 people. after completing his term of detention (depending on the severity of the offense), the customary law offender is given advice and asked about the option to stay in baduy in or in outer baduy, after beberes was held after jaro dangka received consideration from pu'un as the highest customary head in baduy. at this time there are 3 (three) pu'un who hold the highest power in baduy, namely: 1) pu'un jahadi was in cibeo for the duty of courage; 2) pu'un yasih is in cikeusik for government duties; 3) pu'un tarmah in cikertawana for treatment of baduy people who suffer from illness. positions held by each pu'un is still a unity among inseparable baduy society, which will provide consideration on jaro dangka in the implementation of beberes after the baduy customs lawman underwent his prison term. in terms of the form of punishment / punishment for the baduy customary law, in the customary criminal society baduy there are principles contained in non-custodial criminal action in the form of social work crime, in the form: 1) farming (without enjoying the results), the results are handed over to jaro dangka; 2) assisting jaro dangka's duties in daily work to maintain the village environment; 3) the term of detention is maximum 40 (forty) days depending on the severity of violation of customary law which is violated. in this case it is in accordance with the principle of the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 72 | p a g e substitution of a substitute criminal equivalent to the imposition of a short prison sentence of not more than 6 (six) months in jail. he treated a baduy customary lawyer as a social worker without being paid / earned a cultivation result during his time of detention is in accordance with the contents of the national criminal code concept (year 2012) which regulates the crime that threats punishment less than 6 months in prison, can be replaced with social work. the rule is contained in the draft of the criminal code draft in article 66. article 66 of the national criminal code (2012) concluded that the social work penalty is fifth in the main criminal type. the details of the social work penalty are further elaborated in article 88. the consideration of the imposition of criminal labor on the offender is outlined. here is the sound of article 88: paragraph 1. if the imprisonment to be imposed is not more than 6 (six) months or the fine is no more than category i, the imprisonment or the fine can be replaced by a social work penalty paragraph 2. in the imposition of a social work penalty as referred to in paragraph (1), the following matters shall be considered: a. submission of the defendant to a crime committed; b. the defendant's decent working age is explained about the purpose and all matters related to social work crime; c. approval of defendant after being explained about the purpose and all matters related to social work crime; d. social history of the accused; e. protection of the defendant's safety; f. confidence the religion and politics of the accused: g. the ability of a tedakwa to pay criminal penalties paragraph 3. implementation of social work crime should not be commercialized social work penalty can be undertaken by criminals at least 7 hours and maximum 240 hours. this punishment can be repaid for 12 months. thus, the customary criminal form of baduy society has reflected the principle of social work crime as contained in the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 73 | p a g e the national criminal code concept which more reflects the character of indonesian society. conclusion based on the analysis of the above problems can be drawn the following conclusions: 1. the criminal crime of the most severe customary crimean baduy people imposed on customary law offenders in baduy shall be held in a customary detention house for a maximum period of 40 days. as long as the prisoners are serving their sentences, these offenders are given the following duties: a. helping to plant it, then the result is to jarodangka; b. submitting lemongrass, bokor, kris, and coins as a condition to hold a ceremony ngabokoran in order to "beberes" after completing the time of detention in the customary house of detention. 2. the application of customary law of indigenous people of baduy dalam can be put forward the principles of social work as follows: a. social work penalty in the customary criminal society of baduy dalam in accordance with the values contained in the 2nd and 5th principles of pancasila, which are just and civilized human values and social justice for all indonesian people. b. the customary criminal of baduy dalam society can only be applied to lawbreakers who are threatened with short jail sentence (not more than 6 months); c. prisoners in the customary criminal community of baduy dalam can improve the behavior with existing facilities in the community. references hilman hadikusuma, 1961, hukum pidana adat, cv. rajawali, jakarta. i made widnyana, 1993, kapita selekta hukum pidana adat, pt. eresco, bandung. imam sudiyat, 1981, azas-azas hukum adat, liberty, yogyakarta. liliek mulyadi,2015, hukumpidanaadat, kajianasas, teori, norma, praktik, dan prosedur, alumni, bandung. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attributionsharealike 4.0 international license. 74 | p a g e nyoman serikat putra jaya, 2005, relevansi hukum pidana adat dala pembaharuan hukum pidana nasional, pt. citra aditya bakti, bandung. satjipto rahardjo, 1977, pemanfaatan ilmu-ilmu sosial bagi pengembangan ilmu hukum, alumni, bandung. ______________, 2006, hukum dalam jagat ketertiban, bacaan mahasiswa program doktor ilmu hukum universitas diponegoro, uki press, jakarta. soerojo wignjodipoero, 1979, pengantar dan azas-azas hukum adat, pt alumni, bandung. ter haar bzn, 1976, azas-azas hukum adat, pradnya paramita, jakarta. peraturan perundang-undangan: undang-undang dasar 1945 ketetapan mpr-ri nomor iii/mpr/2000 tentang sumber hukum dan tata urutan peraturan perundang-undangan. undang-undang drt nomor 1 tahun 1951 tentang tindakan-tindakan sementara untuk menyelenggarakan kesatuan susunan kekuasaan dan acara pengadilan-pengadilan sipil. rancangan kuhp nasional tahun 2012 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 1 | p a g e the problem of great precision juridical and sociological in corruption case (research of verdict judge number: 56 / pid / 2010 / pt.sby)1 by: sidik sunaryo, shinta ayu purnamawati, haris thofly2 abstract the problem of juridical the award judge number: 56 / pid / 2010 / pt.sby, has not followed the legal formal in kuhap as article; 183, 184, 185,186, 187, 191, 192, 194, 195, 196, 197, 199, 200, 202. the award the judge also could not prove a whole elements of a mistake. judge only prove a small portion of element of the mistakes made by the defendant. the problem of sociological the award judge number: 56 / pid / 2010 / pt.sby, not capable of being description assurance of fairness and expediency. the award judge only description a form of unprofessional judge cutting off. the award judge only prove mistrust construction think of judge in understanding the iniquity of the defendant, therefore the award the judge was not salutary. keyword : precision, verdict judge, justice chapter i introduction satjipto raharjo3 argues that modern law we wear actually experiencing a specific growth or socially, politically and culturally is unique. the law was not the result of natural growth in indonesia, but rather as something that “imposed from outside”. even satjipto said, :” after follow my lecturer, the doctoral candidates take on the wall words “law as a great antrhropological document”. opinion of the highly relevant to satjipto conditions empirical laws that existed in indonesia whether normative juridical and sociological basis. resistance and disobedience to the law society's formal and country award judges, is a form of 1 this article is excerpted from the author's research about the ruling of the judges 2 the authors are lecturer in law faculty of muhammadiyah malang university 3 satjipto raharjo. finding regularity teach disorder (teaching order finding disorder, thirty years of intellectual journey from bojong to pleburan. speech ending tenure as professors of the faculty of law, university of diponegoro at december 15, 2000. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 2 | p a g e alienation of real values of justice contained therein. the complexity of the problems of law enforcement is not real appropriate form values the justice that is in formal legal state and the ruling of the judge with justice values of existing and needed by society. regularity and order in the state and formal law judge's ruling is only seen in the perspective of national interest formalized and procedural compliance in court (judge's decision). regularity and order are not seen from the perspective of the needs of existing values and develop in society. ambiguity regularity and order that frames the values of justice so that the cause of the problem is inherent in managing the actual state law. order and regularity can only be seen and measured substance of formal legal state. state laws often are not able to accommodate the value of alternative justice and righteousness are thus alive and thriving in the community. an alternative understanding of the law and justice are disputed between the formal legal state with law and justice that exist and flourish in the community. a formal state law regarding criminal acts of corruption is one of the empirical justification of legal irregularity exists in indonesia. the ruling of the judge who made the only formal legal state is based on a historical treatise of legal irregularity legitimized itself. justification and legitimacy of legal irregularity on the criminal acts of corruption in indonesia, to be historical evidence that the state order irregularity also happen is inherently of legal irregularity on the criminal acts of corruption referred to. chapter ii legal material and methods the major sources used juridicals award judge number: 56 / pid / 2010 / pt.sby. this research find out the problem of juridical and sociological in incredible detail in ruling of the judges case number: 56/pid/2010/pt.sby in the perspective of criminal law corruption, that do by public servant. this research try to find out justice, utility, legal certainty, and judges professionalism in the award judge number: 56 / pid / 2010 / pt.sby. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 3 | p a g e chapter iii problems of juridical and sociological in incredible detail the ruling of the judges 1. the intricate problems of juridical and sociological in his verdict the judge case number: 56/pid/2010/pt.sby in the perspective of criminal law procedure. in an academical manner, the law (read--judge's verdict) can be said to have fulfilled and reflect justice, when the law contains the meaning of substantial justice (materially) and procedural justice (formal). the law cannot be called if it does not contain these two dimensions. however, there are opinions that doubt that the law is the law. this view would rather say that the law was the applicable norms and values in society and not in a systematic statement sentence article and paragraph of the law. in the system of society which still holds fast to the communal nature of the cultural in indonesia. behold views better believes in the law in reality ( das sein ) than the law in a book ( the watershed sollen ), it has been a nation character and indonesians. the same with the view that way is what was said by stallybrass4, “show me the law in action, show offer the prison”. in the context of the award judge so then it becomes law which was for direct can be perceived by the public. so, if the award judge unjustly and immediately her community will also feel the injustice, so also the contrary. however the aspect of legal certainty that can ensure justice also becomes very important moreover, in the condition of the indonesian people who are in the transitional justice today, the dynamics of value. the award corruption in this matter also should have seen the aspect of certainty and justice, by means of at least mention basic legal ( formale ) his ruling in a complete manner. the views suggest that the principle of certainty is important, started from cessare beccaria 17645, in 4 stallybrass: a comparison of general principles of criminal law in england, in andi hamzah: pemberatasan korupsi melalui hukum pidana nasional dan internasional, 2005, p.41, king grafindo persada, jakarta 5 e.fernando m. manullan.: menggapai hukum berkeadilan, 2007.kompas, page. 93. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 4 | p a g e the year for him a person may be punished if the act of it has been decided by the legislature earlier, and because of that executives can measure and punish if there is a person who breaks what had been decided by the legislature. formally and literally verdict judge study into this, have met the provision of article 197 kuhap. but substantially actually not meet. it can be seen the provision of article 197 paragraph ( 1 ) ( d ), namely: a letter verdict punishment loading, consideration arranged basically about the facts and circumstances and instrument of evidence obtained from examination in court on which to base determination fault the defendant. in consideration the law judge looked not rested on all the facts law being revealed at the trial. in the court of first instance revealed the fact that the defendant did not knowingly commit the obligations as stipulated in article 8 of presidential decree no. 55 year 1993 on land procurement for the development of general interest jo regent decree no. 20 dated 188/45/kep/439.012/2002 march 2002. the obligation in question is: 1. conduct research and inventory of land, buildings, plant as well as the existing above ground to be removed or turned over. 2. conduct research on the legal status of the land to be released or transferred and the document that supports it. 3. assess and propose the magnitude of damages on the ground that their rights will be released or turned over. 4. give an explanation/extension to the holders of land rights regarding land procurement plans and goals. 5. hold a discussion with the holders of land rights and government agencies that require ttanah in order to set the shape and magnitude of change/loss. 6. watch the execution of the delivery of money to indemnify holders of land rights and other objects that are above it. 7. create a news release or event submission of land rights. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 5 | p a g e law fact stating that the defendant proved not to perform its obligation as members of land procurement, seen by judge not the facts and circumstances obtained from examination in court the first degree as consideration main being ground determination fault the defendant. judge only stated that deeds the defendant wrong but no affirmation wrong done in qualifying deeds corruption how according to elements article used as the charges and the award judge and facts law in the trial first rate. in the provision of article 197 subsection ( 2 ), declared: not filling provision contained in paragraph ( 1 ) a letter, b,c, d,e, f,h, j,k, and l article is leading to the award void for the sake of law. meaning the provision in paragraph ( 2 ) is also must be read substantially is not a mere literally course. however, the award the judge was when viewed from the provision of article kuhap, 199 they meet. great precision judge is needed in understand and interpret the significance of substantial of synthesis articles which are used as the basis consideration in his ruling. great precision judge to be covering of great precision juridical namely great precision relating to the spirit and the philosophical of the legislation. conscientiousness while the other is great precision sociological, namely great precision associated with at the time when, in condition and situations how, events what drive, needs the social values what becomes landing, of a legislative regulations had been built. in corruption study into this, judge visible not doing great precision juridical and great precision sociological. for judge incapable of being read a whole substance the provision of article 197 kuhap intact and comprehensive. the judge careless in unsearchable legal basis event criminal in this matter vulnerable and can be one the entrance of corruption judicial ( judicial corruption ). because of the way it can be called as an effort to ease mafia judicial find its shape and organized. purposefully or negligent no complete all basic law into his ruling, then a judge can be said to have doing corruption judicial. seen from the nature and value evil deeds judge who deliberately or negligent furnish legal basis in his ruling, of enfranchised same contemptible with the work done by the defendant. writer agreed with wasingatu zakiyah, danang the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 6 | p a g e widoyoko, iva kusuma and ragil yogi edi any mode of corruption judicial is by means pseudo litigated. mode of is done with manner of making resumes that have a deal with parties litigant. can also by the removal of data. in practice the phenomenon has been trend new judicial modern from side lifestyle his law enforcement is especially the judges and the judicial. omission of a judge who is next unexamined understand the provision of article 185 subsection ( 6 ) ( d ). in fact in the trial, the judges should be aware of and understand that the majority of witnesses in this matter is witness by category of the crown, a witness because your colleagues the defendant, a superior the defendant and equally become a defendant in matter of corruption. with the scores level so, already goods of witnesses going to give contemptible information because it can drag away the witnesses was as the party also to be responsible. the witnesses also factually does an action which equal to the defendant. with the way of life and the state of decency the witnesses said judges should be digging instrument other evidence that could have substance derived from a witness. for example, an instrument of evidence of directions and a letter. a system of proof that which is embraced good according to the legislation, according to the doctrine or the science of law not be used as a base by judges in deeds and in proving element of the element of the mistakes the defendant well and properly. in fact the system of verifiable are so closely associated with a system of the discovery of the law. a system of the discovery of the law substantially is a system the discovery of justice substantial. if this is not the also became the basis of the skeleton think judge cutting off the matter already goods of susbtance justice that exists in the ruling should also doubtful. the award the judge was not in accordance with the corroboration kuhap, according to especially the provision of article 188 subsection ( 3 ), which are: assessment on force corroboration of an instructions in any state of certain done by judges with wise after he shall make examination with full great precision based on his conscience. next was the provision of article kuhap, 183 which are: judge shall not criminal dropped to a unless with no less than two evidence legitimate it acquires the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 7 | p a g e belief that a criminal act really happen. the provisions were as the basis of systems substantiation conventional active professed kuhap. in criminal justice systems adopted in kuhap, though judge limited to evidence filed by prosecutor and defendant, and judge not free to find evidence another outside filed by the prosecutor and the accused, but the judges must actively explore and assess all of the evidence submitted by the prosecutor and the defendant in advance of the trial. liveliness judge for digging and judge all evidence put forward prosecutor and defendant, its nature is obliged to prove attitude wise judge and to acquire belief judge that crimes being examined at the trial really done by the defendant. but judge in this matter not run obligation to new system substantiation conventional professed kuhap. for looked judge only passive judging of evidence put forward prosecutor and defendant then take so in no closely. likewise in his ruling judge was not using doctrine and jurisprudence in s proving of case. kind of case is not accordance with law, unsuitable and not using doctrine, and kind of case neither the basic using jurisprudence. the judge unfair in analyze all the facts law and an instrument of evidence revealed at the trial this is actually who became one source of problems less precisely the substance of the award this when viewed in the standpoint of the law the event of a criminal who applies namely kuhap. the doctrine and theories about the system of proof can be the anglo-saxons to lead the judge in analyzing argumentation appeals prosecutor, a witness, a letter, the defendant, information a statement of an expert, and memory appeal legal advisor to objectively. in the description judicial consideration and facts revealed at the trial, the award judge has yet to analyze proportionally argumentation appeals prosecutor and memory appeal the defendant through legal advisor to particular. judges are still many neglect argumentation prosecutor that good deeds the defendant in an indictment based on revelation primary and secondary, and the fact that unfolds in the trial. the other fact that the judges are not based on arguments analyzing. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 8 | p a g e 2. the sociological observation and juridical award number: 56 pid / 2010 / materially pt.sby in perspective criminal law. incorrectness judge in choosing his ruling also impact on basic law to the defendant criminal very light. but all evidence revealed law and facts trial very corresponding to defendant in a deed as description primary prosecutors indictment. academically, indictment alternative must be made from the provisions of article that the threat of punishment is most severe. the provisions of article 2 paragraph ( 1 ) no 31/ 1999 by the prosecutors placed into indictments primary. since early prosecutors believe that indictments primary most likely be proven. if indeed since the prosecutor not convinced that indictments primary can be supposed prosecutor change the primary indictment. it is stipulated in article 144 subsection ( 1 ), prosecutors can change indictment before a court hearing, set day either in purpose or for not continuing to refine prosecutions. and thus, prosecutor since the law should be realized if uncertain consequences indictment not proved. better prosecutor cautious and patient, to indictment could prove in court. non-belief prosecutor in the case have effect systemic injustice in law enforcement corruption done to the defendant and corruption cases another. non-belief prosecutor as law enforcement image can undermine law enforcement and hindering the enforcement of justice. but judge seems not interested to disconnect equitably indictment against a defendant for sure primary prosecutor not proved. the judges thought so, showed the judge had an orientation thought that prioritizes form of formality and negate the content of morality and justice should be the core of duty according to law. the views of judges by satjipto raharjo6, referred to by the law that give priority to the shape of the contents, he does not care about the moral content of humanity which should be contained in them. the judge in this case mechanical minded at all. the author, says that ...there have been promiscuous the values of justice and forms of intervention powers as well as commercial intervention. the size of the profitable or unprofitable 6 satjipto raharjos.: negara hukum yang membahagiakan rakyatnya, 2008, p. 12, lengge printika. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 9 | p a g e a matter is seen only from a political and economicals. ... the fraudulent practices and koruptif made in sistemtis by legal apparatus called the judicial mafia. furthermore, the author7 of the difficulty of finding justice in the verdict, also due to the judge in an award not trying to refer to the jurisprudence related to the corruption case made the defendant. but in substance, element works and the defendants committed fault element is pretty much the same happens in the case of corruption in various regions in indonesia. as expressly stated here that the ruling of the judge in the case did not use the jurisprudence, but using only the illusion of judges. then to see whether the judge's verdict in a comprehensive manner is correct in proving fault and not the criminal defendant, can also be seen whether judges are already using doctrine in consideration of an award. reference was made to the important doctrine of the judge who ruled the case. because of the doctrine of non importance and is usually an objective. the doctrine is impartial, therefore deserves to be considered the judge in legal reasoning in argumentation enrichment award. judge tried to use concept deterrence ( prevention ) when understand said “can” draft in article 2 paragraph ( 1 ) and article 3 act no 31 / 1999 ( see the award judge page 23 lines from up 3 ). nevertheless concept deterrence is then not be the passion and directive basic in a verdict criminal inflicted very light when things should really who proven is arraignment primary prosecutor who menaces his sentence criminal a lifetime or 20 years in prison. but judge not using doctrine stilwigjen ( ignored ). understanding judge concept stilwigjen only used as a base to relieve and justifies deeds defendant, deeds that the defendant is already known superiors. should the doctrine of deterrence and the silence was used by judges to strengthen basic argumentation and consideration of an award that the act of the accused should be punished heavily. in that sense, the act of the defendant conducted respectively in fiscal year 2002, very contrary to the prevention of the eradication of criminal acts of 7 sidik sunaryo, , kapita selekta sistem peradilan pidana, 2004 p. 151, umm press. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 10 | p a g e corruption and therefore should be punished heavily, as the provisions of article 2 paragraph (1) of article 18 of law no. juncto 31 1999 juncto article 55, paragraph (1) to 1 of the criminal code. while the concept of silenced, should be the basis for the consideration of the judge that the defendant's silence works supervisor as the support and approval of superiors accused of corruption acts of the defendant, therefore, that the defendants not only punished but tops the defendant should also be punished more severely. so impressed judges do not understand the doctrine of deterrence and the stilwigjen. the judge merely cited the doctrine but do not understand how to apply the doctrine. according to ali syafa‘at and jimly asshidiqy8, and statement that the rule of law is a human behavior does not mean that the law only related to human behavior, but also with certain conditions associated with human behavior. judges decide on the case more show itself as bureaucrats rather than as law enforcement of justice. when the judge ' s bureaucracy, being virus infected so difficult to judge can independent in administer justice through a verdict against it. very dangerous if judges we have formally mind bureaucracy. according to f.budi hardiman9, bureaucracy tried to weave together, interactions tissue but those networks acted more than cultural, structural less formal than substantive. supposed to be the case, the judges cutting off more weave a network of the interaction of the value of justice in society, and in bureaucracy framed by values and rule attracts about the fair which lives in communities. so that by the judgment of any judge the results will be easily understood and perceived as justice for the parties and the public. a matter of justice it is not just covering the aspect of legal certainty but also includes a variant and various kinds of sanctions and punishment inflicted judge in the matter of certain. in the sense of free and its independence judge is guaranteed 8 ali syafa’at dan jimly asshidiqy: teori hans kelsen tentang hukum, 2006,p. 12, konstitusi press. 9 budi hardiman: melampaui positivisme dan modernitas, diksursus filosofis tentang metode ilmiah dan problem modernitas, 2003,sp. 102, kanisius the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 11 | p a g e by the constitution. judges are free and independent determines the types and handy it was to heavy punishment for someone. but is free and pendency judge bounded by a sense of justice society. in the case of the judges of corruption took a very different attitude to the facts of the law and the evidence revealed at the trial of first instance, which in anyway the defendant should be punished for committing corruption indictment as primary secondary and prosecutors. but it looks like the judge argued that the defendant was not proven to perform deeds of corruption charges as prosecutors primary. the judge did not try to dig and find the truth in the process of proof in judicial review proceedings. judge pasip just by charging only proof on prosecutors. whereas the task of the judge is examining the subject, try and break things. basic tasks of judges should be carried out actively in the proceeding. but the judge in this matter look of abandonment and passive by charging prosecutors to prove the claim. the judge did not have the mental attitude and social behaviour or attitude of mind that better. the judge sees only the inner attitude of the defendant and do not understand the attitude of the society and the inner attitude of the law about corruption. as the opinion of peter mahmud z10, sometimes also enters the legal inner person ... even in the trial the defendant's attitude often into consideration the judge in meting out sanctions as a factor aggravating the overthrow or lighten the sanctions …. . the judge did not use the other sources of law, i.e. legal values that live in the community i.e. customary law and custom. but the judge in the decision to use an illusion based on the inability of judges in understanding the value of existing justice in society, the public perception will be associated with the nature of men and the nature of evil deeds done corruption defendants. but with legal facts which came to light in the trial, the defendant is legally and convincingly proven either according to law by a positive article in the blurb claims is well primary secondary charges and prosecutors, but with the position and the position of socially and economically, as 10 peter mahmud marzuki: pengantar ilmu hukum , 2008, p. 87, kencana prenada media group the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 12 | p a g e well as the culture of the people of banyuwangi, that the public employees and officials must become an example of goodness in thought patterns ---not able to shown by the defendant. in general the ruling of the judge that the defendant, yet light penalize reflects the attitude of actually judge in the exercise of their professional attitude. a professional attitude is very necessary for the judges so that they are able to maintain the authority of the professionality. professional authority, measured from the dignity of professional honorary dignity, which can be realized in a judge who ruled that keeping the glory of the inner attitude and their social attitudes. the judge seemed to be unaware of the impact that the excessive nature of corruption, not just legally but socially and economically. the author11, argued that criminal acts of corruption that occur widely, not only hurt the finances of the state, but has also been a violation of the rights to social and economic society widely. the judge in the case in proving element crime and elements error defendant, besides reference to the provision of article charged prosecutor, must also use understanding law corruption comprehensively. for partial view the judge in decide the matter of corruption, like humans cave as described by shidarta12. judge only know shadow value in regulation but in front in hearts he saw clearly then the darnel value, a norm and righteousness and justice to be arrested. partial mind judge in proving element crime and elements fault the defendant as arraignment prosecutor, prefixed misguidance way of thinking judge, with the law is laws. whereas judge compulsory digging value justice existing in society. trustful judge compulsory digging value existing in the society is provisions act no 4 / 2004 on judicial power; especially articles 25, which says: judgment of a court shall contain: (a).reason and basis verdict. (b). sentence certain of relevant legislation, or (c). source law not written used as the basis adjudicating. article 28: judge compulsory exhume; following and understand values law and the sense of justice living in 11 sidik sunaryo: tipe hukum tindak pidana korupsi di indonesia, 2008, p. 12,umm press. 12 shidarta, karakteristik penalaran hukum salam konteks keindonesiaan, 2006, cv utomo. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 13 | p a g e society. statement: to the award judge conformity with law and reflecting the justice living in society. article 32: the judge must have integrity and despicable personality, honest, fair, professional and experienced in the field of law. thus it can be concluded that the judge who ruled the case had run his profession in accordance with the mandate of article 25, 28 and 32 act no. 4 of 2004 concerning the powers of the judiciary. therefore the judge failed to prove the elements of the elements of criminal acts and misconduct in the matter. 3. the intricate problems of legal reasoning that logical decision number: 56/pid/2010/pt.sby. the righteousness of the law is not the same with the goodness of the law. legal issues are not bad either but actually wrong. so understand the judge's ruling may not be bad either but are actually wrong. likewise the judge in making the decision to depart from the paradigm fault not from good to bad. because no one has bad intentions corruptor of the family and its relatives. but whatever the intention (mens rea) corruptor must not influence the judge in making an award. understand the law correctly should also use logic correctly. logic use will cause inaccuracy error logical systematically. logic error in a systematic, result in error in understanding the law and justice. in the judge's verdict (number: 56/pid/2010/pt.sby) do not reflect the legal reasoning was logical, and not very coherently and not systematic. it can be seen from the judge's conclusion that the accused stated that the jump was only proven to perform criminal acts as in the indictment the prosecutor secondary. but in the trial of first instance revealed the facts of the law and the evidence to be relied upon for the judge that the defendant is legally and convincingly proven by law doing the deed as in secondary and the primary prosecutor indictment. judges do not do analysis thoroughly against the meaning of each element of the provisions of the articles contained in the indictment and arraignment primary secondary prosecutor. the fact the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 14 | p a g e of law expressed in this ruling are not organized in a systematic order/and it is hard to understand. the judge suddenly declaring that the defendants did not act lawfully and convincingly proven under the law have met the elements of criminal acts and errors as in the formulation of the primary prosecutor indictment. when all the facts are revealed in legal proceedings is very clear assertion primary secondary prosecutor indictments and proven legally and convincingly according to law. the judge did not order the syllogism thought process, so that all elements which are not related to the alleged facts and the conclusion is made. during the trial all the legal facts revealed and proven at the trial of first instance. but the judge then don't use it for basic consideration in making an award, so the accused must be proven otherwise lawfully and convincingly have been doing criminal acts as in the indictment and arraignment primary secondary prosecutor. but in jumping judges stated that the act of the accused is not proven to perform a criminal act in indictments primary prosecutor simultaneously also proved legally and convincingly had committed criminal acts as in the assertion secondary prosecutor. should the judge stated firmly and clearly in an award that the defendant has been proven legally and convincingly according to law perform criminal acts as in the indictment and arraignment primary secondary prosecutor. herman j. pietersen, suggested13: ... formalism or conceptualism, the law treats like math or science. formalism believe that a judge identifies the relevant legal principles, applies them to the facts of a case, and logically deduces a rule that will govers the learning outcomes of the dispute. herman believes that in dealing with cases of judges will identify the relevant legal principles, and apply it as a deductive so that such laws be guiding in making an award. the construction of such thinking is indeed supposed to be the basis for the judge's direction in the disconnected and adjudicate a matter. because without 13 at fx adji samekto. justice not for all, krtitik terhadap hukum modern dalam perspektif studi hukum kritis, 2008, p. 19, genta press. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 15 | p a g e departing from the law as such construction shall award judges will never make it in the spirit of justice law. the judge’s capability in conducting an analysis of the legal considerations in drawing up the award is very closely related to the construction of the thinking of the judge concerned. in this case, the verdict of the legal considerations obviously do not judge proved all the elements of the crime in the indictment, and the primary secondary made prosecutor. the judge only prove one up to two items of works, and the rest said there is no longer attested. thus the analysis of judge not complete in every element of the provision to interpret the law is used. in some opinions the judge revealed law drawn up in consideration, it appears that the judge is giving priority to the stability of the relationship between the defendant's collegial with her colleagues, who indeed was substantially responsible should have anyway. but the judge did not try out of his view that stability limitations should be viewed in the perspective of the community. construction of law judge can be explained as follows: analysis judge has containing construction of law, but not had been completed. for with just prove fraction element deeds and error defendant, the judge could not elaborate on fact law and elements deeds the defendant as in arraignment primary and secondary prosecutors. thus construction of law built by judge is summary condemnation. judge impressed ”feverishly” in make inferences against fact of law and elements error deeds the defendant. ought judge make an affirmation of evidence against all the elements deeds and error defendant in arraignment primary and secondary. then make inferences against facts of law being revealed on the trial first rate. then the connect with the deed specified in clauses became base to judge and decide deeds the defendant. the judges not sequence minds and legal considerations in formulating conclusions deeds accused, also result in the false verdict the judge. in fact, the verdict was clear legal facts anywhere and tools what evidence has been revealed. judges are supposed to live coherently and systematically be formulated, namely: the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 16 | p a g e based on legal facts which came to light at the trial of first instance to give the affirmation action defendant in proven his market timing charges primary and secondary. see and hear the judge's verdict carefully, it is clear that the conclusion of the judge stated that the accused was only proven to perform criminal acts as in the indictment, was the conclusion of secondary prosecutor imposed and misleading. 4. problems value justice and utility and philosophy punishment verdict number: 56 / pid / 2010 / pt.sby. legal right is law to be found in values that exists and develops in society. for what defines law is justice, expedience and certainty. in justice already goods sure there are value certainty and inside certainty must exist value expedience. this is what defines law the truth. a law is actually not located in a row of sentence article and paragraph law formal state, but must “down to earth” according to grades justice, expedience and reassurance that is in society thoroughly. the verdict of the judges can be said as the correct decision when in it is contained the meaning that the judge's ruling has a value of fairness, certainty and utility. an award has a value of justice, if the verdict is contained in the value of justice according to the meaning of the community and the value of formal justice according to law. the value of justice according to the community, meaning that the judge's ruling does not conflict with the value and sense of justice that in society. the size of the verdict that the judge does not conflict with the value of the justice society is the absence of resistance and rejection of the verdict of the judges by the public. while the judge's ruling has fulfilled formal legal justice, when in the judge's ruling, incorporates philosophical grounding, juridical, and sociological justify the law thoroughly. the ruling of the judge is said to have been in accordance with formal legal justice, when the judge was right in making the construction law in a systematic and logical. while the judge's decision can be said to have fulfilled the basic utility, if the substance of the judge's verdict can be used as a basis to bring perpetrators of the criminal act, may be used as the basis for the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 17 | p a g e the prevention of criminal acts, and can be used as a basis for making punishment policy. if the judge's ruling was in accordance with justice and the utility, of course, the judge's verdict is the basic guarantee of certainty. certainty to get justice and utility through the ruling of the judges. here we will see whether the verdict of the judge in the case already meets the principle of justice, utility and legal certainty. any of the sides we are difficult to find in the judge's verdict which reflects the values of justice and the value of the utility in the form of the verdict of the judge's partiality in the perspective of civil society. the sentence the judge's verdict in consideration, not only does not reflect the judges verdict alignments in the perspective of civil society, but the judge's ruling is extremely hurt the feelings of the community justice banyuwangi in the real and complete. basic characteristics of civil society because it is the guarantee of access to justice is constitutionally guaranteed through fair law enforcement awards empirically. the judge also did not strive seriously to find the source of any writings or opinions, the opinions of the community leaders, non-profit, community custom, widely spread in mass media, as a reference in consideration of his law. the implications of the sanctions meted out justice to the defendant does not support positively empowering civil society. in addition to very light also does not correspond to the facts of the law and the evidence revealed at the trial of first instance. to establish the length of criminal (straftoemeting) in the ruling of the judge, nor does identification consideration of the factors of non-juridical (psychological, social, economic, educational, environmental, religious). this consideration is also just visible from the things that relieve the defendant that the defendant during a civil servants had never done a deplorable act and have not been punished. although the consideration of these factors is misleading and contradictory with the fact of social communities other countries in particular. in the judge's verdict as already outlined in the previous explanation, unidentified retributive punishment philosophy. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 18 | p a g e in the judge's verdict is precisely the very contrary to the philosophy of coaching. because in addition to the criminal sanctions imposed very light also does not comply with the legal facts which came to light in the trial of first instance. as a result of the judge's error in making the construction law with concluded the defendant was only proven legally and convincingly do criminal acts as in the assertion secondary prosecutor. the judge in the reasoning nor put forward reasons for the defendant did what he had done, but just the judge stated that the defendant's actions are contrary to the spirit of the government of indonesia and countries in eradicating corruption. the judge's ruling is very far from the reflection of the values that live in the community and very far in meeting the needs of the community, especially adult banyuwangi riel in corruption eradication. because in the eyes of society act of corruption moreover done by civil servants, has the nature of evil and the nature of men. because the defendant's civil servants in the banyuwangi district, the are supposed to be role models for the community in upholding moral and social and mental integrity. according to the opinion mrs. komariah14, consideration a judge on which to base, a judgment of a court moreover, which has been confirmed as jurisprudence fixed, is the answer to the success lawmakers provide clarity in a manuscript of laws, does that mean moreover, associated with the demands of justice that should be reflected in a manuscript laws. the aspect of justice according to the according to sabini that quoted by yusti probowati rahayu in his book that read15: behind the award judge ( study law in the matter of psychology, criminal ) the application of justice covering two things that is, justice substantial and procedural justice. 14 komariah emong sapardjaya. ajaran sifat melawan hukum materiil dalam hukum pidana indonesia, studi kasus tentang penerapan dan perkembangannya dalam yurisprudensi, 2002.p.61, alumni. 15 yusti probowati rahayu, dalam bukunya “dibalik putusan hakim( kajian psikologi hukum dalam perkara pidana), penerbit srikandi, p. 13-154. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 19 | p a g e in this case according to satjipto rahardjo16, the judge is not apply the law properly or unlawful, which one of the mistakes or blunders apply the law, with form that is, first premeditation as a way hide partisanship, both neglect or less careful is the judge no good. casually if the award judge is premeditation judge or omission judge in applying law, then judge so may categorized dishonest. legal behold the interests of protecting someone no rights only protected by law, but also the recognition on it by means alocated a power to him to act in order of importance the be powerless. judge has broken their obligations, because if he violated their obligations, he raped the privilege of someone, because it entitles containing protection of interests and whim. further salmond said17 rights have containing habitude independence, power and immunity. according to fitzgerald, habitude attached to law one is of existing rights on someone this obliges other people to perform ( commission ) or not do ( omission ) something deeds called to the content of rights. the judge in his ruling also can not guarantee aspect certainty for people to get justice. now that can be of things as follows:  by verdict light namely imprisonment five years a fine 200 million secondary 1 year confinement, inflicted judge against the defendant, not proved do of corruption as in arraignment primary pjus, then it obviously verdict the judge was not meet the principle of legal certainty. for legal certainty is not merely understood as a verdict in accordance with article the act, but legal certainty is a verdict according to guarantee certainty society justice.  when substantially the legal certainty cannot be found in the decision of the judge in the case, then the certainty of justice also could not be found.  that though in indonesia does not recognize the system jurisprudence where judges do not necessarily have to be the judge's decision earlier celebrates, but the judge's ruling as a precedent in establishing legal certainty in indonesia, which does not cover the possibility of judges who then decided the punishment similar to the 16 raharjo, s..hukum dalam perubahan sosial. suatu tinjauan teoritis serta pengalamanpengalaman. 1989. bandung: penerbit alumni. 17 huijbers, t. filsafat hukum, yogyakarta: penerbit kanisius. dalam rahayu, 1995, ibid. p.10-154 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 20 | p a g e judge concerned or very diverse with the other judges in the same case, as such would cause confusion from the community about legal certainty in indonesia. 5. problems of the professionalism of judges of the award number: 56/pid/2010/pt.sby. based on the results of the analysis of judge verdict number: 56/pid/2010/pt.sby, the judge in the case did not understand and did not run the code of ethics and code of conduct of judge correctly, therefore the judge does not exercise its duties in a professional manner. in language that is plain and clear, the judge who ruled the case does not mandate (treasonous) against his professional privileges as human beings and as the representative of god in the world in upholding justice in “kaffah” (faultless-perfect). according to researchers there are many provisions of the legislation which can be relied upon by the judge in the case ruled professionally, but not above begging by the judge in the case. legal basis for the judge's guidance in order to perform his duties in a professional manner is as follows : a. act no. 4 of 2004 concerning the powers of the judiciary, in particular article 25, which reads: the verdict of the court must contain: a. the reason and basis of the verdict. b. specific article of the legislation concerned, or c. the unwritten law sources basis to judge. b. article 28: the judge is obliged to dig, abreast of and understand the legal values and sense of justice that lives within the community. explanation: in order for the ruling of the judge in accordance with the law and reflect the sense of justice that lives within the community. c. article 32: judges must have integrity and despicable personality, honest, fair, professional and experienced in the field of law. from the provisions of article 25, 28 and 32 of the manifest that the judge who ruled on this matter, integrity, personality, honesty, justice, flawless, professional and the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 21 | p a g e experience in the field of law, has to be measured from the capabilities and competence of judges in the basic reason, argued, and legal sources are not written in any of their verdict. likewise the ability and skills to explore, follow, understand the legal values and a sense of justice in society. the fact that it confirms the suspicions of the public that judges award and became one of the factors of criminal of the judicial mafia organized. decision of the judges is very mechanical and procedural. the law by the judge only understood as a series of words that exist in article of regulation legislation. the judge was not able to understand that the law is the crystallization of fair values that exist in the community who assembled in the formulation of the articles of the legal regulations. likewise, the verdict of the judges should be seen and become one of law and justice a fair form of behavior shown by the rulers of the state against its people. in fact the actual law is the decision of the judge. since the formulation of the article the legislation does not mean anything without the interpretation of judges as in the award. and thus when the verdict of the judges no longer contains the spirit of fair use as there is in society, the law judge's ruling is also manifesting in a losing spirit as law. chapter iv conclusions and recommendations conclusion 1. the award judge in matters number: 56 / pid / 2010 / pt.sby, has not followed legal procedures event as set up in kuhap, the provisions of the act of no.8 1981 on laws event criminal, especially the provision of article 183, 184, 185,186, 187, 191, 192, 194, 195, 196, 197, 199, 200, 202. 2. the award judge in matters number: 56 / pid / 2010 / pt.sby, has not been proved element errors and element criminal act the full. judge just prove portion element the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 22 | p a g e errors and criminal act element existing in arraignment secondary prosecutor and neglecting offhand arraignment primary prosecutor. 3. the award judge in matters number: 56 / pid / 2010 / pt.sby, not reflect and being collateral certainty justice and therefore also has no utility whatever. because the award the judge was new stage describe inability the judge in understand the facts law, construction element deeds defendant who in the indictment prosecutor, so that the ruling redundant. 4. the award judge number: 56 / pid / 2010 / pt.sby, also give assurance certainty not proffesional judgein their duty as lord assignee in the world in administer justice. recommendations 1. judges break the case number: 56/pid/2010/pt.sby, deserves to live a moral integrity, establishment of educational integrity and intellectual, social integrity on an ongoing basis was specifically reserved for judges. when the judge deems necessary the assembly periodically obliged to follow a short course about legal discovery method and method of legal reasoning is correct and systematic. 2. whatever the ruling of the judge who is represented as above, the judicial commission should ri and ri supreme court in particular, are pro active to do a routine review that must be followed by judges who have the ability with the tribunal judges who break the case number: 56/pid/2010/pt.sby. because there is a trend in all indonesia, that the judge specifically addressing criminal acts of corruption, it judges the moral integrity, social integrity, and his intellectual integrity. it's dangerous for law enforcement and justice in the field of criminal acts of corruption. 3. then the judicial commission together with indonesian supreme court , a special program designed to build confidence, to realize the independence of judges and the independence of judges in safeguarding the authority and glory, honor, and excellency his dignity. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 23 | p a g e reference ali syafa’at dan jimly asshidiqy. 2006, teori hans kelsen tentang hukum. jakarta. konstitusi press. ahmad mujahidin. 2007. peradilan satu atap di indonesia. jakarta. refika aditama. e.fernando m. manullang. 2007. menggapai hukum berkeadilan. jakarta. penerbit buku kompas. f. budi hardiman. 2003. melampaui positivisme dan modernitas, diksursus filosofis tentang metode ilmiah dan problem modernitas. yogyakarta. kanisius. fx adji samekto 2008. justice not for all, krtitik terhadap hukum modern dalam perspektif studi hukum kritis. jakarta. genta press. huijbers, t. 1995. filsafat hukum. yogyakarta. penerbit kanisius. komariah emong sapardjaya. 2002. ajaran sifat melawan hukum materiil dalam hukum pidana indonesia, studi kasus tentang penerapan dan perkembangannya dalam yurisprudensi. bandung. alumni. m. sofyan lubis dan m.haryanto. 2007. pelanggaran miranda rule dalam praktek peradilan di indonesia. yogyakarta. juxtapose. m.yahya harahap. 1993. pembahasan permasalahan dan penerapan kuhap. jakarta. pustaka kartini. peter mahmud marzuki. 2008. pengantar ilmu hukum. kencana prenada media group. stallybrass: a comparison of general principles of criminal law in england, dalam andi hamzah: pemberatasan korupsi melalui hukum pidana nasional dan internasional, 2005, hal.41, raja grafindo persada,jakarta. shidarta. 2006. karakteristik penalaran hukum dalam konteks keindonesiaan. bandung. cv utomo. the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement volume 2 number 1 september 2018 issn : 2597-4777 (online) –issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-sharealike 4.0 international license. 24 | p a g e satjipto raharjo. 2008. negara hukum yang membahagiakan rakyatnya, lengge printika. satjipto raharjo. 1989. .hukum dalam perubahan sosial. suatu tinjauan teoritis serta pengalaman-pengalaman. bandung. penerbit alumni. satjipto raharjo. 2000. mengajarkan keteraturan menemukan ketidak-teraturan (teaching order finding disorder, tiga puluh tahun perjalanan intelektual dari bojong ke pleburan. pidato mengakhiri masa jabatan sebagai guru besar tetap pada fakultas hukum universitas diponegoro 15 desember 2000. sidik sunaryo. 2004. kapita selekta sistem peradilan pidana. malang. umm press. sidik sunaryo. 2008. tipe hukum tindak pidana korupsi di indonesia. malang. umm press. shidarta. 2006. karakteristik penalaran hukum salam konteks keindonesiaan. jakarta. cv utomo. wasingatu zakiyah, danang widoyoko, iva kusuma, ragil yoga edi. 2002. menyingkap tabir mafia peradilan. yusti probowati rahayu. dibalik putusan hakim( kajian psikologi hukum dalam perkara pidana). penerbit srikandi. zaenal arifin hoesein. 2009. juducial review di mahkamah agung ri, tiga dekade pengujian peraturan perundang-undangan. jakarta. raja grafindo persada. developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 88 developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap umaru zubairu1 , 1ruth kolo, 1hadiza umar, 1asmau usman, 1yakubu mustapha, 1jaafar umar 1 – department of entrepreneurship and business studies, federal university of technology minna, nigeria. uzubairu@gmail.com abstract economic gardening is an innovative economic development strategy whereby local businesses are fostered and encouraged, and the skills of local workers are upgraded. since its inception in littleton, colorado in 1989, this concept has been put forward by various scholars as a viable and more sustainable economic development strategy than the traditional business attraction strategy. various implementation experiences have provided further evidence of its effectiveness in improving the quality of life of the inhabitants of a community. this paper charts a roadmap for the development and future implementati on of an economic gardening strategy for a nigerian local government whose officials have shown an interest in adopting such a strategy. a seven-step process was adopted from a review of economic gardening scholarship: 1) working hand-in-hand with local government officials and other stakeholders, 2) identifying the community’s assets, 3) developing a collaborative effort amongst all stakeholders, 4) developing a clear and transparent operating agreement, 5) identifying the key targets for services, 6) developing an effective way to deliver these services, and 7) communicating regularly with the community so as to gain and retain their support. a lack of political will and a lack of adequate infrastructure were identified as the two biggest obstacles to the successful implementation of the economic gardening strategy in the local government. the first obstacle was mitigated by the fact that it was the local government officials who approached our team to develop the strategy, whilst the second obstacle was mitigated by a proposal for the development of a solar farm within the local government via a public-private partnership with an international solar firm. it is hoped that a successful implementation of this strategy will improve the lives of the inhabitants of the local government and serve as an example for other nigerian local governments. keywords: economic gardening; local government; economic development; entrepreneurship; nigeria. received revised published 11 january 2019 11 february 2019 march 2019 introduction economic gardening is an innovative economic development strategy whereby local businesses are fostered and encouraged, and the skills of local workers are upgraded (kirkpatrick & davidson, 2018). in a nut shell, it follows the following process: locate local entrepreneurs, and then equip them with the information, strategies and resources they need to stay and grow in the developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 89 community. the long-term results are sustainable economic development and improvement in the quality of life of the local community (adikhari et al., 2018; cowell et al., 2018; overbey, 2019). this is exactly what nigeria’s local governments need, especially considering the fact that their development has been neglected for decades largely due to entrenched corruption amongst the political leadership of these local governments. this paper outlines the development of a roadmap that will hopefully facilitate the development and implementation of an economic gardening strategy in a nigerian local government whose political leaders have shown an inclination to actually fulfill their mandate of improving the quality of life of their citizens. this willingness was manifested in the fact that these political leaders were the ones to approach our team with a desire to undertake such a vital endeavor. in the state where this local government resides, the previous administration had brazenly violated the constitutional autonomy of local governments by preventing them direct access to their monthly financial allocation from the federal government for eight years. the previous administration made arbitrary decisions as to how much each local government would get from these allocations. the result was that for eight years the political leadership of the local governments were simply figure heads with absolutely no power to implement any real initiatives that would improve the lives of their constituents. the new administration has thankfully done away with this draconian policy, and local governments will have full control as to how to utilize these resources. additionally, the state governor has encouraged local government officials to find innovative ways to maximize their internally-generated revenues. it is against this backdrop that the chairman of one of the local governments approached our team regarding the development of an economic gardening strategy to enhance the lives of his constituents. the rest of the paper proceeds as follows: first, a literature review of economic gardening scholarship is presented, and then the roadmap which will serve as a guide for the development and implementation of an economic gardening strategy is presented with full consideration given to the peculiarities of the local government in question. finally, a conclusion is presented. literature review the review of economic gardening scholarship revealed two broad streams of research: the first stream included papers advocating economic gardening as the best and most sustainable way for local government economic development, and the second stream presented case studies of the implementation of economic gardening strategies in various parts of the world. the key observations from these two streams are presented below. stream 1: reasoned arguments on why economic gardening is an effective and sustainable strategy for local economic development as compared to the tradition business attraction strategy traditional strategies of business attraction whereby large corporations are incentivized to relocate to a local community leads to these corporations exploiting the resources contained in that community without regard for the sustainability of such exploitation (lamb & sherman, 2010; wang, 2018). this is because these corporations are not headquartered in these communities, and are only there for what they can get (conroy et al., 2016; peter, 2017). economic gardening, developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 90 on the other hand, fosters the growth of local businesses spawned in the local community, and these businesses are more likely to engage in sustainable usage of resources as they and their families live in these communities, and would want to be able to do business there for a long time without damaging the prospects of future generations (markley et al., 2015; miles & morrison, 2018). secondly, economic gardening leads local business to form a strong network whilst developing a symbiotic relationship whereby they work hand-in-hand to grow their businesses and help develop the local economy in a steady and sustained manner (hancks, 2012; braun et al., 2014). in contrast, big businesses that relocate to a local community usually disrupt such local networks, and because these big businesses normally don’t stay long, it creates an environment where new complimentary local networks are difficult to form (north, 2014; norris, 2019) thirdly, business attraction is an extremely competitive economic development strategy, with only a few big businesses willing to relocate, and thousands of local governments competing for these few businesses (yi hsieh, 2011; arku, 2014). these local governments are thus forced to offer exceedingly generous incentives to attract these big businesses, and this is often detrimental to the long-term economic development of the local governments (ha & feiock, 2012; carvalho et al., 2018). minchin (2018) gave an example of a local government in alabama which offered incentives amounting to $200,000 per job created to mercedes to open a plant in its community; they still lost the bid. another example was that of the town of warren, michigan which offered general motors a 30-year tax abatement incentive to relocate its headquarters from detroit to warren; the bid was also ultimately unsuccessful (lin et al., 2017). some local governments that have successfully attracted such companies with these incentives unfortunately experienced huge unemployment and inflation rates because these companies left much earlier than was expected (adua & lobao, 2015; leviten-reid & parker, 2018; cleave et al., 2019). fourthly, for those few local governments which successfully attract big businesses, local businesses are often driven out of business as they do not possess the financial might to compete with these big businesses (engbers & rubin, 2018; whittemore & bendor, 2018). this implies that these local governments are actually harming the long-term economic development of their community (zeier et al., 2018). this is because local smes create the majority of jobs in their localities all around the world (perera, 2015; cecere & mazzanti, 2017; boskov, 2018). fifthly, local governments in a rural setting are even at a greater disadvantage than those in an urban setting (hultquist et al., 2017; monnat & brown, 2017). this is because they often do not possess the necessary infrastructure or financial resources to even begin to attempt to attract big businesses to relocate to their communities (cordoba, 2019; shetty & vasanthi, 2019). for these rural local governments, they either adapt economic gardening principles or do nothing (corbett, 2015; adhikari et al., 2018). finally, there is tangible evidence of the success the economic gardening approach in developing cities, as evidenced by the littleton experience (assenza, 2016). the first application of the concept of “economic gardening” was initiated by chris gibbons in the city of littleton, colorado in 1989 (taabazuing et al., 2015). the city had two main economic problems: the first was that most jobs in the city were from one company, martin-lockheed, an aerospace company developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 91 (assenza, 2016). the second was their reliance on the traditional business attraction strategy which had yielded very little positive results (assenza, 2016). when martin-lockheed started laying off thousands of workers, the city of littleton had to think outside the box to survive. they developed a development strategy based on three policies: 1) improve the city’s basic infrastructure, 2) improve the quality of life of the inhabitants by providing open spaces, hiking trails and hosting community events and 3) facilitate the growth of local businesses by providing them with valuable, real-time financial and technical information and creating local networks of similar businesses and suppliers. after a three year bedding-in period, the program started to yield impressive results, with 12,000 new jobs created over the next decade, an 8% annual job increase as compared to a 3% increase in other cities in colorado (gibbons, 2010). stream 2: implementation experiences the studies reviewed in this stream provided case studies of cities and communities that have successfully implemented an economic gardening strategy: from us cities such as oregon (barrios & barrios, 2004; roberts et al., 2012), michigan (leavitt et al., 2010), kentucky (robbins & allen, 2015), florida (minter, 2012), and indiana (minter, 2012), to other countries as far as australia (blackwell & coltman, 2007; braun et al., 2014) and japan (yamamoto, 2007). regardless of location, in order to implement a successful economic gardening strategy, generally, some combination of the seven steps described below needed to be taken: 1. working hand-in-hand with local government officials and other stakeholders: the cooperation of local government officials and other key stakeholders like chambers of commerce and other business organizations is crucial for the success of an economic gardening strategy. it is important that their opinions be extensively sought on the most effective ways to implement such a strategy. all stakeholders must share the same vision of the implementation strategy and ultimate objective of the economic gardening strategy (barrios & barrios, 2004; yamamoto, 2007; leavitt et al., 2010; minter, 2012; roberts et al., 2012; robbins & allen, 2015) 2. identifying the community’s assets: a comprehensive baseline study of the community’s assets must be carried out so that a proper roadmap can be developed on the best way to achieve an effective economic gardening strategy. there should be a detailed inventory of the community’s human capital, quality of life amenities, as well as the natural resources available that can be sustainably exploited. it is also important to identify existing organizations that can serve as valuable partners in implementing the strategy (barrios & barrios, 2004; yamamoto, 2007; leavitt et al., 2010; girdwood & girdwood, 2011; braun et al., 2014; robbins & allen, 2015). 3. developing a collaborative effort amongst all stakeholders: it is crucial that a committee be formed that is made up of important stakeholders. these committee enables these stakeholders to work hand-in-hand and spearhead the economic gardening strategy. without collaboration and a sense of ownership amongst these stakeholders, an economic gardening strategy is doomed to fail (barrios & barrios, 2004; developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 92 yamamoto, 2007; desplaces et al., 2009; leavitt et al.,, 2010; leavitt, leavitt et al., & fails, 2010; girdwood & girdwood, 2011; minter, 2012; roberts et al., 2012) 4. developing a clear and transparent operating agreement: the committee formed in the third step must develop a transparent operating agreement which clearly lists key tasks in the economic gardening strategy and which party is responsible for fulfilling each task. such tasks include funding responsibilities, decisionmaking responsibilities, service delivery responsibilities, and impact assessment responsibilities (leavitt et al.,, 2010; pochert, 2010; girdwood & girdwood, 2011; minter, 2012; roberts et al., 2012). 5. identifying the key targets for services: the businesses in the community that are the target for the economic gardening strategy must be clearly identified and known by all members of the committee. the kind of businesses identified will shape the strategy adopted. however, regardless of the specific strategy adopted, the services offered usually combine three basic building blocks: information, infrastructure and connections. businesses are usually one of three kinds: start-ups, lifestyle businesses (local mom and pop stores) and growth companies (businesses that offer goods and services to both local and external clientele). growth companies are usually the primary focus of economic gardening strategies because prior research has shown that they create the greatest economic impact due to the fact that they bring into the community funds from outside (blackwell & coltman, 2007; leavitt et al.,, 2010; pochert, 2010). although the life-style businesses do not have as great an impact on the economy of the community, they usually represent the majority of existing businesses in the community and perform the important job of recirculating wealth within the economy. for this reason, they should not be ignored in an economic gardening strategy. additionally, there is no reason why a life-style business cannot be transformed into a growth business with the right strategy (leavitt et al.,, 2010; roberts et al., 2012; robbins & allen, 2015) 6. developing an effective way to deliver these services: it is essential that qualified personnel are secured to deliver the services that the identified businesses need. for example business coaches and trainers might be needed if local entrepreneurs have to be trained in basic, intermediate and advanced business skills like accounting and marketing research. funding sources have to be identified that will cater for the expansion needs of local business; sometimes government schemes tailored for small businesses can be taken advantage of, such as small business loans or micro-credit programmes. key infrastructure must be provided that make the community an enjoyable place to live and do business in. forming a cooperative amongst similar businesses can also be a useful way of pooling resources and expertise together in order to form effective and synergistic relationships amongst these businesses. as always, the delivery system should take into consideration the peculiarities of the local community involved in the economic gardening strategy (yamamoto, 2007; leavitt et al.,, 2010; leavitt et al., 2010; pochert, 2010; roberts et al., 2012; braun et al., 2014; robbins & allen, 2015). developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 93 7. communicating regularly with the community so as to gain and retain their support: transparency is vital for the success of an economic gardening strategy. regular progress reports should be given to interested members of the community so that they are aware of what is going on, and the expected benefits and challenges that are being dealt with. businesses who have been successful due to the strategy should be used as spokespeople in such public presentations so that their testimonies can prove to other businesses that economic gardening is a strategy they should fully embrace, support and be a part of. in addition to testimonies, tangible economic and quality of life indicators should be presented to show the positive impact the economic gardening strategy has had on the economy. examples of these indicators include number of new jobs created, number of new businesses formed, increased local government revenue and increase in average wages. (barrios & barrios, 2004; blackwell & coltman, 2007; leavitt et al.,, 2010). obstacles: two main obstacles were identified that will hinder the development and implementation of an economic gardening strategy. 1. lack of political will: for an economic gardening strategy to be successful, the political leadership of the local government have to be fully committed to investing the necessary time and resources. the problem is that the benefits of economic gardening are long-term, and not as flashy as the business attraction strategy whereby a big, well-known company comes to town, thus granting local government officials political visibility and credibility amongst their constituents at least in the short-term. ultimately it is up to the people of the community to elect officials who are truly committed to the long-term development and prosperity of the community (barrios & barrios, 2004; girdwood & girdwood, 2011) 2. lack of cooperation amongst local businesses: a key ingredient for successful economic gardening is cooperation amongst the local businesses. sometimes, these businesses find it difficult to cooperate after years of competing against one another (yamamoto, 2007; roosevelt, 2013). developing the economic gardening roadmap in developing an economic gardening roadmap for the local government, we adopted the seven steps identified in the review of relevant scholarship. in the subsequent paragraphs we discuss the progress we have made so far in each step of the roadmap, and the potential challenges we are likely to face in successfully implementing an economic gardening strategy in the chosen local government. 1. working hand-in-hand with local government officials and other stakeholders: as mentioned by previous economic gardening scholars, the commitment and cooperation of local government officials is absolutely essential for the success of an economic gardening strategy. as barrios and barrios (2004) put it, there is no point in attempting an economic gardening strategy if there is no buy-in by local government officials. from a nigerian context, the lack of political will by those in charge has been the death knell of many an economic developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 94 development strategy. the politicians make many claims about what they will do to improve the lives of nigerians, but it is almost always mere rhetoric meant to deceive the masses. however, in this case, the local government officials are the ones that sought our team out to help them find innovative ways to maximize their internally-generated revenues. this unusually proactive approach from the local government officials gives us a glimmer of hope that they are committed to actually developing and implementing an economic gardening strategy that will improve the people’s lives. the reality is that time will tell whether their commitment is sincere, especially when it comes to the crucial issue of providing financial resources. 2. identifying the community’s assets: to accomplish this important step, we intend to send some team members to the local government to conduct a comprehensive inventory of the assets within the community. we already know that the local government has a lot of arable land, and thus agriculture is an avenue we intend to actively pursue. the inventory will also focus on the other natural resources available within the local government. regarding human assets, the key occupations and businesses that have thrived in the community will be identified, and some important stakeholders will be interviewed in order for us to gain more insight on the workings of the local government. 3. developing a collaborative effort amongst all stakeholders: in another encouraging move, the state government has actually established a committee made up of political and business representatives of all the local governments in the state with their mandate being the development of viable economic development strategies that will lead to an improvement in the lives of the inhabitants of these local governments. our team leader is one of the development consultants on the committee, and his feedback to us is that there seems to be a genuine desire by the local government stakeholders to develop a strategy that maximizes the human and natural assets that each community possesses. as it relates to the local government of concern in this paper, during our inventory of the community’s assets, we intend to hold meetings with key businesspeople and other people of influence within the community in order to listen to their suggestions and thus garner support for the implementation of an economic gardening strategy. 4. developing a clear and transparent operating agreement: at present, we have not reached the point of developing an operating agreement, as the actual strategy to be implemented has not been agreed upon yet. however, if things progress smoothly, this agreement will be developed by members of the committee, with a special emphasis on how decisions will be made, and how funding will be attained and utilized. as mentioned previously, the issue of funding is our greatest concern. previous experiences with governments of all levels is that the officials are extremely reluctant to part ways with funds for the execution of programs and initiatives meant to improve the lives of the people of the community. they much prefer that these funds remain with them for their personal use; hopefully this time will be different. 5. identifying the key targets for services: developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 95 unlike economic gardening experiences in developed countries that had the luxury of only targeting second-stage companies with growth potential, we do not have that choice. whatever businesses are identified in the community will be the target for our services. in order to maximize the impact of these services, we intend to cluster similar businesses into cooperatives which hopefully will lead to an economies of scale and a more efficient use of resources. 6. developing an effective way to deliver these services: as identified in the review section of this paper, information, infrastructure and connections serve as the building blocks of an effective economic gardening strategy. regarding information, previous experience with small and medium-sized businesses operating within the state revealed that a lot of these entrepreneurs lack some basic business skills such as systematic accounting and effective marketing and pricing strategies. to address these deficiencies, we intend to conduct several training sessions with various groups of business owners in the local government utilizing an experiential entrepreneurship training system known as the competency based economies through the formation of enterprise (cefe). cefe utilizes innovative exercises that involve active participation from the trainees with the ultimate objective being to provide these businesspeople with the requisite skills needed to thrive in their respective businesses. another strategy we intend to embark upon is to critically examine the business processes of the various business clusters identified during our inventory of assets of the local government. this examination will enable us to identify inefficiencies within the businesses which can be minimized and also where value can be added to the final products so as to improve their attraction to markets within and outside the state. regarding connections, we have mentioned in a previous section that we intend to cluster similar businesses into cooperatives so as to improve efficiencies, take advantage of economies of scale, facilitate knowledge sharing amongst these similar businesses, and hopefully lead to the production of a much higher quality of products so that they can command a higher price in domestic and international markets. in addition, a supply chain will be developed whereby complementary businesses are connected, so that the raw material and service demands of some clusters of businesses can be satisfied by another cluster of businesses. these kinds of collaborations will strengthen the business networks within the local government, and hopefully build a synergistic business atmosphere where businesses thrive through cooperation. it is the area of infrastructure where a tremendous obstacle lies in the successful implementation of an economic gardening strategy in the local government. this obstacle is second only to that of a lack of political will amongst local government officials. the harsh reality is that nigeria as a whole lacks the basic infrastructure necessary for businesses to survive, let alone grow and thrive; electricity supply is epileptic at best, and pipe-borne water is basically nonexistent; the roads are death-traps with accidents happening on an almost daily basis; the health care and educational systems are an absolute eye-sore with seemingly no hope of development on the horizon. these problems are compounded at the local government level, and we must developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 96 honestly admit that we have grave concerns about overcoming this obstacle. however, in an attempt to mitigate these huge deficiencies in basic infrastructure, we are in talks with an international solar company for the establishment of a solar farm in the local government, after receiving approval from the local government officials. fortunately, land is a resource which the local government has plenty of, and our hope is that with the establishment of a solar farm via a public-private partnership with the international solar company, the huge problem on inadequate electricity will be resolved. this will lead to resolving other infrastructure issues such as pipeborne water, as solar boreholes can be built as an alternative. having constant electricity will give businesses in the local government a huge competitive advantage over other businesses in other neighboring local governments and states, and will hopefully facilitate the successful implementation of the economic gardening strategy. the revenue raised from the ppp agreement will also enable the local government to address other infrastructure concerns such as proper health facilities and safe roads. we have no doubt that this is an extremely optimistic outlook, but as the saying goes, “hope springs eternal”. 8. communicating regularly with the community so as to gain and retain their support: we are big believers in the notion that transparency is absolutely necessary if the economic gardening strategy is to be successful. people need to know how the local government’s finances are been spent vis-à-vis the implementation of the strategy, and the fruits of the strategy. to achieve this, we intend to host regular town hall meetings so as to give interested stakeholders a progress report on the implementation of the strategy. this will be in addition to progress reports handed regularly to the local government officials for their records. in these progress reports, economic and quality of life indicators such as revenues generated and new jobs created will be included. in addition, interviews will be held with participating business owners who will be asked to give their candid views on whether or not their lives have improved since the inception of the economic gardening strategy. their recommendations on areas of improvement will also be taken into consideration, and all these will be included in oral and written progress reports. the hope is that if this economic gardening strategy is successful in this local government, it will serve as an impetus for other local governments in the state and beyond to adopt such an economic development strategy. conclusion the ultimate objective of any economic development strategy should be to improve the quality of life of the inhabitants of the community. for many nigerian local governments, the traditional economic development strategy of business attraction is not a viable one as they do not possess the financial might or infrastructure necessary to compete with urban cities in attracting these big companies. in order for elected local government officials to fulfil their mandate of improving the lives of their constituents, it is vital that they seek for a viable and alternative economic development strategy; economic gardening represents a potential solution. this strategy looks to identify local businesses and provide them with the information, infrastructure and connections they need to grow and thrive within and beyond the local government. the success of this strategy developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 97 was evidenced in colorado and other cities in america and beyond (barrios & barrios, 2004; yamamoto, 2007). this paper described the seven-step process used to chart a roadmap for the development and future implementation of an economic gardening strategy in a nigerian local government. a lack of political will and a lack of adequate infrastructure were identified as the two major obstacles to the successful implementation of such a strategy. however, it was concluded that despite these tremendous obstacles it was absolutely crucial that an economic gardening strategy be developed and implemented if the local government was to progress from its current status as a desolate place where its citizens are barely surviving to a thriving business environment with a happy and productive populace. as the saying goes, “rome was not built in a day”. references adhikari, r. p., bonney, l., woods, m., clark, s., coates, l., harwood, a., ... & miles, m. p. (2018). applying a community entrepreneurship development framework to rural regional development. small enterprise research, 25(3), 257-275. adua, l., & lobao, l. (2015). business attraction and redistribution by us local governments: to what extent is there a zero-sum relationship between business and citizens' interests?. state and local government review, 47(4), 223-239. arku, g. (2014). competition and cooperation in economic development: examining the perceptions of practitioners in ontario, canada. journal of urban affairs, 36(1), 99118. assenza, p. (2016). identifying fertile ground: peripheral stakeholder contribution to a healthy entrepreneurial ecosystem. journal of business and entrepreneurship, 28(1), 31. barrios, s., & barrios, d. (2004). reconsidering economic development: the prospects for economic gardening. public administration quarterly, 70-101. blackwell, a., & coltman, t. (2007). economic gardening in australia: measuring attitudes towards growth. australian and new zealand academy of management, sydney, 114. boskov, t. (2018). eu market perspectives for macedonian companies. ijibm international journal of information, business and management, 10(2), 115-122. braun, p., harman, j., & paton, f. (2014). economic gardening: capacity building for stronger regions. journal of economic and social policy, 16(1), 1-25. braun, p., harman, j., & paton, f. (2014). economic gardening: capacity building for stronger regions. journal of economic & social policy, 16(1), 177. carvalho, j. m., costa, r. v., marnoto, s., sousa, c. a., & vieira, j. c. (2018). toward a resource‐based view of city quality: a new framework. growth and change, 49(2), 266-285. cecere, g., & mazzanti, m. (2017). green jobs and eco-innovations in european smes. resource and energy economics, 49, 86-98. cleave, e., arku, g., & chatwin, m. (2019). one step forward, two steps back? consultant influence on local economic development policy in canada. canadian public developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 98 administration. retrieved from https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/capa.12299 conroy, t., deller, s., & tsvetkova, a. (2016). regional business climate and interstate manufacturing relocation decisions. regional science and urban economics, 60, 155-168. corbett, m. (2015). towards a rural sociological imagination: ethnography and schooling in mobile modernity. ethnography and education, 10(3), 263-277. cordoba, g. f. (2019). does the recognition of indigenous territories impact household economic situations? evidence from western panama. journal of comparative economics, 47(1), 225-237. cowell, m., lyon-hill, s., & tate, s. (2018). it takes all kinds: understanding diverse entrepreneurial ecosystems. journal of enterprising communities: people and places in the global economy, 12(2), 178-198. engbers, t. a., & rubin, b. m. (2018). theory to practice: policy recommendations for fostering economic development through social capital. public administration review, 78(4), 567-578. gibbons, c. (2010). economic gardening. economic development journal,9(3), 5-11. girdwood, j., & girdwood, c. (2011). economic gardening and business incubation: modern municipal economic growth and development strategies. mid-continent regional science association, 22-32. ha, h., & feiock, r. c. (2012). bargaining, networks, and management of municipal development subsidies. the american review of public administration, 42(4), 481-497. hancks, j. w. (2012). rural public libraries' role in community economic development. public library quarterly, 31(3), 220-236. hultquist, a., harsell, d. m., wood, r. s., & flynn, d. t. (2017). assessing the impacts of transaction costs and rapid growth on local government service provision and delivery arrangement choices in north dakota. journal of rural studies, 53, 14-25. kirkpatrick, j. b., & davison, a. (2018). home-grown: gardens, practices and motivations in urban domestic vegetable production. landscape and urban planning, 170, 24-33. lamb, w. b., & sherman, h. (2010). developing high-growth businesses in rural areas: a study of four us states. new england journal of entrepreneurship, 13(2), 9-19. leavitt, l. l., hamilton-pennell, c., & fails, b. (2010). an economic gardening pilot project in michigan: libraries and economic development agencies collaborating to promote entrepreneurship. journal of business & finance librarianship, 15(3-4), 208-219. leviten‐reid, c., & parker, b. (2018). left out? housing insecurity for one‐person, low‐income, non‐senior households in cape breton regional municipality. the canadian geographer/le géographe canadien, 62(4), 470-481. lin, d., allan, a., & cui, j. (2017). sub-centres, socio-economic characteristics and commuting: a case study and its implications. international journal of urban sciences, 21(2), 147171. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/capa.12299 developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 99 markley, d. m., lyons, t. s., & macke, d. w. (2015). creating entrepreneurial communities: building community capacity for ecosystem development. community development, 46(5), 580-598. miles, m. p., & morrison, m. (2018). an effectual leadership perspective for developing rural entrepreneurial ecosystems. small business economics, 1-17. minchin, t. j. (2018). labor rights are civil rights: inter-racial unionism and the struggle to unionize nissan in canton, mississippi. labor history, 59(6), 720-745. minter, j. (2012). economic gardening: mapping fertile gardens. retrieved from https://smartech.gatech.edu/bitstream/handle/1853/43471/johnminter_economic%2 0gardening.pdf monnat, s. m., & brown, d. l. (2017). more than a rural revolt: landscapes of despair and the 2016 presidential election. journal of rural studies, 55, 227-236. ness, g. (2013). economic gardening as a tool of economic development. retrieved from http://www.cola.kku.ac.th/main2/images/por/book_online/public_management.pdf# page=21. norris, l. (2019). urban prototypes: growing local circular cloth economies. business history, 61(1), 205-224. north, p. (2014). ten square miles surrounded by reality? materialising alternative economies using local currencies. antipode, 46(1), 246-265. overbey, t. a. (2019). food deserts, libraries, and urban communities: what is the connection?. public library quarterly, 1-13. patton, m. a., patton, h. l., & dobish, h. (challenges in developing or attracting new entrepreneurs to “un-glamorous” communities: a rescue plan based in internal economic gardening. perera, d., & chand, p. (2015). issues in the adoption of international financial reporting standards (ifrs) for small and medium-sized enterprises (smes). advances in accounting, 31(1), 165-178. peter, a. s. (2017). cyber resilience preparedness of africa’s top-12 emerging economies. international journal of critical infrastructure protection, 17, 49-59. pochert, r. (2010). economic gardening helps com-munities grow their own jobs. retrieved from http://opportunityseized.com/pdf/wp-gardening.pdf prijatelj, c. (2013). superintendents as a catalyst of economic development: academic excellence vs. economic gardening (doctoral dissertation). retrieved from http://dscholarship.pitt.edu/17636/1/prijateljc_etdpitt2013.pdf robbins, l. w., & allen iv, j. e. (2015). economic gardening and the grow kentucky program. retrieved from http://www.uky.edu/ag/agriculturaleconomics/pubs/extgrowkyeg57.pdf roberts, j., hudspeth, p., lay, c., & ruiz, m. (2012). the suitability and opportunity for an economic gardening program for rural lane county. retrieved from http://lanemetro.com/workspace/upload/pdf/economic%20gardening%20report%2 02012.pdf https://smartech.gatech.edu/bitstream/handle/1853/43471/johnminter_economic%20gardening.pdf https://smartech.gatech.edu/bitstream/handle/1853/43471/johnminter_economic%20gardening.pdf http://www.cola.kku.ac.th/main2/images/por/book_online/public_management.pdf#page=21 http://www.cola.kku.ac.th/main2/images/por/book_online/public_management.pdf#page=21 http://opportunityseized.com/pdf/wp-gardening.pdf http://d-scholarship.pitt.edu/17636/1/prijateljc_etdpitt2013.pdf http://d-scholarship.pitt.edu/17636/1/prijateljc_etdpitt2013.pdf http://www.uky.edu/ag/agriculturaleconomics/pubs/extgrowkyeg57.pdf http://lanemetro.com/workspace/upload/pdf/economic%20gardening%20report%202012.pdf http://lanemetro.com/workspace/upload/pdf/economic%20gardening%20report%202012.pdf developing a nigerian local government through economic gardening: a roadmap 100 roosevelt, e. (2013). toward a sustainable community. retrieved from http://www.epcounty.com/rsted/documents/sustainabilitytoolkit2013volume2.pdf shetty, a. j. k., & vasanthi, m. k. (2019). micro finance: an emerging horizon of inclusive growth. social science and humanities journal, 801-808. taabazuing, m., arku, g., & mkandawire, p. (2015). economic development approaches in a changing global economy: what do practitioners think?. urban research & practice, 8(2), 145-164. wang, j. (2018). strategic interaction and economic development incentives policy: evidence from us states. regional science and urban economics, 68, 249-259. whittemore, a. h., & bendor, t. k. (2018). talking about density: an empirical investigation of framing. land use policy, 72, 181-191. yamamoto, t. (2007, january). east meets west in an entrepreneurial farming village in japan: endogenous development theories and economic gardening practices. retrieved from http://www.thebhc.org/sites/default/files/yamamoto.pdf yi hsieh, j. (2011). a multilevel growth assessment of the diffusion of management innovation nested in state levels: the case of us local economic development programs. innovation, 13(1), 2-19. zeier, k., plimmer, g., & franken, e. (2018). developing shared leadership in a public organisation: processes, paradoxes and consequences. journal of management & organization, 1-18. excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 107 excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya titis puspitaningrum dewi kartika, nosy yodi metana, sri lestari kurniawati stie perbanas surabaya titis_puspita@perbanas.ac.id abstract several studies suggested that most of small and medium enterprises (smes) only noted the amount of money received and expended, the amount of bought and sold goods, and the amount of accounts receivable/debt. however, the note is functioned as reminder but not supported with the format desired by the banks. even though, they are still able to know the amount of final capital each year which is almost the same as if we took a note by using accounting system. therefore, small and medium enterprises (smes) are directed through assistance to start taking notes of its business activities in accordance with the accounting standards entities of micro, small and medium enterprises (sak emkm) simply and completely as needed. basically, the partner's problem in this assistance was due to the accounting administration of financial management at pt. jab which is not properly arranged such as the determination of hpp. this sme produces coffee powder, chocolate and green tea beverages. it reaches income of rp. 50.000.000,per month with the total 3-5 employees and has carried out bookkeeping which is currently experiencing loss. it has already made an excel financial report but in determining hpp, the process costs are not taken into account so that this has no basis. the result of this assistance is the establishment of financial statement which is correct and appropriate in accordance with sak emkm. this study is finally able to solve the problem in determining the amount of hpp due to the lack of synchronization between the production data and accounting department. in addition, this study successfully minimizes errors in determining the amount of inventory which affects the error in determining hpp. the problem faced by every sme must be different so that we are expected to provide assistance in making financial reports. keywords: excel for accounting assistances, sak emkm received revised published 7 january 2019 12 february 2019 30 march 2019 mailto:titis_puspita@perbanas.ac.id excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 108 introduction micro, small, and medium enterprises (msmes) are still being the economic main support of indonesia nowadays. the rapid development of msmes indicates that the investment climate continues to grow so that it attracts many investors to invest. one of the business centers of east java, namely surabaya, has a very large amount of investment turnover which is influenced by the msmes’ investment. a large contribution from msmes encourages the government to improve the economic matters. government support through various msme empowerment programs has a positive impact on the growth of msmes. according to data from department of cooperatives and small-medium enterprises of east java province, the number of msmes in surabaya was 260.762. msmes in surabaya could provide employment for 466.779 people. the amount of employment is expected to overcome the limited opportunities of finding a job. an enterprise (entity) can be categorized as a micro, small, or medium as indicated by the number of assets owned and/or the amount of revenue produced. along with the improving number of msmes, it will also increase business competition as well. various problems are faced by msmes in their business activities, such as capital and marketing matters. innovation, product differentiation, and loan credit can be organized by msmes. the additional capital through loan credit is a solution for msmes to make it easier to expand the type of business, enlarge the amount of production, and expand the number of employees in line with increasing market demand. they could be useful to overcome the tough competition and problems faced by msmes. according to the law of the republic of indonesia no. 20 of 2008 concerning micro, small and medium enterprises, it explains that micro enterprises shall be productive businesses owned by individual persons and/or individual business entities that meet the criteria of micro enterprises as provided for herein. small enterprises shall be productive economic businesses standing alone, done by individual persons or business entities not constituting subsidiaries or not constituting company branches owned, controlled, or becoming direct or indirect portions of medium or large enterprises that meet the criteria of small enterprises as intended herein. moreover, medium or large enterprises shall be productive economic businesses standing alone, done by individual persons or business entities not constituting subsidiaries or not constituting company branches owned, controlled, or becoming direct or indirect portions of small or large enterprises with the amount of net assets or annual sales proceeds as provided for herein. small and medium enterprises are classified as home-based industry, so they tend to have a relatively short business time. financial accounting standards in indonesia are regulated by the financial accounting standards board of the institute of indonesia chartered accountants (dsak iai). for micro, small and medium enterprises, the financial reports produced are simpler than those of well-known companies, and the standards used are micro, small and medium financial accounting standards (sak emkm). sak emkm is designing to encourage and facilitate micro, small and medium enterprises in proposing financial reports. this standard is used by entities which do not have significant public excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 109 accountability and fulfill the definition and criteria of msmes according to law no. 20 of 2008. the criteria are as followed: (a) not constituting subsidiaries or not constituting company branches owned, controlled, or becoming direct or indirect portions of medium or large enterprises; (b) quantitative range consists of: (i) micro enterprises, having maximum net assets of rp. 50.000.000 and having maximum revenue of rp. 300.000.000; (ii) small enterprises having maximum net assets from rp. 50.000.000 up to rp. 500.000.000 and having maximum revenue from rp. 300.000.000 up to rp. 2.500.000.000 (iii) medium enterprises, having net assets from rp.500.000.000 up to rp. 10.000.000.000, and having revenue of rp.2.500.000.000 up to rp.50.000.000.000; and (c) do not own and or control the msmes of their business partners. in addition, for newly established entities, at least 2 consecutive years are in the form of msmes. this sak emkm financial reporting framework is expected to assist entities in transitioning financial reporting on a cash basis to financial reporting on an accrual basis. the publication of the sak emkm is expected to be one of the financial literacy supports for msmes in indonesia in order to gain broader access for financing the banking industry. in the future, this sak emkm is also expected to be a basic guideline for the arrangement and development of accounting for msmes engaged in various business fields. this sak emkm will be effective by january 1st 2018 with early application permitted. sak emkm will be officially launched at the momentum of institute of indonesia chartered accountants (iai) anniversary commemoration held on 8 – 9 december 2016 in bandung, west java. the launch of sak emkm become one of the important agenda at the event since it is an offering from iica which is expected to provide the benefit for indonesian development. data of registered entrepreneur in east java smes consists of several cities and regions: madura region particularly bangkalan has 3 smes, pamekasan 97 smes, sampang 30 smes, and sumenep 4 smes. for batu region, there are 19 smes; malang 58 smes, blitar 98 smes, bojonegoro 7 smes, bondowoso and ngawi only 1 sme of each. furthermore, gresik has 110 smes, jember 88 smes, and the highest registered smes is in jombang with 190 smes. moreover, kediri has 11 smes, lamongan 78 smes, lumajang and pacitan only has 8 smes for each, madiun has 78 smes, magetan 26 smes, mojokerto 39 smes, pasuruan 16 smes, while in probolinggo, either the city or rural areas has 98 smes (www.forum-ikmjatim.com) the problems faced by the smes’ partner are basically due to the lack of information on the importance of bookkeeping administration and the lack of updated accounting knowledge in financial management. smes can use sak emkm as a reference in making financial reports. partners who will be accompanied are community groups that are economically productive (microenterprises) that is involved in smes in east java. the partner we chose was one of the smes in the surabaya, namely kopi d’lanang owned by mr. achmad nur syamsul hidayat. kopi d’lanang has monthly revenue more than rp. 50.000.000 so that it can be categorized as micro enterprise. this micro enterprise is suggested to apply sak emkm because it is simpler than financial accounting standards for non-publicly-accountable entities (sak etap) which seemed difficult to applied by smes’ owner previously. based on observation with the manager of east java’s sme, mr. nur who is the representation of surabaya’s sme, showed that his sme has made his own bookkeeping and http://www.forum-ikmjatim.com/ excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 110 financial reports. mr. nur’s sme is engaged in making coffee from processing raw materials into semi-finished goods and selling semi-finished goods, processing semi-finished goods into finished goods and selling them in the form of coffee powder and reprocessing them into liquid coffee / ready to drink. going through these processes, mr. nur has the difficulty to determine the cost of goods sold in each product. consequently, in determining coffee pricelist, he only estimated how much margin that he will obtain. in addition to cost of goods sold, mr. nur’s sme also used financial reports in order to pay taxes but still use the services of others to do so. literature review definition of sme some limitations regarding the msmes scale are as follows: 1. based on law no. 20 of 2008: a. the criteria of micro enterprises: having maximum net assets of rp. 50,000,000.00, exclusive of land and building of their place of business; or having maximum annual sales proceeds of rp. 300,000,000.00. b. the criteria of small enterprises: having net assets of more than rp. 50,000,000.00 up to a maximum amount of rp. 500,000,000.00, exclusive of land and building of their place of business; or having annual sales proceeds of more than rp. 300,000,000.00 up to rp. 2,500,000,000.00. c. the criteria of medium enterprises: having net assets of more than rp. 500,000,000.00 up to rp. 10,000,000,000.00, exclusive of land and building of their place of business; or having maximum annual sales proceeds of more than rp. 2,500,000,000.00 up to rp. 50,000,000,000.00. 2. based on central bureau of statistics (bps): micro : employees <5 persons including unpaid family employees small : 5-19 employees medium: employees from 20 to 99 persons 3. based on government regulation no. 46 of 2013: micro, small, and medium enterprises has gross turnover does not exceed rp. 4,800,000,000.00 in one tax year. east java local government especially surabaya has been providing guidance for smes. one of them is the technical service unit (upt) for the development of labor productivity (pptk) which is under the auspices of the department of manpower, transmigration, and population of east java province and is known by upt. east java pptk reported at least there are 50 fostered smes in surabaya area. here are some data related to 50 east java smes fostered by pptk in surabaya: 1. data of education level and enterprise age. excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 111 table 1.1 profile n minimum maximum educational level (elementary up to bachelor degree) 47 6 16 enterprises age (year) 47 1 25 source: fransiska 2016 from 47 smes, the average of educational level of the owners is secondary level (primary level: 6 persons and tertiary level: 16 persons), while the average of enterprises age is 5.26 years (minimum: 1 year and maximum 25 years). 2. enterprises revenue data. table 1.2 enterprises revenue data scale frequency percent less than rp. 25.000.000,39 83.0 rp. 25.000.000,up to rp. 75.000.000 7 14.9 more than rp. 75.000.000,1 2.1 total 47 100.0 source: fransiska 2016 table 4.2 shows that there are 39 smes which have maximum revenue 25,000,000,or around 83% of the total. moreover, there are 7 smes which have revenue from rp. 25.000.000, up to rp. 75.000.000,or around 14.9%. for the revenue which is more than rp. 75.000.000,-, there is only one enterprise or 2.1% from the total smes. 3. enterprises scale data table 1.3 enterprises scale data source: fransisca 2016 table 4.3 shows that the largest scale of business is in micro-enterprises (35 companies) or around 74.5%. this means that most companies that become the sample of this study have employees who are less than 5 people. in addition, the data shows that there are 11 small enterprises (23.4%) with 5-19 employees. furthermore, there is only one medium-sized enterprise (2.1%) that has 20-99 employees. data frequency percent micro (employees < 5 persons) 35 74.5 small (employees 5-19 persons) 11 23.4 medium 1 2.1 total 47 100.0 excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 112 4. data of training and application of accounting information table 1.4 data of training and application of accounting information profile n min. max. mean accounting training 47 2 5 3.40 application of accounting information 47 1 5 3.390 source : fransiska 2016 table 4.4 shows the data of training and application of accounting information. it can be seen from the table that accounting training which has been attended by the manager/owner of enterprises is only twice for minimum and five times of the most. meanwhile, it can be inferred also that there is still a lack of application of accounting information carried out by each enterprise. financial report financial report is the result of accounting process which provides financial information of a company that is beneficial for parties involved in economy decision making (isnawan: 2012:60). the purpose of financial report according to sak emkm 2016 is to provide the information of financial position and entity performance which is beneficial for mostly users in economic decision making by anyone who is not in a position to be able to request specific financial reports to meet the information needed. the users involve resource provider for entity such as creditor or investor. in achieving the purposes, financial reports also indicate management’s responsibility of any resources entrusted to it. the purpose of financial statements according to irham (2012: 24): 1. providing information to parties who need about the condition of a company in terms of numbers in monetary units. 2. providing information that is useful for business and economic decision makers by existed and professional investors, creditors, management, government and other users. 3. providing information regarding financial position, performance and changes in the financial position of a company that is beneficial for most users in economic decision making. 4. providing information about financial position, changes performance of equity, cash flow and other information. sak emkm the following are the contents of micro, small and medium financial accounting standards: the users: the company of which exists more than two years in a row based on laws. financial position report excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 113 the components: 1. assets; owned resources, the past, contained economic benefits. 2. liabilities; current obligations, past, resulting in cash out, economic benefits. 3. equity is residual rights to assets after deducting liabilities. performance the components: 1. income; increase in economic benefits, cash inflows/ increase in assets/ liabilities, not capital. 2. expense; decrease in economic benefits, cash out / decrease in assets / liabilities, not capital. the basis for measuring the component of financial reports in sak emkm is historical costs. the reporting frequency is in the end of each period, including min 2 years of comparative information. components of entity financial reports: 1. financial position reports in the end of period 2. income statement for the period 3. notes of financial reports consisting of additional and detailed specific posts entity financial report items: 1. cash and cash equivalent 2. debt 3. stock 4. fixed assets 5. account receivables 6. bank loan 7. equities entity income statement items: 1. income 2. financial expenses 3. tax expenses record items of the entity's financial reports: 1. a financial report is composed based on sak emkm 2. accounting policy overview 3. additional information and specific post details recording methods: excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 114 1. assets and financial liabilities recognition and measurement; cost is measured at the transactional price. at the end of reporting; assets and financial liability is measured at the transactional price and reduced by principal and interest payment. the entity does not recognize the value declining of financial assets. 2. stocks -recognition and measurement; including purchase cost, conversion, and others. * techniques for measuring inventory costs such as standard or retail costs. * able to utilize fifo or average inventories damaged or obsolete are considered as expenses 3. investment in joint ventures -recognition and measurement; measures at the income costs * the entity does not recognize a decline of the investment value 4. fixed assets -recognition and measurement; including purchase price and costs that are directly attributable. -repair and maintenance costs are recognized in the income statement. -depreciation using the straight-line method and the declining balance method, with no residual value. * the entity does not recognize the value decline of fixed assets. 5. intangible assets recognition and measurement; including purchase price and costs that are directly attributable. the age of intangible assets has limited benefits amortization starts when the asset is ready to use. amortization uses the straight-line method and declining balance, without residual value. intangible assets produced by the internal are considered as expenses when incurred. *for example: research and development activities, brands, pioneering, training and advertising * the entity does not admit the value decline of intangible assets 6. liability and equity recognition and measurement; recorded at the amount to be paid. the entity does not recognize contingent provisions and liabilities. paid up capital can be in the form of cash / cash equivalent / non-cash assets in accordance with the law. excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 115 profit balance represent the difference of income and expenses minus distribution to owners. 7. income and expenses income; when there is a right of payment either received or must be received. income and contract costs are recognized as the amount of the bill. rental income and royalties are recognized using the straight line method during the contract. grant income is recognized in profit or loss except part of the owner's contribution. 8. income tax recognition and measurement; following the applicable tax laws. entity does not recognize deferred tax assets 9. transactions in foreign currencies the entity records transactions in rupiah based on the exchange rate of the transaction date. method this activity was carried out at pt. jarkom artha barokah which is engaged in a manufacturing company located in semampir selatan va surabaya from january to august 2018. this study used qualitative method. type and source of data was obtained by primary data from sme by interviewing, documentation, and observation. the data was further analyzed by using interactive analysis model which consists of three components which are data reduction, data presentation, and conclusion or verification. result and discussion an overview of pt jokam artha barokah pt jokam artha barokah, hereinafter referred as pt. jab, is a manufacturing company engaged in coffee which is located at semampir selatan va-18 surabaya or could be visited at https://jokamarthabarokah.indonetwork.co.id/. pt. jab is a branch company of pt. shelter indonesia engaged in outsourcing. pt. shelter itself is included into the medium-sized companies so that the management owned has been running in accordance with the sop that has been made, hence, this has an impact on the branch company. the management of pt. jab could be said to have good administration. it was proven in managing finances that have been properly administered, they already have computerized financial reporting. even though the financial statements have not referred to the applicable financial standards yet, it has been already good enough for this micro sme category to have financial reports. pt. jab is a manufacturing company engaged in coffee making; starting from processing coffee into ground coffee, ready-to-drink coffee and in the future will be formulated again for liquid coffee. coffee sales include coffee beans, ground coffee, packaged coffee with the d’lanang brand. the coffee produced comes from coffee farmers in jember. the coffee production was carried out in jember and surabaya at first. however, in 2017, coffee production has begun to https://jokamarthabarokah.indonetwork.co.id/ excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 116 operate in surabaya. besides coffee, pt. jab also sells chocolate (powder) beverage with d’kraton and d’lima brand for teabag. the following are the figures of coffee and chocolate in packaging: figure 4.1 coffee and chocolate package based on the interview with the marketing, it was said that the products of pt. jab are selected and processed from high quality raw materials. the products also have unique and delicious taste. the superior product of pt. jab is jinten (cumin) coffee, which is the selected ground coffee made with a mixture of cumin (black seed) and cardamom as well as selected ginger roots originating from arab. this superior product has an exotic taste and presents many health benefits, especially increasing vitality and stamina. the coffee of pt. jab production has three variances: d’lanang jinten coffee rp. 28.000,-, d’lanang robusta coffee rp. 18.000,and d’lanang arabica coffee rp. 24.000,per package. chocolate powder drink has two flavor variances, namely d’kraton dark chocolate and d’kraton light (low fat) with prices of rp. 30.000,per package. for the third product, tea, it also has three variances at a price of rp. 15.000 per package. jokam artha barokah financial report pt. jab financial report has been computerized by using excel which is integrated with production section. based on the established standard, this company has made financial position reports, profit / loss reports, cash flow reports, inventory reports, debt reports, general ledger reports, and income statements. the followings are examples of report made by pt. jab: financial position report excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 117 according to sak emkm (2016), financial position report provides assets, liability, and equity of entity at the end of certain periods. the financial position report includes posts in accordance with the applicable standards namely cash and cash equivalent, debt, inventories, fixed assets, receivable account, and bank loans. the followings are the financial position report made by sme of pt. jab surabaya: figure 4.2 financial position report of pt. jab information: 1. pt. jab presents assets and liabilities in one financial position report. 2. pt. jab classifies as current assets when owned for trading, in the form of cash and cash equivalent 3. pt. jab classifies short-term liabilities when it is expected to be completed within 12 months after the end of reporting period. 4. there are several accounts misclassified. profit/loss reports a profit / loss reports provide information about income, financial expense, tax expense (sak emkm, 2016). sak emkm regulated the correction effects of errors and the changes in accounting policies which are conveyed as retrospective adjustment in past and they are not the part of profit/loss incurred. the following is the explanation of profit/loss report in sme pt. jab: figure 4.2. profit/loss report of pt. jab excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 118 figure 4.4 cash flow report information: 1. pt. jab includes all income and expenses in one period 2. profit/loss report of pt. jab consists of income, financial expense, and tax expense 3. there are several accounts misclassified. the calculation of cost of goods sold (hpp) in pt. jab still has to be adjusted to the posts used and clearly classified based on consumables materials, semi-finished materials, and overhead costs. consequently, there are a lot of costs which have to be clearly defined based on their used. as the result, the mismatch of data between production department and financial department might happen. interpretation of account costs will make both divisions have different opinion. note to financial reports pt. jab only has simple information of financial report notes, not the detailed one. the note governs the principles underlying the information presented and how it is presented. the notes to financial reports must contain a statement that financial report has been designed based on sak emkm. there must be an overview of accounting policies, additional information and detail of certain posts that explains important transactions and material in order to be useful for users to understand financial report. the type of additional information should be based on the activities carried out by pt. jab and the reports must be systematically and practically presented. conclusion pt. jokam artha barokah (pt. jab) is a company which deals with coffee manufacturing. it is located in semampir selatan va18 surabaya with the website excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 119 https://jokamarthabarokah.indonetwork.co.id/. pt. jab is a branch company of pt. shelter indonesia engaged in outsourcing matters. pt. jab processes coffee from raw material to ground coffee, ready-to-drink coffee, and going forward, this company will create liquid coffee. coffee sales include coffee beans, ground coffee, and packaged coffee with the d’lanang brand. the coffee produced from farmers in the jember area. the coffee was sold in jember and surabaya at first. however, in 2017, coffee production has begun to operate in surabaya. besides coffee, pt. jab also sells chocolate (powder) beverage with d’kraton and d’lima brand for teabag. overall, financial report of pt. jab has already appropriate with sak emkm which includes financial position and profit/loss report. however, the note to financial reports have not been systematically and practically presented. pt. jab has provided assets and liabilities in one financial position report. it has classified as current assets when owned for trading, in the form of cash and cash equivalent. in addition, pt. jab has classified short-term liabilities when it is expected to be completed within 12 months after the end of reporting period. profit/loss report of pt. jab has included all earnings and expenses in one period. it involved incomes, financial expenses, and tax expenses. related to the calculation of (hpp), pt. jab still has to be adjusted to the concept of production department and financial department so that it does not cause the misperception that makes the hpp determination still needs to be revised. this might happen because of frequent changes in the production division so that the reports presented are different. besides, pt. jab still does not have a specific standard regarded to preparing report for production division. reference agnur, daniel. (2009). penyusunan decission support system (dss) study kelayakan ekonomi dan financial bagi ukm. jurnal vol.4 agustus 2009:1-17. ediraras, dhama t. (2010). akuntansi dan kinerja ukm. jurnal ekonomi bisnis,no.2 vol.15. fransiska, ade julia. (2016). pengaruh tingkat pendidikan, umur perusahaan, omzet usaha, skala usaha dan pelatihan akuntansi terghadap penerapan informasi akuntansi para pelaku ukm. skripsi stie perbanas surabaya. tidak diterbitkan isnawan, ganjar. (2012). akuntansi praktis untuk umkm. jakarta: laskar aksara narsa, i made., agus widodo, dan sigit kurnianto. (2012). mengungkap kesiapan umkm dalam implementasi psak-etap untuk meningkatkan akses modal perbankan. majalah ekonomi, vol.3.2012. undang-undang ri no. 28. 2008 tentang usaha mikro, kecil dan menengah peraturan pemerintah ri no. 46 tahun 2013 tentang pajak penghasilan atas penghasilan dari usaha yang diterima atau diperoleh wajib pajak yang memiliki peredaran bruto tertentu. rudiantoro, rizki dan sylvia veronica suregar. (2012). kualitas laporan keuanganumkm serta prospek implementasi sak etap. jurnal akuntansi dan keuanga indonesia, vo.9 no.1 juni 2012. https://jokamarthabarokah.indonetwork.co.id/ excel for accounting assistance as the solution for sme pt. jab surabaya 120 sariningtyas, pratiwi.,tituk diah w. (2011)standar akuntansi keuangan entitas tanpa akuntabilitas publik pada usaha kecil dan menengah. jaki vo.1 no.1. yuniarta, gede adi. (2013). persepsi praktisi akuntansi terhadap kelayakan hasil pengembangan perangkat simulasi akuntansi untuk ukm berbasis multimedia. jurnal akuntansi profesi, vol3 no.1 juni 2013. .https://jatim.bps.go.id/ www.pptatk.jatim.com www.pppm.perbanas.ac.id www.forum-ikmjatim.com https://jatim.bps.go.id/ http://www.pptatk.jatim.com/ http://www.pppm.perbanas.ac.id/ http://www.forum-ikmjatim.com/ 99 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. breaking the resource curse: the role of natural resource funds isaiah adeleke1, umaru mustapha zubairu2* 1nile university of nigeria 2federal university of technology minna, nigeria demolayefa2001@yahoo.com1, uzubairu@gmail.com2* abstract: studies have shown that the paradox of “the more resource-rich the poorer” otherwise known as “resource curse” has been prevalent in many countries endowed with natural resources. this arises from resource funds mismanagement. to mitigate this trend, a revenue management strategy called natural resource funds (nrfs) a government owned special-purpose vehicle to ensure effective management of the country’s natural wealth was embraced in some nations. this paper critically reviewed the roles of nrfs in breaking the resource curse. the systematic quantitative assessment technique (sqat) was adopted in identifying and reviewing sixty-seven (67) peer reviewed journal articles that had researched on nrfs in the last decade. the findings were that nrfs have played an effective role in some advanced countries (norway, finland, chile), while they have failed, especially in africa, middle east and latin america due to poor institutional framework and governance. a globally set code of resource governance was recommended to strengthen the role of nrfs and enhance their effectiveness. resource revenue maximization other than revenue utilization would be a good area for future research. key words: natural resource, resource curse, revenue management, paradox of plenty, dutch disease introduction an island nation in the south pacific called the republic of nauru discovered a rich deposit of the mineral called phosphate which was expected to set the nation on the upward trajectory of growth from being one of the world poorest nations on per capital income level in the 1970s to a rich nation (onifade, 2017; oversen et al., 2018; mesagan, 2019; geissler et al., 2019). by 1973, its gdp truly peaked at $178 million (van der borg, 2019; clifford et al., 2019; gale, 2019; morris, 2019). however, this enormous wealth was squandered via poor revenue management and by 2007; its gdp had shrunk to less than $19 million and until the end of 2019, there have been no signs of recovery (clifford et al., 2019; geissler, 2019; morris, 2019). this is a typical case of a nation that is wealthy in natural resources but the resources have rather being a curse than a blessing – a scenario otherwise known as the “paradox of plenty” or “resource curse” (yorbana, 2017; desierto, 2018; lansley et al., 2019; morris, 2019). resource curse describes the paradox that nations that have abundant natural resources do not have economic growth, democracy and good citizens’ welfare system that are commensurate with the resource wealth (grafton & little, 2017; oversen et al., 2018; hossu et al., 2018). in fact, most of them often experience worse development outcomes than countries with little or no natural resources (olawoye, 2018; desierto, 2018; gale, 2019). countries like venezuela (oil), angola (diamond, oil), democratic republic of congo (diamonds), and nigeria (oil) are considered “resourced cursed” due to poor revenue management and corruption (gosling et al., 2017; grafton & little, 2017; hunziker & lars-erik, 2017). deriving from the classical case of nauru, revenue management becomes very important in the resource rich mailto:demolayefa2001@yahoo.com mailto:uzubairu@gmail.com 100 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. countries in order to make positive impact in the lives of the citizens (frynas et al., 2017; araji, 2018: van der borg, 2019). a school of thought had opined that, in order to prevent this ‘paradox of plenty’ and ensure effectiveness and efficiency in the management of revenues from natural resources, countries that are endowed in natural resources should adopt some form of revenue management strategy known as natural resource revenue management (nrrm) (yorbana, 2017; mohaddes & raissi, 2017; kamiński, 2017). with this paradigm in mind, natural resource funds (nrfs) as an example of nrrm strategy have been established with the objectives of increase in the efficient use, transparency and public accountability of the natural resource revenue in resource-rich nations (kamiński, 2017; araji, 2018; mesagan, 2019; gosling & gambiza 2019). nrfs are deliberate investment mechanism and owned by a government of resourcewealthy countries in which revenue derived from the sales of minerals, oil and gas are better managed. (goldstein & ng, 2017; frynas et al., 2017; dupuyi, 2017). certain fractions from revenue generated from sales of natural resources are moved into the fund being administered under certain rules and governance for the set purposes (kaminski, 2017; araji; 2018; mesagan, 2019). the theoretical rationale is that the effective management of extractive revenues will foster economic growth through intervention to provide stabilization, filling of budgetary deficit and savings for the rainy days and future generation (grafton & little, 2017; hunziker & lars-erik, 2017; hossu et al., 2018; olawoye, 2018). some scholars believed that the nrf will break resource curse (diaz-rioseco, 2016; kaminshki, 2017 mohaddes & raissi, 2017; geissler et al., 2019) while some scholars felt otherwise due to the prevalent structural level of corruption and mismanagement in some nations (frynas et al., 2017; dupuyi, 2017; araji, 2018). adoption of nrfs has helped some countries, especially advanced nations, to break out of resource curse norway, finland, chile, some states in the usa and persian gulf states; while some have made the funds a haven for corruption and mismanagement, with no impact in the life of the citizens (mendoza et al., 2015; onifade, 2017; dupuy, 2017; gale, 2019). examples of such countries are largely found in africa and other third world nations venezuela, equatorial guinea, nigeria, kazakhstan, trinidad and tobago etc. this study attempts to critically review the role of these funds in delivering economic prosperity to the citizens of the resource-rich states by considering the empirical studies carried out in the last decade (2010-2019) that have investigated the impact of nrfs on the socioeconomic development of countries that have adopted them in breaking the resource curse. the subsequent sections of this study are as follows: the methodology section where data collection and data analysis were discussed, result & discussion that focuses on answering the central research question; followed by the recommendations section, and then the conclusion section where limitations of the study are presented as gaps for future research. methodology data collection in the critical review of natural resource funds (nrfs) and their effectiveness as a revenue management strategy, this study adopted the “systematic quantitative assessment technique” (sqat) as developed by pickering and byrne (2013). sqat is systematic in the assessment of papers to enhance determination of the ones to include or exclude in the review process. the work concentrated on peer-reviewed original journal publications to ensure high quality of papers (pickering & byrne, 2013). the 5 important steps in conducting an effective 101 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. critical review as recommended by sqat and how it was applied in this study is contained in table 1. a total of sixty-seven (67) peer-reviewed english articles on natural resource funds (nrfs) as a revenue management strategy met the selection criteria from the thirteen databases used. the coverage period is the last decade. table 1 sqat table step application in current study 1. define topic breaking the resource curse – the role of natural resource funds 2. formulate the research question how effective have natural resource funds been as a revenue management strategy to break the resource curse? 3. identify key words “natural resource”, “revenue”, “resource curse” “funds”, “paradox of plenty” “dutch disease” 4. identify and search databases 1. 13 databases that were considered: emerald; elsevier; sage; springer; taylor and francis; wiley; cambridge journal; jstor; oxford; inderscience; ingenta; mit, ssrn. 2. “in the title of the article” search using four search combinations: a. “natural resource” + “funds” b. “natural resource” +” curse” c. “natural resource” + “revenue” d. “natural resource” + “management” 3 “anywhere in the article” search using four search combinations: a. “natural resource” + “funds” b. “natural resource” +” curse” c. “natural resource” + “revenue” d. “natural resource” + “management” 5. read and assess publications 1. the abstracts of papers generated were perused to ensure that they were dealing with natural resource funds, revenue management and resource curse. 2. literature reviews book chapters and conference proceedings were not included; only peer-reviewed empirical papers. table 2: output data base no of peer reviewed articles 1 emerald 14 2 elsevier 10 3 sage 12 4 springer 7 5 taylor and francis 7 6 wiley 8 7 cambridge journal 0 8 jstor 4 9 oxford 1 10 inderscience 3 11 ingenta 1 12 mit 0 102 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. 13 ssrn 0 total 67 as it can be observed from table 2, sixty-seven (67) articles were utilized. this is complemented by the highest-ranking reports from the natural resource management body (natural resource governance institute annual report of 2014 being the latest available global consolidated report from this institute) and imf (the imf report on natural resource 2018) to answer the critical research question how effective have natural resource funds been as revenue management strategy to break resource curse? as at 31 december, 2019 data analysis based on the data gathered from the journals and reports that showed the role, practices and effectiveness of nrfs across the continents. some mappings and groupings were done along the line of countries with similar nrfs’ set objectives. the analysis considered defined parameters to identify the roles and measure the effects of the nrfs on economic prosperity and social development of the concerned nations, taking cognizance of the differences in the governance structure, institutional framework and legal system obtainable in each country. this helped in assessing the roles and recommending how natural resource funds can be more effective. result & discussion out of total of sixty-seven (67) papers to answer the critical review questions, sixty-one (61) of them upon review, did not allow for statistical analysis. they largely gave general overview of the nrfs, resource curse, revenue management and highlighted the observed impacts of the nrfs without expressing them in quantitative terms. however, six (6) of the papers did a quantitative impact for different roles otherwise known as sets objectives and their outcomes macroeconomic stabilization, mitigation of dutch disease, savings and investment. in all, the evidences did not allow for statistical aggregation. it is to be noted that twelve (12) of the papers made recommendations on how to make the funds more effective. the roles of nrfs are identified as i. saving of resource revenue ii. stabilization of volatility in government expenditure iii. provision of socio-economic welfare iv. mitigation against dutch disease i. saving of resource revenue some governments used the nrfs to manage an objective of “spend less and save more” for future generation (lockwood, et al., 2010; di john, 2011; tsani, 2015; aslanli, 2015; venables & wills, 2016). various sources of resource revenue were being identified and accumulated to build long-term savings as it was the case in kazakhstan, azerbaijan and norway (morisson, 2010; luecke, 2011; ouoba, 2016; imf, 2018). ii. stabilization against volatility in government expenditure by implication, stabilization funds serve as a liquidity pool which can be drawn upon in unfavourable periods and are conversely replenished at times of favourable commodity price conditions (andrew, 2014; bhattacharyya & hodler, 2014; mohaddes & raissi, 2017). (acosta 2012; bauer, 2014; aslanli 2015) stated that the following countries have nrfs with the set 103 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. objective of stabilization meeting budget shortfalls botswana, zambia, nigeria, indonesia, peru, mongolia, ghana, south sudan. however, they have been ineffective due to strong political pressure from various government arms to share the money and spend on short term investments (blomquist et al., 2010; debrah, 2015; yorbana, 2017). iii. provision of socio-economic welfare imf (2018) stated that there were different outcomes for different countries that expected to use the nrf to improve economic welfare; of which many countries fell short of using the funds to improve the citizens’ welfare due to mismanagement and misappropriation. the impact was also limited by low stakeholder involvement; politicians and people in government have so much pauperized the citizens and could not relate to citizen requests or demands (risku-norja et al., 2010; jensen, 2011; andrew, 2014), some scholars have suggested that the unfavourable trend could be reversed by citizens demanding for transparency and accountability of revenues and getting more active in budgeting and its implementation (corrigan, 2014; andrew, 2014; ovesen, 2018). countries that have mineral resources often get protracted internal conflicts. political class and influential groups fight for the control and use of the resources. (hunziker & lars-erik, 2017; hossu et al., 2018; grafton & little, 2017). this is evidenced in the cases of democratic republic of the congo, the niger delta region in nigeria, iraq, libya and angola. in some instances, international conflict arising from instigation have been observed as it is in the case with iraq’s invasion of iran and kuwait (andrew, 2014; mendosa et al., 2015; hossu et al., 2018) iv. mitigation against dutch disease “dutch disease” a situation whereby phenomenal increase in natural resource revenues can hurt other sectors of the economy e.g. export-based manufacturing, by causing inflation or adverse exchange rate movement and shifting labor and capital from the nonresource sector to the resources’ driven sectors (figueroa & calfucura, 2010; triki, 2011; andrew, 2014; aslanli, 2015) for almost half of a decade, few countries like chile, norway, uae, bostwana have handled effectively, dutch disease. (figueroa & calfucura, 2010; luecke, 2011; olawoye 2018) in effect, the expected outcome is spreading of wealth across generations (praga, 2010; barney et al., 2011; ploeg, 2014; andrew, 2014; venables, 2016; onifade, 2017; ahmadov & van der borg. 2019). however, using the (imf 2018) progress report monitoring framework that comprises of parameters such as funds’ assets & liabilities management, quality of life, macro and micro prudential policies, revenue management framework, projects initiated versus projects executed, statistical integrity, reporting system and its timeliness etc.; it is observed that the roles of the nrfs are clearly cut out in different countries. not only that, the nrfs have been effective in achieving their set objectives in some advanced countries norway, finland, chile, china but they have not achieved the desired objectives, especially in africa, middle east and latin america due to factors such as lack of strong corporate governance and institutional framework, lack of sound assets management skill, lack of transparency & accountability and corruption (ndikumana & abderrahim, 2010; triki & faye, 2011; balding 2011, ploeg, 2014; wiens 2015; cao et al., 2015). recommendations for more effective functioning of the nrfs, the following are considered the critical success factors and challenges to overcome, arising from the investigation of the evidences: i. enshrinement of strong governance backed up with prudent and sound oversight by an 104 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. independent public supervisory body with transparent mechanism of mutual accountability. in recent time, there is a clear trend towards codifying the governance requirements in form of either legislation or regulation. the codification is supposed to entail rules to determine the types of revenues that must be deposited into the funds and determine roles of different government agencies that have to do with the natural resource funds (kurtz & brooks, 2011; measham & lumbasi, 2013; andrew, 2014, corrigan, 2014, debrah, 2015; amoako-tuffour, 2016; ovesen et al., 2018). ii. public disclosure and dissemination of operational activities and audit reports to promote transparency and help citizens’ understanding it was also observed in some countries that there were inadequate requirements and checks built around transparency, corruption and patronage. some did not release the internal or external audit reports of their performance or publish the details of specific investments used the funds for (kurtz and brooks, 2011; andrew, 2014; corrigan, 2014; amoako-tuffour, 2016; ovesen et al., 2018). in as much as some countries have started publishing their funds’ audited accounts in the midst of weak transparency, andrew (2014) affirmed that the funds, in some countries still remain relatively opaque. examples of such countries are botswana, libya, equatorial guinea, iran, kuwait, mexico, russia, brunei and qatar despite the fact that the governments of these countries have some sort of voluntary good governance standards (venable & wills, 2016) iii. integration of accumulation into and spending from the fund into the national/state budget as a way of subjecting it budgetary processes, setting revenue benchmark and monitoring performance. iv. principles of sound assets management setting of well-defined benchmarks for the withdraw limits, desired return, liquidity, and macroeconomic effects. andrew (2014) established that some governments of natural endowed states have been reluctant in setting withdrawal limits on their funds. e.g. azerbaijan, botswana, iran and kuwait. v. strong institutional development which makes it is easy for political class and people in power to divert public funds which are national wealth with ignominy and thrive in corruption in various forms. (clement, 2010; lockwood et al., 2010, tsani, 2013; tsani, 2015; busse &v gröning, 2013; sala-i-martin and subramanian, 2013; bollig & schwieger, 2014; tsani 2015). vi. the need for more international collaboration to set standard rules for performance measurement. however, it is worth mentioning that the stake is being raised to address weak governance that is the nucleus of ineffectiveness of nrfs. example of such is transparency international initiative a non-governmental organization with the objective of fighting corruption (collier et al., 2010; morrisdon, 2010; haufler, 2010; andrew, 2014; corrigan, 2014; wills et al., 2016; djeflat & lundvall, 2016). beyond this, the bigger issues to be addressed for the fund to be more effective are: international consensus on good corporate governance & blueprint that should be guide the nrfs, availability of tool and resources to establish and reform funds, how to deal with corruption, setting of clear objectives and clear rules, decision on whether the fund should be invested locally or internationally or even be used as collateral, the clear penalties to punish misconduct and clear delineation of roles for agencies having stakes in management of the fund, full disclosure & independent audit of the fund and well defined, documented oversight mechanism (prager, 2010; andrew, 2014; mendosa et al., 2015; hossu et al., 2018) 105 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. conclusion this paper has attempted to critically review the concept of nrfs, their roles and effectiveness in breaking the resource curse in the nations that are naturally endowed and delivering of economic prosperity to the citizens. it has also examined what resource curse is. it highlighted the method and procedures adopted in this critical review of nrf as a revenue management and came up with recommendations. it was observed that the nrfs conceived as a revenue management strategy to foster development and progress has sometimes outstripped their economic and social value as solutions to specific macroeconomic or budgetary problems. the funds have achieved the economic and social goal in some countries while in some other countries that the funds are poorly conceived, they have become channels for corruption; specially in the middle east, africa and latin america. the paper has considered why the fund has not been so effective in some nations and made recommendations on how it can be more effective. strong institutional framework and corporate governance are required to make the funds work effectively. it also behooves on the citizens as stakeholders have to see natural resource as commonwealth and as such put pressure on the government to follow the rules it was observed that the concentration of most works on nrf had been on resource revenue utilization with less emphasis has been placed on maximization. in addition, there was a very limited number of quantitative studies on the roles and effectiveness of nrfs globally. to that extent, further research is required in the future to focus on revenue maximization and quantitative evaluation of the impact of nrfs on specific outcomes. however, considering the fact that there are different set objectives by different countries in setting up the funds, a standardized methodological approach that will be one size fits all may not work in carrying out the impact analysis and, as such, pre versus post comparison may be difficult. references ahmadov, a. k., & van der borg, c. (2019). do natural resources impede renewable energy production in the eu? a mixed-methods analysis. energy policy, 126, 361-369. amoako-tuffour, j. (2016). should countries invest resource revenues abroad when demands for public infrastructure are pressing at home? the dilemma of sovereign wealth funds in sub-saharan africa. journal of african economies, 25(suppl_2), ii41-ii58. andrew b. (2014). managing the public trust: how to make natural resource funds work for citizens. natural resource governance institute research working paper series1, columbia centre on sustainable development, columbia university https://resourcegovernance.org/sites/default/files/nrf_complete_report_en.pdf, visited on 31 december, 2019 araji, s. (2018). natural resource revenues: effect on the pattern of domestic investments relative to international assets investments. international economics and economic policy, 15(3), 661-682. aslanli, k. (2015). fiscal sustainability and the state oil fund in azerbaijan. journal of eurasian studies, 6(2), 114-21. balding, c. (2011). a portfolio analysis of sovereign wealth funds. in sovereign wealth: the role of state capital in the new financial order (pp. 43-70). barney, j. b., ketchen jr, d. j., & wright, m. (2011). the future of resource-based theory: revitalization or decline?. journal of management, 37(5), 1299-1315. https://resourcegovernance.org/sites/default/files/nrf_complete_report_en.pdf 106 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. bhattacharyya, s., & hodler, r. (2014). do natural resource revenues hinder financial development? the role of political institutions. world development, 57, 101-113. bauer, a. (2014). managing the public trust: how to make natural resource funds work for citizens. london: natural resource governance institute and columbia center on sustainable investment. https://resourcegovernance.org/sites/default/files/nrf_rwi_complete_report_en.pdf (visited on 31 december, 2019). bollig, m., & schwieger, d. a. m. (2014). fragmentation, cooperation and power: institutional dynamics in natural resource governance in north-western namibia. human ecology, 42(2), 167-181. blomquist, w., dinar, a., & kemper, k. e. (2010). a framework for institutional analysis of decentralization reforms in natural resource management. society and natural resources, 23(7), 620-635. busse, m., & gröning, s. (2013). the resource curse revisited: governance and natural resources. public choice, 154(1-2), 1-20. cao, s., li, s., ma, h., & sun, y. (2015). escaping the resource curse in china. ambio,44(1),16. clement, f. (2010). analysing decentralised natural resource governance: proposition for a “politicised” institutional analysis and development framework. policy sciences, 43(2), 129156. clifford, m. j., ali, s. h., & matsubae, k. (2019). mining, land restoration and sustainable development in isolated islands: an industrial ecology perspective on extractive transitions on nauru. ambio, 48(4), 397-408. collier, p., van der ploeg, r., spence, m., & venables, a. j. (2010). managing resource revenues in developing economies. imf staff papers, 57(1), 84-118. corrigan, c. c. (2014). breaking the resource curse: transparency in the natural resource sector and the extractive industries transparency initiative. resources policy, 40, 17-30. debrah, e., & graham, e. (2015). preventing the oil curse situation in ghana: the role of civil society organisations. insight on africa, 7(1), 21-41. diaz-rioseco, d. (2016). blessing and curse: oil and subnational politics in the argentine provinces. comparative political studies, 49(14), 1930-1964. desierto, d. a. (2018). what resource curse? the null effect of remittances on public good provision. journal of theoretical politics, 30(4), 431-450. di john, j. (2011). is there really a resource curse-a critical survey of theory and evidence. global governance, 17, 167. djeflat, a., & lundvall, b. å. (2016). the resource curse and the limited transformative capacity of natural resource-based economies in africa: evidence from the oil and gas sector in algeria and implications for innovation policy. innovation and development, 6(1), 67-85. dupuy, k. e. (2017). corruption and elite capture of mining community development funds in ghana and sierra leone. corruption, natural resources and development: from resource curse to political ecology, 69-80. frynas, j. g., wood, g., & hinks, t. (2017). the resource curse without natural resources: expectations of resource booms and their impact. african affairs, 116(463), 233-260. 107 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. gale, s. j. (2019). lies and misdemeanours: nauru, phosphate and global geopolitics. the extractive industries and society, 6(3), 737-746. geissler, b., mew, m. c., & steiner, g. (2019). phosphate supply security for importing countries: developments and the current situation. science of the total environment, 677, 511-523. goldstein, i., jiang, h., & ng, d. t. (2017). investor flows and fragility in corporate bond funds. journal of financial economics, 126(3), 592-613. grafton, r. q., & little, l. r. (2017). risks, resilience, and natural resource management: lessons from selected findings. natural resource modeling, 30(1), 91-111. gosling, a., shackleton, c. m., & gambiza, j. (2017). community-based natural resource use and management of bigodi wetland sanctuary, uganda, for livelihood benefits. wetlands ecology and management, 25(6), 717-730. figueroa, e., & calfucura, e. (2010). sustainable development in a natural resource rich economy: the case of chile in 1985–2004. environment, development and sustainability, 12(5), 647-667. haufler, v. (2010). disclosure as governance: the extractive industries transparency initiative and resource management in the developing world. global environmental politics, 10(3), 53-73. hossu, c. a., ioja, i. c., susskind, l. e., badiu, d. l., & hersperger, a. m. (2018). factors driving collaboration in natural resource conflict management: evidence from romania. ambio, 47(7), 816-830. hunziker, p., & lars-erik c. (2017). no extraction without representation: the ethno-regional oil curse and secessionist conflict. journal of peace research 54(3), 365-381. imf 2018, managing natural resource wealth https://www.imf.org/en/capacitydevelopment/trust-fund/mnrw-ttf. visited on 31 december, 2019 jensen, a. d. (2011). state-building in resource-rich economies. atlantic economic journal, 39(2), 171-193. kamiński, t. (2017). sovereign wealth fund investments in europe as an instrument of chinese energy policy. energy policy, 101, 733-739. kurtz, m. j., & brooks, s. m. (2011). conditioning the “resource curse”: globalization, human capital, and growth in oil-rich nations. comparative political studies, 44(6), 747-770. lansley, s., mccann, d., & schifferes, s. (2019). the case for citizens' wealth funds. international journal of public policy, 15(1-2), 136-152. lockwood, m., davidson, j., curtis, a., stratford, e., & griffith, r. (2010). governance principles for natural resource management. society and natural resources, 23(10), 986-1001. luecke, m. (2011). stabilization and savings funds to manage natural resource revenues: kazakhstan and azerbaijan versus norway. comparative economic studies, 53(1), 35-56. measham, t. g., & lumbasi, j. a. (2013). success factors for community-based natural resource management (cbnrm): lessons from kenya and australia. environmental management, 52(3), 649-659. mendoza, r. u., macarthur, h. j., & ong lopez, a. b. (2015). devil’s excrement or manna from heaven? a survey of strategies in natural resource wealth management. international journal of development issues, 14(1), 2-25. https://www.imf.org/en/capacity-development/trust-fund/mnrw-ttf https://www.imf.org/en/capacity-development/trust-fund/mnrw-ttf 108 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. mesagan, p. e., yusuf, a. i., & ogbuji, a. i. (2019). natural resource endowment and output growth: how crucial is deficit financing in managing resource-rich african economies?. journal of social and economic development, 21(2), 353-369. mohaddes, k., & raissi, m. (2017). do sovereign wealth funds dampen the negative effects of commodity price volatility?. journal of commodity markets, 8, 18-27. morris, j. c. (2019). violence and extraction of a human commodity: from phosphate to refugees in the republic of nauru. the extractive industries and society, 6(4), 1122-1133. morrison, k. m. (2010). what can we learn about the “resource curse” from foreign aid?. the world bank research observer, 27(1), 52-73. ndikumana, l., & abderrahim, k. (2010). revenue mobilization in african countries: does natural resource endowment matter?. african development review, 22(3), 351-365. olawoye, s. (2018). resource funds: another side of the austerity die. international journal of political economy, 47(2), 112-129. onifade, t. t. (2017). regulating natural resource funds: alaska heritage trust fund, alberta permanent fund, and government pension fund of norway. global journal of comparative law, 6(2), 138-173. ouoba, y. (2016). natural resources: funds and economic performance of resource-rich countries. resources policy, 50, 108-116. ovesen, v., hackett, r., burns, l., mullins, p., & roger, s. (2018). managing deep sea mining revenues for the public good-ensuring transparency and distribution equity. marine policy, 95, 332-336. pick, d. & htwe thein, h. (2010). development failure and the resource curse: the case of myanmar. international journal of sociology and social policy, 30(5/6), 267-279. ploeg, r. v. d. (2014). guidelines for exploiting natural resource wealth. oxford review of economic policy, 30(1), 145-169. prager, k. (2010). local and regional partnerships in natural resource management: the challenge of bridging institutional levels. environmental management, 46(5), 711-724. risku-norja, h., voutilainen, o., & yli-viikari, a. (2010). rural development in finland: revival of a natural resource sectors perspective. society and natural resources, 24(1), 75-84. robins, l., & kanowski, p. (2011). ‘crying for our country’: eight ways in which ‘caring for our country’ has undermined australia's regional model for natural resource management. australasian journal of environmental management, 18(2), 88-108. rocchi, b., landi, c., stefani, g., romano, s., & cozzi, m. (2015). escaping the resource curse in regional development: a case study on the allocation of oil royalties. international journal of sustainable development, 18(1-2), 115-138. sala-i-martin, x., & subramanian, a. (2013). addressing the natural resource curse: an illustration from nigeria. journal of african economies, 22(4), 570-615. triki, t., & faye, i. (2011). africa's quest for development: can sovereign wealth funds help?. in institutional investors in global capital markets (pp. 263-290). emerald group publishing limited. tsani, s. (2013). natural resources, governance and institutional quality: the role of resource funds. resources policy, 38(2), 181-195. 109 the spirit of society journal volume 4, number 2 march 2021 the spirit of society journal international journal of society development and engagement issn : 2594-4777 (online) – issn : 2597-4742 (print) this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution – sharealike 4.0 international license. tsani, s. (2015). on the relationship between resource funds, governance and institutions: evidence from quantile regression analysis. resources policy, 44, 94-111. van den bremer, t. s., & van der ploeg, f. (2016). saving alberta's resource revenues: role of intergenerational and liquidity funds. energy policy, 99, 132-146. venables, a. j. (2016). using natural resources for development: why has it proven so difficult?. journal of economic perspectives, 30(1), 161-84. venables, a. j., & wills, s. e. (2016). resource funds: stabilising, parking, and intergenerational transfer. journal of african economies, 25(suppl_2), ii20-ii40. wiens, d. (2015). natural resources and government responsiveness. politics, philosophy & economics, 14(1), 84-105. wills, s. e., senbet, l. w., & simbanegavi, w. (2016). sovereign wealth funds and natural resource management in africa. journal of african economies, 25(suppl_2), ii3-ii19. yorbana, s. g. (2017). representations of oil in chad: a blessing or a curse?. africa spectrum, 52(1), 65-83. © 2021 by the authors. submitted for possible open access publication under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by sa) creative commons atribusi-berbagiserupa 4.0 internasional. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ breaking the resource curse: the role of natural resource funds